OPTIX OSN 8800 6800 3800 V100R007C02 Hardware Description 03 PDF

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
V100R007C02
Hardware Description
Issue 03
Date 2013-05-16
HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD.

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 2013. All rights reserved.
No part of this document may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means without prior written
consent of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Trademarks and Permissions
and other Huawei trademarks are trademarks of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
All other trademarks and trade names mentioned in this document are the property of their respective holders.
Notice
The purchased products, services and features are stipulated by the contract made between Huawei and the
customer. All or part of the products, services and features described in this document may not be within the
purchase scope or the usage scope. Unless otherwise specified in the contract, all statements, information,
and recommendations in this document are provided "AS IS" without warranties, guarantees or representations
of any kind, either express or implied.
The information in this document is subject to change without notice. Every effort has been made in the
preparation of this document to ensure accuracy of the contents, but all statements, information, and
recommendations in this document do not constitute a warranty of any kind, express or implied.
Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Address: Huawei Industrial Base
Bantian, Longgang
Shenzhen 518129
People's Republic of China
Website: http://www.huawei.com
Email: support@huawei.com
Issue 03 (2013-05-16) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential i

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Hardware Description About This Document
About This Document
Related Versions
Product Name Version
OptiX OSN 8800 V100R007C02
iManager U2000 V100R008C00
iManager U2000 Web LCT V100R008C00
Intended Audience
This document describes the hardware feature of a cabinet and each subrack, in addition to
application, working principle, front panel, and specifications of each board.
This document is intended for:
l Network Planning Engineer

l Hardware Installation Engineer
l Installation and Commissioning Engineer
l Field Maintenance Engineer
l Network Monitoring Engineer
l Data Configuration Engineer
l System Maintenance Engineer
Symbol Conventions
The symbols that may be found in this document are defined as follows.
Issue 03 (2013-05-16) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential ii

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Symbol Description
Indicates a hazard with a high level of risk, which if not

avoided, will result in death or serious injury.
DANGER
Indicates a hazard with a medium or low level of risk, which

if not avoided, could result in minor or moderate injury.
WARNING
Indicates a potentially hazardous situation, which if not

avoided, could result in equipment damage, data loss,
CAUTION
performance degradation, or unexpected results.
TIP Indicates a tip that may help you solve a problem or save
time.
NOTE Provides additional information to emphasize or supplement

important points of the main text.
Diagram Conventions
The diagram conventions that may be found in this document are defined as follows.
Convention Description
Indicates the flow of optical signals.
Indicates the flow of electrical signals.
Indicates an optical module.
Indicates an electrical module.
All modules of a board are inside such a block in bold.
GUI Conventions
The GUI conventions that may be found in this document are defined as follows.
Issue 03 (2013-05-16) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential iii

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Convention Description
Boldface Buttons, menus, parameters, tabs, window, and dialog titles

are in boldface. For example, click OK.
> Multi-level menus are in boldface and separated by the ">"

signs. For example, choose File > Create > Folder.
Change History
Updates between document issues are cumulative. Therefore, the latest document issue contains
all updates made in previous issues.
Updates in Issue 03 (2013-05-16) Based on Product Version

V100R007C02
This issue is the third official release for OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800 V100R007C02. Compared
with the manual for the previous version, the manual of this issue provides the following updates.
Update Description
LOA Functions and Deleted the InfiniBand 2.5G and InfiniBand 5G services.
Features
FIU Panel Changed the description of the MON/OUT port power split ratio for
the TN13FIU02 board into the following sentence: The MON port
is a 0.1/99.9 tap of the total composite signal at the OUT port (30
dB lower than the actual signal power, calculation formula: Pout
(dBm) - Pmon (dBm) = 10 x lg (99.9/0.1) = 30 dB).
TOA Functions and Deleted the FE electrical port feature for the TOA board.
Features

V100R007C02
This issue is the second official release for OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800 V100R007C02.
Compared with the manual for the issue 01, the manual of this issue contains the SPC100 and
SPC200 related information.
Update Description
Whole manual Changed the required U2000 version from V100R008C01 to

V100R008C00.
Issue 03 (2013-05-16) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential iv

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Update Description
1 Cabinet l Optimized the cabinet descriptions. The N63B and N66B

cabinets are described through comparison.
l Added requirements on subrack configurations inside a
cabinet.
LTX Application Revised the description of relay mode of line boards as follows:
ND2 Application When optical-layer ASON and electrical-layer ASON are
enabled, it does not matter whether the Board Mode parameter
NO2 Application is set to Optical Relay Mode or Electrical Relay mode. The
NQ2 Application parameter must be set to Optical Relay Mode for the line board
NS3 Application in a non-ASON system; otherwise, end-to-end management of
ASON services is not available.
NS4 Application
14.22 TTX Added information about latency measurement.

14.20 TSC
13.12 LOA Added information about InfiniBand 2.5G, InfiniBand 5G,

FC1200, FICON10G, and 10GE LAN services.
NPO2E Functions and Added information about electrical-layer ASON.

Features
NPO2 Functions and
Features
ENQ2 Functions and
Features

V100R007C02
This issue is the first official release for OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800 V100R007C02. Compared
Update Description
Whole manual Added information about the TN52NS2T04, TN52NS2T05,

TN52NS2T06, TN52NS201M01, TN52NS201M02,
TN52ND2T04, TN14LSX, TN54TTX, and TN54TSC boards.
Added information showing that the OptiX OSN 8800 platform
subrack supports the TN12LDM, TN12LOM, TN13LQM,
TN12LSX, TN14LSX, TN12LSXL, TN52TOM, TN12LWXS, and
TN11LWX2 boards.
21.12 TN16UXCM Added information explaining that the TN16UXCM board supports
centralized grooming of ODU4 signals.
Issue 03 (2013-05-16) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential v

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Update Description
14.7 NS4 Added information explaining that the NS4 and NO2 boards can be
14.3 NO2 used as line boards on the OptiX OSN 8800 T16.
14.11 TEM28 Added information explaining that the TEM28 board newly supports
the 10GE WAN service.

V100R007C00
This issue is the third official release for OptiX OSN 8800 V100R007C00. Compared with the
manual for the issue 02, the manual of this issue contains the SPC200 related information.
Update Description
Whole manual l Optimized the subrack ventilation system diagram.

l Changed the power consumption of the subrack in typical
configuration.
l Added descriptions of the mounting ear.
13.11 LEX4 Added the number of virtual bridges (VBs) supported by the board.
13.10 LEM24 Revised the descriptions of the TBE board cross-connect capacity.
14.8 TBE
14.11 TEM28
13.19 LSC Changed the board power consumption.

13.25 LTX
14.7 NS4

V100R007C00
This issue is the second official release for OptiX OSN 8800 V100R007C00. Only the issue
number is updated.
Update Description
Whole manual Added information about the TN23SCC board.

Added information showing that the OptiX OSN 8800 platform
subrack supports the TN11LSQ, TN13LSX, TN11LOA, TN12LSC,
TN12LOG, TN12TMX, TN11LTX, and TN12LDX boards.
Issue 03 (2013-05-16) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential vi

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Update Description
13.19 LSC Deleted the OTU4 service type for the LSC board.
13.10 LEM24 Added information showing that the LEM24 board supports the
OptiX OSN 3800.
13.19 LSC Added the SDFEC error correction mode and 55000ps/nm-C Band-
13.25 LTX Tunable Wavelength-ePDM-QPSK(SDFEC)-PIN optical
modules for these boards.
14.7 NS4
14.7 NS4 Deleted the information that shows the NS4 board supports OptiX
14.3 NO2 OSN 8800 T16 subracks, OptiX OSN 8800 platform subracks, and
OptiX OSN 6800 subracks.
Deleted the information that shows the NO2 board supports OptiX
OSN 8800 platform subracks and OptiX OSN 6800 subracks.

V100R007C00
Update Description
Whole manual Added descriptions of the enhanced OptiX OSN 8800 T64 subracks.
Added descriptions of PDU (DPD63-8-8).
Added descriptions of the TN52AUX, TN15AUX, TN15EFI,
TN54EG16, TN54EX2, TN54PND2, TN55NO2, TN54NS4,
TN12TD20, TN11TM20, TN55TOX, TN12OPM8, TN15PIU,
TN11RAU2, TNK2USXH, TN52UXCH, TN52UXCM,
TN16UXCM and TNK2UXCT boards.
Moved the loopback descriptions to the "Product Description".
13.19 LSC Added the OTU4 service type for the LSC board.
13.10 LEM24 Added service-based LPT for the LEM24 and LEX4 boards.
13.11 LEX4
20.8 RAU1 Added the following fiber types for the RAU1 board: TWPLUS,
SMFLS, G.656, G.654A, TERA_LIGHT, and G.654B.
14.11 TEM28 Added the ERPS function for the TEM28 board.
22.5 ST2 Added the 80-km OSC modules for the ST2 board.
23.3 OLP Added the TN12OLP04 board to the TN12OLP board series.
Issue 03 (2013-05-16) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential vii

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Update Description
24.2 MCA4 Added the function to detect OSNR of 10 Gbit/s, 40 Gbit/s, and 100
24.3 MCA8 Gbit/s signals for the TN11MCA402 and TN11MCA802 boards
when the boards work with the Optical Doctor Management System
Function Software.
14 Tributary Board Added the standard mode for the TN54NS3, TN54THA, TN54TOA,
and Line Board TN53TDX, and TN55TQX boards.

V100R006C03
This issue is the fifth official release for OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800 V100R006C03. Compared
Update Description
Whole manual For the transport equipment, heat consumption (BTU/h) and power
consumption (W) are similar and can be taken as the same. 1 BTU/h =
0.2931 W.
13 Optical Limitations of the LDM, LDMS, LDMD, LQM, LQMS, and LQMD
Transponder boards are added, indicating that each of the boards can receive and
Unit transmit only one 1.25 Gbit/s higher service and must use the RX1/TX1
port pair to receive/transmit the service.
23 Optical A description is added, explaining that the OLP and DCP boards support
Protection Board optical-layer ASON only when they are used to provide client 1+1
protection.
22 Optical The maximum span loss supported by the SC1 and SC2 boards is
Supervisory changed to 42 dB. The maximum span loss supported by the ST2 boards
Channel Board is changed to 40.5 dB.
SCC Switch and The diagrams of the DIP switches and jumpers on the SCC board are
Jumper revised and optimized.
TBE Functions The cross-connect capability of the TBE board is changed.

and Features

V100R006C03
This issue is the fourth official release for OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800 V100R006C03.
Compared with the manual for the previous version, the manual of this issue provides the
following updates.
Issue 03 (2013-05-16) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential viii

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Update Description
13 Optical Adjusted the loopback descriptions to the "Product Description" part.

Transponder
Unit
14 Tributary
Board and Line
Board
13 Optical Added information about the TN15LSXL board.

Transponder
Unit
TOM Revised the TN11TOM board application 5 diagram.
14.6.6 Valid Slots Revised the slot limitations for the TN55NS3 board when it is used as
a regeneration board.
11.3 Fiber Updated fiber management tray information.

Spooling Frame

V100R006C03
Update Description
Whole manual Added descriptions of the enhanced OptiX OSN 8800 T32 subracks.
14.13 TOA Added the HD-SDIRBR service for the TOA board.
13.21 LSX Modified the function description for the LSX and LDX boards,
13.9 LDX specifying that they do not support test frames.
13.10 LEM24 Modified the function description for the LEM24 and LEX4 boards,
13.11 LEX4 specifying that they do not support optical-layer ASON.
21.15 AUX Modified the jumper descriptions for the TN11AUX01 board.

V100R006C03
following updates.
Issue 03 (2013-05-16) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential ix

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Update Description
Whole manual Deleted the TN15LSXL board.
13.12 LOA Added the following optical modules for the TN11LOA, TN12LOG,
13.13 LOG TN12LOM, TN54TOA, TN52TOM, and TN54THA boards:
1000BASE-BX10-U, 1000BASE-BX10-D, 1000BASE-BX-U, and
13.14 LOM 1000BASE-BX-D.
14.13 TOA
14.15 TOM
14.12 THA
17.7 FIU Added the application in OptiX OSN 3800 systems for the TN14FIU
20.8 RAU1 and TN11RAU1 boards.
A.4 Board Added the maintenance blinking mode for the STAT indicator.
Indicators

V100R006C03
Update Description
Whole manual Added descriptions of the TN12LSC, TN11LTX, TN15LSXL,

TN54TEM28, TN55NS3, TN54TSXL, TN11RAU1, TN14FIU, and
TN13OAU106.
14.10 TDX Deleted the following client-side colored optical module from the
14.19 TQX specifications for the TN53TDX, TN53TQX, and TN55TQX boards:
800 ps/nm-C Band (Odd & Even Wavelengths)-Fixed Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN-XFP.
21.15 AUX Revised the schematic diagram of the TN11AUX board jumpers in the
"Jumper" section for the AUX board by changing the dotted lines to
solid lines. Figure 21-74 shows the revised diagram. The solid lines
indicate that the jumpers must be capped.
14.13 TOA Modified the descriptions of the service timeslots for the TOA, THA,
14.12 THA and LOA boards in the "Application" and "Physical and Logical Ports"
sections.
13.12 LOA
Issue 03 (2013-05-16) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential x

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

V100R006C01
following updates.
Update Description
Whole manual For the transport equipment, heat consumption (BTU/h) and power
consumption (W) are similar and can be taken as the same. 1 BTU/h =
0.2931 W.
13 Optical Limitations of the LDM, LDMS, LDMD, LQM, LQMS, and LQMD
Transponder boards are added, indicating that each of the boards can receive and
Unit transmit only one 1.25 Gbit/s higher service and must use the RX1/TX1
port pair to receive/transmit the service.
23 Optical A description is added, explaining that the OLP and DCP boards support
Protection optical-layer ASON only when they are used to provide client 1+1
Board protection.
22 Optical The maximum span loss supported by the SC1 and SC2 boards is changed
Supervisory to 42 dB. The maximum span loss supported by the ST2 boards is changed
Channel Board to 40.5 dB.
SCC Switch and The diagrams of the DIP switches and jumpers on the SCC board are
Jumper revised and optimized.
XCS Functions For the TN11XCS board, the cross-connect capacity description is
and Features modified. For ODU1 and ODU2 signals, the board supports a maximum
cross-connect capacity of 280 Gbit/s. For GE services, the board supports
a maximum cross-connect capability of 140 Gbit/s.
TBE Functions The cross-connect capability of the TBE board is changed.

and Features
SFIU Valid The slots for the SFIU board inside an OptiX OSN 3800 chassis are
Slots changed to IU2-IU5 and IU11.

V100R006C01
Issue 03 (2013-05-16) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential xi

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Update Description
5 OptiX OSN Updated the maximum and typical power consumption specifications of
8800 Subrack the OptiX OSN 8800.
and Power Updated the power consumption specification of the FAN board for the
Requirement OptiX OSN 8800.
14.2 ND2 Explicitly specified that the TN12ND2 board does not support the 8800
ps/nm-C Band-Tunable Wavelength-NRZ-PIN-XFP module.
13.12 LOA Updated the specifications of client-side FC400 and FC800 optical
modules.
20.4 HBA Revised the application diagram of the HBA board by deleting the HBA
board at the receiving site.
14.10 TDX Deleted the following client-side colored optical module from the
14.19 TQX specifications for the TN53TDX, TN53TQX, and TN55TQX boards:
800 ps/nm-C Band (Odd & Even Wavelengths)-Fixed Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN-XFP.
21.15 AUX Revised the schematic diagram of the TN11AUX board jumpers in the
"Jumper" section for the AUX board by changing the dotted lines to solid
lines. Figure 21-74 shows the revised diagram. The solid lines indicate
that the jumpers must be capped.
14.13 TOA Modified the descriptions of the service timeslots for the TOA, THA,
14.12 THA and LOA boards in the "Application" and "Physical and Logical Ports"
sections.
13.12 LOA

V100R006C01
following updates.
Update Description
Whole manual l Added descriptions of the TN55NPO2S0A, TN55NPO2S0B,

TN55NPO2ES02, and TN55NPO2ES04 boards.
l Deleted descriptions of the TN55NPO2S05 and TN55NPO2S07
boards.
l Deleted slot IU22 from the valid slots for the TN16AUX board in an
OptiX OSN 8800 T16 subrack.
Issue 03 (2013-05-16) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential xii

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

V100R006C01
Update Description
Whole manual l Added descriptions of the TN11LOA, TN55TQX, TN53TDX,

TN13OAU1, TN53NS2, TN53ND2, TN53NQ2, TN55NPO2E,
TN12M40, TN12M40V, TN12D40, TN16SCC, TNK4SXH,
TNK4SXM, TNK4XCT, N3EAS2, TN11BMD4, TN11BMD8,
TN12ELQX, and TN12PTQX boards.
l Updated the descriptions of cabinets. Cabinets are described by the
cabinet model instead of device model. In addition, descriptions of
typical cabinet configurations and fiber management frames are
added.
l Added the mappings between the board and equipment to the
"Version Description" section.
13 Optical l Described service configuration in two separate sections: "Physical

Transponder and Logical Ports" and "Configuration of Cross-Connection".
Unit l Added the mappings between boards and optical modules to sections
14 Tributary that list board specifications, for example, "Specifications of the
Board and Line ND2".
Board
16 PID Board
14.13 TOA l Added service mapping paths from FC400 and 3G-SDI to ODUflex.
l Added the descriptions of configuring service packages.
l Added the IEEE 1588v2 function to the "Functions and Features"
table.
14.12 THA l Added the descriptions of configuring service packages.

l Added the IEEE 1588v2 function to the "Functions and Features"
table.
Added the descriptions of configuring service packages.
14.15 TOM Added the descriptions of configuring service packages.

V100R006C00
Issue 03 (2013-05-16) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential xiii

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Update Description
Whole manual l Added descriptions of the TN11BMD4, TN11BMD8, TN12ELQX,

and TN12PTQX boards.
l Updated the descriptions of cabinets. Cabinets are described by the
cabinet model instead of device model. In addition, descriptions of
typical cabinet configurations and fiber management frames are
added.
l Added the mappings between the board and equipment to the
"Version Description" section.
13 Optical l Described service configuration in two separate sections: "Physical

Transponder and Logical Ports" and "Configuration of Cross-Connection".
Unit l Added the mappings between boards and optical modules to sections
14 Tributary that list board specifications, for example, "Specifications of the
Board and Line ND2".
Board
16 PID Board
14.15 TOM Revised the port working modes for the TN52TOM board. The details
are as follows:
l In cascading mode:
– Changed "ODU0 tributary mode (Any->ODU0[->ODU1])" to
"ODU0 mode (Any->ODU0[->ODU1])".
– Changed "ODU1 tributary mode (Any->ODU1)" to "ODU1 mode
(OTU1/Any->ODU1)".
– Changed "ODU1 tributary-line mode (Any->ODU1->OTU1)" to
"ODU1 tributary-line mode (OTU1/Any->ODU1->OTU1)".
l In non-cascading mode:
– Changed "ODU0 tributary mode (Any->ODU0[->ODU1])" to
"ODU0 mode (Any->ODU0[->ODU1])".
– Changed "ODU1 tributary mode (OTU1/Any->ODU1)" to
"ODU1 mode (OTU1/Any->ODU1)".
– Changed "ODU1 tributary mode (OTU1->ODU1->Any->ODU0-
>ODU1)" to "ODU1_ANY_ODU0_ODU1 re-encapsulation
mode (OTU1->ODU1->Any->ODU0->ODU1)".
– Changed "ODU1 tributary-line mode (OTU1->ODU1->Any-
>ODU0->ODU1->OTU1)" to "ODU1_ANY_ODU0_ODU1 re-
encapsulation tributary-line mode (OTU1->ODU1->Any-
>ODU0->ODU1->OTU1)".
– Changed "ODU1 tributary-line mode (OTU1/Any->ODU1-
>OTU1)" to "ODU1 tributary-line mode (OTU1/Any->ODU1-
>OTU1)".
– Changed "ODU1 tributary mode (OTU1->ODU1->ODU0)" to
"ODU1_ODU0 mode (OTU1->ODU1->ODU0)".
– Changed "ODU1 tributary mode (OTU1->ODU1->Any-
>ODU0)" to "ODU1_ANY_ODU0 re-encapsulation mode
(OTU1->ODU1->Any->ODU0)".
Issue 03 (2013-05-16) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential xiv

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

V100R006C00
following updates.
Update Description
Whole manual l Added descriptions of the TN54TOA, TN54THA, TN53TQX,

TN12OBU1P1, and TNK2SXH boards.
l Deleted descriptions of the TN11BMD4, TN11BMD8, TN12ELQX,
and TN12PTQX boards.

V100R006C00
Update Description
Whole manual l Added descriptions of the OptiX OSN 8800 T16.

l Added descriptions of the TN11DAS1, TN11LSQ, and
TN11WSMD9 boards
l Added the "Optical-layer ASON" and "Electrical-layer ASON" rows
to the "Functions and Features" table.
13.14 LOM Added a description of the TN12LOM board's capability to support 3G-
SDI services.
16.7 NPO2 Added descriptions of the TN55NPO2 board.
21.7 Added descriptions of the TN52XCM02.

TN52UXCM

V100R005C00
Compared with the third official release, the manual of this issue provides the following updates.
Issue 03 (2013-05-16) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential xv

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Update Description
Whole manual Changed optical module names to ensure that the name of each optical
module is unique.
Added the mappings between the board and equipment to the "Version
Description" section.
Added the mappings between boards and optical modules to sections that
list board specifications, for example, "Specifications of the ND2".

V100R005C00
with the second official release, the manual of this issue provides the following updates.
Update Description
16 PID Board Deleted descriptions of the TN11BMD4, TN11BMD8, TN12ELQX, and

TN12PTQX board (specific only to OptiX OSN 8800).
21.7 Added information about the TN52XCM02.

TN52UXCM

V100R005C00
Compared with the first official release, the manual of this issue provides the following updates.
Update Description
13.22 LSXL Deleted information about the TN13LSXL.
C Quick
Reference Table
of the Units
13 Optical Added information about the LPT function and protocol or standard
Transponder compliance in Functions and Features.
Unit
14 Tributary
Board and Line
Board
16 PID Board
Issue 03 (2013-05-16) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential xvi

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Update Description
21.10 TN52XCH Added information about the TN52XCH02.

V100R005C00
This issue is the first official release for OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800 V100R005C00. In this
release, the manuals for OptiX OSN 8800 V100R002C02, OptiX OSN 6800 V100R004C04,
and OptiX OSN 3800 V100R004C04 are combined into one manual.
Update Description
Whole manual l This manual provides descriptions according to product series OptiX
OSN 8800, OptiX OSN 6800, and OptiX OSN 3800. Any difference
between the products is described in the manual.
l The equipment name is changed from OptiX OSN 8800 I to OptiX
OSN 8800 T32 or from OptiX OSN 8800 II to OptiX OSN 8800 T64.
l The descriptions of the following boards are added:
– TN11LEM24, TN11LEX4, TN13LSXL, TN54NS3, TN53TSXL,
TN54ENQ2, TN54NPO2, TN11SFIU, TN11RMU902,
TN12WSMD4, TN11ST2, TN11OPM8, TNL1STI, N4BPA
30 Optical Introduction to fixed optical attenuators and mechanical variable optical

Attenuator30.1 attenuators is added.
Fixed Optical
Attenuator
32 Filler Panels Introduction to filler panels is added.
Issue 03 (2013-05-16) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential xvii

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Hardware Description Contents
Contents
About This Document.....................................................................................................................ii

1 Cabinet.............................................................................................................................................1
1.1 Cabinet Introduction...........................................................................................................................................2
1.2 Space Requirements for Cabinets.......................................................................................................................3
1.3 Requirements on Configuring Subracks inside an N66B/N63B Cabinet...........................................................4
1.4 Typical Cabinet Configurations..........................................................................................................................6
2 Fiber Management Cabinet.........................................................................................................9

3 DC PDU.........................................................................................................................................14
3.1 TN16PDU/TN51PDU......................................................................................................................................15
3.2 TN11PDU.........................................................................................................................................................16
3.3 PDU (DPD63-8-8)............................................................................................................................................19
4 UPM................................................................................................................................................24
5 OptiX OSN 8800 Subrack and Power Requirement.............................................................33
5.1 OptiX OSN 8800 T64 Subrack.........................................................................................................................34
5.1.1 Structure...................................................................................................................................................34
5.1.2 Slot Description.......................................................................................................................................35
5.1.3 Cross-Connect Capacities........................................................................................................................36
5.1.4 Fan and Heat Dissipation.........................................................................................................................38
5.1.5 Power Consumption................................................................................................................................44
5.1.6 Power Requirement.................................................................................................................................46
5.2.1 Structure...................................................................................................................................................50
5.3.1 Structure...................................................................................................................................................65
Issue 03 (2013-05-16) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential xviii

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

5.4 OptiX OSN 8800 Platform Subrack.................................................................................................................78
5.4.1 Structure...................................................................................................................................................78
5.5 Data Communication and Equipment Maintenance Interfaces........................................................................88
5.5.1 ATE.........................................................................................................................................................91
5.5.1.1 Version Description........................................................................................................................92
5.5.1.2 Application.....................................................................................................................................92
5.5.1.3 Front Panel......................................................................................................................................92
5.5.1.4 Valid Slots......................................................................................................................................98
5.5.1.5 ATE Specifications.........................................................................................................................98
5.5.2 TN15EFI..................................................................................................................................................99
5.5.2.1 Version Description........................................................................................................................99
5.5.2.2 Application.....................................................................................................................................99
5.5.2.3 Front Panel......................................................................................................................................99
5.5.2.4 Valid Slots....................................................................................................................................105
5.5.2.5 EFI Specifications.........................................................................................................................106
5.5.3 TN16EFI................................................................................................................................................106
5.5.3.1 Version Description......................................................................................................................106
5.5.3.2 Application...................................................................................................................................106
5.5.3.3 Front Panel....................................................................................................................................106
5.5.3.4 Valid Slots....................................................................................................................................113
5.5.3.5 DIP Switches................................................................................................................................114
5.5.4 EFI1.......................................................................................................................................................115
5.5.4.2 Application...................................................................................................................................115
5.5.4.3 Front Panel....................................................................................................................................115
5.5.4.4 Valid Slots....................................................................................................................................118
5.5.4.5 DIP Switches................................................................................................................................118
5.5.4.6 EFI1 Specifications.......................................................................................................................119
5.5.5 EFI2.......................................................................................................................................................119
5.5.5.2 Application...................................................................................................................................119
5.5.5.3 Front Panel....................................................................................................................................120
5.5.5.4 Valid Slots....................................................................................................................................125
5.5.5.5 EFI2 Specifications.......................................................................................................................125
Issue 03 (2013-05-16) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential xix

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
5.5.6 STI.........................................................................................................................................................126
5.5.6.2 Application...................................................................................................................................126
5.5.6.3 Front Panel....................................................................................................................................126
5.5.6.4 Valid Slots....................................................................................................................................130
5.5.6.5 STI Specifications.........................................................................................................................130
5.5.7 Interfaces on the Front Panel of the AUX Board..................................................................................130
6 OptiX OSN 8800 Board Category............................................................................................136

7 OptiX OSN 6800 Subrack and Power Requirement...........................................................147
7.1 Structure..........................................................................................................................................................148
7.2 Slot Description..............................................................................................................................................149
7.3 Cross-Connect Capacities...............................................................................................................................150
7.4 Fan and Heat Dissipation................................................................................................................................151
7.5 Power Consumption.......................................................................................................................................156
7.6 Power Requirement........................................................................................................................................158
7.7 Data Communication and Equipment Maintenance Interfaces......................................................................160
7.7.1 TN11EFI................................................................................................................................................161
7.7.1.2 Application...................................................................................................................................161
7.7.1.3 Front Panel....................................................................................................................................161
7.7.1.4 Valid Slots....................................................................................................................................169
8 OptiX OSN 6800 Board Category............................................................................................175

9 OptiX OSN 3800 Chassis and Power Requirement............................................................182
9.1 Chassis Structure............................................................................................................................................183
9.2 Slot Description..............................................................................................................................................183
9.3 Fan and Heat Dissipation................................................................................................................................184
9.4 AC Power Consumption.................................................................................................................................188
9.5 AC Power Requirement..................................................................................................................................189
9.6 DC Power Consumption.................................................................................................................................191
9.7 DC Power Requirement..................................................................................................................................192
9.8 Data Communication and Equipment Maintenance Interfaces......................................................................194
9.8.2 PIN Assignment of Interfaces................................................................................................................196
10 OptiX OSN 3800 Board Category..........................................................................................202

11 Frames........................................................................................................................................207
11.1 DCM Frame and DCM Module....................................................................................................................208
11.2 CRPC Frame.................................................................................................................................................211
11.3 Fiber Spooling Frame...................................................................................................................................212
Issue 03 (2013-05-16) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential xx

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
12 Overview of Boards.................................................................................................................214
12.1 Board Appearance and Dimensions.............................................................................................................215
12.1.1 Appearance and Dimensions...............................................................................................................215
12.1.2 Symbols on Boards..............................................................................................................................217
12.2 Introduction to Working Modes of OTUs, Tributary Boards and Line Boards...........................................219
12.2.1 Convergence and Non-convergence Applications of Tributary Boards..............................................219
12.2.2 Convergent and Non-convergent OTUs..............................................................................................220
12.2.3 Standard Mode and Compatible Mode................................................................................................221
12.3 Bar Code Overview......................................................................................................................................229
13 Optical Transponder Unit......................................................................................................234

13.1 Overview......................................................................................................................................................236
13.2 ECOM...........................................................................................................................................................242
13.2.1 Version Description.............................................................................................................................242
13.2.2 Application..........................................................................................................................................242
13.2.3 Functions and Features........................................................................................................................244
13.2.4 Working Principle and Signal Flow....................................................................................................245
13.2.5 Front Panel...........................................................................................................................................248
13.2.6 Valid Slots...........................................................................................................................................250
13.2.7 Physical and Logical Ports..................................................................................................................250
13.2.8 Configuration of Cross-connection.....................................................................................................252
13.2.9 Parameters Can Be Set or Queried by NMS........................................................................................253
13.2.10 ECOM Specifications........................................................................................................................254
13.3 L4G...............................................................................................................................................................258
13.3.2 Application..........................................................................................................................................259
13.3.5 Front Panel...........................................................................................................................................264
13.3.6 Valid Slots...........................................................................................................................................266
13.3.7 Characteristic Code for the L4G..........................................................................................................266
13.3.10 Parameters Can Be Set or Queried by NMS......................................................................................269
13.3.11 L4G Specifications............................................................................................................................271
13.4 LDGD...........................................................................................................................................................275
13.4.2 Application..........................................................................................................................................276
13.4.5 Front Panel...........................................................................................................................................281
13.4.6 Valid Slots...........................................................................................................................................283
13.4.7 Characteristic Code for the LDGD......................................................................................................283
Issue 03 (2013-05-16) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential xxi

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

13.4.11 LDGD Specifications........................................................................................................................288
13.5 LDGS............................................................................................................................................................294
13.5.2 Application..........................................................................................................................................295
13.5.5 Front Panel...........................................................................................................................................301
13.5.6 Valid Slots...........................................................................................................................................303
13.5.7 Characteristic Code for the LDGS.......................................................................................................303
13.5.11 LDGS Specifications.........................................................................................................................308
13.6 LDM.............................................................................................................................................................315
13.6.2 Application..........................................................................................................................................315
13.6.5 Front Panel...........................................................................................................................................323
13.6.6 Valid Slots...........................................................................................................................................324
13.6.7 Characteristic Code for the LDM........................................................................................................325
13.6.10 LDM Specifications...........................................................................................................................328
13.7 LDMD..........................................................................................................................................................337
13.7.2 Application..........................................................................................................................................337
13.7.5 Front Panel...........................................................................................................................................344
13.7.6 Valid Slots...........................................................................................................................................345
13.7.7 Characteristic Code for the LDMD.....................................................................................................346
13.7.10 LDMD Specifications........................................................................................................................349
13.8 LDMS...........................................................................................................................................................357
13.8.2 Application..........................................................................................................................................357
Issue 03 (2013-05-16) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential xxii

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

13.8.5 Front Panel...........................................................................................................................................364
13.8.6 Valid Slots...........................................................................................................................................366
13.8.7 Characteristic Code for the LDMS......................................................................................................366
13.8.10 LDMS Specifications........................................................................................................................370
13.9 LDX..............................................................................................................................................................377
13.9.2 Application..........................................................................................................................................377
13.9.5 Front Panel...........................................................................................................................................383
13.9.6 Valid Slots...........................................................................................................................................385
13.9.7 Characteristic Code for the LDX.........................................................................................................385
13.9.10 LDX Specifications...........................................................................................................................389
13.10 LEM24........................................................................................................................................................395
13.10.1 Version Description...........................................................................................................................395
13.10.2 Application........................................................................................................................................395
13.10.3 Functions and Features......................................................................................................................396
13.10.4 Working Principle and Signal Flow..................................................................................................400
13.10.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................403
13.10.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................405
13.10.7 Characteristic Code for the LEM24 ..................................................................................................406
13.10.8 Physical and Logical Ports................................................................................................................406
13.10.9 Configuration of Cross-connection...................................................................................................408
13.10.10 Parameters Can Be Set or Queried by NMS....................................................................................409
13.10.11 LEM24 Specifications.....................................................................................................................419
13.11 LEX4..........................................................................................................................................................426
13.11.2 Application........................................................................................................................................426
13.11.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................434
13.11.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................436
13.11.7 Characteristic Code for the LEX4 ....................................................................................................436
13.11.11 LEX4 Specifications........................................................................................................................448
Issue 03 (2013-05-16) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential xxiii

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
13.12 LOA............................................................................................................................................................453
13.12.2 Application Overview........................................................................................................................453
13.12.4 Characteristic Code for the LOA.......................................................................................................460
13.12.5 Physical Ports Displayed on NMS.....................................................................................................460
13.12.6 LOA Scenario 1: ODU0 non-convergence mode (Any->ODU0[->ODU1]->ODU2->OTU2)
........................................................................................................................................................................461
13.12.6.1 Application...............................................................................................................................461
13.12.6.2 Logical Ports.............................................................................................................................461
13.12.6.3 Configuring Cross-Connections...............................................................................................463
13.12.7 LOA Scenario 2: ODU1 non-convergence mode (OTU1/Any->ODU1->ODU2->OTU2)..............465
13.12.7.1 Application...............................................................................................................................465
13.12.7.2 Logical Ports.............................................................................................................................466
13.12.8 LOA Scenario 3: ODU1_ODU0 mode (OTU1->ODU1->ODU0[->ODU1]->ODU2->OTU2)
........................................................................................................................................................................468
13.12.8.1 Application...............................................................................................................................468
13.12.8.2 Logical Ports.............................................................................................................................468
13.12.9 LOA Scenario 4: ODUflex non-convergence mode (Any->ODUflex->ODU2->OTU2).................472
13.12.9.1 Application...............................................................................................................................472
13.12.9.2 Logical Ports.............................................................................................................................473
13.12.10 LOA Scenario 5: ODU2 non-convergence mode (Any->ODU2->OTU2).....................................475
13.12.10.1 Application.............................................................................................................................475
13.12.10.2 Logical Ports...........................................................................................................................476
13.12.10.3 Configuring Cross-Connections.............................................................................................477
13.12.11 Working Principle and Signal Flow................................................................................................477
13.12.12 Front Panel.......................................................................................................................................480
13.12.13 Valid Slots.......................................................................................................................................481
13.12.15 LOA Specifications.........................................................................................................................488
13.13 LOG............................................................................................................................................................504
13.13.2 Application........................................................................................................................................506
13.13.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................513
13.13.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................515
13.13.7 Characteristic Code for the LOG.......................................................................................................516
Issue 03 (2013-05-16) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential xxiv

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

13.13.11 LOG Specifications.........................................................................................................................522
13.14 LOM...........................................................................................................................................................534
13.14.2 Application........................................................................................................................................535
13.14.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................544
13.14.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................547
13.14.7 Characteristic Code for the LOM......................................................................................................548
13.14.10 LOM Specifications.........................................................................................................................555
13.15 LQG............................................................................................................................................................567
13.15.2 Application........................................................................................................................................568
13.15.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................574
13.15.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................575
13.15.7 Characteristic Code for the LQG.......................................................................................................576
13.15.11 LQG Specifications.........................................................................................................................581
13.16 LQM...........................................................................................................................................................586
13.16.2 Application........................................................................................................................................587
13.16.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................597
13.16.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................599
13.16.7 Characteristic Code for the LQM......................................................................................................599
13.16.11 LQM Specifications.........................................................................................................................606
13.17 LQMD........................................................................................................................................................615
13.17.2 Application........................................................................................................................................616
Issue 03 (2013-05-16) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential xxv

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
13.17.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................625

13.17.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................627
13.17.7 Characteristic Code for the LQMD...................................................................................................628
13.17.11 LQMD Specifications......................................................................................................................635
13.18 LQMS.........................................................................................................................................................645
13.18.2 Application........................................................................................................................................646
13.18.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................658
13.18.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................660
13.18.7 Characteristic Code for the LQMS....................................................................................................661
13.18.11 LQMS Specifications......................................................................................................................669
13.19 LSC.............................................................................................................................................................679
13.19.2 Application........................................................................................................................................680
13.19.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................684
13.19.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................686
13.19.9 LSC Specifications............................................................................................................................691
13.20 LSQ.............................................................................................................................................................699
13.20.2 Application........................................................................................................................................699
13.20.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................705
13.20.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................706
13.20.9 LSQ Specifications............................................................................................................................710
13.21 LSX.............................................................................................................................................................713
13.21.2 Application........................................................................................................................................717
Issue 03 (2013-05-16) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential xxvi

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

13.21.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................725
13.21.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................728
13.21.7 Characteristic Code for the LSX.......................................................................................................729
13.21.10 LSX Specifications..........................................................................................................................734
13.22 LSXL..........................................................................................................................................................745
13.22.2 Application........................................................................................................................................747
13.22.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................754
13.22.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................757
13.22.9 LSXL Specifications..........................................................................................................................763
13.23 LSXLR........................................................................................................................................................768
13.23.2 Application........................................................................................................................................769
13.23.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................773
13.23.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................776
13.23.9 LSXLR Specifications.......................................................................................................................780
13.24 LSXR..........................................................................................................................................................783
13.24.2 Application........................................................................................................................................783
13.24.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................788
13.24.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................790
13.24.7 Characteristic Code for the LSXR.....................................................................................................791
13.24.10 LSXR Specifications.......................................................................................................................794
13.25 LTX............................................................................................................................................................797
13.25.2 Application........................................................................................................................................798
Issue 03 (2013-05-16) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential xxvii

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

13.25.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................806
13.25.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................808
13.25.9 LTX Specifications............................................................................................................................814
13.26 LWX2.........................................................................................................................................................819
13.26.2 Application........................................................................................................................................819
13.26.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................825
13.26.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................826
13.26.7 Characteristic Code for the LWX2....................................................................................................827
13.26.10 LWX2 Specifications......................................................................................................................829
13.27 LWXD........................................................................................................................................................837
13.27.2 Application........................................................................................................................................837
13.27.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................843
13.27.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................844
13.27.7 Characteristic Code for the LWXD...................................................................................................844
13.27.10 LWXD Specifications......................................................................................................................847
13.28 LWXS.........................................................................................................................................................855
13.28.2 Application........................................................................................................................................856
13.28.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................862
13.28.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................863
13.28.7 Characteristic Code for the LWXS....................................................................................................864
13.28.10 LWXS Specifications......................................................................................................................867
13.29 TMX...........................................................................................................................................................874
Issue 03 (2013-05-16) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential xxviii

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
13.29.2 Application........................................................................................................................................876
13.29.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................881
13.29.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................882
13.29.7 Characteristic Code for the TMX......................................................................................................883
13.29.10 TMX Specifications.........................................................................................................................886
14 Tributary Board and Line Board...........................................................................................899

14.1 Overview......................................................................................................................................................901
14.2 ND2..............................................................................................................................................................908
14.2.2 Application..........................................................................................................................................911
14.2.5 Front Panel...........................................................................................................................................926
14.2.6 Valid Slots...........................................................................................................................................929
14.2.7 Characteristic Code for the ND2.........................................................................................................930
14.2.11 ND2 Specifications............................................................................................................................950
14.3 NO2..............................................................................................................................................................958
14.3.2 Application..........................................................................................................................................959
14.3.5 Front Panel...........................................................................................................................................972
14.3.6 Valid Slots...........................................................................................................................................974
14.3.7 Characteristic Code for the NO2.........................................................................................................974
14.3.11 NO2 Specifications............................................................................................................................985
14.4 NQ2..............................................................................................................................................................989
14.4.2 Application..........................................................................................................................................991
14.4.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................1007
14.4.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................1009
Issue 03 (2013-05-16) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential xxix

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
14.4.7 Characteristic Code for the NQ2.......................................................................................................1010

14.4.11 NQ2 Specifications..........................................................................................................................1037
14.5 NS2.............................................................................................................................................................1041
14.5.2 Application........................................................................................................................................1046
14.5.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................1058
14.5.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................1061
14.5.7 Characteristic Code for the NS2........................................................................................................1062
14.5.9 Configuring Cross-Connections........................................................................................................1068
14.5.11 NS2 Specifications..........................................................................................................................1082
14.6 NS3.............................................................................................................................................................1091
14.6.2 Application........................................................................................................................................1093
14.6.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................1108
14.6.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................1112
14.7 NS4.............................................................................................................................................................1144
14.7.2 Application........................................................................................................................................1145
14.7.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................1160
14.7.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................1162
14.8 TBE.............................................................................................................................................................1179
14.8.2 Application........................................................................................................................................1179
Issue 03 (2013-05-16) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential xxx

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

14.8.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................1187
14.8.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................1189
14.8.10 TBE Specifications..........................................................................................................................1193
14.9 TDG............................................................................................................................................................1198
14.9.2 Application........................................................................................................................................1199
14.9.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................1203
14.9.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................1205
14.9.10 TDG Specifications.........................................................................................................................1210
14.10 TDX..........................................................................................................................................................1213
14.10.1 Version Description.........................................................................................................................1213
14.10.2 Application......................................................................................................................................1214
14.10.3 Functions and Features....................................................................................................................1216
14.10.5 Front Panel.......................................................................................................................................1223
14.10.6 Valid Slots.......................................................................................................................................1226
14.10.7 Physical and Logical Ports..............................................................................................................1227
14.10.8 Configuration of Cross-connection.................................................................................................1230
14.10.10 TDX Specifications.......................................................................................................................1241
14.11 TEM28......................................................................................................................................................1244
14.11.2 Application......................................................................................................................................1244
14.11.5 Front Panel.......................................................................................................................................1251
14.11.6 Valid Slots.......................................................................................................................................1253
14.11.10 TEM28 Specifications...................................................................................................................1268
14.12 THA..........................................................................................................................................................1271
Issue 03 (2013-05-16) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential xxxi

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

14.12.2 Application Overview......................................................................................................................1271
14.12.4 Physical Ports Displayed on NMS...................................................................................................1277
14.12.5 THA scenario 1: ODU0 non-convergence mode (Any->ODU0)....................................................1278
14.12.5.1 Application.............................................................................................................................1278
14.12.5.2 Logical Ports...........................................................................................................................1278
14.12.5.3 Configuration of Cross-connection........................................................................................1280
14.12.6 THA scenario 2: ODU1 non-convergence mode (Any->ODU1)....................................................1284
14.12.6.1 Application.............................................................................................................................1284
14.12.6.2 Logical Ports...........................................................................................................................1284
14.12.7 THA scenario 3: ODU1 convergence mode (n X Any->ODU1)....................................................1288
14.12.7.1 Application.............................................................................................................................1289
14.12.7.2 Logical Ports...........................................................................................................................1289
14.12.8 THA scenario 4: ODU1_ODU0 mode (OTU1->ODU1->ODU0)..................................................1294
14.12.8.1 Application.............................................................................................................................1294
14.12.8.2 Logical Ports...........................................................................................................................1295
14.12.10 Front Panel.....................................................................................................................................1301
14.12.11 Valid Slots.....................................................................................................................................1303
14.12.12 Parameters Can Be Set or Queried by NMS..................................................................................1303
14.12.13 THA Specifications.......................................................................................................................1308
14.13 TOA..........................................................................................................................................................1312
14.13.5 TOA scenario 1: ODU0 non-convergence mode (Any->ODU0)....................................................1320
14.13.5.1 Application.............................................................................................................................1320
14.13.5.2 Logical Ports...........................................................................................................................1320
14.13.6 TOA scenario 2: ODU1 non-convergence mode (Any->ODU1)....................................................1325
14.13.6.1 Application.............................................................................................................................1325
14.13.6.2 Logical Ports...........................................................................................................................1325
14.13.7 TOA scenario 3: ODU1 convergence mode (n * Any->ODU1).....................................................1329
14.13.7.1 Application.............................................................................................................................1330
14.13.7.2 Logical Ports...........................................................................................................................1330
Issue 03 (2013-05-16) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential xxxii

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
14.13.8 TOA scenario 4: ODU1_ODU0 mode (OTU1->ODU1->ODU0)..................................................1334

14.13.8.1 Application.............................................................................................................................1335
14.13.8.2 Logical Ports...........................................................................................................................1335
14.13.9 TOA scenario 5: ODUflex non-convergence mode (Any->ODUflex)...........................................1339
14.13.9.1 Application.............................................................................................................................1339
14.13.9.2 Logical Ports...........................................................................................................................1340
14.13.10 Working Principle and Signal Flow..............................................................................................1344
14.13.11 Front Panel.....................................................................................................................................1346
14.13.12 Valid Slots.....................................................................................................................................1348
14.13.14 TOA Specifications.......................................................................................................................1354
14.14 TOG..........................................................................................................................................................1364
14.14.2 Application......................................................................................................................................1365
14.14.5 Front Panel.......................................................................................................................................1371
14.14.6 Valid Slots.......................................................................................................................................1372
14.14.10 TOG Specifications.......................................................................................................................1379
14.15 TOM.........................................................................................................................................................1382
14.15.2.1 Concept: Tributary Mode and Tributary-Line Mode..............................................................1383
14.15.2.2 Concept: Cascading Mode and Non-cascading Mode............................................................1384
14.15.2.3 Application Scenario Overview of TN52TOM......................................................................1384
14.15.2.4 Application Scenario Overview of TN11TOM......................................................................1391
14.15.3 Function and Feature.......................................................................................................................1393
14.15.5 TN52TOM Scenario 1: Any->ODU0[->ODU1] (Cascading).........................................................1401
14.15.5.1 Application.............................................................................................................................1401
14.15.5.2 Logical Ports...........................................................................................................................1402
14.15.6 TN52TOM Scenario 2: Any->ODU0->ODU1->OTU1 (Cascading).............................................1405
14.15.6.1 Application.............................................................................................................................1405
14.15.6.2 Logical Ports...........................................................................................................................1406
14.15.7 TN52TOM Scenario 3: Any->ODU1 (Cascading).........................................................................1409
Issue 03 (2013-05-16) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential xxxiii

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
14.15.7.1 Application.............................................................................................................................1409
14.15.7.2 Logical Ports...........................................................................................................................1409
14.15.8 TN52TOM Scenario 4: Any->ODU1->OTU1 (Cascading)............................................................1411
14.15.8.1 Application.............................................................................................................................1411
14.15.8.2 Logical Ports...........................................................................................................................1412
14.15.9 TN52TOM Scenario 5: Any->ODU0[->ODU1] (Non-Cascading)................................................1414
14.15.9.1 Application.............................................................................................................................1414
14.15.9.2 Logical Ports...........................................................................................................................1415
14.15.10 TN52TOM Scenario 6: Any->ODU0->ODU1->OTU1(Non-Cascading)....................................1420
14.15.10.1 Application...........................................................................................................................1420
14.15.10.2 Logical Ports.........................................................................................................................1422
14.15.10.3 Configuration of Cross-connection......................................................................................1423
14.15.11 TN52TOM Scenario 7: OTU1/Any->ODU1 (Non-Cascading)....................................................1424
14.15.11.1 Application...........................................................................................................................1424
14.15.11.2 Logical Ports.........................................................................................................................1425
14.15.12 TN52TOM Scenario 8: OTU1->ODU1->Any->ODU0->ODU1 (Non-Cascading).....................1427
14.15.12.1 Application...........................................................................................................................1427
14.15.12.2 Logical Ports.........................................................................................................................1428
14.15.13 TN52TOM Scenario 9: OTU1->ODU1->Any->ODU0->ODU1->OTU1 (Non-Cascading)
......................................................................................................................................................................1430
14.15.13.1 Application...........................................................................................................................1430
14.15.13.2 Logical Ports.........................................................................................................................1431
14.15.14 TN52TOM scenario 10: OTU1/Any->ODU1->OTU1 (non-cascading).......................................1432
14.15.14.1 Application...........................................................................................................................1433
14.15.14.2 Logical Ports.........................................................................................................................1434
14.15.15 TN52TOM scenario 11: OTU1->ODU1->ODU0 (non-cascading)..............................................1437
14.15.15.1 Application...........................................................................................................................1437
14.15.15.2 Logical Ports.........................................................................................................................1438
14.15.16 TN52TOM Scenario 12: OTU1->ODU1->Any->ODU0 (Non-Cascading).................................1439
14.15.16.1 Application...........................................................................................................................1439
14.15.16.2 Logical Ports.........................................................................................................................1440
14.15.17 TN11TOM Scenario 1: Any->ODU1 (Cascading).......................................................................1442
14.15.17.1 Application...........................................................................................................................1442
14.15.17.2 Logical Ports.........................................................................................................................1443
Issue 03 (2013-05-16) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential xxxiv

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

14.15.18 TN11TOM Scenario 2: Any->ODU1->OTU1 (Cascading)..........................................................1444
14.15.18.1 Application...........................................................................................................................1444
14.15.18.2 Logical Ports.........................................................................................................................1445
14.15.19 TN11TOM Scenario 3: Any->ODU1 (Non-Cascading)...............................................................1447
14.15.19.1 Application...........................................................................................................................1447
14.15.19.2 Logical Ports.........................................................................................................................1448
14.15.20 TN11TOM Scenario 4: Any->ODU1->OTU1(Non-Cascading)..................................................1450
14.15.20.1 Application...........................................................................................................................1450
14.15.20.2 Logical Ports.........................................................................................................................1450
14.15.21 TN11TOM Scenario 5: OTU1->ODU1->OTU1 (electrical regeneration board).........................1452
14.15.21.1 Application...........................................................................................................................1452
14.15.21.2 Logical Ports.........................................................................................................................1453
14.15.22 Working Principle and Signal Flow..............................................................................................1454
14.15.23 Front Panel.....................................................................................................................................1459
14.15.24 Valid Slots.....................................................................................................................................1461
14.15.26 TOM Specifications.......................................................................................................................1467
14.16 TOX..........................................................................................................................................................1480
14.16.2 Application......................................................................................................................................1480
14.16.5 Front Panel.......................................................................................................................................1486
14.16.6 Valid Slots.......................................................................................................................................1488
14.16.10 TOX Specifications.......................................................................................................................1494
14.17 TQM.........................................................................................................................................................1498
14.17.2 Application......................................................................................................................................1499
14.17.5 Front Panel.......................................................................................................................................1507
14.17.6 Valid Slots.......................................................................................................................................1508
Issue 03 (2013-05-16) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential xxxv

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

14.17.10 TQM Specifications.......................................................................................................................1515
14.18 TQS...........................................................................................................................................................1522
14.18.2 Application......................................................................................................................................1523
14.18.5 Front Panel.......................................................................................................................................1528
14.18.6 Valid Slots.......................................................................................................................................1529
14.18.10 TQS Specifications........................................................................................................................1534
14.19 TQX..........................................................................................................................................................1538
14.19.2 Application......................................................................................................................................1540
14.19.5 Front Panel.......................................................................................................................................1546
14.19.6 Valid Slots.......................................................................................................................................1548
14.19.10 TQX Specifications.......................................................................................................................1560
14.20 TSC...........................................................................................................................................................1563
14.20.2 Application......................................................................................................................................1564
14.20.5 Front Panel.......................................................................................................................................1568
14.20.6 Valid Slots.......................................................................................................................................1570
14.20.10 TSC Specifications........................................................................................................................1575
14.21 TSXL........................................................................................................................................................1580
14.21.2 Application......................................................................................................................................1581
14.21.5 Front Panel.......................................................................................................................................1589
14.21.6 Valid Slots.......................................................................................................................................1593
Issue 03 (2013-05-16) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential xxxvi

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

14.21.10 TSXL Specifications......................................................................................................................1600
14.22 TTX..........................................................................................................................................................1604
14.22.2 Application......................................................................................................................................1605
14.22.5 Front Panel.......................................................................................................................................1611
14.22.6 Valid Slots.......................................................................................................................................1612
14.22.10 TTX Specifications........................................................................................................................1618
15 Packet Service Unit................................................................................................................1623

15.1 Overview....................................................................................................................................................1624
15.2 EG16...........................................................................................................................................................1625
15.2.2 Application........................................................................................................................................1626
15.2.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................1632
15.2.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................1634
15.2.9 EG16 Specifications..........................................................................................................................1643
15.3 EX2.............................................................................................................................................................1646
15.3.2 Application........................................................................................................................................1647
15.3.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................1653
15.3.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................1654
15.3.9 EX2 Specifications............................................................................................................................1662
15.4 PND2..........................................................................................................................................................1664
15.4.2 Application........................................................................................................................................1665
Issue 03 (2013-05-16) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential xxxvii

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
15.4.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................1672

15.4.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................1674
15.4.9 PND2 Specifications..........................................................................................................................1683
16 PID Board................................................................................................................................1688
16.1 Overview....................................................................................................................................................1689
16.2 BMD4.........................................................................................................................................................1690
16.2.2 Application........................................................................................................................................1691
16.2.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................1694
16.2.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................1696
16.2.7 Characteristic Code of the BMD4.....................................................................................................1697
16.2.8 Optical Interfaces on the BMD4........................................................................................................1697
16.2.10 BMD4 Specifications......................................................................................................................1699
16.3 BMD8.........................................................................................................................................................1701
16.3.2 Application........................................................................................................................................1701
16.3.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................1704
16.3.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................1707
16.3.7 Characteristic Code of the BMD8.....................................................................................................1707
16.3.8 Optical Interfaces on the BMD8........................................................................................................1707
16.3.10 BMD8 Specifications......................................................................................................................1711
16.4 ELQX..........................................................................................................................................................1713
16.4.2 Application........................................................................................................................................1714
16.4.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................1719
16.4.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................1720
16.4.10 ELQX Specifications.......................................................................................................................1728
16.5 PTQX..........................................................................................................................................................1732
Issue 03 (2013-05-16) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential xxxviii

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
16.5.2 Application........................................................................................................................................1734
16.5.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................1740
16.5.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................1742
16.5.7 Characteristic Code of the PTQX......................................................................................................1742
16.5.11 PTQX Specifications.......................................................................................................................1751
16.6 ENQ2..........................................................................................................................................................1756
16.6.2 Application........................................................................................................................................1756
16.6.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................1763
16.6.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................1764
16.6.10 ENQ2 Specifications.......................................................................................................................1775
16.7 NPO2..........................................................................................................................................................1775
16.7.2 Application........................................................................................................................................1780
16.7.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................1791
16.7.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................1794
16.7.7 Characteristic Code of the NPO2......................................................................................................1795
16.7.11 NPO2 Specifications........................................................................................................................1810
16.8 NPO2E........................................................................................................................................................1812
16.8.2 Application........................................................................................................................................1816
16.8.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................1824
16.8.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................1826
16.8.7 Characteristic Code of the NPO2E....................................................................................................1827
Issue 03 (2013-05-16) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential xxxix

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

16.8.11 NPO2E Specifications.....................................................................................................................1836
17 Optical Multiplexer and Demultiplexing Board.............................................................1840

17.1 Overview....................................................................................................................................................1841
17.2 M40.............................................................................................................................................................1842
17.2.2 Application........................................................................................................................................1843
17.2.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................1846
17.2.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................1851
17.2.7 Characteristic Code for the M40.......................................................................................................1852
17.2.8 Optical Interfaces...............................................................................................................................1853
17.2.10 M40 Specifications..........................................................................................................................1854
17.3 M40V..........................................................................................................................................................1855
17.3.2 Application........................................................................................................................................1856
17.3.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................1859
17.3.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................1864
17.3.7 Characteristic Code for the M40V.....................................................................................................1865
17.3.10 M40V Specifications.......................................................................................................................1867
17.4 D40.............................................................................................................................................................1868
17.4.2 Application........................................................................................................................................1870
17.4.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................1872
17.4.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................1877
17.4.7 Characteristic Code for the D40........................................................................................................1878
17.4.10 D40 Specifications...........................................................................................................................1880
17.5 D40V..........................................................................................................................................................1881
17.5.2 Application........................................................................................................................................1882
Issue 03 (2013-05-16) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential xl

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

17.5.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................1885
17.5.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................1889
17.5.7 Characteristic Code for the D40V.....................................................................................................1889
17.5.10 D40V Specifications........................................................................................................................1891
17.6 DFIU...........................................................................................................................................................1892
17.6.2 Application........................................................................................................................................1893
17.6.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................1895
17.6.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................1897
17.6.7 Characteristic Code for the DFIU......................................................................................................1897
17.6.10 DFIU Specifications........................................................................................................................1899
17.7 FIU..............................................................................................................................................................1900
17.7.2 Application........................................................................................................................................1902
17.7.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................1906
17.7.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................1911
17.7.7 Characteristic Code for the FIU.........................................................................................................1913
17.7.10 FIU Specifications...........................................................................................................................1915
17.8 ITL..............................................................................................................................................................1916
17.8.2 Application........................................................................................................................................1918
17.8.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................1921
17.8.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................1924
17.8.7 Characteristic Code for the ITL.........................................................................................................1925
17.8.10 ITL Specifications...........................................................................................................................1927
17.9 SFIU............................................................................................................................................................1929
Issue 03 (2013-05-16) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential xli

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
17.9.2 Application........................................................................................................................................1929
17.9.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................1932
17.9.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................1934
17.9.7 Characteristic Code for the SFIU......................................................................................................1935
17.9.10 SFIU Specifications......................................................................................................................... 1937
18 Fixed Optical Add and Drop Multiplexing Board..........................................................1939

18.1 Overview....................................................................................................................................................1940
18.2 CMR1.........................................................................................................................................................1941
18.2.1 Version Description........................................................................................................................... 1941
18.2.2 Application........................................................................................................................................1942
18.2.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................1944
18.2.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................1945
18.2.7 Characteristic Code for the CMR1....................................................................................................1945
18.2.10 CMR1 Specifications.......................................................................................................................1947
18.3 CMR2.........................................................................................................................................................1948
18.3.2 Application........................................................................................................................................1949
18.3.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................1951
18.3.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................1954
18.4 CMR4.........................................................................................................................................................1958
18.4.2 Application........................................................................................................................................1959
18.4.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................1961
18.4.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................1964
Issue 03 (2013-05-16) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential xlii

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

18.5 DMR1.........................................................................................................................................................1968
18.5.2 Application........................................................................................................................................1969
18.5.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................1972
18.5.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................1975
18.5.7 Characteristic Code for the DMR1....................................................................................................1976
18.5.10 DMR1 Specifications......................................................................................................................1977
18.6 MR2............................................................................................................................................................1978
18.6.2 Application........................................................................................................................................1979
18.6.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................1982
18.6.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................1985
18.6.7 Characteristic Code for the MR2.......................................................................................................1986
18.6.10 MR2 Specifications.........................................................................................................................1987
18.7 MR4............................................................................................................................................................1989
18.7.2 Application........................................................................................................................................1989
18.7.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................1992
18.7.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................1995
18.8 MR8............................................................................................................................................................2002
18.8.2 Application........................................................................................................................................2002
18.8.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................2005
18.8.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................2007
Issue 03 (2013-05-16) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential xliii

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

18.9 MR8V.........................................................................................................................................................2012
18.9.2 Application........................................................................................................................................2013
18.9.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................2015
18.9.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................2017
18.9.7 Characteristic Code for the MR8V....................................................................................................2018
18.9.10 MR8V Specifications......................................................................................................................2020
18.10 SBM2........................................................................................................................................................2023
18.10.2 Application......................................................................................................................................2024
18.10.5 Front Panel.......................................................................................................................................2026
18.10.6 Valid Slots.......................................................................................................................................2028
18.10.7 Optical Interfaces.............................................................................................................................2028
18.10.9 SBM2 Specifications.......................................................................................................................2030
19 Reconfigurable Optical Add and Drop Multiplexing Board........................................2031

19.1 Overview....................................................................................................................................................2033
19.2 RDU9..........................................................................................................................................................2035
19.2.2 Application........................................................................................................................................2036
19.2.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................2039
19.2.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................2042
19.2.9 RDU9 Specifications.........................................................................................................................2043
19.3 RMU9.........................................................................................................................................................2044
19.3.2 Application........................................................................................................................................2045
Issue 03 (2013-05-16) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential xliv

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
19.3.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................2048

19.3.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................2050
19.3.9 RMU9 Specifications........................................................................................................................2053
19.4 ROAM........................................................................................................................................................2054
19.4.2 Application........................................................................................................................................2055
19.4.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................2057
19.4.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................2061
19.4.9 ROAM Specifications........................................................................................................................2063
19.5 TD20...........................................................................................................................................................2064
19.5.2 Application........................................................................................................................................2064
19.5.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................2068
19.5.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................2070
19.5.9 TD20 Specifications..........................................................................................................................2073
19.6 TM20..........................................................................................................................................................2074
19.6.2 Application........................................................................................................................................2075
19.6.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................2078
19.6.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................2080
19.6.9 TM20 Specifications..........................................................................................................................2082
19.7 WSD9.........................................................................................................................................................2083
19.7.2 Application........................................................................................................................................2084
19.7.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................2088
19.7.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................2090
Issue 03 (2013-05-16) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential xlv

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

19.7.9 WSD9 Specifications.........................................................................................................................2094
19.8 WSM9.........................................................................................................................................................2095
19.8.2 Application........................................................................................................................................2096
19.8.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................2100
19.8.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................2102
19.8.9 WSM9 Specifications........................................................................................................................2106
19.9 WSMD2......................................................................................................................................................2107
19.9.2 Application........................................................................................................................................2108
19.9.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................2111
19.9.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................2114
19.9.9 WSMD2 Specifications.....................................................................................................................2116
19.10 WSMD4....................................................................................................................................................2117
19.10.2 Application......................................................................................................................................2119
19.10.5 Front Panel.......................................................................................................................................2122
19.10.6 Valid Slots.......................................................................................................................................2124
19.10.9 WSMD4 Specifications...................................................................................................................2128
19.11 WSMD9....................................................................................................................................................2129
19.11.2 Application......................................................................................................................................2130
19.11.5 Front Panel.......................................................................................................................................2133
19.11.6 Valid Slots.......................................................................................................................................2136
Issue 03 (2013-05-16) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential xlvi

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
19.11.9 WSMD9 Specifications...................................................................................................................2138
20 Optical Amplifier Board......................................................................................................2140

20.1 Overview....................................................................................................................................................2141
20.2 CRPC..........................................................................................................................................................2143
20.2.2 Application........................................................................................................................................2144
20.2.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................2148
20.2.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................2151
20.2.7 Dip Switch and Jumper......................................................................................................................2151
20.2.8 Characteristic Code for the CRPC.....................................................................................................2153
20.2.11 CRPC Specifications.......................................................................................................................2155
20.3 DAS1..........................................................................................................................................................2157
20.3.2 Application........................................................................................................................................2157
20.3.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................2163
20.3.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................2166
20.3.9 DAS1 Specifications..........................................................................................................................2171
20.4 HBA............................................................................................................................................................2173
20.4.2 Application........................................................................................................................................2174
20.4.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................2177
20.4.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................2179
20.4.7 Characteristic Code for the HBA.......................................................................................................2180
20.4.10 HBA Specifications.........................................................................................................................2183
20.5 OAU1..........................................................................................................................................................2184
20.5.2 Application........................................................................................................................................2186
20.5.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................2191
Issue 03 (2013-05-16) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential xlvii

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
20.5.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................2196

20.5.7 Characteristic Code for the OAU1....................................................................................................2197
20.5.10 OAU1 Specifications.......................................................................................................................2202
20.6 OBU1..........................................................................................................................................................2211
20.6.2 Application........................................................................................................................................2212
20.6.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................2216
20.6.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................2219
20.6.7 Characteristic Code for the OBU1.....................................................................................................2220
20.6.10 OBU1 Specifications.......................................................................................................................2225
20.7 OBU2..........................................................................................................................................................2227
20.7.2 Application........................................................................................................................................2229
20.7.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................2232
20.7.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................2235
20.7.7 Characteristic Code for the OBU2.....................................................................................................2236
20.7.10 OBU2 Specifications.......................................................................................................................2241
20.8 RAU1..........................................................................................................................................................2243
20.8.2 Application........................................................................................................................................2243
20.8.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................2248
20.8.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................2250
20.8.9 RAU1 Specifications.........................................................................................................................2256
20.9 RAU2..........................................................................................................................................................2260
20.9.2 Application........................................................................................................................................2261
Issue 03 (2013-05-16) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential xlviii

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
20.9.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................2266

20.9.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................2269
20.9.9 RAU2 Specifications.........................................................................................................................2275
21 Cross-Connect Board and System and Communication Board....................................2280

21.1 Overview....................................................................................................................................................2282
21.2 USXH.........................................................................................................................................................2283
21.2.2 Application........................................................................................................................................2284
21.2.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................2286
21.2.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................2288
21.2.7 USXH Specifications.........................................................................................................................2288
21.3 UXCT.........................................................................................................................................................2289
21.3.2 Application........................................................................................................................................2289
21.3.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................2291
21.3.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................2293
21.3.7 UXCT Specifications.........................................................................................................................2293
21.4 SXM............................................................................................................................................................2294
21.4.2 Application........................................................................................................................................2295
21.4.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................2297
21.4.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................2299
21.4.7 SXM Specifications...........................................................................................................................2299
21.5 SXH............................................................................................................................................................2300
21.5.2 Application........................................................................................................................................2301
21.5.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................2304
21.5.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................2305
21.5.7 SXH Specifications............................................................................................................................2305
21.6 XCT............................................................................................................................................................2306
21.6.2 Application........................................................................................................................................2307
Issue 03 (2013-05-16) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential xlix

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

21.6.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................2309
21.6.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................2311
21.6.7 XCT Specifications............................................................................................................................2311
21.7 TN52UXCM...............................................................................................................................................2312
21.7.2 Application........................................................................................................................................2313
21.7.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................2316
21.7.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................2318
21.7.7 TN52UXCM Specifications..............................................................................................................2318
21.8 XCM...........................................................................................................................................................2319
21.8.2 Application........................................................................................................................................2319
21.8.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................2322
21.8.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................2324
21.8.7 XCM Board Specifications................................................................................................................2324
21.9 UXCH.........................................................................................................................................................2325
21.9.2 Application........................................................................................................................................2325
21.9.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................2329
21.9.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................2331
21.9.7 UXCH Specifications........................................................................................................................2331
21.10 TN52XCH................................................................................................................................................2332
21.10.2 Application......................................................................................................................................2332
21.10.5 Front Panel.......................................................................................................................................2334
21.10.6 Valid Slots.......................................................................................................................................2336
21.10.7 TN52XCH Specifications................................................................................................................2336
21.11 TN16XCH................................................................................................................................................2337
21.11.2 Application......................................................................................................................................2337
Issue 03 (2013-05-16) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential l

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
21.11.5 Front Panel.......................................................................................................................................2341

21.11.6 Valid Slots.......................................................................................................................................2343
21.11.7 Switch and Jumper...........................................................................................................................2343
21.11.8 TN16XCH Specifications................................................................................................................2344
21.12 TN16UXCM.............................................................................................................................................2345
21.12.2 Application......................................................................................................................................2345
21.12.5 Front Panel.......................................................................................................................................2349
21.12.6 Valid Slots.......................................................................................................................................2351
21.12.8 TN16UXCM Specifications............................................................................................................2353
21.13 XCS..........................................................................................................................................................2354
21.13.2 Application......................................................................................................................................2355
21.13.5 Front Panel.......................................................................................................................................2357
21.13.6 Valid Slots.......................................................................................................................................2359
21.13.7 XCS Specifications..........................................................................................................................2359
21.14 SCC...........................................................................................................................................................2359
21.14.2 Application......................................................................................................................................2361
21.14.5 Front Panel.......................................................................................................................................2366
21.14.6 Valid Slots.......................................................................................................................................2372
21.14.8 SCC Specifications..........................................................................................................................2378
21.15 AUX..........................................................................................................................................................2379
21.15.2 Application......................................................................................................................................2382
21.15.5 Front Panel.......................................................................................................................................2386
21.15.6 Valid Slots.......................................................................................................................................2392
21.15.7 Jumper.............................................................................................................................................2394
21.15.8 AUX Specifications.........................................................................................................................2399
22 Optical Supervisory Channel Board..................................................................................2401

22.1 Overview....................................................................................................................................................2402
22.2 HSC1..........................................................................................................................................................2403
Issue 03 (2013-05-16) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential li

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

22.2.2 Application........................................................................................................................................2403
22.2.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................2407
22.2.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................2409
22.2.7 Characteristic Code for the HSC1.....................................................................................................2409
22.2.10 HSC1 Specifications........................................................................................................................2411
22.3 SC1.............................................................................................................................................................2412
22.3.2 Application........................................................................................................................................2413
22.3.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................2417
22.3.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................2419
22.3.7 Characteristic Code for the SC1........................................................................................................2420
22.3.10 SC1 Specifications...........................................................................................................................2421
22.4 SC2.............................................................................................................................................................2422
22.4.2 Application........................................................................................................................................2423
22.4.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................2427
22.4.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................2429
22.4.7 Characteristic Code for the SC2........................................................................................................2430
22.4.10 SC2 Specifications...........................................................................................................................2432
22.5 ST2..............................................................................................................................................................2432
22.5.2 Application........................................................................................................................................2433
22.5.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................2437
22.5.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................2439
22.5.7 Characteristic Code for the ST2........................................................................................................2440
Issue 03 (2013-05-16) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential lii

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
22.5.10 ST2 Specifications...........................................................................................................................2442
23 Optical Protection Board......................................................................................................2444

23.1 Overview....................................................................................................................................................2445
23.2 DCP............................................................................................................................................................2446
23.2.2 Application........................................................................................................................................2447
23.2.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................2451
23.2.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................2454
23.2.7 Characteristic Code for the DCP.......................................................................................................2455
23.2.10 DCP Specifications..........................................................................................................................2457
23.3 OLP.............................................................................................................................................................2459
23.3.2 Application........................................................................................................................................2460
23.3.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................2464
23.3.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................2467
23.3.7 Characteristic Code for the OLP.......................................................................................................2467
23.3.10 OLP Specifications..........................................................................................................................2469
23.4 SCS.............................................................................................................................................................2471
23.4.2 Application........................................................................................................................................2472
23.4.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................2474
23.4.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................2476
23.4.7 Characteristic Code for the SCS........................................................................................................2476
23.4.10 SCS Specifications..........................................................................................................................2478
24 Spectrum Analyzer Board....................................................................................................2480

24.1 Overview....................................................................................................................................................2481
24.2 MCA4.........................................................................................................................................................2482
24.2.2 Application........................................................................................................................................2483
Issue 03 (2013-05-16) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential liii

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

24.2.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................2486
24.2.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................2488
24.2.7 Characteristic Code for the MCA4....................................................................................................2488
24.2.10 MCA4 Specifications......................................................................................................................2490
24.3 MCA8.........................................................................................................................................................2491
24.3.2 Application........................................................................................................................................2492
24.3.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................2496
24.3.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................2497
24.3.7 Characteristic Code for the MCA8....................................................................................................2498
24.3.10 MCA8 Specifications......................................................................................................................2500
24.4 OPM8..........................................................................................................................................................2501
24.4.2 Application........................................................................................................................................2501
24.4.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................2505
24.4.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................2507
24.4.7 Characteristic Code for the OPM8....................................................................................................2507
24.4.9 OPM8 Specifications.........................................................................................................................2509
24.5 WMU..........................................................................................................................................................2510
24.5.2 Application........................................................................................................................................2510
24.5.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................2513
24.5.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................2514
24.5.9 WMU Specifications.........................................................................................................................2515
25 Variable Optical Attenuator Board....................................................................................2517

25.1 Overview....................................................................................................................................................2518
25.2 VA1............................................................................................................................................................2519
Issue 03 (2013-05-16) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential liv

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
25.2.2 Application........................................................................................................................................2520
25.2.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................2522
25.2.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................2524
25.2.7 Characteristic Code for the VA1.......................................................................................................2525
25.2.10 VA1 Specifications..........................................................................................................................2527
25.3 VA4............................................................................................................................................................2528
25.3.2 Application........................................................................................................................................2528
25.3.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................2531
25.3.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................2533
25.3.7 Characteristic Code for the VA4.......................................................................................................2534
25.3.10 VA4 Specifications..........................................................................................................................2536
26 Dispersion Equalizing Board..............................................................................................2538

26.1 Overview....................................................................................................................................................2539
26.2 DCU............................................................................................................................................................2540
26.2.2 Application........................................................................................................................................2540
26.2.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................2543
26.2.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................2544
26.2.7 Characteristic Code for the DCU.......................................................................................................2544
26.2.10 DCU Specifications.........................................................................................................................2546
26.3 TDC............................................................................................................................................................2547
26.3.2 Application........................................................................................................................................2548
26.3.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................2551
26.3.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................2552
26.3.7 Characteristic Code for the TDC.......................................................................................................2553
Issue 03 (2013-05-16) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential lv

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

26.3.10 TDC Specifications..........................................................................................................................2554
27 Clock Board.............................................................................................................................2556
27.1 STG.............................................................................................................................................................2557
27.1.2 Application........................................................................................................................................2557
27.1.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................2561
27.1.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................2564
27.1.7 Characteristic Code for the STG.......................................................................................................2564
27.1.9 STG Specifications............................................................................................................................2565
28 OCS System Unit................................................................................................................... 2566

28.1 BPA............................................................................................................................................................2567
28.1.2 Application........................................................................................................................................2567
28.1.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................2569
28.1.6 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................2571
28.1.7 Characteristic Code for the BPA.......................................................................................................2571
28.1.9 BPA Specifications............................................................................................................................2572
28.2 EAS2...........................................................................................................................................................2573
28.2.2 Application........................................................................................................................................2574
28.2.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................2581
28.2.6 Jumpers and DIP Switches................................................................................................................2583
28.2.7 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................2583
28.2.8 Feature Code......................................................................................................................................2583
28.2.11 EAS2 Specifications........................................................................................................................2593
28.3 EGSH..........................................................................................................................................................2596
28.3.2 Application........................................................................................................................................2597
28.3.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................2604
Issue 03 (2013-05-16) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential lvi

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
28.3.6 DIP Switches and Fiber Jumpers.......................................................................................................2606

28.3.7 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................2606
28.3.8 Characteristic Code for the EGSH.....................................................................................................2607
28.3.10 Board Protection..............................................................................................................................2608
28.3.12 EGSH Specifications.......................................................................................................................2620
28.4 SF64............................................................................................................................................................2621
28.4.2 Application........................................................................................................................................2621
28.4.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................2626
28.4.7 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................2628
28.4.8 Characteristic Code for the SF64.......................................................................................................2628
28.4.11 SF64 Specifications.........................................................................................................................2630
28.5 SF64A......................................................................................................................................................... 2633
28.5.2 Application........................................................................................................................................2634
28.5.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................2639
28.5.7 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................2640
28.5.8 Characteristic Code for the SF64A....................................................................................................2641
28.5.11 SF64A Specifications......................................................................................................................2642
28.6 SFD64......................................................................................................................................................... 2644
28.6.2 Application........................................................................................................................................2645
28.6.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................2649
28.6.7 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................2651
28.6.8 Characteristic Code for the SFD64....................................................................................................2651
Issue 03 (2013-05-16) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential lvii

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
28.6.11 SFD64 Specifications......................................................................................................................2653

28.7 SL64............................................................................................................................................................2656
28.7.2 Application........................................................................................................................................2657
28.7.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................2661
28.7.7 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................2663
28.7.8 Characteristic Code for the SL64......................................................................................................2663
28.7.11 SL64 Specifications.........................................................................................................................2665
28.8 SLD64.........................................................................................................................................................2667
28.8.2 Application........................................................................................................................................2668
28.8.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................2672
28.8.7 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................2674
28.8.8 Characteristic Code for the SLD64...................................................................................................2674
28.8.11 SLD64 Specifications......................................................................................................................2676
28.9 SLH41.........................................................................................................................................................2677
28.9.2 Application........................................................................................................................................2678
28.9.5 Front Panel.........................................................................................................................................2683
28.9.7 Valid Slots.........................................................................................................................................2685
28.9.8 Characteristic Code for the SLH41...................................................................................................2686
28.9.11 SLH41 Specifications......................................................................................................................2688
28.10 SLO16.......................................................................................................................................................2690
28.10.2 Application......................................................................................................................................2690
Issue 03 (2013-05-16) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential lviii

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
28.10.5 Front Panel.......................................................................................................................................2695

28.10.6 Jumpers and DIP Switches..............................................................................................................2697
28.10.7 Valid Slots.......................................................................................................................................2697
28.10.8 Characteristic Code for the SLO16.................................................................................................2697
28.10.11 SLO16 Specifications....................................................................................................................2699
28.11 SLQ16.......................................................................................................................................................2700
28.11.2 Application......................................................................................................................................2701
28.11.5 Front Panel.......................................................................................................................................2706
28.11.7 Valid Slots.......................................................................................................................................2707
28.11.8 Characteristic Code for the SLQ16.................................................................................................2707
28.11.11 SLQ16 Specifications....................................................................................................................2709
28.12 SLQ64.......................................................................................................................................................2710
28.12.2 Application......................................................................................................................................2711
28.12.5 Front Panel.......................................................................................................................................2715
28.12.7 Valid Slots.......................................................................................................................................2717
28.12.8 Characteristic Code for the SLQ64.................................................................................................2717
28.12.11 SLQ64 Specifications....................................................................................................................2719
29 Cables.......................................................................................................................................2721
29.1 PGND Cables.............................................................................................................................................2722
29.1.1 Cabinet PGND Power Cables............................................................................................................2722
29.1.2 Subrack PGND Cables......................................................................................................................2723
29.1.3 PDU PGND Cables...........................................................................................................................2724
29.1.4 Cabinet Door Ground Cables............................................................................................................2724
29.2 Power Cables..............................................................................................................................................2725
29.2.1 Cabinet -48 V/BGND Power Cables.................................................................................................2725
29.2.2 Subrack Power Cables.......................................................................................................................2729
29.3 Optical Fibers.............................................................................................................................................2731
29.3.1 Classification.....................................................................................................................................2731
Issue 03 (2013-05-16) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential lix

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
29.3.2 Connectors.........................................................................................................................................2732
29.4 Alarm Cables..............................................................................................................................................2736
29.4.1 Cabinet Indicator Cable.....................................................................................................................2736
29.4.2 Alarm Output Interface Cable...........................................................................................................2737
29.4.3 Alarm Input Interface Cable..............................................................................................................2739
29.5 Management Cables...................................................................................................................................2740
29.5.1 OAM Serial Port Cable......................................................................................................................2740
29.5.2 AUX Signal Cable.............................................................................................................................2742
29.5.3 Straight-Through Network Cable......................................................................................................2746
29.6 Clock/Time Cable.......................................................................................................................................2748
29.6.1 Cables for other equipment Connections...........................................................................................2748
29.6.1.1 Straight-Through Network Cable.............................................................................................2749
29.6.1.2 Special Cables...........................................................................................................................2749
29.6.1.3 SMB-SMB Coaxial Cables.......................................................................................................2752
29.6.2 Cables for Internal Connections........................................................................................................2754
29.6.2.1 Cascading Network Cables ......................................................................................................2754
29.6.3 Cables for Testing equipment Connections.......................................................................................2756
29.6.3.1 SMB-BNC Coaxial Cables.......................................................................................................2756
29.6.3.2 Time Signal Testing Cables......................................................................................................2757
30 Optical Attenuator.................................................................................................................2760
30.1 Fixed Optical Attenuator ...........................................................................................................................2761
30.2 Mechanical Variable Optical Attenuator....................................................................................................2761
31 Pluggable Optical Modules.................................................................................................2762

32 Filler Panels............................................................................................................................2764
32.1 Functions and Features...............................................................................................................................2765
32.2 Front Panel..................................................................................................................................................2765
32.3 Valid Slots..................................................................................................................................................2766
32.4 Technical Specifications.............................................................................................................................2767
A Indicators..................................................................................................................................2768
A.1 Cabinet Indicators........................................................................................................................................2769
A.2 Subrack Indicator.........................................................................................................................................2769
A.3 Chassis Indicators........................................................................................................................................2770
A.4 Board Indicators...........................................................................................................................................2770
A.5 Fan Indicator................................................................................................................................................2774
A.6 PIU Indicator...............................................................................................................................................2775
B Bar Code for Boards................................................................................................................2776

B.1 Overview......................................................................................................................................................2778
B.2 Characteristic Code for OTUs.....................................................................................................................2781
B.2.1 Characteristic Code for DWDM OTUs..............................................................................................2782
B.2.2 Characteristic Code for DWDM Wavelength-Tunable OTUs............................................................2783
Issue 03 (2013-05-16) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential lx

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
B.2.3 Characteristic Code for CWDM OTUs...............................................................................................2784

B.3 Characteristic Code of a Line Unit..............................................................................................................2785
B.4 Characteristic Code of an FOADM.............................................................................................................2785
B.4.1 Characteristic Code for the CMR1.....................................................................................................2785
B.4.4 Characteristic Code for the DMR1.....................................................................................................2787
B.4.5 Characteristic Code for the MR2........................................................................................................2787
B.4.6 Characteristic Code for of MR4..........................................................................................................2788
B.4.7 Characteristic Code for the MR8........................................................................................................2789
B.4.8 Characteristic Code for the MR8V.....................................................................................................2789
B.5 Characteristic Code of an MCA...................................................................................................................2790
B.5.1 Characteristic Code for the MCA4.....................................................................................................2790
B.5.2 Characteristic Code for the MCA8.....................................................................................................2791
B.6 Characteristic Code of an OAU...................................................................................................................2791
B.6.1 Characteristic Code for the HBA........................................................................................................2791
B.6.2 Characteristic Code for the OAU1......................................................................................................2792
B.6.3 Characteristic Code for the OBU1......................................................................................................2792
B.6.4 Characteristic Code for the OBU2......................................................................................................2793
B.6.5 Characteristic Code for of CRPC........................................................................................................2793
B.7 Characteristic Code of an Optical MUX/DMUX Unit................................................................................2794
B.7.1 Characteristic Code for the D40.........................................................................................................2794
B.7.2 Characteristic Code for the D40V.......................................................................................................2794
B.7.3 Characteristic Code for the DFIU.......................................................................................................2795
B.7.4 Characteristic Code for the FIU..........................................................................................................2795
B.7.5 Characteristic Code for the ITL..........................................................................................................2796
B.7.6 Characteristic Code for the M40.........................................................................................................2796
B.7.7 Characteristic Code for the M40V......................................................................................................2797
B.8 Characteristic Code of a Protection Unit.....................................................................................................2797
B.8.1 Characteristic Code for the DCP.........................................................................................................2798
B.8.2 Characteristic Code for the OLP.........................................................................................................2798
B.8.3 Characteristic Code for the SCS.........................................................................................................2798
B.9 Characteristic Code of a VOA.....................................................................................................................2799
B.9.1 Characteristic Code for the VA1.........................................................................................................2799
B.9.2 Characteristic Code for the VA4.........................................................................................................2799
B.10 Characteristic Code of a PDE Unit............................................................................................................2800
B.10.1 Characteristic Code for the DCU......................................................................................................2800
B.10.2 Characteristic Code for the GFU......................................................................................................2800
B.10.3 Characteristic Code for the TDC......................................................................................................2801
C Quick Reference Table of the Units....................................................................................2802

C.1 Specification of OTUs, Tributary Boards, Line Boards and Packet Service Boards...................................2804
C.1.1 OTUs, Tributary Boards and Packet Service Boards Specification on the Client Side......................2804
Issue 03 (2013-05-16) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential lxi

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
C.1.2 OTUs, Line Boards and Packet Service Boards Specification on the WDM Side.............................2843
C.2 Specification of Optical Amplifying Unit....................................................................................................2862
C.3 Insertion Loss Specifications of Boards......................................................................................................2864
C.4 MON Interface Optical Split Ratio..............................................................................................................2868
C.5 Basic Functions of OTUs, Tributary Boards, Line Boards and Packet Service Boards.............................. 2869
C.6 Loopback Function of OTUs, Tributary Boards, Line Boards and Packet Service Boards........................2876
C.7 Protection mode of OTUs, Tributary Boards and Line Boards ..................................................................2880
C.8 Electrical cross-connection of OTUs, Tributary Boards and Line Boards..................................................2883
C.9 Common Parameters Specified for Optical Interfaces of OCS Boards.......................................................2888
C.10 Quick Reference of OCS Board Functions................................................................................................ 2891
C.11 Loopback Capabilities of OCS Boards......................................................................................................2893
D Parameter Reference..............................................................................................................2895
D.1 Autonegotiation Flow Control Mode ..........................................................................................................2897
D.2 Board Mode (WDM Interface)....................................................................................................................2898
D.3 Broadcast Packet Suppression Threshold.................................................................................................... 2900
D.4 Channel Use Status (WDM Interface)......................................................................................................... 2902
D.5 Client Service Bearer Rate (Mbit/s) (WDM Interface)...............................................................................2903
D.6 Enabling Broadcast Packet Suppression .....................................................................................................2903
D.7 Ethernet Working Mode (WDM Interface).................................................................................................2904
D.8 FC Distance Extension (WDM Interface)...................................................................................................2905
D.9 FEC Mode (WDM Interface).....................................................................................................................2906
D.10 FEC Working State (WDM Interface).......................................................................................................2906
D.11 Flow Monitor (Ethernet Interface Attributes)............................................................................................2907
D.12 Fixed Pump Optical Power (dBm) (WDM Interface)...............................................................................2908
D.13 Gain (dB) (WDM Interface)......................................................................................................................2908
D.14 Initial Variance Value Between Primary and Secondary Input Power (dB) (WDM Interface)................2909
D.15 Laser Status (WDM Interface)...................................................................................................................2910
D.16 Line Rate....................................................................................................................................................2911
D.17 MAC Loopback ........................................................................................................................................2913
D.18 Maxmun Fixed Pump Optical Power (dBm) (WDM Interface)................................................................ 2914
D.19 Minmun Fixed Pump Optical Power (dBm) (WDM Interface).................................................................2915
D.20 Max. Packet Length (WDM Interface)....................................................................................................2916
D.21 Maximum Frame Length ..........................................................................................................................2916
D.22 Nominal Gain (dB) (WDM Interface).......................................................................................................2917
D.23 Non-Autonegotiation Flow Control Mode.............................................................................................2919
D.24 Optical Interface Attenuation Ratio (dB)(WDM Interface)......................................................................2920
D.25 PHY Loopback .........................................................................................................................................2921
D.26 Planned Band Type (WDM Interface)....................................................................................................2922
D.27 Planned Wavelength No./Wavelength (nm)/Frequency (THz) (WDM Interface)...............................2923
D.28 Port Mapping (WDM Interface)................................................................................................................2924
D.29 PRBS Test Status (WDM Interface)..........................................................................................................2926
D.30 Rated Optical Power (dBm) (WDM Interface)..........................................................................................2927
Issue 03 (2013-05-16) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential lxii

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
D.31 SD Trigger Condition (WDM Interface)...................................................................................................2928

D.32 Service Mode (WDM Interface)................................................................................................................2929
D.33 Input Power Loss Threshold (dBm) (WDM Interface).............................................................................2930
D.34 Variance Threshold Between Primary and Secondary Input Power (dB) (WDM Interface)....................2931
E Glossary....................................................................................................................................2933
Issue 03 (2013-05-16) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential lxiii

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Hardware Description 1 Cabinet
1 Cabinet
About This Chapter
1.1 Cabinet Introduction

Huawei provides two types of ETS 300-119-compliant cabinets: N66B and N63B.
1.2 Space Requirements for Cabinets
To ensure that cabinets are efficiently ventilated and can be easily maintained, observe the
requirements described in this topic when installing a cabinet.
1.3 Requirements on Configuring Subracks inside an N66B/N63B Cabinet
To ensure efficient heat dissipation, an appropriate quantity of subracks must be configured in
correct positions inside an N66B/N63B cabinet.
1.4 Typical Cabinet Configurations
Typical configuration of the cabinet involves settings of the following items: the subrack type,
the number of subracks, DCM and CRPC frames, and the PDU model.
Issue 03 (2013-05-16) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 1

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
1.1 Cabinet Introduction

Huawei provides two types of ETS 300-119-compliant cabinets: N66B and N63B.
Parameter N66B (ETSI 600 mm Cabinet) N63B (ETSI 300 mm Cabinet)
Appearancea
Height
extension
frame
(optional)a
Doors/ Front and rear doors: They can be Front door: The door can be
Panels disassembled. A key is provided for disassembled. A key is provided for
unlocking each of the doors. unlocking the door.
Side panels: They are secured with Rear door and side panels: They are
screws and can be disassembled. secured with screws. Only the side
panels can be disassembled.
Door keys The door keys for all N66B cabinets and N64B cabinets are the same.
Dimensions l Not equipped with a height l Not equipped with a height

(H x W x D) extension frame: 2200 mm (86.6 extension frame: 2200 mm (86.6
in.) x 600 mm (23.6 in.) x 600 mm in.) x 600 mm (23.6 in.) x 300 mm
Height
(23.6 in.) (11.8 in.)

De
pth dth l Equipped with a height extension l Equipped with a height extension
Wi
frame: 2600 mm (102.4 in.) x 600 frame: 2600 mm (102.4 in.) x 600
mm (23.6 in.) x 600 mm (23.6 in.) mm (23.6 in.) x 300 mm (11.8 in.)
Weight l Not equipped with a height l Not equipped with a height

extension frame: 120 kg (264.6 extension frame: 60 kg (132.3 lb.)
lb.) l Equipped with a height extension
l Equipped with a height extension frame: 66 kg (145.5 lb.)
frame: 130 kg (286.6 lb.)
Standard -48 V DC or -60 V DC

working
voltage

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Parameter N66B (ETSI 600 mm Cabinet) N63B (ETSI 300 mm Cabinet)
Working -48 V DC power source: -40 V to -57.6 V

voltage -60 V DC power source: -48 V to -72 V
range
a: A 400 mm height extension frame can be placed at the top of the cabinet, which increases
the height of the cabinet to 2600 mm.
1.2 Space Requirements for Cabinets

To ensure that cabinets are efficiently ventilated and can be easily maintained, observe the
requirements described in this topic when installing a cabinet.
The N63B cabinet is used as an example to describe the requirements for installing a cabinet in
equipment room. The requirements for installing an N66B cabinet are the same as those for
installing two N63B cabinets in back-to-back mode. (Two back-to-back N63B cabinets can be
regarded as one N66B cabinet.)
Cabinets are usually installed in a row inside equipment room. They are arranged in a face-to-
face or a back-to-back mode.
Figure 1-1 and Figure 1-2 illustrate the positions of cabinets.
To facilitate heat dissipation and maintenance of the cabinet, reserve sufficient space around the
cabinet according to the following requirements:
l The space in front of the cabinet must be greater than or equal to 1000 mm (39.4 in.).
l The space beside both sides of the cabinet must be greater than or equal to 800 mm (31.5
in.).
l The space behind the cabinet must be greater than or equal to 50 mm. (Ignore this
requirement when installing two N63B cabinets in back-to-back mode.)
Figure 1-1 Top view of cabinets in face-to-face mode

Unit: mm
Fiber management Cabinet 50

frame
300
800 150 150

600
Wall or any other

equivalent Front 1000
600
800
300
50

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 1-2 Top view of cabinets in back-to-back mode

Unit: mm
Front 1000
Fiber management
Cabinet
frame
300
300
150 150
800 600
Front 1000
600
300
300
800
Front 1000
Wall or any other
equivalent
NOTE
l If it is designed to ventilate the equipment from bottom to top, there must be vents on the ESD floor in front
of the cabinet so that the fan tray assemblies can draw air from the air conditioner into the equipment.
l A fiber management cabinet is installed on each side of the cabinet if excessive fibers are connected to the
cabinet. If no fiber management cabinet is installed, adhere to the preceding space requirements when
installing a cabinet. For details about the fiber management cabinet, see 2 Fiber Management Cabinet.
1.3 Requirements on Configuring Subracks inside an N66B/

N63B Cabinet
To ensure efficient heat dissipation, an appropriate quantity of subracks must be configured in
correct positions inside an N66B/N63B cabinet.
Requirements on the Subrack Quantity

l N66B cabinet: Only one OptiX 8800 T64 electrical subrack can be deployed inside the
cabinet. The other subracks, if required, must be optical subracks.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
l N63B cabinet:
– When OptiX OSN 8800 T32 or T16 needs to be installed inside the cabinet, only one
OptiX OSN 8800 T32 electrical subrack or two OptiX OSN 8800 T16 electrical
subracks can be configured. The other subracks, if required, must be optical subracks.
– When no OptiX OSN 8800 T32 or T16 electrical subracks need to be installed inside
the cabinet, the preceding restriction does not apply.
NOTE
l An electrical subrack is used to hold only cross-connect boards, OTU boards, tributary boards, line boards,
or protection boards.
l An optical subrack is used to hold OADM, multiplexer/demultiplexer, optical amplifier, OSC, optical
spectrum analyzer, OLP (for optical line protection only), regeneration board, or OTU boards.
l When an optical subrack is configured with regeneration or OTU boards and the average board power
consumption of the subrack exceeds 40 W (the maximum power consumed at 55°C (77°F)), the optical
subrack is considered as an electrical subrack in calculating the number of subracks.
Requirements on the Subrack Installation Position

l Configuration principles for initial network construction:
– When electrical and optical subracks are to be configured inside a cabinet, install the
electrical subracks first from top to bottom, and install the optical subracks below the
bottom-most electrical subrack from top to bottom.
– When only optical subracks are to be configured inside a cabinet, install the optical
subracks from bottom to top.
l Configuration principles for network expansion:
– Install subracks from top to bottom or bottom to top in adjacent positions. No vacant
subrack position should be observed between any two subracks.
– Optical subracks cannot be installed above two adjacent electrical subracks.
– When multiple subracks need to be added, it is recommended that electrical subracks
be installed above optical subracks.
An N66B cabinet has the front and rear sides. Each side consists of four areas. OptiX OSN 8800
T64 subracks are installed in areas 1 and 2 on the front and rear sides. Each of the OptiX OSN
8800 T16 subrack, OptiX OSN 8800 platform subrack, and OptiX OSN 6800 subrack occupies
one area, and the OptiX OSN 8800 T32 subrack occupies two areas. An N66B is usually pre-
equipped with an OptiX OSN 8800 T64 electrical subrack. In other areas of the cabinet, only
optical subracks can be installed, from top to bottom and front to rear. Figure 1-3 shows the
subrack configurations inside an N66B cabinet.
Figure 1-3 Subrack installation positions inside an N66B cabinet

Front Rear Front Rear Front Rear Front Rear Front Rear
Area 1
Area 2
Area 3
Area 4
Optical subrack Electrical subrack Idle area

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
An N63B cabinet is divided into four areas from top to bottom. Each of the OptiX OSN 8800
T16 subrack, OptiX OSN 8800 platform subrack, and OptiX OSN 6800 subrack occupies one
area, and the OptiX OSN 8800 T32 subrack occupies two areas (areas 1 and 2, or areas 3 and
4). Figure 1-4 shows the subrack configurations inside an N63B cabinet.
Figure 1-4 Subrack installation positions inside an N63B cabinet
Area 1
Area 2
Area 3
Area 4
Optical subrack Electrical subrack Idle area
1.4 Typical Cabinet Configurations

Typical configuration of the cabinet involves settings of the following items: the subrack type,
the number of subracks, DCM and CRPC frames, and the PDU model.
Table 1-1 lists the typical configurations of the N66B cabinet.
Table 1-2 lists the typical configurations of the N63B cabinet.
NOTE
Electrical and optical subracks are installed in different positions inside a cabinet. For their installation positions,
see 1.3 Requirements on Configuring Subracks inside an N66B/N63B Cabinet.
NOTE
In the case of transmission equipment, power consumption is generally transformed into heat consumption.
Hence, heat consumption (BTU/h) and power consumption (W) can be converted to each other in the
formula: 1 BTU/h = 0.2931 W.
Power consumption for the typical configuration refers to the average power consumption of the device in
normal scenarios. The maximum power consumption refers to the maximum power consumption of the
device under extreme conditions.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 1-1 Typical configurations of the N66B cabinet

Typ 8800 Number Num PDU PDF Maxim
ical of 6800 ber of Mode Circuit um
Con Number Number Num Num Subracks DCM Breaker Power
figu of T64 of T32 ber of ber of Frame Consu
rati Subracks Subracksa T16 Platfo s mption
on
a Subra rm of
cks Subra Integra
cks ted
Equip
mentb
1 1 2 0 0 0 2 TN51 or Sixteen 10800

DPD63- 63 A W
8-8 circuit
breakers
2 1 0 0 0 4 4 TN51 or Eight 63 10800

DPD63- A and W
3 1 0 0 4 0 4 8-8 eight 32
A circuit
breakers
4 1 0 4 0 0 2 TN16 or Sixteen 10000

DPD63- 63 A W
8-8 circuit
breakers
a: OptiX OSN 8800 T64 and OptiX OSN 8800 T32 subracks are classified into enhanced and general subracks.
The requirements on configuring enhanced and general subracks are the same.
b: The maximum power consumption of the integrated equipment refers to the maximum power consumption of
the cabinet or the maximum heat dissipation capacity of the integrated equipment. The power consumption of the
integrated equipment do not exceed the maximum power consumption.
Table 1-2 Typical configurations of the N63B cabinet

Typ 8800 Subracks Number Num Nu PDU PDF Maximu
ical of 6800 ber mbe Model Circuit m Power
Con Number Numb Numbe Subracks of r of Breaker Consum
figu of T32 er of r of DC CRP ption of
rati Subracksa T16 Platfor M C Integrate
on Subrac m Fram Fra d
ks Subrac es mes Equipme
ks ntb
1 2 0 0 0 0 0 TN51 or Eight 63 A 5400 W

DPD63-8 circuit
-8 breakers
2 1 0 2 0 2 0 TN51 or Four 63 A 5400 W

DPD63-8 and four
-8

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Typ 8800 Subracks Number Num Nu PDU PDF Maximu

ical of 6800 ber mbe Model Circuit m Power
Con Number Numb Numbe Subracks of r of Breaker Consum
figu of T32 er of r of DC CRP ption of
rati Subracksa T16 Platfor M C Integrate
on Subrac m Fram Fra d
ks Subrac es mes Equipme
ks ntb
3 1 0 0 2 2 0 32 A
circuit
breakers
4 1 2 0 0 1 0 TN16 or Eight 63 A 5000 W

DPD63-8 circuit
-8 breakers
5 0 4 0 0 1 0 TN16 or Eight 63 A 5000 W

DPD63-8 circuit
-8 breakers
6 0 3 0 1 2 0 TN16 or Six 63 A 5000 W

DPD63-8 and two 32
7 0 3 1 0 2 0 -8 A circuit
breakers
8 0 2 0 2 2 0 TN16 or Four 63 A 5000 W

DPD63-8 and four
9 0 2 2 0 2 0 -8 32 A
circuit
breakers
10 0 1 0 3 2 0 TN16 or Two 63 A 5000 W

DPD63-8 and six 32
11 0 1 3 0 2 0 -8 A circuit
breakers
12 0 0 0 4 1 0 TN11 or Four 63 A 4800 W

DPD63-8 circuit
13 0 0 4 0 1 0 -8 breakers
14 0 0 0 3 3 2 TN11 or Four 63 A 4800 W

DPD63-8 circuit
15 0 0 3 0 3 2 -8 breakers
a: OptiX OSN 8800 T32 subrack is classified into enhanced and general subracks. The requirements on configuring
enhanced and general subracks are the same.
b: The maximum power consumption of the integrated equipment refers to the maximum power consumption of
the cabinet or the maximum heat dissipation capacity of the integrated equipment. The power consumption of the
integrated equipment can not exceed the maximum power consumption.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Hardware Description 2 Fiber Management Cabinet
2 Fiber Management Cabinet
Used with an N63B or N66B cabinet, a fiber management cabinet can enhance the fiber capacity
of the N63B or N66B cabinet and make fiber installation and routing more flexible.
Appearance
There are two types of fiber management cabinets: left-side fiber management cabinet and right-
side fiber management cabinet. Fiber management cabinets are used together with N63B and
N66B cabinets, as shown in Figure 2-1 and Figure 2-2.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 2-1 Fiber management cabinets used with the N63B cabinet
1. Left-side fiber management cabinet 2. Right-side fiber management cabinet 3. Fiber spool unit

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 2-2 Fiber management cabinets used with the N66B cabinet
1,3. Left-side fiber management cabinet 2,4. Right-side fiber management cabinet

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Functions and features

Table 2-1 lists the functions and features of a fiber management cabinet.
Table 2-1 Functions and features

Item Description
Structure feature l Fiber spool units in a fiber management cabinet can be adjusted based
on device position in the cabinet.
l A fiber management cabinet can protect fibers and meet the
requirement for a minimum of 30 mm bending radius.
l A fiber management cabinet makes fiber spooling more flexible.
Fiber capacity Internal fiber capacity a Without a fiber management

cabinet b: 320 PCS
With a fiber management cabinet
c: 640 PCS
External fiber capacity a Without a fiber management

cabinet b: 720 PCS
With a fiber management cabinet
c: 1408 PCS
a: A fiber with a diameter of 2 mm is used as an example to calculate how many internal and
external fibers that can be configured at most. An internal fiber is a fiber used inside a subrack
or between subracks, and an external fiber is a fiber connecting one equipment cabinet to
other equipment.
b: Fibers in Overhead Cabling Mode can be configured at most.
c: An N63B cabinet configured with left-side and right-side fiber management cabinets is
used as an example to calculate how many internal and external fibers can be configured at
most.
Two routing fiber cabinets can be installed on the left and right sides of one N66B cabinet.
In this configuration, a maximum of 1280 internal and 2816 external fibers can configured.
Configuration Principle
Left-side and right-side fiber management cabinets are installed to the left and right of a cabinet
respectively. Fiber management cabinets can be used with N63B or N66B cabinet only. You
can determine whether to configure a fiber management cabinet based on the required fiber
capacity.
Observe the following rules when configuring an 80-channel system (fibers with 2 mm diameters
are used as an example):
l When N63B cabinets are used, fiber management cabinets must be used for overhead
cabling if more than 320 internal fibers and 720 external fibers are required.
l When N66B cabinets are used, fiber management cabinets must be used for overhead
cabling if more than 640 internal fibers and 1440 external fibers are required.
In addition, observe the following rules when configuring fiber management cabinets:

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
l For new network deployment or network expansion, or during network maintenance, fiber
management cabinets can be configured if the free space on the two sides of a cabinet is
large enough for users to flexibly and freely install and route fibers.
l For underfloor cabling, fiber management cabinets must be used to manage external fibers
because there is not much space left inside the cabinet after the external power cables are
arranged in the cabinet.
NOTE
l Left-side and right-side fiber management cabinets must be configured at the same time.
l During cabinet expansion, spool internal cascading fibers and external fibers in the fiber management
cabinets.
Mechanical Specifications
The mechanical specifications of a fiber management cabinet are as follows:
l Outline dimensions: 150 mm (W) x 300 mm (D) x 2200 mm (H) (5.9 in. (W) x 11.8 in. (D)
x 86.6 in. (H))
l Weight: 23 kg (50.7 lb)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Hardware Description 3 DC PDU
3 DC PDU
About This Chapter
There are four types of power distribution units (PDUs): TN16, TN51, TN11 and PDU
(DPD63-8-8). The availability of the boards is subject to the PCNs. For the availability of the
boards, contact the product manager of your Huawei local office.
l The TN51PDU and TN16PDU use the same front panel and provide the same functions,
but they are different in height. The two boards apply to the same scenarios. This manual
uses the TN16PDU board as an example for illustration.
l The TN16PDU is used for a cabinet housing only OptiX OSN 8800 subracks or a cabinet
housing OptiX OSN 8800 and OptiX OSN 6800 subracks.
l The TN11PDU is used only for a cabinet housing OptiX OSN 6800 subracks or a cabinet
housing OptiX OSN 8800 platform subracks.
l The PDU (DPD63-8-8) is used for a cabinet housing only OptiX OSN 8800 subracks , a
cabinet housing only OptiX OSN 6800 subracks, or a cabinet housing OptiX OSN 8800
and OptiX OSN 6800 subracks.
3.1 TN16PDU/TN51PDU
The TN16PDU/TN51PDU is installed in the upper part of a cabinet to supply power to subracks
inside the cabinet.
3.2 TN11PDU
The TN11PDU is installed in the upper part of a cabinet to supply power to subracks inside the
cabinet.
3.3 PDU (DPD63-8-8)
The DPD63-8-8 PDU is installed at the top of a cabinet to power subracks inside the cabinet.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
3.1 TN16PDU/TN51PDU
The TN16PDU/TN51PDU is installed in the upper part of a cabinet to supply power to subracks
inside the cabinet.
NOTE
The TN51PDU and TN16PDU have the same functions but differ in height. The TN51PDU is 133.4 mm
high. When two OptiX OSN 8800 T32 subracks are installed on a cabinet, one more DCM frame can be
configured if the TN16PDU is used, compared with the TN51PDU.
TN51PDU can be substituted by the TN16PDU.This topic describes the TN16PDU.
The TN16PDU consists of two parts: A and B, which backs up each other. Both A and B receive
four -48V/-60V power supplies and output four power supplies for subracks in the cabinet.
Whether short-circuiting copper bars are required is determined by the current of power supplied
by the power supply equipment in the telecommunications room:
l When eight 63 A power supplies are provided, no short-circuiting copper bar is required.
l When four 125 A power supplies are provided, short-circuiting copper bars are required
for dividing one 125 A power supply into two 63 A power supplies.
For more information about short-circuiting copper bars, see Short-Circuiting Copper
Bar.
Figure 3-1 shows the front panel of the TN16PDU.
Figure 3-1 Front panel of the TN16PDU

Power supply Power supply Power supply Power supply Power supply
output area switch area input area switch area output area
- - - - - - - -
+ + + + + + + +
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
A B
1 2 3
1. Output cable terminal block 2. Input cable terminal block 3. Power switch
l Panel dimensions: 535 mm (W) x 100 mm (H) (21.1 in. (W) x 3.9 in. (H))
l Output cable terminal block: Both A and B of the DC PDU have four output cable terminal
blocks for connecting power cables of subracks to supply power for subracks.
l Input cable terminal block: Both A and B of the DC PDU have four input cable terminal
blocks and receive four -48V/-60V DC power supplies, eight -48V/-60V DC power supplies
in total.
l Power switch: Both A and B of the DC PDU have four output power switches to control
power supplies for subracks inside the cabinet and provide overcurrent protection for each
other.
Figure 3-2 shows the internal pin assignments of the TN16PDU.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 3-2 TN16PDU internal pin assignments
OUTPUT A OUTPUT B
- - - - - - - -
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
+ + + + + + + +
ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON
INPUT A INPUT B
OUTPUT A OUTPUT B
+ + + + OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF
+ + + +
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
- - - - - - - -
INPUT A INPUT B
Short-Circuit Copper Bar

If a power supply is 125 A, both A and B need to receive two power supplies, four power supplies
in total. In this case, short-circuit copper bars are required for both A and B. Figure 3-3 shows
the appearance of the short-circuiting copper bar.
Figure 3-3 Appearance
Copper Plate
3.2 TN11PDU
The TN11PDU is installed in the upper part of a cabinet to supply power to subracks inside the
cabinet.
DC PDU
The TN11PDU consists of two parts: A and B, which backs up each other. Both A and B receive
two -48V/-60V power supplies and output six power supplies for subracks in the cabinet.
Whether junction boxes are required is determined by the current of power supplied by the power
supply equipment in the telecommunications room:

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
l If a power supply is 63 A, both A and B need to receive two power supplies, four power
supplies in total. In this case, no junction box is required.
l If a power supply is 125 A, both A and B need to receive one power supply, two power
supplies in total. In this case, junction boxes are required for dividing one 125 A current
into four 32 A currents.
For more information about junction boxes, see Junction Box.
Figure 3-4 shows the front panel of the TN11PDU.
Figure 3-4 Front panel of the TN11PDU
1 2 3 3 2 1
4 4
1. Output cable terminal block 2. Ground screw 3. Input cable terminal block 4. Power switch
l Panel dimensions: 535 mm (W) x 131 mm (H) (21.1 in. (W) x 5.2 in. (H))
l Output cable terminal block: Both A and B of the DC PDU have six output cable terminal
blocks for connecting power cables of subracks to supply power for subracks.
l Ground screw: used to connect (protection ground) PGND cables.
l Input cable terminal block: Both A and B of the DC PDU have two input cable terminal
blocks and receive two -48V/-60V DC power supplies, four -48V/-60V DC power supplies
in total.
l Power switch: Both A and B of the DC PDU have six power output switches (corresponding
to the six output cable terminal blocks) to control power supplies for subracks in the cabinet.
NOTE
For the OptiX OSN 6800, both A and B only use power switches SW2, SW3, SW4, and SW5 to
control power supplies for four subracks from bottom to top.
Figure 3-5 shows the internal pin assignments of the TN11PDU.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 3-5 TN11PDU internal pin assignments
OUTPUT OUTPUT
- - - - - -
+- +- + - + - +- + - +- +- + - + - +- + -
ON ON
OFF OFF
+ + - - + + - -
INPUT INPUT
Junction Box
If a power supply is 125 A, both A and B need to receive one power supply, two power supplies
in total. In this case, junction boxes are required for both A and B. Figure 3-6 shows the junction
box structure and Figure 3-7 shows the installation position of the junction box.
Figure 3-6 Structure

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 3-7 Installation position
3.3 PDU (DPD63-8-8)

The DPD63-8-8 PDU is installed at the top of a cabinet to power subracks inside the cabinet.
NOTE
The TN11PDU/TN16PDU/TN51PDU can be substituted by the DPD63-8-8 PDU.
DC PDU
The DPD63-8-8 PDU consists of two sections: A and B, which provide backup for each other.
Both A and B accept four -48V/-60V power inputs and produce four power outputs for subracks
in the cabinet.
According to the currents provided by the power source inside the equipment room, the
DPD63-8-8 PDU can have different configurations. Table 3-1 lists the typical configurations
of the PDU.
Table 3-1 Typical configurations of the DPD63-8-8 PDU
N Input Output Circuit Copper Fitting Configuration

o. Current Current Breaker
Requirement
1 8 x 63A 8 x 63A 8 x 63A None
2 4 x 125A 8 x 63A 8 x 63A Two-in-one copper fittings in the left,

right, and middle of the PDU
3 4 x 63A 8 x 32A 8 x 32A Two-in-one copper fittings in the left,

right, and middle of the PDU
4 2 x 125A 8 x 32A 8 x 32A l Four-in-one copper fittings in the

left, right, and middle of the PDU
l Two-in-one copper fittings in the
middle of the PDU

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
N Input Output Circuit Copper Fitting Configuration

o. Current Current Breaker
Requirement
5 2 x 125A + 2 4 x 63A + 4 4 x 63A + 4 x Two-in-one copper fittings in the left,

x 63A x 32A 32A right, and middle of the PDU
When working at the ambient temperature of 65°C (149°F) of the air exhaust vent, the PDU
output current decreases from 63 A to 53.7 A or from 32 A to 29.1 A.
For more information about copper fitting configuration, see Copper Fittings.
Figure 3-8 shows the front panel of the PDU (DPD63-8-8).
Figure 3-8 Front panel of the DPD63-8-8 PDU
! CAUTION
This device has more than one power input.
Disconnect all the power inputs to power off this
device.
此设备有多路电源输入。设备断电时必须断开所有电
源输入。
!CAUTION
Disconnect power before servicing. Also all metal
jewelry, such as watchs, rings, etc, should be
removed from hands and wrists.
维护前先断电。同时将金属饰物手表、戒指等取下。
PER INPUT -48V—-60V; 63A MAX
A1 A2 A3 A4 A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 B4 B1 B2 B3 B4
NEG(-) RTN(+) RTN(+) NEG(-)
OUTPUT
Figure 3-9 shows the terminals on the DPD63-8-8 PDU.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 3-9 Terminals on the DPD63-8-8 PDU

1 2
5 4 3
1. NEG(-) power input interface 2. RTN(+) power input interface 3. RTN(+) power output interface
4. NEG(-) power output interface 5. Power switch
l Panel dimensions (H x W x D): 110 mm (4.3 in.) x 442 mm (17.4 in.) x 89.2 mm (3.5 in.)
l Power output interfaces: Four power output interfaces are located in each of sections A and
B of the PDU. These interfaces connect to subrack power cables and distribute power to
the subracks inside a cabinet.
l Power input interfaces: Four power input interfaces are located in each of sections A and
B of the PDU. The four interfaces in each section accept four -48 or -60 V DC power inputs,
providing a total of eight -48 or -60 V DC power inputs in both sections.
l Power switches: Four power switches are located in each of sections A and B of the PDU.
They are in a one-to-one mapping relationship with power output interfaces and control
the power inputs to the subracks inside the cabinet.
Figure 3-10 shows the internal pin assignments of the DPD63-8-8 PDU.
Figure 3-10 DPD63-8-8 PDU internal pin assignments
INPUT A INPUT B
INPUT A INPUT B
+ + + + + + + +
- - - - 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 - - - -
ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON
OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF
- - - - - - - -
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
+ + + + + + + +
OUTPUT A OUTPUT B
OUTPUT A OUTPUT B

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Copper Fittings
When sections A and B each require two power inputs (four power inputs in total), two-in-one
copper fittings must be installed in both sections. Figure 3-11 shows the appearance of two-in-
one copper fittings and how they are installed on the DPD63-8-8 PDU.
Figure 3-11 Appearance of the two-in-one copper fittings (four power inputs and eight power outputs)
3
1
2
1 Two-in-one copper fittings 3
Two-in-one copper fittings (left) Two-in-one copper fittings (right)
When sections A and B require one power input each (two power inputs in total), four-in-one
copper fittings must be installed on the left and right terminals and two-in-one copper fittings
must be installed on the middle terminals of the DPD63-8-8 PDU. Figure 3-12 shows the
appearance of four-in-one copper fittings and how they are installed on the DPD63-8-8 PDU.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 3-12 Appearance of the four-in-one copper fittings (two power inputs and eight power outputs)
3 1 3
1 2 3
Four-in-one copper fittings Two-in-one Four-in-one copper fittings
copper fittings
NOTE
Eight holes are located on the terminal block in the middle of the DPD63-8-8 PDU. Four two-in-one copper
fittings designated for the middle of the DPD63-8-8 PDU are installed to cover the first to eighth holes, as shown
in Figure 3-11 and Figure 3-12. In total, four two-in-one copper fittings are required to combine the RTN(+)
power inputs in the middle of the DPD63-8-8 PDU.
As shown in Figure 3-12, one four-in-one copper fittings are vertically installed on the RTN(+) power input
terminals in the middle of the DPD63-8-8 PDU.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Hardware Description 4 UPM
4 UPM
The UPM is an external uninterruptible power module. The UPM can directly convert 110 V/
220 V AC mains power into -48 V DC power required by the transmission equipment. The UPM
is suitable for the telecom carriers who cannot provide -48 V DC power supply or requires
batteries.
Application
Figure 4-1 shows the application of the UPM on the OptiX OSN 8800 T16/6800.
Figure 4-1 Application of the UPM on the OptiX OSN 8800 T16/6800
OptiX OSN equipment
Backplane
110V/220V -48V
UPM PIU
Board A
-48V
PIU
Board B
-48V
Appearance
The UPM is a special power supply system and EPS75-4815AF is one type of the UPM.
The output power of a single EPS75-4815AF power system is 2000 W. The EPS75-4815AF
power system is 3U high. Figure 4-2 shows the appearance of the EPS75-4815AF power system.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 4-2 Appearance of the EPS75-4815AF power system
Functions and Features

UPM can work with storage batteries . When the external AC power system supplies power
normally, the batteries store power. When the 110 V/220 V AC power supply is interrupted, the
batteries can supply power for 3 to 4 hours. To supply power to the OptiX OSN 8800 T16/
6800 equipment, only one power system is required to be connected to the batteries.
The standard maximum configuration of each EPS75-4815AF power system includes five
rectifier modules and one monitoring module.
NOTE
The batteries do not belong to the EPS75-4815AF. Therefore, the batteries need to be configured separately.
If the batteries are required, a battery cabinet is provided generally or a dedicated space in the equipment
cabinet is reserved for the batteries.
Table 4-1 provides the functions and features of the UPM.
Table 4-1 Functions and features of the EPS75-4815AF power system

Function and EPS75-4815AF
Feature
Hot-swappable The AC/DC rectifier module of the UPM is hot-swappable. When you
function replace a faulty rectifier module, the other rectifier module can still
work normally. Therefore, the maintainability of the system is
improved.
Storage battery The UPM provides the storage battery protection function. When the
protection function mains supply is interrupted, the power system of the equipment
automatically switches to the storage battery, which ensures that the
equipment operates normally. The battery module provides a capacity
of 40 to 500 Ah. The default capacity is 65 Ah.
Loading capacity The loading capability of each rectifier module is 800 W.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Function and EPS75-4815AF

Feature
Lightning-proof The rectifier module is embedded with the lightning-proof protector.

function The rectifier module can bear the 1.2/50 us x 6 kV or 8/20 us x 3 kA
lightning surge. When the lightning current enters the rectifier module
along with the power cable, install category-C and category-B light
arresters before you connect the AC mains supply to the power system
to prevent the overvoltage caused by the direct lightning strike from
damaging the rectifier module.
Working Principle and Signal Flow

The UPM is fed by one 220 V AC mains power supply. The rectifier module converts the input
power into –48 V DC voltage to provide four DC branches and one battery branch.
When the UPM works normally, the monitoring module controls the rectifier module, storage
battery loop, and load loop, which work according to the preset parameters or user settings. The
monitoring module also monitors the status and data of the rectifier module, storage battery loop,
and load loop.
In the case of a mains supply failure, the equipment is fed by the storage battery group that is
connected to the UPM. The battery group must be connected to the UPM before the mains supply
fails. When the batteries start to discharge due to a mains supply failure, the monitoring module
reports the no-mains-supply alarm. With the discharge of the batteries, the battery voltage starts
to drop. When the battery voltage is lower than 45 V, the monitoring module reports the DC
undervoltage alarm. When the battery voltage reaches 43 V, the battery group enables the power-
off protection function to interrupt the connection between the battery group and the equipment.
As a result, the batteries are automatically protected.
When the mains supply is restored, the UPM resumes normal operations.
Interfaces and Indicators

Figure 4-3 shows the rear view of the EPS75-4815AF power system (subject to the UPM on
site).

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 4-3 Front panel of the EPS75-4815AF power system
1. Control circuit breaker of the AC 2. Control circuit breaker of the 3. Control circuit breaker of load 1 (10
input (30 A) battery branch (80 A) A)
4. Control circuit breaker of load 2 (30 5. Control circuit breaker of 6. Control circuit breaker of load 4 (40
A) load 3 (40 A) A)
7. AC phase line terminal 8. AC zero line terminal 9. Negative 48 V terminal of the battery
branch
10. Negative 48 V terminal of the load 11. Positive 48 V terminal of 12. Positive 48 V terminal of the load
branch the battery branch branch
13. Connecting terminal of the PGND 14. DB44 signal interface 15. Communication interface (COM)
cable
16. Communication test interface
(TEST)
Interfaces
The front panel of the EPS75-4815AF has seven interfaces. Table 4-2 describes the types and
usage of the interfaces of the EPS75-4815AF.
Table 4-2 Interfaces of the EPS75-4815AF power system

Interface Type of Interface Usage
Power Power interface "7" and "8" indicate the AC mains input terminals, which
input access 110 V/220 V AC power.
interface
Power Power interface The power output interfaces are in the lower left corner
output on the front panel of the UPM. The terminals indicated
interface by "9" and "11" constitute a battery interface, through
which the power system is connected to the battery input
socket at the back of the storage battery box through a
battery cable. "10" and "12" indicate the output
interfaces of four loads. The output interfaces can supply
power to the OptiX OSN equipment by using power
cables.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Interface Type of Interface Usage
Connectin Power interface The UPM is grounded through the cabinet.

g terminal
of the
PGND
cable
DB44 DB44 The backplane of the subrack can be connected to the

signal sensor transfer box (an optional device) through the
interface DB44 signal interface and to the monitoring module
through the 96-pin DIN connector. In addition, the
sensor transfer box can be connected to multiple sensors.
As a result, the monitoring function is extended.
Communi RJ45 Reserved

cation
interface
(COM)
Communi RJ45 It is used for internal test.

cation test
interface
(TEST)
Switch Button The switch buttons are on the left of the UPM, as shown
button in Figure 4-3. "1" indicates the control circuit breaker of
the AC input (30 A), which enables and disables the input
of the AC mains supply. "2", "3", "4", and "5" indicate
the load control switches, which enable and disable the
load output.
Definition of DB44 signal pins

Table 4-3 provides the definition of DB44 signal pins.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 4-3 Definition of DB44 signal pins

Pin Diagram Pin Definiti Function Pin Definit Function
on ion
1 24 V Auxiliary power 23 SMOK Smoke sensor

output E
2 12 V Auxiliary power 24 WATE Water damage detection

output R
3 12 V Auxiliary power 25 DOOR Door status switch (DSS)

output signal detection
4 GND Signal ground 26 WIRE Distribution frame

connection
5 GND Signal ground 27 JK1+ Positive terminal of dry

contact 1
6 SIM1 Voltage 28 JK1- Negative terminal of dry

detection of the contact 1
first battery pack
7 SIM2 Voltage 29 JK2+ Positive terminal of dry

detection of the contact 2
second battery
pack
8 - - 30 JK2- Negative terminal of dry

contact 2
9 - - 31 CONT1 Positive terminal for output

O+ control of optical coupler 1
10 GND Signal ground 32 CONT1 Negative terminal for output

O- control of optical coupler 1
11 VHUM Ambient 33 CONT2 Positive terminal for output

humidity O+ control of optical coupler 2
measurement
12 VBTEM Battery 34 CONT2 Negative terminal for output

1 temperature O- control of optical coupler 2
measurement 1
13 VBTEM Battery 35 FANCT Positive terminal for fan

2 temperature R1+ rotation control
measurement 2
14 VTEM1 Ambient 36 FANCT Negative terminal for fan

temperature R1- rotation control
measurement 1
15 VTEM2 Ambient 37 JKM1+ Positive terminal for a surge

temperature protector failure alarm
measurement 2

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Pin Diagram Pin Definiti Function Pin Definit Function

on ion
16 JTD1 Backup 1 38 JKM1- Negative terminal for a surge

protector failure alarm
17 JTD2 Backup 2 39 JKM2+ Positive terminal for an AC

power-off alarm
18 JTD3 Backup 3 40 JKM2- Negative terminal for an AC

power-off alarm
19 JTD4 Backup 4 41 JKM3+ Positive terminal for a battery

undervoltage alarm
20 JTD5 Backup 5 42 JKM3- Negative terminal for a

battery undervoltage alarm
21 JTD6 Backup 6 43 JKM4+ Positive terminal for power

supply system failure
22 JTD7 Backup 7 44 JKM4- Negative terminal for power

supply system failure
Indicators
The front panel of each rectifier module has the following indicators:
l Running status indicator (RUN) – one color (green)
l Alarm and protection indicator (ALM) – one color (yellow)
l Faulty state indicator (FAULT) – one color (red)
The front panel of the monitoring module has the following indicators:
l Power supply system fault indicator (ALM) – one color (red)
l Power supply system status indicator (RUN) – one color (green)
Valid Slots
The UPM is case shaped. Therefore, the UPM does not occupy a slot in the subrack.
Technical Specifications
A UPM consists of five power boxes and thus realizes the protected power supply. The output
power of each UPM is 5 x 800 W.
Table 4-4 lists the power parameters of the UPM.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 4-4 Power parameters of the UPM

Parameter Value
Voltage range 90-290 V AC

of the AC input
AC input One single-phase three-wire system: 45-65 Hz
Rated input ≤ 28 A
current
Output 53.5±0.5 V
nominal
voltage
Rated output DC output branches Load circuit breaker 1: 10 A

current Load circuit breaker 2: 30 A
Load circuit breaker 3: 40 A
Load circuit breaker 4: 40 A
Battery circuit breaker: 80 A
Total output DC current 37.5±3 A to 75±3 A
Regulated ≤ ±1%
voltage
precision
Non-balance of ≤ ±5% (50%-100% load)

load sharing
Rated ≥ 89%
efficiency of
the integrated
equipment
Power factor ≥ 0.99 (nominal input or output)
Peak-to-peak ≤ 200 mV (within the range of 20 MHz)

noise voltage
Electrical ≤ ±0.1%
network
adjustment rate
Lightning When the UPM works alone, the input end can bear the simulated lightning
protection surge current whose waveform is 8/20μs and amplitude is 5 kA for five
performance times in both directions. The interval between two surges must be at least
one minute. If the lightning surge current is higher than the preceding
indexes, the UPM may be damaged and cannot work normally.
Cooling The fan that is embedded in the rectifier module cools the module.
method

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
The mechanical specifications of the UPM are as follows:
l Dimensions of the UPM: 436 mm (W) x 255 mm (D) x 133 mm (H) (17.2 in. (W) x 10.0
in. (D) x 5.2 in. (H))
l Weight: 15 kg (33.1 lb.)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Hardware Description 5 OptiX OSN 8800 Subrack and Power Requirement
5 OptiX OSN 8800 Subrack and Power

Requirement
About This Chapter
The OptiX OSN 8800 includes the following types of subracks: OptiX OSN 8800 T64, OptiX
OSN 8800 T32, OptiX OSN 8800 T16, and OptiX OSN 8800 platform subracks. The OptiX
OSN 8800 T64, OptiX OSN 8800 T32, and OptiX OSN 8800 T16 subracks support electrical
cross-connections, but the OptiX OSN 8800 platform subrack does not. This section describes
the structure, slots, cross-connect capacities, FAN boards, power consumption, and power
supply requirements for each type of subrack.
5.1 OptiX OSN 8800 T64 Subrack
There are two types of OptiX OSN 8800 T64 subracks: enhanced and general. Enhanced and
general subracks are the same in appearance except for the bandwidth of the backplane and
electrical cross-connect capacities.
5.4 OptiX OSN 8800 Platform Subrack
5.5 Data Communication and Equipment Maintenance Interfaces
The equipment provides abundant interfaces for data communication and equipment
maintenance.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

In this document, "OptiX OSN 8800 T64" refers to both enhanced OptiX OSN 8800 T64 and
general OptiX OSN 8800 T64 subracks unless otherwise specified.
5.1.1 Structure
Subracks are the basic working units of the OptiX OSN 8800 T64. Each subrack has independent
power supply.
Figure 5-1 shows the structure of the OptiX OSN 8800 T64 subrack.
Figure 5-1 Structure of OptiX OSN 8800 T64 subrack
OSN 8800 T64
or
OSN 8800 T64
6 1
5 2
1. Board area 2. Fiber cabling area 3. Fan tray assembly

4. Air filter 5. Fiber spool 6. Mounting ear
NOTE
A subrack identified by "Enhanced" is an enhanced OptiX OSN 8800 T64 subrack, and the one that is not
identified by "Enhanced" is an general OptiX OSN 8800 T64 subrack. These two types of subracks are displayed
as OSN8800 T64 Enhanced and OSN8800 T64 Standard respectively on the U2000.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
l Board area: All the boards are installed in this area. 93 slots are available.
l Fiber cabling area: Fiber jumpers from the ports on the front panel of each board are routed
to the fiber cabling area before being routed on a side of the open rack.
l Fan tray assembly: Four fan tray assemblies are available for this subrack. Each fan tray
assembly contains three fans that provide ventilation and heat dissipation for the subrack.
The front panel of the fan tray assembly has four indicators that indicate fan status and
related information.
NOTE
For detailed descriptions of the fan tray assembly, see 5.1.4 Fan and Heat Dissipation.
l Air filter: It protects the subrack from dust in the air and requires periodic cleaning.
l Fiber spool: Fixed fiber spools are on two sides of the subrack. Extra fibers are coiled in
the fiber spool on the open rack side before being routed to another subrack.
l Mounting ears: The mounting ears attach the subrack in the cabinet.
Table 5-1 Mechanical specifications of the OptiX OSN 8800 T64

Item Specification
Dimensions 498 mm (W) × 580 mm (D) × 900 mm (H)

(19.6 in. (W) × 22.8 in. (D) × 35.4 in. (H))
Weight (empty subracka) 65 kg (143 lb.)
a: An empty subrack means no boards are installed in the board area, and no fan tray assembly
or air filter is installed.
5.1.2 Slot Description

The OptiX OSN 8800 T64 subrack provide 93 slots.
Slots of the OptiX OSN 8800 T64 subrack are shown in Figure 5-2.
Figure 5-2 Slots of the OptiX OSN 8800 T64 subrack

Front Back
IU91 IU93
A A A A
U U SCC STG U U SCC STG
EF
PIU PIU EFI2 X X IU PIU PIU PIU PIU STI X X ATE PIU PIU
I1
IU69 IU70 IU71 IU IU IU74 IU75 IU 77 IU78 IU79 IU80 IU81 IU82 IU IU IU85 IU86 IU87 IU88 IU89
72 73 76 83 84
IU IU IU IU IU IU IU IU IU IU IU IU IU IU IU IU IU IU IU IU IU IU IU IU IU IU IU IU IU IU IU IU
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68
Cross-connect board
Cross-connect board
Cross-connect board
Cross-connect board
IU IU IU IU
9 10 43 44
IU IU IU IU IU IU IU IU IU IU IU IU IU IU IU IU IU IU IU IU IU IU IU IU IU IU IU IU IU IU IU IU
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52
IU90 IU92

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
l : houses service boards and supports service cross-connections.

l In a general OptiX OSN 8800 T64 subrack, IU73 and IU84 are reserved for future use, and
IU72 and IU83 are used to house AUX boards. In an enhanced OptiX OSN 8800 T64
subrack, IU72 and IU83 are used to house the active AUX boards, and IU73 and IU84 are
used to house the standby AUX boards.
NOTE
Only the TN52AUX board supports 1+1 backup.
l IU77 is reserved for future use.
l IU9 and IU43 are reserved for the cross-connect board.
– Enhanced OptiX OSN 8800 T64 subrack: TNK2UXCT or TNK4XCT.
– General OptiX OSN 8800 T64 subrack: TNK4XCT or TNK2XCT.
– Enhanced OptiX OSN 8800 T64 subrack: TNK2USXH, TNK4SXH or TNK4SXM.
– General OptiX OSN 8800 T64 subrack: TNK4SXH, TNK2SXH, TNK4SXM or
TNK2SXM.
l The following table provides the slots for housing active and standby boards of the subrack.
Board Slots for Active and Standby Boards
PIU l General OptiX 8800 T64: IU69 & IU78, IU70 & IU79, IU80 &
IU88, and IU81 & IU89
l Enhanced OptiX 8800 T64: IU69 & IU89, IU70 & IU88, IU78
& IU81, and IU79 & IU80
SCC IU74 & IU85
STG IU75 & IU86
SXM/SXH/ IU10 & IU44

USXH
XCT/UXCT IU9 & IU43
TN52AUX Enhanced OptiX 8800 T64: IU72 & IU73, IU83 & IU84
5.1.3 Cross-Connect Capacities

The cross-connect capacity of a slot in an OptiX OSN 8800 T64 subrack vary according to the
type of cross-connect board installed in the slot.
OptiX OSN 8800 T64 subracks can cross-connect ODU0, ODU1, ODU2, ODU2e, ODU3,
ODU4, ODUflex, VC-4, VC-3, and VC-12 granularities at the same time. Slots IU1-IU8, IU11-
IU42, and IU45-IU68 provide the same cross-connect capacity. As shown in Table 5-2.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 5-2 Cross-connect capacity of OptiX OSN 8800 T64 subrack

Subrack Cross- Maximum Cross-Connect Maximum Cross-Connect
Type Connect Capacity of Each Slota Capacity of Subrack
Board
ODUkb VC-4 VC-3/ ODUkb VC-4 VC-3/
VC-12e VC-12
Enhance USXH N/A 20 Gbit/ N/A N/A 1.28 Tbit/ N/A

d s s
Enhance USXH 100 20 Gbit/ N/A 6.4 Tbit/s 1.28 Tbit/ N/A
d +UXCTc Gbit/s s s
Enhance SXH N/A 20 Gbit/ N/A N/A 1.28 Tbit/ N/A

d s s
Enhance SXM N/A 20 Gbit/ 20 Gbit/ N/A 1.28 Tbit/ 80 Gbit/s

d s s s
Enhance SXH 40 Gbit/ 20 Gbit/ N/A 2.56 Tbit/ 1.28 Tbit/ N/A
d +XCTc s s s s
Enhance SXM 40 Gbit/ 20 Gbit/ 20 Gbit/ 2.56 Tbit/ 1.28 Tbit/ 80 Gbit/s
d +XCTc s s s s s
General SXH N/A 20 Gbit/ N/A N/A 1.28 Tbit/ N/A

s s
General SXM N/A 20 Gbit/ 20 Gbit/ N/A 1.28 Tbit/ 80 Gbit/s

s s s
General SXH 40 Gbit/ 20 Gbit/ N/A 2.56 Tbit/ 1.28 Tbit/ N/A
+XCTd s s s s
General SXM 40 Gbit/ 20 Gbit/ 20 Gbit/ 2.56 Tbit/ 1.28 Tbit/ 80 Gbit/s
+XCTd s s s s s
a: In OptiX OSN 8800 T64 enhanced subrack, the maximum cross-connect capacity of a single
slot can be smoothly increased from 40 Gbit/s to 100 Gbit/s by replacing the cross-connect
board.
b: k=0, 1, 2, 2e, 3, 4 or flex. Only the USXH+UXCT supports ODU4 granularities.
c: Enhanced OptiX OSN 8800 T64 subracks must be configured with both the USXH and
UXCT boards, the SXH and XCT boards or the SXM and XCT boards to cross-connect ODUk
granularities.
d: General OptiX OSN 8800 T64 subracks must be configured with both the SXH and XCT
boards or the SXM and XCT boards to cross-connect ODUk granularities.
e: All service slots share a bandwidth of 80 Gbit/s.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
5.1.4 Fan and Heat Dissipation

Each OptiX OSN 8800 T64 subrack has four fan tray assemblies, each of which includes three
independent fans. In each subrack, the lower fan tray assembly has an air filter, but the upper
fan tray assembly does not. The user can withdraw, clean, and replace each air filter.
Version Description
Only one functional version of the fan tray assembly is available, that is, TN51.

Table 5-3 describes the functions of a fan tray assembly.
Table 5-3 Functions

Function Description
Basic function Dissipates the heat generated by a network element (NE), so that
the NE can operate normally within the designated temperature
range.
Commissioning control l Auto Speed Mode: Implements automatic fan speed

regulation, depending on the subrack temperature.
l Adjustable Speed Mode: You can manually adjust the fan
speed.
Section-dependent heat Each subrack is divided into six sections to provide efficient heat
dissipation dissipation. The fan speed in each section is independently
regulated.
Hot swapping Provides the hot swapping function for the fan tray assembly.
Alarming Reports alarms of the fans, and reports the in-service information.
Status checking Checks and reports on the fan status.
Working Principle
A fan tray assembly inside a subrack ventilates the subrack to ensure that the subrack works
effectively at an appropriate temperature. The fan tray assembly is located in the lower portion
of a subrack. It draws in air into the subrack, forming an air duct from bottom to top. Other
boards in the subrack are installed vertically. In other words, the boards are parallel to the air
duct. This design ensures reliable heat dissipation. Figure 5-3 shows how ventilation is
performed in the OptiX OSN 8800 T64.
Figure 5-3 shows how ventilation is performed in the OptiX OSN 8800 T64.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 5-3 Subrack heat dissipation and ventilation system
Side view
Front Back
Air outlet Air outlet
Fan Fan
Fan Fan
Air inlet Air filter Air filter Air inlet
The OptiX OSN 8800 supports two fan speed modes, as described in Table 5-4. The section-
dependent speed regulating function is available in Auto Speed Mode. The Auto Speed Mode
is recommended.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 5-4 FAN speed mode

FAN Speed Description
Mode
Auto Speed Mode Fan speed in each section is regulated automatically according to the
temperature of the boards in the section that the fans are targeted for.
l Lower than 25°C (77°F): the fans run at low speed.
l Higher than 45°C (113°F): the fans run at high speed.
l 25°C to 45°C (77°F to 113° F): The fans automatically adjust their
rotation speeds. This mode can reduce noise and is power-saving.
Fan speed in each section is independently regulated.
The fans run at full speed if the speed regulating signal is abnormal.
If one of the fans in one section fails, the other fans in this section run at
full speed.
When the user queries the fan speed using the NMS, the highest fan speed
among all sections is displayed. In other words, if the fans in one section
rotate at high speed, the NMS displays the fan speed as high speed in the
query result.
Adjustable Speed Six fan speeds are supported: Stop, Low Speed, Medium-Low Speed,
Mode Medium Speed, Medium-High Speed, and High Speed. In this mode,
the user manually sets the fan speed and fans in all sections run at the
same speed. The user cannot independently set the fan speed for a
specific section.
Each OptiX OSN 8800 T64 subrack has two sides. Each side has six sections. See Figure 5-4.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 5-4 Section-dependent heat dissipation of the OptiX OSN 8800 T64 subrack
IU91
Front
FAN1 FAN2 FAN3
IU69 IU70 IU71 IU72 IU73 IU74 IU75

IU76 IU77 IU78 IU79
IU19 IU20 IU21 IU22 IU23 IU24 IU25 IU26 IU27 IU28 IU29 IU30 IU31 IU32 IU33 IU34
IU9 IU10
IU50
FAN4 FAN5 FAN6
IU90
Partition 1 Partition 2 Partition 3

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
IU93
Back
FAN7 FAN8 FAN9
IU83 IU84 IU85 IU86

IU80 IU81 IU82 IU87 IU88 IU89
IU43 IU44
IU50
FAN10 FAN11 FAN12
Partition 4 Partition 5 Partition 6 IU92
NOTE
l If any one of the six fans in the two fan tray assemblies fails, the system can remain operational for a
short term in environments where temperatures range between 0°C to 40°C (32°F to 104°F). To ensure
long-term operation of the system, replace the fan tray assembly in a timely manner.
Short-term operation means that the continuous operating time does not exceed 96 hours and the
accumulated time per year does not exceed 15 days.
l Replace the fan tray assembly in either of the following two situations:
l Two or more fans fail in one of the two fan tray assemblies.
l One or more fans fail in each of the two fan tray assemblies.
l In a system that is operating normally, the two fans in the same section (such as FAN1 and FAN4) run
at the same speed.
The fan tray assembly consists of fans and fan control unit. Figure 5-5 shows the functional
blocks of the fan tray assembly.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 5-5 Functional block diagram of the fan tray assembly
Speed adjusting Speed adjusting

signal signal
SCC Fan control unit

Status signal Status signal
FAN
External power External power

supply 1 supply 2
l FAN: dissipates heat generated by normal operation of the subrack. FAN is the core of the
fan tray assembly.
l Fan control board:
– Controls the fan speed according to the fan speed regulating signals.
– Detects faults. After a fault is detected, the fan control unit reports an alarm. In this case,
the SCC board issues commands to instruct the other fans to run at the full speed.
– Monitors speed regulating signals, the fan status, and the online/offline state of the fan
tray assembly.
– Receives and carries out commands from the SCC board to shut down the fans on the
fan tray assembly if necessary.
Appearance
Figure 5-6 shows a fan tray assembly.
Figure 5-6 Fan tray assembly
SYSTEM
1. Air filter 2. Operating status indicators 3. Fans (three in total)
NOTE
An air filter is installed on the lower fan tray assembly to prevent dust from entering the subrack.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Valid Slots
The fan tray assembly occupies one slot. The valid slots for the fan tray assembly are IU90,
IU91, IU92 and IU93 in the OptiX OSN 8800 T64 subrack.
Specifications of the Fan Tray Assembly

Table 5-5 lists the technical specifications of the fan tray assembly.
NOTE
For transport equipment, the heat consumption and power consumption are similar and can be considered
the same. Heat consumption is expressed in BTU/h and power consumption is expressed in W. The
conversion between the two units is as follows: 1 BTU/h = 0.2931 W.
Table 5-5 Technical specifications of the fan tray assembly
Item Specification
Dimensions (H x W x D) 64.0 mm (2.5 in.) x 493.7 mm (19.4 in.) x 280.5 mm (11.0 in.)
Weight 3.6 kg (7.9 lb.)
Power Consumptiona l Low Speed: 70 W

l Medium-Low Speed: 95 W
l Medium Speed: 150 W
l Medium-High Speed: 225W
l High Speed: 270W
a: Rotating speed of fans is controlled intelligently. When the system is typically configured,
rotating speed of fans is automatically adjusted to a low level. When the system is fully
configured with boards of high power consumption, and the system is running in a high
ambient temperature, rotating speed of fans may be adjusted to a high level. When rotating
at the maximum speed, power consumption of fan tray assembly may reach 270 W.
5.1.5 Power Consumption

This section describes the maximum and typical subrack power consumption specifications.
Table 5-6 describes the power consumption of an OptiX OSN 8800 T64 subrack.
NOTE
Typical configuration power consumption indicates the average power consumption of the equipment with
the typical configuration and the equipment runs at the room temperature. Maximum power consumption
indicates the possible maximum power consumption when the equipment runs in an environment with
extreme conditions.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 5-6 Power consumption of an OptiX OSN 8800 T64

Item Enhanced 8800 T64 General 8800 T64
Maximum subrack power 9600 W 6500 W

consumptiona
Typical configuration power 6000 W 3700 W

consumption (OTN)
Typical configuration power 2135 W 1748 W

consumption (OCS)
a: The maximum subrack power consumption refers to the theoretical power consumption
obtained when boards with the highest power consumption are installed in every slot on the
subrack.
Table 5-7 describes the power consumption of the subrack in typical configuration in an OptiX
OSN 8800 T64.
Table 5-7 Power consumption of the common units in an OptiX OSN 8800 T64
Unit Name Typical Power Maximum Remarks
Consumption Power
at 25°C (77°F) Consumption
(W)a at 55°C (131°F)
(W)a
OTU subrack 1804.6 2827.9 32 x LDX, 1 x SCC, 8 x PIU, 2 x

1 AUX, 1 x EFI1, 1 x EFI2, 1 x ATE,
and 4 x fan tray assembly
OTU subrack 1421.7 2340.9 4 x LSC(SDFEC), 2 x SCC, 8 x PIU,

2 2 x AUX, 1 x EFI1, 1 x EFI2, 1 x
ATE, and 4 x fan tray assembly
OTU 2172.7 2822.9 2 x XCT, 2 x SXH, 8 x NS3, 2 x SCC,

electrical 2 x STG, 8 x PIU, 5 x TQX, 5 x TOA,
cross- 2 x AUX, 1 x EFI1, 1 x EFI2, 1 x
connect ATE, and 4 x fan tray assembly
subrack 1
(general
subrack)
OTU 1839.1 2776.7 2 x XCT, 2 x SXM, 20 x NQ2, 1 x

electrical SCC, 8 x PIU, 5 x TOA, 5 x TQX, 2
cross- x AUX, 1 x EFI1, 1 x EFI2, 1 x ATE,
connect and 4 x fan tray assembly
subrack 2
(general
subrack)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Consumption Power
(W)a at 55°C (131°F)
(W)a
OTU 5517.7 6932.4 2 x UXCT, 2 x USXH, 16 x NS4

electrical (SDFEC), 8 x TSC, 4 x TTX, 5 x
cross- TOX, 2 x SCC, 8 x PIU, 2 x AUX, 1
connect x EFI1, 1 x EFI2, 1 x ATE, 4 x fan
subrack tray assembly
(enhanced
subrack)
OTM 963.78 1860.3 1 x M40V, 1 x D40, 1 x OAU1, 1 x

subrack 1 OBU1, 12 x LDX, 1 x SCC, 1 x SC2,
8 x PIU, 2 x AUX, 1 x EFI1, 1 x EFI2,
1 x ATE, and 4 x fan tray assembly
OTM 1470.7 2406.9 1 x M40V, 1 x D40, 1 x OAU1, 1 x

subrack 2 OBU1, 4 x LSC(SDFEC), 2 x SCC,
OCS subrack 1748 2636 2 x SXM, 20 x SLD64, 8 x SLO16, 4

(general x SLQ16, 4 x SLH41, 4 x EGSH, 2 x
subrack) STG, 1 x STI, 2 x SCC, 8 x PIU, 2 x
AUX, 1 x EFI1, 1 x EFI2, 1 x ATE,
OCS subrack 2135 3076 2 x USXH, 20 x SLD64, 8 x SLO16,

(enhanced 4 x SLQ16, 4 x SLH41, 4 x EGSH, 2
subrack) x STG, 1 x STI, 2 x SCC, 8 x PIU, 2
x AUX, 1 x EFI1, 1 x EFI2, 1 x ATE,
a: Indicates that the power consumption of the subrack and cabinet is the value in a certain
configuration. The value is for reference only. The actual power consumed by the chassis and
cabinet is a calculation based on the power consumption of each module.
5.1.6 Power Requirement

This section describes the requirements on power supply.
Requirements on Voltage and Current

Table 5-8 provides the requirements on voltage and current of an OptiX OSN 8800 T64 subrack.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 5-8 Requirements on voltage and current of an OptiX OSN 8800 T64
Item Requirement
Rated working current 200 A (Independent power supplies to four

sections of each subrack, with 50 A for each
section)
Nominal working voltage -48V DC/-60V DC
Working voltage range -48V DC: -40V to -57.6V

-60V DC: -48V to -72V
PIU
The PIU board receives and provides DC power for equipment. For OptiX OSN 8800 T64/8800
T32, the PIU board can be TN16PIU or TN51PIU. For OptiX OSN 8800 T16, the PIU board
must be TN16PIU.
l Function
Accesses DC power in a range from -40 V to -72 V. Provides lightning protection and
power filtering functions. The TN16PIU supports intelligent ammeter function, which
enables the TN16PIU to detect the power consumption of the entire subrack and report the
power consumption to the system control unit.
NOTE
The overcurrent protection function for the access power supplies of each subrack is realized by the
magnetic circuit breaker of the PDU.
l Front Panel
As shown in the following figures, two types of front panel are available for The TN51PIU
board. The difference between the two types of front panel lies in the silkscreen.
Figure 5-7 Front panel of the TN51PIU board
PIU
PWR
RTN(+) NEG(-)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
PIU
PWR
RTN -48V
PIU
PWR
RTN(+) NEG(-)
There is only the power indicator (PWR), which is green.

l Valid Slots
Table 5-9 Valid slots for the TN51PIU board

Product Valid Slots
OptiX OSN 8800 T64 IU69, IU70, IU78, IU79, IU80, IU81,IU88 and IU89
subrack
OptiX OSN 8800 T32 IU39, IU40, IU45, and IU46

subrack

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Product Valid Slots
subrack

subrack
OptiX OSN 8800 T16 IU20 and IU23

subrack
l Specifications
– Performance Specifications
Table 5-11 Performance specifications of the PIU board
Item Unit Value
Number of DC input - 1
power supplies
Input DC power voltage V DC -48V DC: -40V to -57.6V

range -60V DC: -48V to -72V
Input DC power current A ≤60
– Mechanical Specifications
Dimensions of front panel: 50.8 mm (W) x 220 mm (D) x 80 mm (H) (2.0 in. (W) x 8.7
in. (D) x 3.1 in. (H))
Weight:
– TN51PIU: 0.5 kg (1.10 lb.)
– TN16PIU: 0.65 kg (1.43 lb.)
– Power Consumption
Board Typical Power Maximum Power

Consumption at 25°C Consumption at 55°C
(77°F) (W) (131°F) (W)
TN51PIU 5 5
TN16PIU 3 3.6


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
In this document, "OptiX OSN 8800 T32" refers to both enhanced OptiX OSN 8800 T32 and
general OptiX OSN 8800 T32 subracks unless otherwise specified.
5.2.1 Structure
power supply.
Figure 5-9 shows the structure of the OptiX OSN 8800 T32 subrack.
Figure 5-9 Structure of OptiX OSN 8800 T32 subrack
OSN 8800 T32
or
OSN 8800 T32
1
5
3
4


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
NOTE
A subrack identified by "Enhanced" is an enhanced OptiX OSN 8800 T32 subrack, and the one that is not
identified by "Enhanced" is an general OptiX OSN 8800 T32 subrack. These two types of subracks are displayed
as OSN8800 T32 Enhanced and OSN8800 T32 Standard
l Fan tray assembly: Fan tray assembly contains three fans that provide ventilation and heat
dissipation for the subrack. The front panel of the fan tray assembly has four indicators that
indicate subrack status.
NOTE

Item Specification

(19.6 in. (W) × 11.6 in. (D) × 35.4 in. (H))
Weight (empty subracka) 35 kg (77.1 lb.)


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
IU51
AUX STG AUX STG

EFI2 EFI1 PIU PIU PIU PIU STI ATE
IU37 IU38 IU39 IU40 IU41 IU42 IU43 IU44 IU45 IU46 IU47 IU48
SCC
Cross-connect board
Cross-connect board
IU28
SCC or service board
IU9 IU10
IU11
IU50

l Slot IU43 in a general OptiX OSN 8800 T32 is reserved for future use. Slot IU41 and slot
IU43 in an enhanced OptiX OSN 8800 T32 subrack are used to house the active and standby
AUX boards, respectively.
NOTE
Only the TN52AUX board supports 1+1 backup.
– Enhanced OptiX OSN 8800 T32 subrack: UXCH, UXCM, XCH or XCM.
– General OptiX OSN 8800 T32 subrack: XCH or XCM.
PIU IU39 & IU45 and IU40 & IU46

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
SCC IU28 & IU11
STG IU42 & IU44
XCH/XCM/ IU9 & IU10

UXCH/UXCM
TN52AUX Enhanced OptiX 8800 T32: IU41 & IU43

The cross-connect capacity of a slot in an OptiX OSN 8800 T32 subrack vary the type of cross-
connect board installed in the slot.
ODU4, ODUflex, VC-4, VC-3, VC-12 granularities and packet services at the same time. Slots
IU1-IU8, IU12-IU27, and IU29-IU36 provide the same cross-connect capacity. As shown in
Table 5-13.

Subr Cros Maximum Cross-Connect Maximum Cross-Connect
ack s- Capacity of Each Slota Capacity of Subrackc
Type Con
nect ODU VC-4 VC-3/ Packe ODU VC-4 VC-3/ Packe
Boar kb VC-12 tc kb VC-12 tc
d
d
Enha UXC 100 40 N/A 50 3.2 1.28 N/A 1.6

nced H Gbit/s Gbit/s Gbit/s Tbit/s Tbit/s Tbit/s
Enha UXC 100 40 40 50 3.2 1.28 80 1.6

nced M Gbit/s Gbit/s Gbit/s Gbit/s Tbit/s Tbit/s Gbit/s Tbit/s
Enha XCH 40 40 N/A N/A 1.28 1.28 N/A N/A

nced Gbit/s Gbit/s Tbit/s Tbit/s
Enha XCM 40 40 40 N/A 1.28 1.28 80 N/A

nced Gbit/s Gbit/s Gbit/s Tbit/s Tbit/s Gbit/s
Gene XCH 40 40 N/A N/A 1.28 1.28 N/A N/A

ral Gbit/s Gbit/s Tbit/s Tbit/s
Gene XCM 40 40 40 N/A 1.28 1.28 80 N/A

ral Gbit/s Gbit/s Gbit/s Tbit/s Tbit/s Gbit/s

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Subr Cros Maximum Cross-Connect Maximum Cross-Connect

ack s- Capacity of Each Slota Capacity of Subrackc
Type Con
nect ODU VC-4 VC-3/ Packe ODU VC-4 VC-3/ Packe
Boar kb VC-12 tc kb VC-12 tc
d
d
a: In enhanced OptiX OSN 8800 T32 subrack, the maximum cross-connect capacity of a single
slot can be smoothly increased from 40 Gbit/s to 100 Gbit/s by replacing the cross-connect
board.
b: k = 0, 1, 2, 2e, 3, 4, or flex.
c: Theoretically, the subrack supports grooming of a maximum of 1.6 Tbit/s packet services.
In practice, however, the packet service grooming capability of the subrack is determined by
packet boards. The current version provides a packet service grooming capability up to 640
Gbit/s.
d: All service slots share a bandwidth of 80 Gbit/s.

Each OptiX OSN 8800 T32 subrack has two fan tray assemblies, each of which includes three
independent fans. In each subrack, the lower fan tray assembly has an air filter, but the upper
fan tray assembly does not have an air filter. The air filter can be drawn out, cleaned and replaced.
Version Description

Table 5-14 Functions of a fan tray assembly

range.

speed.
Partitioned heat Each subrack is divided into three partitions to help provide
dissipation efficient heat dissipation. The fan speed in each partition is
independently regulated.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Working Principle
A fan tray assembly inside a subrack dissipates heat for the subrack to ensure that the subrack
works effectively at a specified temperature. The fan tray assembly is located on the lower part
of a subrack. It blows air into the subrack, forming an air duct from bottom to top. Other boards
in the subrack are installed vertically. In other words, the boards are parallel to the air duct. This
design ensures reliable heat dissipation. Figure 5-11 shows the heat dissipation and ventilation
system in the OptiX OSN 8800 T32.
Side view
Front
Air outlet
Fan
Fan
Air inlet Air filter
The OptiX OSN 8800 supports two fan speed modes, as described in Table 5-15. The section-
dependent speed regulating function is available in Auto Speed Mode. The Auto Speed Mode
is recommended.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Mode
Auto Speed Mode Fan speed in each section is regulated automatically according to the
temperature of the boards in the section that the fans are targeted for.
Fan speed in each section is independently regulated.
The fans run at full speed if the speed regulating signal is abnormal.
If one of the fans in one section fails, the other fans in this section run at
full speed.
When the user queries the fan speed using the NMS, the highest fan speed
among all sections is displayed. In other words, if the fans in one section
rotate at high speed, the NMS displays the fan speed as high speed in the
query result.
Adjustable Speed Six fan speeds are supported: Stop, Low Speed, Medium-Low Speed,
Mode Medium Speed, Medium-High Speed, and High Speed. In this mode,
the user manually sets the fan speed and fans in all sections run at the
same speed. The user cannot independently set the fan speed for a
specific section.
Each OptiX OSN 8800 T32 subrack is divided into three partitions in terms of heat dissipation.
The subrack adopts two fan tray assemblies to implement partitioned heat dissipation. See
Figure 5-12.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 5-12 Partitioned heat dissipation of the OptiX OSN 8800 T32 subrack
FAN1 FAN2 FAN3 IU51
IU37 IU38 IU39 IU40 IU41 IU42 IU43 IU44 IU45 IU46 IU47 IU48
IU20 IU21 IU22 IU23 IU24 IU25 IU26 IU27 IU28 IU29 IU30 IU31 IU32 IU33 IU34 IU35 IU36
IU9 IU10
IU50
FAN4 FAN5 FAN6 IU50
Partition 1 Partition 2 Partition 3
NOTE
l If any one of the six fans in the two fan tray assemblies fails, the system can remain operational for a
short term in environments where temperatures range between 0°C to 40°C (32°F to 104°F). To ensure
l Replace the fan tray assembly in either of the following two situations:
l Two or more fans fail in one of the two fan tray assemblies.
l One or more fans fail in each of the two fan tray assemblies.
l In a system that is operating normally, the two fans in the same partition (such as FAN1 and FAN4)
run at the same speed.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

signal signal

FAN

supply 1 supply 2
fan tray assembly.
tray assembly.
Appearance
SYSTEM
1. Air filter 2. Operating status indicators 3. Fans (three in total)
NOTE
An air filter is installed on the lower fan tray assembly to prevent dust from entering the subrack.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Valid Slots
The fan tray assembly occupies one slot. The valid slots for the fan tray assembly are IU50 and
IU51 in the OptiX OSN 8800 T32 subrack.

NOTE
Item Specification
Dimensions (H x W x D) 64.0 mm (2.5 in.) x 493.7 mm (19.4 in.) x 280.5 mm (11.0 in.)

l Medium-Low Speed: 95 W
l Medium-High Speed: 225W
l High Speed: 270W

Table 5-17 describes the power consumption of an OptiX OSN 8800 T32 subrack.
NOTE
extreme conditions.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Item Enhanced 8800 T32 General 8800 T32
Maximum subrack power 4800 W 3500 W

consumptiona
Recommended typical 3300 W 2000 W

configuration power
consumption (OTN)
Recommended typical 1791 W 1282 W

configuration power
consumption (OCS)
subrack.
Table 5-18 describes the power consumption of the subrack in typical configuration in an OptiX
OSN 8800 T32.
Table 5-18 Power consumption of the subrack in typical configuration in an OptiX OSN 8800
T32
Consumption Power
(W)a at 55°C (131°F)
(W)a
OTU 1633.4 2254.6 32 x LDX, 1 x SCC, 4 x PIU, 1 x

subrack 1 AUX, 1 x EFI1, 1 x EFI2, 1 x ATE,
OTU 1229.3 1742.3 4 x LSC(SDFEC), 2 x SCC, 4 x PIU,

subrack 2 1 x AUX, 1 x EFI1, 1 x EFI2, 1 x
OTU 1641.6 2166.5 2 x XCH, 20 x NQ2, 1 x SCC, 4 x

electrical PIU, 5 x TQX, 5 x TOA, 1 x AUX, 1
cross- x EFI1, 1 x EFI2, 1 x ATE, and 2 x
connect fan tray assembly
subrack 1
(general
subrack)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Consumption Power
(W)a at 55°C (131°F)
(W)a
OTU 1958.3 2558.5 2 x XCH, 8 x 55NS3, 2 x SCC, 4 x

electrical PIU, 2 x TQX, 5 x TOA, 2 x STG, 1
subrack 2
(general
subrack)
OTU 3338.7 4092.1 2 x UXCH, 10 x NS4(SDFEC), 2 x

electrical TSC, 8 x TTX, 2 x SCC, 4 x PIU, 1
subrack
(enhanced
subrack)
OTM 792.5 1287.1 1 x M40V, 1 x D40, 1 x OAU1, 1 x

subrack 1 OBU1, 12 x LDX, 1 x SCC, 4 x PIU,
1 x AUX, 1 x EFI1, 1 x EFI2, 1 x
OTM 1278.3 1808.3 1 x M40V, 1 x D40, 1 x OAU1, 1 x

subrack 2 OBU1, 4 x LSC(SDFEC), 2 x SCC,
OLA 290.3 706 4 x OBU1, 4 x VA1, 1 x SC2, 1 x

subrack SCC, 4 x PIU, 1 x AUX, 1 x EFI1, 1
x EFI2, 1 x ATE, and 2 x fan tray
assembly
OADM 974 1497.2 2 x OAU1, 2 x MR8V, 16 x LDX, 1

subrack x SC2, 1 x SCC, 4 x PIU, 1 x AUX,
1 x EFI1, 1 x EFI2, 1 x ATE, and 2 x
fan tray assembly
378.2 811 2 x M40V, 2 x D40, 2 x FIU, 1 x SC2,

2 x RMU9, 2 x WSM9, 2 x OAU1, 2
x OBU1, 1 x SCC, 4 x PIU, 1 x AUX,
fan tray assembly
373.1 306.6 2 x M40, 2 x D40, 2 x WSMD9, 2 x

DAS1, 1 x SCC, 4 x PIU, 1 x AUX,
fan tray assembly

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Consumption Power
(W)a at 55°C (131°F)
(W)a
OCS subrack 1281 1755 2 x XCM, 10 x SLQ64, 8 x SLO16,

(general 2 x SLH41, 2 x EGSH, 2 x STG, 1 x
subrack) STI, 2 x SCC, 4 x PIU, 1 x AUX, 1 x
EFI1, 1 x EFI2, 1 x ATE, and 2 x fan
tray assembly
OCS subrack 1791 2321 2 x UXCM, 10 x SLQ64, 8 x SLO16,

(enhanced 2 x SLH41, 2 x EGSH, 2 x STG, 1 x
subrack) STI, 2 x SCC, 4 x PIU, 1 x AUX, 1 x
EFI1, 1 x EFI2, 1 x ATE, and 2 x fan
tray assembly


Table 5-19 provides the requirements on voltage and current of an OptiX OSN 8800 T32.
Item Requirement
Rated working current 100 A (Independent power supplies to two

sections of each subrack, with 50A for each
section)

-60V DC: -48V to -72V
PIU
must be TN16PIU.
l Function

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
NOTE
l Front Panel
PIU
PWR
RTN(+) NEG(-)
PIU
PWR
RTN -48V

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
PIU
PWR
RTN(+) NEG(-)

l Valid Slots

Product Valid Slots
subrack

subrack

Product Valid Slots
subrack

subrack

subrack
l Specifications

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Item Unit Value
power supplies

in. (D) x 3.1 in. (H))
Weight:
– TN51PIU: 0.5 kg (1.10 lb.)
– TN16PIU: 0.65 kg (1.43 lb.)
(77°F) (W) (131°F) (W)
TN51PIU 5 5
TN16PIU 3 3.6
5.3.1 Structure
power supply.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 5-17 Structure of OptiX OSN 8800 T16 subrack (subrack door excluded)
1
6
5
2
3
4

l Fan tray assembly: Fan tray assembly contains ten fans that provide ventilation and heat
dissipation for the subrack. The front panel of the fan tray assembly has four indicators that
indicate fan status and related information.
NOTE

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Specification

(19.6 in. (W) × 11.6 in. (D) × 17.7 in. (H))

IU19 IU20 IU21 IU22 IU23 IU24

EFI PIU AUX AUX PIU ATE
IU9 IU10
IU IU IU IU IU IU IU IU IU IU IU IU IU IU IU IU
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
IU25 FAN

l IU9 and IU10 are reserved for the TN16UXCM/TN16XCH/TN16SCC or for the other
service boards.
NOTE
Slots IU9 and IU10 can be used to house service boards only when the OptiX OSN 8800 T16 functions
as a slave subrack.
If slots IU9 and IU10 are used to house service boards or SCC boards, install a special filler panel in each
slot first

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
AUX IU21 & IU22
PIU IU20 & IU23
TN16UXCM/ IU9 & IU10

TN16XCH/
TN16SCC

Slots in an OptiX OSN 8800 T16 subrack provide the same cross-connect capacity.
ODU4, ODUflex, VC-4, VC-3, VC-12 granularities and packet services at the same time. Slots
IU1-IU8 and IU11-IU18 provide the same cross-connect capacity. As shown in Table 5-24.
Cross Maximum Cross-Connect Maximum Cross-Connect Capacity of

- Capacity of Each Slot Subrack
Conn
ect ODU VC-4 VC-3/ Pack ODUka VC-4 VC-3/ Packet
Boar ka VC-12b etc VC-12 c
TN16 40 N/A N/A N/A 640 Gbit/ N/A N/A N/A

XCH Gbit/s s
TN16 100 40 20 Gbit/ 50 1.6 T 640 20 Gbit/ 800

UXC Gbit/s Gbit/s s Gbit/s Gbit/s Gbit/s s Gbit/s
M
a: k = 0, 1, 2, 2e, 3, 4 or flex.
b: All service slots share a bandwidth of 20 Gbit/s.
c: Theoretically, the subrack supports grooming of a maximum of 800 Gbit/s packet services.
In practice, however, the packet service grooming capability of the subrack is determined by
packet boards. The current version provides a packet service grooming capability up to 320
Gbit/s.

Each OptiX OSN 8800 T16 subrack has one fan tray assembly, which includes ten independent
fans and an air filter. The air filter can be drawn out, cleaned and replaced.
Version Description

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


range.

speed.
Partitioned heat Each subrack is divided into five partitions to help provide
Working Principle
system in the OptiX OSN 8800 T16.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Side view
Front
Air outlet
Fan
The OptiX OSN 8800 T16 supports two fan speed modes, as described in Table 5-26. The
partitioned speed regulating function is available in Auto Speed Mode. It is recommended that
you operate fans in Auto Speed Mode by default.

Mode
Auto Speed Mode Fan speed in each partition is regulated automatically according to the
temperature of the boards in the partition where the fans are installed.
Fan speed in each partition is independently regulated.
The fans run at full speed if the speed regulating signals are abnormal.
If one of the fans fails, the other fans run at full speed.
Adjustable Speed Five fan speed modes are available: Low Speed, Medium-Low
Mode Speed, Medium Speed, Medium-High Speed, and High Speed. You
can set the fan speed manually. In Adjustable Speed Mode, the fans in
all partitions run at the same speed and do not support the partitioned
manual fan speed adjustment.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Each OptiX OSN 8800 T16 subrack is divided into five partitions in terms of heat dissipation.
The subrack adopts one fan tray assembly to implement partitioned heat dissipation. See Figure
5-20.
Figure 5-20 Partitioned heat dissipation of the OptiX OSN 8800 T16 subrack
IU19 IU20 IU21 IU23 IU24

IU22
EFI PIU AUX PIU ATE
IU9 IU10
IU IU IU IU IU IU IU IU IU IU IU IU IU IU IU IU
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
Fan tray
A B C D E
assembly
In the OptiX OSN 8800 T16, there are five partitions (A, B, C, D, and E) in each subrack. Two
fans in each partition dissipate heat generated by the boards in the partition where the fans reside.
NOTE
l If any one of the ten fans in the fan tray assembly fails, the system can remain operational for a short
term in environments where temperatures range between 0°C to 40°C (32°F to 104°F). To ensure long-
term operation of the system, replace the fan tray assembly in a timely manner.
l Replace the fan tray assembly immediately if two or more fans fail in the fan tray assemblies.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

signal signal

FAN

supply 1 supply 2
fan tray assembly.
tray assembly.
Appearance
SYSTEM
2
1. Air filter 2. Operating status indicators 3. Fans (ten in total)
NOTE
An air filter is installed on the fan tray assembly to prevent dust from entering the subrack.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Valid Slots
The fan tray assembly occupies one slot. The valid slot for the fan tray assembly is IU25 in the
OptiX OSN 8800 T16 subrack.

NOTE
Item Specification
Dimensions 493.7 mm (W) x 266.6 mm (D) x 56.1 mm (H) (19.44 in. (W)
x 10.5 in. (D) x 2.21 in. (H))
Power Consumptiona l Low Speed: 42.7 W

l Medium-Low Speed: 74.8 W
l Medium Speed: 106.8 W
l Medium-High Speed: 165.5 W
l High Speed: 215 W

Table 5-28 describes the power consumption of an OptiX OSN8800 T16 subrack.
NOTE
extreme conditions.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Item Specification
Maximum subrack power consumptiona 1800 W
Typical configuration power consumption 700 W

(OTN)
Typical configuration power consumption 821 W

(OCS)
subrack.
Table 5-29 describes the power consumption of the subrack in typical configuration in an 8800
T16.
Table 5-29 Power consumption of the common units in an OptiX OSN 8800 T16
Unit Name Typical Maximum Remarks
Power Power
Consumptio Consumptio
n at 25°C (77° n at 55°C
F) (W)a (131°F) (W)a
OTU subrack 1 509.2 615.6 8 x LDX, 1 x XCH, 2 x PIU, 1 x AUX,

1 x EFI, 1 x ATE, and 1 x fan tray
assembly
OTU subrack 2 647.9 883.4 2 x LSC(SDFEC), 2 x SCC, 2 x PIU, 2

x AUX, 1 x EFI, 1 x ATE, and 1 x fan
tray assembly
OTU electrical 501 808 5 x NQ2, 2 x XCH, 2 x PIU, 1 x TQX,

cross-connect 2 x TOA, 1 x AUX, 1 x EFI, 1 x ATE,
subrack 1 and 1 x fan tray assembly
OTU electrical 923.9 1209 2 x XCH, 4 x 55NS3, 2 x PIU, 1 x TTX,

cross-connect 1 x TQX, 2 x TOA, 2 x AUX, 1 x EFI,
subrack 2 1 x ATE, and 1 x fan tray assembly
OTU electrical 1059.9 1359.4 2 x 16UXCM, 4 x 54NS4(SDFEC), 2

cross-connect x 54TSC, 2 x 54TTX, 2 x AUX, 2 x
subrack 3 PIU, 1 x EFI, 1 x ATE, and 1 x fan tray
assembly
OTM subrack 1 468.7 569.7 1 x M40V, 1 x D40, 1 x OAU1, 1 x

OBU1, 6 x LDX, 1 x XCH, 2 x PIU, 1
x AUX, 1 x EFI, 1 x ATE, and 1 x fan
tray assembly

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Power Power
n at 25°C (77° n at 55°C
F) (W)a (131°F) (W)a
OTM subrack 2 696.9 949.4 1 x M40V, 1 x D40, 1 x OAU1, 1 x

OBU1, 2 x LSC(SDFEC), 2 x SCC, 2
x PIU, 1 x AUX, 1 x EFI, 1 x ATE, and
1 x fan tray assembly
OLA subrack 228.1 294.3 4 x OBU1, 4 x VA1, 1 x SC2, 2 x FIU,

1 x XCH, 2 x PIU, 1 x AUX, 1 x EFI,
OADM subrack 449.5 561.5 2 x OAU1, 2 x MR8V, 2 x FIU, 8 x

LSX, 1 x SC2, 1 x XCH, 2 x PIU, 1 x
AUX, 1 x EFI, 1 x ATE, and 1 x fan
tray assembly
221 269.2 1 x M40, 1 x D40, 1 x WSMD9, 1 x

DAS1, 1 x XCH, 2 x PIU, 1 x AUX, 1
x EFI, 1 x ATE, and 1 x fan tray
assembly
OCS subrack 821 1109 2 x UXCM, 4 x 55NS3, 2×PIU, 5 x

SLQ64, 4 x SLO16, 1 x SLH41, 1 x
EGSH, 2 x AUX, 1 x EFI, 1 x ATE,


Table 5-30 provides the requirements on voltage and current of an OptiX OSN 8800 T16
subrack.
Item Requirement
Rated working current 37.5 A

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Requirement

-60V DC: -48V to -72V
PIU
must be TN16PIU.
l Function
NOTE
l Front Panel
PIU
PWR
RTN(+) NEG(-)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
PIU
PWR
RTN -48V
PIU
PWR
RTN(+) NEG(-)

l Valid Slots

Product Valid Slots
subrack

subrack

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Product Valid Slots
subrack

subrack

subrack
l Specifications

Item Unit Value
power supplies

in. (D) x 3.1 in. (H))
Weight:
– TN51PIU: 0.5 kg (1.10 lb.)
– TN16PIU: 0.65 kg (1.43 lb.)
(77°F) (W) (131°F) (W)
TN51PIU 5 5
TN16PIU 3 3.6
5.4 OptiX OSN 8800 Platform Subrack
5.4.1 Structure
The OptiX OSN 8800 platform subrack has an independent power supply.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 5-25 shows the structure of the subrack.
Figure 5-25 Structure of OptiX OSN 8800 platform subrack

1
9
4
5
8 6
1. Indicator and interface area 2. SubRack_ID LED indicator 3. LAMP TEST Button
NOTE
The interface area is behind the indicator panel in the upper part of the subrack. Remove the indicator panel
before you connect cables.
l Indicators: indicate the running status and alarm status of the subrack.
l Subrack ID LED: displays the master/slave relationships between subracks when multiple
subracks are cascaded. It has the same function as the subrack ID LED on the front panel
of the SCC board. "0" indicates that the subrack housing the SCC board is the master
subrack, "EE" indicates that the subrack ID is incorrect or the subrack ID fails to be
obtained, and other values indicate slave subracks. For the meanings of other values
displayed on the LED, see Figure 5-40.
l LAMP TEST button: tests whether the indicators on the subrack are normal. After you
press the button, all the indicators should be lit. It has the same function as the LAMP TEST
button on the SCC board.
l Board area: All service boards are installed in this area. 22 slots are available.
to the fiber cabling area before being routed on a side of the open rack. The mechanical
VOA is also installed in this area.
dissipation for the subrack.
NOTE

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
l The interface area provides functional interfaces, such as alarm output and cascading
interface, alarm input and output interface, and subrack alarm output and cascading
interface. It is behind the subrack indicator panel.
Table 5-34 Mechanical specifications of the OptiX OSN 8800 platform subrack
Dimensions Specification

(19.6 in. (W) × 11.7 in. (D) × 15.7 in. (H))
Weight (empty subrack) 13 kg (28.66 lb.)

The OptiX OSN 8800 Platform subrack provides 23 slots.
Slots of the subrack are shown in Figure 5-26.
Figure 5-26 Slots of the subrack
IU23 EFI PWR CRIT MAJ MIN

IU19
PIU
PIU
IU17 IU18
IU21
AUX
Fiber cabling area
IU22 Fan
Mutual backup
l : houses service boards.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
NOTE
When the OptiX OSN 8800 platform subrack functions as a master subrack, slot IU18 is used to house the active
SCC board and slot IU17 is used to house the standby SCC board or a service board.
When the OptiX OSN 8800 platform subrack functions as a slave subrack, it uses the TN15AUX board and the
SCC board is not required. In this case, slots IU17 and IU18 can be used to house service boards.

Each OptiX OSN 8800 platform subrack has one fan tray assembly, which includes ten
independent fans and an air filter. The air filter can be drawn out and replaced.
Version Description

Basic function Dissipates the heat generated by an NE so that the NE can operate
normally within the designated temperature range.
Commissioning l Auto Speed Mode: Implements automatic fan speed regulation,

control depending on the subrack temperature.
l Adjustable Speed Mode: You can manually adjust the fan speed.
Partitioned heat Each subrack is divided into five partitions to help provide efficient
dissipation heat dissipation. The fan speed in each partition is independently
regulated.
Hot swapping Provides the hot swapping feature for the fan tray assembly.
Working Principle
system in the OptiX OSN 8800 platform subrack.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 5-27 Single-subrack heat dissipation and ventilation system

Side view
Front
Air outlet
Fan
The OptiX OSN 8800 platform subrack supports two fan speed modes, as shown in Table
5-36. The partitioned speed regulating function is available in Auto Speed Mode. It is
recommended that you set the speed mode to Auto Speed Mode.

Mode
Adjustable Speed Four fan speed modes are available: Stop, Low Speed, Medium
Mode Speed, and High Speed. You can set the fan speed manually. In
Adjustable Speed Mode, the fans in all partitions run at the same speed
and do not support the partitioned manual fan speed adjustment.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Each OptiX OSN 8800 platform subrack is divided into five partitions in terms of heat
dissipation. The subrack adopts one fan tray assembly to implement partitioned heat dissipation.
See Figure 5-28.
Figure 5-28 Partitioned heat dissipation of the OptiX OSN 8800 platform subrack
I
U
1
9
I I I I I I
I I I U
I I I I I I I I I I
U U U U U U U U 2
U U U U U U U U U U
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
I
U
2
1
IU22 Fan Tray

A B C D E
Assembly
There are five partitions (A, B, C, D, and E) in each subrack. Two fans in each partition dissipate
heat generated by the boards in the partition where the fans reside.
NOTE
term in environments where temperatures range between 0°C to 40°C (32°F to 104°F). To ensure
l If two or more fans fail in the fan tray assemblies, replace the fan tray assembly immediately.
The fan tray assembly consists of ten fans and one fan control unit. Figure 5-29 shows the
functional blocks of the fan tray assembly.

signal signal

FAN

supply 1 supply 2

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
fan tray assembly.
– Controls the fan speed according to regulating signals.
the SCC board issues commands to instruct the other fan in the same partition to run at
full speed.
– Monitors the fan speed regulating signals, the fan status, and the online/offline state of
the fan tray assembly.
Appearance
NOTE
Valid Slots
One slot houses one fan tray assembly. The valid slots for the fan tray assembly is IU22.

Table 5-37 lists the technical specifications of the OptiX OSN 8800 platform subrack fan tray
assembly.
NOTE

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Item Specification
Dimensions 493.7 mm (W) x 276 mm (D) x 56.5 mm (H) (19.44 in. (W) x 10.87
in. (D) x 2.22 in. (H))
Weight 3 kg (6.6 lb)

l High Speed: 120 W

This section describes the maximum and typical subrack power consumption specifications
Table 5-38 describes the power consumption of an OptiX OSN 8800 platform subrack.
NOTE
extreme conditions.
Table 5-38 Power consumption of an OptiX OSN 8800 platform subrack.

Item Value
Maximum subrack power consumptiona 1200W
subrack.
Table 5-39 lists the power consumption of the common units in an OptiX OSN 8800 platform
subrack.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 5-39 Power consumption of the subrack in typical configuration in the OptiX OSN 8800
platform subrack
Unit Namea Typical Maximu Remarks

Power m Power
Consumpt Consump
ion at 25°C tion at 55°
(77°F)b C (131°F)b
Electr Subrack 781 945 16 x TN53NQ2, 2 x PIU, 1 x AUX, and fan

ical 1 tray assembly
relay
subra Subrack 871 1045 8 x TN55NS3, 2 x PIU, 1 x AUX, and fan
ck 2 tray assembly
OTM subrack 105 200 1 x M40V, 1 x D40, 1 x OAU101, 1 x

OBU103, 1 x FIU, 1 x SC1, 2 x PIU, 1 x
AUX, and fan tray assembly
OLA subrack 97 191 2 x OAU101, 2 x FIU, 1 x SC2, 2 x PIU, 1

x AUX, and fan tray assembly
ROA Subrack 115 215 1 x WSMD4, 1 x DAS1, 1 x M40, 1 x D40,

DM 2 x PIU, 1 x AUX, and fan tray assembly
subra
ck (4
x
dime
nsion
s)c
OTM cabinet 314 601 3 x OTM subrack
a: In this table, "subrack" refers to a slave subrack, which has no SCC board. If the subrack
must be used as a master subrack, it must use SCC boards. In this situation, the typical power
consumption of the subrack increases to 23 W and the maximum power consumption increases
to 25.1 W.
b: Indicates that the power consumption of the subrack and cabinet is the value in a certain
configuration. The value is for reference only. The actual power consumption of the chassis
and cabinet is calculation based on the power consumption of each module.
c: At the ROADM site, it is recommended to deploy one subrack per direction. This table
assumes that the four directions are configured identically and provides only the reference
configurations for one direction.


Table 5-40 provides the requirements on voltage and current of an OptiX OSN 8800 platform
subrack.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 5-40 Requirements on voltage and current of an OptiX OSN 8800 platform subrack
Item Requirement
Rated working current 25 A (-48 V)
Nominal working voltage -48 V DC/-60 V DC

-60V DC: -48V to -72V
PIU
The PIU board receives and provides DC power for equipment. For OptiX OSN 8800 platform
subrack, the PIU board can be TN15PIU
l Function
– Accepts DC power in a range from -40 V to -72 V and provides surge protection and
power filtering functions.
– Provides 3.6 V power supply in centralized manner, with the maximum power of 40 W.
l Front Panel
Appearance of the Front Panel
PIU
RUN
NEG(-)
RTN(+)
Indicators: Running status indicator (RUN) - green

l Valid Slots
Product Valid Slots
OptiX OSN 8800 IU19 and IU20

platform subrack

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
l Specifications
Table 5-42 Performance specifications of the TN15PIU board

Item Unit Value
Number of DC input power supplies - 1
Input DC power voltage range V DC -48V DC: -40V to -57.6V

-60V DC: -48V to -72V
– Dimensions of front panel: 28 mm (W) x 220 mm (D) x 65 mm (H) (1.1 in. (W) x
8.7 in. (D) x 2.6 in. (H))
– Weight: 0.5 kg (1.1 lb.)
Table 5-43 Power Consumption

Board Typical Power Consumption Maximum Power
at 25°C (77°F) (W) Consumption at 55°C (131°F)
(W)
TN15PIU 7 7.5
5.5 Data Communication and Equipment Maintenance

Interfaces
The equipment provides abundant interfaces for data communication and equipment
maintenance.
These OptiX OSN 8800 T64 interfaces are located in the interface area of the OptiX OSN 8800
T64 subrack and on the front panel of the EFI1, EFI2, ATE, and STI, as shown in Figure
5-32.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 5-32 Interfaces of the OptiX OSN 8800 T64 subrack
EFI1 PIU ATE PIU

EFI2 STI
53A 53A
PWR PWR
RTN -48V RTN -48V
NM_ETH2
ALMI2
ALMI1 ALMO1
LAMP1 LAMP2
ETH1
CLK2
CLK1
ALMO3
ETH2
TOD2
TOD1
SERIAL
ALMO4
ALMO2
NM_ETH1
ETH3
T32 subrack and on the front panel of the EFI1, EFI2, ATE, and STI, as shown in Figure
5-33.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

EFI2 EFI1 PIU STI ATE
53A
PWR
RTN -48V
NM_ETH2
LAMP1 LAMP2
ALMI2
ALMI1 ALMO1
ETH1
CLK2
CLK1
ALMO3
ETH2
TOD2
TOD1
SERIAL
NM_ETH1
ALMO4
ALMO2
ETH3
T16 subrack and on the front panel of the EFI, and ATE, as shown in Figure 5-34.

PIU
EFI PWR ATE
RTN(+) NEG(-)
ALMI1
ALMI2
LAMP1
ETH1
SERIAL
CLK1
CLK2
ALMO1
ALMO3
ETH2
LAMP2
TOD1
TOD2
NM_ETH2
NM_ETH1
ALMO4
ETH3
ALMO2

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
These OptiX OSN 8800 platform subrack interfaces are located in the interface area of the OptiX
OSN 8800 platform subrack and on the front panel of the EFI, and AUX, as shown in Figure
5-35.
Figure 5-35 Interfaces of the OptiX OSN 8800 platform subrack

SubRACK_ID
ALM01 ALM02 ALMI1 LAMP1 ALMP2
LAMP
TEST
PIU
SCC
STAT RUN
ACT
PROG
SRV
PWRA
PWRB
NEG(-)
PWRC
ALMC
RTN(+)
SubRACK_ID
NM_ETH1 NM_ETH2 ETH1

Fan
ETH2
RESET
STAT
PROG
LAMP TEST
AUX
ALM CUT
SCC
NOTE
before you connect cables. Interfaces in the Interface
5.5.1 ATE
ATE: Interface Board of Alarm & Timing & Expanding

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
5.5.1.1 Version Description

The functional versions of the ATE board are TN16 and TN51.
Table 5-44 lists the version description of the ATE board.
Table 5-44 Version description of the ATE board

Item Description
Functional The available functional versions of the ATE board are TN16 and TN51.
version The following provides the board(s) supported by the product. However,
the availability of the board(s) is subject to PCNs. For PCN information,
contact the product manager at your local Huawei office.
Difference l Appearance:
The number of interfaces varies according to the board version. For
details, see 5.5.1.3 Front Panel.
l Specification:
The specifications vary according to versions. For details, see "ATE
Specification"5.5.1.5 ATE Specifications.
Replacement The TN16ATE and TN51ATE cannot replace each other.
5.5.1.2 Application
The ATE provides alarm output/concatenation interface and alarm input interface. The ATE
provides interfaces for inputting and outputting clock signals.
Alarm outputs are sent to a centralized alarm management system through the output interface
and the cascading interface. You can configure it to be the other outputs to implement integrated
display of alarms.
External alarm signal input function is designed for requirements when the alarm signals of the
external systems (such as the environment monitory) need remote monitoring.
5.5.1.3 Front Panel

There are interfaces on the front panel of the ATE board.

Figure 5-36 shows the front panel of the TN51ATE board.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 5-36 Front panel of the TN51ATE board

ATE
ALMI2
ALMI1
ALMO1
ALMO3
ALMO4
ALMO2
Figure 5-37 shows the front panel of the TN16ATE board.
Figure 5-37 Front panel of the TN16ATE board
ATE
ALMI2
ALMI1
CLK2
CLK1
ALMO1
ALMO3
TOD2
TOD1
ALMO4
ALMO2
Interfaces
Table 5-45 lists the types and functions of each interface.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 5-45 Types and functions of the interfaces on the ATE board
Interface Type Function
ALMO1– RJ45 l Housekeeping alarm outputs can be sent to a central

ALMO4 alarm monitoring system for centralized
surveillance through the ALMO1–ALMO4
interfaces. The alarm outputs are controlled by the
internal relay contact. When the relay contact is
closed, the resistance of each ALMO interface is
less than 1 ohm. When the relay contact is open, the
resistance of each ALMO interface is an infinite
number.
l The ALMO1 and ALMO2 interfaces have the same
pin usage and are a pair of housekeeping alarm
output/cascading interfaces. Similarly, the ALMO3
and ALMO4 interfaces also have the same pin
usage and are another pair of housekeeping output/
cascading interfaces. For example, when ALMO1
and ALMO3 are used to output housekeeping alarm
signals, ALMO2 and ALMO4 can be cascaded to
ALMO2 and ALM04 on another subrack.
l The OptiX OSN 8800 provides for eight alarm
outputs. By default, the first three alarm outputs are
defined as critical alarm, major alarm, and minor
alarm. The other five are reserved. Alarm outputs
can be cascaded.
ALMI1– RJ45 The OptiX OSN 8800 provides for eight housekeeping
ALMI2 alarm inputs. The user can manually configure the
severity of the eight alarms for remote monitoring of
external device alarms.
CLK1/CLK2 RJ45 CLK1/CLK2 interface can input or output time signals.

CLK1/CLK2 interface is bidirectional. That is, they
input and output signals at the same time.
TOD1/TOD2 RJ45 TOD1/TOD2 interface can input or output time signals.

At any time, a TOD1/TOD2 interface can either input
or output time signals.
Pin assignment of the RJ45 Connector

Figure 5-38 shows the pin assignment of the RJ45 connector.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 5-38 Pin assignment of the RJ45 connector
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
.
Pin Assignment of the ALMO1 and the ALMO2 Interfaces

For the pin assignment of the ALMO1 and the ALMO2 interfaces, refer to Table 5-46.
Table 5-46 Pin assignment of the ALMO1 and ALMO2 interfaces

Pin Signal Function
1 CRIT_SWITCH_OUTP Critical housekeeping alarm

output, positive
2 CRIT_SWITCH_OUTN Critical housekeeping alarm

output, negative
3 MAJ_SWITCH_OUTP Major housekeeping alarm

output, positive
4 MIN_SWITCH_OUTP Minor housekeeping alarm

output, positive
5 MIN_SWITCH_OUTN Minor housekeeping alarm

output, negative
6 MAJ_SWITCH_OUTN Major housekeeping alarm

output, negative
7 ALM_SWITCH_OUT1P Reserved for housekeeping

alarm output 1, positive
8 ALM_SWITCH_OUT1N Reserved for housekeeping

alarm output 1, negative


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 5-47 Pin assignment of the ALMO3 and the ALMO4 interfaces
Pin Signal Function
1 ALM_SWITCH_OUT2P Housekeeping alarm output

2, positive
2 ALM_SWITCH_OUT2N Housekeeping alarm output

2, negative

3, positive

4, positive

4, negative

3, negative

5, positive

5, negative
Pin Assignment of the ALMI1 Interface

For the pin assignment of the ALMI1 interface, refer to Table 5-48.
Table 5-48 Pin assignment of the ALMI1 interface

Pin Signal Function
1 SWITCHI_IN1 Housekeeping alarm input 1
2 GND Ground
3 SWITCHI_IN2 Housekeeping alarm 2
5 GND Ground
6 GND Ground
8 GND Ground


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 5-49 Pin assignment of the ALMI2
Pin Signal Function
2 GND Ground
5 GND Ground
6 GND Ground
8 GND Ground
Pin Assignment of the CLK1/CLK2 Interface

For the pin assignment of the CLK1/CLK2 interface, refer to Table 5-50.
Table 5-50 Pin assignment of the CLK1/CLK2 interface
Pin Signal Function
1 RJ0_E1_RX_N 2MHz/2Mbit input negative
2 RJ0_E1_RX_P 2MHz/2Mbit input positive
3 NC Not connected
4 RJ0_E1_TX_N 2MHz/2Mbit output negative
5 RJ0_E1_TX_P 2MHz/2Mbit output positive
6 NC Not connected
7 NC Not connected
8 NC Not connected
Pin Assignment of the TOD1/TOD2 Interface

For the pin assignment of the TOD1/TOD2 interface, refer to Table 5-51.
Table 5-51 Pin assignment of the TOD1/TOD2 interface
Pin Signal Function
1 GND Ground

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Pin Signal Function
2 GND Ground
3 DCLS_IN0_N 1PPS negative
4 GND Ground
5 GND Ground
6 DCLS_IN0_P 1PPS positive
7 DCLS_OUT0_N TOD negative
8 DCLS_OUT0_P TOD positive
5.5.1.4 Valid Slots

One slot houses one ATE board.
Table 5-52 shows the valid slots for the TN51ATE board.
Table 5-52 Valid slots for the TN51ATE board
Product Valid Slots
OptiX OSN 8800 T64 IU87

subrack

subrack
Table 5-53 shows the valid slots for the TN16ATE board.
Table 5-53 Valid slots for the TN16ATE board
Product Valid Slots

subrack
5.5.1.5 ATE Specifications

Specifications include dimensions, weight and power consumption.
l Dimensions of front panel:

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
– TN51ATE: 50.8 mm (W) x 220 mm (D) x 80 mm (H) (2.0 in. (W) x 8.7 in. (D) x 3.1
in. (H))
– TN16ATE: 76.2 mm (W) x 220 mm (D) x 80 mm (H) (3.0 in. (W) x 8.7 in. (D) x 3.1
in. (H))
l Weight:
– TN51ATE: 0.2 kg (0.44 lb.)
– TN16ATE: 0.5 kg (1.1 lb.)
Power Consumption
Consumption at 25°C (77° Consumption at 55°C
F) (W) (131°F) (W)
TN51ATE 0.3 0.3
TN16ATE 0.2 0.3
5.5.2 TN15EFI
EFI: EMI Filter Interface Board

The available functional version of the EFI board is TN15.
5.5.2.2 Application
EFI provides the subrack ID LED, LAMP TEST button, alarm output and cascading interfaces,
and alarm I/O interfaces.
5.5.2.3 Front Panel

There are interfaces on the front panel of the EFI board.

Figure 5-39 shows the front panel of the EFI board.
Figure 5-39 Front panel of the EFI board

SubRACK_ID
ALM01 ALM02 SubRACK_ID ALMI1 LAMP1 LAMP2
LAMP TEST

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
CAUTION
The LAMP interfaces on the EFI board provide 5 V power, it is only used for the indicators on
a cabinet. It cannot connect to an RJ45 cable intended for the NM_ETH, ETH, ALMO, or CLK
interface; otherwise, the EFI board, the connected test instrument, or the equipment will be
damaged.
Indicators
Four indicators are present on the front panel:
l PWR: green indicator, which indicates whether the power cables are energized.
l CRIT: a subrack-level red indicator, which indicates whether a critical alarm is present on
the subrack.
l MAJ: a subrack-level orange indicator, which indicates whether a major alarm is present
on the subrack.
l MIN: a subrack-level yellow indicator, which indicates whether a minor alarm is present
on the subrack.
Interfaces and Buttons

Table 5-54 lists the type and function of each interface.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 5-54 Description of interfaces in the interface area

Silk-screen Interface Connector Function
ALMO1 Alarm output RJ45 l Alarm outputs are sent to the DC

ALMO2 and cascading power distribution cabinet
interface through the output interface and
the cascading interface. You can
configure it to be the other
outputs to implement integrated
display of alarms. The alarm
outputs are controlled by the
internal relay contact. When the
relay contact is closed, the
resistance of each ALMO
interface is less than 1 ohm.
When the relay contact is open,
the resistance of each ALMO
interface is an infinite number.
l The definitions for the pins of
the ALMO1 and ALMO2
interfaces are the same. The two
interfaces are used for output/
cascading, respectively. For
example, if ALMO1 is used to
output alarm signals, ALMO2
can be cascaded to ALMO1 on
another subrack.
l The OptiX OSN 8800 platform
subrack provides four alarm
outputs. Defaults of the first
three are critical alarm, major
alarm, and minor alarm. The
other one are reserved. Alarm
outputs can be cascaded.
ALMI1 Alarm input RJ45 External alarm signal input function

interface is designed for requirements when
the alarm signals of the external
systems (such as the environment
monitory) need remote monitoring.
The OptiX OSN 8800 platform
subrack provides four alarm inputs.
The severity of the four alarms can
be configured to cooperate with the
external system to implement
remote monitoring of external
alarms.
LAMP1 Subrack alarm RJ45 This interface drives the running

LAMP2 output and indicators and alarm indicators of
cascading the cabinet that holds the subrack.
interface

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
LAMP TEST LAMP TEST - The LAMP TEST button is used for
button testing the indicators on the
subrack. After you press the LAMP
TEST button, all indicators on the
subrack should be lit.
This button has the same function as
the LAMP TEST button on the SCC
board.
SubRACK_ID Subrack ID - The LED displays the master/slave

LED relationships between subracks. "0"
indicates that the subrack housing
the EFI board is the master subrack,
"EE" indicates that the subrack ID
is incorrect or the subrack ID fails
to be obtained, and other values
indicate slave subracks. For the
meanings of other values displayed
on the LED, see Figure 5-40.
This subrack ID LED has the same
function as that on front panel of the
SCC board.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 5-40 LED
0 1 2 3 4 5
6 7 8 9 10 11
12 13 14 15 16 17
18 19 20 21 22 23
24 25 26 27 28 29
30 31 Error
Hexadecimal subrack ID displayed in the LED
0 Decimal subrack ID

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Pin Signal Function
1 CRIT_SWITCH_OUTP Outputs the critical alarm

signal positive
2 CRIT_SWITCH_OUTN Outputs the critical alarm

signal negative
3 MAJ_SWITCH_OUTP Outputs the major alarm

signal positive
4 MIN_SWITCH_OUTP Outputs the minor alarm

signal positive
5 MIN_SWITCH_OUTN Outputs the minor alarm

signal negative
6 MAJ_SWITCH_OUTN Outputs the major alarm

signal negative
7 ALM_SWITCH_OUT1P Alarm signal output 1

positive
8 ALM_SWITCH_OUT1N Alarm signal output 1

negative

Pin Signal Function
1 SWITCHI_IN1 Alarm input 1
2 GND Ground
5 GND Ground
6 GND Ground

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Pin Signal Function
8 GND Ground
Pin Assignment of the LAMP1 and the LAMP2 Interfaces

For the pin assignment of the LAMP1 and the LAMP2 interfaces, refer to Table 5-57.
Table 5-57 Pin assignment of the LAMP1 and the LAMP2 interfaces
Pin Signal Function
1 CRIT_ALMP Positive pole for critical

alarm signals
2 CRIT_ALMN Negative pole for critical

alarm signals
3 MAJ_ALMP Positive pole for major alarm

signals
4 RUNP Positive pole for power

indicating signals
5 RUNN Negative pole for power

indicating signals
6 MAJ_ALMN Negative pole for major

alarm signals
7 MIN_ALMP Positive pole for minor alarm

signals
8 MIN_ALMN Negative pole for minor

alarm signals
5.5.2.4 Valid Slots

One slot houses one EFI board.
Table 5-58 shows the valid slots for the EFI board.
Table 5-58 Valid slots for the EFI board
Product Valid Slots
OptiX OSN 8800 IU23

platform subrack

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
5.5.2.5 EFI Specifications

l Dimensions of front panel: 320 mm (W) x 70.3 mm (D) x 20 mm (H) (12.6 in. (W) x 2.8
in. (D) x 0.8 in. (H))
l Weight: 0.1 kg (0.22 lb.)
Power Consumption
F) (W) (131°F) (W)
EFI 2.5 2.8
5.5.3 TN16EFI

5.5.3.2 Application
The EFI provides the alarm output/concatenation interface, network management interface,
subrack communication interface and OAM interfaces.
5.5.3.3 Front Panel


EFI
LAMP1
ETH1
SERIAL
LAMP2
ETH2
NM_ETH1
NM_ETH2
ETH3

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
CAUTION
damaged.
Interfaces
Table 5-59 Types and functions of the interfaces on the EFI board
LAMP1– RJ45 Controls the PWR indicators and alarm indicators of

LAMP2 the cabinet that holds the subrack.
ETH1–ETH3 RJ45 l Connects a network cable from the ETH1/ETH2/

ETH3 interface on one subrack to corresponding
interfaces on the other subracks to achieve the
communication between the master subrack and
slave subracks.
NOTE
When inter-subrack protection is configured, the ETH3
interface cannot be used for the communication between
the master and slave subracks.
l Connects a network cable to a CRPC or ROP board
to achieve communication with the CRPC or ROP
board.
NM_ETH1– RJ45 l Connects the network interface on the equipment

NM_ETH2 through a network cable to that on an NM server so
that the NM can manage the equipment.
l Connects the NM_ETH1/NM_ETH2 network
interface on one NE through a network cable to that
on another NE to achieve communication between
NEs.
SERIAL DB9 The interface provides serial NM and supports X.25

protocol.


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
.
Pin Assignment of the DB9 Connector

Figure 5-44 shows the pin assignment of the DB9 connector.
Figure 5-44 Pin assignment of the DB9 connector
1
6
2
7
3
8
4
9
Pin Assignment of the ETH1 Interface

For the pin assignment of the ETH1 interface, refer to Table 5-60.
Table 5-60 Pin assignment of the ETH1 interface
Pin Signal Function
1 ETH1_TXP Positive pole for transmitting

the data for ordinary inter-
subrack communication
2 ETH1_TXN Negative pole for

transmitting the data for
ordinary inter-subrack
communication

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Pin Signal Function
3 ETH1_RXP Positive pole for receiving

4 ETH1_CRIT_TXP Positive pole for transmitting

the data for emergent inter-
5 ETH1_CRIT_TXN Negative pole for

emergent inter-subrack
communication
6 ETH1_RXN Negative pole for receiving

7 ETH1_CRIT_RXP Positive pole for receiving

8 ETH1_CRIT_RXN Negative pole for receiving



Pin Signal Function


communication



OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Pin Signal Function

communication





Pin Signal Function


communication



communication


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Pin Signal Function



Pin Signal Function

alarm signals

alarm signals

signals

indicating signals

indicating signals

alarm signals

signals

alarm signals
Pin Assignment of the NM_ETH1 Interface

For the pin assignment of the NM_ETH1 interface, refer to Table 5-64.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 5-64 Pin assignment of the NM_ETH1 interface
Pin Signal Function
1 NM_ETNTXP Positive pole for transmitting

the data for communication
with the NM
2 NM_ETNTXN Negative pole for

communication with the NM
3 NM_ETNRXP Positive pole for receiving

with the NM
4 NC Not connected
5 NC Not connected
6 NM_ETNRXN Negative pole for receiving

with the NM
7 NC Not connected
8 NC Not connected

Pin Signal Function
1 NMJL_ETNTXP Positive pole for transmitting

the concatenated data for
communication with a
network management system
(NM)
2 NMJL_ETNTXN Negative pole for

transmitting the concatenated
data for communication with
an NM
3 NMJL_ETNRXP Positive pole for receiving

communication with an NM
4 NC Not connected
5 NC Not connected

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Pin Signal Function
6 NMJL_ETNRXN Negative pole for receiving

7 NC Not connected
8 NC Not connected
Pin Assignment of the SERIAL Interface

For the pin assignment of the SERIAL interface, refer to Table 5-66.
Table 5-66 Pin assignment of the SERIAL interface
Pin Signal Function
1 N.C Not defined
2 RXD Receive end
3 TXD Transmit end
4 DTR Data terminal equipment

ready
5 GND Ground
6 - Reserved
7 - Reserved
8 GND Ground
9 N.C Not defined
5.5.3.4 Valid Slots

Product Valid Slots

subrack

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
5.5.3.5 DIP Switches

There are DIP switches inside the EFI board.
The master and slave subracks are connected through the ETH1/ETH2/ETH3 interface on the
EFI. The ID of each subrack is set by using two DIP switches on the EFI board. The value that
can be set by using each of the two DIP switches on the EFI board is a binary value 0 or 1.
ID1-ID4 correspond to bits 1-4 of SW2, and ID5-ID8 corresponding to bits 1-4 of SW1. Among
these ID values, only ID1-ID5 are valid. ID6-ID8 are reserved. The bits from high to low are
ID5-ID1, by which a maximum of 32 states can be set. The value is 00000 by default. "0"
indicates the master subrack. The other values indicate slave subracks.
Figure 5-45 shows the position of the DIP switches on the EFI board.
l The two DIP switches are numbered SW1 and SW2 and are located to the right of the T1.
l When the DIP switch is ON, the value of the corresponding bit is set to 0.
l As shown in Figure 5-45, the value represented by the ID5-ID1 is 000001, which is 1 in
decimal system. That is, the subrack ID is 1.
Figure 5-45 Position of the DIP switches on the EFI board
U8
SERIAL
T1
NM_ETH2
SW1
SW2
(ID8)
(ID7)
(ID6)
(ID5)
(ID4)
(ID3)
(ID2)
(ID1)
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
SW1 SW2
NOTE
Ensure that the ID6 to ID8 switches are turned on as shown in Figure 5-45.

l Dimensions of front panel: 76.2 mm (W) x 220 mm (D) x 80 mm (H) (3.0 in. (W) x 8.7 in.
(D) x 3.1 in. (H))

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Power Consumption
F) (W) (131°F) (W)
EFI 2 2.5
5.5.4 EFI1
EFI1: EMI Filter Interface Board

Only one functional version of the EFI1 board is available, that is, TN51.
5.5.4.2 Application
The EFI1 provides network management and OAM interfaces.
5.5.4.3 Front Panel

There are interfaces on the front panel of the EFI1 board.

Figure 5-46 shows the front panel of the EFI1 board.
Figure 5-46 Front panel of the EFI1 board

EFI1
NM_ETH2
SERIAL
Interfaces

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 5-68 Types and functions of the interfaces on the EFI1 board
NM_ETH2 RJ45 l Connects the network interface on the equipment

through a network cable to that on an NM so that
the NM can manage the equipment.
NEs.
NM_ETH1 and NM_ETH2 have the same function.
SERIAL DB9 The interface provides serial NM and supports X.25

protocol.

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
.

1
6
2
7
3
8
4
9

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Pin Signal Function
1 NMJL_ETNTXP Positive pole for transmitting

communication with a
network management system
(NM)
2 NMJL_ETNTXN Negative pole for

transmitting the concatenated
data for communication with
an NM
3 NMJL_ETNRXP Positive pole for receiving

4 NC Not connected
5 NC Not connected
6 NMJL_ETNRXN Negative pole for receiving

7 NC Not connected
8 NC Not connected

Pin Signal Function
1 N.C Not defined
2 RXD Receive end
3 TXD Transmit end

ready

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Pin Signal Function
5 GND Ground
6 - Reserved
7 - Reserved
8 GND Ground
9 N.C Not defined
5.5.4.4 Valid Slots

One slot houses one EFI1 board.
Table 5-71 provides the valid slots for the EFI1 board.
Table 5-71 Valid slots for the EFI1 board

Product Valid Slots

subrack

subrack
5.5.4.5 DIP Switches

There are DIP switches inside the EFI1 board.
The EFI2 board is connected to the master subrack through the ETH1, ETH2, or ETH3 interface.
The ID of each subrack is set by using two DIP switches on the EFI1 board. The value that can
be set by using each of the two DIP switches on the EFI1 board is a binary value 0 or 1. ID1-
ID4 correspond to bits 1-4 of SW2, and ID5-ID8 corresponding to bits 1-4 of SW1. Among these
ID values, only ID1-ID5 are valid. ID6-ID8 are reserved. The bits from high to low are ID5-
ID1, by which a maximum of 32 states can be set. The value is 00000 by default. "0" indicates
the master subrack. The other values indicate slave subracks. Figure 5-49 shows the position of
the DIP switches on the EFI1 board.
l The two DIP switches are numbered SW1 and SW2 and are located to the right of the
CPLD.
l When the DIP switch is ON, the value of the corresponding bit is set to 0.
l As shown in Figure 5-49, the value represented by the ID5-ID1 is 000001, which is 1 in
decimal system. That is, the subrack ID is 1.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 5-49 Position of the DIP switches on the EFI1 board
NM_ETH2
CPLD (ID5) ON (ID1) ON

(ID6) ON (ID2) ON
SERIAL (ID7) ON (ID3) ON
(ID8) ON (ID4) ON
SW1 SW2
NOTE
Ensure that the ID6 to ID8 switches are turned on as shown in Figure 5-49.
5.5.4.6 EFI1 Specifications

l Dimensions of front panel: 25.4 (W) x 220 mm (D) x 80 mm (H) (1.0 in. (W) x 8.7 in. (D)
x 3.1 in. (H))
l Weight: 0.2 kg (0.44 lb)
Power Consumption
F) (W) (131°F) (W)
EFI1 5 7
5.5.5 EFI2
EFI2: EMI Filter Interface Board

Only one functional version of the EFI2 board is available, that is, TN51.
5.5.5.2 Application
The EFI2 provides the alarm output/concatenation interface, network management interface and
subrack communication interface.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
5.5.5.3 Front Panel

There are interfaces on the front panel of the EFI2 board.

Figure 5-50 shows the front panel of the EFI2 board.
Figure 5-50 Front panel of the EFI2 board

EFI2 LAMP1
ETH1
LAMP2
ETH2
NM_ETH1
ETH3
CAUTION
damaged.
Interfaces
Table 5-72 Types and functions of the interfaces on the EFI2 board
LAMP1– RJ45 Controls the PWR indicators and alarm indicators of

LAMP2 the cabinet that holds the subrack.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
NM_ETH1 RJ45 l Connects the network interface on the equipment

through a network cable to that on an NM server so
that the NM can manage the equipment.
NEs.
NM_ETH1 and NM_ETH2 have the same function.
ETH1–ETH3 RJ45 l Connects a network cable from the ETH1/ETH2/

ETH3 interface on one subrack to corresponding
interfaces on the other subracks to achieve the
communication between the master subrack and
slave subracks.
NOTE
When inter-subrack protection is configured, the ETH3
interface cannot be used for the communication between
the master and slave subracks.
l Connects a network cable to a CRPC or ROP board
to achieve communication with the CRPC or ROP
board.

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
.


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Pin Signal Function


communication



communication




Pin Signal Function


communication

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Pin Signal Function



communication





Pin Signal Function


communication



OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Pin Signal Function

communication




Pin Signal Function

alarm signals

alarm signals

signals

indicating signals

indicating signals

alarm signals

signals

alarm signals

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Pin Signal Function
1 NM_ETNTXP Positive pole for transmitting

with the NM
2 NM_ETNTXN Negative pole for

communication with the NM
3 NM_ETNRXP Positive pole for receiving

with the NM
4 NC Not connected
5 NC Not connected
6 NM_ETNRXN Negative pole for receiving

with the NM
7 NC Not connected
8 NC Not connected
5.5.5.4 Valid Slots

One slot houses one EFI2 board.
Table 5-78 shows the valid slots for the EFI2 board.
Table 5-78 Valid slots for the EFI2 board
Product Valid Slots

subrack

subrack
5.5.5.5 EFI2 Specifications


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
(D) x 3.1 in. (H))
l Weight: 0.3 kg (0.66 lb)
Power Consumption
F) (W) (131°F) (W)
EFI2 13 15
5.5.6 STI
STI: Synchronous Timing Interface Board

The functional versions of the STI board are TN52 and TNL1.
In an OptiX OSN 8800 T32 subrack, if the TNL1STI board is configured, the SCC board version
must be TN52.
5.5.6.2 Application
The STI, a clock interface unit, provides interfaces for input and output of clock signals.
5.5.6.3 Front Panel

There are interfaces on the front panel of the STI board.

Figure 5-52 and Figure 5-53 show the front panel of the STI board.
Figure 5-52 Front panel of the TN52STI board
STI
CLK2
CLK1
TOD2
TOD1

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 5-53 Front panel of the TNL1STI board

STI
CLK2
CLK1
TOD2
TOD1
PHONE
F1
NOTE
In an OptiX OSN 8800 T32 subrack, if the TNL1STI board is configured, the SCC board version must be TN52.
Interfaces
Table 5-79 provides descriptions of the interfaces on the STI board.
Table 5-79 Interface description of the STI

Interfa Silk- Connector Function
ce screen
CLK1/ CLK1/ RJ45 CLK1/CLK2 interface can input or output time signals.
CLK2 CLK2 CLK1/CLK2 interface is bidirectional. That is, they input
and output signals at the same time.
TOD1/ TOD1/ RJ45 TOD1/TOD2 interface can input or output time signals.
TOD2 TOD2 At any time, a TOD1/TOD2 interface can either input or
output time signals.
PHONE PHON RJ45 Orderwire phone interface

E
F1 F1 RJ45 F1 interface

Figure 5-54 describes the pin assignment of the RJ45 connector.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
.
Pin Assignment of the CLK1/CLK2 Interface

For the pin assignment of the CLK1/CLK2 interface, refer to Table 5-80.
Table 5-80 Pin assignment of the CLK1/CLK2 interface
Pin Signal Function
1 RJ0_E1_RX_N 2MHz/2Mbit input negative
2 RJ0_E1_RX_P 2MHz/2Mbit input positive
3 NC Not connected
4 RJ0_E1_TX_N 2MHz/2Mbit output negative
5 RJ0_E1_TX_P 2MHz/2Mbit output positive
6 NC Not connected
7 NC Not connected
8 NC Not connected
Pin Assignment of the TOD1/TOD2 Interface

For the pin assignment of the TOD1/TOD2 interface, refer to Table 5-81.
Table 5-81 Pin assignment of the TOD1/TOD2 interface
Pin Signal Function
1 GND Ground
2 GND Ground
3 DCLS_IN0_N 1PPS negative
4 GND Ground

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Pin Signal Function
5 GND Ground
6 DCLS_IN0_P 1PPS positive
7 DCLS_OUT0_N TOD negative
8 DCLS_OUT0_P TOD positive
Pin Assignment of the PHONE Interface

For the pin assignment of the PHONE interface, refer to Table 5-82.
Table 5-82 Pin assignment of the PHONE interface
Pin Signal Function
1 NC Not connected
2 NC Not connected
3 NC Not connected
4 RING Signal 1
5 TIP Signal 2
6 NC Not connected
7 NC Not connected
8 NC Not connected
Pin Assignment of the F1 Interface

For the pin assignment of the F1 interface, refer to Table 5-83.
Table 5-83 Pin assignment of the F1 interface
Pin Signal Function
1 TX_P Transmitting (+)
2 TX_N Transmitting (-)
3 RX_P Receiving (+)
4 NC Not connected
5 NC Not connected
6 RX_N Receiving (-)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Pin Signal Function
7 NC Not connected
8 NC Not connected
5.5.6.4 Valid Slots

One slot houses one STI board.
Table 5-84 shows the valid slots for the STI board.
Table 5-84 Valid slots for the STI board
Product Valid Slots

subrack

subrack
5.5.6.5 STI Specifications

(D) x 3.1 in. (H))
l Weight of TN52STI: 0.3 kg (0.66 lb)
l Weight of TNL1STI: 0.4 kg (0.88 lb)
Power Consumption
F) (W) (131°F) (W)
TN52STI 1.5 1.5
TNL1STI 3 3
5.5.7 Interfaces on the Front Panel of the AUX Board

In an OptiX OSN 8800 platform subrack. The TN15AUX board provides NM interface, NM
cascading interface, inter-subrack normal and emergent communication interface.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 5-55 shows the front panel of the AUX. Slot IU21 houses the AUX board.
Figure 5-55 Interfaces on the front panel of the AUX
NM_ETH1
NM_ETH2
ETH1
ETH2
STAT
PROG
AUX
Interfaces
Description of interfaces on the front panel of the AUX board is list in Table 5-85.
Table 5-85 Description of interfaces on the front panel of the AUX board
Interface Silk-screen Connector Function
NE NM_ETH1/ RJ45 l Connects the network interface

management NM_ETH2 on the OptiX OSN 8800
interface platform through a network
cable to that on the U2000 server
to achieve the management of
the U2000 over the OptiX OSN
8800 platform.
l Connects to the external CRPC
or ROP board of a slave subrack
using a network cable so that the
slave subrack can communicate
with the CRPC or ROP board.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Inter-subrack ETH1/ETH2 RJ45 l Connects the ETH1/ETH2/

communication ETH3 interface on one subrack
interface through a network cable to such
interfaces on the other subracks
to achieve the communication
between the master subrack and
slave subracks.
l Connects a network cable to a
CRPC or ROP board to achieve
communication with the CRPC
or ROP board.

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
.
Pin Assignment of the NM-ETH1 Interface

For the pin assignment of the NM-ETH1 interface, refer to Table 5-86.
Table 5-86 Pin assignment of the NM-ETH1 interface
Pin Signal Function
1 NM_ETNTXP NM communications,
transmits the data positive
2 NM_ETNTXN NM communications,
transmits the data negative
3 NM_ETNRXP NM communications,
receives the data positive
4 NC Not connected.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Pin Signal Function
5 NC Not connected.
6 NM_ETNRXN NM communications,
receives the data negative
7 NC Not connected.
8 NC Not connected.


Pin Signal Function
1 NMJL_ETNTXP Transmits the concatenated

data positive for NM
communications
2 NMJL_ETNTXN Transmits the concatenated

data negative for NM
communications
3 NMJL_ETNRXP Receives the concatenated

communications
4 NC Not connected
5 NC Not connected
6 NMJL_ETNRXN Receives the concatenated

communications
7 NC Not connected
8 NC Not connected


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Pin Signal Function
1 ETH1_TXP Transmits the data positive

for inter-subrack ordinary
communications
2 ETH1_TXN Transmits the data negative

communications
3 ETH1_RXP Receives the data positive for

inter-subrack ordinary
communications
4 ETH1_CRIT_TXP Transmits the data positive

for inter-subrack emergent
communications
5 ETH1_CRIT_TXN Transmits the data negative

communications
6 ETH1_RXN Receives the data negative

communications
7 ETH1_CRIT_RXP Receives the data positive for

inter-subrack emergent
communications
8 ETH1_CRIT_RXN Receives the data negative

communications


Pin Signal Function

communications

communications

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Pin Signal Function

communications

communications

communications

communications

communications

communications

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Hardware Description 6 OptiX OSN 8800 Board Category
6 OptiX OSN 8800 Board Category
The following types of boards are available for the system.
Table 6-1 lists the boards for the OptiX OSN 8800.
Table 6-1 Boards for the OptiX OSN 8800
Board Board Board Description Gene Enha Gener Enhan 8800 8800
Catego Name ral nced al 8800 ced Platfo T16
ry 8800 8800 T32 8800 rm Subra
T64 T64 Subra T32 Subra ck
Subr Subr ck Subra ck
ack ack ck
Optical TN12LDM 2-channel multi-rate Y Y Y Y Y N

transpo (100Mbit/s-2.5Gbit/s)
nder wavelength conversion
unit board
TN11LDM 2-channel multi-rate Y Y Y Y N N

D (100Mbit/s-2.5Gbit/s)
wavelength conversion
board, dual fed and
selective receiving
TN11LDMS 2-channel multi-rate Y Y Y Y N N

(100Mbit/s-2.5Gbit/s)
board, single fed and single
receiving
TN12LDX 2 x 10 Gbit/s wavelength Y Y Y Y Y Y

conversion unit
TN11LEM2 22 x GE + 2 x 10GE and 2 Y Y Y Y N Y

4 x OTU2 Ethernet switch
board
TN11LEX4 4 x 10GE and 2 x OTU2 Y Y Y Y N Y

Ethernet switch board

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
ry 8800 8800 T32 8800 rm Subra
ack ack ck
TN11LOA 8 x Any-rate MUX OTU2 Y Y Y Y Y Y

Wavelength Conversion
Board
TN11LOG 8 x Gigabit Ethernet unit Y Y Y Y N N
TN12LOG Y Y Y Y Y Y
TN11LOM 8-port multi-service Y Y Y Y N N

multiplexing & optical
TN12LOM wavelength conversion Y Y Y Y Y Y
board
TN13LQM 4-channel multi-rate Y Y Y Y Y N

wavelength conversion unit
TN12LQM 4-channel multi-rate Y Y Y Y N N

D (100Mbit/s-2.5Gbit/s)
unit, dual fed and selective
receiving
TN12LQMS 4-channel multi-rate Y Y Y Y N N

unit, single fed and single
receiving
TN12LSC 100Gbit/s wavelength Y Y Y Y Y Y

conversion board
TN11LSQ 40 Gbit/s wavelength Y Y Y Y Y Y

conversion board
TN12LSX 10 Gbit/s wavelength Y Y Y Y Y N

conversion unit
TN13LSX Y Y Y Y Y Y
TN14LSX Y Y Y Y Y Y
TN12LSXL 40 Gbit/s wavelength Y Y Y Y Y N

conversion board
TN15LSXL Y Y Y Y N N
TN12LSXL 40 Gbit/s wavelength Y Y Y Y Y N

R conversion relay unit
TN11LSXR 10 Gbit/s wavelength Y Y Y Y Y N

conversion relay unit

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
ry 8800 8800 T32 8800 rm Subra
ack ack ck
TN11LTXe 10-Port 10Gbit/s Service Y Y Y Y Y Y

Multiplexing & Optical
Wavelength Conversion
Board
TN11LWX2 arbitrary rate (16Mbit/ N N N N Y N

s-2.7Gbit/s) dual-
board
TN12LWXS arbitrary rate (16Mbit/ Y Y Y Y Y Y

s-2.7Gbit/s) wavelength
conversion board (single
transmit)
TN11TMX 4 channels STM-16/ Y Y Y Y N N

OC-48/OTU1
TN12TMX asynchronism mux OTU-2 Y Y Y Y Y Y
board
Tributar TN52TDX 2 x 10G tributary service Y Y Y Y N Y

y unit processing board
TN53TDX Y Y Y Y N Y
TN54TEM2 24xGE+4x10GE Ethernet Y Y Y Y N Y

8 tributary unit
TN54THA 16 Any-rate Ports Service Y Y Y Y N Y

Processing Board
TN54TOA 8 Any-rate Ports Service Y Y Y Y N Y

Processing Board
TN52TOG 8 x GE tributary service Y Y Y Y N Y

processing board
TN52TOMg 8 x multi-rate ports service Y Y Y Y Y Y

processing board
TN55TOX 8 x 10 Gbit/s tributary N Y N Y N N

service processing board
TN52TQX 4 x 10 Gbit/s tributary Y Y Y Y N Y

TN53TQX Y Y Y Y N Y
TN55TQX Y Y Y Y N Y

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
ry 8800 8800 T32 8800 rm Subra
ack ack ck
TN54TSC 100 Gbit/s tributary service N Y N Y N Y

processing board
TN53TSXL 40 Gbit/s tributary service Y Y Y Y N Y

processing board
TN54TSXL Y Y Y Y N Y
TN54TTX 10 x 10 Gbit/s tributary N Y N Y N Y

Line TN12ND2e 2 x 10G line service N N N N Y N

unit processing board
TN52ND2e Y Y Y Y Y Y
TN53ND2e Y Y Y Y Y Y
TN52NQ2 4 x 10G Line Service Y Y Y Y N N

Processing Board
TN53NQ2e Y Y Y Y Y Y
TN54NQ2 Y Y Y Y N Y
TN55NO2f 8 x 10G Line Service Y Y Y Y N Y

Processing Board
TN52NS2 10G Line Service Y Y Y Y N N

Processing Board
TN53NS2 Y Y Y Y N Y
TN52NS3 40G line service processing Y Y Y Y N Y

board
TN54NS3e Y Y Y Y Y Y
TN55NS3e Y Y Y Y Y Y
TN54NS4f 100G line service Y Y Y Y N Y

processing board
Packet TN54EG16 16-port gigabit ethernet N N N Y N Y

Service packet switch board
Unit
TN54EX2 2 x 10GE ethernet packet N N N Y N Y
switch board
TN54PND2 2 x 10G bit/s packet switch N N N Y N Y

line board
PID TN54ENQ2 4 x 10G line service Y Y Y Y N Y

unit processing board
TN54NPO2 12 x OTU2 PID board Y Y Y Y N Y

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
ry 8800 8800 T32 8800 rm Subra
ack ack ck
TN55NPO2 Y Y Y Y N Y
TN55NPO2 10G PID line service Y Y Y Y N Y

E processing board, 20–
channel extended
Cross- TN16XCH High Cross-connection, N N N N N Y

connect System Control and Clock
unit and Processing Board
system
and TNK2SXM OptiX OSN 8800 T64 Y N N N N N
commu centralized cross connect
TNK4SXM board Y Y N N N N
nication
unit TN52UXCH 3.2T Universal Cross N N N Y N N
Connect Board
TN52XCH OptiX OSN 8800 T32 N N Y Y N N

centralized cross connect
board
TN52UXC 3.2T Universal Cross N N N Y N N

M Connect Board
TN52XCM Cross & connect process N N Y Y N N

board (Support high- cross
and low-cross)
TNK2UXC 6.4T Universal Cross N Y N N N N

T Connect Board
TNK2XCT OptiX OSN 8800 T64 Y N N N N N

TNK4XCT board Y Y N N N N
TN16UXC 1.6T Universal Cross N N N N N Y

M Connect,System Control
and Clock Processing
Board
TN16SCC system control and N N N N N Y

communication unit
TN51SCCd N N Y N N N
TN52SCC N N Y Y Y N
TNK2SCC Y Y N N N N
TN15AUX system auxiliary interface N N N N Y N

unit

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
ry 8800 8800 T32 8800 rm Subra
ack ack ck
TN16AUX N N N N N Y
TN51AUX Y Y Y Y N N
TN52AUX Y Y Y Y N N
TNK2USX 6.4T Universal Cross N Y N N N N

H Connect Board
TNK2SXH OptiX OSN 8800 T64 Y N N N N N

TNK4SXH board Y Y N N N N
Optical TN11M40 40-channel multiplexing Y Y Y Y Y Y

multipl unit
exer TN12M40 Y Y Y Y Y Y
and TN11D40 40-channel demultiplexing Y Y Y Y Y Y
demulti unit
plexer TN12D40 Y Y Y Y Y Y
unit
TN11M40V 40-channel multiplexing Y Y Y Y Y Y
unit with VOA
TN12M40V Y Y Y Y Y Y
TN11D40V 40-channel demultiplexing Y Y Y Y N N

unit with VOA
TN12FIU fiber interface unit Y Y Y Y Y Y
TN13FIU Y Y Y Y Y Y
TN14FIU Y Y Y Y Y Y
TN11ITL interleaver board Y Y Y Y Y Y
TN12ITL Y Y Y Y Y Y
TN11SFIU fiber interface unit for sync Y Y Y Y Y Y

timing
Fixed TN11CMR2 CWDM 2-channel optical Y Y Y Y Y Y

optical add/drop multiplexing unit
add and
drop TN11CMR4 CWDM 4-channel optical Y Y Y Y Y Y
multipl add/drop multiplexing unit
exing TN11DMR1 CWDM 1-channel Y Y Y Y N N
unit bidirectional optical add/
drop multiplexing board

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
ry 8800 8800 T32 8800 rm Subra
ack ack ck
TN11MR2 2-channel optical add/drop Y Y Y Y Y Y

multiplexing unit
TN11MR4 4-channel optical add/drop Y Y Y Y Y Y

multiplexing unit
TN11MR8 8-channel optical add/drop Y Y Y Y Y N

multiplexing unit
TN11MR8V 8-channel optical add/drop Y Y Y Y Y Y

multiplexing unit with
VOA
TN11SBM2 2-channel CWDM single- Y Y Y Y Y N

fiber bidirectional add/drop
board
Reconfi TN11RDU9 9-port ROADM Y Y Y Y Y Y

gurable demultiplexing board
optical
add and TN11RMU9 9-port ROADM Y Y Y Y Y Y
drop
a multiplexing board
multipl
TN11ROA reconfigurable optical Y Y Y Y N N
exing
M adding board
unit
TN12TD20 20-ports Tunable Y Y Y Y Y Y
Demultiplexing Board
TN11TM20 20-ports Wavelength Y Y Y Y Y Y

Tunable Multiplexing
Board
TN12WSD9 9-port wavelength selective Y Y Y Y Y Y

switching demultiplexing
TN13WSD9 board Y Y Y Y Y Y
TN12WSM 9-port wavelength selective Y Y Y Y Y Y

9 switching multiplexing
board
TN13WSM Y Y Y Y Y Y
9
TN11WSM 2-port wavelength selective Y Y Y Y Y N

D2 switching multiplexer and
demultiplexer board
TN11WSM 4-port wavelength selective Y Y Y Y Y N

D4 switching multiplexer and
demultiplexer board

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
ry 8800 8800 T32 8800 rm Subra
ack ack ck
TN12WSM Y Y Y Y Y Y
D4
TN11WSM 9-port wavelength selective Y Y Y Y Y Y

D9 multiplexing and
demultiplexing board
Optical TN11CRPC case-shape Raman pump Y Y Y Y Y Y

amplifi amplifier unit for C-band
er unit
TN11DAS1 optical amplifier unit Y Y Y Y Y Y
TN11HBA high-power booster Y Y Y Y Y Y

amplifier board
TN11OAU1 optical amplifier unit Y Y Y Y N N
TN12OAU1 Y Y Y Y Y Y
TN13OAU1 Y Y Y Y Y Y
TN11OBU1 optical booster unit Y Y Y Y N N
TN12OBU1 Y Y Y Y Y Y
TN11OBU2 Y Y Y Y N N
TN12OBU2 Y Y Y Y Y Y
TN11RAU1 backward raman and Y Y Y Y Y Y

erbium doped fiber hybrid
TN11RAU2 optical amplifier unit Y Y Y Y Y Y
Optical TN11HSC1 high power unidirectional Y Y Y Y Y Y

supervi optical supervisory channel
sory board
channel
unit TN12SC1 unidirectional optical Y Y Y Y Y Y
supervisory channel unit
TN12SC2 bidirectional optical Y Y Y Y Y Y

supervisory channel unit
TN11ST2 bidirectional optical Y Y Y Y Y Y

supervisory channel and
timing transmission unit
Optical TN11DCP 2-channel optical path Y Y Y Y Y N

protecti protection unit
on unit TN12DCP Y Y Y Y Y Y

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
ry 8800 8800 T32 8800 rm Subra
ack ack ck
TN11OLP optical line protection unit Y Y Y Y Y N
TN12OLP Y Y Y Y Y Y
TN11SCS sync optical channel Y Y Y Y Y Y

separator unit
Spectru TN11MCA4 4-channel spectrum Y Y Y Y Y Y

m analyzer unit
analyze
r unit TN11MCA8 8-channel spectrum Y Y Y Y Y Y
analyzer unit
TN11OPM8 8-channel optical power Y Y Y Y Y Y

monitoring board
TN12OPM8 Y Y Y Y Y Y
TN11WMU wavelength monitoring Y Y Y Y Y Y

unit
Variabl TN12VA1 1-channel variable optical Y Y Y Y Y Y

e attenuator unit
optical
attenuat TN12VA4 4-channel variable optical Y Y Y Y Y Y
or unit attenuator unit
Dispers TN11DCU dispersion compensation Y Y Y Y Y Y

ion board
equalizi
ng unit TN11TDC single-wavelength tunable- Y Y Y Y Y Y
dispersion compensation
board
Clock TN52STG centralized clock board N N Y Y N N

unit
TNK2STG Y Y N N N N
OCS SSN4BPA optical booster and pre- Y Y Y Y N Y

system amplifier board
unit
SSN3EAS2 2-port 10xGE switching Y Y Y Y N Y
and processing board
SSN1EGSH 16 x GE Ethernet switching Y Y Y Y N Y

and processing board
SSN4SF64 1 x STM-64 optical Y Y Y Y N Y

interface board with the
FEC function

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
ry 8800 8800 T32 8800 rm Subra
ack ack ck
SSN1SF64A 1 x STM-64 optical Y Y Y Y N Y

FEC function
SSN4SFD64 1 x STM-64 optical Y Y Y Y N Y

FEC function
SSN4SL64 1 x STM-64 optical Y Y Y Y N Y

interface board
SSN4SLD6 2 x STM-64 optical Y Y Y Y N Y

4 interface board
SSN3SLH4 16 x STM-4/STM-1 optical Y Y Y Y N Y

1 interface board
SSN4SLO1 8 x STM-16 optical Y Y Y Y N Y

6 interface board
SSN4SLQ1 4xSTM-16 optical Y Y Y Y N Y

6 interface board
SSN4SLQ6 4 x STM-64 line interface N N Y Y N Y

4 board
ROPA TN11GFU gain flatness unit Y Y Y Y Y Y

subsyst
em TN11RGU ROPA gain unit Y Y Y Y Y Y
unitb TN11ROP ROPA pumping unit Y Y Y Y Y Y
Interfac TN16ATE interface board of alarm & N N N N N Y

e area timing & expanding
unitc TN51ATE Y Y Y Y N N
TN15EFI EMI filter interface board N N N N Y N
TN16EFI N N N N N Y
TN51EFI1 Y Y Y Y N N
TN51EFI2 Y Y Y Y N N
TNL1STI synchronous timing Y Y Y Y N N

interface board
TN52STI Y Y Y Y N N
TN51PIU power interface unit Y Y Y Y N N
TN15PIU N N N N Y N

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
ry 8800 8800 T32 8800 rm Subra
ack ack ck
TN16PIU Y Y Y Y N Y
Fan TN51FAN Fan Y Y Y Y N N
TN16FAN Fan N N N N N Y
TN15FAN Fan N N N N Y N
a: For TN11RMU9: OptiX OSN 8800 T16 only supports the TN11RMU902.
b: For details of the ROPA subsystem unit refer to ROPA Subsystem User Guide.
c: For details of the interface area unit refer to 5.5 Data Communication and Equipment Maintenance
Interfaces.
d: TN51SCC only supports General OptiX OSN 8800 T32.
e: The board for the OptiX OSN 8800 platform subrack only supports relay mode.
f: In a general OptiX OSN 8800 T64 subrack/general OptiX OSN 8800 T32 subrack, the board can work only in
relay mode.
g: For the applications scenarios of the TN52TOM board installed in an OptiX OSN 8800 platform subrack, see
14.15.2.3 Application Scenario Overview of TN52TOM.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
7 OptiX OSN 6800 Subrack and Power

Requirement
About This Chapter
7.1 Structure
Subracks are the basic working units of the OptiX OSN 6800. The subrack of the OptiX OSN
6800 has an independent power supply.
7.2 Slot Description
The board area of the subrack has 21 slots, labeled IU1 to IU21 from left to right.
7.3 Cross-Connect Capacities
The slots in an OptiX OSN 6800 subrack vary in cross-connect capacities.
7.4 Fan and Heat Dissipation
Each OptiX OSN 6800 subrack has one fan tray assembly, which includes ten independent fans
and an air filter. The air filter can be drawn out, cleaned and replaced.
7.5 Power Consumption
7.6 Power Requirement
The OptiX OSN 6800 provides abundant interfaces for data communication and equipment
maintenance.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
7.1 Structure
Subracks are the basic working units of the OptiX OSN 6800. The subrack of the OptiX OSN
6800 has an independent power supply.
Figure 7-1 shows the structure of the subrack.
Figure 7-1 OptiX OSN 6800 subrack structure diagram

1
7 2
3
6
4
5
1. Indicator and interface area 2. Board area 3. Fiber cabling area

4. Fan tray assembly 5. Air filter 6. Fiber spool
7. Mounting ear
NOTE
l Indicators: indicate the running status and alarm status of the subrack.
l Board area: All service boards are installed in this area. 21 slots are available.
to the fiber cabling area before being routed on a side of the open rack. The mechanical
VOA is also installed in this area.
dissipation for the subrack.
NOTE
For detailed descriptions of the fan tray assembly, see 7.4 Fan and Heat Dissipation.
l Air filter: The air filter protects the subrack from dust in the air and requires periodic
cleaning.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
l Interface area: The interface area provides functional interfaces, such as management
interface, inter-subrack communication interface, alarm output and cascading interface,
alarm input and output interface. It is behind the subrack indicator panel.
Table 7-1 Mechanical specifications of the OptiX OSN 6800
Item Specification
Dimensions 497 mm (W) x 295 mm (D) x 400 mm (H)

(19.6 in. (W) × 11.6 in. (D) × 15.7 in. (H))

The board area of the subrack has 21 slots, labeled IU1 to IU21 from left to right.
Slots of the subrack are shown in Figure 7-2.
Figure 7-2 Slots of the subrack

IU19
PIU
XCS XCS SCC
IU1 IU2 IU3 IU4 IU5 IU6 IU7 IU8 IU11 IU12 IU13 IU14 IU15 IU16 IU20
PIU
IU9 IU10 IU17 IU18

IU21
AUX
VOA area
Fan
Paired slots Mutual backup

l IU15 and IU16 are also available for the STG.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
l Pair slots refer to a pair of slots whose resident boards' overhead can be processed by the
buses on the backplanes. OptiX OSN 6800 supports seven pair slots. The pair slots support
distributed grooming.
7.3 Cross-Connect Capacities

The slots in an OptiX OSN 6800 subrack vary in cross-connect capacities.
Integrated Grooming
When using the XCS board, an OptiX OSN 6800 subrack can cross-connect ODU1,
ODU2,ODU2e, 10GE, and GE services between any two slots among slots IU1-IU8 and slots
IU11-IU16. Figure 7-3 provides the cross-connect capacity for each slot.
Figure 7-3 Cross-connect capacities of slots

IU19
PIU
XCS XCS SCC
IU1 IU2 IU3 IU4 IU5 IU6 IU7 IU8 IU11 IU12 IU13 IU14 IU15 IU16 IU20
PIU
IU9 IU10 IU17 IU18

IU21
AUX
VOA area
Fan
Table 7-2 Cross-connect capacity of OptiX OSN 6800 subrack
Cro Slot Maximum Cross-Connect Capacity Maximum Cross-Connect

ss- of Each Slot Capacity of Subrack
Con
nect ODU1/ODU2/ GE
Boa ODU2e/10GE
rd
TN1 40 Gbit/s 20 Gbit/s 180 Gbit/s GE

2XC 360 Gbit/s ODU1/ODU2/
S 20 Gbit/s 10 Gbit/s
ODU2e/10GE
Supports hybrid transmission of
the above-mentioned services

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Cro Slot Maximum Cross-Connect Capacity Maximum Cross-Connect

ss- of Each Slot Capacity of Subrack
Con
nect ODU1/ODU2/ GE
Boa ODU2e/10GE
rd
Not supported Not supported with the maximum cross-connect

capacity of 360 Gbit/s.
TN1 20 Gbit/s 10 Gbit/s 140 Gbit/s GE

1XC 280 Gbit/s ODU1/ODU2/
S ODU2e/10GE
Not supported Not supported Supports hybrid transmission of
the above-mentioned services
with the maximum cross-connect
capacity of 280 Gbit/s.
Distributed Grooming
An OptiX OSN 6800 subrack provides seven pairs of slots: IU1 and IU2, IU3 and IU4, IU5 and
IU6, IU7 and IU8, IU11 and IU12, IU13 and IU14, IU15 and IU16. GE/Any/ODU1/OTU1
services can be cross-connected between paired slots. No XCS board is required when paired
slots are used to cross-connect electrical services.

Each OptiX OSN 6800 subrack has one fan tray assembly, which includes ten independent fans
Version Description


Basic function Dissipates the heat generated by an NE so that the NE can operate
normally within the designated temperature range.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

speed.
Partitioned heat Each subrack is divided into five partitions to help provide
Hot swapping Provides the hot swapping feature for the fan tray assembly.
Working Principle
Air flow from the subrack is bottom intake top exhaust. Figure 7-4 and Figure 7-5 show the
heat dissipation and ventilation system in the OptiX OSN 6800.
Figure 7-4 Single-subrack heat dissipation and ventilation system

Side view
Front
Air outlet
Fan

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 7-5 Multi-subrack heat dissipation and ventilation system
Side view
Front
Air outlet
Fan
NOTE
If multiple subracks are used, an air duct deflector is required to help in heat dissipation.
The OptiX OSN 6800 supports two fan speed modes, as shown in Table 7-4. The partitioned
speed regulating function is available in Auto Speed Mode. It is recommended that you set the
speed mode to Auto Speed Mode.

Mode
Mode Speed, and High Speed. You can set the fan speed manually. In
Adjustable Speed Mode, the fans in all partitions run at the same speed
and do not support the partitioned manual fan speed adjustment.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Each OptiX OSN 6800 subrack is divided into five partitions in terms of heat dissipation. The
subrack adopts one fan tray assembly to implement partitioned heat dissipation. See Figure
7-6.
Figure 7-6 Partitioned heat dissipation of the OptiX OSN 6800 subrack
I
U
1
9
I I I I I I I I I I
I I I I I I I I I U U
U U U U U U U U
U U U U U U U U U
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2
0
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
I
U
2
1
1 3 5 7
2 4 6 8 VOA
A B C D E Fan Tray
Assembly
There are five partitions (A, B, C, D, and E) in each subrack. Two fans in each partition dissipate
heat generated by the boards in the partition where the fans reside.
NOTE
l If two or more fans fail in the fan tray assemblies, replace the fan tray assembly immediately.
The fan tray assembly consists of ten fans and one fan control unit. Figure 7-7 shows the
functional blocks of the fan tray assembly.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

signal signal

FAN

supply 1 supply 2
fan tray assembly.
the SCC board issues commands to instruct the other fan in the same partition to run at
full speed.
Appearance
NOTE

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Valid Slots
One slot houses one fan tray assembly. The valid slot for the fan tray assembly is IU22.

Table 7-5 lists the technical specifications of the OptiX OSN 6800 fan tray assembly.
NOTE
Table 7-5 Technical specifications of the fan tray assembly (OptiX OSN 6800)
Item Specification
Dimensions 493.7 mm (W) x 266.6 mm (D) x 56.1 mm

(H) (19.44 in. (W) x 10.5 in. (D) x 2.21 in.
(H))

l High Speed: 120 W
7.5 Power Consumption

Table 7-6 describes the power consumption of an OptiX OSN 6800 subrack.
NOTE
extreme conditions.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 7-6 Power consumption of an OptiX OSN 6800

Item Value
Maximum subrack power consumption 1350 W
Table 7-7 lists the power consumption of the common units in an OptiX OSN 6800.
Table 7-7 Power consumption of the subrack in typical configuration in an OptiX OSN 6800
Power Power
n at 25°C (77° n at 55°C
F)a (131°F)a
OTM Subrack 1 566 722.2 17 x 10G OTU (LSX), 1 x SCC, 2 x

subra PIU, 1 x AUX, and 1 x fan tray
ck assembly
Subrack 2 168.7 281.6 1 x M40V, 1 x D40, 1 x OAU101, 1

x OBU103, 1 x FIU, 1 x SC1, 1 x
SCC, 2 x PIU, 1 x AUX, and 1 x fan
tray assembly
Subrack 3 691.6 850 10 x ND2, 2 x TQX, 2 x TOG, 2 x

XCS, 1 x SCC, 2 x PIU, 1 x AUX,
OLA subrack 144.9 253.9 2 x OAU101s, 2 x FIU, 1 x SC2, 1 x

SCC, 2 x PIU, 1 x AUX, and 1 x fan
tray assembly
FOADM subrack 292.3 418.3 2 x OAU101, 2 x VA4, 2 x OBU103,

2 x MR4, 4 x 10G OTU (LSX), 2 x
FIU, 1 x SC2, 1 x SCC, 2 x PIU, 1 x
AUX, and 1 x fan tray assembly
ROA Subrack 1 87.4 96.4 1 x M40, 1 x D40, 2 x WSMD2, 2 x

DM DAS1, 1 x SCC, 2 x PIU, 1 x AUX,
subra and 1 x fan tray assembly
ck (2
x Subrack 2 566 722.2 17 x 10G OTU (LSX), 1 x SCC, 2 x
dime PIU, 1 x AUX, and 1 x fan tray
nsion assembly
s)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Power Power
n at 25°C (77° n at 55°C
F)a (131°F)a
ROA Subrack 160 268.8 1 x WSMD4, 1 x DAS1, 1 x M40, 1

DM x D40, 1 x SCC, 2 x PIU, 1 x AUX,
subra and 1 x fan tray assembly
ck (4
x
dime
nsion
s)b
OTM cabinet 1422.2 1951.1 2 x OTU subrack and 1 x OTM

(40x10 Gbit/s) subrack 2
configuration. The value is for reference only. The actual power consumption of the chassis
and cabinet is calculation based on the power consumption of each module.
c: At the ROADM site, it is recommended to deploy one subrack per direction. This table
assumes that the four directions are configured identically and provides only the reference
configurations for one direction.
7.6 Power Requirement


Table 7-8 provides the requirements on voltage and current of an OptiX OSN 6800 subrack.
Table 7-8 Requirements on voltage and current of an OptiX OSN 6800
Item Requirement
Rated working current 25 A (-48 V)

-60V DC: -48V to -72V
PIU
The PIU board receives and provides DC power for equipment. For OptiX OSN 6800, the PIU
board must be TN11PIU.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
l Function
NOTE
l Front Panel
PIU
RUN
NEG(-)
RTN(+)
Indicators: Running status indicator (RUN) - green

l Valid Slots
Product Valid Slots
OptiX OSN 6800 IU19 and IU20

subrack
l Specifications
Item Unit Value
Input DC power voltage range V DC -48V DC: -40V to -57.6V

-60V DC: -48V to -72V

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Dimensions of front panel: 28 mm (W) x 220 mm (D) x 65 mm (H) (1.1 in. (W) x 8.7
in. (D) x 2.6 in. (H))
Weight: 0.5 kg (1.1 lb.)
(77°F) (W) (131°F) (W)
TN11PIU 24 38

Interfaces
maintenance.
These interfaces are located in the interface area of the subrack and on the front panel of the
AUX, as shown in Figure 7-10.
Figure 7-10 Interfaces of the OptiX OSN 6800 subrack

COM ETH3 ALM01 ALM02 ALM03 ALM04 SERIAL ALMI1 ALMI2 LAMP1 ALMP2
PIU
xcs SCC
STAT STAT RUN
ACT ACT
PROG PROG
SRV SRV
PWRA
PWRB
NEG(-)
PWRC
ALMC
RTN(+)
SubRACK_ID
NM_ETH1 NM_ETH2 ETH1
ETH2
Fan RESET
STAT
PROG
LAMP TEST
AUX
ALM CUT
xcs SCC

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
NOTE
7.7.1 TN11EFI

7.7.1.2 Application
EFI provides functional interfaces such as management interface, inter-subrack communication
interface, alarm output and cascading interface, alarm input and output interface.
7.7.1.3 Front Panel


COM ETH3 ALM01 ALM02 ALM03 ALM04 SERIAL ALMI1 ALMI2 LAMP1 LAMP2
CAUTION
damaged.
Interfaces and Buttons


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 7-11 Description of interfaces in the interface area

Commissioning COM RJ45 This interface is intended only for

interface Huawei engineers to commission
the equipment at the factory.
Inter-subrack ETH3 RJ45 l Connects a network cable from

communication the ETH1/ETH2/ETH3
interface interface on one subrack to
corresponding interfaces on the
other subracks to achieve the
communication between the
master subrack and slave
subracks.
NOTE
When inter-subrack protection is
configured, the ETH3 interface
cannot be used for the
communication between the
master and slave subracks.
or ROP board.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Alarm output ALMO1 RJ45 l Alarm outputs are sent to the DC

and cascading ALMO2 power distribution cabinet
interface ALMO3 through the output interface and
ALMO4 the cascading interface. You can
configure it to be the other
outputs to implement integrated
display of alarms. The alarm
outputs are controlled by the
internal relay contact. When the
relay contact is closed, the
resistance of each ALMO
interface is less than 1 ohm.
When the relay contact is open,
the resistance of each ALMO
l The definitions for the pins of
the ALMO1 and ALMO2
interfaces are the same. The two
interfaces are used for output/
cascading, respectively. The
definitions for the pins of the
ALMO3 and ALMO4 interfaces
are the same. The two interfaces
are used for output/cascading,
respectively. For example, if
ALMO1 is used to output alarm
signals, ALMO2 can be
cascaded to ALMO1 on another
subrack.
l The OptiX OSN 6800 provides
eight alarm outputs. Defaults of
the first three are critical alarm,
major alarm, and minor alarm.
The other five are reserved.
Alarm outputs can be cascaded.
OAM interface SERIAL DB9 The OAM interface is a serial NM

interface, providing functions of
serial NM and supporting X.25
protocol.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Alarm input ALMI1 ALMI2 RJ45 External alarm signal input function
interface is designed for requirements when
the alarm signals of the external
systems (such as the environment
monitory) need remote monitoring.
The OptiX OSN 6800 provides
eight alarm inputs. The severity of
the eight alarms can be configured
to cooperate with the external
system to implement remote
monitoring of external alarms.
Subrack alarm LAMP1 RJ45 This interface drives the running

output and LAMP2 indicators and alarm indicators of
cascading the cabinet that holds the subrack.
interface

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
.


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
1
6
2
7
3
8
4
9
Pin Assignment of the COM Interface

For the pin assignment of the COM interface, refer to Table 7-12.
Table 7-12 Pin assignment of the COM interface
Pin Signal Function
1 ETNTX_P_1 Transmits the data positive
2 ETNTX_N_1 Transmits the data negative
3 ETNRX_P_1 Receives the data positive
4 NC Not connected
5 NC Not connected
6 ETNRX_N_1 Receives data negative
7 NC Not connected
8 NC Not connected

Pin Signal Function

communications

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Pin Signal Function

communications

communications

communications

communications

communications

communications

communications


Pin Signal Function
1 CRIT_SWITCH_OUTP Outputs the critical alarm

signal positive
2 CRIT_SWITCH_OUTN Outputs the critical alarm

signal negative
3 MAJ_SWITCH_OUTP Outputs the major alarm

signal positive
4 MIN_SWITCH_OUTP Outputs the minor alarm

signal positive
5 MIN_SWITCH_OUTN Outputs the minor alarm

signal negative

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Pin Signal Function
6 MAJ_SWITCH_OUTN Outputs the major alarm

signal negative

positive

negative

Table 7-15 Pin assignment of the ALMO3 and the ALMO4 interfaces
Pin Signal Function

positive

negative

positive

positive

negative

negative

positive

negative

Pin Signal Function
1 N.C Not defined

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Pin Signal Function
2 RXD Receive end of data
3 TXD Transmit end of data

ready
5 GND Ground
6 - Reserved
7 - Reserved
8 GND GND
9 5VOADM Power supply for OADM


Pin Signal Function
2 GND Ground
5 GND Ground
6 GND Ground
8 GND Ground

Table 7-18 Pin assignment of the ALMI2

Pin Signal Function
2 GND Ground

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Pin Signal Function
5 GND Ground
6 GND Ground
8 GND Ground

Pin Signal Function
1 CRIT_ALMP Critical alarm signal positive
2 CRIT_ALMN Critical alarm signal negative
3 MAJ_ALMP Major alarm signal positive
4 RUNP Power indicating signal

positive
5 RUNN Power indicating signal

negative
6 MAJ_ALMN Major alarm signal positive
7 MIN_ALMP Minor alarm signal positive
8 MIN_ALMN Minor alarm signal negative
7.7.1.4 Valid Slots

Product Valid Slots
OptiX OSN 8800 subrack IU23

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

l Dimensions of front panel: 320 mm (W) x 70.3 mm (D) x 20 mm (H) (12.6 in. (W) x 2.8
in. (D) x 0.8 in. (H))
Power Consumption
F) (W) (131°F) (W)
EFI 8 8.8

The AUX board provides NM interface, NM cascading interface, inter-subrack normal and
emergent communication interface.
Figure 7-14 shows the front panel of the AUX. Slot IU21 houses the AUX board.
Figure 7-14 Interfaces on the front panel of the AUX

NM_ETH1
NM_ETH2
ETH1
ETH2
STAT
PROG
AUX
Description of interfaces on the front panel of the AUX board is list in Table 7-21.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 7-21 Description of interfaces on the front panel of the AUX board
NE NM_ETH1/ RJ45 l Connects the network interface

management NM_ETH2 on the OptiX OSN 6800 through
interface a network cable to that on the
U2000 server to achieve the
management of the U2000 over
the OptiX OSN 6800.
l Connects the NM_ETH1/
NM_ETH2 network interface
on one NE through a network
cable to that on another NE to
achieve communication
between NEs.
Inter-subrack ETH1/ETH2 RJ45 l Connects the ETH1/ETH2

communication interface on one subrack
interface through a network cable to such
interfaces on the other subracks
to achieve the communication
between the master subrack and
slave subracks.
or ROP board.

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
.


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Pin Signal Function
1 NM_ETNTXP NM communications,
transmits the data positive
2 NM_ETNTXN NM communications,
transmits the data negative
3 NM_ETNRXP NM communications,
receives the data positive
4 NC Not connected.
5 NC Not connected.
6 NM_ETNRXN NM communications,
receives the data negative
7 NC Not connected.
8 NC Not connected.


Pin Signal Function
1 NMJL_ETNTXP Transmits the concatenated

communications
2 NMJL_ETNTXN Transmits the concatenated

communications
3 NMJL_ETNRXP Receives the concatenated

communications
4 NC Not connected
5 NC Not connected
6 NMJL_ETNRXN Receives the concatenated

communications
7 NC Not connected
8 NC Not connected

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Pin Signal Function

communications

communications

communications

communications

communications

communications

communications

communications


Pin Signal Function

communications

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Pin Signal Function

communications

communications

communications

communications

communications

communications

communications

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Board Board Name Board Description

Category
Optical TN11ECOM Enhanced communication interface unit

transponder
unit TN11L4G Line wavelength conversion unit with 4 x Gigabit
Ethernet line capacity
TN11LDGS 2 x Gigabit Ethernet unit, single fed and single receiving
TN11LDGD 2 x Gigabit Ethernet unit, dual fed and selective receiving
TN12LDM 2-channel multi-rate (100Mbit/s-2.5Gbit/s) wavelength

conversion board
TN11LDMD 2-channel multi-rate (100Mbit/s-2.5Gbit/s) wavelength

conversion board, dual fed and selective receiving
TN11LDMS 2-channel multi-rate (100Mbit/s-2.5Gbit/s) wavelength

conversion board, single fed and single receiving
TN12LDX 2 x 10 Gbit/s wavelength conversion unit
TN11LEM24 22×GE + 2×10GE and 2×OTU2 ethernet switch board
TN11LEX4 4×10GE and 2×OTU2 ethernet switch board
TN11LOA 8 x Any-rate MUX OTU2 Wavelength Conversion Board
TN11LOG 8 x Gigabit Ethernet unit
TN12LOG
TN11LOM 8-port multi-service multiplexing & optical wavelength

conversion board
TN12LOM

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Category
TN11LQG 4 x GE-multiplex-optical wavelength conversion board
TN13LQM 4-channel multi-rate (100Mbit/s-2.5Gbit/s) wavelength

conversion unit
TN11LQMD 4-channel multi-rate (100Mbit/s-2.5Gbit/s) wavelength

conversion unit, dual fed and selective receiving
TN12LQMD
TN11LQMS 4-channel multi-rate (100Mbit/s-2.5Gbit/s) wavelength

conversion unit, single fed and single receiving
TN12LQMS
TN12LSC 100Gbit/s wavelength conversion board
TN11LSQ 40 Gbit/s wavelength conversion board
TN11LSX 10 Gbit/s wavelength conversion unit
TN12LSX
TN13LSX
TN14LSX
TN11LSXL 40 Gbit/s wavelength conversion board
TN12LSXL
TN15LSXL
TN11LSXLR 40 Gbit/s wavelength conversion relay unit
TN12LSXLR
TN11LSXR 10 Gbit/s wavelength conversion relay unit
TN11LTX 10-Port 10Gbit/s Service multiplexing & optical

wavelength conversion board
TN11LWX2 arbitrary rate (16Mbit/s-2.7Gbit/s) dual-wavelength

conversion board
TN11LWXD arbitrary rate (16Mbit/s-2.7Gbit/s) wavelength

conversion board (double transmit)
TN11LWXS arbitrary rate (16Mbit/s-2.7Gbit/s) wavelength

conversion board (single transmit)
TN12LWXS
TN11TMX 4 channels STM-16/OC-48/OTU1 asynchronism mux

OTU-2 wavelength conversion board
TN12TMX
Tributary unit TN11TBE 10 Gigabit ethernet tributary board
TN11TDG 2 x GE tributary service processing board

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Category
TN11TDX 2 x 10G tributary service processing board
TN12TDX
TN52TDX
TN53TDX
TN52TOG 8 x GE tributary service processing board
TN11TOM 8 x multi-rate ports service processing board
TN52TOM
TN11TQM 4 x multi-rate tributary service processing board
TN12TQM
TN11TQS 4 x STM-16/OC-48/OTU1 tributary service processing

board
TN11TQX 4 x 10 Gbit/s tributary service processing board
TN52TQX
TN55TQX
TN11TSXL 40 Gbit/s tributary service processing board
Line unit TN11ND2 2 x 10G line service processing board
TN12ND2
TN52ND2
TN53ND2
TN51NQ2 4 x 10G Line Service Processing Board
TN52NQ2
TN53NQ2
TN11NS2 10G Line Service Processing Board
TN12NS2
TN52NS2
TN53NS2
TN11NS3 40G line service processing board

NOTE
TN52NS3 The TN54NS3/TN55NS3 board for the OptiX OSN 6800 only
supports relay mode.
TN54NS3
TN55NS3

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Category
PID unit TN11BMD4 PID Interleaver Board (C-band), 200/100 GHz
TN11BMD8 PID Interleaver Board (C_Band), 200/50 GHz
TN12ELQX 4×Electrical OTU2 with 4×10G Tributary Board
TN12PTQX 12× OTU2 PID board with 4×10G Tributary
Cross-connect TN11XCS centralized cross connect board

unit and
system and TN12XCS
communicatio TN11SCC system control and communication unit
n unit
TN51SCC
TN52SCC
TN11AUX system auxiliary interface unit
Optical TN11M40 40-channel multiplexing unit

multiplexer
and TN12M40
demultiplexer TN11D40 40-channel demultiplexing unit
unit
TN12D40
TN11M40V 40-channel multiplexing unit with VOA
TN12M40V
TN11D40V 40-channel demultiplexing unit with VOA
TN11FIU fiber interface unit
TN12FIU
TN13FIU
TN14FIU
TN11ITL interleaver board
TN12ITL
TN11SFIU fiber interface unit for sync timing
Fixed optical TN11CMR2 CWDM 2-channel optical add/drop multiplexing unit

add and drop
multiplexing TN11CMR4 CWDM 4-channel optical add/drop multiplexing unit
unit TN11DMR1 CWDM 1-channel bidirectional optical add/drop
multiplexing board
TN11MR2 2-channel optical add/drop multiplexing unit

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Category
TN11MR8V 8-channel optical add/drop multiplexing unit with VOA
TN11SBM2 2-channel CWDM single-fiber bidirectional add/drop

board
Reconfigurabl TN11RDU9 9-port ROADM demultiplexing board

e optical add
and drop TN11RMU9 9-port ROADM multiplexing board
multiplexing TN11ROAM reconfigurable optical adding board
unit
TN12TD20 20-ports Tunable Demultiplexing Board
TN11TM20 20-ports Wavelength Tunable Multiplexing Board
TN11WSD9 9-port wavelength selective switching demultiplexing

board
TN12WSD9
TN13WSD9
TN11WSM9 9-port wavelength selective switching multiplexing board
TN12WSM9
TN13WSM9
TN11WSMD2 2-port wavelength selective switching multiplexer and

demultiplexer board
TN11WSMD4 4-port wavelength selective switching multiplexer and

demultiplexer board
TN12WSMD4
TN11WSMD9 9-port wavelength selective multiplexing and

demultiplexing board
Optical TN11CRPC case-shape Raman pump amplifier unit for C-band

amplifier unit
TN11DAS1 optical amplifier unit
TN11HBA high-power booster amplifier board
TN11OAU1 optical amplifier unit
TN12OAU1
TN13OAU1
TN11OBU1 optical booster unit
TN12OBU1
TN12OBU2

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Category
TN11RAU1 backward raman and erbium doped fiber hybrid optical

amplifier unit
TN11RAU2
Optical TN11HSC1 high power unidirectional optical supervisory channel

supervisory board
channel unit
TN11SC1 unidirectional optical supervisory channel unit
TN12SC1
TN11SC2 bidirectional optical supervisory channel unit
TN12SC2
TN11ST2 bidirectional optical supervisory channel and timing

transmission unit
Optical TN11DCP 2-channel optical path protection unit

protection unit
TN12DCP
TN11OLP optical line protection unit
TN12OLP
TN11SCS sync optical channel separator unit
Spectrum TN11MCA4 4-channel spectrum analyzer unit

analyzer unit
TN11MCA8 8-channel spectrum analyzer unit
TN11OPM8 8-channel optical power monitoring board
TN12OPM8
TN11WMU wavelength monitoring unit
Variable TN11VA1 1-channel variable optical attenuator unit

optical
attenuator unit TN12VA1
TN11VA4 4-channel variable optical attenuator unit
TN12VA4
Dispersion TN11DCU dispersion compensation board

equalizing unit
TN11TDC single-wavelength tunable-dispersion compensation
board
Clock unit TN11STG centralized clock board
ROPA TN11GFU gain flatness unit

subsystem
unita TN11RGU ROPA gain unit
TN11ROP ROPA pumping unit

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Category
Interface area TN11EFI EMI filter interface board

unitb
TN11PIU power interface unit
Fan TN11FAN Fan
a: For the details of the ROPA subsystem unit, refer to ROPA Subsystem User Guide.
b: For the details of the interface area unit, refer to 7.7 Data Communication and Equipment
Maintenance Interfaces.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Hardware Description 9 OptiX OSN 3800 Chassis and Power Requirement
9 OptiX OSN 3800 Chassis and Power

Requirement
About This Chapter
9.1 Chassis Structure

The 3U-high, case-shaped chassis is the basic working unit of the OptiX OSN 3800 compact
intelligent optical transport platform (OptiX OSN 3800 for short).
The board area of the chassis has 11 slots, labeled IU1 to IU11 from left to right.
Each OptiX OSN 3800 chassis has one fan tray assembly, which includes six independent fans
9.4 AC Power Consumption
This section provides the maximum and typical power consumption specifications of OptiX
OSN 3800 when the equipment runs on AC power.
9.5 AC Power Requirement
This section describes the requirements on power supplywhen the equipment runs on AC power.
9.6 DC Power Consumption
OSN 3800 when the equipment runs on DC power.
9.7 DC Power Requirement
This section describes the requirements on power supply when the equipment runs on DC power.
maintenance.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
9.1 Chassis Structure

The 3U-high, case-shaped chassis is the basic working unit of the OptiX OSN 3800 compact
intelligent optical transport platform (OptiX OSN 3800 for short).
The chassis of the OptiX OSN 3800 can operate with an independent DC or AC power supply
and can be installed in an ETSI 300 mm rear-column cabinet, a standard ETSI 300 mm cabinet,
or a 19 and 23-inch open rack.
Figure 9-1 shows appearance of the OptiX OSN 3800 chassis.
Table 9-1 describes the mechanical specifications of the OptiX OSN 3800 chassis.
Figure 9-1 OptiX OSN 3800 chassis
3 2
1. Grounding connector 2. Fiber frame 3. Board area 4. Antistatic jack 5. Fan indicator
l Ground connector: Access the ground cables.

l Fiber frame: Fiber jumpers in the service board area are routed through the fiber frame.
l Board area: All service boards are installed in this area. In total, 11 slots are available.
l Antistatic jack: The ESD strap is in this area.
l Fan indicator: The fan indicator indicates the status of the fans.
Table 9-1 Mechanical specifications of the OptiX OSN 3800

Item Specification
Dimensions 436 mm (W) x 295 mm (D) x 134

mm (H) or 17.17 in. (W) x 11.61 in.
(D) x 5.28 in. (H)
Weight of an empty chassis (with backplane) 6 kg (13.23 lb.)

The board area of the chassis has 11 slots, labeled IU1 to IU11 from left to right.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Slots of the chassis are shown in Figure 9-2 and Figure 9-3.
Figure 9-2 Slots of the chassis (DC power)
IU1 IU11 IU6/PIU

IU2 IU7/PIU
FAN IU3 IU8/SCC
IU4 IU9/SCC
IU5 IU10/AUX
Paired slots Mesh group Mutual backup
Figure 9-3 Slots of the chassis (AC power)
IU1 IU11
IU6/APIU
IU2
FAN IU3 IU7/APIU
IU4 IU9/SCC
IU5 IU10/AUX
Paired slots Mesh group Mutual backup
NOTE
l : service boards.
l Slots IU1 and IU11 can be used as two independent slots, each for housing an FOADM board with a height
of 118.9 mm (4.7 in.). They can be also used as one slot for housing a service board with a height of 264.6
mm (10.4 in.). When the two slots are used as one slot, the slot ID is represented as IU11.
l Pair slots refer to a pair of slots whose resident boards' overhead can be processed by the buses on the
backplanes.
l A mesh group refers to a group of slots housing the boards whose overhead can be processed by the buses
on the backplane.

Each OptiX OSN 3800 chassis has one fan tray assembly, which includes six independent fans
Version Description

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 9-2 shows the functions of a fan tray assembly.
Basic function Dissipates heat generated by the equipment

so that the equipment can operate normally
within the designated temperature range.
Commissioning control l Auto Speed Mode: Implements automatic

fan speed regulation, depending on the
subrack temperature.
l Adjustable Speed Mode: You can
manually adjust the fan speed.
NOTE
Only when the chassis accesses DC power, Fan
speed control is available.
Hot swapping Provides the hot swapping function for the

fan tray assembly.
Alarming Reports alarms of the fans and reports the in-

service information.
Status checking Checks the fan status.
Working Principle
Air flow from the subrack is left intake right exhaust.Figure 9-4 shows the heat dissipation and
ventilation system in the OptiX OSN 3800.
Figure 9-4 Front view of the heat dissipation and ventilation system
Planform Air inlet Fan Air outlet
Front
The OptiX OSN 3800 supports two fan speed modes, as shown in Table 9-3. It is recommended
that you set the speed mode to Auto Speed Mode.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Mode
Auto Speed Mode The fan speed depends on the temperature.

l 45°C (113°F) to 65°C (149°F): the fans run at medium speed.
Mode Speed, and High Speed. You can set the fan speed manually.
NOTE
l If any one of the six fans in the fan tray assembly fails, the system can remain operational for a short
l If two or more fans fail in the fan tray assembly, replace the fan tray assembly immediately.
The fan tray assembly consists of six fans and one fan control unit. Figure 9-5 shows the
functional block of the fan tray assembly.
Status signal
Speed adjusting signal

Fan control unit
Status signal
Speed adjusting signal FAN

supply 1 supply 2
l FAN: dissipates heat generated by normal operation of the chassis. FAN is the core of the
fan tray assembly.
– Detects faults. After a fault is detected, the fan control unit reports an alarm.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Appearance
1. Fans (6 in total) 2. Operating status indicator
Valid Slots
One slot houses one fan tray assembly. The valid slot for the fan tray assembly is IU12.

Table 9-4 list the technical specifications of the fan tray assembly for the OptiX OSN 3800
system.
NOTE
Table 9-4 Technical specifications of the fan tray assembly (OptiX OSN 3800)
Item Specification
Dimensions 41.0 mm (W) x 262.6 mm (D) x 126.5 mm (H) (1.61 in. (W) x
10.34 in. (D) x 4.98 in. (H))
Weight 0.81 kg (1.79 lb)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Specification

l High Speed: 32.7 W
at the maximum speed, power consumption of fan tray assembly may reach 32.7 W.
9.4 AC Power Consumption

OSN 3800 when the equipment runs on AC power.
Table 9-5 describes the AC power consumption of an OptiX OSN 3800 chassis.
NOTE
extreme conditions.
Table 9-5 AC Power consumption of an OptiX OSN 3800
Item Value
Maximum power consumption 350 W
Table 9-6 AC Power consumption of the chassis in typical configuration in an OptiX OSN 3800

Power Power
Consump Consumpti
tion at 25° on at 55°C
C (77°F) (131°F)
OADM Chassis 1 162.2 207.5 2 x TN21MR2, 4 x 2.5 Gbit/s

chassis OTU, 1 x SCC, 2 x APIU, 1 x
(Using the AUX, and 1 x fan tray assembly.
APIU)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Power Power
Consump Consumpti
C (77°F) (131°F)
Chassis 2 117.7 154.5 1 x DFIU, 1 x SC2, 2 x OAU101,

1 x SCC, 2 x APIU, 1 x AUX, and
1 x fan tray assembly.
OLA chassis (Using the 119.7 156.7 1 x DFIU, 1 x SC2, 2 x OBU103,

APIU) 1 x SCC, 2 x APIU, 1 x AUX, and
a: Indicates that the power consumption of the chassis is the value in a certain configuration.
The value is for reference only. The actual power consumption of the chassis is calculated
based on the power consumption of each module.
9.5 AC Power Requirement

This section describes the requirements on power supplywhen the equipment runs on AC power.
Requirements on AC Voltage and Current

Table 9-7 provides the requirements on AC voltage and current of an OptiX OSN 3800 chassis.
Table 9-7 Requirements on AC voltage and current of an OptiX OSN 3800

Item Requirement
Rated working current 1.7 A
Nominal working voltage 220 V AC
Working voltage range 90 V AC to 285 V AC
APIU
The APIU board receives and provides AC power for equipment. For OptiX OSN 3800, the
APIU board must be TN21APIU.
l Function:
Accesses AC power in a range from 90 V to 285 V. Provides lightning protection and power
filtering functions.
l Front Panel:

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 9-7 Front panel of the APIU board
APIU
RUN
OFF
ON
~100-240V
S1 S11 APIU
S5 AUX
S4 SCC
S3 APIU
S2
Indicator: Running status indicator (RUN) - green

l Valid Slots:
IU6, IU7 and IU8 together house two APIU boards. That is, each APIU requires 1.5 slots.
l Specifications:
Table 9-8 Performance specifications of the APIU
Item Unit Value
Input power voltage range V 90 to 285

(AC)
Input frequency Hz 50
Input power current A ≤4

(AC)
Output rated voltage V -48

(DC)
Output rated current A 6.3

(DC)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Item Unit Value
Output power W 300
Dimensions of front panel: 37.5 mm (H) x 100 mm (W) x 220 mm (D) or 1.5 in. (H) x
3.9 in. (W) x 8.7 in. (D)
Weight: 0.8 kg (1.8lb.)
(77°F) (W) (131°F) (W)
TN21APIU 50 55
9.6 DC Power Consumption

OSN 3800 when the equipment runs on DC power.
Table 9-9 describes the DC power consumption of an OptiX OSN 3800 chassis.
NOTE
extreme conditions.
Table 9-9 DC Power consumption of an OptiX OSN 3800

Item Value
Maximum power consumption 350 W

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 9-10 DC Power consumption of the chassis in typical configuration in an OptiX OSN
3800

Power Power
Consump Consumpti
C (77°F) (131°F)
OADM Chassis 1 99.4 135.3 2 x TN21MR2, 4 x 2.5 Gbit/s

chassis OTU, 1 x SCC, 2 x DPIU, 1 x
(Using the AUX, and 1 x fan tray assembly.
PIU)
Chassis 2 77.7 111.5 1 x DFIU, 1 x SC2, 2 x OAU101,
1 x SCC, 2 x DPIU, 1 x AUX, and
OLA chassis (Using the 79.7 113.7 1 x DFIU, 1 x SC2, 2 x OBU103,

PIU) 1 x SCC, 2 x DPIU, 1 x AUX, and
a: Indicates that the power consumption of the chassis is the value in a certain configuration.
The value is for reference only. The actual power consumption of the chassis is calculated
based on the power consumption of each module.
9.7 DC Power Requirement

This section describes the requirements on power supply when the equipment runs on DC power.
Requirements on DC Voltage and Current

Table 9-11 provides the requirements on DC voltage and current of an OptiX OSN 3800 chassis.
Table 9-11 Requirements on DC voltage and current of an OptiX OSN 3800
Item Requirement
Rated working current 8A

-60V DC: -48V to -72V
PIU
The PIU board receives and provides DC power for equipment. For OptiX OSN 3800, the PIU
board must be TN21PIU.
l Function:

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
l Front Panel:
Figure 9-8 Front panel of the PIU board
RUN
DO not hot
plug this unit！
S1
S6
S5
S4
S2
S11
SCC
SCC
AUX
PIU
PIU
NEG(-)
RTN(+)
PIU
Indicator: Running status indicator (RUN) - green

l Valid Slots:
IU6 and IU7
l Specifications:
Table 9-12 Performance specifications of the PIU
Item Unit Value
Input DC power voltage range V -40 to -72
Dimensions of front panel: 218.50 mm (H) x 107.76 mm (W) or 8.6 in. (H) x 4.2 in.
(W)
Weight: 0.5 kg (1.0 lb.)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

(77°F) (W) (131°F) (W)
TN21PIU 10 12

Interfaces
maintenance.

The AUX board provides NM interfaces and extended auxiliary interfaces.
Figure 9-9 shows the front panel of the AUX board. The AUX board is housed in slot IU10.
Figure 9-9 Interfaces on the front panel of the AUX board
STAT
PROG
NM_ETH1
NM_ETH2
EXT
AUX
Table 9-13 describes the functions of each interface on the front panel of the AUX board.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 9-13 Functions of each interface on the front panel of the AUX board
Interface Silk-Screen Connector Function
NM interface NM_ETH1/ RJ45 l Connects the network interface

NM_ETH2 on the OptiX OSN 3800 through
a network cable to that on the
U2000 server so that the
U2000 over the OptiX OSN
3800.
l Connects the NM_ETH1/
NM_ETH2 network interface
on one NE through a network
cable to that on another NE to
achieve communication
between NEs.
Extended EXT DB9, RJ45 Accesses and outputs each kind of

auxiliary external signals.
interfaces
EXT interfaces include ALMO, LAMP1, LAMP2, ETH, SERIAL, ALMI1, and ALMI2. Table
9-14 lists the functions of the interfaces.
Table 9-14 Description of interfaces

Interface Interface Function
Description
ALMO Alarm output and l Alarm outputs are sent to the DC power
cascading interface distribution cabinet through the output
interface. You can configure it to be the
other outputs to implement integrated
display of alarms. The alarm outputs are
controlled by the internal relay contact.
When the relay contact is closed, the
resistance of each ALMO interface is less
than 1 ohm. When the relay contact is
open, the resistance of each ALMO
l Provides two alarm outputs and
cascading.
SERIAL OAM interface The OAM interface is a serial NM interface,

providing functions of serial NM and
supporting X.25 protocol.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Interface Interface Function

Description
ALMI1 ALMI2 Alarm input interface l External alarm signal input function is
designed for requirements when the alarm
signals of the external systems (such as the
environment monitory) need remote
monitoring.
l Provides six alarm inputs. The severity of
the six alarms can be configured to
cooperate with the external system to
implement remote monitoring of external
alarms.
LAMP1 LAMP2 Subrack alarm output This interface drives the running indicators
and cascading and alarm indicators of the cabinet that holds
interface the subrack.
ETH3 Inter-subrack Reserved

communication
interface
9.8.2 PIN Assignment of Interfaces

The OptiX OSN 3800 provides RJ45 and the DB9 ports to enable data communication and
equipment maintenance. This section shows the pin assignments of the RJ45 and DB9 connectors
and describes the pins of each connector.

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
.


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
1
6
2
7
3
8
4
9
Pin Assignment of the ETH Interface

For the pin assignment of the ETH interface, refer to Table 9-15.
Table 9-15 Pin assignment of the ETH interface

Pin Signal Function
1 ETNTX_P_1 Positive pole for transmitting

the data
2 ETNTX_N_1 Negative pole for

transmitting the data
3 ETNRX_P_1 Positive pole for receiving

the data
4 NC Not defined
5 NC Not defined
6 ETNRX_N_1 Negative pole for receiving

the data
7 NC Not defined
8 NC Not defined
Pin Assignment of the ALMO Interface

For the pin assignment of the ALMO interface, refer to Table 9-16.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 9-16 Pin assignment of the ALMO interface
Pin Signal Function
1 SWCRIT_OUT1+ Alarm output signal 1

positive
2 SWCRIT_OUT1- Alarm output signal 1

negative
3 SWCRIT_OUT2+ Alarm output signal 2

positive
4 SWCRIT_OUT1+ Cascaded alarm output signal

1 positive
5 SWCRIT_OUT1- Cascaded alarm output signal

1 negative
6 SWCRIT_OUT2- Alarm output signal 2

negative
7 SWCRIT_OUT2+ Cascaded alarm output signal

2 positive
8 SWCRIT_OUT2- Cascaded alarm output signal

2 negative
NOTE
The alarm outputs are controlled by the internal relay contact. When the relay contact is closed, the resistance
of each ALMO interface is less than 1 ohm. When the relay contact is open, the resistance of each ALMO

Pin Signal Function
1 N.C Not defined
2 RXD Receive end
3 TXD Transmit end

ready
5 GND Ground
6 – Reserved
7 – Reserved

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Pin Signal Function
8 GND Ground
9 V5_OADM Power supply for OADM


Pin Signal Function
1 SW_IN1P Alarm input signal 1
2 GND Ground
5 GND Ground
6 GND Ground
8 GND Ground


Pin Signal Function
2 GND Ground
4 NC Not defined
5 NC Not defined
6 GND Ground
7 NC Not defined
8 NC Not defined

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Pin Signal Function
1 RED+ Positive pole for critical

alarm signals
2 RED- Negative pole for critical

alarm signals
3 YELLOW+ Positive pole for major alarm

signals
4 GREEN+ Positive pole for power

indicating signals
5 GND Negative pole for power

indicating signals
6 YELLOW- Negative pole for major

alarm signals
7 ORG+ Positive pole for minor alarm

signals
8 ORG- Negative pole for minor

alarm signals
Pin Assignment of the NM_ETH1/NM_ETH2 Interfaces

For the pin assignment of the NM-ETH1/NM_ETH2 interface, refer to Table 9-21.
Table 9-21 Pin assignment of the NM_ETH1/NM_ETH2 interfaces

Pin Signal Function
1 ETNTX12P Positive pole for transmitting

with an NM
2 ETNTX12N Negative pole for

3 ETNRX12P Positive pole for receiving

with an NM
4 NC Not defined
5 NC Not defined

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Pin Signal Function
6 ETNRX12N Negative pole for receiving

with an NM
7 NC Not defined
8 NC Not defined

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Category
Optical TN11ECOM Enhanced communication interface unit

transponder
unit TN11L4G Line wavelength conversion unit with 4 x Gigabit Ethernet
line capacity
TN11LDGS 2 x Gigabit Ethernet unit, single fed and single receiving
TN11LDGD 2 x Gigabit Ethernet unit, dual fed and selective receiving
TN12LDM 2-channel multi-rate (100Mbit/s-2.5Gbit/s) wavelength

conversion board
TN11LDMD 2-channel multi-rate (100Mbit/s-2.5Gbit/s) wavelength

conversion board, dual fed and selective receiving
TN11LDMS 2-channel multi-rate (100Mbit/s-2.5Gbit/s) wavelength

conversion board, single fed and single receiving
TN12LDX 2 x 10 Gbit/s wavelength conversion unit
TN11LEM24 22 x GE + 2 x 10GE and 2 x OTU2 Ethernet Switch board
TN11LOA 8 x Any-rate MUX OTU2 Wavelength Conversion Board
TN11LOG 8 x Gigabit Ethernet unit
TN12LOG
TN11LOM 8-port multi-service multiplexing & optical wavelength

conversion board
TN12LOM
TN11LQG 4 x GE-multiplex-optical wavelength conversion board

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Category
TN13LQM 4-channel multi-rate (100Mbit/s-2.5Gbit/s) wavelength

conversion unit
TN11LQMD 4-channel multi-rate (100Mbit/s-2.5Gbit/s) wavelength

conversion unit, dual fed and selective receiving
TN12LQMD
TN11LQMS 4-channel multi-rate (100Mbit/s-2.5Gbit/s) wavelength

conversion unit, single fed and single receiving
TN12LQMS
TN11LSX 10 Gbit/s wavelength conversion unit
TN12LSX
TN13LSX
TN14LSX
TN11LSXR 10 Gbit/s wavelength conversion relay unit
TN11LWX2 arbitrary rate (16Mbit/s-2.7Gbit/s) dual-wavelength

conversion board
TN11LWXD arbitrary rate (16Mbit/s-2.7Gbit/s) wavelength

conversion board (double transmit)
TN11LWXS arbitrary rate (16Mbit/s-2.7Gbit/s) wavelength

conversion board (single transmit)
TN12LWXS
TN11TMX 4 channels STM-16/OC-48/OTU1 asynchronism mux

OTU-2 wavelength conversion board
TN12TMX
Tributary unit TN11TBE 10 Gigabit ethernet tributary board
TN11TDG 2 x GE tributary service processing board
TN11TDX 2 x 10G tributary service processing board
TN52TOG 8 x GE tributary service processing board
TN11TOM 8 x multi-rate ports service processing board
TN52TOM
TN11TQM 4 x multi-rate tributary service processing board
TN12TQM
TN11TQS 4 x STM-16/OC-48/OTU1 tributary service processing

board
Line unit TN11NS2 10G Line Service Processing Board
TN12NS2

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Category
TN52NS2
TN53NS2
Optical TN21DFIU bidirectional fiber interface board

multiplexer
and TN13FIUa fiber interface unit
demultiplexer
TN14FIU
unit
TN21FIU
TN11SFIU fiber interface unit for sync timing
Optical add TN21CMR1 CWDM 1-channel optical add/drop multiplexing unit

and drop
multiplexing TN11CMR2 CWDM 2-channel optical add/drop multiplexing unit
unit TN21CMR2
TN11CMR4 CWDM 4-channel optical add/drop multiplexing unit
TN21CMR4
TN11DMR1 CWDM 1-channel bidirectional optical add/drop

multiplexing board
TN21DMR1
TN21MR2
TN21MR4
TN11SBM2 2-channel CWDM single-fiber bidirectional add/drop

board
Optical TN11DAS1 optical amplifier unit

amplifier unit
TN11OAU1 optical amplifier unit
TN12OAU1
TN13OAU1
TN12OBU1
TN12OBU2
TN11RAU1 backward raman and erbium doped fiber hybrid optical

amplifier unit
TN11RAU2

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Category
Cross-connect TN21SCC system control and communication unit

unit and
system and TN22SCC
communicatio TN23SCC
n unit
TN21AUX system auxiliary interface unit
TN22AUX
Optical TN11HSC1 high power unidirectional optical supervisory channel

supervisory board
channel unit
TN11SC1 unidirectional optical supervisory channel unit
TN12SC1
TN11SC2 bidirectional optical supervisory channel unit
TN12SC2
TN11ST2 bidirectional optical supervisory channel and timing

transmission unit
Optical TN11DCP 2-channel optical path protection unit

protection unit
TN12DCP
TN11OLP optical line protection unit
TN12OLP
TN11SCS sync optical channel separator unit
Spectrum TN11MCA4 4-channel spectrum analyzer unit

analyzer unit
TN11MCA8 8-channel spectrum analyzer unit
TN11OPM8 8-channel optical power monitoring board
TN12OPM8
Variable TN11VA1 1-channel variable optical attenuator unit

optical
attenuator unit TN12VA1
TN11VA4 4-channel variable optical attenuator unit
TN12VA4
Dispersion TN11DCU dispersion compensation board

equalizing unit
Interface area TN21PIU power interface unit

unitb
TN21APIU AC Power Interface Unit
Fan TN21FAN Fan

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Category
a: For TN13FIU: OptiX OSN 3800 only supports the TN13FIU01.

b: For the details of the interface area unit, refer to 9.8 Data Communication and Equipment
Maintenance Interfaces.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Hardware Description 11 Frames
11 Frames
About This Chapter
11.1 DCM Frame and DCM Module

DCM modules are installed in DCM frames and are used to compensate for the positive
dispersion of transmission fibers to help maintain the shape of a propagated signal.
11.2 CRPC Frame
The CRPC frame holds a CRPC board, a fan tray assembly, and a power distribution unit. The
frame is installed in an open rack.
11.3 Fiber Spooling Frame
The fiber spooling frame is used to store fiber jumpers in a coil.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
11.1 DCM Frame and DCM Module

DCM modules are installed in DCM frames and are used to compensate for the positive
dispersion of transmission fibers to help maintain the shape of a propagated signal.
After an optical signal is transmitted over a certain distance, the optical signal pulse expands
because of the accumulation of positive dispersion. This pulse expansion has a negative impact
on system transmission performance. Therefore, dispersion compensation modules (DCMs),
which are passive devices, are required to compensate for the positive dispersion. DCMs use
the inherent negative dispersion of a dispersion compensating fiber to offset the positive
dispersion of transmission fibers to prevent pulse expansion.
Depending on the technology that DCMs use, two types of DCMs are available: dispersion
compensating fiber (DCF)-DCMs and fiber Bragg grating (FBG)-DCMs.
These DCMs can compensate for the following transmission distances: 5 km (3.1 mi.), 10 km
(6.2 mi.), 20 km (12.4 mi.), 40 km (24.8 mi.), 60 km (37.3 mi.), 80 km (49.7 mi.), 100 km (62.1
mi.), 120 km (74.6 mi.), 160 km (99.4 mi.), 200 km (124.2 mi.), and 240 km (149.1 mi.).
Each DCM frame can hold up to two DCM modules. The left- and right-side mounting ears
attach the DCM frame to the columns of a cabinet. For the appearance of the DCM, see Figure
11-1.
Figure 11-1 Appearance of the DCM frame
1 2
1. DCM frame 2. DCMs
Table 11-1, Table 11-2, Table 11-3 and Table 11-4 describes the performance requirements
for C-band dispersion compensation in different fibers. Each DCM supports a dispersion slope
compensation rate (DSCR) within the range of 90% to 110% and an operating wavelength within
the range of 1528 nm to 1568 nm.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 11-1 Performance requirements for C-band DCMs (G.652 fibers)

DCM Module Transmission Max. PMD PDL Max.
Distance (mi./ Insertion (ps) (dB) Allowable
km) Loss (dB) Powera
(dBm)
DCM(S) 3.1/5 2.3 0.3 0.1 20
DCM(T) 6.2/10 2.8 0.3 0.1 20
DCM(A) 12.4/20 3.3 0.4 0.1 20
DCM(B) 24.8/40 4.7 0.5 0.1 20
DCM(C) 37.3/60 6.4 0.6 0.1 20
DCM(D) 49.7/80 8 0.7 0.1 20
DCM(E) 62.1/100 9 0.8 0.1 20
DCM(F) 74.5/120 9.8 0.8 0.1 20
FBG-DCM(80) 49.7/80 4 1.0 0.2 23
FBG-DCM(100) 62.1/100 4 1.0 0.2 23
FBG-DCM(120) 74.5/120 4 1.0 0.2 23
FBG-DCM(160) 99.4/160 8 1.6 0.4 23
FBG-DCM(200) 124.2/200 8 1.6 0.4 23
FBG-DCM(240) 149.1/240 8 1.6 0.4 23
a: The Max. Allowable Power refers to the maximum input optical power allowed into the
optical module without causing damage.
Table 11-2 Performance requirements for C-band DCMs (G.655 LEAF fibers)
(dBm)
DCM(A) 12.4/20 4 0.4 0.3 20
DCM(B) 24.8/40 5 0.5 0.3 20
DCM(C) 37.3/60 5.9 0.7 0.3 20
DCM(D) 49.7/80 6.9 0.8 0.3 20
DCM(E) 62.1/100 7.8 0.9 0.3 20
DCM(F) 74.5/120 8.8 1.0 0.3 20

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

(dBm)
FBG-DCM(120) 74.5/120 3.7 1.0 0.2 23
FBG-DCM(160) 99.4/160 3.7 1.0 0.2 23
FBG-DCM(200) 124.2/200 3.7 1.0 0.2 23
FBG-DCM(240) 149.1/240 3.7 1.0 0.2 23
Table 11-3 Performance requirements for C-band DCMs (G.653 fibers)

DCM Transmission Max. PMD PDL Max.
Module Distance (mi./ Insertion (ps) (dB) Allowable
(dBm)
DCM(S) 3.1/5 2 0.2 0.1 20
DCM(T) 6.2/10 3 0.3 0.1 20
DCM(A) 12.4/20 5 0.5 0.1 20
Table 11-4 Performance requirements for C-band DCMs (TW-RS fibers)

DCM Transmission Max. PMD PDL Max.
Module Distance (mi./ Insertion (ps) (dB) Allowable
(dBm)
DCM(A) 12.4/20 2.3 0.3 0.1 20
DCM(B) 24.8/40 2.8 0.3 0.1 20
DCM(C) 37.3/60 3.3 0.4 0.1 20
DCM(D) 49.7/80 3.8 0.4 0.1 20
DCM(E) 62.1/100 4.2 0.5 0.1 20
DCM(F) 74.5/120 4.7 0.5 0.1 20

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 11-5 Mechanical specifications of the DCM frame

Parameter Specifications
Dimensions (H x 48 mm (1.9 in.) x 484 mm (19.1 in.) x 270.5 mm (10.6 in.)

W x D)
11.2 CRPC Frame

The CRPC frame holds a CRPC board, a fan tray assembly, and a power distribution unit. The
frame is installed in an open rack.
Figure 11-2 shows the appearance of the CRPC frame. Situated in the middle of the frame is a
CRPC board. On the left of the frame is a fan tray assembly, and on the right is a power source
with two power inputs in mutual backup.
Figure 11-2 CRPC frame appearance
1: Fan tray assembly 2: CRPC board 3: Power distribution box

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 11-6 Mechanical specifications of the CRPC frame

Parameter Value
Dimensions (H x W x D) 86 mm (3.4 in.) x 535 mm (21.1 in.) x 257 mm (10.1

in.)
Weight 3 kg (6.6 lb)
Table 11-7 Voltage and current requirements for the CRPC frame
Parameter Specifications
Rated working current 10 A
Working voltage range -48V DC: -40V DC to -57.6V DC

-60V DC: -48V DC to -72V DC
11.3 Fiber Spooling Frame

The fiber spooling frame is used to store fiber jumpers in a coil.
Appearance
The fiber spool box is installed at the bottom of the cabinet, more than 50 mm away from the
chassis. Figure 11-3 shows a fiber spooling frame.
Figure 11-3 Fiber spooling frame

1

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
1. Attenuator holder 2. Mechanical VOA pen 3. Captive screw 4. Fiber holder

5. Mounting ear 6. Fiber spool
Specifications of the Fiber Spooling Frame

l Dimensions: 101.6 mm (W) x 220 mm (D) x 264.6 mm (H) (4.0 in. (W) x 8.7 in. (D) x 10.4
in. (H))
l Maximum Capacity: A maximum of 40 fibers can be threaded into an fiber spooling frame
from each side, and the maximum total fiber length is 50 m.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Hardware Description 12 Overview of Boards
12 Overview of Boards
About This Chapter
12.1 Board Appearance and Dimensions

The board appearance and dimensions include the board appearance, dimensions, and the laser
hazard level label.
12.2 Introduction to Working Modes of OTUs, Tributary Boards and Line Boards
12.3 Bar Code Overview
There is a bar code on the front panel of each board, from which the basic information about the
board can be obtained, such as the BOM code, delivery information, board version, board name,
and board model number. The bar code of some of such boards also include a characteristic code.
The board characteristic code comprises information about frequency of signals, type of the
optical module, wavelength, and so on.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
12.1 Board Appearance and Dimensions

The board appearance and dimensions include the board appearance, dimensions, and the laser
hazard level label.
12.1.1 Appearance and Dimensions

This section describes the appearance and dimensions of the board.
CAUTION
Always wear a properly grounded ESD wrist strap when holding a board to prevent static from
damaging the board.
Table 12-1 shows the appearance and dimensions of the different board types.
Table 12-1 Board appearance and dimensions

Board Appearance Board Name Numbe Heig Wi Dep
r of ht dt th
Slots (mm h (m
Per /in.) (m m/
Board m/ in.)
in.
)
Width TN11L4G 1 264.6 25. 220.

/10.4 4/1 0/8.
.0 7
Height
Depth

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

r of ht dt th
Slots (mm h (m
Per /in.) (m m/
Board m/ in.)
in.
)
TN11OAU1 2 264.6 50. 220.

Width
/10.4 8 0/8.
7
Height
Depth
Width TN11M40 3 264.6 76. 220.

/10.4 2 0/8.
7
Height
Depth
Width TN11AUX 1 107.6 25. 220.

/4.2 4/1 0/8.
.0 7
Height
Depth

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

r of ht dt th
Slots (mm h (m
Per /in.) (m m/
Board m/ in.)
in.
)
Width TN11LSXL 4 264.6 10 220.

/10.4 1.6 0/8.
/ 7
4.0
Height
Depth
Width TN21MR4 1 118.9 25. 220.

/4.7 4/1 0/8.
.0 7
Height
Depth
12.1.2 Symbols on Boards

This section describes the symbols on boards.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 12-2 Symbols on Boards

Label Type Description
Laser safety Indicates that the laser

class label safety class of boards
is HAZARD LEVEL
CAUTION 1M and there may be
HAZARD LEVEL 1M INVISIBLE laser radiation. It
LASER RADIATION
DO NOT VIEW DIRECTLY WITH warns users not to
NON-ATTENUATING OPTICAL
INSTRUMENTS
directly look into fiber
connectors without
taking any protection
measures; instead an
optical instrument
that can attenuate
optical power must be
used.
Fiber type Applies to

G.657A2 FIBER ONLY label TN15LSXL/
只能使用G.657A2 光纤
TN11LTX/
TN12LSC/
TN55NS3/TN54NS4
boards. It specifies the
fiber type for the
boards.
NOTE
To prevent the cabinet
door from squeezing
fibers, the board can
only use G.657A2
fibers.
SM SFP WORK WITH Fiber type Applies to TN54THA

G.657A2 FIBER ONLY label boards. It specifies the
单模光模块仅配合使用
fiber type for the
G.657A2 光纤
boards.
NOTE
To prevent the cabinet
door from squeezing
fibers, the board can
only use G.657A2
fibers.
Warning Applies to CRPC

警告:开启电源前，务必连好光纤 label boards. It provides
WARNING:FIBERS MUST precautions for the
!
BE CONNECTED BEFORE boards.
POWER UP

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Label Type Description
Heat hazard Indicates that the

label board surface
temperature is high
and it may cause body
injury.
12.2 Introduction to Working Modes of OTUs, Tributary

Boards and Line Boards
12.2.1 Convergence and Non-convergence Applications of

Tributary Boards
This section introduces the concepts of convergence and non-convergence applications of
tributary boards.
Convergence Application
Convergence application means multiple client services are aggregated into one ODUk signal
to improve the bandwidth utilization.
Figure 12-1 uses the TOM board as an example to illustrate the convergence application.
Figure 12-1 Convergence application

Client-side WDM-side
TOM board
ESCON ESCON
GE GE OTUk
ODU1 Line
FC100 FC100 board
STM-1 STM-1 ODU1

Aggregation
Non-convergence Application
Non-convergence application means that each client service is directly mapped into an ODUk
signal that matches the client service. In this application, flexible service grooming is achieved.
Figure 12-2 uses the TQX board as an example to illustrate the non-convergence application.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 12-2 Non-convergence application

WDM-side
Client-side
TQX board
FC800 FC800 ODU2 Line board OTUk
STM-64 STM-64 ODU2
10GE-WAN 10GE-WAN ODU2
10GE-LAN 10GE-LAN ODU2 Line board

OTUk
Directly-Mapped
10Gbit/s Service
12.2.2 Convergent and Non-convergent OTUs

This section introduces the concepts of convergent and non-convergent OTUs.
Convergent OTUs
a convergent OTU board aggregates multiple client services into one ODUk signals, or
aggregates multiplex multiple lower order ODUk signals into one higher order ODUk signals.
Figure 12-3 uses the LQM board as an example to illustrate mapping client services into an
ODU1 signals. Figure 12-4 uses the LOA board as an example to illustrate multiplexing lower
order ODUk into higher order ODUk.
Figure 12-3 Convergent OTU (mapping client services into an ODU1 signals)
LQM board
ESCON ESCON
GE GE OTU1
ODU1 OTU1
FC100 FC100
STM-1 STM-1
ODU1
Aggregation

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 12-4 Convergent OTU (multiplexing lower order ODUk into higher order ODUk)
LOA board
STM-16/OC-48 STM-16/OC-48 ODU1
FC200 FC200 ODU1

OTU2
ODU2 OTU2
OTU1 OTU1 ODU1
HD-SDI HD-SDI ODU1
Four channels of ODU1

multiplex to one channel of
ODU2.
Non-convergent OTUs
A non-convergent OTU board maps one client services directly into an ODUk signals with a
rate matching the client service, and maps one ODUk signals directly into one OTUk signals.
Figure 12-5 uses the LDX board as an example to illustrate non-convergent OTUs.
Figure 12-5 Non-convergence application (mapping one client services directly into an ODUk
signals)
LDX board
STM-64 STM-64 ODU2 OTU2 OTU2
10GE-LAN 10GE-LAN ODU2 OTU2 OTU2
Directly-Mapped
ODU2
12.2.3 Standard Mode and Compatible Mode

Starting from V100R006C01, some boards support new board models. To distinguish new
models from existing models, the new board models are marked as standard mode and the
existing board models are marked as compatible mode. For boards in standard mode, only
channels or physical ports are presented in the models and NMS, with service mapping paths
displayed for the channels or physical ports. All ODU layers are allocated to the physical ports.
When configuring cross-connections, users do not need to know the internal ports on the boards.
Compared with the compatible mode, the standard mode makes operations easier and has fewer
end-to-end trail layers, reducing maintenance costs.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Boards Supporting Standard Mode

Table 12-3 lists the boards that support standard mode, the names of the boards on the NMS.
Table 12-3 Names displayed on the NMS

Name in Standard Mode Name in Compatible Name in Compatible
(Standard Mode, adding Mode (Compatible Mode (NE Panel)
logical board) Mode, adding logical
board)
TN53TDX(STND) 53TDX 53TDX
TN54THA(STND) TN54THA 54THA
TN54TOA(STND) TN54TOA 54TOA
TN55TOX - 55TOX
TN55TQX(STND) TN55TQX 55TQX
TN54TSC - 54TSC
TN54TSXL - 54TSXL
TN54TTX - 54TTX
TN52ND2(STND) TN52ND2 52ND2
TN53ND2 TN53ND2(COMP) 53ND2
TN55NO2 - 55NO2
TN53NQ2 TN53NQ2(COMP) 53NQ2
TN52NS2(STND) TN52NS2 52NS2
TN53NS2 TN53NS2(COMP) 53NS2
TN54NS3(STND) 54NS3 54NS3
TN55NS3 - 55NS3
TN54NS4 - 54NS4
TN54ENQ2(STND) TN54ENQ2 54ENQ2
TN55NPO2(STND) TN55NPO2 55NPO2
TN55NPO2E - 55NPO2E
NOTE
TN55TOX/TN54TSC/TN54TSXL/TN54TTX/TN52ND2T04/TN55NO2/TN52NS2T04/TN52NS2T05/
TN52NS2T06/TN52NS201M01/TN52NS201M02/TN55NS3/TN54NS4/TN55NPO2E support only the
standard mode.
The following uses the TN53NS2 board as an example to introduces the standard and compatible
modes of a line board.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Standard mode
Figure 12-6 shows the board model of the TN53NS2 board in standard mode.
Figure 12-6 Board model of the TN53NS2 board in standard mode
IN/OUT-OCh:1-ODU2:1-ODUflex:(1~2)
ODUflex:1
ODU2:1 OCh:1
2XODUflex ODUflex:2
IN/OUT-OCh:1
OCh :1
1 xODU2/
1xODU 2e
IN/OUT-OCh:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:(1~4)
Other tributary/line/PID board
ODU1:1
ODU2:1 OCh : 1
4 xODU1
ODU1:4 IN/OUT
IN/OUT-OCh:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:(1~4)-ODU0:(1~2)
ODU0:1
ODU1:1
ODU0:2
ODU2:1 OCh :1
8 xODU0 ODU 0:1
ODU 1:4
ODU 0:2
ODU0:1
ODU2:1 OCh :1
8 xODU0
ODU0: 8
Backplane
Cross-connect module ODU1 mapping path
Multiplexing module ODU2 mapping path
Service processing module ODUflex mapping path
ODU0 mapping path (ODU0–>ODU1– Cross-connection that must be

>ODU2) configured on the NMS to receive
ODUk signals from other boards
ODU0 mapping path (ODU0–>ODU2)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 12-4 Meaning of ports of the TN53NS2 board
Port Name Meaning
IN/OUT-OCh:1-ODU2:1- Mapping path for ODU0 signals received from the

ODU1:(1-4)-ODU0:(1-2) backplane (ODU0->ODU1->ODU2)

ODU0:(1-8) backplane (ODU0->ODU2)

ODU1:(1-4) backplane
IN/OUT-OCh:1 Mapping path for ODU2/ODU2e signals received from

the backplane
IN/OUT-OCh:1-ODU2:1- Mapping path for ODUflex signals received from the

ODUflex:(1-2) backplane
IN/OUT WDM-side optical ports
Compatible mode
Figure 12-7 shows the board model of the TN53NS2 board in compatible mode.
Figure 12-7 Board model of the TN53NS2 board in compatible mode

Other tributary/ Other tributary/ Other tributary/
line/PID board line/PID board line/PID board
8 x ODU0 4 x ODU1 1 x ODU2/ODU2e Backplane
161
51
(ODU0LP1/ODU0LP1)-1
161 ODU1 (ODU1LP1/ODU1LP1)-1
(ODU0LP1/ODU0LP1)-2
71
(ODU2LP1/ODU2LP1)-1 1
(IN1/OUT1)-1
164
ODU2
(ODU0LP4/ODU0LP4)-2

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Service processing module Automatic cross-connection, which

does not need to be configured on the
NMS. For example, if ODU0 signals
are required, users only need to
configure cross-connections from
other boards to the ODU0LP port on
the board using the NMS. The board's
internal structure enables
transmission of the multiplexed signal
to the ODU2LP port. Users do not
need to configure a cross-connection
for transmitting the multiplexed
signal.
ODU0 mapping path Cross-connection that must be
configured on the NMS to receive
Table 12-5 Meaning of ports of the TN53NS2 board

Port Name Description Automatic Cross-Connection
ODU0LP1- Internal logical ports of the board. Automatic cross-connections are

ODU0LP4 Each of the ports provides optical established between these ports and
channels 1 and 2. the ODU1LP port.
ODU1LP1 Internal logical ports. Each of the Automatic cross-connections are

port provides optical channels 1, 2, established between these ports and
3, and 4. the ODU2LP port
ODU2LP1 Internal logical ports of the board. Automatic cross-connections are

Each of the ports provides optical established between these ports and
channel 1. the IN/OUT port
IN/OUT WDM-side optical ports. -
Logical ports are internal points used to adapt, terminate, and multiplex internal signals of the
board. They also can be used as sources or sinks of cross-connections.
Comparison of NMS GUIs for Different Modes

Service creation operations on the NMS vary according to board models. Table 12-6 uses the
TN53NS2 board as an example to illustrate the differences in the board operation GUIs.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 12-6 GUIs on the NMS

GUI on the Navigation Path Compatible Standard Mode
NMS Mode
Path View In the NE panel, select a See Figure 12-8. See Figure 12-9.
board, double-click the board
icon or right-click and choose
Path View from the shortcut
menu.
WDM In the NE Explorer, select the See Figure 12-10. See Figure 12-11.
Interface required board and choose
Configuration > WDM
Interface from the Function
Tree. tab.
Create Cross- In the NE Explorer, select the See Figure 12-12. See Figure 12-13.
Connection required NE and choose
Service Configuration > WDM
Service Management from
the Function Tree.
Figure 12-8 Path View (compatible mode)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 12-9 Path View (standard mode)
Figure 12-10 WDM Interface (compatible mode)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 12-11 WDM Interface (standard mode)
Figure 12-12 Create Cross-Connection Service (compatible mode)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 12-13 Create Cross-Connection Service (standard mode)
12.3 Bar Code Overview

There is a bar code on the front panel of each board, from which the basic information about the
board can be obtained, such as the BOM code, delivery information, board version, board name,
and board model number. The bar code of some of such boards also include a characteristic code.
The board characteristic code comprises information about frequency of signals, type of the
NOTE
Such information as frequency of signals queried on the U2000 is a commissioning value, different from
that on the bar code.
Figure 12-14 and Figure 12-15 show the bar codes of boards installed with optical modules.
Figure 12-16 and Figure 12-17 show the bar codes of boards not installed with optical modules.
Figure 12-14 Description of the bar code (example 1)

Delivery Board version Board model
information (TN12) number
2102314840107A000090 Y TN1M2 LSX 01 19210AG

Serial number
Manufacture month
Vendor
Manufacture year
BOM Environmental Board Characteristic

friendliness flag name code
(Y: Environmentally
friendly)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Delivery Board version Board model
information (TN12) number
2102315653108A000199 Y TN1M2 LSX T01 TPT
Serial number
Manufacture month
Vendor
BOM Manufacture year Environmental Board Tunable Characteristic
friendliness flag name code
(Y: Environmentally
friendly)
Delivery Board version Board

information (TN12) name
2103070768107A000090 Y TN1M2 LSX 01

Serial number
Manufacture month
Vendor
Manufacture year
BOM Environmental Board model

friendliness flag number
(Y: Environmentally
friendly)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Third and fourth Delivery Board version Board

numbers of the BOM information (TN12) name
030HFY 108A000199 Y TN12 LSX T01
Serial number
Manufacture month
Vendor
Manufacture year
The complete BOM Environmental Board model
should be 0303OHFY. friendliness flag number
"03" are taken out in the (Y: Environmentally
BOM above. friendly)
The first four numbers in the board BOM indicate whether the board is installed with an optical
module. Table 12-7 provides the meanings of the first four numbers in the board BOM.
Table 12-7 Meanings of the first four numbers in the BOMs for OTN boards
Board First Four Description First Four Numbers
Configuration Numbers in in the BOM of the
the board Required Optical
BOM Module
Board not installed 0303 The board is installed 3406 or 0303 (client
with optical modules with a wavelength side)
tunable optical module
on its WDM side.
Client-side optical
modules need to be
selected as required for
the board.
0303 The board is not 3406 or 0303 (client side

installed with any and WDM side)
optical module. WDM-
and client-side optical
modules need to be
selected for the board as
required.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

BOM Module
0307 The board is installed 3406 or 0303 (client

with a fixed optical side)
module on its WDM
side. Client-side optical
modules need to be
required.
0302 The board is not 3406 or 0303 (client side

installed with any and WDM side)
optical module. WDM-
and client-side optical
modules need to be
required.
Board installed with 0231 Optical modules are N/A

optical modules installed on the client
and WDM sides of the
board.
Of the OCS boards, the SSN1SF64A and SSN3SLH41 boards are delivered as follows:
l For the SSN1SF64A board, the first four numbers in the BOM are 0303, indicating that the
board is delivered with optical modules installed.
l For the SSN3SLH41 board,
– The first four numbers are 0303 when the board is delivered with optical modules not
installed. The first four numbers in the BOMs of the optical modules required by the
board are 3406.
– When the board is delivered with optical modules installed, the first four numbers in
the BOM are 0305.
Table 12-8 provides the meanings of the first four numbers in the BOMs for of other OCS
boards.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 12-8 Meanings of the first four numbers in the BOM for an OCS board (excluding
SSN1SF64A and SSN3SLH41)
BOM Module
Board not installed 0302 The board is not 3406

with optical modules installed with any
optical module. Optical
modules need to be
required.
Board installed with 0305 The board is installed N/A

optical modules optical modules.
Table 12-9 provides the description of the delivery information.
Table 12-9 Description of the delivery information of a board

Item Description
Vendor Indicates the vendor of a board. "10" indicates Huawei.
Manufacture Year Indicates the last digit of the year when a board is manufactured.
For example, "4" indicates 2004. From 2010 onwards, a letter is
used to indicate the manufacture year. For example, the letter A
indicates 2010, the letter B indicates 2011, and so on.
Manufacture Month Indicates the month when a board is manufactured. The value is
expressed in hexadecimal format. For example, the letter B
indicates November.
Serial Number Indicates the production serial number of a board. The value ranges
from 000001 to 999999.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Hardware Description 13 Optical Transponder Unit
13 Optical Transponder Unit
About This Chapter
13.1 Overview
An OTU (Optical Transponder Unit) board converts client-side services into standard optical
signals after performing mapping, convergence, and other procedures. The board also performs
the reverse process.
13.2 ECOM
ECOM: enhanced communication interface unit
13.3 L4G
L4G: line wavelength conversion unit with 4 x GE line capacity
13.4 LDGD
LDGD: 2 x Gigabit Ethernet unit, dual fed and selective receiving
13.5 LDGS
LDGS: 2 x Gigabit Ethernet unit, single fed and single receiving
13.6 LDM
LDM: 2-channel multi-rate (100Mbit/s-2.5Gbit/s) wavelength conversion board
13.7 LDMD
LDMD: 2-channel multi-rate (100Mbit/s-2.5Gbit/s) wavelength conversion board, dual fed and
selective receiving
13.8 LDMS
LDMS: 2-channel multi-rate (100Mbit/s-2.5Gbit/s) wavelength conversion board, single fed and
single receiving
13.9 LDX
LDX: 2 x 10 Gbit/s wavelength conversion unit
13.10 LEM24
LEM24: 22 x GE + 2 x 10GE and 2 x OTU2 Ethernet Switch board
13.11 LEX4
LEX4: 4 x 10GE and 2 x OTU2 Ethernet Switch Board
13.12 LOA

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
LOA: 8 x Any-rate MUX OTU2 wavelength conversion board.

13.13 LOG
LOG: 8 x Gigabit Ethernet unit
13.14 LOM
LOM: 8-port multi-service multiplexing & optical wavelength conversion board
13.15 LQG
LQG: 4 x GE-multiplex-optical wavelength conversion board
13.16 LQM
LQM: 4-channel multi-rate (100Mbit/s-2.5Gbit/s) OTU1 wavelength conversion board
13.17 LQMD
LQMD: 4-channel multi-rate (100 Mbit/s-2.5 Gbit/s) OTU1 wavelength conversion unit, dual
fed and selective receiving
13.18 LQMS
LQMS: 4-channel multi-rate (100 Mbit/s-2.5 Gbit/s) OTU1 wavelength conversion unit, single
fed and single receiving
13.19 LSC
LSC: 100Gbit/s wavelength conversion board
13.20 LSQ
LSQ: 40 Gbit/s wavelength conversion board
13.21 LSX
LSX: 10 Gbit/s wavelength conversion board
13.22 LSXL
LSXL: 40 Gbit/s wavelength conversion board
13.23 LSXLR
LSXLR: 40 Gbit/s wavelength conversion relay board
13.24 LSXR
LSXR: 10 Gbit/s wavelength conversion relay board
13.25 LTX
LTX: 10-Port 10Gbit/s Service Multiplexing & Optical Wavelength Conversion Board
13.26 LWX2
LWX2: arbitrary rate (16Mbit/s-2.7Gbit/s) dual-wavelength conversion board
13.27 LWXD
LWXD: arbitrary rate (16Mbit/s-2.7Gbit/s) wavelength conversion board (double transmit)
13.28 LWXS
LWXS: arbitrary rate (16Mbit/s-2.7Gbit/s) wavelength conversion board (single transmit)
13.29 TMX
TMX: 4-channel STM-16/OC-48/OTU1 asynchronous mux OTU2 wavelength conversion
board.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
13.1 Overview
An OTU (Optical Transponder Unit) board converts client-side services into standard optical
signals after performing mapping, convergence, and other procedures. The board also performs
the reverse process.
Positions of OTU Boards in a WDM System

Figure 13-1 shows the positions of OTU boards in a WDM system.
Figure 13-1 Positions of OTU boards in a WDM system

services services
OTU
OM
OA
Client-side equipment
WDM-side ODF
OTU
FIU
SC1
OTU
OA
OD
OTU
Types of OTU Boards

OTU boards are classified into the following types according to the WDM-side rates and
functions:
l 2.5G OTU boards: For the main functions of these OTU boards, see Table 13-1.
l 10G OTU boards: For the main functions of these OTU boards, see Table 13-2.
l Ethernet over WDM (EoW) boards: These OTU boards support Layer 2 processing of
Ethernet services. For the main functions of these OTU boards, see Table 13-5.
l Transparent transmission OTU boards: These OTU boards do not support OTN processing.
They only convert client services into ITU-T G.694-compliant optical signals. For the main
functions of these OTU boards, see Table 13-6.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 13-1 Main functions of 2.5G OTU boards

Boar Type Client-Side Service Pluggable Optical WDM
d Module Specificatio
ns
Type Max. Client WDM DW CW

Num Side Side DM DM
ber
TN11 Conver GE 2 Y N Y Y
LDG gence
D
TN11 Conver GE 2 Y N Y Y
LDG gence
S
TN12 Conver STM-4, STM-1, OC-12, OC-3, FICON, 2 Y Y Y Y

LDM gence FC100, GE, FE, DVB-ASI, SDI,
ESCON, FDDI
OTU1, STM-16, OC-48, HD-SDI, 1

FC200, FICON Express,
TN11 Conver STM-4, STM-1, OC-12, OC-3, FICON, 2 Y N Y N

D ESCON, FDDI

TN11 Conver STM-4, STM-1, OC-12, OC-3, FICON, 2 Y N Y N

S ESCON, FDDI

TN13 Conver STM-4, STM-1, OC-12, OC-3, FE, 4 Y Y Y Y

LQM gence ESCON, DVB-ASI, SDI, FDDI
GE, FC100, FICON, 2
FC200, FICON Express, STM-16, 1

OC-48, OTU1, HD-SDI,
TN11 Conver STM-4, STM-1, OC-12, OC-3, FE, 4 Y N Y Y

LQM gence ESCON, DVB-ASI
D
GE, FC100, FICON, 2

OC-48

D

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

ns

Num Side Side DM DM
ber
GE, FC100, FICON, 2


LQM gence ESCON, DVB-ASI
S
GE, FC100, FICON, 2

OC-48

S
GE, FC100, FICON, 2

Table 13-2 Main functions of 10G OTU boards

ns

Num Side Side DM DM
ber
TN1 Non- STM-64, OC-192, 10GE LAN, 10GE 1 Y N Y N

1LS converg WAN, OTU2
X ence
TN1 Non- STM-64, OC-192, FC1200, 10GE 1 Y N Y N

2LS converg LAN, 10GE WAN, OTU2
X ence
TN1 Non- STM-64, OC-192, FC1200, 10GE 1 Y Y Y N

3LS converg LAN, 10GE WAN, OTU2, OTU2e
X ence
TN1 Non- STM-64, OC-192, FC1200, 10GE 1 Y N Y N

4LS converg LAN, 10GE WAN, OTU2, OTU2e
X ence

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

ns

Num Side Side DM DM
ber
TN1 Non- 10GE LAN, 10GE WAN, STM-64, 2 Y Y Y N

2LD converg OC-192, OTU2, OTU2e
X ence
TN1 Converg FE, FDDI, GE, STM-1, STM-4, OC-3, 8 Y Y Y N

1LO ence OC-12, FC100, FICON, DVB-ASI,
A ESCON, SDI
HD-SDI, HD-SDIRBR, STM–16, 4

OC-48, FC200, FICON Express, OTU1
3G-SDI, 3G-SDIRBR, FC400, 2

FICON4G
FC800, FICON8G, 10GE LAN 1
TN1 Converg GE 8 Y N Y N
1LO ence
G
TN1 Converg GE 8 Y Y Y N
2LO ence
G
TN1 Converg GE, FC100, FICON, ISC 1G 8 Y N Y N

1LO ence
M FC200, FICON EXPRESS, ISC 2G 4
FC400, FICON4G 2
TN1 Converg GE, FC100, FICON, ISC 1G 8 Y Y Y N

2LO ence
M FC200, FICON EXPRESS, ISC 2G, 4
InfiniBand 2.5G,
FC400, FICON4G, InfiniBand 5G, 3G- 2

SDI
TN1 Relay N/A 1 N N Y N

1LS
XR
TN1 Converg STM-16, OC-48, OTU1 4 Y N Y Y

1TM ence
X
TN1 Converg STM-16, OC-48, OTU1 4 Y Y Y Y

2TM ence
X

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Board Type Client-Side Service Pluggable Optical WDM
Module Specificati
ons

Number Side Side DM DM
TN11LSQ Non- STM-256, OC-768, 1 N N Y N

convergence OTU3
TN11LSXL Non- STM-256, OC-768 1 N N Y N

convergence
TN12LSXL Non- STM-256, OC-768, 1 N N Y N

convergence OTU3
TN15LSXL Non- STM-256, OC-768, 1 N N Y N

convergence OTU3
TN11LSXLR Relay N/A N/A N N Y N

TN12LSXLR
a
a: Only TN12LSXLR supports OTU3e.

Board Type Client-Side Service Pluggable WDM Specifications
Optical Module
Type Max. Client WDM DWDM CWDM

Number Side Side
TN12 Non- 100GE 1 Y N Y N

LSC convergence
TN11 Convergenc 10GE LAN, 10GE 10 Y N Y N

LTX e WAN, STM-64,
OC-192

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 13-5 Main functions of EoW boards

Module Specifications

Number Side Side
TN11 Convergenc FE, GE 22 Y Y Y N

LEM2 e, L2 service
4 processing 10GE-LAN, 10GE- 2
WAN
TN11 Convergenc 10GE-LAN, 10GE- 4 Y Y Y N

LEX4 e, L2 service WAN
processing
Table 13-6 Main functions of transparent transmission OTU boards


Number Side Side
TN11 Transparent STM-16, STM-4, 2 N N Y Y

LWX2 transmissio STM-1, OC-48, OC-12,
n OC-3, FC200, FC100,
GE, FE, FDDI, ESCON,
DVB-ASI, SDI, FICON,
FICON Express, HD-
SDI

LWX transmissio STM-1, OC-48, OC-12,
D n OC-3, FC200, FC100,
FICON Express, HD-
SDI

LWXS transmissio STM-1, OC-48, OC-12,
n OC-3, FC200, FC100,
FICON Express, HD-
SDI

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Number Side Side

LWXS transmissio STM-1, OC-48, OC-12,
n OC-3, FC200, FC100,
FICON Express, HD-
SDI, ISC 1G, ISC 2G,
ETR, CLO
13.2 ECOM
ECOM: enhanced communication interface unit
13.2.1 Version Description

The available functional version of the ECOM board is TN11.
Mappings Between the Board and Equipment

The following provides the board(s) supported by the product. However, the availability of the
board(s) is subject to PCNs. For PCN information, contact the product manager at your local
Huawei office.
Boar 8800 T64 8800 T32 8800 T16 8800 6800 Subrack 3800 Chassis
d Subrack Subrack Subrack Platform
Subrack
TN11 N N N N Y Y
ECO
M
13.2.2 Application
The ECOM board is used to achieve the DCN communication between the OptiX OSN 6800/
3800 and the OptiX OSN 900A, and to converge/deconverge 8xFE services to/from 1xGE
service.
Application Scenario 1: Achieving DCN Communication between the OptiX OSN

6800/3800 and the OptiX OSN 900A
The management signal and service signal of the OptiX OSN 900A are together transmitted to
the OptiX OSN 6800/3800 over the line. The FIU board of the OptiX OSN 6800/3800 separates

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
the signal received into management signal and service signal. The service signal is processed
by the OTU board. The management signal is accessed by the ECOM board through the FE port
and then is transmitted to the SCC board through the backplane.
For the position of the ECOM in the network built with the OptiX OSN 6800/3800 and OptiX
OSN 900A, see Figure 13-2.
Figure 13-2 Position of the ECOM board in the network built with the OptiX OSN 6800/3800
and OptiX OSN 900A
Service
F signal
OTU
OptiX OSN I Management
900A U signal
OptiX OSN
×8 ×8 ECOM ETH
6800/OptiX
OSN 3800
SCC
Management
F signal
OptiX OSN
900A I Service signal
U OTU
NOTE
Each FIU board of the OptiX OSN 6800/3800 accesses the signals from only one OptiX OSN 900A.
Application Scenario 2: Converging/Deconverging 8xFE Services to/from 1xGE

Service
When used for convergence or deconvergence, the ECOM board can be used only in the CWDM
system. For the position of the ECOM in the WDM system, see Figure 13-3.
Figure 13-3 Position of the ECOM board in the WDM system
GE GE
1 MUX DMUX 1
FE ECOM ECOM FE
8 8
DMUX MUX
GE GE
Client side Client side
NOTE
For the OptiX OSN 3800, the MUX and DMUX boards shown in the figure are the OADM boards used
in the CWDM system.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
13.2.3 Functions and Features

The ECOM board is mainly used to achieve cross-connection at the electrical layer and loopback
on the client side.
For detailed functions and features, refer to Table 13-7.
Table 13-7 Functions and features of the ECOM board

Function and Description
Feature
Basic function l Achieves the DCN communication between the OptiX OSN 6800/
3800 and the OptiX OSN 900A.
l Converges/deconverges 8xFE services to/from 1xGE service.
Client-side service FE: Ethernet service at a rate of 125 Mbit/s

type
WDM Supports the CWDM specifications.

specification
Cross-connect OptiX OSN 6800: Supports the transmission of one GE signal each to
capabilities working/protection cross-connection boards respectively through the
backplane. Supports the transmission of one GE signal to the paired slots
through the backplane.
OptiX OSN 3800: Supports the grooming of one GE signal from one
board of the mesh group (consisting of four boards) to the other three
boards belonging to the mesh group.
Tunable Not Supported

wavelength
function
PRBS function Not Supported
Protection scheme Not Supported
Alarms and l Supports the remote monitoring (RMON) of Ethernet services.

performance l Detects the optical power and reports the alarms and performance
events monitoring events for the board.
ALS function Not Supported
Test frame Not Supported
Optical-layer Not Supported

ASON
Electrical-layer Not Supported

ASON

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Feature
eSFP Supports enhanced small form-factor pluggable optical modules on the

client side.
Supports enhanced small form-factor pluggable optical modules on the
WDM side.
Loopback WDM side Inloop Supported
Outloop Not Supported
Client side Inloop Supported
Outloop Supported
13.2.4 Working Principle and Signal Flow

The ECOM board consists of the client-side optical module, WDM-side optical module, L2
switching module, cross-connect module, control and communication module, and power supply
module.
Figure 13-4 and Figure 13-5 show the functional modules and signal flow of the ECOM board.
Figure 13-4 Functional modules and signal flow of the ECOM board
FE Backplane(management signal transmission)
Client side WDM side

RX1
RX2 O/E E/O
OUT
RX8
L2 switching Cross-connect
TX1 E/O module module O/E
TX2 IN
TX8 Client-side WDM-side
optical optical
module module
Control
Memory CPU Communication

Control and communication module
Power supply
module
Fuse Required
voltage
Backplane
DC power supply (controlled by SCC)
from a backplane SCC

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Signal Flow (Achieving DCN Communication between the OptiX OSN 6800/3800
and the OptiX OSN 900A)
The client side of the ECOM board accesses FE optical signals.
In the signal flow of the ECOM board, the transmit and the receive directions are defined. The
transmit direction is defined as the direction from the client side of the ECOM to the SCC board,
and the receive direction is defined as the reverse direction.
l Transmit direction
The client-side optical module receives one channel of FE signals (management signals)
from client equipment through the RX1-RX8 interfaces, and performs O/E conversion.
After O/E conversion, the electrical signals are sent to the L2 switching module, and
groomed by the backplane to the SCC board through the ETH interface.
l Receive direction
The L2 switching module receives FE signals from the SCC board, and then sends them to
the client-side optical module.
The client-side optical module performs E/O conversion of the FE electrical signals, and
then outputs the optical signals through the TX1-TX8 optical interfaces.
Figure 13-5 Functional modules and signal flow of the ECOM
GE Backplane(service cross-connection)

RX1
RX2 O/E E/O
OUT
RX8
TX1 E/O module module O/E
TX2 IN
optical optical
module module
Control

Power supply
module
Fuse Required
voltage
Backplane
Signal Flow (Converging/Deconverging 8xFE Services to/from 1xGE Service)

The client side of the ECOM board accesses FE optical signals.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
In the signal flow of the ECOM board, the transmit and the receive directions are defined. The
transmit direction is defined as the direction from the client side of the ECOM to the WDM side
of the ECOM, and the receive direction is defined as the reverse direction.
The client-side optical module receives eight channels of optical signals from client
equipment through the RX1-RX8 interfaces, and performs O/E conversion.
After O/E conversion, the eight channels of electrical signals are sent to the L2 switching
module. The module performs operations such as converging eight channels of FE signals
into one channel of GE signals. Then, the module outputs one channel of GE signals to the
cross-connect module.
The cross-connect module performs operations such as service cross-connection of the GE
signals.
The GE signals are sent to the WDM-side optical module. After performing E/O
conversion, the module sends out the ITU-T G.694.2-compliant at CWDM standard
wavelengths GE optical signals through the OUT optical interface.
l Receive direction
The WDM-side optical module receives the ITU-T G.694.2-compliant GE optical signals
at CWDM standard wavelengths from the WDM side through the IN optical interface.
Then, the module performs O/E conversion.
After the O/E conversion, the GE signals are sent to the cross-connect module. The module
performs operations such as service cross-connection. Then, the module outputs one
channel of GE signals.
The L2 switching module deconverges the GE signals and sends a maximum of eight
channels of FE signals to the client-side optical module.
The client-side optical module performs E/O conversion of the eight channels of electrical
signals, and then outputs eight channels of client-side optical signals through the TX1-TX8
optical interfaces.
Module Function
l Client-side optical module
The module consists of a client-side receiver and a client-side transmitter.
– Client-side receiver: Performs O/E conversion of eight channels of FE optical signals.
– Client-side transmitter: Performs E/O conversion from eight channels of internal
electrical signals to FE optical signals.
– Reports the performance of the client-side optical interface.
– Reports the working state of the client-side laser.
l WDM-side optical module
The module consists of a WDM-side receiver and a WDM-side transmitter.
– WDM-side receiver: Performs O/E conversion of GE optical signals.
– WDM-side transmitter: Performs E/O conversion from the internal electrical signals to
GE optical signals.
– Reports the performance of the WDM-side optical interface.
– Reports the working state of the WDM-side laser.
l L2 switching module

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
– Forwards service signals.

– Implements the convergence/deconvergence of the service signals.
l Cross-connect module
– OptiX OSN 6800: Implements the cross-connection and pass-through between the
client-side signals and the WDM-side signals of the board. Grooms the electrical signals
between the ECOM and the board in the paired slot or the cross-connect board through
the backplane. The grooming service signals are GE signals.
client-side signals and the WDM-side signals of the board. Grooms the electrical signals
from one board of the mesh group (consisting of four boards) to the other three boards
belonging to the mesh group through the backplane. The grooming service signals are
GE signals.
l Control and communication module
– Controls operations on the board.
– Controls operations on each module of the board according to CPU instructions.
– Collects information about alarms, performance events, working states and voltage
detection from each functional module on the board.
– Communicates with the system control and communication board.
l Power supply module
– Converts the DC power supplied by the backplane into the power required by each
module on the board.
13.2.5 Front Panel

There are indicators and interfaces on the front panel of the ECOM board.

Figure 13-6 shows the front panel of the ECOM board.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 13-6 Front panel of the ECOM board
ECOM
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
TX1
RX1
TX2
RX2
TX3
RX3
TX4
RX4
TX5
RX5
TX6
RX6
TX7
RX7
TX8
RX8
OUT
IN
ECOM
Indicators
l Board hardware status indicator (STAT) - triple-colored (red, green, yellow)

l Service active status indicator (ACT) - green
l Board software status indicator (PROG) - dual-colored (red, green)
l Service alarm indicator (SRV) - triple-colored (red, green, yellow)
For details about these indicators, see A.4 Board Indicators.
Interfaces

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 13-8 Types and functions of the interfaces on the ECOM board
IN LC Receive single-wavelength signals from the associated

optical demultiplexer board or optical add/drop
multiplexer board.
OUT LC Transmit single-wavelength signals to the associated

optical multiplexer board or optical add/drop
multiplexer board.
TX1-TX8 LC Transmit service signals to client equipment.
RX1-RX8 LC Receive service signals from client equipment.
Laser Hazard Level

The laser hazard level of the board is HAZARD LEVEL 1, indicating that the maximum power
launched by the board is less than 10 dBm (10 mW).
13.2.6 Valid Slots

One slot houses one ECOM board.
Table 13-9 shows the valid slots for the ECOM board.
Table 13-9 Valid slots for ECOM board
Product Valid Slots
OptiX OSN 6800 subrack IU1-IU8, IU11-IU16
OptiX OSN 3800 chassis IU2-IU5
13.2.7 Physical and Logical Ports

This section describes the logical ports displayed on the NMS and the physical ports of the board.
Display of Physical Ports

Table 13-10lists the mapping between the physical ports on the board and the port numbers
displayed on the NMS.
Table 13-10 Mapping between the physical ports on the ECOM board and the port numbers
displayed on the NMS
Physical Port Port Number on the NMS
IN/OUT 1

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
TX1/RX1 3
TX2/RX2 4
TX3/RX3 5
TX4/RX4 6
TX5/RX5 7
TX6/RX6 8
TX7/RX7 9
TX8/RX8 10
NOTE
The port number displayed on the U2000 indicates a pair of physical optical ports. One transmits signals
and the other receives signals.
Logical Ports
board. They also can be used as sources or sinks of cross-connections. For example, AP1 is a
logical port of the board.
Figure 13-7 shows the application model of the ECOM board. Table 13-11 describes the
meaning of each port.
Figure 13-7 Port diagram of the ECOM board

PORT3
PORT4
PORT5 VCTRUNK1
PORT6 101( AP1/AP1)-1
PORT7 1(IN/OUT)-1
PORT8
PORT9
PORT10
Cross-connect WDM-side optical
L2 switching module
module module
Table 13-11 Description of NM port of the ECOM board
Port Name Description
PORT3-PORT10 These ports correspond to the client-side optical interfaces RX1/TX1-

RX8/TX8.
VCTRUNK1 Internal virtual port.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
AP1 Internal convergence port.
IN/OUT Corresponding to the WDM-side optical interfaces.
13.2.8 Configuration of Cross-connection

This section describes how to configure cross-connections on boards using the NMS.
If the ECOM board is used to transmit services, set Board Mode in Configuration > WDM
interfaces on the U2000. The valid values of the board mode field are Service Mode and HUB
Mode.
NOTE
If the HUB mode need be configured, there must be one-to-one connection between ports, which need not
be set on the U2000.
If the service mode need be configured, the following items must be created on the U2000:
l During creation of the Ethernet services on the U2000, create the cross-connection between
the PORT and VCTRUNK ports. The cross-connect convergence between the eight
channels of FE optical signals and one channel of GE electrical signals accessed from the
client-side ports is implemented through the L2 switching module.
l Between the VCTRUNK ports and the AP ports of the cross-connect module are one-to-
one port connections, which need not be set on the U2000.
l During creation of the electrical cross-connect services on the U2000, create the cross-
connection between the AP of the ECOM board and AP port of other boards (The GE
services accessed from the client side of the ECOM board are cross-connected to the client
side of other boards for the inter-board services deconvergence), as shown in Figure
13-8.
connection between the AP of the ECOM board and LP port of other boards (The GE
services accessed from the client side of the ECOM board are cross-connected to the WDM
side of other boards for the inter-board services convergence), as shown in Figure
13-8.
connections of GE level between the AP port and the IN/OUT port of the ECOM, realizing
the cross-connect grooming of GE services.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 13-8 Cross-connection diagram of the ECOM

Other board
101(AP1/AP1)-1 201(LP/LP)-1
102(AP2/AP2)-1 201(LP/LP)-2
103(AP3/AP3)-1 201(LP/LP)-3
104(AP4/AP4)-1 201(LP/LP)-4
1
ECOM
101(AP1/AP1)-1
2
The client side of the ECOM board are cross-connected to the client side of 1
other boards
2
The client side of the ECOM board are cross-connected to theWDM side of
other boards
13.2.9 Parameters Can Be Set or Queried by NMS

This section lists the board parameters that can be set or queried by using the NMS.
For parameters of ECOM, refer to Table 13-12.
Table 13-12 ECOM parameters

Field Value Description
Optical Interface/ - Displays the position of the optical

Channel interface.
Optical Interface - Sets and queries the optical interface name.

Name An optical interface name contains a
maximum of 64 characters. Any characters
are supported.
Channel Use Status Used, Unused The Channel Use Status parameter sets the
Default: Used occupancy status of the current channel of
a board.
See D.4 Channel Use Status (WDM
Interface) for more information.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Optical Interface Non-Loopback, Inloop, Specifies the loopback mode for the optical
Loopback Outloop interface on a board.
Default: Non-
Loopback
Laser Status Off, On The Laser Status parameter sets the laser
Default: On status of a board.
See D.15 Laser Status (WDM Interface)
for more information.
Band Type/ - Queries the operating wavelength at the

Wavelength No./ WDM-side optical interface of a board.
Wavelength (nm)/
Frequency (THz)
Band Type - Queries the band type.
Tunable - Displays the tunable wavelength range

Wavelength Range supported by the WDM-side optical
interface on the board.
Planned l C: The Planned Wavelength No./

Wavelength No./ 1/1529.16/196.050 Wavelength (nm)/Frequency (THz)
Wavelength (nm)/ to parameter sets the wavelength number,
Frequency (THz) 80/1560.61/192.100 wavelength and frequency of the current
l CWDM: optical interface on the WDM side of a
11/1471.00/208.170 board.
to See D.27 Planned Wavelength No./
18/1611.00/188.780 Wavelength (nm)/Frequency (THz)
(WDM Interface) for more information.
Default: /
Planned Band C, CWDM The Planned Band Type parameter sets

Type Default: C the band type of the current working
wavelength.
See D.26 Planned Band Type (WDM
Board Mode HUB Mode, Service Used to configure the working mode of the
Mode board.
Default: HUB Mode
13.2.10 ECOM Specifications

Specifications include optical specifications, dimensions, weight, and power consumption.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Bo Client-Side Client-Side WDM-Side WDM-Side

ard Fixed Optical Pluggable Fixed Optical Pluggable
Module Optical Module Module Optical Module
TN N/A 100 BASE-FX-10 N/A 1.25 Gbit/s

11E km Multirate (eSFP
CO 100 BASE-FX-40 CWDM)-40 km
M km 2.67 Gbit/s
100 BASE-FX-80 Multirate (eSFP
km CWDM)-80 km
1.25 Gbit/s
Multirate (eSFP
CWDM)-40 km
2.67 Gbit/s
Multirate (eSFP
CWDM)-80 km
NOTE
Margins exist between the default input power low threshold and the receiver sensitivity and between the
default input power high threshold and the overload point. These margins ensure that the system can report
an input power low or high alarm before the actual input power reaches the receiver sensitivity or overload
point.
Client-Side Pluggable Optical Module
Table 13-13 Client-side pluggable optical module specifications (FE services)

Parameter Unit Value
Optical 100 BASE- 100 BASE- 100 BASE-

Module Type FX-10 km FX-40 km FX-80 km
Line code - NRZ NRZ NRZ

format
Target - 10 km (6.2 mi.) 40 km (24.9 mi.) 80 km (49.7 mi.)

transmission
distance
Transmitter parameter specifications at point S
Maximum mean dBm -3 0 5

launched power
Minimum mean dBm -11.5 -4.5 -2

launched power
Minimum dB 9 9 9
extinction ratio

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Optical 100 BASE- 100 BASE- 100 BASE-

Module Type FX-10 km FX-40 km FX-80 km
Operating nm 1270 to 1355 1270 to 1355 1500 to 1580

wavelength
range
Eye pattern - IEEE802.3z-compliant

mask
Receiver parameter specifications at point R
Receiver type - PIN PIN PIN

wavelength
range
Receiver dBm -19 -20 -22

sensitivity
(EOL)
Minimum dBm -3 -3 -3
receiver
overload
Table 13-14 Client-side pluggable optical module specifications (colored wavelengths)

Optical Module 1.25 Gbit/s 2.67 Gbit/s

Type Multirate (eSFP Multirate (eSFP
CWDM)-40 km CWDM)-80 km
Line code format - NRZ NRZ
Target transmission - 40 km (24.9 mi.) 80 km (49.7 mi.)

distance
Maximum mean dBm 5 5

launched power
Minimum mean dBm 0 0

launched power
Minimum extinction dB 9 8.2

ratio
Operating nm 1471 to 1611 1471 to 1611

wavelength range

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Optical Module 1.25 Gbit/s 2.67 Gbit/s

Type Multirate (eSFP Multirate (eSFP
CWDM)-40 km CWDM)-80 km
Central wavelength nm ±6.5 ±6.5

deviation
Maximum -20 dB nm 1.0 1.0

spectral width
Minimum side mode dB 30 30

suppression ratio
Eye pattern mask - IEEE802.3z-compliant
Receiver type - PIN APD

wavelength range
Receiver sensitivity dBm -19 -28
Minimum receiver dBm -3 -9

overload
Maximum dB -27 -27

reflectance
WDM-Side Pluggable Optical Module
Table 13-15 CWDM-side pluggable optical module specifications (fixed wavelengths)

Optical Module Type 1.25 Gbit/s Multirate 2.67 Gbit/s Multirate

(eSFP CWDM)-40 (eSFP CWDM)-80
km km

distance
Operating wavelength nm 1471 to 1611 1471 to 1611

range

launched power

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

km km
Minimum mean launched dBm 0 0

power
Minimum extinction ratio dB 9 8.2

deviation
Maximum -20 dB nm 1 1
spectral width

suppression ratio

range

overload
Maximum reflectance dB -27 -27
l Dimensions of front panel (H x W x D): 264.6 mm (10.4 in.) x 25.4 mm (1.0 in.) x 220 mm
(8.7 in.)
Power Consumption
Board Optical Module Typical Power Maximum Power
Type Consumption at Consumption at
25°C (77°F) 55°C (131°F)
TN11ECOM – 19.6 21.6
13.3 L4G
L4G: line wavelength conversion unit with 4 x GE line capacity

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

The available functional version of the L4G board is TN11.

Huawei office.
Subrack
TN11 N N N N Y Y
L4G
13.3.2 Application
As a type of optical transponder unit, the L4G board implements the conversion between six
channels of GE signals and WDM signals that comply with ITU-T Recommendations.
For the position of the L4G board in the WDM system, see Figure 13-9.
Figure 13-9 Position of the L4G board in the WDM system
RX1 L4G L4G TX1
M M
TX1 RX1
1×OTU5G/FEC5G
1×OTU5G/FEC5G
U U
OUT X X IN
1×ODU5G
1×ODU5G
GE / / GE
4×GE
4xGE
IN D D OUT
RX6 M M TX6
U U
TX6 X X RX6
L2 L2
GE GE
OptiX OSN 6800: From/To paired slot or cross-connect board
OptiX OSN 3800: From/To mesh group slot
NOTE
The client-side six pairs of optical interfaces can access services at a maximum rate of 5 Gbit/s.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

The L4G is mainly used to achieve tunable wavelength and cross-connection at the electrical
layer, and to provide OTN interfaces and ESC.
Table 13-16 Functions and features of the L4G board

and Feature
Basic Converges up to six non-full bandwidth GE service signals into four GE

function service signals and multiplexes these four signals into an OTU 5G/FEC 5G
signal. Converts the signals into standard DWDM wavelength compliant with
ITU-T G.694.1. The reverse process is similar.
Client-side GE: Ethernet service at a rate of 1.25 Gbit/s

service type
Cross- l OptiX OSN 6800: Supports the grooming of four channels of GE services
connect each to working/protection cross-connection boards respectively through
capabilities the backplane. Supports the transmission of four GE signals to the paired
slots through the backplane.
l OptiX OSN 3800: Supports the grooming of four GE signals from one
OTN l Provides the OTU5G/FEC5G interface on WDM-side.

function l Supports TCM and PM functions for ODU5G.
l Supports SM function for OTU5G.
Layer 2 Supports the MAC address learning and aging.

switching Supports one VB.
WDM Supports the DWDM specifications.

specification
Tunable Supports the tunable wavelength optical module. Equipped with this module,
wavelength the board can tune the optical signal output on the WDM side within the range
function of the 40 wavelengths in C-band with the channel spacing of 100 GHz.
ESC Supported
function
PRBS test Not supported

function
LPT function Supported

NOTE
The LPT function cannot be configured for EVPL services but only for bidirectional
EPL services. When the LPT function is enabled, Source C-VLAN and Sink C-
VLAN of an EPL service must be left empty.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
and Feature
FEC Supports ITU-T G.709-compliant forward error correction (FEC) on the

encoding WDM side.
Alarms and l Monitors BIP8 bytes (Poisson mode) to help locate line failures.
performance l Monitors B1 bytes to help locate faults.
events
monitoring l Monitors OTN alarms and performance events.
l Monitors parameters such as the bias current, temperature, and optical
power of the laser.
l Supports the remote monitoring (RMON) of Ethernet services.
ALS Supports the ALS function on the client side.

function
Test frame Supported
Optical-layer Not supported

ASON
Electrical- Not supported

layer ASON
Protection l Supports SW SNCP.

scheme l Supports VLAN SNCP.
l Supports client 1+1 protection.
l Supports intra-board 1+1 protection.
l Supports OWSP protection.
l Supports MS SNCP protection.
Outloop Supported
Client side MAC Supported
PHY Supported
Protocols or Protocols or standards for IEEE 802.1q VLAN

standards transparent transmission (non- All L2 protocols including xSTP,
compliance performance monitoring) LACP, EthOAM, DHCP, and PPP
MPLS protocols
All L3 protocols including ARP, IGMP,
OSPF, and IGRP
Protocols or standards for service IEEE 802.3x pause frame

processing (performance IEEE 802.3ad LACP
monitoring)
IEEE 802.1p priority
IEEE 802.1q VLAN

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

The L4G board consists of the client-side optical module, WDM-side optical module, L2
switching module, signal processing module, control and communication module, and power
supply module.
Figure 13-10 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the L4G board.
Figure 13-10 Functional modules and signal flow of the L4G board
GE Backplane(service cross-connection)
6×GE 4×GE
RX1 O/E E/O
RX2
GE OUT
Cross- OTN
RX6 L2 encapsulation
connect processing
TX1 switching and mapping
E/O module module O/E
TX2 module module
IN
optical 6×GE 4×GE optical
module Signal processing module module
Control

Power supply
module
Fuse Required
voltage
Backplane
Signal Flow
In the signal flow of the L4G board, the transmit and the receive directions are defined. The
transmit direction is defined as the direction from the client side of the L4G to the WDM side
of the L4G, and the receive direction is defined as the reverse direction.
The client-side optical module receives a maximum of six channels of flat-rate GE optical
signals from client equipment through the RX1-RX6 interfaces, and performs O/E
conversion.
After O/E conversion, the six channels of electrical signals are sent to the L2 switching
module. The module performs operations such as convergence. Then, the module outputs
a maximum of four channels of GE signals to the signal processing module.
The signal processing module performs operations such as the service cross-connection,
encapsulation and mapping processing, OTN framing, and encoding of FEC. Then, the
module outputs one channel of OTU 5G/FEC 5G signals.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
The OTU 5G/FEC 5G signals are sent to the WDM-side optical module. After performing
E/O conversion, the module sends out OTU 5G/FEC 5G optical signals at DWDM
wavelengths that comply with ITU-T G.694.1 through the OUT optical interface.
l Receive direction
The WDM-side optical module receives OTU 5G/FEC 5G optical signals at DWDM
wavelengths that comply with ITU-T G.694.1 through the IN optical interface. Then, the
module performs O/E conversion.
After O/E conversion, the OTU 5G/FEC 5G signals are sent to the signal processing
module. The module performs operations such as OTU 5G/FEC 5G framing, decoding of
FEC, demapping, decapsulation processing and service cross-connection. Then, the module
outputs four channels of GE signals.
The L2 switching module deconverges the GE signals and sends six channels of the signals
with corresponding rates to the client-side optical module.
The client-side optical module performs E/O conversion of the six channels of electrical
signals, and then outputs six channels of client-side optical signals through the TX1-TX6
optical interfaces.
Module Function
– Client-side receiver: Performs O/E conversion of six channels of GE optical signals.
– Client-side transmitter: Performs E/O conversion from six channels of internal electrical
signals to GE optical signals.
– WDM-side receiver: Performs O/E conversion of OTU 5G/FEC 5G optical signals.
OTU 5G/FEC 5G optical signals.
l Signal processing module
The module consists of the cross-connect module, GE encapsulation and mapping module,
and OTN processing module.
– Cross-connect module
client-side signals and the WDM-side signals of the board. Grooms the electrical
signals between the L4G and the board in the paired slot or the cross-connect board
through the backplane. The grooming service signals are GE signals.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
signals from one board of the mesh group (consisting of four boards) to the other
three boards belonging to the mesh group through the backplane. The grooming
service signals are GE signals.
– GE encapsulation and mapping module
Encapsulates multiple channels of GE signals and maps the signals into the OTU 5G/
FEC 5G payload area. The module also performs the reverse process and monitors GE
performance.
– OTN processing module
Frames OTU 5G/FEC 5G signals, processes overheads in OTU 5G/FEC 5G signals,
and performs FEC encoding and decoding.
13.3.5 Front Panel

There are indicators and interfaces on the front panel of the L4G board.

Figure 13-11 shows the front panel of the L4G board.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 13-11 Front panel of the L4G board
L4G
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
TX1
RX1
TX2
RX2
TX3
RX3
TX4
RX4
TX5
RX5
TX6
RX6
OUT
IN
L4G
Indicators

Interfaces

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 13-17 Types and functions of the interfaces on the L4G board

multiplexer board.

multiplexer board.
Laser Hazard Level

13.3.6 Valid Slots

One slot houses one L4G board.
Table 13-18 shows the valid slots for the L4G board.
Table 13-18 Valid slots for the L4G board

Product Valid Slots
13.3.7 Characteristic Code for the L4G

The board characteristic code indicates the information about frequency of signals, type of the
For the detailed description of the characteristic code for the board, refer to B.2 Characteristic
Code for OTUs.

This section describes how the physical ports of the board are displayed on the NMS and the
logical ports of the board.

Table 13-19 lists the mapping between the physical ports on the board and the port numbers
displayed on the NMS. .

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 13-19 Mapping between the physical ports on the L4G board and the port numbers
IN/OUT 1
TX1/RX1 3
TX2/RX2 4
TX3/RX3 5
TX4/RX4 6
TX5/RX5 7
TX6/RX6 8
NOTE
Logical Ports
board. They also can be used as sources or sinks of cross-connections. For example, LP is a
Figure 13-12 describes the application model of the L4G board. Table 13-20 describes the
Figure 13-12 Port diagram of the L4G board

PORT3 VCTRUNK1 101( AP1/AP1)-1 201(LP/LP)-1

PORT4 VCTRUNK2 102( AP2/AP2)-1 201(LP/LP)-2 201(LP/LP)-1
PORT5 1(IN/OUT)-1
PORT8
WDM-side
L2 swithing module Cross-connect Service processing optical
module module module
Table 13-20 Description of NM port of the L4G board
PORT3-PORT8 These ports correspond to the client-side

optical interfaces RX1/TX1-RX6/TX6
respectively.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
VCTRUNK1-VCTRUNK4 Internal virtual ports.
AP1-AP4 Internal convergence ports.
LP Internal logical port. The optical paths are

numbered 1, 2, 3 and 4.
IN/OUT Corresponding to the WDM-side optical

interfaces.

If the L4G board is used to transmit services, the following items must be created on the
U2000:
the PORT and VCTRUNK ports. The cross-connect convergence between the six channels
of GE optical signals and the four channels of GE electrical signals accessed from the client-
side ports is realized through the L2 switching module.
NOTE
One VCTRUNK port can be connected to multiple PORT ports.

The maximum bandwidth of each VCTRUNK port is 1.25 Gbit/s.
l There are one-to-one port connections between the VCTRUNK ports and the AP ports of
the cross-connect module. These connections do not need to be set on the U2000.
connection between the AP and LP ports. The cross-connect grooming of GE services is
implemented through the cross-connect module. The following three cross-connections can
be created:
– Create the cross-connection between the internal AP and LP ports of the L4G board
(create the internal straight-through and cross-connection of the board), as shown by
and in Figure 13-13.
– Create the cross-connection between the AP port of the L4G board and the LP port of
other boards, as shown by 3 in Figure 13-13. (The GE services accessed from the
client side of the L4G board are cross-connected to the WDM side of other boards for
protection and inter-board service convergence.)
– Create the cross-connection between the AP port or RX/TX port of other boards and
the LP port of the L4G board, as shown by 4 in Figure 13-13. (The GE services
accessed from the client side of other boards are cross-connected to the WDM side of
the L4G board for protection and inter-board service convergence.)
l Create the cross-connection between the LP port of the L4G board and the LP port of other
board, as shown by 5 in Figure 13-13. (This cross-connection enables the passing-through
of the broadcast services.)
l Create the cross-connection between the AP port of the L4G board and the AP port of other
6
boards, as shown by in Figure 13-13. (The GE services accessed from the client side

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
of the L4G board are cross-connected to the client side of other boards for protection and
the inter-board service deconvergence.)
l The four paths of the LP port are converged into one channel, which is connected to the
IN/OUT port. This connection does not need to be configured on the U2000.
Figure 13-13 Cross-connection diagram of the L4G board

Client side Other board WDM side
101(AP1/AP1)-1/3(RX1/TX1)-1 201(LP/LP)-1
4 3
102(AP2/AP2)-1/4(RX2/TX2)-1 201(LP/LP)-2
6 5
103(AP3/AP3)-1/5(RX3/TX3)-1 201(LP/LP)-3
104(AP4/AP4)-1/6(RX4/TX4)-1 201(LP/LP)-4

101(AP1/AP1)-1 201(LP/LP)-1
102(AP2/AP2)-1 201(LP/LP)-2
2
103(AP3/AP3)-1 201(LP/LP)-3
1
104(AP4/AP4)-1 201(LP/LP)-4
L4G
1
The straight-through of the board
2
The internal cross-connection of the board
3
The client side of the L4G board are cross-connected to the WDM side of other boards
4
The client side of other boards are cross-connected to the WDM side of the L4G board
5
The WDM side of the L4G board are cross-connected to the WDM side of other boards
6
The client side of the L4G board are cross-connected to the client side of other boards
Other board TN11L4G / TN11LDGD / TN11LDGS / TN11LOG / TN12LOG / TN11LQG / TN13LQM /

TN11LQMD / TN12LQMD / TN11LQMS / TN12LQMS / TN11TBE / TN11TDG /
TN11TOM / TN11TQM / TN12TQM

For parameters of L4G, refer to Table 13-21.
Table 13-21 L4G parameters
Optical - Displays the position of the optical interface.

Interface/
Channel

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Optical - Sets and queries the optical interface name.

Interface Name An optical interface name contains a maximum of 64
characters. Any characters are supported.
Channel Use Used, Unused The Channel Use Status parameter sets the
Status Default: Used occupancy status of the current channel of a board.
See D.4 Channel Use Status (WDM Interface) for
more information.
Optical Non-Loopback, Specifies the loopback mode for the optical interface
Interface Inloop, Outloop on a board.
Loopback Default: Non-
Loopback
Laser Status Off, On The Laser Status parameter sets the laser status of a
Default: board.
See D.15 Laser Status (WDM Interface) for more
l WDM side: information.
On
l Client side:
Off
Automatic Disabled, The Automatic Laser Shutdown parameter

Laser Enabled determines whether to automatically shut down the
Shutdown Default: Enabled laser after the signals received by a board are lost.
Service Mode OTN, SDH Specifies the service mode for a board.
Default: OTN See D.32 Service Mode (WDM Interface) for more
information.
LPT Enabled Disabled, Determines whether to enable the link pass-through

Enabled (LPT) function.
Default: Disabled
FEC Working Disabled, Determines whether to enable or disable the forward

State Enabled error correction (FEC) function for an optical
Default: Enabled interface.
See D.10 FEC Working State (WDM Interface) for
more information.
Band Type/ - Queries the operating wavelength at the WDM-side

Wavelength optical interface of a board.
No./
Wavelength
(nm)/
Frequency
(THz)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Tunable - Displays the tunable wavelength range supported by

Wavelength the WDM-side optical interface on the board.
Range
Planned l C: The Planned Wavelength No./Wavelength (nm)/

Wavelength 1/1529.16/196 Frequency (THz) parameter sets the wavelength
No./ .050 to number, wavelength and frequency of the current
Wavelength 80/1560.61/19 optical interface on the WDM side of a board.
(nm)/ 2.100 See D.27 Planned Wavelength No./Wavelength
Frequency l CWDM: (nm)/Frequency (THz) (WDM Interface) for more
(THz) 11/1471.00/20 information.
8.170 to
18/1611.00/18
8.780
Default: /
Planned Band C, CWDM The Planned Band Type parameter sets the band
Type Default: C type of the current working wavelength.
See D.26 Planned Band Type (WDM Interface) for
more information.
SD Trigger None, B1_SD, The SD Trigger Condition parameter sets the

Condition OTUk_DEG, relevant alarms of certain optical interfaces or
ODUk_PM_DE channels of a board as SD switching trigger
G conditions of the protection group in which this OTU
Default: None board resides.
See D.31 SD Trigger Condition (WDM
13.3.11 L4G Specifications

Bo Client-Side Client-Side WDM-Side Fixed WDM-Side
ard Fixed Pluggable Optical Optical Module Pluggable
Optical Module Optical
Module Module
TN N/A 2.125 Gbit/s 3400 ps/nm-C Band- N/A

11L Multirate-0.5 km Fixed Wavelength-
4G 1000 BASE-LX-10 km NRZ-APD
1000 BASE-LX-40 km 3400 ps/nm-C Band-
Tunable Wavelength-
1000 BASE-ZX-80 km NRZ-APD
1.25 Gbit/s Multirate
(eSFP CWDM)-40 km
(eSFP CWDM)-80 km

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
NOTE
point.
Table 13-22 Client-side pluggable optical module specifications (GE services)

Optical 2.125 Gbit/s 1000 BASE- 1000 BASE- 1000 BASE-

Module Multirate-0. LX-10 km LX-40 km ZX-80 km
Type 5 km
Line code - NRZ NRZ NRZ NRZ

format
Target - 0.5 km (0.3 10 km (6.2 40 km (24.9 80 km (49.7

transmission mi.) mi.) mi.) mi.)
distance
Operating nm 770 to 860 1270 to 1355 1270 to 1355 1500 to 1580

wavelength
range
Maximum dBm -2.5 -3 0 5

mean
launched
power
Minimum dBm -9.5 -9 -5 -2

mean
launched
power
Minimum dB 9 9 9 9
extinction
ratio

mask
Receiver - PIN PIN PIN PIN

type

wavelength
range

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Type 5 km
Receiver dBm -17 -20 -20 -23

sensitivity
Minimum dBm 0 -3 -3 -3
receiver
overload
Table 13-23 Client-side pluggable optical module specifications (CWDM colored wavelengths)

km km

distance

range

launched power

power

deviation

spectral width

suppression ratio
Eye pattern mask - IEEE802.3z-compliant G.957-compliant

G.959.1-compliant
IEEE802.3z-compliant

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

km km

range

overload
WDM-Side Fixed Optical Module
Table 13-24 WDM-side fixed optical module specifications

Optical Module 3400 ps/nm-C Band- 3400 ps/nm-C Band-

Type Fixed Wavelength- Tunable
NRZ-APD Wavelength-NRZ-
APD

launched power
Minimum mean dBm -2 -3

launched power
Minimum extinction dB 10 10
ratio
Center frequency THz 192.10 to 196.00
Center frequency GHz ±10

deviation

spectral width

suppression ratio
Dispersion tolerance ps/nm 3400 3400

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

APD
Receiver type - APD APD
Operating wavelength nm 1200 to 1650

range

overload
(8.7 in.)
Power Consumption
Board WDM-Side Optical Typical Power Maximum Power
Module Consumption at 25° Consumption at 55°
C ( 77°F ) (W) C ( 131°F ) (W)
TN11L4 3400 ps/nm-C Band-Fixed 50.0 55.0

G Wavelength-NRZ-APD
3400 ps/nm-C Band- 53.0 58.0

Tunable Wavelength-NRZ-
APD
13.4 LDGD
LDGD: 2 x Gigabit Ethernet unit, dual fed and selective receiving

The available functional version of the LDGD board is TN11.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Huawei office.
Subrack
TN11 N N N N Y Y
LDG
D
13.4.2 Application
As a type of optical transponder unit, the LDGD board implements the conversion between two
channels of GE signals and WDM signals that comply with ITU-T Recommendation, and dually
feeds and selectively receives signals on the WDM side.
For the position of the LDGD board in the WDM system, see Figure 13-14.
Figure 13-14 Position of the LDGD board in the WDM system
LDGD LDGD TX1

RX1 OUT1 IN1
MUX/ MUX/
TX1 IN1 DMUX DMUX OUT1 1×ODU1 RX1
1×ODU1
1×OTU1
1×OTU1
GE GE
RX2 IN2 TX2
OUT2
MUX/ MUX/
TX2 IN2 DMUX DMUX OUT2 RX2
GE GE
OptiX OSN 6800: From/To cross-connect board or paired slot

The LDGD board is mainly used to achieve tunable wavelength and cross-connection at the
electrical layer, and to provide OTN interfaces and ESC.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 13-25 Functions and features of the LDGD board

Feature
Basic function LDGD converts signals: 2 x GE <-> 1 x OTU1/STM-16

Implements the dual fed and selective receiving function on the WDM
side.

service type
Cross-connect l OptiX OSN 6800: Supports the grooming of two channels of GE

capabilities services each to working/protection cross-connection boards
respectively through the backplane. Supports the transmission of two
GE signals to the paired slots through the backplane.
l OptiX OSN 3800: Supports the grooming of two GE signals from one
OTN function l Provides the OTU1 interface on WDM-side.

l Supports the OTN frame format and overhead processing by referring
to the ITU-T G.709.
l Supports PM and TCM functions for ODU1.
l Supports SM function for OTU1.
WDM l Supports ITU-T G.694.1-compliant DWDM specifications.

specification l Supports ITU-T G.694.2-compliant CWDM specifications.
Tunable Supports the tunable wavelength optical module. Equipped with this
wavelength module, the board can tune the optical signal output on the WDM side
function within the range of the 40 wavelengths in C-band with the channel spacing
of 100 GHz.
ESC function Supported
PRBS test Not supported.

function
FEC encoding Supports ITU-T G.709-compliant forward error correction (FEC) on the
WDM side.
events
monitoring l Monitors B2 bytes to help locate faults.
l Monitors OTN alarms and performance events.
power of the laser.
ALS function Supports the ALS function on the client side.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Feature

ASON
Electrical-layer Not supported

ASON
Port MTU Supports transmission of packets containing 1518–9600 bytes.

scheme l Supports client 1+1 protection.
Outloop Supported
Outloop Supported
Protocols or Protocols or IEEE 802.3z

standards standards for
compliance transparent
transmission
(non-
performance
monitoring)
Protocols or ITU-T G.805

standards for ITU-T G.806
service
processing ITU-T G.709
(performance ITU-T G.872
monitoring) ITU-T G.7710
ITU-T G.798
ITU-T G.874
ITU-T M.3100
ITU-T G.874.1
ITU-T G.875
ITU-T G.808.1
ITU-T G.841
ITU-T G.8201
ITU-T G.694.1
ITU-T G.694.2

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

The LDGD board consists of the client-side optical module, WDM-side optical module, signal
processing module, control and communication module, and power supply module.
Figure 13-15 show the functional modules and signal flow of the LDGD board.
Figure 13-15 Functional modules and signal flow of the LDGD board
Backplane (service cross-connection)
GE
RX1 O/E OUT1
E/O Splitter
RX2 GE OUT2
Cross- encapsulation OTN
connect and mapping Processing
TX1 E/O module module IN1
module O/E
TX2 IN2
Optical Optical
module Signal processing module
module
Control

Power supply
module
Fuse Required
voltage
Backplane
Signal Flow
The client side of the LDGD board accesses GE optical signals.
In the signal flow of the LDGD board, the transmit and the receive directions are defined. The
transmit direction is defined as the direction from the client side of the LDGD to the WDM side
of the LDGD, and the receive direction is defined as the reverse direction.
The client-side optical module receives two channels of GE optical signals from client
After O/E conversion, the two channels of electrical signals are sent to the signal processing
module. The module performs operations such as service cross-connection, encapsulation
and mapping processing, OTN framing, and encoding of FEC. Then, the module outputs
one channel of OTU1 signals.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
The OTU1 signals are sent to the WDM-side optical module. After performing E/O
conversion, the module sends out the ITU-T G.694.1-compliant at DWDM standard
wavelengths or the ITU-T G.694.2-compliant at CWDM standard wavelengths OTU1
optical signals. An optical splitter converts the OTU1 optical signals into two channels of
identical optical signals, and then the two channels signals are output through the OUT1-
OUT2 optical interfaces.
l Receive direction
The WDM-side optical module receives two channels of the ITU-T G.694.1-compliant at
DWDM standard wavelengths or the ITU-T G.694.2-compliant at CWDM standard
wavelengths OTU1 optical signals from the WDM side through the IN1-IN2 optical
interfaces. Then, the module performs O/E conversion.
After O/E conversion, the OTU1 signals are sent to the signal processing module. The
module performs operations such as received signal selection, OTU1 framing, decoding of
FEC, demapping, decapsulation processing and service cross-connection. Then, the module
outputs two channels of GE signals.
The client-side optical module performs E/O conversion of the two channels of electrical
signals, and then outputs two channels of client-side optical signals through the TX1-TX2
optical interfaces.
Module Function
– Client-side receiver: Performs O/E conversion of two channels of GE optical signals.
– Client-side transmitter: Performs E/O conversion from two channels of the internal
electrical signals to GE optical signals.
– WDM-side receiver: Performs O/E conversion of OTU1 optical signals.
OTU1 optical signals.
signals between the LDGD and the board in the paired slot or the cross-connect board

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Encapsulates multiple channels of GE signals and maps the signals into the OTU1
payload area. The module also performs the reverse process and monitors GE
performance.
Frames OTU1 signals, processes overheads in OTU1 signals, and performs FEC
encoding and decoding.
13.4.5 Front Panel

There are indicators and interfaces on the front panel of the LDGD board.

Figure 13-16 shows the front panel of the LDGD board.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 13-16 Front panel of the LDGD board
LDGD
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
TX1
RX1
TX2
RX2
OUT1
IN1
OUT2
IN2
LDGD
Indicators

Interfaces

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 13-26 Types and functions of the interfaces on the LDGD board
IN1-IN2 LC Receive single-wavelength signals from the associated

multiplexer board.
OUT1-OUT2 LC Transmit single-wavelength signals to the associated

multiplexer board.
Laser Hazard Level

13.4.6 Valid Slots

One slot houses one LDGD board.
Table 13-27 shows the valid slots for the LDGD board.
Table 13-27 Valid slots for LDGD board
Product Valid Slots
13.4.7 Characteristic Code for the LDGD

The characteristic code for the LDGD board contains eight digits, respectively indicating the
frequency values of two channels of optical signals on the WDM side.
The detailed information about the characteristic code is given in Table 13-28.
Table 13-28 Characteristic code for the LDGD board
Code Description Description
First four digits The frequency of forth The last four digits of the
optical signal frequency value of the first
channel of signals on the
WDM side.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Last four digits The frequency of forth The last four digits of the
optical signal frequency value of the
second channel of signals on
the WDM side.
For example, the characteristic code for the TN11LDGD board is 92109210.
l "92109210" indicates the frequency of the two channels of optical signals on the WDM
side both are 192.10 THz.


Table 13-29 Mapping between the physical ports on the LDGD board and the port numbers
IN1/OUT1 1
IN2/OUT2 2
TX1/RX1 3
TX2/RX2 4
NOTE
Logical Ports
Figure 13-17 shows the application model of the LDGD board. Table 13-30 describes the

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 13-17 Port diagram of the LDGD board
201(LP/LP)-1 201(LP/LP)-1
3 (RX1/T X1)-1 1(IN1/OUT1)-1
201(LP/LP)-2 201(LP/LP)-2
4 (RX2/T X2)-1 2(IN2 /OUT2)-1
Servi ce
Cross-connect WDM-si de
p rocessing
mo dule opti cal modu le
module
Table 13-30 Description of NM port of the LDGD board
RX1/TX1-RX2/TX2 These ports correspond to the client-side optical interfaces.
LP Internal logical port. The optical paths are numbered 1 and

2.
IN1/OUT1-IN2/OUT2 These ports correspond to the WDM-side optical

interfaces.

If the LDGD board is used to transmit services, the following items must be created on the
U2000:
l During creation of the electrical cross-connect services on the U2000, create the GE cross-
connection between the RX/TX and LP ports. The cross-connect grooming of GE services
is implemented through the cross-connect module. The following three cross-connections
can be created.
– Create the cross-connection between the internal RX/TX and LP ports of the LDGD
board (Create the internal straight-through and cross-connection of the board), as shown
– Create the cross-connection between the RX/TX port of the LDGD board and the LP
port of other boards (The GE services accessed from the client side of the LDGD board
are cross-connected to the WDM side of other boards for protection and the inter-board
3
service convergence), as shown in Figure 13-18.
– Create the cross-connection between the RX/TX port of other boards and the LP port
of the LDGD board (The GE services accessed from the client side of other boards are
cross-connected to the WDM side of the LDGD board for protection and the inter-board
4

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
NOTE
One RX/TX port can be connected to only one optical path of the LP port.
l Create the cross-connection between the LP port of the LDGD board and the LP port of
other boards (The GE services accessed from the WDM side of the LDGD board are cross-
connected to the WDM side of other board for the grooming of the WDM-side services),
5
as shown in Figure 13-18.
l The two paths of the LP port are respectively connected to the IN1/OUT1 and IN2/OUT2
ports. There is no need for configuration on the U2000.
Figure 13-18 Cross-connection diagram of the LDGD board

Other board
3(RX1/TX1)-1 201(LP/LP)-1
4 3
4(RX2/TX2)-1 201(LP/LP)-2
5
3(RX1/TX1)-1 201(LP/LP)-1
2
4(RX2/TX2)-1 1
201(LP/LP)-2
LDGD
1
2
The client side of the LDGD board are cross-connected to the WDM side of 3
other boards
The client side of other boards are cross-connected to the WDM side of the 4
LDGD board
The WDM side of the LDGD board are cross-connected to the WDM side of 5
other boards


For parameters of LDGD, refer to Table 13-31.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 13-31 LDGD parameters
Optical Interface/ - Displays the position of the optical interface.

Channel

Name An optical interface name contains a maximum
of 64 characters. Any characters are supported.
Status Default: Used occupancy status of the current channel of a
board.
Optical Interface Non-Loopback, Specifies the loopback mode for the optical
Loopback Inloop, Outloop interface on a board.
Default: Non-
Loopback
Laser Status Off, On The Laser Status parameter sets the laser status
Default: of a board.
See D.15 Laser Status (WDM Interface) for
l WDM side: On more information.
l Client side: Off
Automatic Laser Disabled, Enabled The Automatic Laser Shutdown parameter

Shutdown Default: Enabled determines whether to automatically shut down
the laser after the signals received by a board are
lost.
Default: OTN See D.32 Service Mode (WDM Interface) for
more information.
LPT Enabled Disabled, Enabled Determines whether to enable the link pass-
Default: Disabled through (LPT) function.
FEC Working Disabled, Enabled Determines whether to enable or disable the

State Default: Enabled forward error correction (FEC) function for an
optical interface.
See D.10 FEC Working State (WDM
Band Type/ - Queries the operating wavelength at the WDM-

Wavelength No./ side optical interface of a board.
Wavelength (nm)/
Frequency (THz)

Wavelength supported by the WDM-side optical interface on
Range the board.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Planned l C: The Planned Wavelength No./Wavelength

Wavelength No./ 1/1529.16/196. (nm)/Frequency (THz) parameter sets the
Wavelength (nm)/ 050 to wavelength number, wavelength and frequency
Frequency (THz) 80/1560.61/192 of the current optical interface on the WDM side
.100 of a board.
l CWDM: See D.27 Planned Wavelength No./
11/1471.00/208 Wavelength (nm)/Frequency (THz) (WDM
.170 to Interface) for more information.
18/1611.00/188
.780
Default: /
Planned Band C, CWDM The Planned Band Type parameter sets the
Type Default: C band type of the current working wavelength.
Max. Packet 1518 to 9600 The Max. Packet Length parameter sets and
Length Default: 9600 queries the maximum packet length supported by
a board and is applicable to the boards supporting
Ethernet services.
See D.20 Max. Packet Length (WDM
Ethernet Working Auto-Negotiation, The Ethernet Working Mode parameter sets

Mode 1000M Full- and queries the working mode of the Ethernet.
Duplex See D.7 Ethernet Working Mode (WDM
Default: Auto- Interface) for more information.
Negotiation

ODUk_PM_DEG channels of a board as SD switching trigger
Default: None conditions of the protection group in which this
OTU board resides.
13.4.11 LDGD Specifications


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

ard Fixed Optical Pluggable Optical Optical Module Pluggable
Module Module Optical
Module

DG 1000 BASE-LX-10 NRZ-PIN
D km 12800 ps/nm-C Band-
1000 BASE-LX-40 Fixed Wavelength-
km NRZ-APD
1000 BASE-ZX-80 6500 ps/nm-C Band-
km Fixed Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN
(eSFP CWDM)-40 km 3200 ps/nm-C Band-
Fixed Wavelength-
2.67 Gbit/s Multirate NRZ-APD
(eSFP CWDM)-80 km
12800 ps/nm-C Band-
Tunable Wavelength-
NRZ-APD
6400 ps/nm-C Band-
Tunable Wavelength-
NRZ-APD (Four
Channels-Tunable)
1600 ps/nm-CWDM
Band-Fixed
Wavelength-NRZ-
APD
NOTE
point.


Type 5 km

format

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Type 5 km
Target - 0.5 km (0.3 10 km (6.2 40 km (24.9 80 km (49.7

distance

wavelength
range

mean
launched
power

mean
launched
power
Minimum dB 9 9 9 9
extinction
ratio

mask

type

wavelength
range
Receiver dBm -17 -20 -20 -23

sensitivity
receiver
overload

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

km km

distance

range

launched power

power

deviation

spectral width

suppression ratio

G.959.1-compliant

range

overload

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Optical Module 12800 ps/ 12800 ps/ 6500 ps/ 3200 ps/ 12800 ps/ 6400 ps/
Type nm-C nm-C nm-C nm-C nm-C nm-C
Band- Band- Band- Band- Band- Band-
Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Tunable Tunable
Wavelen Wavelen Wavelen Wavelen Wavelen Wavelen
gth-NRZ- gth-NRZ- gth-NRZ- gth-NRZ- gth-NRZ- gth-NRZ-
PIN APD PIN APD APD APD
(Four
Channels
-
Tunable)
Line code format - NRZ NRZ NRZ NRZ NRZ NRZ
Maximum mean dBm -4 -4 0 0 0 0

launched power
Minimum mean dBm -8 -8 -5 -5 -5 -5

launched power
Minimum dB 10 10 8.2 8.2 10 8.2

extinction ratio

deviation
Maximum -20 dB nm 0.2 0.2 0.5 0.5 0.2 0.5

spectral width
Minimum side dB 35 35 30 30 35 35
mode suppression
ratio
Dispersion ps/nm 12800 12800 6500 3200 12800 6400

tolerance
Eye pattern mask - G.959.1 - compliant
Receiver type - PIN APD PIN APD APD APD
Operating nm 1200 to 1650 1300 to

wavelength range 1575
Receiver dBm -18 -28 -18 -28 -28 -28

sensitivity

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
(Four
Channels
-
Tunable)
Minimum receiver dBm 0 -9 0 -9 -9 -9

overload
Maximum dB -27 -27 -27 -27 -27 -27

reflectance
Table 13-35 WDM-side fixed optical module specifications (fixed wavelengths)

Optical Module Type 1600 ps/nm-CWDM

Band-Fixed Wavelength-
NRZ-APD
Line code format - NRZ
Maximum mean launched dBm 2

power
Minimum mean launched dBm –0.5

power
Minimum extinction ratio dB 8.2
Central wavelength nm 1271 to 1611
Central wavelength deviation nm ≤ ±6.5
Maximum -20 dB spectral nm 1

width
Minimum side mode dB 30

suppression ratio
Dispersion tolerance ps/nm 1600
Eye pattern mask - G.959.1-compliant

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

NRZ-APD
Receiver type - APD
Operating wavelength range nm 1200 to 1650
Receiver sensitivity dBm -28
Minimum receiver overload dBm -9
Maximum reflectance dB -27
(8.7 in.)
Power Consumption
Bo WDM-Side Optical Module Typical Power Maximum
ard Consumption Power
at 55°C (131°F)
TN 12800 ps/nm-C Band-Fixed Wavelength- 34.0 37.4

11L NRZ-PIN
DG 12800 ps/nm-C Band-Fixed Wavelength-
D NRZ-APD
6500 ps/nm-C Band-Fixed Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN
NRZ-APD
1600 ps/nm-CWDM Band-Fixed
Wavelength-NRZ-APD
12800 ps/nm-C Band-Tunable Wavelength- 38.0 41.8

NRZ-APD
6400 ps/nm-C Band-Tunable Wavelength-
NRZ-APD (Four Channels-Tunable)
13.5 LDGS
LDGS: 2 x Gigabit Ethernet unit, single fed and single receiving

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

The available functional version of the LDGS board is TN11.

Huawei office.
Subrack
TN11 N N N N Y Y
LDG
S
13.5.2 Application
As a type of optical transponder unit, the LDGS implements the conversion between two
For the position of the LDGS board in the WDM system, see Figure 13-19.
Figure 13-19 Position of the LDGS board in the WDM system
LDGS LDGS
RX1 TX1
M M
OUT U IN
TX1 U
X RX1
X
/
1×ODU1
1×ODU1
1×OTU1
1×OTU1
GE / GE
D D
RX2 IN M TX2
M OUT
U U
TX2 X X RX2
GE GE
OptiX OSN 6800: From/To cross-connect board or paired slot

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

The LDGS board is mainly used to achieve tunable wavelength and cross-connection at the
Table 13-36 Functions and features of the LDGS board

and
Feature
Basic LDGS converts signals: 2 x GE <-> 1 x OTU1/STM-16

function

service type
Cross- l OptiX OSN 6800: Supports the grooming of two channels of GE services
capabilities the backplane. Supports the transmission of two GE signals to the paired
slots through the backplane.
l OptiX OSN 3800: Supports the grooming of two GE signals from one
OTN l Provides the OTU1 interface on WDM-side.

function l Supports the OTN frame format and overhead processing by referring to
the ITU-T G.709.

ESC Supported
function

encoding WDM side.

function
LPT Supported
function

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
and
Feature
events
power of the laser.

function
Optical- Not supported

layer ASON

layer ASON

Outloop Supported
Outloop Supported

transmission
(non-
performance
monitoring)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
and
Feature

service
ITU-T G.798
ITU-T G.874
ITU-T M.3100
ITU-T G.874.1
ITU-T G.875
ITU-T G.808.1
ITU-T G.841
ITU-T G.8201
ITU-T G.694.1
ITU-T G.694.2

The LDGS board consists of the client-side optical module, WDM-side optical module, signal
Figure 13-20 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the LDGS board.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 13-20 Functional modules and signal flow of the LDGS board
Backplane(service cross-connection)
GE

RX1
O/E E/O OUT
RX2
Cross- GE OTN
connect encapsulation processing
TX1
E/O module and mapping module
module O/E IN
TX2
optical Signal processing module optical
module module
Control

Power supply
module
Fuse Required
voltage
Backplane
Signal Flow
The client side of the LDGS board accesses GE optical signals.
In the signal flow of the LDGS board, the transmit and the receive directions are defined. The
transmit direction is defined as the direction from the client side of the LDGS to the WDM side
of the LDGS, and the receive direction is defined as the reverse direction.
optical signals through the OUT optical interface.
l Receive direction

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
The WDM-side optical module receives one channel of the ITU-T G.694.1-compliant at
wavelengths OTU1 optical signals from the WDM side through the IN optical interface.
module performs operations such as OTU1 framing, decoding of FEC, demapping,
decapsulation processing and service cross-connection. Then, the module outputs two
channels of GE signals.
optical interfaces.
Module Function
signals between the LDGS and the board in the paired slot or the cross-connect board
performance.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
13.5.5 Front Panel

There are indicators and interfaces on the front panel of the LDGS board.

Figure 13-21 shows the front panel of the LDGS board.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 13-21 Front panel of the LDGS board
LDGS
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
TX1
RX1
TX2
RX2
OUT
IN
LDGS
Indicators

Interfaces

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 13-37 Types and functions of the interfaces on the LDGS board

multiplexer board.

multiplexer board.
Laser Hazard Level

13.5.6 Valid Slots

One slot houses one LDGS board.
Table 13-38 shows the valid slots for the LDGS board.
Table 13-38 Valid slots for LDGS board

Product Valid Slots
13.5.7 Characteristic Code for the LDGS

Code for OTUs.



OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 13-39 Mapping between the physical ports on the LDGS board and the port numbers
IN/OUT 1
TX1/RX1 3
TX2/RX2 4
NOTE
Logical Ports
Figure 13-22 shows the application model of the LDGS board. Table 13-40 describes the
Figure 13-22 Port diagram of the LDGS board
201(LP/LP)-1
3(RX1/TX1)-1
201(LP/LP)-1
1(IN/OUT)-1
201(LP/LP)-2
4(RX2/TX2)-1
Service
Cross-connect WDM-side
processing
module optical module
module
Table 13-40 Description of NM port of the LDGS board
LP Internal logical port. The optical paths are numbered 1 and

2.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

his section describes how to configure cross-connections on boards using the NMS.
If the LDGS board is used to transmit services, the following items must be created on the
U2000:
can be created.
– Create the cross-connection between the internal RX/TX and LP ports of the LDGS
board (Create the internal straight-through and cross-connection of the board), as shown
– Create the cross-connection between the RX/TX port of the LDGS board and the LP
port of other boards (The GE services accessed from the client side of the LDGS board
are cross-connected to the WDM side of other boards for protection and the inter-board
3
of the LDGS board (The GE services accessed from the client side of other boards are
cross-connected to the WDM side of the LDGS board for protection and the inter-board
4
NOTE
l Create the cross-connection between the LP port of the LDGS board and the LP port of
other boards (The GE services accessed from the WDM side of the LDGS board are cross-
5
l The two paths of the LP port are converged into one channel, which is connected to the IN/
OUT port. There is no need for configuration on the U2000

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 13-23 Cross-connection diagram of the LDGS board

3(RX1/TX1)-1 201(LP/LP)-1
4 3
4(RX2/TX2)-1 201(LP/LP)-2
5
3(RX1/TX1)-1 201(LP/LP)-1
2
1
4(RX2/TX2)-1 201(LP/LP)-2
LDGS
1
2
The client side of the LDGS board are cross-connected to the WDM side of 3
other boards
LDGS board
The WDM side of the LDGS board are cross-connected to the WDM side of 5
other boards


For parameters of LDGS, refer to Table 13-41.
Table 13-41 LDGS parameters

Interface/
Channel
Optical - Sets and queries the optical interface name.

Interface An optical interface name contains a maximum of 64
Name characters. Any characters are supported.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Status Default: Used occupancy status of the current channel of a board.
See D.4 Channel Use Status (WDM Interface) for
more information.
Optical Non-Loopback, Specifies the loopback mode for the optical interface
Interface Inloop, Outloop on a board.
Loopback Default: Non-
Loopback
Laser Status Off, On The Laser Status parameter sets the laser status of a
Default: board.
See D.15 Laser Status (WDM Interface) for more
l WDM side: information.
On
l Client side:
Off
Automatic Disabled, Enabled The Automatic Laser Shutdown parameter

Laser Default: Enabled determines whether to automatically shut down the
Shutdown laser after the signals received by a board are lost.
Default: OTN See D.32 Service Mode (WDM Interface) for more
information.
LPT Enabled Disabled, Enabled Determines whether to enable the link pass-through
Default: Disabled (LPT) function.
FEC Working Disabled, Enabled Determines whether to enable or disable the forward
State Default: Enabled error correction (FEC) function for an optical
interface.
See D.10 FEC Working State (WDM Interface) for
more information.
Band Type/ - Queries the operating wavelength at the WDM-side

Wavelength optical interface of a board.
No./
Wavelength
(nm)/
Frequency
(THz)
Tunable - Displays the tunable wavelength range supported by

Wavelength the WDM-side optical interface on the board.
Range

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Max. Packet 1518 to 9600 The Max. Packet Length parameter sets and queries
Length Default: 9600 the maximum packet length supported by a board and
is applicable to the boards supporting Ethernet
services.
See D.20 Max. Packet Length (WDM Interface) for
more information.
Planned l C: The Planned Wavelength No./Wavelength (nm)/

Wavelength 1/1529.16/196 Frequency (THz) parameter sets the wavelength
No./ .050 to number, wavelength and frequency of the current
Wavelength 80/1560.61/19 optical interface on the WDM side of a board.
(nm)/ 2.100 See D.27 Planned Wavelength No./Wavelength
Frequency l CWDM: (nm)/Frequency (THz) (WDM Interface) for more
(THz) 11/1471.00/20 information.
8.170 to
18/1611.00/18
8.780
Default: /
Planned Band C, CWDM The Planned Band Type parameter sets the band type
Type Default: C of the current working wavelength.
See D.26 Planned Band Type (WDM Interface) for
more information.
Ethernet Auto- The Ethernet Working Mode parameter sets and

Working Negotiation, queries the working mode of the Ethernet.
Mode 1000M Full- See D.7 Ethernet Working Mode (WDM
Duplex Interface) for more information.
Default: Auto-
Negotiation

ODUk_PM_DEG channels of a board as SD switching trigger conditions
Default: None of the protection group in which this OTU board
resides.
See D.31 SD Trigger Condition (WDM Interface)
13.5.11 LDGS Specifications


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

ard Fixed Optical Pluggable Optical Module Pluggable
Module Optical Module Optical
Module

11L Multirate-0.5 kmFixed Wavelength-NRZ-
DG 1000 BASE-LX-10 PIN
S km 12800 ps/nm-C Band-
1000 BASE-LX-40 Fixed Wavelength-NRZ-
km APD
1000 BASE-ZX-80 6500 ps/nm-C Band-
km Fixed Wavelength-NRZ-
PIN
1.25 Gbit/s
Multirate (eSFP 3200 ps/nm-C Band-
CWDM)-40 km Fixed Wavelength-NRZ-
APD
2.67 Gbit/s
Multirate (eSFP 12800 ps/nm-C Band-
CWDM)-80 km Tunable Wavelength-
NRZ-APD
6400 ps/nm-C Band-
Tunable Wavelength-
NRZ-APD (Four
Channels-Tunable)
1600 ps/nm-CWDM
NRZ-APD
NOTE
point.


Type 5 km

format

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Type 5 km
Target - 0.5 km (0.3 10 km (6.2 40 km (24.9 80 km (49.7

distance

wavelength
range

mean
launched
power

mean
launched
power
Minimum dB 9 9 9 9
extinction
ratio

mask

type

wavelength
range
Receiver dBm -17 -20 -20 -23

sensitivity
receiver
overload

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

km km

distance

range

launched power

power

deviation

spectral width

suppression ratio

G.959.1-compliant

range

overload

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Optical 12800 ps/ 12800 ps/ 6500 ps/ 3200 ps/ 12800 ps/ 6400 ps/
Module Type nm-C nm-C nm-C nm-C nm-C nm-C
Waveleng Waveleng Waveleng Waveleng Waveleng Waveleng
th-NRZ- th-NRZ- th-NRZ- th-NRZ- th-NRZ- th-NRZ-
(Four
Channels
-Tunable)

launched power

launched power
Minimum dB 10 10 8.2 8.2 10 8.2

extinction ratio
Center THz 192.10 to 196.00

frequency
Center GHz ±10

frequency
deviation
Maximum -20 nm 0.2 0.2 0.5 0.5 0.2 0.5

dB spectral
width
Minimum side dB 35 35 30 30 35 35
mode
suppression ratio
Dispersion ps/nm 12800 12800 6500 3200 12800 6400

tolerance

wavelength 1575
range

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
(Four
Channels
-Tunable)
Receiver dBm -18 -28 -18 -28 -28 -28

sensitivity
Minimum dBm 0 -9 0 -9 -9 -9
receiver
overload
Maximum dB -27 -27 -27 -27 -27 -27

reflectance

Optical Module Type 1600 ps/nm-CWDM Band-Fixed

Wavelength-NRZ-APD

power
Minimum mean launched dBm 2.5

power
Central wavelength nm ≤±6.5

deviation

width

suppression ratio

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Wavelength-NRZ-APD
Receiver type - APD
(8.7 in.)
Power Consumption
Bo WDM-Side Optical Module Typical Power Maximum Power
ard Consumption at Consumption at
25°C (77°F) 55°C (131°F)
TN 12800 ps/nm-C Band-Fixed Wavelength- 32.0 35.2

11L NRZ-PIN
DG 12800 ps/nm-C Band-Fixed Wavelength-
S NRZ-APD
NRZ-PIN
NRZ-APD
Wavelength-NRZ-APD
12800 ps/nm-C Band-Tunable 36.0 39.6

Wavelength-NRZ-APD
6400 ps/nm-C Band-Tunable
Wavelength-NRZ-APD (Four Channels-
Tunable)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
13.6 LDM
LDM: 2-channel multi-rate (100Mbit/s-2.5Gbit/s) wavelength conversion board

Only one functional version of the LDM board is available, that is, TN12.

Huawei office.
Subrack
TN12 Y Y N Y Y Y
LDM
Type
The system provides two types of the LDM board: One has a pair of input and output optical
interfaces, and the other has two pairs of input and output optical interfaces. Table 13-46 lists
the types of the LDM board.
Table 13-46 Type description of the LDM board
Board Type Description
LDM One type is the single transmitting and The WDM-side interfaces are
single receiving board. IN1/OUT1.
Other type is the dual-fed selectively The WDM-side interfaces are

receiving board. IN1/OUT1 and IN2/OUT2.
NOTE
The WDM-side interfaces of LDM board are dynamic optical interfaces. Before configuring dual fed and
selective receiving, make sure the optical interfaces have been uploaded manually on the U2000.
13.6.2 Application
As a type of optical transponder unit, the LDM board converts between signals at the rate of 100
Mbit/s to 2.5 Gbit/s and WDM signals that comply with ITU-T Recommendations.
For the position of the LDM board in the WDM system, see Figure 13-24 and Figure 13-25.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 13-24 Position of the LDM board in the WDM system (single fed and single receiving)
LDM LDM
RX1 TX1
M M
TX1 U U RX1
OUT1 IN1
X X
1×ODU1
1×ODU1
1×OTU1
1×OTU1
/ /
100Mbit/s~2.5Gbit/s IN1 D D OUT1 100Mbit/s~2.5Gbit/s
RX2 TX2
M M
U U
TX2 X X RX2
Figure 13-25 Position of the LDM board in the WDM system (dual fed and selective receiving)
LDM LDM
RX1 OUT1 IN1 TX1
MUX/ MUX/
TX1 IN1 DMUX DMUXOUT1 RX1
1×ODU1
1×ODU1
1×OTU1
1×OTU1
100Mbit/s~2.5Gbit/s 100Mbit/s~2.5Gbit/s
RX2 TX2
OUT2 IN2
MUX/ MUX/
NOTE
The total rate of two channels of services at the client side cannot exceed 2.5 Gbit/s.
The LDM board can receive and transmit only one client service at a rate of greater than 1.25 Gbit/s (OC-48,
STM-16, FC200, FICON Express, OTU1, and HD-SDI) using its RX1/TX1 port pair.

The LDM board is mainly used to provide OTN interfaces and ESC.
Table 13-47 Functions and features of the LDM board

and Feature
Basic LDM converts signals: 2 x (100 Mbit/s to 2.5 Gbit/s signals) <-> 1 x OTU1
function Implements the dual fed and selective receiving function or single fed and
single receiving function on the WDM side according to the application
scenario.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
and Feature
Client-side FE: Ethernet service at a rate of 125 Mbit/s

service type GE: Ethernet service at a rate of 1.25 Gbit/s
OTU1: OTN service at a rate of 2.67 Gbit/s
STM-1/OC-3: SDH/SONET service at a rate of 155.52 Mbit/s
STM-16/OC-48: SDH/SONET service at a rate of 2.5 Gbit/s
FC100: SAN service at a rate of 1.06 Gbit/s
FICON: SAN service at a rate of 1.06 Gbit/s
FICON Express: SAN service at a rate of 2.12 Gbit/s
HD-SDI: Bit-serial digital interface for high-definition television systems at
a rate of 1.49 Gbit/s
DVB-ASI: Video service at a rate of 270 Mbit/s
SDI: Serial digital interface at a rate of 270 Mbit/s
ESCON: SAN service at a rate of 200 Mbit/s
FDDI: SAN service at a rate of 125 Mbit/s

the ITU-T G.709.

Tunable Not supported

wavelength
function
ESC Supported
function
PRBS test Supports the PRBS function on the client and WDM sides.
function NOTE
The PRBS function on the client side is supported only when the client-side service type
is STM-1/OC–3, STM-4/OC-12, or STM-16/OC-48.
LPT function The board supports the LPT function only when the client-side service type
is FE or GE.

encoding WDM side.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
and Feature
Alarms and l Monitors BIP8 bytes (Poisson mode or Bursty mode) to help locate line
performance failures.
events l Monitors B1 bytes to help locate faults.
monitoring
power of the laser.

function
Test frame The board supports the test frame function only when the client-side service
type is FE or GE.

ASON

layer ASON
Protection l Supports client 1+1 protection.

scheme l Supports intra-board 1+1 protection.
Ethernet Supports encapsulation of GE services in GE(GFP-F) (displayed as GE on

service the NMS) and GE(GFP-T) modes.
mapping
mode
Outloop Supported
Outloop Supported

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
and Feature
Protocols or Protocols or IEEE 802.3u

standards standards for IEEE 802.3z
transmission ITU-T G.707
(non- ITU-T G.782
performance ITU-T G.783
monitoring)
GR-253-CORE Synchronous Optical Network (SONET)
Transport Systems: Common Generic
NCITS FIBRE CHANNEL PHYSICAL INTERFACES
(FC-PI)
NCITS FIBRE CHANNEL LINK SERVICES (FC-LS)
NCITS FIBRE CHANNEL FRAMING AND
SIGNALING-2 (FC-FS-2)
NCITS FIBRE CHANNEL BACKBONE-3 (FC-BB-3)
NCITS FIBRE CHANNEL SWITCH FABRIC-3 (FC-
SW-3)
NCITS FIBRE CHANNEL - PHYSICAL AND
SIGNALING INTERFACE (FC-PH)
NCITS FIBRE CHANNEL SINGLE-BYTE
COMMAND CODE SETS-2 MAPPING PROTOCOL
(FC-SB-2)
SMPTE 292M Bit-Serial Digital Interface for High-
Definition Television Systems
ETSI TR 101 891 Professional Interfaces: Guidelines for
the implementation and usage of the DVB Asynchronous
Serial Interface (ASI)
SMPTE 259M 10-Bit 4:2:2 Component and 4fsc
Composite Digital Signals - Serial Digital Interface
NCITS SBCON Single-Byte Command Code Sets
CONnection architecture (SBCON)
ANSI X3.139 Information Systems - Fiber Distributed
Data Interface (FDDI) - Token Ring Media Access
Control (MAC)
Data Interface (FDDI) - Token Ring Physical Layer
Protocol (PHY)
Data Interface (FDDI) Physical Layer Medium
Dependent (PDM)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
and Feature

service
ITU-T G.798
ITU-T G.874
ITU-T M.3100
ITU-T G.874.1
ITU-T G.875
ITU-T G.808.1
ITU-T G.841
ITU-T G.8201
ITU-T G.694.1
ITU-T G.694.2

The LDM board consists of the client-side optical module, WDM-side optical module, signal
Figure 13-26 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the LDM board.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 13-26 Functional modules and signal flow of the LDM board
WDM side
Client side
RX1 OUT1
O/E E/O
RX2 OUT2
Service
OTN
encapsulation
processing
TX1
E/O and mapping O/E
IN1
module
TX2 module IN2
optical Signal processing optical
Control

Power supply
module
Fuse Required
voltage
Backplane
DC power supply ( controlled by SCC)
Signal Flow
The client side of the LDM board accesses Any optical signals (Any optical signals at a rate
ranging from 100 Mbit/s to 2.5 Gbit/s).
In the signal flow of the LDM board, the transmit and the receive directions are defined. The
transmit direction is defined as the direction from the client side of the LDM to the WDM side
of the LDM, and the receive direction is defined as the reverse direction.
The client-side optical module receives two channels of the Any optical signals from client
module. The module performs operations such as encapsulation and mapping processing,
OTN framing, and encoding of FEC. Then, the module outputs one channel of OTU1
signals.
optical signals. A laser converts the OTU1 optical signals into two channels of identical
optical signals, and then the two channels signals are output through the OUT1-OUT2
optical interfaces.
l Receive direction

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
wavelengths OTU1 optical signals from the WDM side through the IN1-IN2 optical
FEC, demapping, and decapsulation processing. Then, the module outputs two channels of
Any signals.
optical interfaces.
NOTE
Only one pair of WDM-side optical interfaces is used, the board implements the single fed and single
receiving function on the WDM side.
Module Function
– Client-side receiver: Performs O/E conversion of two channels of Any optical signals.
electrical signals to Any optical signals.
The module consists of the service encapsulation and mapping module, and OTN
processing module.
– Service encapsulation and mapping module
Encapsulates multiple channels of Any signals and maps the signals into the OTU1
payload area. The module also performs the reverse process and has the Any
performance monitoring function.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

13.6.5 Front Panel

There are indicators and interfaces on the front panel of the LDM board.

Figure 13-27 shows the front panel of the LDM board.
Figure 13-27 Front panel of the LDM board
LDM
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
TX1
RX1
TX2
RX2
OUT1
IN1
OUT2
IN2
LDM
Indicators

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Interfaces
Table 13-48 Types and functions of the interfaces on the TN12LDM board

multiplexer board.

multiplexer board.
Laser Hazard Level

13.6.6 Valid Slots

One slot houses one LDM board.
Table 13-49 shows the valid slots for the LDM board.
Table 13-49 Valid slots for the LDM board
Product Valid Slots
OptiX OSN 8800 T64 IU1-IU8, IU11-IU42, IU45-IU68

subrack

subrack
OptiX OSN 8800 IU1-IU18

platform subrack
OptiX OSN 6800 subrack IU1-IU17

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Product Valid Slots
OptiX OSN 3800 chassis IU2-IU5, IU11
13.6.7 Characteristic Code for the LDM

The board characteristic code indicates information about frequency of signals, type of the
Code for OTUs.


Table 13-50 Mapping between the physical ports on the LDM board and the port numbers
IN1/OUT1 1
IN2/OUT2 2
TX1/RX1 3
TX2/RX2 4
NOTE

For parameters of LDM, refer to Table 13-51.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 13-51 LDM parameters

Optical - Displays the position of the optical

Interface/ interface.
Channel
Optical Interface - Sets and queries the optical interface

Name name.
An optical interface name contains a
maximum of 64 characters. Any
characters are supported.
Channel Use Used, Unused The Channel Use Status parameter sets
Status Default: Used the occupancy status of the current
channel of a board.
Optical Interface Non-Loopback, Inloop, Specifies the loopback mode for the
Loopback Outloop optical interface on a board.
Default: Non-Loopback
Service Type None, Any, FE, GE, GE The Service Type parameter sets the
(GFP-T), OTU-1, STM-1, type of the service accessed at the optical
STM-4, STM-16, OC-3, interface on the client side.
OC-12, OC-48, FC-100, NOTE
FC-200, FICON, FICON GE services can be encapsulated in two
Express, HD-SDI, DVB- formats. When Service Type is GE, the
ASI, SDI, ESCON, FDDI encapsulation format is GFP-F; when
Service Type is GE(GFP-T), the
Default: None encapsulation format is GFP-T. The value
GE(GFP-T) is recommended.
The GE services at the transmit and receive
ends must be encapsulated in the same
format.
Client Service 100 to 2200 sets the rate of the accessed service at the
Bearer Rate Default: 0 optical interface on the client side of a
(Mbit/s) board.
See D.5 Client Service Bearer Rate
(Mbit/s) (WDM Interface) for more
information.
Laser Status Off, On The Laser Status parameter sets the

Default: laser status of a board.
See D.15 Laser Status (WDM
l WDM side: On Interface) for more information.
l Client side: Off
Automatic Laser Disabled, Enabled The Automatic Laser Shutdown

Shutdown Default: Enabled parameter determines whether to
automatically shut down the laser after
the signals received by a board are lost.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
LPT Enabled Disabled, Enabled Determines whether to enable the link

Default: Disabled pass-through (LPT) function.
FEC Working Disabled, Enabled Determines whether to enable or disable

State Default: Enabled the forward error correction (FEC)
function for an optical interface.

Wavelength
(nm)/Frequency
(THz)

Wavelength supported by the WDM-side optical
Range interface on the board.
Planned l C: 1/1529.16/196.050 to The Planned Wavelength No./

Wavelength l CWDM: parameter sets the wavelength number,
(nm)/Frequency 11/1471.00/208.170 to wavelength and frequency of the current
(THz) 18/1611.00/188.780 optical interface on the WDM side of a
board.
Default: / See D.27 Planned Wavelength No./
Wavelength (nm)/Frequency (THz)
(WDM Interface) for more
information.

wavelength.
Max. Packet 1518 to 9600 The Max. Packet Length parameter

Length Default: 9600 sets and queries the maximum packet
length supported by a board and is
applicable to the boards supporting
Ethernet services.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
SD Trigger None, B1_SD, OTUk_DEG, The SD Trigger Condition parameter

Condition ODUk_PM_DEG sets the relevant alarms of certain optical
Default: None interfaces or channels of a board as SD
switching trigger conditions of the
protection group in which this OTU
board resides.
See D.31 SD Trigger Condition
information.
OTN Overhead Enabled, Disabled Determines whether to process GCC1

Transparent Default: Disabled and GCC2 in OTN overheads. If the
Transmission processing is not required, set this
parameter to Enabled; otherwise, set it
to Disabled.
NOTE
This parameter is valid only when the client
side accesses OTN services.
PRBS Test Disabled, Enabled The PRBS Test Status parameter sets
Status Default: Disabled the pseudo-random binary sequence
(PRBS) test status of a board.
See D.29 PRBS Test Status (WDM
NULL Mapping Enabled, Disabled Determines whether to enable the

Status Default: Disabled special frame test before deployment.
When this parameter is set to Enabled,
the board sends the test frame where the
payload consists of only 0. This
parameter is used in the deployment
commissioning.
13.6.10 LDM Specifications


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

ard Fixed Pluggable Optical Fixed Optical Pluggable Optical
Optical Module Module Module
Module
TN N/A I-16-2 km N/A 2.67 Gbit/s Multirate

12L S-16.1-15 km (eSFP CWDM)-80 km
DM 2.67 Gbit/s Multirate
L-16.1-40 km
(eSFP DWDM)-120
L-16.2-80 km km
2.125 Gbit/s
Multirate-0.5 km
1000 BASE-LX-10 km
1000 BASE-LX-40 km
1000 BASE-ZX-80 km
(eSFP CWDM)-40 km
(eSFP CWDM)-80 km
(eSFP DWDM)-120 km
NOTE
point.

NOTE
I-16 module, S-16.1 module, L-16.1 module and L-16.2 module can be used to access OTU1, STM-16, OC-48,
FC200, FC100, GE, STM-4, OC-12, ESCON, STM-1, OC-3, and DVB-ASI signals.
Only the S-16.1-15km optical module supports FE services, and it can only connect to a 100BASE-LX10 optical
module.
Table 13-52 Client-side pluggable optical module specifications (SDH services)
Optical I-16-2 km S-16.1-15 L-16.1-40 L-16.2-80

Module km km km
Type

format
Optical - MLM SLM SLM SLM

source type

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Optical I-16-2 km S-16.1-15 L-16.1-40 L-16.2-80

Module km km km
Type
Target - 2 km (1.2 mi.) 15 km (9.3 40 km (24.9 80 km (49.7

transmission mi.) mi.) mi.)
distance

wavelength
range
Maximum dBm -3 0 3 3
mean
launched
power
Minimum dBm -10 -5 -2 -2

mean
launched
power
Minimum dB 8.2 8.2 8.2 8.2

extinction
ratio
Maximum nm N/A 1 1 1
-20 dB
spectral
width
Minimum dB N/A 30 30 30
side mode
suppression
ratio
Eye pattern - G.957-compliant

mask G.959.1-compliant
Receiver - PIN PIN APD APD

type

wavelength
range
Receiver dBm -18 -18 -27 -28

sensitivity

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Optical I-16-2 km S-16.1-15 L-16.1-40 L-16.2-80

Module km km km
Type
Minimum dBm -3 0 -9 -9
receiver
overload
Maximum dB -27 -27 -27 -27

reflectance
NOTE
The 2.125 Gbit/s multirate module can be used to access FC200, GE, FC100, and FE signals.
NOTE
The 1000 BASE-LX-10 km module, 1000 BASE-LX-40 km module, or 1000 BASE-ZX-80 km module can be
used to access GE, FC100, STM-4, ESCON, STM-1, FE and DVB-ASI signals.


Type 5 km

format
Target - 0.5 km (0.3 10 km (6.2 40 km (24.9 80 km (49.7

distance

wavelength
range

mean
launched
power

mean
launched
power

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Type 5 km
Minimum dB 9 9 9 9
extinction
ratio

mask

type

wavelength
range
Receiver dBm -17 -20 -20 -23

sensitivity
receiver
overload
NOTE
The 1.25 Gbit/s multirate module (eSFP CWDM) can be used to access GE, FC100, STM-4, ESCON, STM-1,
FE, DVB-ASI signals.
NOTE
The 2.67 Gbit/s multirate module (eSFP CWDM) can be used to access OTU1, STM-16, FC200, FC100, GE,
STM-4, ESCON, STM-1, DVB-ASI, FE signals.

km km

distance

range

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

km km

launched power

power

deviation

spectral width

suppression ratio

G.959.1-compliant

range

overload
NOTE
The 2.67 Gbit/s multirate module (eSFP DWDM) can be used to access OTU1, STM-16, FC200, FC100, GE,
Table 13-55 Client-side pluggable optical module specifications (DWDM colored wavelengths)
Optical Module Type 2.67 Gbit/s Multirate (eSFP DWDM)-120

km

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

km
Target transmission - 120 km (74.6 mi.)

distance
Center frequency deviation GHz ±12.5

power
Minimum mean launched dBm 0

power

width

suppression ratio
Eye pattern mask - G.957-compliant (a 5% margin is required for

the eye pattern of STM-16 services and
equivalent OTU1 services)
G.959.1-compliant (a 5% margin is required
for the eye pattern of STM-16 services and
Receiver type - APD
Operating wavelength nm N/A

range

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Optical Module Type 2.67 Gbit/s Multirate

(eSFP CWDM)-80 km
Target transmission distance - 80 km (49.7 mi.)

power

power
Central wavelength nm ±6.5

deviation

width

suppression ratio
Receiver type - APD
Table 13-57 DWDM-side pluggable optical module specifications (fixed wavelengths)


(eSFP DWDM)-120 km

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

(eSFP DWDM)-120 km

power

power
Center frequency deviation nm ±12.5

width

suppression ratio
Eye pattern mask - G.957-compliant (5% margin

are required for the eye pattern
of STM-16 services and
Receiver type - APD
Operating wavelength range nm N/A
(8.7 in.)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Power Consumption
F) (131°F)
TN12LDM 22.6 24.8
13.7 LDMD
LDMD: 2-channel multi-rate (100Mbit/s-2.5Gbit/s) wavelength conversion board, dual fed and
selective receiving

Only one functional version of the LDMD board is available, that is, TN11.

Huawei office.
Boa 8800 T64 8800 T32 8800 T16 8800 6800 3800
rd Subrack Subrack Subrack Platform Subrack Chassis
Subrack
TN1 Y Y N N Y Y
1LD
MD
13.7.2 Application
As a type of optical transponder unit, the LDMD converts between signals at the rate of 100
Mbit/s to 2.5 Gbit/s and WDM signals that comply with ITU-T Recommendations, and dually
feeds and selectively receives signals on the WDM side.
For the position of the LDMD board in the WDM system, see Figure 13-28.
Figure 13-28 Position of the LDMD board in the WDM system

LDMD LDMD
RX1 OUT1 IN1 TX1
MUX/ MUX/
IN1
TX1 DMUX DMUXOUT1 RX1
1×ODU1
1×ODU1
1×OTU1
1×OTU1
100Mbit/s~2.5Gbit/s 100Mbit/s~2.5Gbit/s
RX2 TX2
OUT2 IN2
MUX/ MUX/

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
NOTE
The LDMD board can receive and transmit only one client service at a rate of greater than 1.25 Gbit/s
(OC-48, STM-16, FC200, FICON Express, OTU1, and HD-SDI) using its RX1/TX1 port pair.

The LDMD board is mainly used to achieve tunable wavelength, and to provide OTN interfaces
and ESC.
Table 13-58 Functions and features of the LDMD board

and Feature
Basic LDMD converts signals: 2 x (100 Mbit/s to 2.5 Gbit/s) <-> 1 x OTU1
function Implements the dual fed and selective receiving function on the WDM side.


the ITU-T G.709.
WDM Supports ITU-T G.694.1-compliant DWDM specifications.

specification

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
and Feature
function NOTE
is FE or GE.
FEC Supports ITU-T G.709-compliant forward error correction (FEC) on the client
encoding side, only when the client side service type is OTU1.
Supports forward error correction (FEC) on the WDM side that complies with
ITU-T G.709.
monitoring
power of the laser.

function
type is FE or GE.

ASON

layer ASON


mapping
mode
Outloop Supported

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
and Feature
Outloop Supported

(non- ITU-T G.782
monitoring)
GR-253-CORE Synchronous Optical Network
(SONET) Transport Systems: Common Generic
(FC-PI)
SW-3)
(FC-SB-2)
Control (MAC)
Protocol (PHY)
Dependent (PDM)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
and Feature

service
ITU-T G.798
ITU-T G.874
ITU-T M.3100
ITU-T G.874.1
ITU-T G.875
ITU-T G.808.1
ITU-T G.841
ITU-T G.8201
ITU-T G.694.1

The LDMD board consists of the client-side optical module, WDM-side optical module, signal
Figure 13-29 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the LDMD board.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 13-29 Functional modules and signal flow of the LDMD board
WDM side
Client side
RX1 OUT1
O/E E/O Splitter
RX2 OUT2
Service
OTN
encapsulation
processing
TX1
E/O and mapping O/E
IN1
module
TX2 module IN2
Control

Power supply
module
Fuse Required
voltage
Backplane
Signal Flow
The client side of the LDMD board accesses Any optical signals (Any optical signals at a rate
In the signal flow of the LDMD board, the transmit and the receive directions are defined. The
transmit direction is defined as the direction from the client side of the LDMD to the WDM side
of the LDMD, and the receive direction is defined as the reverse direction.
signals.
wavelengths OTU1 optical signals. An optical splitter converts the OTU1 optical signals
into two channels of identical optical signals, and then the two channels signals are output
through the OUT1-OUT2 optical interfaces.
l Receive direction
DWDM standard wavelengths OTU1 optical signals from the WDM side through the IN1-
IN2 optical interfaces. Then, the module performs O/E conversion.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
FEC, demapping, and decapsulation processing. Then, the module outputs two channels of
Any signals.
optical interfaces.
Module Function
processing module.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
13.7.5 Front Panel

There are indicators and interfaces on the front panel of the LDMD board.

Figure 13-30 shows the front panel of the LDMD board.
Figure 13-30 Front panel of the LDMD board
LDMD
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
TX1
RX1
TX2
RX2
OUT1
IN1
OUT2
IN2
LDMD
Indicators


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Interfaces
Table 13-59 Types and functions of the interfaces on the LDMD board

multiplexer board.

multiplexer board.
Laser Hazard Level

13.7.6 Valid Slots

One slot houses one LDMD board.
Table 13-60 shows the valid slots for the LDMD board.
Table 13-60 Valid slots for the LDMD board
Product Valid Slots

subrack

subrack

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
13.7.7 Characteristic Code for the LDMD

The characteristic code for the LDMD board contains eight digits, respectively indicating the
Table 13-61 Characteristic code for the LDMD board

WDM side.
the WDM side.
For example, the characteristic code for the TN11LDMD board is 92109210.


Table 13-62 Mapping between the physical ports on the LDMD board and the port numbers
IN1/OUT1 1
IN2/OUT2 2
TX1/RX1 3
TX2/RX2 4
NOTE

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

For the parameters of LDMD, refer to Table 13-63.
Table 13-63 LDMD Parameters

Channel interface.

Name name.
Channel Use Used, Unused The Channel Use Status parameter sets
Status Default: Used the occupancy status of the current
channel of a board.
OC-12, OC-48, FC-100, NOTE
format.
Bearer Rate (Mbit/ Default: 0 optical interface on the client side of a
s) board.
information.

l Client side: Off

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800



Band Type/ - Used to query the operating wavelength

Wavelength No./ at the WDM-side optical interface of a
Wavelength (nm)/ board.
Frequency (THz)
Band Type - Used to query the band type.

Planned l C: 1/1529.16/196.050 The Planned Wavelength No./

Wavelength No./ to 80/1560.61/192.100 Wavelength (nm)/Frequency (THz)
Wavelength (nm)/ l CWDM: parameter sets the wavelength number,
Frequency (THz) 11/1471.00/208.170 to wavelength and frequency of the current
18/1611.00/188.780 optical interface on the WDM side of a
board.
information.

wavelength.

Ethernet services.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
SD Trigger None, B1_SD, The SD Trigger Condition parameter

Condition OTUk_DEG, sets the relevant alarms of certain optical
ODUk_PM_DEG interfaces or channels of a board as SD
Default: None switching trigger conditions of the
board resides.
information.

to Disabled.
NOTE
PRBS Test Status Disabled, Enabled The PRBS Test Status parameter sets
Default: Disabled the pseudo-random binary sequence

commissioning.
13.7.10 LDMD Specifications


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Module
TN N/A I-16-2 km 12800 ps/nm-C Band- N/A

11L S-16.1-15 km Fixed Wavelength-
DM NRZ-APD
D L-16.1-40 km
12800 ps/nm-C Band-
L-16.2-80 km Tunable Wavelength-
2.125 Gbit/s NRZ-APD
Multirate-0.5 km 6400 ps/nm-C Band-
1000 BASE-LX-10 km Tunable Wavelength-
1000 BASE-LX-40 km NRZ-APD (Four
Channels-Tunable)
1000 BASE-ZX-80 km
(eSFP CWDM)-40 km
(eSFP CWDM)-80 km
(eSFP DWDM)-120 km
NOTE
point.

NOTE
module.
Optical I-16-2 km S-16.1-15 L-16.1-40 L-16.2-80

Module km km km
Type

format

source type

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Optical I-16-2 km S-16.1-15 L-16.1-40 L-16.2-80

Module km km km
Type

distance

wavelength
range
mean
launched
power

mean
launched
power
Minimum dB 8.2 8.2 8.2 8.2

extinction
ratio
-20 dB
spectral
width
side mode
suppression
ratio


type

wavelength
range
Receiver dBm -18 -18 -27 -28

sensitivity

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Optical I-16-2 km S-16.1-15 L-16.1-40 L-16.2-80

Module km km km
Type
receiver
overload
Maximum dB -27 -27 -27 -27

reflectance
NOTE
The 2.125 Gbit/s Multi-rate module can be used to access FC200, GE, FC100, and FE signals.
NOTE
The 1000 BASE-LX-10 km module, 1000 BASE-LX-40 km module and 1000 BASE-ZX-80 km module can
be used to access GE, FC100, STM-4, ESCON, STM-1, FE and DVB-ASI signals.


Type 5 km

format
Target - 0.5 km (0.3 10 km (6.2 40 km (24.9 80 km (49.7

distance

wavelength
range

mean
launched
power

mean
launched
power

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Type 5 km
Minimum dB 9 9 9 9
extinction
ratio

mask

type

wavelength
range
Receiver dBm -17 -20 -20 -23

sensitivity
receiver
overload
NOTE
The 1.25 Gbit/s Multi-rate module (eSFP CWDM) can be used to access GE, FC100, STM-4, ESCON, STM-1,
NOTE
The 2.67 Gbit/s Multi-rate module (eSFP CWDM) can be used to access OTU1, STM-16, FC200, FC100, GE,

km km

distance

range

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

km km

launched power

power

deviation

spectral width

suppression ratio

G.959.1-compliant

range

overload
NOTE
The 2.67 Gbit/s Multi-rate module (eSFP DWDM) can be used to access OTU1, STM-16, FC200, FC100, GE,

km

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

km

distance

power

power

width

suppression ratio

Receiver type - APD

range

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Optical Module 12800 ps/nm- 12800 ps/nm- 6400 ps/nm-C

Type C Band-Fixed C Band- Band-
Wavelength- Tunable Tunable
NRZ-APD Wavelength- Wavelength-
NRZ-APD NRZ-APD
(Four
Channels-
Tunable)
Line code format - NRZ NRZ NRZ

launched power
Minimum mean dBm -8 -5 -5

launched power
Minimum extinction dB 10 10 8.2

ratio

deviation
Maximum -20 dB nm 0.2 0.2 0.5

spectral width
Minimum side mode dB 35 35 35

suppression ratio
Dispersion tolerance ps/nm 12800 12800 6400
Receiver type - APD APD APD

range
Receiver sensitivity dBm -28 -28 -28
Minimum receiver dBm -9 -9 -9

overload
Maximum reflectance dB -27 -27 -27

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
(8.7 in.)
Power Consumption
F) (131°F)
TN11LDMD 26.9 29.6
13.8 LDMS
LDMS: 2-channel multi-rate (100Mbit/s-2.5Gbit/s) wavelength conversion board, single fed and
single receiving

Only one functional version of the LDMS board is available, that is, TN11.

Huawei office.
Board 8800 T64 8800 T32 8800 T16 8800 6800 3800 Chassis
Subrack Subrack Subrack Platform Subrack
Subrack
TN11L Y Y N N Y Y
DMS
13.8.2 Application
As a type of optical transponder unit, the LDMS board converts between signals at the rate of
100 Mbit/s to 2.5 Gbit/s and WDM signals that comply with ITU-T Recommendations.
For the position of the LDMS board in the WDM system, see Figure 13-31.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 13-31 Position of the LDMS board in the WDM system

LDMS LDMS
RX1 TX1
M M
TX1 U U RX1
OUT IN
X X
1×ODU1
1×ODU1
1×OTU1
1×OTU1
/ /
100Mbit/s~2.5Gbit/s IN D D OUT 100Mbit/s~2.5Gbit/s
RX2 TX2
M M
U U
TX2 X X RX2
NOTE
The LDMS board can receive and transmit only one client service at a rate of greater than 1.25 Gbit/s

The LDMS board is mainly used to achieve tunable wavelength, and to provide OTN interfaces
and ESC.
Table 13-69 Functions and features of the LDMS board

and Feature
Basic LDMS converts signals: 2 x (100 Mbit/s to 2.5 Gbit/s) <-> 1 x OTU1
function

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
and Feature


the ITU-T G.709.
l Supports PM, and TCM functions for ODU1.

specification
ESC Supported
function
function NOTE
is FE or GE.
FEC Supports ITU-T G.709-compliant forward error correction (FEC) on the client
encoding side, only when the client side service type is OTU1.
Supports forward error correction (FEC) on the WDM side that complies with
ITU-T G.709.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
and Feature
monitoring
power of the laser.

function
type is FE or GE.

ASON

layer ASON

scheme l Supports OWSP protection.

mapping
mode
Outloop Supported
Outloop Supported

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
and Feature

(non- ITU-T G.782
monitoring)
(FC-PI)
SW-3)
(FC-SB-2)
Control (MAC)
Protocol (PHY)
Dependent (PDM)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
and Feature

service
ITU-T G.798
ITU-T G.874
ITU-T M.3100
ITU-T G.874.1
ITU-T G.875
ITU-T G.808.1
ITU-T G.841
ITU-T G.8201
ITU-T G.694.1

The LDMS board consists of the client-side optical module, WDM-side optical module, signal
Figure 13-32 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the LDMS board.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 13-32 Functional modules and signal flow of the LDMS board
Client side
WDM side
RX1
O/E E/O
RX2 OUT
Service
OTN
encapsulation
processing
TX1
E/O and mapping O/E
module
TX2 module IN
Control

Power supply
module
Fuse Required
voltage
Backplane
Signal Flow
The client side of the LDMS board accesses Any optical signals (Any optical signals at a rate
In the signal flow of the LDMS board, the transmit and the receive directions are defined. The
transmit direction is defined as the direction from the client side of the LDMS to the WDM side
of the LDMS, and the receive direction is defined as the reverse direction.
signals.
wavelengths OTU1 optical signals through the OUT optical interface.
l Receive direction
DWDM standard wavelengths OTU1 optical signals from the WDM side through the IN
optical interface. Then, the module performs O/E conversion.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
module performs operations such as OTU1 framing, decoding of FEC, demapping, and
decapsulation processing. Then, the module outputs two channels of Any signals.
optical interfaces.
Module Function
processing module.
13.8.5 Front Panel

There are indicators and interfaces on the front panel of the LDMS board.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 13-33 shows the front panel of the LDMS board.
Figure 13-33 Front panel of the LDMS board
LDMS
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
TX1
RX1
TX2
RX2
OUT
IN
LDMS
Indicators


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Interfaces
Table 13-70 Types and functions of the interfaces on the LDMS board

multiplexer board.

multiplexer board.
Laser Hazard Level

13.8.6 Valid Slots

One slot houses one LDMS board.
Table 13-71 shows the valid slots for the LDMS board.
Table 13-71 Valid slots for the LDMS board
Product Valid Slots

subrack

subrack
13.8.7 Characteristic Code for the LDMS

Code for OTUs.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Table 13-72 Mapping between the physical ports on the LDMS board and the port numbers
IN1/OUT1 1
TX1/RX1 3
TX2/RX2 4
NOTE

For the parameters of LDMS, refer to Table 13-73.
Table 13-73 LDMS Parameters


Channel interface.

Name name.
Channel Use Status Used, Unused The Channel Use Status parameter sets
Default: Used the occupancy status of the current
channel of a board.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
OC-12, OC-48, FC-100, NOTE
format.
s) board.
information.

l Client side: Off




Frequency (THz)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


board.
information.

wavelength.

Ethernet services.

to Disabled.
NOTE

board resides.
information.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

commissioning.
13.8.10 LDMS Specifications


Module

DM NRZ-APD
S L-16.1-40 km
12800 ps/nm-C Band-
Channels-Tunable)
1000 BASE-ZX-80 km
(eSFP CWDM)-40 km
(eSFP CWDM)-80 km
(eSFP DWDM)-120 km
NOTE
point.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

NOTE
module.

Optical I-16-2 km S-16.1-15 L-16.1-40 L-16.2-80

Module km km km
Type

format

source type

distance

wavelength
range
mean
launched
power

mean
launched
power
Minimum dB 8.2 8.2 8.2 8.2

extinction
ratio
-20 dB
spectral
width
side mode
suppression
ratio

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Optical I-16-2 km S-16.1-15 L-16.1-40 L-16.2-80

Module km km km
Type


type

wavelength
range
Receiver dBm -18 -18 -27 -28

sensitivity
receiver
overload
Maximum dB -27 -27 -27 -27

reflectance
NOTE
NOTE
be used to access GE, FC100, STM-4, ESCON, STM-1, FE and DVB-ASI signals.


Type 5 km

format
Target - 0.5 km (0.3 10 km (6.2 40 km (24.9 80 km (49.7

distance

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Type 5 km

wavelength
range

mean
launched
power

mean
launched
power
Minimum dB 9 9 9 9
extinction
ratio

mask

type

wavelength
range
Receiver dBm -17 -20 -20 -23

sensitivity
receiver
overload
NOTE
NOTE

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

km km

distance

range

launched power

power

deviation

spectral width

suppression ratio

G.959.1-compliant

range

overload
NOTE
The 2.67 Gbit/s multirate module (eSFP DWDM) can be used to access OTU1, STM-16, FC200, FC100, GE,

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

km

distance

power

power

width

suppression ratio

Receiver type - APD

range

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 13-78 WDM-side fixed optical module specificaitons

Optical Module 12800 ps/nm- 12800 ps/nm- 6400 ps/nm-C

Type C Band-Fixed C Band- Band-
Wavelength- Tunable Tunable
NRZ-APD Wavelength- Wavelength-
NRZ-APD NRZ-APD
(Four
Channels-
Tunable)
Line code format - NRZ NRZ NRZ

launched power

launched power
Minimum extinction dB 10 10 8.2

ratio

deviation
Maximum -20 dB nm 0.2 0.2 0.5

spectral width

suppression ratio
Dispersion tolerance ps/nm 12800 12800 6400
Receiver type - APD APD APD

range
Receiver sensitivity dBm -28 -28 -28
Minimum receiver dBm -9 -9 -9

overload
Maximum reflectance dB -27 -27 -27

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
(8.7 in.)
Power Consumption
F) (131°F)
TN11LDMS 26.9 29.6
13.9 LDX
LDX: 2 x 10 Gbit/s wavelength conversion unit

Only one functional version of the LDX board is available, that is, TN12.

Huawei office.
Boa 8800 T64 8800 T32 8800 T16 8800 6800 3800
Subrack
TN1 Y Y Y Y Y Y
2LD
X
Variants
The TN12LDX board has only one variant: TN12LDX01.
13.9.2 Application
The LDX board is an optical transponder unit that converts two channels of 10 Gbit/s service
signals into OTU2 or OTU2e signals and performs conversion between the 10 Gbit/s service
signals and WDM signals that comply with ITU-T Recommendations.
For the position of the LDX board in the WDM system, see Figure 13-34.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 13-34 Position of the LDX board in the WDM system
LDX LDX
RX1 OUT1 IN1 TX1
M M
10GE LAN/ TX1 IN1 U U OUT1 RX1 10GE LAN/
2×ODU2/ODU2e
2×ODU2/ODU2e
2×OTU2/OTU2e
2×OTU2/OTU2e
10GE WAN/ X X 10GE WAN/
STM-64/ / / STM-64/
OC-192/ RX2 D D
OUT2 M TX2 OC-192/
OTU2/ M IN2 OTU2/
OTU2e U U OTU2e
TX2 IN2 X X OUT2 RX2

The LDX board provides OTN interfaces and electrical supervisory channels (ESCs).
Table 13-79 Functions and features of the LDX board
and
Feature
Basic LDX converts signals as follows:

function l 2 x 10GE LAN/10GE WAN/STM-64/OC-192/OTU2 <-> 2 x OTU2
l 2 x 10GE LAN/OTU2e <-> 2 x OTU2e
Client-side 10GE LAN: Ethernet service at a rate of 10.31 Gbit/s

service type 10GE WAN: Ethernet service at a rate of 9.95 Gbit/s
OTU2e: OTN service at a rate of 11.1 Gbit/s
OTN l Provides the OTU2/OTU2e interface on the WDM side.

the ITU-T G.709.
l Supports PM and TCM non-intrusive monitoring for ODU2.

specification
function of: 80 wavelengths in C-band with the channel spacing of 50 GHz.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
and
Feature
ESC Supported
function
function NOTE
is STM-64/OC-192, OTU2 or OTU2e.
LPT The board supports the LPT function only when the client-side service type
function is 10GE LAN.
FEC l Supports ITU-T G.709-compliant forward error correction (FEC) on the

encoding client side, only when the client side service type is OTU2/OTU2e.
l Supports forward error correction (FEC) on the WDM side that complies
with ITU-T G.709.
l Supports ITU-T G.975.1-compliant AFEC-2 on the WDM side.
NOTE
Boards that use different FEC modes cannot interconnect with each other.
Alarms and l Monitors BIP8 bytes (Bursty mode) to help locate line failures.
events
power of the laser.
l Supports the remote monitoring (RMON) of Ethernet services (10GE
LAN).
Regeneratio TN12ND2, TN52ND2, TN53ND2, TN55NO2, TN53NQ2, TN54NQ2

n board

function
Test frame Not supported
Optical- Supported
layer ASON

layer ASON

Ethernet Bit Transparent Mapping(11.1G), MAC Transparent Mapping(10.7G)

service
mapping
mode

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
and
Feature
Outloop Supported
Outloop Supported
Protocols or Protocols or IEEE 802.3ae

standards standards for ITU-T G.707
(non- ITU-T G.783
performance GR-253-CORE Synchronous Optical Network (SONET)
monitoring) Transport Systems: Common Generic

service
ITU-T G.798
ITU-T G.874
ITU-T M.3100
ITU-T G.874.1
ITU-T G.875
ITU-T G.808.1
ITU-T G.841
ITU-T G.8201
ITU-T G.694.1

The LDX board consists of the client-side optical module, WDM-side optical module, signal
Figure 13-35 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the LDX board.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 13-35 Functional modules and signal flow of the LDX board
SDH/SONET WDM side

Client side
encapsulation and
mapping module
O/E E/O OUT1
RX1
Client-side OTN OTN
1
processing module processing
0 module O/E IN1
TX1 E/O
10GE LAN
encapsulation and
mapping module
SDH/SONET
encapsulation and
mapping module
RX2 O/E E/O OUT2
Client-side OTN OTN

processing module processing
TX2 module O/E IN2
E/O
10GE LAN
Client-side encapsulation and WDM-side
optical mapping module optical
module module
Signal processing module
Control

Power supply
module
Fuse Required
voltage
Backplane
Signal Flow
The transmit and the receive directions are defined in the signal flow of the LDX board. The
transmit direction is defined as the direction from the client side of the LDX to the WDM side
of the LDX. The receive direction is defined as the direction from the WDM side of the LDX
to the client side of the LDX.
The RX1/TX1 and RX2/TX2 ports independently process signals. The RX1/TX1 port
corresponds to the OUT1/IN1 port, and the RX2/TX2 port corresponds to the OUT2/IN2 port.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
The client-side optical module receives two channel of the optical signals from client
equipment through the RX1/RX2 optical interface and performs O/E conversion.
After O/E conversion, the electrical signals are sent to the signal processing module. OTU2/
OTU2e signals are sent to the client-side OTN processing module for performance
monitoring. Other types of signals are sent to different encapsulation and mapping modules
for encapsulation and mapping. In the end, operations such as the OTN framing and FEC/
AFEC encoding processing are performed. Finally, the module outputs two channels of
OTU2 /OTU2e electrical signals.
The OTU2/OTU2e signals are sent to the WDM-side optical module. After E/O conversion,
the module transmits OTU2/OTU2e optical signals at DWDM wavelengths that comply
with ITU-T G.694.1 through the OUT1 and OUT2 optical interfaces.
l Receive direction
The WDM-side optical module receives two channel of OTU2/OTU2e optical signals at
DWDM wavelengths that comply with ITU-T G.694.1 through the IN1 and IN2 optical
After O/E conversion, the OTU2/OTU2e signals are sent to the signal processing module.
The module performs operations such as OTU2/OTU2e framing, decoding of FEC/AFEC,
demapping, and decapsulation processing. Then, the module outputs two channels of
OC-192, STM-64, 10GE LAN, 10GE WAN, or OTU2/OTU2e electrical signals.
The client-side optical module performs E/O conversion of OC-192, STM-64, 10GE LAN,
10GE WAN, or OTU2/OTU2e electrical signals, and then outputs client-side optical signals
through the TX1 and TX2 optical interfaces.
Module Function
– Client-side receiver: Performs O/E conversion of OC-192/STM-64/10GE LAN/10GE
WAN/OTU2/OTU2e optical signals.
– Client-side transmitter: Performs E/O conversion from the internal electrical signals to
OC-192/STM-64/10GE LAN/10GE WAN/OTU2/OTU2e optical signals.
– WDM-side receiver: Performs O/E conversion of OTU2/OTU2e optical signals.
OTU2/OTU2e optical signals.
The module consists of the SDH/SONET encapsulation and mapping module, 10GE LAN
encapsulation and mapping module, client-side OTN processing module, and OTN
processing module.
– SDH/SONET encapsulation and mapping module

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Encapsulates one channel of SDH/SONET signals and maps the signals into the OTU2
payload area. The module also performs the reverse process and has the SDH/SONET
– 10GE LAN encapsulation and mapping module
Encapsulates one channel of 10GE LAN signals and maps the signals into the OTU2/
OTU2e payload area. The module also performs the reverse process and has the 10GE
LAN performance monitoring function.
– Client-side OTN processing module
Implements the OTN performance monitoring function.
Frames OTU2/OTU2e signals, processes overheads in OTU2/OTU2e signals, and
performs the FEC/AFEC encoding and decoding.
13.9.5 Front Panel

There are indicators and interfaces on the front panel of the LDX board.

Figure 13-36 shows the front panel of the LDX board.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 13-36 Front panel of the LDX board
Indicators
Interfaces
Table 13-80 describes the type and function of each interface.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 13-80 Types and functions of the interfaces on the LDX board
IN1-IN2 LC Receives a wavelength from the optical demultiplexing

unit or the optical add and drop multiplexing unit.
OUT1-OUT2 LC Transmits a wavelength to the optical multiplexing unit

or the optical add and drop multiplexing unit.
TX1-TX2 LC Transmits service signals to the client-side equipment.
RX1-RX2 LC Receives service signals from the client-side

equipment.
Laser Hazard Level

13.9.6 Valid Slots

One slot houses one LDX board.
Table 13-81 shows the valid slots for the LDX board.
Table 13-81 Valid slots for the LDX board

Product Valid Slots
OptiX OSN 8800 T64 subrack IU1-IU8, IU11-IU42, IU45-IU68
OptiX OSN 8800 T16 subrack IU1-IU18
OptiX OSN 8800 platform subrack IU1-IU18
13.9.7 Characteristic Code for the LDX

The board characteristic code provides information about signal frequency, optical module type,
wavelength, and so on.
Code for OTUs.


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 13-82 Mapping between the physical ports on the LDX board and the port numbers
IN1/OUT1 1
IN2/OUT2 3
RX1/TX1 5
RX2/TX2 6
NOTE

For the parameters of the LDX, refer to Table 13-83.
Table 13-83 LDX Parameters


Channel interface.

are supported.
a board.
Default: Non-
Loopback

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Service Type None, 10GE LAN, The Service Type parameter sets the type
10GE WAN,FC-1200, of the service accessed at the optical
OC-192, OTU-2, interface on the client side.
OTU-2e, STM-64
Default: 10GE LAN
Port Mapping Bit Transparent The Port Mapping parameter sets and
Mapping(11.1G), queries the mapping mode of a port service.
MAC Transparent See D.28 Port Mapping (WDM
Mapping(10.7G) Interface) for more information.
Default: Bit
Transparent Mapping
(11.1G)
Default: status of a board.
l WDM side: On for more information.
l Client side: Off

automatically shut down the laser after the
signals received by a board are lost.
Hold-off Time of 0s, 100ms, 200ms, Specifies the hold-off time for
Automatic Laser 300ms, 400ms, 500ms, automatically disabling lasers. With ALS
Shutdown 600ms, 700ms, 800ms, enabled, the hold-off time is a time period
900ms, 1s, 1100ms, from the point when the system detects
1200ms, 1300ms, service interruption to the point when ALS
1400ms, 1500ms, automatically shuts down the related lasers.
1600ms, 1700ms,
1800ms, 1900ms, 2s
Default: 0s
Automatic Laser 300ms, 400ms, 500ms, automatically enabling lasers. With ALS
Turn-On 600ms, 700ms, 800ms, enabled, the hold-off time is a time period
1200ms, 1300ms, service recovery to the point when ALS
1400ms, 1500ms, automatically enables the related lasers.
1600ms, 1700ms,
1800ms, 1900ms, 2s
Default: 0s

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
FEC Working State Disabled, Enabled Determines whether to enable or disable the
Default: Enabled forward error correction (FEC) function for
an optical interface.
FEC Mode FEC, AFEC The FEC Mode parameter sets the FEC
Default: FEC mode of the current optical interface.
See D.9 FEC Mode (WDM Interface) for
more information.
Band Type/ - Used to query the operating wavelength at

Wavelength No./ the WDM-side optical interface of a board.
Wavelength (nm)/
Frequency (THz)


0 optical interface on the WDM side of a
l CWDM: board.
11/1471.00/208.17 NOTE
0 to Only support C band.
18/1611.00/188.78 See D.27 Planned Wavelength No./
0 Wavelength (nm)/Frequency (THz)
Default: / (WDM Interface) for more information.
Planned Band Type C, CWDM The Planned Band Type parameter sets
Default: C the band type of the current working
wavelength.
NOTE
Only support C band.
SD Trigger None, B1_SD, The SD Trigger Condition parameter sets

Condition OTUk_DEG, the relevant alarms of certain optical
protection group in which this OTU board
resides.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
OTN Overhead Enabled, Disabled Determines whether to process GCC1 and

Transparent Default: Disabled GCC2 in OTN overheads. If the processing
Transmission is not required, set this parameter to
Enabled; otherwise, set it to Disabled.
NOTE
This parameter is valid only when the client side
accesses OTN services.
PRBS Test Status Disabled, Enabled The PRBS Test Status parameter sets the
Default: Disabled pseudo-random binary sequence (PRBS)
test status of a board.
NULL Mapping Enabled, Disabled Determines whether to enable the special

Status Default: Disabled frame test before deployment. When this
parameter is set to Enabled, the board sends
the test frame where the payload consists of
only 0. This parameter is used in the
deployment commissioning.
13.9.10 LDX Specifications


ard Fixed Optical Pluggable Optical Fixed Pluggable Optical
Module Module Optical Module
Module
TN N/A 10 Gbit/s Multirate-10 N/A 800 ps/nm-C Band

12L km (Odd & Even
DX 10 Gbit/s Multirate-40 Wavelengths)-Fixed
km Wavelength-NRZ-
PIN-XFP
10 Gbit/s Multirate-80
km 800 ps/nm-C Band-
Tunable Wavelength-
10 Gbit/s Single Rate NRZ-PIN-XFP
-0.3 km
800 ps/nm-C Band (Odd
& Even Wavelengths)-
Fixed Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN-XFP

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
NOTE
point.

NOTE
The 10 Gbit/s multi-rate 10 km module, 10 Gbit/s multi-rate 40 km, and 10 Gbit/s multi-rate 80 km module
can be used to access OC-192, STM-64, 10GE LAN, 10GE WAN, and OTU2/OTU2e signals.
The 10Gbit/s single rate -0.3km module can be used only to access 10GE LAN signals.
Table 13-84 Client-side pluggable optical module specifications (10 Gbit/s services)
Optical 10 Gbit/s 10 Gbit/s 10 Gbit/s 10 Gbit/s

Module Multirate-10 Multirate-40 Multirate-80 Single-
Type km km km Rate-0.3 km

format
Optical - SLM SLM SLM MLM

source type
Target - 10 km (6.2 mi.) 40 km (24.9 80 km (49.7 0.3 km (0.2

transmissio mi.) mi.) mi.)
n distance

wavelength
range
Maximum dBm -1 2 4 -1.3

mean
launched
power
Minimum dBm -6 -4.7 0 -7.3

mean
launched
power
Minimum dB 6 8.2 9 3
extinction
ratio
Maximum nm N/A N/A N/A N/A

-20 dB
spectral
width

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Minimum dB 30 30 30 30
side mode
suppression
ratio

mask
Receiver - PIN PIN APD PIN

type

wavelength
range
Receiver dBm -11 -14 -24 -7.5

sensitivity
(multirate)
Receiver dBm -14.4 -15.8 -24 -7.5

sensitivity
(10GE
LAN)
Minimum dBm 0.5 -1 -7 -1

receiver
overload
(10GE
LAN)
receiver
overload
(STM-64)
Maximum dB -27 -27 -27 -12

reflectance

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Optical Module Type 800 ps/nm-C Band (Odd

Fixed Wavelength-NRZ-
PIN-XFP

power
Minimum mean launched dBm -3

power
Minimum extinction ratio dB 9
Operating frequency range THz 192.10 to 196.05
Center frequency deviation GHz ±10
Maximum -20 dB spectral nm 0.3

width

suppression ratio
Receiver type - PIN
Receiver sensitivity, EOL dBm -16

(FEC on)
Minimum receiver overload dBm 0

(FEC on)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 13-86 WDM-side pluggable optical module specifications (fixed wavelengths)


PIN-XFP

power

power

width

suppression ratio
Receiver type - PIN

(FEC on)

(FEC on)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 13-87 WDM-side pluggable optical module specifications (tunable wavelengths)

Optical Module Type 800 ps/nm-C Band-

Tunable Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN-XFP

power

power

width

suppression ratio
Receiver type - PIN

(FEC on)

(FEC on)
(8.7 in.)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Power Consumption
Bo WDM-Side Optical Module Typical Power Maximum Power
ard Consumption at 25° Consumption at 55°
C (77°F) (W) C (131°F) (W)
LD 800 ps/nm-C Band (Odd & Even 44.5 51.2

X Wavelengths)-Fixed Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN-XFP

Wavelength-NRZ-PIN-XFP
13.10 LEM24
LEM24: 22 x GE + 2 x 10GE and 2 x OTU2 Ethernet Switch board

The available functional version of the LEM24 board is TN11.

Huawei office.
Boa 8800 T64 8800 T32 8800 T16 8800 6800 3800
Subrack
TN1 Y Y Y N Y Y
1LE
M24
13.10.2 Application
The LEM24 board is an optical transponder unit.
As an OTU, the LEM24 board converts 22 channels of GE/FE services and two channels of
10GE WAN/10GE LAN services received directly on the client side, and two channels of 10GE
services cross-connected from the backplane into two channels of standard WDM wavelength
OTU2 signals. The LEM24 board also performs the reverse process. The LEM24 board supports
convergence of multiple flat-rate GE or 10GE WAN/10GE LAN services into one channel of
10GE service. Further, the board supports transparent transmission of 16 channels of GE or two
channels of 10GE WAN/10GE LAN services.
Figure 13-37 shows the application of the LEM24 board in a WDM system.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 13-37 Application of the TN11LEM24 board in a WDM system

LEM24 LEM24 TX5
RX5
OUT3 IN3
TX5 M M RX5
IN3 U U OUT3
FE X X FE
2×ODU2
2×OTU2
2X10GE
2×ODU2
2×OTU2
2X10GE
GE / / GE
10GE LAN D D 10GE LAN
10GE WANRX28 OUT4 M M IN4 TX28 10GE WAN
U U
L2 L2
10GE 10GE
OptiX OSN 8800: N/A
OptiX OSN 6800: From/To cross-connect board
OptiX OSN 3800: N/A
NOTE
The RX5/TX5 and RX6/TX6 optical ports are capable of processing 10GE LAN and 10GE WAN services. The
other optical ports on the board are capable of processing GE and FE services.

The LEM24 board supports electrical cross-connections, OTN interfaces, and the ESC function.
Table 13-88 and Table 13-89 list the functions and features of the LEM24 board.
NOTE
The 10GE cross-connections are supported only by OptiX OSN 6800.
Table 13-88 OTN Functions and features of the LEM24 board

Function and
Feature Description
Basic function l Converts 22 channels of GE/FE services and two channels of 10GE
WAN/10GE LAN services received directly on the client side, and two
channels of 10GE services cross-connected from the backplane into
two channels of standard WDM wavelength OTU2 signals and
performs the reverse process.
l Converges multiple flat-rate GE or 10GE services into one channel of
10GE service.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Function and
Feature Description

10GE LAN: Ethernet service at a rate of 10.31 Gbit/s
10GE WAN: Ethernet service at a rate of 9.95 Gbit/s
NOTE
l The LEM24 board supports both FE/GE electrical signals and FE/GE optical
signal.
l When the LEM24 board transmits GE or FE electrical signals, to facilitate fiber
routing, you are advised to install electrical modules at the RX21/TX21 and
RX22/TX22 ports.
Cross-connect OptiX OSN 8800: N/A.

capabilities OptiX OSN 6800: Supports the cross-connection of two channels of 10GE
electrical signals between the LEM24 board and the cross-connect board.
OptiX OSN 3800: N/A.
OTN function l Provides OTU2 interfaces on the WDM side.


specification
LPT l Supports port-based LPT.

l Supports service-based LPT.
WDM side.
performance l Monitors parameters such as the bias current, temperature, and optical
events power of the laser.
monitoring
l Supports monitoring of performance events and alarms associated with
FE, GE, 10GE WAN, and 10GE LAN services.
Regeneration TN12ND2, TN52ND2, TN53ND2, TN55NO2, TN53NQ2, TN54NQ2,

board TN11LSXR
IEEE 1588v2 Supported in the WDM side.
Physical clock Supported in the Client side and WDM side.
PRBS test Supports the PRBS function on the WDM side

function

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Function and
Feature Description
Optical-layer Supported
ASON

ASON

Loopback 10GE optical MAC Inloop Supported

interface
Outloop Supported
PHY Inloop Supported
Outloop Supported
GE optical MAC Inloop Supported

interface
Outloop Not supported
GE electric MAC Inloop Supported

interface
Outloop Supported
FE optical MAC Inloop Supported

interface
FE electric MAC Inloop Supported

interface
Outloop Supported
WDM side Inloop Supported

optical interface
Outloop Supported

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 13-89 Data features of the LEM24 board

and Feature
Interface Port working 10GE optical port: 10GE LAN, 10GE WAN
characteristi mode GE optical port: 1000MFULL, auto-negotiation
cs
GE electrical port: auto-negotiation
FE optical port: 100MFULL
FE electrical port: 10MHALF, 10MFULL, 100MHALF,
100MFULL, auto-negotiation
MTU Supports a maximum of 9600 bytes frames.
Multicast VLAN Supported

multicast
IGMP Supported
snooping V2
Layer 2 Supports IEEE802.1Q, IEEE802.1ad, and IEEE 802.1D.

Supports MAC address learning and aging.
Supports STP/RSTP and MSTP.
Supports 32k MAC addresses.
Ethernet EPL
service EVPL(VLAN)
EVPL(QinQ)
EPLAN(IEEE 802.1D)
EVPLAN(IEEE 802.1Q)
EVPLAN(IEEE 802.1ad)
NOTE
"EVPL (VLAN)" is displayed as "EPL" on the NMS.
Protection VLAN Supported

schemes SNCP
DBPS Supported
ERPS Supported
LAG l Supports the IEEE802.3ad-compliant LAG protocol

running at IP and trunk ports.
l Supports manual and static LAGs.
l Supports load-sharing and non-load-sharing LAGs.
Maintenance ETH-OAM Supports ETH OAM protocols defined by IEEE802.1ag and

features IEEE802.3ah.
RMON Supported

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
and Feature
QoS Supports committed access rate (CAR) and class of service (CoS).
Supports IEEE802.1p.
Supports DSCP.
Flow control Supports IEEE802.3X-compliant Ethernet flow control protocol and flow
control termination.
Protocols or Protocols or IEEE 802.1q VLAN

standards standards for All L2 protocols including xSTP, LACP, EthOAM, DHCP,
compliance transparent PPP, etc.
transmission
(non- MPLS protocols
performance All L3 protocols including ARP, IGMP, OSPF, IGRP etc.
monitoring)
Protocols or IEEE 802.3x pause frame

standards for IEEE 802.3ad LACP
service
processing IEEE 802.1p priority
(performanc IEEE 802.1q VLAN
e IEEE 802.1ag OAM
monitoring)
IEEE 802.3ah OAM
IEEE IGMP
STP, RSTP, MSTP
R-APS

The LEM24 board consists of the client-side optical module, WDM-side optical module, L2
switching module, OTN processing module, 1588v2 module, control and communication
module, and power supply module.
Figure 13-38 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the LEM24 board in the OptiX
OSN 8800.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 13-38 Functional modules and signal flow of the LEM24 board
10GE Backplane(service cross-connection)

Client
WDM side
side
RX5 10GE
RX6 OUT3
O/E E/O
OUT4
RX28
L2 switching OTN processing
TX5
module 10GE module
TX6 O/E IN3
E/O IN4
TX28
optical optical
module module
1588v2 module
Control
Power supply
module
Fuse Required voltage
Backplane
(controlled by SCC)
DC power supply SCC
from a backplane
NOTE
The 10GE cross-connections are supported only by OptiX OSN 6800.
Signal Flow
The backplane supports cross-connection of only 10GE signals from/to the LEM24 board.
The transmit and the receive directions are defined in the signal flow of the LEM24 board. The
transmit direction is the direction from the client side of the LEM24 to the WDM side of the
LEM24. The receive direction is from the WDM side of the LEM24 to the client side of the
LEM24.
The RX5 to RX28 optical interfaces on the client side receive optical signals from client
equipment and perform O/E conversion.
After O/E conversion, the electrical signals are sent to the L2 switching module. The module
performs operations, such as convergence. After convergence, the module outputs a
maximum of two channels of 10GE signals to the OTN processing module.
The OTN processing module then encapsulates and maps the two channels of 10GE signals
into OTN frames, performs FEC for the OTN frames, and then outputs two channels of
OTU2 signals compliant with ITU-T G.694.1 through the OUT3 and OUT4 optical ports.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
l Receive direction
The WDM-side optical module receives two channels of OTU2 optical signals at DWDM
standard wavelengths that comply with ITU-T G.694.1 through the IN3-IN4 optical
interfaces. After receiving the signals, the module performs O/E conversion.
After O/E conversion, the OTU2 signals are sent to the OTN processing module. The
module performs operations such as OTU2 framing, decoding of FEC. After performing
the operation, the module sends out two channels of 10GE signals to the L2 switching
module for service cross-connection.
The L2 switching module deconverges the 10GE signals and sends 24 channels of the
signals with corresponding rates to the client-side optical module.
The client-side optical module performs E/O conversion of the 24 channels of electrical
signals, and then outputs 24 channels of client-side optical signals through the TX5-TX28
optical interfaces.
NOTE
The RX5/TX5 and RX6/TX6 optical ports can process 10GE LAN and 10GE WAN services. The other optical
ports on the board can process GE and FE services.
The LEM24 board processes clock signals in two directions.

l Receives clock signals from a service board and sends the clock signals to the clock
processing board through the communication module.
l Receives clock signals from the clock processing module and sends the clock signals to the
downstream NE through a service board.
NOTE
10GE WAN and 10GE LAN signals are processed differently. Each 10GE WAN signal contains an SDH header,
which is stripped off before the signal enters the Layer 2 module.
Module Function
– Client-side receiver: Performs O/E conversion of the FE/GE/10GE LAN/10GE WAN
signals.
– Client-side transmitter: Performs E/O conversion of the FE/GE/10GE LAN/10GE
WAN signals.
– Learns, forwards or deletes MAC addresses.
– Maps and demaps Ethernet packets.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
l OTN processing module

Frames OTU2 signals, processes overheads in OTU2 signals, and performs FEC encoding
and decoding.
l 1588v2 module
The 1588v2 module can send the clock signal of the STG board to the next NE according
to the IEEE 1588v2 protocol, or extract the clock signal from the service signals that come
from a service board according to the IEEE 1588v2 protocol and then send the clock signal
to the STG board.
13.10.5 Front Panel

There are indicators and interfaces on the front panel of the LEM24 board.

Figure 13-39 shows the front panel of the LEM24 board.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 13-39 Front panel of the LEM24 board
Indicators


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Interfaces
Table 13-90 describes the type and function of each interface.
Table 13-90 Types and functions of the interfaces on the LEM24 board
RX5-RX28a LC Receive service signals from client equipment.
TX5-TX28a LC Transmit service signals to client equipment.

multiplexer board.

multiplexer board.
a: The RX5/TX5 and RX6/TX6 optical ports are 10GE optical ports that can process 10GE
LAN and 10GE WAN services. The other optical ports on the board are GE optical ports that
can process GE and FE services.
Laser Hazard Level

13.10.6 Valid Slots

Two slots house one TN11LEM24 board.
Table 13-91 shows the valid slots for the TN11LEM24 board.
Table 13-91 Valid slots for the LEM24 board
Product Valid Slots
OptiX OSN 8800 T64 IU1-IU7, IU11-IU17, IU19-IU25, IU27-IU33, IU35-IU41,

subrack IU45-IU51, IU53-IU59, IU61-IU67
OptiX OSN 8800 T32 IU1-IU7, IU12-IU18, IU20-IU26, IU29-IU35

subrack
OptiX OSN 8800 T16 IU1-IU7, IU11-IU17

subrack

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
The rear connector of the LEM24 board is mounted to the backplane along the left slot of the
two occupied slots in the subrack. The slot number of the LEM24 board displayed on the NM
is the number of the left slot.
For example, if you install the LEM24 board in slots IU1 and IU2, the slot number of the LEM24
board displayed on the NM is IU1.
13.10.7 Characteristic Code for the LEM24

For detailed descriptions of the characteristic code for the board, refer to B.2 Characteristic
Code for OTUs.

This section describes how the physical interfaces of the board are displayed on the NMS and
the logical ports of the board.

Table 13-92 Mapping between the physical ports on the LEM24 board and the port numbers
IN3/OUT3 3
IN4/OUT4 4
TX5/RX5 5
TX6/RX6 6
TX7/RX7 7
TX8/RX8 8
TX9/RX9 9
TX10/RX10 10
TX11/RX11 11
TX12/RX12 12
TX13/RX13 13
TX14/RX14 14
TX15/RX15 15
TX16/RX16 16

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
TX17/RX17 17
TX18/RX18 18
TX19/RX19 19
TX20/RX20 20
TX21/RX21 21
TX22/RX22 22
TX23/RX23 23
TX24/RX24 24
TX25/RX25 25
TX26/RX26 26
TX27/RX27 27
TX28/RX28 28
NOTE
Logical Ports
board. They also can be used as source or sinks of cross-connections. For example, ODU2LP is
a logical port of the board.
Figure 13-40 shows the application model of the LEM24 board. Table 13-93 describes the
Figure 13-40 Port diagram of the LEM24 board

Service processing
Client side module WDM side
101(AP1/AP1)-1 201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-1 71(ODU2LP1/ODU2LP1)-1
PORT5 VCTRUNK1 3(IN3/OUT3)-1
PORT6 102(AP2/AP2)-1 202(ClientLP2/ClientLP2)-1 72(ODU2LP2/ODU2LP2)-1
VCTRUNK2
4(IN4/OUT4)-1
VCTRUNK3 103(AP3/AP3)-1
PORT28
Service WDM side
processing optical
module module
module module
Backplane

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 13-93 Definition of NM port of the LEM24 board

Port Name Definition
PORT5 - PORT28 Respectively corresponds to the client-side optical

interfaces: RX5/TX5 - RX28/TX28.
VCTRUNK1 - VCTRUNK4 Internal virtual ports.
AP1 - AP4 Internal convergence ports.
ClientLP1 - ClientLP2 Internal logical ports. The optical paths are numbered 1
ODU2LP1 - ODU2LP2 Internal logical ports.
IN3/OUT3 - IN4/OUT4 Corresponds to the WDM-side optical interfaces.

If the LEM24 board is used to transmit services, the following items must be created on the
U2000:
l During creation of the Ethernet services on the U2000, create cross-connections between
the PORT and VCTRUNK ports. After the cross-connections between the PORT and
VCTRUNK ports are created, the L2 switching module can perform cross-connections
between the PORT and VCTRUNK ports, or converge optical signals received by the client-
side optical modules into two channels of 10GE electrical signals.
NOTE
l One VCTRUNK port can be connected to multiple PORT ports.

l The maximum bandwidth of each VCTRUNK port is 10 Gbit/s.
l One-to-one port connections are between the VCTRUNK ports and the AP ports of the
cross-connect module. You are not required to set one-to-one port connections on the
U2000.
l Create a cross-connection between the AP port of the LEM24 board and the AP port of
other boards, as shown in Figure 13-41.
NOTE
Only the OptiX OSN 6800 supports this operation.
l The AP port connects to the ClientLP ports, the ClientLP port connects to the ODU2LP
port, and the ODU2LP port connects to the IN/OUT port. There is no need for configuration
of these connections on the U2000.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 13-41 Cross-connection diagram of the LEM24 board

Client WDM
side side
103(AP3/AP3)-1
Other board
104(AP4/AP4)-1
Client WDM
side side
103(AP3/AP3)-1
LEM24
104(AP4/AP4)-1
Other board TN11LEM24 / TN11LEX4

This section lists the LEM24 board parameters that can be set or queried by using the NMS.
Parameters for WDM Interfaces
Table 13-94 Parameters for WDM Interfaces
Optical Interface/Channel - Displays the position of the

optical interface.
Optical Interface Name - Sets and queries the optical

interface name.
An optical interface name
contains a maximum of 64
characters. Any characters
are supported.
Channel Use Status Used, Unused The Channel Use Status

Default: Used parameter sets the occupancy
status of the current channel
of a board.
See D.4 Channel Use Status
information.
Optical Interface Non-Loopback, Inloop, Specifies the loopback mode

Loopback Outloop for the optical interface on a
Default: Non-Loopback board.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Laser Status Off, On The Laser Status parameter

Default: sets the laser status of a
board.
l WDM side: On See D.15 Laser Status
l Client side: Off (WDM Interface) for more
information.
Automatic Laser Enabled, Disabled The Automatic Laser

Shutdown Default: Enabled Shutdown parameter
determines whether to
automatically shut down the
laser after the signals
received by a board are lost.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
ALS Auxiliary Condition FW_Defect, Specifies auxiliary

BW_Client_R_LOS, conditions for triggering
BW_WDM_Defect, ALS.
FW_OPUk_CSF l If a fault occurs on the
Default: FW_Defect client-side receiver of the
upstream board or the
WDM-side receiver of the
local board, the laser on
the client-side transmitter
of the local board must be
shut down. For this
situation, set this
parameter to FW_Defect.
l If a fault occurs on the
client-side receiver of the
of the local board must be
shut down. For this
situation, set this
parameter to
BW_Client_R_LOS.
l If a fault occurs on the
WDM-side receiver of the
of the upstream board
must be shut down. For
this situation, set this
parameter to
BW_WDM_Defect.
l If an OPUk_CSF alarm is
detected on the WDM-
side port of the local
board, the laser on the
client-side transmitter of
the local board must be
shut down. For this
situation, set this
parameter to
FW_OPUk_CSF.
LPT Enabled Enabled, Disabled Determines whether to

Default: Disabled enable the link pass-through
(LPT) function.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
FEC Working State Enabled, Disabled Determines whether to

Default: Enabled enable or disable the forward
error correction (FEC)
function for an optical
interface.
See D.10 FEC Working
State (WDM Interface) for
more information.
FEC Mode FEC The FEC Mode parameter

Default: FEC sets the FEC mode of the
current optical interface.
See D.9 FEC Mode (WDM
Interface) for more
information.
Wavelength No./ - Used to query the operating

Wavelength (nm)/ wavelength at the WDM-side
Frequency (THz) optical interface of a board.
Actual Band Type - Used to query the band type.
Tunable Wavelength - Displays the tunable

Range wavelength range supported
by the WDM-side optical
Planned Wavelength No./ l C: 1/1529.16/196.050 to The Planned Wavelength

Wavelength (nm)/ 80/1560.61/192.100 No./Wavelength (nm)/
Frequency (THz) l CWDM: Frequency (THz) parameter
11/1471.00/208.170 to sets the wavelength number,
18/1611.00/188.780 wavelength and frequency of
the current optical interface
Default: / on the WDM side of a board.
See D.27 Planned
Wavelength No./
Wavelength (nm)/
Frequency (THz) (WDM
Interface) for more
information.
Planned Band Type C, CWDM The Planned Band Type

Default: C parameter sets the band type
of the current working
wavelength.
See D.26 Planned Band
Type (WDM Interface) for
more information.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
OTN Overhead Enabled, Disabled Determines whether to

Transparent Transmission Default: Disabled process GCC1 and GCC2 in
OTN overheads. If the
processing is not required, set
this parameter to Enabled;
otherwise, set it to Disabled.
SD Trigger Condition None, B1_SD, OTUk_DEG, The SD Trigger Condition

ODUk_PM_DEG parameter sets the relevant
Default: None alarms of certain optical
interfaces or channels of a
board as SD switching trigger
conditions of the protection
group in which this OTU
board resides.
See D.31 SD Trigger
Condition (WDM
Interface) for more
information.
PRBS Test Status Enabled, Disabled The PRBS Test Status

Default: Disabled parameter sets the pseudo-
random binary sequence
See D.29 PRBS Test Status
information.
Parameters for Ethernet interfaces
Table 13-95 TAG Attributes(Internal Port/External Port)

Port - OptiX OSN 8800: Internal

ports are VCTRUNK1 to
VCTRUNK2.
OptiX OSN 6800: Internal
VCTRUNK4.
External ports are PORT5 to
PORT28.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
TAG Tag Aware, Access, Hybrid Indicates the type of packets

Default: Tag Aware that can be processed by a
port.
Tag Aware: The port
transparently transmits the
packets with VLAN IDs
(Tag) and discards packets
without VLAN IDs (Untag).
If TAG is set to Tag Aware,
VLAN priority and Default
VLAN ID are invalid.
Access: The port labels the
default VLAN IDs to packets
without VLAN IDs (Untag)
and discards the packets that
already have VLAN IDs
(Tag).
Hybrid: The port labels the
and transparently transmits
the packets that already have
VLAN IDs (Tag).
This parameter is valid only
for UNI ports.
NOTE
This parameter is invalid for C-
Aware and S-Aware ports.
Default VLAN ID 1 to 4095 The Default VLAN ID

Default: 1 parameter specifies a default
VLAN ID for a port that
transmits untagged packets.
NOTE
when the value of TAG is
Access or Hybrid.
VLAN Priority 0 to 7 The VLAN Priority

Default: 0 parameter specifies the
priority of the default VLAN
ID of a port.
NOTE
Access or Hybrid.
Entry Detection Enabled, Disabled The Entry Detection

Default: Enabled parameter determines
whether a port detects
packets by tag identifier.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 13-96 Network Attributes (Internal Port/External Port)


VCTRUNK2.
VCTRUNK4.
PORT28.
Port Attributes UNI, NNI, C-Aware, S- A UNI port processes the

Aware TAG attributes of the
Default: UNI 802.1Q-compliant packets.
The port attributes include
Tag Aware, Access, and
Hybrid.
An S-Aware port does not
process the tag attributes of
the 802.1Q-compliant
packets. In this case, the port
determines that the packets
do not carry C-VLAN tags
and processes only the
packets that have S-VLAN
tags.
A C-Aware port does not
do not carry S-VLAN tags
packets that have C-VLAN
tags.
NNI is a reserved port type
and is not supported at
present.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 13-97 Advanced attributes (Internal ports)


VCTRUNK2.
VCTRUNK4.
Broadcast Packet Enabled, Disabled Indicates whether to enable

Suppression Default: Disabled broadcast packet
suppression.
Click D.6 Enabling
Broadcast Packet
Suppression to view the
details.
Broadcast Packet 10% to 100%, with a step of If broadcast packet

Suppression Threshold 10% suppression is enabled,
Default: 30% broadcast packets are
suppressed when the
bandwidth occupied by
broadcast packets exceeds
specified times (suppression
threshold) the total
bandwidth.
Click D.3 Broadcast Packet
Suppression Threshold to
view the details.
Table 13-98 Advanced Attributes (External Port)

Port - External ports are PORT5 to

PORT28.

suppression.
Click D.6 Enabling
Broadcast Packet
details.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

suppressed when the
bandwidth.
view the details.
Loop Detection Disabled, Enabled Sets whether to enable loop

Default: Disabled detection, which is used to
check whether a loop exists at
the port.
Loop Port Shutdown Enabled, Disabled Sets whether to enable

Default: Enabled shutdown of a loop port,
which is used to set blocking
for a loop port.
Threshold of Port PORT5 to PORT6: Indicates the rate threshold

Receiving Rates (Mbps) l 0 to 10000 for an external port to receive
traffic.
l Default: 10000
PORT7 to PORT28:
l 0 to 1000
l Default: 1000
Port Rates Time Slice (m) 0 to 30 Indicates the traffic rate time
Default: 0 window of an external port.
Table 13-99 Basic Attributes (External Port)


PORT28.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Enabled/Disabled Enabled, Disabled When the parameter value is

Default: Disabled set to Enabled for a port, the
port is enabled and services
are provisioned. When the
parameter value is set to
Disabled for a port, the
services on the port are not
processed. Therefore, you
must enable a port when you
configure services on the
port.
Working Mode PORT5 to PORT6: Indicates the working modes

l 10G FULL_Duplex of an Ethernet port. Auto-
LAN, 10G negotiation can
FULL_Duplex WAN automatically determine the
optimal working modes of
l Default: 10G the connected ports. This
FULL_Duplex LAN mode is easy to maintain and
PORT7 to PORT28: is recommended.
l 1000M FULL_Duplex, NOTE
Auto-Negotiation In the configuration process,
ensure that working modes of
l Default: Auto- the connected ports are
Negotiation consistent; otherwise, services
are unavailable.
Maximum Frame Length 1518 to 9600 Specifies the maximum

Default: 1522 frame length supported by an
Ethernet port.
Click D.21 Maximum
Frame Length to view the
details.
Port Physical Parameters - Indicates the physical

parameters of a port.
MAC LoopBack Inloop, Outloop, Non- TheMAC Loopback

Loopback parameter specifies the MAC
Default: Non-Loopback loopback state at an Ethernet
port. With this parameter,
users can test whether
equipment runs normally by
creating a looped path at the
MAC layer and then sending
and receiving signals over the
path.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
PHY LoopBack Inloop, Outloop, Non- The PHY Loopback

Loopback parameter specifies the PHY
PHY layer and then sending
path.
Table 13-100 Flow Control (External Port)


PORT28.
Non-Autonegotiation Flow Disabled, Enable Symmetric Specifies the flow control

Control Mode Flow Control, Send Only, mode adopted when an
Receive Only Ethernet port does not work
Default: Disable in auto-negotiation mode.
Click D.23 Non-
Autonegotiation Flow
Control Mode to view the
details.
Autonegotiation Flow Disabled, Enable Specifies the flow control

Control Mode Dissymmetric Flow Control, mode adopted when an
Enable Symmetric Flow Ethernet port works in auto-
Control, Enable Symmetric/ negotiation mode.
Dissymmetric Flow Control Click D.1 Autonegotiation
Default: Disable Flow Control Mode to view
the details.
13.10.11 LEM24 Specifications


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Module
TN N/A 1000 BASE-SX-0.5 km N/A 800 ps/nm-C Band

11L (I-850-LC) (Odd & Even
EM 1000 BASE-LX-10 km Wavelengths)-Fixed
24 (I-1310-LC) Wavelength-NRZ-
PIN-XFP
10G BASE-SR-0.3 km
(SFP+) 800 ps/nm-C Band-
Tunable Wavelength-
10G BASE-LR-10 km NRZ-PIN-XFP
(SFP+)
km
km
km
NOTE
point.

Optical Module 1000 BASE-SX-0.5 1000 BASE-LX-10

Type km (I-850-LC) km (I-1310-LC)
Optical source type - MLM SLM
Target transmission - 0.5 km (0.3 mi.) 10 km (6.2 mi.)

distance

wavelength range
Maximum mean dBm -2.5 -3

launched power

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Minimum mean dBm -9.5 -9.5

launched power
ratio
Eye pattern mask - IEEE802.3z –compliant
Receiver type - PIN PIN

wavelength range
Minimum receiver dBm 0 -3

overload
NOTE
The electrical interface specifications comply with IEEE Std 802.3 when receiving 1000 BASE-T services.
Table 13-102 Client-side pluggable optical module specifications (10GE services)
Optical Module 10G BASE-SR-0.3 10G BASE-LR-10

Type km (SFP+) km (SFP+)
Optical interface Gbit/s 10.3125 10.3125

service rate

distance

wavelength range
Maximum mean dBm -1 0.5

launched power

launched power

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


ratio
Output optical power dBm ≤-30 ≤-30

in case of laser
shutdown
Eye pattern mask - IEEE802.3z–compliant

wavelength range
Receiver sensitivity dBm -11.1 (OMA) -12.6 (OMA)
Minimum receiver dBm -1 0.5

overload
Maximum dB -12 -12

reflectance

PIN-XFP

power

power

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

PIN-XFP

width

suppression ratio
Receiver type - PIN

(FEC on)

(FEC on)


Tunable Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN-XFP

power

power

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Tunable Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN-XFP

width

suppression ratio
Receiver type - PIN

(FEC on)

(FEC on)
Table 13-105 WDM-side pluggable optical module specifications (gray light)

Optical 10 Gbit/s 10 Gbit/s 10 Gbit/s

Module Type Multirate-10 km Multirate-40 km Multirate-80 km

format
Optical source - SLM SLM SLM

type

transmission
distance

wavelength
range
Maximum dBm -1 2 4
mean launched
power

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Minimum dBm -6 -1 0
mean launched
power
Minimum dB 6 8.2 9
extinction ratio
Maximum -20 nm N/A N/A N/A

dB spectral
width
Minimum side dB 30 30 30
mode
suppression
ratio
Eye pattern - G.959.1-compliant

mask
Receiver type - PIN PIN APD

wavelength
range

sensitivity
receiver
overload
(8.7 in.)
Power Consumption
F) (131°F)
TN11LEM24 81 83

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
13.11 LEX4
LEX4: 4 x 10GE and 2 x OTU2 Ethernet Switch Board

The available functional version of the LEX4 board is TN11.

Huawei office.
Boa 8800 T64 8800 T32 8800 T16 8800 6800 3800
Subrack
TN1 Y Y Y N Y N
1LE
X4
13.11.2 Application
The LEX4 board is an optical transponder unit.
The LEX4 board converts four channels of 10GE WAN or 10GE LAN services received directly
on the client side, or two channels of 10GE services cross-connected from the backplane, into
two channels of standard WDM wavelength OTU2 signals. The LEX4 board also performs the
reverse process. The LEX4 board supports convergence of multiple flat-rate 10GE services into
one channel of 10GE service. The board also supports transparent transmission of two channels
of 10GE services.
Figure 13-42 shows the application of the LEX4 board in a WDM system.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 13-42 Application of the TN11LEX4 board in a WDM system
RX1 LEX4 LEX4 TX1

OUT1 IN1
TX1 M M RX1
IN1 U U OUT1
X X
2×ODU2
2X10GE
2×OTU2
2×ODU2
2×OTU2
2X10GE
10GE LAN / / 10GE LAN
10GE WAN D D 10GE WAN
TX4
RX4 OUT2 M M IN2
U U
L2 L2
10GE 10GE
OptiX OSN 8800: N/A
OptiX OSN 6800: From/To cross-connect board

The LEX4 board provides electrical cross-connections, OTN interfaces, and the ESC function.
Table 13-106 and Table 13-107 list the functions and features of the LEX4 board.
NOTE
The 10GE cross-connections are only supported by the OptiX OSN 6800.
Table 13-106 OTN Functions and features of the LEX4 board
Function and
Feature Description
Basic function l Converts four channels of 10GE WAN or 10GE LAN services received
directly on the client side, or two channels of 10GE services cross-
connected from the backplane, into two channels of standard WDM
wavelength OTU2 signals and performs the reverse process.
l Converges multiple flat-rate 10GE services into one channel of 10GE
service.

Cross-connect OptiX OSN 8800: N/A.

capabilities OptiX OSN 6800: Supports the cross-connection of two channels of 10GE
electrical signals between the LEX4 board and the cross-connect board.
OTN function l Provides OTU2 interfaces on the WDM side.

l Supports TCM and PM functions for ODU2.

specification

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Function and
Feature Description
LPT l Supports port-based LPT.

l Supports service-based LPT.
WDM side.
monitoring
l Supports monitoring of performance events and alarms associated with
FE, GE, 10GE WAN, and 10GE LAN services.
Regeneration TN12ND2, TN52ND2, TN53ND2, TN55NO2, TN53NQ2, TN54NQ2,

board TN11LSXR
IEEE 1588v2 Supported in the WDM side.
Physical clock Supported in the Client side and WDM side.
PRBS test Supports the PRBS function on the WDM side

function
ASON

ASON


interface
Outloop Supported
Outloop Supported

optical interface
Outloop Supported

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 13-107 Data features of the LEX4 board

and Feature
Interface Port working 10GE optical port: 10GE LAN full duplex , 10GE WAN full
characteristi mode duplex
cs

multicast
IGMP Supported
snooping V2
Layer 2 Supports IEEE802.1Q, IEEE802.1ad, and IEEE 802.1D.

Supports MAC address learning and aging.
Supports STP/RSTP and MSTP.
Supports 32k MAC addresses.
Ethernet EPL
service EVPL(VLAN)
EVPL(QinQ)
EPLAN(IEEE 802.1D)
EVPLAN(IEEE 802.1Q)
NOTE
Protection VLAN Supported

schemes SNCP
DBPS Supported
ERPS Supported

running at IP and trunk ports.
Maintenance ETH-OAM Supports ETH OAM protocols defined by IEEE802.1ag and

features IEEE802.3ah.
RMON Supported
QoS Supports committed access rate (CAR) and class of service (CoS).
Supports IEEE802.1p.
Supports DSCP.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
and Feature

standards standards for All L2 protocols including xSTP, LACP, EthOAM, DHCP,
compliance transparent PPP, etc.
transmission
monitoring)
Protocols or IEEE 802.3x pause frame

standards for IEEE 802.3ad LACP
service
processing IEEE 802.1p priority
(performanc IEEE 802.1q VLAN
e IEEE 802.1ag OAM
monitoring)
IEEE 802.3ah OAM
IEEE IGMP
STP, RSTP, MSTP
R-APS

The LEX4 board consists of client-side optical module, WDM-side optical module, L2 switching
module, OTN processing module, 1588v2 module, control and communication module, and a
power supply module.
Figure 13-43 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the LEX4 board in the OptiX
OSN 8800.
Figure 13-44 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the LEX4 board in the OptiX
OSN 6800.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 13-43 Functional modules and signal flow of the LEX4 board (OptiX OSN 8800)
Client
WDM side
side
RX1 10GE
RX2 OUT1
O/E E/O
OUT2
RX4
TX1
module 10GE module IN1
TX2 O/E
E/O IN2
TX4
optical optical
module module
1588v2 module
Control
Power supply
module
Backplane
(controlled by SCC)
DC power supply SCC
from a backplane

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 13-44 Functional modules and signal flow of the LEX4 board (OptiX OSN 6800)
10GE Backplane(service cross-connection)

Client
WDM side
side
RX1 10GE
RX2 OUT1
O/E E/O
OUT2
RX4
TX1
module 10GE module IN1
TX2 O/E
E/O IN2
TX4
optical optical
module module
1588v2 module
Control
Power supply
module
Backplane
(controlled by SCC)
DC power supply SCC
from a backplane
Signal Flow
The backplane supports cross-connection of only 10GE signals from/to the LEX4 board.
In the signal flow of the LEX4 board, the transmit and the receive directions are defined. The
transmit direction is defined as the direction from the client side of the LEX4 to the WDM side
of the LEX4, and the receive direction is defined as the reverse direction.
performs operations such as convergence. Then, the module outputs a maximum of two
channels of 10GE signals to the OTN processing module.
The OTN processing module then encapsulates and maps the two channels of 10GE signals
into OTN frames, performs FEC for the OTN frames, and then outputs two channels of
OTU2 signals compliant with ITU-T G.694.1 through the OUT1 and OUT2 optical ports.
l Receive direction

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
wavelengths that comply with ITU-T G.694.1 through the IN1-IN2 optical interfaces. Then,
the module performs O/E conversion.
module performs operations such as OTU2 framing, decoding of FEC. Then, the module
sends out two channels of 10GE signals to the L2 switching module for service cross-
connection.
The L2 switching module deconverges the 10GE signals and sends four channels of the
The client-side optical module performs E/O conversion of the four channels of electrical
signals, and then outputs four channels of client-side optical signals through the TX1-TX4
optical interfaces.
The LEX4 board processes clock signals in two directions.
NOTE
Module Function
– Client-side receiver: Performs O/E conversion of the 10GE LAN/10GE WAN signals.
– Client-side transmitter: Performs E/O conversion of the 10GE LAN/10GE WAN
signals.
Frames OTU2 signals, processes overheads in OTU2 signals, and performs FEC encoding
and decoding.
l 1588v2 module

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
to the STG board.
13.11.5 Front Panel

There are indicators and interfaces on the front panel of the LEX4 board.

Figure 13-45 shows the front panel of the LEX4 board.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 13-45 Front panel of the LEX4 board
Indicators

Interfaces

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 13-108 Types and functions of the interfaces on the LEX4 board

multiplexer board.

multiplexer board.
Laser Hazard Level

13.11.6 Valid Slots

One slot houses one TN11LEX4 board.
Table 13-109 shows the valid slots for the TN11LEX4 board.
Table 13-109 Valid slots for the LEX4 board

Product Valid Slots

subrack

subrack

subrack
13.11.7 Characteristic Code for the LEX4

Code for OTUs.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Table 13-110 Mapping between the physical ports on the LEX4 board and the port numbers
IN1/OUT1 3
IN2/OUT2 4
TX1/RX1 5
TX2/RX2 6
TX3/RX3 7
TX4/RX4 8
NOTE
Logical Ports
board. They also can be used as source or sinks of cross-connections. For example, ODU2LP is
Figure 13-46 shows the application model of the LEX4 board. Table 13-111 describes the
Figure 13-46 Port diagram of the LEX4 board

Service processing
Client side module WDM side
PORT5 VCTRUNK1 3(IN1/OUT1)-1
PORT6 VCTRUNK2
4(IN2/OUT2)-1
PORT7 VCTRUNK3 103(AP3/AP3)-1
Service WDM side

processing optical
module module
module module
Backplane

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 13-111 Description of NM port of the LEX4 board

PORT5 - PORT8 These ports correspond to the client-side optical

VCTRUNK1 - VCTRUNK4 Internal virtual ports.
AP1 - AP4 Internal convergence ports.
ClientLP1 - ClientLP2 Internal logical ports. The optical paths are numbered 1
ODU2LP1 - ODU2LP2 Internal logical ports.
IN1/OUT1 - IN2/OUT2 Corresponding to the WDM-side optical interfaces.

If the LEX4 board is used to transmit services, the following items must be created on the
U2000:
the PORT and VCTRUNK ports. After the cross-connections between the PORT and
VCTRUNK ports are created, the L2 switching module can perform cross-connections
between the PORT and VCTRUNK ports or converge the optical signals received by the
client-side optical modules into two channels of 10GE electrical signals.
NOTE

l The maximum bandwidth of each VCTRUNK port is 10 Gbit/s.
one port connections, which need not be set on the U2000.
l Create the cross-connection between the AP port of the LEX4 board and the AP port of
other boards, as shown in Figure 13-47.
NOTE
Only the OptiX OSN 6800 supports this operation.
l The AP port connects to the ClientLP ports, the ClientLP port is connected to the ODU2LP
port, and the ODU2LP port is connected to the IN/OUT port. There is no need for
configuration on the U2000.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 13-47 Cross-connection diagram of the LEX4 board

Client WDM
side side
103(AP3/AP3)-1
Other board
104(AP4/AP4)-1
Client WDM
side side
103(AP3/AP3)-1
LEX4
104(AP4/AP4)-1
Other board TN11LEM24 / TN11LEX4

This section lists the LEX4 board parameters that can be set or queried by using the NMS.


Channel interface.

Name name.
channel of a board.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

l Client side: Off
Automatic Laser Enabled, Disabled The Automatic Laser Shutdown

ALS Auxiliary FW_Defect, Specifies auxiliary conditions for

Condition BW_Client_R_LOS, triggering ALS.
BW_WDM_Defect, l If a fault occurs on the client-side
FW_OPUk_CSF receiver of the upstream board or the
Default: FW_Defect WDM-side receiver of the local
board, the laser on the client-side
transmitter of the local board must be
shut down. For this situation, set this
l If a fault occurs on the client-side
receiver of the local board, the laser
on the client-side transmitter of the
local board must be shut down. For
this situation, set this parameter to
BW_Client_R_LOS.
l If a fault occurs on the WDM-side
upstream board must be shut down.
For this situation, set this parameter
to BW_WDM_Defect.
l If an OPUk_CSF alarm is detected on
the WDM-side port of the local
parameter to FW_OPUk_CSF.
LPT Enabled Enabled, Disabled Determines whether to enable the link

FEC Working State Enabled, Disabled Determines whether to enable or disable

Default: Enabled the forward error correction (FEC)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
FEC Mode FEC The FEC Mode parameter sets the FEC
See D.9 FEC Mode (WDM Interface)
Wavelength No./ - Used to query the operating wavelength

Wavelength (nm)/ at the WDM-side optical interface of a
Frequency (THz) board.
Tunable Wavelength - Displays the tunable wavelength range

Range supported by the WDM-side optical
Planned Wavelength l C: The Planned Wavelength No./

No./Wavelength 1/1529.16/196.050 Wavelength (nm)/Frequency (THz)
(nm)/Frequency to parameter sets the wavelength number,
(THz) 80/1560.61/192.100 wavelength and frequency of the current
11/1471.00/208.170 board.
Default: / information.
wavelength.
SD Trigger Condition None, B1_SD, The SD Trigger Condition parameter

OTUk_DEG, sets the relevant alarms of certain optical
board resides.
information.
PRBS Test Status Enabled, Disabled The PRBS Test Status parameter sets

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Parameters for Ethernet interfaces
Table 13-113 TAG Attributes (Internal Port/External Port)

VCTRUNK2.
VCTRUNK4.
PORT8.

port.
Tag Aware: The port
(Tag).
VLAN IDs (Tag).
for UNI ports.
NOTE

NOTE
Access or Hybrid.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

ID of a port.
NOTE
Access or Hybrid.



VCTRUNK2.
VCTRUNK4.
PORT8.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Port Attributes UNI, NNI, C-Aware, S- A UNI port processes the

Aware TAG attributes of the
Default: UNI 802.1Q-compliant packets.
The port attributes include
Tag Aware, Access, and
Hybrid.
An S-Aware port does not
do not carry C-VLAN tags
packets that have S-VLAN
tags.
A C-Aware port does not
do not carry S-VLAN tags
packets that have C-VLAN
tags.
present.
Table 13-115 Advanced Attributes (Internal Port)


VCTRUNK2.
VCTRUNK4.

suppression.
Click D.6 Enabling
Broadcast Packet
details.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

suppressed when the
bandwidth.
view the details.


PORT8.

suppression.
Click D.6 Enabling
Broadcast Packet
details.

suppressed when the
bandwidth.
view the details.

the port.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

for a loop port.

Receiving Rates (Mbps) l 0 to 10000 for an external port to receive
traffic.
l Default: 10000


PORT8.

port.
Click D.6 Enabling
Broadcast Packet
details.

FULL_Duplex WAN automatically determine the
optimal working modes of
l Default: 10G the connected ports. This
FULL_Duplex LAN mode is easy to maintain and
is recommended.
NOTE
In the configuration process,
ensure that working modes of
the connected ports are
consistent; otherwise, services
are unavailable.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Ethernet port.
Click D.21 Maximum
details.

MAC LoopBack Inloop, Outloop, Non- TheMAC Loopback

path.

path.


PORT8.

Click D.23 Non-
details.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

the details.
13.11.11 LEX4 Specifications


Module
TN N/A 10G BASE-SR-0.3 km N/A 800 ps/nm-C Band

11L (SFP+) (Odd & Even
EX 10G BASE-LR-10 km Wavelengths)-Fixed
4 (SFP+) Wavelength-NRZ-
PIN-XFP
800 ps/nm-C Band-
Tunable Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN-XFP
km
km
km
NOTE
point.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800



service rate

distance

wavelength range

launched power

launched power

ratio

in case of laser
shutdown

wavelength range

overload
Maximum dB -12 -12

reflectance

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


PIN-XFP

power

power

width

suppression ratio
Receiver type - PIN

(FEC on)

(FEC on)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Tunable Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN-XFP

power

power

width

suppression ratio
Receiver type - PIN

(FEC on)

(FEC on)



format

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


type

transmission
distance

wavelength
range
Maximum dBm -1 2 4
mean launched
power
Minimum dBm -6 -1 0
mean launched
power
Minimum dB 6 8.2 9
extinction ratio

dB spectral
width
mode
suppression
ratio

mask

wavelength
range

sensitivity
receiver
overload

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
(8.7 in.)
Power Consumption
F) (131°F)
TN11LEX4 64 67
13.12 LOA
LOA: 8 x Any-rate MUX OTU2 wavelength conversion board.

The available functional version of the LOA board is TN11.

Huawei office.
Subrack
TN11 Y Y Y Y Y Y
LOA
13.12.2 Application Overview

The LOA board converges a maximum of 8 x Any service signals at a rate ranging from 125
Mbit/s to 4.25 Gbit/sor 1 x FC800/FC1200/FICON10G/10GE LAN/FICON8G service signals
into 1 x OTU2 optical signals, and then converts the signals into standard DWDM wavelengths
that comply with ITU-T G.694.1. The LOA board also performs the reverse process.
Table 13-123 provides the application scenarios for the LOA board.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 13-123 Application scenarios for the LOA board

Applica Maximum Input Mapping Maxi Port Working Remarks
tion Capacity (Client Path mum Mode
Scenari Side) Outp
o ut
Capac
ity
(WD
M
Side)
Scenario 8 x FE/FDDI/GE/ Anya- 1x ODU0 non- -

1 STM-1/STM-4/ >ODU0- OTU2 convergence
OC-3/OC-12/FC100/ >ODU1- mode (Any-
FICON/DVB-ASI/ >ODU2- >ODU0[-
ESCON/SDI >OTU2 or >ODU1]-
Any->ODU0- >ODU2-
>ODU2- >OTU2)
>OTU2
Scenario 4 x HD-SDI/HD- OTU1/Anya- ODU1 non- -

2 SDIRBR/STM–16/ >ODU1- convergence
OC-48/FC200/ >ODU2- mode (OTU1/
FICON Express/ >OTU2 Any->ODU1-
OTU1 >ODU2-
>OTU2)
Scenario 4 x OTU1 OTU1- ODU1_ODU0 -

3 >ODU1- mode (OTU1-
>ODU0- >ODU1-
>ODU1- >ODU0[-
>ODU2- >ODU1]-
>OTU2 or >ODU2-
OTU1- >OTU2)
>ODU1-
>ODU0-
>ODU2-
>OTU2
Scenario l 2 x 3G-SDI/3G- Anya- ODUflex non- l Any two of the RX1/TX1 to

4 SDIRBR/FC400/ >ODUflex- convergence RX8/TX8 ports receive and
FICON4G >ODU2- mode (Any- transmit 3G-SDI/FC400/
l 1 x FC800/ >OTU2 >ODUflex- FICON4G services.
FICON8G >ODU2- l Only the RX1/TX1 port
>OTU2) receives and transmits
FC800/FICON8G services
Scenario 1 x FC800/ Anya- ODU2 non- Only the RX1/TX1 port

5 FICON8G/FC1200/ >ODU2- convergence receives and transmits FC800/
FICON10G/10GE >OTU2 mode (Any- FICON8G/FC1200/
LAN >ODU2- FICON10G/10GE
>OTU2) LANservices.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Applica Maximum Input Mapping Maxi Port Working Remarks

tion Capacity (Client Path mum Mode
Scenari Side) Outp
o ut
Capac
ity
(WD
M
Side)
a: "Any" in the table indicates the client-side service supported in the corresponding application scenario.
Two service mapping paths are supported in scenarios 1 and 3. The service mapping path is ODU0->ODU2
mapping path when the ODU Timeslot Configuration Mode parameter is set to Assign random for the IN/OUT
port while it is ODU0->ODU1->ODU2 when the parameter is set to Assign consecutive for the IN/OUT port.
In application scenario 4, the board supports only the Any->ODUflex->ODU2->OTU2 service path and ODU
Timeslot Configuration Mode must be set to Assign random for the IN/OUT port on the board.
When the LOA board receives an FC800/FICON8G service from client equipment, the board cannot receive other
types of services, because the board does not support hybrid transmission of FC800/FICON8G services and other
types of services.
In all the preceding scenarios, the LOA board supports hybrid transmission of any services except FC800/
FICON8G services. The LOA board provides a maximum of 10 Gbit/s total bandwidth.

The LOA board supports functions and features such as wavelength tunable, OTN functions,
and ESC.
Table 13-124 Functions and features of the LOA board

and Feature
Basic LOA converts signals as follows:

function l 8 x (125 Mbit/s to 1.25 Gbit/s signals) <-> 1 x OTU2
l 4 x (1.49 Gbit/s to 2.67 Gbit/s signals)<-> 1 x OTU2
l 4 x OTU1 <-> 1 x OTU2
l 2 x 3G-SDI/3G-SDIRBR/FC400/FICON4G <-> 1 x OTU2
l 1 x FC800/FC1200/FICON10G/10GE LAN/FICON8G <-> 1 x OTU2
Supports hybrid transmission of signals at a rate of 4.25 Gibt/s or lower, but
does not support hybrid transmission of FC800/FICON8G signals. The total
rate of signals received at the client side cannot exceed 10 Gbit/s.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
and Feature

FICON4G: SAN service at a rate of 4.25 Gbit/s
HD-SDIRBR: Bit-serial digital interface for high-definition television
systems at a rate of 1.49/1.001 Gbit/s
3G-SDI: Video service at a rate of 2.97 Gbit/s
3G-SDIRBR: Video service at a rate of 2.97/1.001 Gbit/s
NOTE
The LOA board supports both GE electrical signal and GE optical signal.
The LOA board supports access of SDI, HD-SDI, HD-SDIRBR, 3G-SDI, 3G-SDIRBR,
and DVB-ASI electrical signals. When the board is used to accept these electrical
signals, a digital video O/E converter must be used for O/E or E/O conversion and the
optical module of the converter must agree with the board optical module specifications.
The digital video O/E converter is a third-party device. Customers can purchase a digital
video O/E converter by themselves.
The FICON4G service and the FC400 service are processed identically. For the
FICON4G service, you can configure it as the FC400 service on the U2000.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
and Feature

the ITU-T G.709.
l Supports PM function for ODU0.
l Supports PM functions for ODUflex.
l Supports PM non-intrusive monitoring for ODUflex.
l Supports SM functions for OTU1.

specification
Tunable Supports tunable wavelength optical modules that provide for 80 wavelengths
wavelength tunable in the C band with 50 GHz channel spacing.
function
ESC Supported
function
function NOTE
The PRBS function on the client side is only supported when the client-side service type
is STM-1, STM-4, STM-16, OC-3, OC-12, OC-48, or OTU1.
is GE/FE/10GE LAN.
FEC l Supports forward error correction (FEC) on the client side that complies
encoding with ITU-T G.709, only when the client side service type is OTU1.
with ITU-T G.709.
l Supports advanced forward error correction (AFEC-2) on the WDM side
that complies with ITU-T G.975.1.
NOTE
events
power of the laser.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
and Feature
Regeneratio TN12ND2, TN52ND2, TN53ND2, TN55NO2, TN53NQ2, TN54NQ2

n board

function
type is GE or FE.
ASON

layer ASON
Protection l Supports intra-board 1+1 protection.

Ethernet Supports encapsulation of GE services in GE(GFP-T) and GE(TTT-GMP)

service modes.
mapping Supports encapsulation of 10GE LAN services in Bit Transparent Mapping
mode (11.1G).
Ethernet port l FE: 100M Full-Duplex

working l GE(TTT-GMP): 1000M Full-Duplex, Auto-Negotiation
mode
Loopback Channel Inloop Supported

Loopback NOTE
Outloop For FC800/FICON8G services, Inloop is not
supported only in ODUflex non-convergence
mode (Any->ODUflex->ODU2->OTU2).
WDM side Inloop Not supported
Outloop Supported
NOTE
It is supported only in FC800/FC1200/
FICON10G/10GE LAN/FICON8G services in
ODU2 non-convergence mode (Any->ODU2-
>OTU2).

NOTE
Outloop It is not supported in FC800/FC1200/FICON10G/
10GE LAN/FICON8G services.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
and Feature

(non- ITU-T G.782
monitoring)
NCITS FIBRE CHANNEL PHYSICAL INTERFACES (FC-
PI)
NCITS FIBRE CHANNEL SWITCH FABRIC-3 (FC-SW-3)
NCITS FIBRE CHANNEL SINGLE-BYTE COMMAND
CODE SETS-2 MAPPING PROTOCOL (FC-SB-2)
ETSI TR 101 891 Professional Interfaces: Guidelines for the
implementation and usage of the DVB Asynchronous Serial
Interface (ASI)
SMPTE 259M 10-Bit 4:2:2 Component and 4fsc Composite
Digital Signals - Serial Digital Interface
ANSI X3.139 Information Systems - Fiber Distributed Data
Interface (FDDI) - Token Ring Media Access Control (MAC)
Interface (FDDI) - Token Ring Physical Layer Protocol
(PHY)
Interface (FDDI) Physical Layer Medium Dependent (PDM)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
and Feature

service
(performanc ITU-T G.872
e ITU-T G.7710
monitoring)
ITU-T G.798
ITU-T G.874
ITU-T M.3100
ITU-T G.874.1
ITU-T G.875
ITU-T G.808.1
ITU-T G.841
ITU-T G.8201
ITU-T G.694.1
13.12.4 Characteristic Code for the LOA

Code for OTUs.
13.12.5 Physical Ports Displayed on NMS

This section describes the physical ports displayed on the NMS.
Table 13-125 Mapping between the physical ports on the LOA board and the port numbers
IN/OUT 1
TX1/RX1 3
TX2/RX2 4
TX3/RX3 5
TX4/RX4 6
TX5/RX5 7

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
TX6/RX6 8
TX7/RX7 9
TX8/RX8 10
NOTE
13.12.6 LOA Scenario 1: ODU0 non-convergence mode (Any-

>ODU0[->ODU1]->ODU2->OTU2)
13.12.6.1 Application
The LOA board converges a maximum of eight channels of service at a rate ranging from 125
Mbit/s to 1.25 Gbit/s into 1 x OTU2 optical signals, and then converts the signals into standard
DWDM wavelengths that comply with ITU-T G.694.1. The LOA board also performs the
reverse process. Figure 13-48 shows the details.
Figure 13-48 Application of the LOA board in ODU0 non-convergence mode (Any->ODU0[-
>ODU1]->ODU2->OTU2)
1xOTU2 1xOTU2
LOA LOA
TX1 RX1
M M
RX1 U U TX1
FE/FDDI/GE/STM-1/ OUT X X IN FE/FDDI/GE/STM-1/
8×ODU0
4×ODU1
1×ODU2
1×OTU2
8×ODU0
1×ODU2
4×ODU1
1×OTU2
8×ODU0
8×ODU0
8×ODU0
8×ODU0
8×ODU0
8×ODU0
STM-4/OC-3/OC-12/ / / STM-4/OC-3/OC-12/
IN OUT
FC100/FICON/DVB- D D FC100/FICON/DVB-
ASI/ESCON/SDI TX8 M M RX8 ASI/ESCON/SDI
U U
RX8 X X TX8
NOTE
In the figure, the ODU1 procedure is optional in the service mapping path, When ODU Timeslot
Configuration Mode is set to Assign random, the service mapping path is Any->ODU0->ODU2->OTU2.
When the parameter is set to Assign consecutive, the service mapping path is Any->ODU0->ODU1-
>ODU2->OTU2.
13.12.6.2 Logical Ports

board. They also can be used as sources or sinks of cross-connections. For example, 201
(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-1 is a logical port of the board.
When the LOA board works in ODU0 non-convergence mode (Any->ODU0[->ODU1]-
>ODU2->OTU2), two port models are available. The mapping paths for the two port models

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
vary according to the ODU timeslot configuration mode. Figure 13-49 shows the port diagram
when ODU Timeslot Configuration Mode is Assign random. Figure 13-50 shows the port
diagram when ODU Timeslot Configuration Mode is Assign consecutive.
Figure 13-49 Port diagram 1 of the LOA board in the ODU0 non-convergence mode (Any->ODU0->ODU2->OTU2)
Client Side WDM Side
201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-1/
201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-2 to
IN/OUT-OCH:1-ODU2:1-ODU0:(1 to 8)
208(ClientLP8/ClientLP8)-2
201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-1 ODU0:1
3(RX1/TX1)-1
4(RX2/TX2)-1
. .
. . ODU2:1 OCH:1 IN/OUT
. .
. .
.
10(RX8/TX8)-1
Figure 13-50 Port diagram 2 of the LOA board in the ODU0 non-convergence mode (Any->ODU0->ODU1-
>ODU2->OTU2)
201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-2 to
208(ClientLP8/ClientLP8)-2 IN/OUT-OCH:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:(1 to 4)-ODU0:(1 to 2)
201(ClientLP1/
ClientLP1)-1 ODU0:1
3(RX1/TX1)-1
201(ClientLP1/
ClientLP1)-2 ODU1:1
202(ClientLP2/
ClientLP2)-1 ODU0:2
4(RX2/TX2)-1
202(ClientLP2/
ClientLP2)-2
ODU2:1 OCH:1 IN/OUT
207(ClientLP7/
ClientLP7)-1 ODU0:1
9(RX7/TX7)-1
207(ClientLP7/
ClientLP7)-2 ODU1:4
208(ClientLP8/
ClientLP8)-1 ODU0:2
10(RX8/TX8)-1
208(ClientLP8/
ClientLP8)-2
Cross-connect Cross-connection that must be configured on the NMS.

module

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Service
processing
module
NOTE
When the LOA board connects to a TOM board that uses 20x(ClientLPx/ClientLPx)-2, a client-side optical
port on the LOA board must be cross-connected to 20x(ClientLPx/ClientLPx)-2 of the LOA board. In other
cases, configure cross-connections from 20x(ClientLPx/ClientLPx)-1 port of the TOM board to the client-
side ports on the LOA board.
Table 13-126 Description of NM port of the LOA board
RX1/TX1–RX8/TX8 These ports correspond to the client-side optical

interfaces.
201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-1/2 to 208 Internal logical port. The paths are numbered 1

(ClientLP8/ClientLP8)-1/2 to 2.
IN/OUT–OCH:1–ODU2:1–ODU0:(1–8) Indicates mapping path when the board works in

ODU0 non-convergence mode (Any->ODU0-
>ODU2->OTU2)
IN/OUT–OCH:1–ODU2:1–ODU1:(1– Indicates mapping path when the board works in

4)–ODU0:(1–2) ODU0 non-convergence mode (Any->ODU0-
>ODU1->ODU2->OTU2)
13.12.6.3 Configuring Cross-Connections

l On the U2000, set the Port Working Mode to ODU0 non-convergence mode (Any-
>ODU0[->ODU1]->ODU2->OTU2).
l For the IN/OUT port, set ODU Timeslot Configuration Mode to Assign random or
Assign consecutive. When the parameter is set to Assign random, the board supports the
Any->ODU0->ODU2->OTU2 service mapping path, as shown in Figure 13-51. When the
parameter is set to Assign consecutive, the board supports the Any->ODU0->ODU1-
>ODU2->OTU2 service mapping path, as shown in Figure 13-52.
l Specify required services types for the board.
l On the U2000, create electrical cross-connections between the internal RX/TX and
ClientLP ports. For details, see in Figure 13-51, Figure 13-52. The electrical cross-
connections between the RX/TX and ClientLP ports are fixed. The RX1/TX1 port is cross-
connected to the ClientLP1 port, the RX2/TX2 port is cross-connected to the ClientLP2
port, and so on.
l On the U2000, create electrical cross-connections between the internal ClientLP and ODU0
ports. For details, see in Figure 13-51, Figure 13-52. The electrical cross-connections
between the ClientLP and ODU0 ports are random but channel 1 on each ClientLP port is
used in the cross-connections.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
NOTE
If all client-side ports on the LOA board always work in ODU0 non-convergence mode with mapping path
Any->ODU0->ODU2->OTU2, and GE(TTT-GMP) services are supported on the client side of the LOA
board accordingly. users can apply the 8*GE->8*ODU0 service package to the board on the NMS. This
simultaneously sets the Port Working Mode to ODU0 non-convergence mode (Any->ODU0[->ODU1]-
>ODU2->OTU2) and the Service Type to GE(TTT-GMP) for the 8 ports.
When the LOA board connects to a TOM board that uses optical channel 2 on the ClientLP port, a client-
side optical port on the LOA board must be cross-connected to optical channel 2 on the ClientLP port of
the LOA board. In other cases, configure cross-connections from optical channel 1 on the ClientLP port
of the TOM board to the client-side ports on the LOA board.
Figure 13-51 Cross-connections of the LOA board (Any->ODU0->ODU2->OTU2)
1
3(RX1/TX1)-1 201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-1 IN/OUT–OCH:1–ODU2:1–ODU0:1
1 201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-2
1 202(ClientLP2/ClientLP2)-2 2
1
1
Cross-connect module Cross-connect module
The internal cross-connection of the board,

which needs to be configured on the NMS

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 13-52 Cross-connections of the LOA board (Any->ODU0->ODU1->ODU2->OTU2)

1
3(RX1/TX1)-1 201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-1 IN/OUT–OCH:1–ODU2:1–ODU1:1–ODU0:1
5(RX3/TX3)-1 203(ClientLP3/ClientLP3)-1 2 IN/OUT–OCH:1–ODU2:1–ODU1:2–ODU0:1
1
1

13.12.7 LOA Scenario 2: ODU1 non-convergence mode (OTU1/Any-

>ODU1->ODU2->OTU2)
The LOA board converges a maximum of four channels of service signals at a rate ranging from
1.49 Gbit/s to 2.67 Gbit/s into 1 x OTU2 optical signals, and then converts the signals into
standard DWDM wavelengths that comply with ITU-T G.694.1. The LOA board also performs
the reverse process. Figure 13-53 shows the details.
Figure 13-53 Application of the LOA board in ODU1 non-convergence mode (OTU1/Any-
>ODU1->ODU2->OTU2)
1xOTU2 1xOTU2
LOA LOA
TX1 RX1
M M
RX1 U U TX1
HD-SDI/HD-SDIRBR/ OUT X HD-SDI/HD-SDIRBR/
X IN
4×ODU1
1×ODU2
1×OTU2
1×ODU2
4×ODU1
1×OTU2
8×ODU0
8×ODU0
8×ODU0
8×ODU0
STM–16/OC-48/ / / STM–16/OC-48/
FC200/FICON 4 IN OUT 4 FC200/FICON
D D
Express/OTU1 M M Express/OTU1
TX8 RX8
U U
RX8 X X TX8

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
NOTE
In this scenario, any four of the RX1/TX1–RX8/TX8 ports can receive and transmit services.

Figure 13-54 shows the port diagrams for the LOA.
Figure 13-54 Port diagram of the LOA board (ODU1 non-convergence mode (OTU1/Any->ODU1->ODU2-
>OTU2))
201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-1~
208(ClientLP8/ClientLP8)-1 IN/OUT-OCH:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:(1~4)
3(RX1/TX1)-1
4(RX2/TX2)-1
ODU2:1 OCH:1 IN/OUT
9(RX7/TX7)-1
10(RX8/TX8)-1
Cross-connect module Service processing module
Cross-connection that must be

configured on the NMS.
NOTE
Table 13-127 Description of the LOA board's ports on the NMS

interfaces.
201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-1 to 208 Internal logical port. The paths are numbered 1.

(ClientLP8/ClientLP8)-1

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
IN/OUT–OCH:1–ODU2:1–ODU1: Indicates the mapping path when the board works in

(1–4) ODU1 non-convergence mode (OTU1/Any-
>ODU1->ODU2->OTU2).

l On the U2000, set the Port Working Mode to ODU1 non-convergence mode (OTU1/
Any->ODU1->ODU2->OTU2).
l On the U2000 create electrical cross-connections between the internal ClientLP and ODU1
ports. For details, see in Figure 13-55. The cross-connections between the ClientLP
and ODU1 ports are random and at most four cross-connections between them can be used.
Figure 13-55 Cross-connections of the LOA board (OTU1/Any->ODU1->ODU2->OTU2)
3(RX1/TX1)-1 201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-1
IN/OUT–OCH:1–ODU2:1–ODU1:1
1


which does not need to be configured on the
NMS

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
13.12.8 LOA Scenario 3: ODU1_ODU0 mode (OTU1->ODU1-

>ODU0[->ODU1]->ODU2->OTU2)
The LOA board converges a maximum of 4 x OTU1 service signals into 1 x OTU2 optical
signals, and then converts the signals into standard DWDM wavelengths that comply with ITU-
T G.694.1. The LOA board also performs the reverse process. Figure 13-56 shows the details.
Figure 13-56 Application of the LOA board in ODU1_ODU0 mode (OTU1->ODU1->ODU0

[->ODU1]->ODU2->OTU2)
1xOTU2 1xOTU2
TX1 LOA LOA

RX1
M M
RX1 U U TX1
OUT
X X IN
4×ODU1
8×ODU0
4×ODU1
1×ODU2
1×OTU2
1×ODU2
4×ODU1
8×ODU0
4×ODU1
1×OTU2
8×ODU0
8×ODU0
8×ODU0
8×ODU0
8×ODU0
8×ODU0
8×ODU0
8×ODU0
/ /
OTU1 4 IN OUT 4 OTU1
D D
TX8 M M
RX8
U U
RX8 X X TX8
NOTE

When the LOA board works in ODU1_ODU0 mode (OTU1->ODU1->ODU0[->ODU1]-
>ODU2->OTU2), two port models are available. The mapping paths for the two port models
vary according to the ODU timeslot configuration mode. Figure 13-57 shows the port diagram
when ODU Timeslot Configuration Mode is Assign random. Figure 13-58 shows the port
diagram when ODU Timeslot Configuration Mode is Assign consecutive.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 13-57 Port diagram of the LOA board in the ODU1_ODU0 mode (OTU1->ODU1-
>ODU0->ODU2->OTU2)
201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)~
IN/OUT-OCH:1-ODU2:1-ODU0(1~8)
208(ClientLP8/ClientLP8)
201(ClientLP1/
ClientLP1)-1 ODU0:1
3(RX1/TX1)-1 201(ClientLP1/
ClientLP1)-2 ODU0:2
202(ClientLP2/
ClientLP2)-1 ODU0:3
4(RX2/TX2)-1 202(ClientLP2/ ODU2:1 OCH:1 IN/OUT
ClientLP2)-2 ODU0:4
208(ClientLP8
/ClientLP8)-1 ODU0:7
208(ClientLP8
10(RX8/TX8)-1
Figure 13-58 Port diagram of the LOA board in the ODU1_ODU0 mode (OTU1->ODU1-
>ODU0->ODU1->ODU2->OTU2)
201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)~
IN/OUT-OCH:1-ODU2:1-ODU1(1~4)-ODU0(1~2)
201(ClientLP1/
ClientLP1)-1 ODU0:1
ODU1:1
ClientLP1)-2 ODU0:2
202(ClientLP2/
ClientLP2)-1 ODU0:1
ODU1:2 ODU2:1 OCH:1 IN/OUT
ClientLP2)-2 ODU0:2
208(ClientLP8
208(ClientLP8 ODU1:4
10(RX8/TX8)-1
Cross-connect module Cross-connection that must be configured on the

NMS.
Service processing module
NOTE
In this mode, any four of the RX1/TX1–RX8/TX8 ports can receive services.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


interfaces.
201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-1/2 to 208 Internal logical port. The paths are numbered 1

(ClientLP8/ClientLP8)-1/2 to 2.
IN/OUT–OCH:1–ODU2:1–ODU0:(1–8) Indicates mapping path when the board works in

ODU1_ODU0 mode (OTU1->ODU1->ODU0-
>ODU2->OTU2).
IN/OUT–OCH:1–ODU2:1–ODU1:(1– Indicates mapping path when the board works in

4)–ODU0:(1–2) ODU1_ODU0 mode (OTU1->ODU1->ODU0-
>ODU1->ODU2->OTU2).

l On the U2000, set Port Working Mode to ODU1_ODU0 mode (OTU1->ODU1->ODU0
[->ODU1]->ODU2->OTU2).
l For the IN/OUT port, set ODU Timeslot Configuration Mode to Assign random or
Assign consecutive. When the parameter is set to Assign random, the service mapping
path is OTU1->ODU1->ODU0->ODU2->OTU2. For details, see Figure 13-59. When the
parameter is set to Assign consecutive, the service mapping path is OTU1->ODU1-
>ODU0->ODU1->ODU2->OTU2. For details, see Figure 13-60.
ports. For details, see in Figure 13-59, Figure 13-60. The cross-connections between
the ClientLP and ODU0 ports are random and at most 8 cross-connections between the
ports can be used.
NOTE
A maximum of four cross-connections between the RX/TX and ClientLP ports can be used. The 3(RX1/TX1)-1
port are cross-connected to the 201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1/)-1 and 201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1/)-2 ports, the 4
(RX2/TX2)-1 port are cross-connected to the 202(ClientLP2/ClientLP2/)-1 and 202(ClientLP2/ClientLP2/)-2
ports, and so on.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 13-59 Cross-connections of the LOA board (OTU1->ODU1->ODU0->ODU2->OTU2)
201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-1 IN/OUT–OCH:1–ODU2:1–ODU0:1
3(RX1/TX1)-1
1
5(RX3/TX3)-1


NMS

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 13-60 Cross-connections of the LOA board (OTU1->ODU1->ODU0->ODU1->ODU2->OTU2)
3(RX1/TX1)-1
201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-2 IN/OUT–OCH:1–ODU2:1–ODU1:1–ODU0:1
1
5(RX3/TX3)-1


NMS
13.12.9 LOA Scenario 4: ODUflex non-convergence mode (Any-

>ODUflex->ODU2->OTU2)
The LOA board converges a maximum of 2 x 3G-SDI/3G-SDIRBR, 2 x FC400/FICON4G, or

1 x FC800/FICON8G service signals into 1 x OTU2 optical signals, and then converts the signals
into standard DWDM wavelengths that comply with ITU-T G.694.1. The LOA board also
performs the reverse process. Figure 13-61 shows the details.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 13-61 Application of the LOA board in ODUflex non-convergence mode (Any-
1xOTU2 1xOTU2
LOA LOA
M M
1 U U 1
2×ODUflex
2×ODUflex
3G-SDI/3G-SDIRBR/ X X 3G-SDI/3G-SDIRBR/
1×ODU2
1×OTU2
1×ODU2
1×OTU2
8×ODU0
8×ODU0
8×ODU0
8×ODU0
FC400/ / / FC400/
FICON4/FC800/ D D FICON4/FC800/
FICON8G M M FICON8G
U U
2 X X 2
NOTE
In this scenario, any two of the RX1/TX1 to RX8/TX8 ports receive and transmit 3G-SDI/3G-SDIRBRI/
FC400/FICON4G services, and only the RX1/TX1 port receives and transmits FC800/FICON8G services.

Figure 13-62 Port diagram of the LOA board in the ODUflex non-convergence mode (Any-
Client Side 201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1) to WDM Side
IN/OUT-OCH:1-ODU2:1-ODUflex:(1 to 2)
201(ClientLP1/
3(RX1/TX1)-1 ClientLP1)-1 ODUflex:1
ODU2:1 OCH:1 IN/OUT
208(ClientLP8/
ClientLP8)-1 ODUflex:2
10(RX8/TX8)-1

NMS.
NOTE
l Any two of the RX1/TX1 to RX8/TX8 ports can receive 3G-SDI/FC400/FICON4G services as shown
in the figure (the RX1/TX1 ports are used as an example).
l Only the RX1/TX1 port can receive FC800/FICON8G services.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


interfaces.
201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-1 to 208 Internal logical port. The paths is numbered 1.

(ClientLP8/ClientLP8)-1
IN/OUT–OCH:1–ODU2:1–ODUflex:(1– Indicates the mapping path when the board

2) works in ODUflex non-convergence mode
(Any->ODUflex->ODU2->OTU2).

l On the U2000, set the Port Working Mode to ODUflex non-convergence mode (Any-
>ODUflex->ODU2->OTU2).
NOTE
The board supports only the Any->ODUflex->ODU2->OTU2 service path and ODU Timeslot
Configuration Mode must be set to Assign random for the IN/OUT port on the board.
l U2000 Create electrical cross-connections between the internal ClientLP and ODUflex
ports. For details, see in Figure 13-63. The cross-connections between the ClientLP
and ODUflex ports are random.
NOTE
When configuring cross-connections, specify the number of ODUflex timeslots. Table 13-130 provides the
number of ODUflex timeslots required by a client service.
The cross-connections between the RX/TX and ClientLP ports are fixed. For example, the 3(RX1/TX1)-1 port
is cross-connected to the 201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1/)-1, the 4(RX2/TX2)-1 port is cross-connected to the 202
(ClientLP2/ClientLP)-1 port, and son on. For the FC400/FICON4G service, only two cross-connections are
allowed between the RX/TX and ClientLP ports. For the FC800/FICON8G service, only one cross-connection
is allowed between the RX/TX and ClientLP ports.
Table 13-130 ODUflex timeslot

Client service type ODUflex Timeslot
3G-SDI 3
3G-SDIRBR 3
FC400/FICON4G 4
FC800/FICON8G 7

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 13-63 Cross-connections of the LOA board (Any->ODUflex->ODU2->OTU2)
1 IN/OUT-OCH:1-ODU2:1-ODUflex:1
9(RX7/TX7)-1 207(ClientLP7/ClientLP7)-1 IN/OUT-OCH:1-ODU2:1-ODUflex:2


NMS
13.12.10 LOA Scenario 5: ODU2 non-convergence mode (Any-

>ODU2->OTU2)
The LOA board converges 1 x FC800/FICON8G service signals into 1 x OTU2 optical signals,
and then converts the signals into standard DWDM wavelengths that comply with ITU-T G.
694.1. The LOA board also performs the reverse process. Figure 13-64 shows the details.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 13-64 Application of the LOA board in ODU2 non-convergence mode (Any->ODU2-
>OTU2)
1xOTU2 1xOTU2
LOA LOA
M M
U U
FC800/ X X FC800/
1×ODU2
1×OTU2
1×ODU2
1×OTU2
8×ODU0
8×ODU0
FC1200/FICON / / FC1200/FICON
8G/FICON10G/ D D 8G/FICON10G/
10GE LAN M M 10GE LAN
U U
X X
NOTE
In this scenario, only the RX1/TX1 can receive and transmit FC800/FC1200/FICON8G/FICON10G/10GE
LAN services.
When the LOA board receives an FC800/FICON8G service from client equipment, the board cannot receive
other types of services, because the board does not support hybrid transmission of FC800/FICON8G services
and other types of services.

Figure 13-65 Port diagram of the LOA board in the ODU2 non-convergence mode (Any-
>ODU2->OTU2)
IN/OUT-OCH:1-ODU2:1
201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-1 ODU2:1 OCH:1 IN/OUT

3(RX1/TX1)-1

NMS.
NOTE
In this scenario, Olny RX1/TX1 ports can receive and transmit services.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 13-131 Description of the LOA board's ports on the NMS
RX1/TX1 These ports correspond to the client-side optical

interfaces.
201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-1 Internal logical port. The paths are numbered 1.
IN/OUT–OCH:1–ODU2:1 Indicates the mapping path when the board

works in ODU2 non-convergence mode (Any-
>ODU2->OTU2).

>ODU2->OTU2).
ports. For details, see in Figure 13-66
NOTE
In this scenario, Olny RX1/TX1 ports can receive and transmit services.
Figure 13-66 Cross-connections of the LOA board (Any->ODU2->OTU2)
1
3(RX1/TX1)-1 201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-1 IN/OUT-OCH:1-ODU2:1
The internal cross-connection of the board, which needs to be

configured on the NMS
The internal cross-connection of the board, which does not need
to be configured on the NMS

The LOA board consists of the client-side optical module, WDM side optical module, signal
Figure 13-67 shows the block diagram of the functions of the LOA board.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 13-67 Functional modules and signal flow of the LOA board
Client side
WDM side
RX1 O/E E/O
RX2 OUT
Service
OTN
RX8 encapsulation
processing
and mapping
TX1 E/O module O/E
TX2 module
IN
optical optical
Control

Power supply
module
Fuse Required
voltage
Backplane
Signal flow
The LOA board can receive Any optical signals on the client side (signals at a rate ranging from
125 Mbit/s to 4.25 Gibt/s or FC800//FC1200/FICON8G/FICON10G/10GE LAN signals).
NOTE
The LOA board supports hybrid transmission of signals at a rate of 4.25 Gibt/s or lower, but does not
support hybrid transmission of FC800/FICON8G signals and low-rate signals.
The total rate of signals received at the client side cannot exceed 10 Gbit/s. For details on the signal types,
see 13.12.3 Functions and Features.
In the signal flow of the LOA board, the transmit and the receive directions are defined. The
transmit direction is defined as the direction from the client side of the LOA to the WDM side
of the LOA, and the receive direction is defined as the reverse direction.
The client-side optical module receives eight channels of any optical signals from client
equipment through the RX1-RX8 ports, and performs O/E conversion.
After O/E conversion, the eight channels of electrical signals are sent to the signal
processing module. The module performs operations such as service cross-connection,
encapsulation and mapping processing, OTN framing, and encoding of FEC/AFEC. Then,
the module outputs one channel of OTU2 signals.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
conversion, the module sends out OTU2 optical signals at DWDM wavelengths that comply
with ITU-T G.694.1 through the OUT optical port.
l Receive direction
The WDM-side optical module receives one channel of OTU2 optical signals at DWDM
wavelengths that comply with ITU-T G.694.1 through the IN optical port. Then, the module
performs O/E conversion.
module performs operations such as OTU2 framing, decoding of FEC/AFEC, demapping,
decapsulation processing and service cross-connection. Then, the module outputs eight
channels of any signals.
optical ports.
Module Function
– Client-side receiver: Performs O/E conversion of eight channels of any optical signals.
– Client-side transmitter: Performs E/O conversion from eight channels of the internal
electrical signals to any optical signals.
The module consists of service encapsulation and mapping module and OTN processing
module.
The module encapsulates multiple channels of Any signals and maps them into OTU2
payload. It also performs the reversion operations. The module also monitors
performance of Any signals.
Frames OTU2 signals, processes overheads in OTU2 signals, and performs the FEC/
AFEC encoding and decoding.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
13.12.12 Front Panel

There are indicators and interfaces on the front panel of the LOA board.

Figure 13-68 shows the front panel of the LOA board.
Figure 13-68 Front panel of the LOA board

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
NOTE
To prevent the cabinet door from squeezing fibers, IN and OUT interface can only use G.657A2 fibers.
Indicators

Interfaces
Table 13-132 Types and functions of the interfaces on the LOA board

multiplexer board.

multiplexer board.
Laser Hazard Level

13.12.13 Valid Slots

One slot houses one LOA board.
Table 13-133 shows the valid slots for the LOA board.
Table 13-133 Valid slots for the LOA board
Product Valid slots
OptiX OSN 8800 T64 subrack IU1–IU8, IU11–IU42, IU45–IU68
OptiX OSN 8800 T32 subrack IU1–IU8, IU12–IU27, IU29–IU36

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Product Valid slots
OptiX OSN 8800 T16 subrack IU1–IU8, IU11–IU18
OptiX OSN 8800 platform subrack IU1–IU16
OptiX OSN 6800 subrack IU1–IU8, IU11–IU16
OptiX OSN 3800 chassis IU2–IU5

For parameters of LOA, refer to Table 13-134.
Table 13-134 LOA parameters


Channel interface.

Name name.
channel of a board.
Default: Non-
Loopback
Channel Loopback Non-Loopback, Inloop, Query or set the Channel Loopback.

Outloop
Default: Non-
Loopback

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Service Type None, DVB-ASI, The Service Type parameter sets the type
ESCON, FC100, of the service accessed at the optical
FC200, FC400, FC800, interface on the client side.
FC1200, FICON10G, NOTE
FDDI, FE, FICON, GE services can be encapsulated in two
FICON Express, SDI, formats. When Service Type is GE(TTT-
GE(TTT-GMP), GE GMP), the encapsulation format is TTT-
GMP; when Service Type is GE(GFP-T), the
(GFP-T), HDSDI,
encapsulation format is GFP-T. The value GE
10GE LAN, (TTT-GMP) is recommended.
HDSDIRBR, OC-3,
OC-12, OC-48, ends must be encapsulated in the same format.
OTU-1, STM-1,
NOTE
STM-4, STM-16, 3G- The LOA board's ports may work in any of
SDI, 3GSDIRBR five working modes and the type of the client-
Default: None side services received by the ports varies with
the working modes.
l ODU0 non-convergence mode (Any-
>ODU0[->ODU1]->ODU2->OTU2):
Supports FE, GE, STM-1, OC-3, STM-4,
OC-12, FC100, ESCON, FICON, FDDI,
SDI, and DVB-ASI services.
>ODU1->ODU2->OTU2): Supports HD-
SDI, HDSDIRBR, FC200, FICON
Express, OTU1, STM-16, and OC-48
services.
l ODU1_ODU0 mode (OTU1->ODU1-
>ODU0[->ODU1]->ODU2->OTU2):
Supports OTU1 service.
l ODUflex non-convergence mode (Any-
>ODUflex->ODU2->OTU2): Supports
3G-SDI, 3GSDIRBR, FC400, FC800
services.
>ODU2->OTU2): Supports FC800,
FC1200, FICON10G, and 10GE
LANservice.
NOTE
The FICON4G service and the FC400 service
are processed identically. For the FICON4G
service, you can configure it as the FC400
service on the U2000.
The FICON8G service and the FC800 service
are processed identically. For the FICON8G
service, you can configure it as the FC800
service on the U2000.
l Client side: Off

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Default: FW_Defect WDM-side receiver of the local board,
the laser on the client-side transmitter
of the local board must be shut down.
For this situation, set this parameter to
FW_Defect.
receiver of the local board, the laser on
the client-side transmitter of the local
board must be shut down. For this
situation, set this parameter to
BW_Client_R_LOS.
the client-side transmitter of the
BW_WDM_Defect.
the WDM-side port of the local board,
FW_OPUk_CSF.
1200ms, 1300ms, service interruption to the point when
1400ms, 1500ms, ALS automatically shuts down the related
1600ms, 1700ms, lasers.
1800ms, 1900ms, 2s
Default: 0s

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
1600ms, 1700ms,
1800ms, 1900ms, 2s
Default: 0s

Service Mode Client Mode, OTN Specifies the service mode for a board.
Mode See D.32 Service Mode (WDM
Default: Client Mode Interface) for more information.
FEC Working State Disabled, Enabled Determines whether to enable or disable

AFEC Grade 1, 2, 3 A larger value of this parameter means a

Default: 3 stronger error correction capability and a
longer signal transmission delay.

Wavelength (nm)/
Frequency (THz)


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

l CWDM: board.
11/1471.00/208.17 NOTE
wavelength.
NOTE
Max. Packet Length 1518 to 9600 The Max. Packet Length parameter sets
Default: 9600 and queries the maximum packet length
supported by a board and is applicable to
the boards supporting Ethernet services.
Ethernet Working Auto-Negotiation, The Ethernet Working Mode parameter

Mode 1000M Full-Duplex sets and queries the working mode of the
Default: 1000M Full- Ethernet.
Duplex See D.7 Ethernet Working Mode

Transparent Default: Disabled GCC2 in OTN overheads. If the
parameter to Enabled; otherwise, set it to
Disabled.
NOTE

resides.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
PRBS Test Status Enabled, Disabled The PRBS Test Status parameter sets the

parameter is set to Enabled, the board
sends the test frame where the payload
consists of only 0. This parameter is used
in the deployment commissioning.
ODUflex Tolerance 0 to 100 Specifies the tolerance of deviation

(ppm) Default: 100 between the actual client-side service rate
and the specified rate when the service
type is ODUflex.
NOTE
When the LOA board receives 3G-SDI
services from client equipment, set this
parameter to 10. If the LOA board receives
other services, set it to 100.
ODU Timeslot Assign random, Assign When the ODU timeslot configuration
Configuration Mode consecutive mode is Assign consecutive, the internal
Default: Assign ODU0 mapping path is: ODU0–>ODU1–
random >ODU2. When the mode is set to Assign
random, the internal ODU0 mapping
path is: ODU0–>ODU2.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Port Working Mode ODU0 non- This parameter is used to set the working
convergence mode mode of the interface on the board
(Any->ODU0[- according to the actual application
>ODU1]->ODU2- scenario and service mapping trail.
>OTU2), ODU1 non-
convergence mode
(OTU1/Any->ODU1-
>ODU2->OTU2),
ODU1_ODU0 mode
(OTU1->ODU1-
>ODU0[->ODU1]-
>ODU2->OTU2),
ODUflex non-
convergence mode
(Any->ODUflex-
>ODU2->OTU2), and
ODU2 non-
convergence mode
(Any->ODU2-
>OTU2).
Default: ODU0 non-
convergence mode
(Any->ODU0[-
>ODU1]->ODU2-
>OTU2)
13.12.15 LOA Specifications


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Bo Client-Side Client-Side Pluggable WDM-Side WDM-Side

ard Fixed Optical Optical Module Fixed Pluggable Optical
Module Optical Module
Module
TN N/A I-16-2 km N/A 800 ps/nm-C Band

11L S-16.1-15 km (Odd & Even
OA Wavelengths)-Fixed
L-16.1-40 km Wavelength-NRZ-
L-16.2-80 km PIN-XFP
1000 BASE-BX10-U 800 ps/nm-C Band-
1000 BASE-BX10-D Tunable
Wavelength-NRZ-
1000 BASE-BX-U PIN-XFP
1000 BASE-BX-D 10 Gbit/s
2.125 Gbit/s Multirate-0.5 Multirate-10 km
km 10 Gbit/s
1000 BASE-LX-10 km Multirate-40 km
1000 BASE-LX-40 km
1000 BASE-ZX-80 km
270 Mbit/s to 3 Gbit/s
multirate (Video eSFP)-10
km
4.25 Gbit/s Multirate-0.3
km
4.25 Gbit/s Multirate-10 km
1600-M5E-SN-I-0.3 km
(SFP+)
1600-SM-LC-L-10 km
(SFP+)
1.25 Gbit/s Multirate (eSFP
CWDM)-40 km
CWDM)-80 km
DWDM)-120 km
10G BASE-SR-0.3km(SFP
+)
10G BASE-LR-10km(SFP
+)
10G BASE-LR(SFP+)
10G BASE-ER(SFP+)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
NOTE
point.

NOTE
I-16-2 km module, S-16.1-15 km module, L-16.1-40 km module and L-16.2-80 km module can be used to access
OTU1, STM-16, OC-48, FC200, FC100, FDDI, FICON, FICON Express, GE, STM-4, OC-12, ESCON, STM-1,
OC-3, and DVB-ASI signals.
Only the S-16.1-15 km optical module supports FE services, and it can only connect to a 100BASE-LX10 optical
module.

Optical I-16-2 km S-16.1-15 L-16.1-40 L-16.2-80

Module km km km
Type

format

source type

distance

wavelength
range
mean
launched
power

mean
launched
power
Minimum dB 8.2 8.2 8.2 8.2

extinction
ratio

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Optical I-16-2 km S-16.1-15 L-16.1-40 L-16.2-80

Module km km km
Type
-20 dB
spectral
width
side mode
suppression
ratio


type

wavelength
range
Receiver dBm -18 -18 -27 -28

sensitivity
receiver
overload
Maximum dB -27 -27 -27 -27

reflectance
NOTE
1000 BASE-BX10-U module, 1000 BASE-BX10-D module, 1000 BASE-BX-U module, and 1000 BASE-BX-
D module can be used to access GE signals.
Table 13-136 Client-side pluggable GE optical module specifications (single-fiber bidirectional

transmissions)
Optical 1000 BASE- 1000 BASE- 1000 BASE- 1000 BASE-

Module Type BX10-U BX10-D BX-U BX-D

format

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Optical source - SLM SLM SLM SLM

type
Target km 10 10 40 40
transmission
distance

wavelength
range
Maximum dBm -3 -3 3 3
mean launched
power
mean launched
power
Minimum dB 6 6 6 6
extinction ratio
Eye pattern - IEEE802.3ah-compliant

mask
Receiver type - PIN PIN PIN PIN

wavelength
range
Receiver dBm -19.5 -19.5 -23 -23

sensitivity
receiver
overload
Maximum dB -12 -12 -12 -12

reflectance

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
NOTE
2.125 Gbit/s Multi-rate module can be used to access FC200, GE, FC100, FDDI, FICON, FICON Express, and
FE signals.
1000 BASE-LX-10 km module, 1000 BASE-LX-40 km module and 1000 BASE-ZX-80 km module can be used
to access GE, FC100, STM-4, OC-12, ESCON, STM-1, OC-3, FDDI, FICON, FE, and DVB-ASI signals.
When accessing 1000 BASE-T services, the specifications of the electrical interface comply with the IEEE Std
802.3.


Type 5 km

format
Target - 0.5 km (0.3 10 km (6.2 40 km (24.9 80 km (49.7

distance

wavelength
range

mean
launched
power

mean
launched
power
Minimum dB 9 9 9 9
extinction
ratio

mask

type

wavelength
range

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Type 5 km
Receiver dBm -17 -20 -20 -23

sensitivity
receiver
overload
NOTE
SDI module can be used to access SDI, HD-SDI, HD-SDIRBR, 3G-SDI, and 3G-SDIRBR signals.
Table 13-138 Client-side pluggable optical module specifications (SDI services)

Optical Module Type 270 Mbit/s to 3 Gbit/s

Multirate (Video
eSFP)-10 km
Service rate Gbit/s ≤3

power

power

width
Receiver type - PIN

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Multirate (Video
eSFP)-10 km
NOTE
4.25 Gbit/s Multirate-0.3 km, 4.25 Gbit/s Multirate-10 km module can be used to access FC400, and FICON4G
signals.
Table 13-139 Client-side pluggable optical module specifications (FC services)

Optical Module Type 4.25 Gbit/s 4.25 Gbit/s

Multirate-0.3 km Multirate-10 km

distance
Transmitter parameter nm 830 to 860 1270 to 1355

specifications at point S

launched power
Minimum mean dBm -9 -8.4

launched power
Eye pattern mask - Compliant with Fiber Channel-physical interface

(FC-PI-2) parameter template

range
Minimum receiver dBm 0 0

overload

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 13-140 Client-side pluggable optical module specifications (FC800/FICON8G services)

Optical Module 1600-M5E-SN- 1600-SM-LC-L-10

Type I-0.3 km (SFP+) km (SFP+)

service rate

distance

wavelength range
Maximum mean dBm -1 -0.5

launched power

launched power

ratio

wavelength range
Receiver sensitivity dBm -11.1 -12.6

overload
Maximum dB -12 -12

reflectance
NOTE
1.25 Gbit/s Multi-rate module (eSFP CWDM) can be used to access GE, FC100, STM-4, OC-12, ESCON,
STM-1, OC-3, FDDI, FICON, FE, and DVB-ASI signals.
2.67 Gbit/s Multi-rate module (eSFP CWDM) can be used to access OTU1, STM-16, OC-48, FC200, FC100,
FDDI, FICON, FICON Express, GE, STM-4, OC-12, ESCON, STM-1, OC-3, DVB-ASI, and FE signals.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 13-141 Client-side pluggable optical module specifications (CWDM colored

wavelengths)

km km

distance

range

launched power

power

deviation

spectral width

suppression ratio

G.959.1-compliant

range

overload

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
NOTE
2.67 Gbit/s Multi-rate module (eSFP DWDM) module can be used to access OTU1, STM-16, OC-48, FC200,
FC100, FDDI, FICON, FICON Express, GE, STM-4, OC-12, ESCON, STM-1, OC-3, DVB-ASI, and FE
signals.
Table 13-142 Client-side pluggable optical module specifications (DWDM colored

wavelengths)

km

distance

power

power

width

suppression ratio

Receiver type - APD

range

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

km
NOTE
10G BASE-LR(SFP+) and 10G BASE-ER(SFP+) module can be used to access 10GE LAN, FC800, FICON8G,
FC1200, and FICON10G signals.
Optical Module 10G BASE-LR(SFP+) 10G BASE-ER(SFP+)

Type
Optical source type - SLM SLM

distance

wavelength range
Maximum mean dBm -1 3

launched power

launched power
Minimum extinction dB 3.5 8.2

ratio

in case of laser
shutdown

wavelength range
Receiver sensitivity dBm -14.4 -14 (11.1G)

-15.8 (10.3125G)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Optical Module 10G BASE-LR(SFP+) 10G BASE-ER(SFP+)

Type
Minimum receiver dBm 0.5 -1

overload
reflectance dB -12 -27
NOTE
10G BASE-SR-0.3 km (SFP+) and 10G BASE-LR-10 km (SFP+) module can be used to access FC800/
FICON8G/10GE LAN signals



service rate

distance

wavelength range

launched power

launched power

ratio

in case of laser
shutdown

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


wavelength range

overload
Maximum dB -12 -12

reflectance


PIN-XFP

power

power

width

suppression ratio
Receiver type - PIN

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

PIN-XFP

(FEC on)

(FEC on)


Tunable Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN-XFP

power

power

width

suppression ratio
Receiver type - PIN

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Tunable Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN-XFP

(FEC on)

(FEC on)

Optical Module 10 Gbit/s Multirate-10 10 Gbit/s Multirate-40

Type km km

distance

wavelength range

launched power

launched power

ratio
Maximum -20 dB nm N/A N/A

spectral width

suppression ratio

wavelength range

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Type km km

overload
(8.7 in.)
l Weight: 1.19 kg (2.64b.)
Power Consumption
Board WDM-Side Typical Power Maximum Power
Optical Module Consumption at Consumption at
25°C (77°F) (W) 55°C (131°F) (W)
TN11LOA 800 ps/nm-C Band 31.8 36

(Odd & Even
Wavelengths)-Fixed
Wavelength-NRZ-
PIN-XFP
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-10 km
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-40 km
800 ps/nm-C Band- 32.8 37

Tunable
Wavelength-NRZ-
PIN-XFP
13.13 LOG
LOG: 8 x Gigabit Ethernet unit

The available functional versions of the LOG board are TN11 and TN12.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Huawei office.
Subrack
TN11 Y Y N N Y Y
LOG
TN12 Y Y Y Y Y Y
LOG
Differences Between Versions

l Function:
– The TN11LOG supports AFEC, and the TN12LOG supports AFEC-2. Boards that use
different FEC modes cannot interoperate with each other.
– The TN12LOG supports both GE electrical signal and GE optical signal, while the
TN11LOG supports only the GE optical signal.
– The TN12LOG board supports pluggable optical modules on the WDM side, whereas
the TN11LOG does not.
For details, see 13.13.3 Functions and Features.
l Specification:
– For the power consumption and specification of each version, see 13.13.11 LOG
Specifications.
Substitution Relationship
Original Substitute Substitution Rules
Board Board
TN11LOG TN12LOG The TN12LOG can be created as TN11LOG on the NMS. The
former can substitute for the latter, without any software
upgrade. After substitution, the TN12LOG functions as the
TN11LOG.
NOTE
l When both the receive and transmit boards employ FEC, the
substitution applies; when both the receive board and transmit
board employs AFEC, the substitution does not apply.
l A board equipped with a PIN receiver cannot substitute for a board
equipped with an APD receiver, because the two types of receives
support different input power ranges.
TN12LOG None -

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
13.13.2 Application
As a type of optical transponder unit, the LOG board implements conversion between eight
channels of GE optical signals and OTU2 optical signals that comply with ITU-T
Recommendations.
For the position of the LOG board in the WDM system, see Figure 13-69.
Figure 13-69 Position of the LOG board in the WDM system

LOG LOG
1 M M 1
U U
X X
1×ODU2
1×ODU2
1×OTU2
1×OTU2
GE / / GE
D D
M M
U U
8 X X 8
GE GE
OptiX OSN 6800 subrack: from paired slot or cross-connect board
OptiX OSN 3800 subrack: from mesh group slot
OptiX OSN 8800 platform subrack: N/A

The LOG board is mainly used to achieve tunable wavelengths, and to provide OTN interfaces
and ESC.
Table 13-148 Functions and features of the LOG board

Feature
Basic function LOG converts signals: 8 x GE <->1 x OTU2

service type NOTE
The TN12LOG board supports both GE electrical signal and GE optical signal.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Feature
Cross-connect OptiX OSN 8800 subrack: N/A.

capabilities OptiX OSN 8800 platform subrack: N/A.
OptiX OSN 6800 subrack: Supports grooming of eight channels of GE
services each to working/protection cross-connect boards respectively
through the backplane. Supports the transmission of eight GE signals to
the paired slots through the backplane.
OptiX OSN 3800 subrack: Supports grooming of eight GE signals from
one board of the mesh group (consisting of four boards) to the other three

to the ITU-T G.709.

specification
Tunable Supports tunable wavelength optical modules that provide for:

wavelength l 40 wavelengths tunable in the C band with 100 GHz channel spacing
function
l 80 wavelengths tunable in the C band with 50 GHz channel spacing
PRBS test Supports the PRBS function on the WDM side.

function
FEC encoding TN11LOG:

l Supports ITU-T G.709-compliant forward error correction (FEC) on
the WDM side.
l Supports ITU-T G.975.1-compliant advanced forward error
correction (AFEC) on the WDM side.
TN12LOG:
the WDM side.
NOTE
performance l Monitors OTN alarms and performance events.
events
monitoring l Monitors parameters such as the bias current, temperature, and optical
power of the laser.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Feature
Regeneration l TN11LOG:
board TN11LSXR
l TN12LOG:
TN12ND2, TN52ND2, TN53ND2, TN55NO2, TN53NQ2,
TN54NQ2
Optical-layer Supported by the TN12LOG

ASON

ASON

NOTE
OptiX OSN 8800 only supports client-side 1+1 protection, intra-board 1+1
protection and the OWSP protection.
Ethernet service Supports encapsulation of GE services in GE(GFP-F) (displayed as GE

mapping mode on the NMS) and GE(GFP-T) modes.
Ethernet port GE(GFP-F): 1000M Full-Duplex, Auto-Negotiation

working mode
Outloop Supported
Outloop Supported

transmission
(non-
performance
monitoring)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Feature

service
ITU-T G.798
ITU-T G.874
ITU-T M.3100
ITU-T G.874.1
ITU-T G.875
ITU-T G.808.1
ITU-T G.841
ITU-T G.8201
ITU-T G.694.1

The LOG board consists of the client-side optical module, WDM-side optical module, signal
Figure 13-70 and Figure 13-71 show the functional modules and signal flow of the LOG board.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 13-70 Functional modules and signal flow of the LOG board (OptiX OSN 6800/3800)
Backplane(service cross-connection) 8 GE

RX1 O/E E/O
RX2 OUT
GE OTN Cross-
RX8 encapsulation
processing connect
TX1 and mapping module module
E/O O/E
TX2 module IN
optical optical
module module
Control

Power supply
module
Fuse Required
voltage
Backplane

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 13-71 Functional modules and signal flow of the LOG board (OptiX OSN 8800)

RX1 O/E E/O
RX2 OUT
GE OTN
RX8 encapsulation processing
TX1 E/O and mapping module
TX2 module O/E
IN
optical optical
module module
Control

Power supply
module
Fuse Required
voltage
Backplane
Signal Flow
NOTE
The client-side GE optical module can be replaced with the electrical module to access the corresponding
electrical signals on the TN12LOG.
It is recommended to change RX1/TX1, RX2/TX2 optical interfaces to electrical interfaces only.
The processing of electrical signals is similar to that of optical signals. The processing of optical signals
is considered as an example.
The client side of the LOG board accesses GE optical signals.
In the signal flow of the LOG board, the transmit and the receive directions are defined. The
transmit direction is defined as the direction from the client side of the LOG to the WDM side
of the LOG, and the receive direction is defined as the reverse direction.
The client-side optical module receives eight channels of GE optical signals from client
encapsulation and mapping processing, OTN framing, and encoding of FEC/AFEC. Then,
the module outputs one channel of OTU2 signals.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
with ITU-T G.694.1 through the OUT optical interface.
l Receive direction
decapsulation processing and service cross-connection. Then, the module outputs eight
channels of GE signals.
optical interfaces.
Module Function
– Client-side receiver: Performs O/E conversion of eight channels of GE optical signals.
– Client-side transmitter: Performs E/O conversion from eight channels of the internal
– OptiX OSN 8800: N/A.
– OptiX OSN 6800: Implements the cross-connection and pass through between the
client-side signals and the WDM-side signals of the board. And also grooms the
electrical signals between the LOG and the board in the paired slot or the cross-
connect board through the backplane. The grooming service signals are GE signals.
– OptiX OSN 3800: Implements the cross-connection and pass through between the
electrical signals from one board of the mesh group (consisting of four boards) to
the other three boards belonging to the mesh group through the backplane. The
grooming service signals are GE signals.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
performance.
13.13.5 Front Panel

There are indicators and interfaces on the front panel of the LOG board.

Figure 13-72 shows the front panel of the LOG board.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 13-72 Font panel of the LOG board
LOG
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
TX1
RX1
TX2
RX2
TX3
RX3
TX4
RX4
TX5
RX5
TX6
RX6
TX7
RX7
TX8
RX8
OUT
IN
LOG
Indicators

Interfaces

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 13-149 Types and functions of the interfaces on the LOG board
INa LC Receive single-wavelength signals from the associated

multiplexer board.
OUTa LC Transmit single-wavelength signals to the associated

multiplexer board.
a: Only the G.657A2 fiber can be used in "IN" and "OUT" interface of TN12LOG.
Laser Hazard Level

13.13.6 Valid Slots

One slot houses one LOG board.
Table 13-150 shows the valid slots for the TN11LOG board.
Table 13-150 Valid slots for TN11LOG board
Product Valid Slots
Table 13-151 shows the valid slots for the TN12LOG board.
Table 13-151 Valid slots for TN12LOG board
Product Valid Slots
OptiX OSN 8800 T16 subrack IU1-IU8, IU11-IU18

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Product Valid Slots
13.13.7 Characteristic Code for the LOG

Code for OTUs.


Table 13-152 Mapping between the physical ports on the LOG board and the port numbers
IN/OUT 1
TX1/RX1 3
TX2/RX2 4
TX3/RX3 5
TX4/RX4 6
TX5/RX5 7
TX6/RX6 8
TX7/RX7 9
TX8/RX8 10
NOTE

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Logical Ports
board. They also can be used as source or sinks of cross-connections. For example, LP is a logical
port of the board.
Figure 13-73 shows the application model of the LOG board. Table 13-153 describes the
Figure 13-73 Port diagram of the LOG board

201(LP/LP)-1
3(RX1/TX1)
4(RX2/TX2) 201(LP/LP)-2
5(RX3/TX3) 201(LP/LP)-3 201(LP/LP)-1
6(RX4/TX4) 201(LP/LP)-4
201(LP/LP)-5 1(IN/OUT)-1
7(RX5/TX5)
8(RX6/TX6) 201(LP/LP)-6
9(RX7/TX7) 201(LP/LP)-7
10(RX8/TX8) 201(LP/LP)-8
Cross-connect Service WDM-side
module processing opticalmodule
module
Table 13-153 Description of NM port of the LOG board

LP Internal logical port. The optical paths are numbered 1, 2, 3,

4, 5, 6, 7 and 8.
IN/OUT These ports correspond to the WDM-side optical interfaces.

This section describes how to configure cross-connections between LOG boards and other
boards on the NMS.
If the LOG board is used to transmit services, the following items must be created on the
U2000:
can be created.
– Create the cross-connection between the internal RX/TX and LP ports of the LOG board
(create the internal straight-through and cross-connection of the board), as shown by
– Create the cross-connection between the RX/TX port of the LOG board and the LP port
3
of other boards, as shown by in Figure 13-74. (The GE services accessed from the

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
client side of the LQG board are cross-connected to the WDM side of other boards for
protection and the inter-board service convergence.)
of the LOG board, as shown by 4 in Figure 13-74. (The GE services accessed from
the client side of other boards are cross-connected to the WDM side of the LOG board
for protection and the inter-board service convergence.)
NOTE
One optical path of the LP port can be created with a connection to only one RX/TX port.
There should be no more than eight cross-connections between the RX/TX ports of the local
board or other boards and the LP port of the local board.
l Create the cross-connection between the LP port of the LOG board and the LP port of other
boards, as shown by 5 in Figure 13-74. (The GE services accessed from the WDM side
of the LOG board are cross-connected to the WDM side of other board for the grooming
of the WDM-side services.)
l The eight paths of the LP port are converged into one channel, which is connected to the
IN/OUT port. There is no need for configuration on the U2000.
NOTE
The OptiX OSN 8800 only supports the cross-connections shown by and in Figure 13-74.
Figure 13-74 Cross-connection diagram of the LOG board

3(TX1/RX1)-1 201(LP/LP)-1
4(TX2/RX2)-1 201(LP/LP)-2
5(TX3/RX3)-1 201(LP/LP)-3
6(TX4/RX4)-1 201(LP/LP)-4
7(TX5/RX5)-1 201(LP/LP)-5
8(TX6/RX6)-1 201(LP/LP)-6
9(TX7/RX7)-1 201(LP/LP)-7
10(TX8/RX8)-1 201(LP/LP)-8

3(TX1/RX1)-1 5 201(LP/LP)-1
4(TX2/RX2)-1 201(LP/LP)-2
5(TX3/RX3)-1 3 4 201(LP/LP)-3
6(TX4/RX4)-1 201(LP/LP)-4
7(TX5/RX5)-1 2 201(LP/LP)-5
8(TX6/RX6)-1 201(LP/LP)-6
9(TX7/RX7)-1 1 201(LP/LP)-7
10(TX8/RX8)-1 201(LP/LP)-8
LOG
1
2
The client side of the LOG board are cross-connected to the WDM side of 3
other boards
LOG board
The WDM side of the LOG board are cross-connected to the WDM side of 5
other boards

TN11LQMD / TN12LQMD / TN11LQMS / TN12LQMS / TN11TBE / TN11TDG / TN11TOM /
TN11TQM / TN12TQM

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

For the parameters of LOG, refer to Table 13-154.
Table 13-154 LOG Parameters


Interface/
Channel

maximum of 64 characters. Any characters are
supported.
board.
Default: Non-
Loopback
Service Type GE, GE(GFP-T) The Service Type parameter sets the type of
Default: GE the service accessed at the optical interface on
the client side.
NOTE
GE services can be encapsulated in two formats.
When Service Type is GE, the encapsulation
format is GFP-F; when Service Type is GE(GFP-
T), the encapsulation format is GFP-T. The value
The GE services at the transmit and receive ends
must be encapsulated in the same format.
l Client side: Off

Shutdown Default: Enabled determines whether to automatically shut
down the laser after the signals received by a
board are lost.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
ALS Auxiliary FW_Defect, Specifies auxiliary conditions for triggering

Condition BW_Client_R_LOS, ALS.
BW_WDM_Defect, l If a fault occurs on the client-side receiver
FW_OPUk_CSF of the upstream board or the WDM-side
Default: FW_Defect receiver of the local board, the laser on the
client-side transmitter of the local board
must be shut down. For this situation, set
this parameter to FW_Defect.
l If a fault occurs on the client-side receiver
of the local board, the laser on the client-
side transmitter of the local board must be
parameter to BW_Client_R_LOS.
l If a fault occurs on the WDM-side receiver
side transmitter of the upstream board must
be shut down. For this situation, set this
parameter to BW_WDM_Defect.
l If an OPUk_CSF alarm is detected on the
WDM-side port of the local board, the
laser on the client-side transmitter of the
local board must be shut down. For this
FW_OPUk_CSF.
NOTE
Only the TN12LOG supports this parameter.
Hold-off Time of 0s, 100ms, 200ms, Specifies the hold-off time for automatically
Automatic Laser 300ms, 400ms, 500ms, disabling lasers. With ALS enabled, the hold-
Shutdown 600ms, 700ms, 800ms, off time is a time period from the point when
900ms, 1s, 1100ms, the system detects service interruption to the
1200ms, 1300ms, point when ALS automatically shuts down the
1400ms, 1500ms, related lasers.
1600ms, 1700ms, NOTE
1800ms, 1900ms, 2s Only the TN12LOG supports this parameter.
Default: 0s
Automatic Laser 300ms, 400ms, 500ms, enabling lasers. With ALS enabled, the hold-
Turn-On 600ms, 700ms, 800ms, off time is a time period from the point when
900ms, 1s, 1100ms, the system detects service recovery to the
1200ms, 1300ms, point when ALS automatically enables the
1800ms, 1900ms, 2s Only the TN12LOG supports this parameter.
Default: 0s

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

optical interface.
FEC Mode FEC, AFEC The FEC Mode parameter sets the FEC mode
Default: FEC of the current optical interface.
more information.
Band Type/ - Used to query the operating wavelength at the

Wavelength
(nm)/Frequency
(THz)

Wavelength supported by the WDM-side optical interface
Range on the board.

Wavelength No./ 1/1529.16/196.050 (nm)/Frequency (THz) parameter sets the
Wavelength to wavelength number, wavelength and
(nm)/Frequency 80/1560.61/192.10 frequency of the current optical interface on
(THz) 0 the WDM side of a board.
11/1471.00/208.17 Wavelength (nm)/Frequency (THz) (WDM
0 to Interface) for more information.
18/1611.00/188.78
0
Default: /
Length Default: 9600 queries the maximum packet length supported
by a board and is applicable to the boards
supporting Ethernet services.
Ethernet Auto-Negotiation, The Ethernet Working Mode parameter sets

Working Mode 1000M Full-Duplex and queries the working mode of the Ethernet.
Default: 1000M Full- See D.7 Ethernet Working Mode (WDM

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Default: None conditions of the protection group in which
this OTU board resides.
Default: Disabled pseudo-random binary sequence (PRBS) test
status of a board.

NOTE
Only TN12LOG supports this parameter.
13.13.11 LOG Specifications


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Optical Module Optical Module
Module
TN N/A 2.125 Gbit/s 800 ps/nm-C Band N/A

11L Multirate-0.5 km (odd & even
OG 1000 BASE-LX-10 wavelengths)-Fixed
km Wavelength-NRZ-
PIN
1000 BASE-LX-40
Fixed Wavelength-
1000 BASE-ZX-80 NRZ-PIN
km
1200 ps/nm-C Band-
1.25 Gbit/s Multirate Tunable Wavelength-
(eSFP CWDM)-40 NRZ-PIN
km
1200 ps/nm-C Band-
(eSFP CWDM)-80 NRZ-APD
km
4800 ps/nm-C Band-
Tunable Wavelength-
ODB-APD
800 ps/nm-C Band-
Tunable Wavelength-
(D)RZ-PIN
TN N/A 2.125 Gbit/s 800 ps/nm-C Band- 800 ps/nm-C Band

12L Multirate-0.5 km Tunable Wavelength- (Odd & Even
OG 1000 BASE-LX-10 (D)RZ-PIN Wavelengths)-
km 800 ps/nm-C Band- Fixed Wavelength-
Tunable Wavelength- NRZ-PIN-XFP
1000 BASE-LX-40
km NRZ-PIN 800 ps/nm-C Band-
Tunable
1000 BASE-ZX-80 Wavelength-NRZ-
km PIN-XFP
1000 BASE-BX10-U 10 Gbit/s
1000 BASE-BX10-D Multirate-10 km
1000 BASE-BX-U 10 Gbit/s
1000 BASE-BX-D Multirate-40 km
1.25 Gbit/s Multirate 10 Gbit/s
(eSFP CWDM)-40 Multirate-80 km
km
(eSFP CWDM)-80
km

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
NOTE
(D)RZ means DRZ or RZ. These two types of optical modules have the same optical performance and can be
interconnected. The availability of the two type of optical module is subject to PCNs. For PCN information,
consult with the product manager at the local representative office.
NOTE
point.

NOTE
When accessing 1000 BASE-T services, the specifications of the electrical interface comply with the IEEE
Std 802.3.

Type 5 km

format
Target - 0.5 km (0.3 10 km (6.2 40 km (24.9 80 km (49.7

distance

wavelength
range

mean
launched
power

mean
launched
power
Minimum dB 9 9 9 9
extinction
ratio

mask

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Type 5 km

type

wavelength
range
Receiver dBm -17 -20 -20 -23

sensitivity
receiver
overload
NOTE

transmissions)


format

type
Target km 10 10 40 40
transmission
distance

wavelength
range
mean launched
power

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

mean launched
power
Minimum dB 6 6 6 6
extinction ratio

mask

wavelength
range
Receiver dBm -19.5 -19.5 -23 -23

sensitivity
receiver
overload
Maximum dB -12 -12 -12 -12

reflectance

wavelengths)

km km

distance

range

launched power

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

km km

power

deviation

spectral width

suppression ratio

G.959.1-compliant

range

overload

Optical Module Type 800 ps/nm-C Band 800 ps/nm-C Band-

(odd & even Fixed Wavelength-
wavelengths)-Fixed NRZ-PIN
Wavelength-NRZ-
PIN

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Wavelength-NRZ-
PIN
Maximum mean launched dBm 2 2

power
Minimum mean launched dBm -3 -3

power
Minimum extinction ratio dB 10 10
Center frequency THz 192.10 to 196.05 192.10 to 196.05
Center frequency deviation GHz ±10 ±5
Maximum -20 dB spectral nm 0.3 0.3

width

suppression ratio
Receiver sensitivity, EOL dBm -16 -16

(FEC on)
Minimum receiver overload dBm 0 0

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 13-159 WDM-side fixed optical module specifications (tunable wavelengths)

Optical 1200 ps/ 1200 ps/ 4800 ps/ 800 ps/ 800 ps/
Module Type nm-C nm-C nm-C nm-C nm-C
Band- Band- Band- Band- Band-
Tunable Tunable Tunable Tunable Tunable
Wavelen Wavele Wavelen Waveleng Waveleng
gth- ngth- gth- th-DRZ- th-NRZ-
NRZ- NRZ- ODB- PIN PIN
PIN APD APD
Line code - NRZ NRZ ODB DRZ NRZ

format
Maximum dBm 2 2 2 2 2
mean launched
power
Minimum dBm -3 -3 -3 -3 -3
mean launched
power
Minimum dB 10 10 N/Aa 10 10
extinction ratio

frequency
Center GHz ±5 ±5 ±5 ±5 ±5
frequency
deviation
Maximum -20 nm 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3

dB spectral
width
Minimum side dB 35 35 35 35 35
mode
suppression
ratio
Dispersion ps/ 1200 1200 4800 800 800

tolerance nm
Receiver type - PIN APD APD PIN PIN
Operating nm 1200 to 1650

wavelength
range

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
PIN APD APD
Receiver dBm -16 -26 -26 -16 -16

sensitivity,
EOL (FEC on)
Minimum dBm 0 -9 -9 0 0
receiver
overload
Maximum dB -27 -27 -27 -27 -27

reflectance
a: The ODB code pattern has three levels, and thus extinction ratio is not needed.


PIN-XFP

power

power

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

PIN-XFP

width

suppression ratio
Receiver type - PIN

(FEC on)

(FEC on)


Tunable Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN-XFP

power

power

width

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Tunable Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN-XFP

suppression ratio
Receiver type - PIN

(FEC on)

(FEC on)



format

type

transmission
distance

wavelength
range
Maximum dBm -1 2 4
mean launched
power
Minimum dBm -6 -1 0
mean launched
power

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Minimum dB 6 8.2 9
extinction ratio

dB spectral
width
mode
suppression
ratio

mask

wavelength
range

sensitivity
receiver
overload
(8.7 in.)
l Weight:
TN11LOG: 1.6 kg (3.5 lb.)
TN12LOG: 1.1 kg (2.4 lb.)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Power Consumption
Boar WDM-Side Optical Module Typical Power Maximum Power
d Consumption at Consumption at
25°C (77°F) (W) 55°C (131°F) (W)
TN1 800 ps/nm-C Band (odd & even 40 45

1LO wavelengths)-Fixed Wavelength-NRZ-
G PIN
NRZ-PIN
1200 ps/nm-C Band-Tunable 43 48

Wavelength-NRZ-PIN
Wavelength-NRZ-APD

Wavelength-(D)RZ-PIN

Wavelength-ODB-APD
TN1 800 ps/nm-C Band (Odd & Even 37.0 41.44

2LO Wavelengths)-Fixed Wavelength-NRZ-
G PIN-XFP
10 Gbit/s Multirate-10 km


Wavelength-NRZ-PIN

13.14 LOM
LOM: 8-port multi-service multiplexing & optical wavelength conversion board

The available functional versions of the LOM board are TN11 and TN12.

Huawei office.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Boa 8800 T64 8800 T32 8800 T16 8800 6800 3800
Subrack
TN1 Y Y N N Y Y
1LO
M
TN1 Y Y Y Y Y Y
2LO
M

l Function:
– The TN11LOM supports AFEC, and the TN12LOM supports AFEC-2. Boards using
different FEC codes cannot interconnect with each other. For details, see 13.14.3
Functions and Features.
– Only the TN12LOM supports 3G-SDI, InfiniBand 2.5G and InfiniBand 5G. For details,
see 13.14.3 Functions and Features.
l Appearance:
– The TN11LOM and TN12LOM versions use different front panels. For details, see
13.14.5 Front Panel.
l Specification:
– For the specification of each version, see 13.14.10 LOM Specifications.
Board Board
TN11LOM TN12LOM The TN12LOM can be created as TN11LOM on the NMS. The
upgrade. After substitution, the TN12LOM functions as the
TN11LOM.
NOTE
TN12LOM None -
13.14.2 Application
As a type of optical transponder unit, the LOM board multiplexes a maximum of eight channels
of GE/FC100/FICON/ISC 1G, four channels of FC200/FICON Express/ISC 2G/InfiniBand

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
2.5G, or two channels of 3G-SDI/FC400/FICON4G/InfiniBand 5G signals into one channel of

OTU2 signals. It also implements conversion between these signals and WDM signals that
comply with ITU-T Recommendations. The LOM board supports FC extension and ensures that
the signal width does not decrease during long-haul transmission of FC services. The LOM board
also supports hybrid transmission of the services mentioned above.
For the position of the LOM board in the WDM system, see Figure 13-75 and Figure 13-76.
Figure 13-75 Position of the TN11LOM board in the WDM system
LOM LOM
GE GE
M M
ISC 1G 1 ISC 1G
1 U U
ISC 2G ISC 2G
X X
FC100 FC100
1×ODU2
1×ODU2
1×OTU2
1×OTU2
/ /
FC200 FC200
D D
FC400 FC400
M M
FICON FICON
8 U U 8
FICON4G FICON4G
X X
FICON Express FICON Express
Figure 13-76 Position of the TN12LOM board in the WDM system

GE GE
ISC 1G LOM LOM ISC 1G
ISC 2G M M ISC 2G
FC100 1 U U 1 FC100
FC200 X X FC200
FC400 FC400
1×ODU2
1×ODU2
1×OTU2
1×OTU2
/ /
FICON D D FICON
FICON4G M M FICON4G
FICON Express U U FICON Express
8 8
InfiniBand 2.5G X X InfiniBand 2.5G
InfiniBand 5G InfiniBand 5G
3G-SDI 3G-SDI
NOTE
For ISC 1G, GE, FC100, and FICON services, the eight pairs of optical interfaces on the client side are all
available.
For FICON Express, ISC 2G, InfiniBand 2.5G and FC200 services, the client-side TX1/RX1, TX3/RX3,
TX5/RX5 and TX7/RX7 are available.
For 3G-SDI, FC400, InfiniBand 5G and FICON4G services, the client-side TX1/RX1 and TX5/RX5 are
available.
The total rate of eight channels of services at the client side cannot exceed 10 Gbit/s.
The client-side interfaces are divided into two groups: RX1/TX1-RX4/TX4 and RX5/TX5-RX8/TX8. Each
group of these optical interfaces can access services at a maximum rate of 5 Gbit/s.

The LOM board is mainly used to achieve tunable wavelength, and to provide OTN interfaces
and ESC.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 13-163 Functions and features of the LOM board

Feature
Basic function LOM converts signals as follows:

l 8 x GE/FC100/FICON/ISC 1G <->1 x OTU2
l 4 x FC200/FICON Express/ISC 2G/InfiniBand 2.5G <->1 x OTU2
l 2 x 3G-SDI/FC400/FICON4G/InfiniBand 5G <->1 x OTU2
Supports hybrid transmission of the services mentioned above. The
overall bandwidth of the first and last four optical interfaces should be
equal to or less than 5 Gbit/s, respectively.
Supports FC extension and ensures that the data width does not decrease
during long-haul transmission of FC services. For FC100/FC200/FC400
services, the maximum transmission distance of the WDM side is 3000
km.

service type FC100: SAN service at a rate of 1.06 Gbit/s
ISC 1G: SAN service at a rate of 1.06 Gbit/s
ISC 2G: SAN service at a rate of 2.12 Gbit/s
InfiniBand 2.5G: SAN service at a rate of 2.5 Gbit/s
InfiniBand 5G: SAN service at a rate of 5 Gbit/s
NOTE
The LOM board supports both GE electrical signal and GE optical signal.
Only the TN12LOM supports InfiniBand 2.5G, InfiniBand 5G and 3G-SDI.

to the ITU-T G.709.

specification

function

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Feature

function
LPT function The board supports the LPT function only when the client-side service
type is GE.
FEC encoding TN11LOM:

the WDM side.
TN12LOM:
the WDM side.
NOTE
events
power of the laser.
Regeneration l TN11LOM:
board TN11LSXR
l TN12LOM:
TN12ND2, TN52ND2, TN53ND2, TN55NO2, TN53NQ2,
TN54NQ2
Test frame The board supports the test frame function only when the client-side
service type is GE.
Optical-layer Supported by the TN12LOM

ASON

ASON

Ethernet service Supports encapsulation of GE services in GE(GFP-F) (displayed as GE

mapping mode on the NMS) and GE(GFP-T) modes.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Feature

working mode
Outloop Supported
Outloop Supported

standards standards for NCITS FIBRE CHANNEL PHYSICAL
compliance transparent INTERFACES (FC-PI)
transmission
(non- NCITS FIBRE CHANNEL LINK SERVICES (FC-
performance LS)
monitoring) NCITS FIBRE CHANNEL FRAMING AND
NCITS FIBRE CHANNEL BACKBONE-3 (FC-
BB-3)
NCITS FIBRE CHANNEL SWITCH FABRIC-3
(FC-SW-3)
COMMAND CODE SETS-2 MAPPING
PROTOCOL (FC-SB-2)
IBM GDPS( Geographically Dispersed Parallel
Sysplex) Protocol
IBM Private Protocol
NOTE
Only the TN12LOM supports IBM Private Protocol.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Feature

service
ITU-T G.798
ITU-T G.874
ITU-T M.3100
ITU-T G.874.1
ITU-T G.875
ITU-T G.808.1
ITU-T G.841
ITU-T G.8201
ITU-T G.694.1

The LOM board consists of the client-side optical module, WDM-side optical module, signal
Figure 13-77 and Figure 13-78 show the functional modules and signal flow of the LOM board.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 13-77 Functional modules and signal flow of the TN11LOM board
GE
encapsulation and
mapping module
O/E FC E/O
RX1 encapsulation and
RX2 mapping module OTN
OUT
processing
RX8 FICON module
E/O encapsulation and
TX1 mapping module O/E
TX2 IN
Client-side ISC WDM-side
TX8 encapsulation and
optical optical
mapping module
module module
Control

Power supply
module
Fuse Required
voltage
Backplane

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 13-78 Functional modules and signal flow of the TN12LOM board
GE
encapsulation and
mapping module
FC
Client side encapsulation and WDM side
mapping module
FICON
RX1 encapsulation and OTN
RX2 O/E mapping module E/O OUT
processing
RX8 ISC module
encapsulation and
TX1 mapping module
TX2 E/O O/E
InfiniBand IN
encapsulation and
TX8 mapping module
optical Any optical
module encapsulation and module
mapping module
Control

Power supply
module
Fuse Required
voltage
Backplane
DC power supply SCC (controlled by SCC)
from a backplane
Signal Flow
NOTE
electrical signals.
Suggest change RX1/TX1, RX2/TX2 optical interfaces to electrical interfaces only.
In the signal flow of the LOM board, the transmit and the receive directions are defined. The
transmit direction is defined as the direction from the client side of the LOM to the WDM side
of the LOM, and the receive direction is defined as the reverse direction.
The client-side optical module receives eight channels or four channels or two channels of
the optical signals from client equipment through the RX1-RX8 interfaces, and performs
O/E conversion.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
After O/E conversion, different types of signals are sent to the corresponding encapsulation
and mapping modules. The module performs operations such as encapsulation and mapping
processing, OTN framing, and encoding of FEC/AFEC. Then, the module outputs one
channel of OTU2 signals.
conversion, the module sends out OTU2/OTU2e optical signals at DWDM wavelengths
that comply with ITU-T G.694.1 through the OUT optical interface.
l Receive direction
The WDM-side optical module receives one channel of OTU2/OTU2e optical signals at
DWDM wavelengths that comply with ITU-T G.694.1 through the IN optical interface.
module performs operations such as OTU2/OTU2e framing, decoding of FEC/AFEC,
demapping, and decapsulation processing. Then, the module outputs eight channels or four
channels or two channels of the electrical signals.
The client-side optical module performs E/O conversion of the eight channels or four
channels or two channels of the electrical signals, and then outputs client-side optical
signals through the TX1-TX8 optical interfaces.
Module Function
– Client-side receiver: Performs O/E conversion of eight channels or four channels or two
channels of the optical signals.
– Client-side transmitter: Performs E/O conversion from eight or four or two channels of
the internal electrical signals to the corresponding optical signals.
The module consists of the GE encapsulation and mapping module, ISC encapsulation and
mapping module, FC encapsulation and mapping module, FICON encapsulation and
mapping module, and OTN processing module.
performance.
– ISC encapsulation and mapping module

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Encapsulates multiple channels of ISC signals and maps the signals into the OTU2
payload area. The module also performs the reverse process and monitors ISC
performance.
– FC encapsulation and mapping module
Encapsulates multiple channels of FC signals and maps the signals into the OTU2e
payload area. The module also performs the reverse process and monitors FC
performance.
– FICON encapsulation and mapping module
Encapsulates multiple channels of FICON signals and maps the signals into the OTU2
payload area. The module also performs the reverse process and monitors FICON
performance.
– InfiniBand encapsulation and mapping module
Encapsulates multiple channels of InfiniBand signals and maps the signals into the
OTU2e payload area. The module also performs the reverse process and monitors
InfiniBand performance.
– Any encapsulation and mapping module
payload area. The module also performs the reverse process and monitors Any
performance.
performs FEC/AFEC encoding and decoding.
13.14.5 Front Panel

There are indicators and interfaces on the front panel of the LOM board.

Figure 13-79 and Figure 13-80 show the front panel of the LOM board.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 13-79 Front panel of the TN11LOM board
LOM
STAT LINK/ACT1
ACT LINK/ACT2
PROG LINK/ACT3
SRV LINK/ACT4
LINK/ACT5
LINK/ACT6
LINK/ACT7
LINK/ACT8
TX1
RX1
TX2
RX2
TX3
RX3
TX4
RX4
TX5
OUT IN
RX5
TX6
RX6
TX7
RX7
TX8
RX8
LOM

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 13-80 Front panel of the TN12LOM board
LOM
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
TX1
RX1
TX2
RX2
TX3
RX3
TX4
RX4
TX5
RX5
TX6
RX6
TX7
RX7
TX8
RX8
OUT IN
LOM
Indicators
Twelve indicators are present on the front panel:

l Data port connection/data transceiver indicator (LINK/ACTn) - green

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
NOTE
Only the TN11LOM board has the data port connection/data transceiver indicator (LINK/ACTn).
Interfaces
Table 13-164 Types and functions of the interfaces on the LOM board
INa LC Receive single-wavelength signals from the associated

multiplexer board.
OUTa LC Transmit single-wavelength signals to the associated

multiplexer board.

Transmits the optical service signal to the client-side
equipment when the optical module is used.
Transmits the electrical service signal to the client-side
equipment when the electrical module is used.

Receives the optical service signal from the client-side
Receives the electrical service signal from the client-
side equipment when the electrical module is used.
a: Only the G.657A2 fiber can be used in "IN" and "OUT" interface of TN12LOM.
Laser Hazard Level

13.14.6 Valid Slots

Two slots house one TN11LOM board. One slot houses one TN12LOM board.
Table 13-165 and Table 13-166 show the valid slots for the LOM board.
Table 13-165 Valid slots for the TN11LOM board
Product Valid Slots
OptiX OSN 8800 T64 subrack IU1-IU7, IU11-IU17, IU19-IU25, IU27-

IU33, IU35-IU41, IU45-IU51, IU53-IU59,
IU61-IU67

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Product Valid Slots

IU35

NOTE
OptiX OSN 8800/OptiX OSN 6800: The rear connector of the board is mounted to the backplane along
the left slot of the two occupied slots in the subrack. Therefore, the slot number of the TN11LOM board
displayed on the NM is the number of the left slot. For example, if slots IU1 and IU2 house the TN11LOM
board, the slot number of the TN11LOM board displayed on the NM is IU1.
OptiX OSN 3800: The rear connector of the board is mounted to the backplane along the bottom slot of
the two occupied slots in the chassis. Therefore, the slot number of the TN11LOM board displayed on the
NM is the number of the bottom slot. For example, if slots IU2 and IU3 house the TN11LOM board, the
slot number of the TN11LOM board displayed on the NM is IU3.
Table 13-166 Valid slots for TN12LOM board
Product Valid Slots
13.14.7 Characteristic Code for the LOM

Code for OTUs.



OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 13-167 Mapping between the physical ports on the LOM board and the port numbers
IN/OUT 1
TX1/RX1 3
TX2/RX2 4
TX3/RX3 5
TX4/RX4 6
TX5/RX5 7
TX6/RX6 8
TX7/RX7 9
TX8/RX8 10
NOTE
l The LOM board maps a client service into an STM-64 signal and then multiplexes the
STM-64 signal into an OTU2. The STM-64 signal contains eight timeslots, each having a
bandwidth of 1.24 Gbit/s. Different client service requires different number of timeslots.
The number of timeslots required by each type of client service is listed below.
Service Type Number of Timeslots
GE 1
FC100 1
FC200 2
FC400 4
FICON 1
FICON4G 4
FICON Express 2
ISC 1G 1
ISC 2G 2
3G-SDI 4
InfiniBand 2.5G 2
InfiniBand 5G 4

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

For the parameters of LOM, refer to Table 13-168.
Table 13-168 LOM Parameters


Interface/
Channel

supported.
board.
Default: Non-
Loopback
Service Type l TN11LOM: None, The Service Type parameter sets the type of
FC-100, FC-200, the service accessed at the optical interface on
FC-400, FICON, the client side.
FICON Express, NOTE
FICON4G, GE, GE GE services can be encapsulated in two formats.
(GFP-T), ISC 1G, When Service Type is GE, the encapsulation
ISC 2G format is GFP-F; when Service Type is GE(GFP-
l TN12LOM: None, GE(GFP-T) is recommended.
Any, FC-100, The GE services at the transmit and receive ends
FC-200, FC-400, must be encapsulated in the same format.
FICON, FICON
Express,
FICON4G, GE, GE
(GFP-T), ISC 1G,
ISC 2G, InfiniBand
2.5G, InfiniBand
5G, 3G-SDI
Default: None

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Bearer Rate Default: 622 optical interface on the client side of a board.
(Mbit/s) NOTE
This parameter is supported only by the
TN12LOM.
See D.5 Client Service Bearer Rate (Mbit/s)
l Client side: Off

board are lost.

FW_OPUk_CSF of the upstream board or the WDM-side
WDM-side port of the local board, the laser
on the client-side transmitter of the local
FW_OPUk_CSF.
NOTE
Only the TN12LOM supports this parameter.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
1800ms, 1900ms, 2s Only the TN12LOM supports this parameter.
Default: 0s
1800ms, 1900ms, 2s Only the TN12LOM supports this parameter.
Default: 0s
FC Internal Normal Mode, Special In different internal working mode, the board
Working Mode Mode can work with the FC storage equipment of
Default: Normal Mode different vendors.
l Normal mode: In this mode, the board can
work with the mainstream FC switch
storage equipment (such as the Brocade
switch). Such equipment inserts the
10B_ERR alarm after detecting a link
failure.
l Special mode: In this mode, the board can
work with the switch storage equipment
(such as the McData switch) that uses
special processing standard. Such
equipment inserts the NOS alarm after
detecting a link failure.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
OFC Enabled Disabled, Enabled The open fiber control (OFC) function
Default: Disabled controls the transmit power of the laser when
the fiber is disconnected. When the OFC
function is enabled, the laser sends short pulse,
rather than remains in the enabled state, to
check whether the fiber is connected. In this
way, the output optical power of the laser is
cut, which prevents eye injury.
NOTE
l Set the LPT and ALS functions to Disabled
after the OFC function is enabled.
l The OFC function cannot coexist with
protection.
l This parameter is valid only when the Service
Type parameter is set to ISC 1G or ISC 2G.

optical interface.
FEC Mode FEC, AFEC The FEC Mode parameter sets the FEC mode
Default: FEC of the current optical interface.
more information.

Wavelength
(nm)/Frequency
(THz)

Range on the board.

18/1611.00/188.78
0
Default: /

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

FC Distance Disabled, Enabled A flow control mechanism is applied between

Extension Default: Disabled FC service client-side equipment and between
two FCE boards to provide the far-reaching
function of FC services, which ensures that the
bandwidth does not decrease during long haul
transmission of FC services.
See D.8 FC Distance Extension (WDM

status of a board.
NOTE
Only TN11LOM supports this parameter.

deployment commissioning
NOTE
Only TN12LOM supports this parameter.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
13.14.10 LOM Specifications


Module
TN N/A 2.125 Gbit/s 800 ps/nm-C Band N/A

11L Multirate-0.5 km (odd & even
OM 1000 BASE-LX-10 wavelengths)-Fixed
km Wavelength-NRZ-
PIN
1000 BASE-LX-40
Fixed Wavelength-
1000 BASE-ZX-80 NRZ-PIN
km
1200 ps/nm-C Band-
FC400/FICON4G Tunable Wavelength-
Module-0.3 km NRZ-PIN
(Multimode)
1200 ps/nm-C Band-
FC400/FICON4G Tunable Wavelength-
Module-10 km NRZ-APD
(Single mode)
4800 ps/nm-C Band-
FC100/FC200/ Tunable Wavelength-
FICON/FICON ODB-APD
Express Module-0.5
km (Multimode) 800 ps/nm-C Band-
Tunable Wavelength-
FC100/FC200/ (D)RZ-PIN
FICON/FICON
Express Module-2 km
(Single mode)
(eSFP CWDM)-40
km
(eSFP CWDM)-80
km

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Module
TN N/A 2.125 Gbit/s 800 ps/nm-C Band- 800 ps/nm-C Band

12L Multirate-0.5 km Tunable Wavelength- (Odd & Even
OM 1000 BASE-LX-10 (D)RZ-PIN Wavelengths)-
km 800 ps/nm-C Band- Fixed Wavelength-
Tunable Wavelength- NRZ-PIN-XFP
1000 BASE-LX-40
km NRZ-PIN 800 ps/nm-C Band-
Tunable
1000 BASE-ZX-80 Wavelength-NRZ-
km PIN-XFP
1000 BASE-BX10-U
1000 BASE-BX10-D
1000 BASE-BX-U
1000 BASE-BX-D
FC400/FICON4G
Module-0.3 km
(Multimode)
FC400/FICON4G
Module-10 km
(Single mode)
FC100/FC200/
FICON/FICON
Express Module-0.5
km (Multimode)
FC100/FC200/
FICON/FICON
Express Module-2 km
(Single mode)
(eSFP CWDM)-40
km
(eSFP CWDM)-80
km
NOTE
NOTE
point.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

NOTE
Std 802.3.


Type 5 km

format
Target - 0.5 km (0.3 10 km (6.2 40 km (24.9 80 km (49.7

distance

wavelength
range

mean
launched
power

mean
launched
power
Minimum dB 9 9 9 9
extinction
ratio

mask

type

wavelength
range
Receiver dBm -17 -20 -20 -23

sensitivity

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Type 5 km
receiver
overload
NOTE

transmissions)


format

type
Target km 10 10 40 40
transmission
distance

wavelength
range
mean launched
power
mean launched
power
Minimum dB 6 6 6 6
extinction ratio

mask

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


wavelength
range
Receiver dBm -19.5 -19.5 -23 -23

sensitivity
receiver
overload
Maximum dB -12 -12 -12 -12

reflectance

Optical FC400/ FC400/ FC100/ FC100/

Module FICON4G FICON4G FC200/ FC200/
Type Module-0.3 Module-10 FICON/ FICON/
km (Multi km (Single FICON FICON
mode) mode) Express Express
Module-0.5 Module-2
km km (Single
(Multimode) mode)

format
Target - 0.3 km (0.2 10 km (6.2 0.5 km (0.3 2 km (1.2 mi.)

distance
Transmitter nm 830 to 860 1270 to 1355 830 to 860 1266 to 1360

parameter
specifications
at point S
Maximum dBm -1.1 -1 -2.5 -3

mean
launched
power

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Optical FC400/ FC400/ FC100/ FC100/

Module FICON4G FICON4G FC200/ FC200/
Type Module-0.3 Module-10 FICON/ FICON/
km (Multi km (Single FICON FICON
mode) mode) Express Express
Module-0.5 Module-2
km km (Single
(Multimode) mode)
Minimum dBm -9 -8.4 -9.5 -10

mean
launched
power
Eye pattern - Compliant with Fiber Channel-physical interface (FC-PI-2)

mask parameter template

wavelength
range
Receiver dBm -15 -18 -17 -18

sensitivity
Minimum dBm 0 0 0 0
receiver
overload
Maximum dB -12 -12 -12 -27

reflectance

wavelengths)

km km

distance

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

km km

range

launched power

power

deviation

spectral width

suppression ratio

G.959.1-compliant

range

overload

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Wavelength-NRZ-
PIN

power

power

width

suppression ratio

(FEC on)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

PIN APD APD

format
mean launched
power
Minimum dBm -3 -3 -3 -3 -3
mean launched
power
extinction ratio

frequency
Center GHz ±5 ±5 ±5 ±5 ±5
frequency
deviation
Maximum -20 nm 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3

dB spectral
width
mode
suppression
ratio
Dispersion ps/ 1200 1200 4800 800 800

tolerance nm

wavelength
range

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
PIN APD APD
Receiver dBm -16 -26 -26 -16 -16

sensitivity,
EOL (FEC on)
receiver
overload
Maximum dB -27 -27 -27 -27 -27

reflectance


PIN-XFP

power

power

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

PIN-XFP

width

suppression ratio
Receiver type - PIN

(FEC on)

(FEC on)


Tunable Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN-XFP

power

power

width

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Tunable Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN-XFP

suppression ratio
Receiver type - PIN

(FEC on)

(FEC on)
TN11LOM:
(8.7 in.)
TN12LOM:
(8.7 in.)
Power Consumption
25°C (77°F) (W) 55°C (131°F) (W)
TN1 800 ps/nm-C Band (odd & even 92.7 101.7

1LO wavelengths)-Fixed Wavelength-
M NRZ-PIN
800 ps/nm-C Band-Fixed
Wavelength-NRZ-PIN

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

25°C (77°F) (W) 55°C (131°F) (W)

Wavelength-NRZ-PIN
Wavelength-NRZ-APD


Wavelength-ODB-APD

2LO Wavelengths)-Fixed Wavelength-
M NRZ-PIN-XFP


Wavelength-NRZ-PIN

NOTE
When the FC extension function of the TN12LOM board is used, the power consumption of the board
increases by another 2 W.
13.15 LQG
LQG: 4 x GE-multiplex-optical wavelength conversion board

The available functional version of the LQG board is TN11.

Huawei office.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Boa 8800 T64 8800 T32 8800 T16 8800 6800 3800
Subrack
TN1 N N N N Y Y
1LQ
G
13.15.2 Application
As a type of optical transponder unit, the LQG board implements the conversion between four
For the position of the LQG board in the WDM system, see Figure 13-81.
Figure 13-81 Position of the LQG board in the WDM system

LQG LQG
1 M M 1
1×OTU5G/FEC5G
1×OTU5G/FEC5G
U U
X X
1×ODU5G
1×ODU5G
GE / / GE
D D
M M
U U
4 X X 4
GE GE

The LQG board is mainly used to achieve wavelength tunable and cross-connect at the electrical
layer, and to provide OTN interfaces and ESC.
Table 13-177 Functions and features of the LQG board
and Feature
Basic LQG converts signals: 4 x GE <-> 1 x OTU5G/FEC5G

function

service type

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
and Feature
Cross- l OptiX OSN 6800: Supports the grooming of four channels of GE services
capabilities the backplane, and supports the transmission of four GE signals to the
paired slots through the backplane.
l OptiX OSN 3800: Supports the grooming of four GE signals from one
OTN function l Provides the OTU5G/FEC5G interface on WDM-side.

l Supports PM and TCM function for ODU5G.
l Supports SM functions for OTU5G.


function

encoding WDM side.
events
power of the laser.

ASON

layer ASON

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
and Feature


mapping
mode

working
mode
Outloop Supported
Outloop Supported

transmission
(non-
performance
monitoring)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
and Feature

service
ITU-T G.798
ITU-T G.874
ITU-T M.3100
ITU-T G.874.1
ITU-T G.875
ITU-T G.808.1
ITU-T G.841
ITU-T G.8201
ITU-T G.694.1
ITU-T G.694.2

The LQG board consists of the client-side optical module, WDM-side optical module, signal
Figure 13-82 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the LQG board.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 13-82 Functional modules and signal flow of the LQG board
Backplane (service corss-connection) GE

RX1 O/E
RX2 E/O
RX3 GE OUT
RX4 OTN Cross-
encapsulation processing connect
TX2 E/O O/E
module IN
TX3
Control

Power supply
module
Fuse Required
voltage
Backplane
Signal Flow
The client side of the LQG board accesses GE optical signals.
In the signal flow of the LQG board, the transmit and the receive directions are defined. The
transmit direction is defined as the direction from the client side of the LQG to the WDM side
of the LQG, and the receive direction is defined as the reverse direction.
The client-side optical module receives four channels of GE optical signals from client
After O/E conversion, the four channels of electrical signals are sent to the signal processing
one channel of OTU5G/FEC5G signals.
The OTU5G/FEC5G signals are sent to the WDM-side optical module. After performing
E/O conversion, the module sends out the ITU-T G.694.1-compliant at DWDM standard
wavelengths OTU5G/FEC5G optical signals through the OUT optical interface.
l Receive direction
DWDM standard wavelengths OTU5G/FEC5G optical signals from the WDM side through
the IN optical interface. Then, the module performs O/E conversion.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
After O/E conversion, the OTU5G/FEC5G signals are sent to the signal processing module.
The module performs operations such as OTU5G/FEC5G framing, decoding of FEC,
demapping, decapsulation processing and service cross-connection. Then, the module
outputs four channels of GE signals.
optical interfaces.
Module Function
– Client-side receiver: Performs O/E conversion of four channels of GE optical signals.
– Client-side transmitter: Performs E/O conversion from four channels of the internal
– WDM-side receiver: Performs O/E conversion of OTU5G/FEC5G optical signals.
OTU5G/FEC5G optical signals.
electrical signals between the LQG and the board in the paired slot or the cross-
connect board through the backplane. The grooming service signals are GE signals.
electrical signals from one board of the mesh group (consisting of four boards) to
the other three boards belonging to the mesh group through the backplane. The
grooming service signals are GE signals.
Encapsulates multiple channels of GE signals and maps the signals into the OTU5G/
FEC5G payload area. The module also performs the reverse process and monitors GE
performance.
Frames OTU5G/FEC5G signals, processes overheads in OTU5G/FEC5G signals, and
performs FEC encoding and decoding.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

13.15.5 Front Panel

There are indicators and interfaces on the front panel of the LQG board.

Figure 13-83 shows the front panel of the LQG board.
Figure 13-83 Front panel of the LQG board
LQG
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
TX1
RX1
TX2
RX2
TX3
RX3
TX4
RX4
OUT
IN
LQG

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Indicators

Interfaces
Table 13-178 Types and functions of the interfaces on the LQG board

multiplexer board.

multiplexer board.
Laser Hazard Level

13.15.6 Valid Slots

One slot houses one LQG board.
Valid Slots
Table 13-179 shows the valid slots for the LQG board.
Table 13-179 Valid slots for the LQG board
Product Valid Slots

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Product Valid Slots
13.15.7 Characteristic Code for the LQG

Code for OTUs.


Table 13-180 Mapping between the physical ports on the LQG board and the port numbers
IN/OUT 1
TX1/RX1 3
TX2/RX2 4
TX3/RX3 5
TX4/RX4 6
NOTE
Logical Ports
board. They also can be used as source or sinks of cross-connections. For example, LP is a logical
port of the board.
Figure 13-84 shows the application model of the LQG board. Table 13-181 describes the

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 13-84 Port diagram of the LQG board

201(LP/LP)-1
3(RX1/TX1)-1
4(RX2/TX2)-1 201(LP/LP)-2 201(LP/LP)-1
1(IN/OUT)-1
5(RX3/TX3)-1 201(LP/LP)-3
201(LP/LP)-4
6(RX4/TX4)-1
Service WDM-side
Cross-connect
processing optical
module
module module
Table 13-181 Description of NM port of the LQG board
LP Internal logical port. The optical paths are numbered 1, 2,

3 and 4.

If the LQG board is used to transmit services, the following items must be created on the
U2000:
can be created.
– Create the cross-connection between the internal RX/TX and LP ports of the LQG board
(Create the internal straight-through and cross-connection of the board), as shown
– Create the cross-connection between the RX/TX port of the LQG board and the LP port
of other boards (The GE services accessed from the client side of the LQG board are
cross-connected to the WDM side of other boards for protection and the inter-board
3
of the LQG board (The GE services accessed from the client side of other boards are
cross-connected to the WDM side of the LQG board for protection and the inter-board
4
NOTE
One optical path of the LP port can be created with a connection to only one RX/TX port.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
l Create the cross-connection between the LP port of the LQG board and the LP port of other
boards (The GE services accessed from the WDM side of the LQG board are cross-
5
l The four paths of the LP port are converged into one channel, which is connected to the
IN/OUT port. There is no need for configuration on the U2000.
Figure 13-85 Cross-connection diagram of the LQG board

Other board
3(RX1/TX1)-1 201(LP/LP)-1
4(RX2/TX2)-1 201(LP/LP)-2
5(RX3/TX3)-1 201(LP/LP)-3
6(RX4/TX4)-1 201(LP/LP)-4

3(RX1/TX1)-1 5 201(LP/LP)-1
3 4
4(RX2/TX2)-1 201(LP/LP)-2
2
5(RX3/TX3)-1 201(LP/LP)-3
1
6(RX4/TX4)-1 201(LP/LP)-4
LQG
The straight-through of the board 1
The internal cross-connection of the board 2
The client side of the LQG board are cross-connected to the WDM side of 3
other boards
LQG board
The WDM side of the LQG board are cross-connected to the WDM side of 5
other boards

TN11TQM / TN12TQM

For the parameters of LQG, refer to Table 13-182.
Table 13-182 LQG Parameters


Channel interface.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Name name.
channel of a board.
Service Type GE, GE(GFP-T) The Service Type parameter sets the
Default: GE type of the service accessed at the optical
interface on the client side.
NOTE
GE services can be encapsulated in two
formats. When Service Type is GE, the
encapsulation format is GFP-F; when
encapsulation format is GFP-T. The value
format.

l Client side: Off

Default: OTN See D.32 Service Mode (WDM



OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Frequency (THz)


board.
information.
wavelength.

Ethernet services.
Ethernet Working Auto-Negotiation, 1000M The Ethernet Working Mode

Mode Full-Duplex parameter sets and queries the working
Default: 1000M Full- mode of the Ethernet.
information.

board resides.
Click D.31 SD Trigger Condition
information.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

commissioning.
13.15.11 LQG Specifications


Module
TN N/A 2.125 Gbit/s 3400 ps/nm-C Band- 5 Gbit/s Multirate

11L Multirate-0.5 km Fixed Wavelength- (eSFP CWDM)-50
QG 1000 BASE-LX-10 NRZ-APD km
km 3400 ps/nm-C Band- 5 Gbit/s Multirate
1000 BASE-LX-40 Tunable Wavelength- (eSFP CWDM)-70
km NRZ-APD km
1000 BASE-ZX-80
km
(eSFP CWDM)-40
km
(eSFP CWDM)-80
km
NOTE
point.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Type 5 km

format
Target - 0.5 km (0.3 10 km (6.2 40 km (24.9 80 km (49.7

distance

wavelength
range

mean
launched
power

mean
launched
power
Minimum dB 9 9 9 9
extinction
ratio

mask

type

wavelength
range
Receiver dBm -17 -20 -20 -23

sensitivity
receiver
overload

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

wavelengths)

km km

distance

range

launched power

power

deviation

spectral width

suppression ratio

G.959.1-compliant

range

overload

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


APD

launched power

launched power
ratio

deviation

spectral width

suppression ratio
Receiver type - APD APD

range

overload

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Optical Module Type 5 Gbit/s Multirate 5 Gbit/s Multirate

km km

distance

range

launched power

power

deviation

spectral width

suppression ratio

range

overload

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
(8.7 in.)
Power Consumption
Optical Module Consumption at Consumption at
25°C (77°F) (W) 55°C (131°F) (W)
TN11LQG 3400 ps/nm-C Band- 28.4 32

Fixed Wavelength-
NRZ-APD
3400 ps/nm-C Band- 31.0 34.4

Tunable
Wavelength-NRZ-
APD
5 Gbit/s Multirate 23.18 26

(eSFP CWDM)-50
km
5 Gbit/s Multirate
(eSFP CWDM)-70
km
13.16 LQM
LQM: 4-channel multi-rate (100Mbit/s-2.5Gbit/s) OTU1 wavelength conversion board

The available functional version of the LQM board is TN13.

Huawei office.
Boa 8800 T64 8800 T32 8800 T16 8800 6800 3800
Subrack
TN1 Y Y N Y Y Y
3LQ
M

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Type
The system provides two types of the LQM: One has a pair of input and output optical interfaces,
and the other has two pairs of input and output optical interfaces. Table 13-187 lists the types
of the LQM.
Table 13-187 LQM type description

Board Type Description
LQM Single transmitting and single The WDM-side interfaces are IN1/
receiving board OUT1.
Dual-fed selective receiving board The WDM-side interfaces are IN1/

OUT1 and IN2/OUT2.
NOTE
The WDM-side interfaces of the LQM board are dynamic optical interfaces. Before configuring dual fed
and selective receiving, make sure the optical interfaces have been uploaded manually on the U2000.
13.16.2 Application
The LQM is a type of optical transponder unit. The LQM converts between signals at the rate
between 100 Mbit/s-2.5 Gbit/s and ITU-T Recommendation-compliant WDM signals.
For the position of the LQM in the WDM system, see Figure 13-86 and Figure 13-87.
Figure 13-86 Position of the LQM in the WDM system (single fed and single receiving)
LQM LQM TX1
RX1
M M
TX1 RX1
U U
100Mbit/s OUT1 X X IN1 100Mbit/s
1×ODU1
1×OTU1
1×ODU1
1×OTU1
– / / –
2.5Gbit/s IN1 D D OUT1 2.5Gbit/s
RX4 M M TX4
U U
TX4 X X RX4
100Mbit/s 100Mbit/s
– –
2.5Gbit/s 2.5Gbit/s
OptiX OSN 8800: N/A
OptiX OSN 6800:

l GE: From/To cross-connect board
l 100 Mbit/s to 2.5 Gbit/s signals: From/To paired slot

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 13-87 Position of the LQM in the WDM system (dual fed and selective receiving)
RX1 LQM LQM TX1
OUT1 IN1
MUX/ MUX/
100Mbit/s 100Mbit/s
1×ODU1
1×ODU1
1×OTU1
1×OTU1
– –
2.5Gbit/s 2.5Gbit/s
RX4 OUT2 IN2 TX4
MUX/ MUX/
100Mbit/s 100Mbit/s
– –
2.5Gbit/s 2.5Gbit/s
OptiX OSN 8800: N/A
OptiX OSN 6800:

NOTE
The total rate of four channels of services at the client side cannot exceed 2.5 Gbit/s.
The LQM board can receive and transmit only one client service at a rate of greater than 1.25 Gbit/s (OC-48,
STM-16, FC200, FICON Express, OTU1, and HD-SDI) using its RX1/TX1 port pair.

The main functions and features supported by the LQM are cross-connection at the electrical
layer, OTN interfaces and ESC.
Table 13-188 Functions and features of the LQM

and Feature
Basic LQM converts signals:

function l 4 x (100 Mbit/s to 2.5 Gbit/s) signals<-> 1 x OTU1.
l Implements the dual fed and selective receiving function or single fed and
single receiving function on the WDM side according to the application
scenario.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
and Feature

Cross- OptiX OSN 8800: N/A.

connect OptiX OSN 6800:
capabilities
l Supports the grooming of four channels of GE services each to working/
protection cross-connection boards respectively through the backplane.
l Supports the transmission of four signals at the rate between 100 Mbit/s
and 2.5 Gbit/s to the paired slots through the backplane.
OptiX OSN 3800:
l Supports the grooming of four signals at the rate between 100 Mbit/s and
2.5 Gbit/s from one board of the mesh group (consisting of four boards)
to the other three boards belonging to the mesh group.
l Supports the grooming of four GE signals from one board of the mesh
group (consisting of four boards) to the other three boards belonging to
the mesh group.
OTN l The encapsulation and mapping process is compliant with GDPS, ITU-T
function G.709.


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
and Feature
PRBS test Supports the PRBS function on the client side and WDM side.
function NOTE
is FE or GE.

encoding WDM side.
NOTE
events l Monitors parameters such as the bias current, temperature, and optical
monitoring power of the laser.

function
type is FE or GE.

ASON

layer ASON

NOTE
OptiX OSN 8800 supports client-side 1+1 protection, intra-board 1+1 protection and
the OWSP protection.

mapping
mode

working
mode

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
and Feature
Outloop Supported
Outloop Supported

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
and Feature

(non- ITU-T G.782
monitoring)
(FC-PI)
SW-3)
(FC-SB-2)
Control (MAC)
Protocol (PHY)
Dependent (PDM)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
and Feature

service
ITU-T G.798
ITU-T G.874
ITU-T M.3100
ITU-T G.874.1
ITU-T G.875
ITU-T G.808.1
ITU-T G.841
ITU-T G.8201
ITU-T G.694.1
ITU-T G.694.2

The LQM board consists of the client-side optical module, WDM-side optical module, signal
Figure 13-88 and Figure 13-89 show the functional modules and signal flow of the LQM.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 13-88 Functional modules and signal flow of the LQM (OptiX OSN 8800)

RX1
RX2 O/E OUT1
RX3 E/O
RX4 Service OTN OUT2
encapsulation processing
TX1 and mapping
TX2 module IN1
E/O module O/E
TX3 IN2
TX4
Control

Power supply
module
Fuse Required
voltage
Backplane
DC power supply
(controlled by SCC)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 13-89 Functional modules and signal flow of the LQM (OptiX OSN 6800/3800)
100Mbit/s-2.5Gbit/s
Client side
WDM side
RX1
RX2 O/E OUT1
RX3 E/O
RX4 Service OUT2
Cross- OTN
connect encapsulation processing
TX1 and mapping
TX2 module module IN1
E/O module O/E
TX3 IN2
TX4
Control

Power supply
module
Fuse Required
voltage
Backplane
Signal Flow
The client side of the LQM board accesses Any optical signals (Any optical signals at a rate
In the signal flow of the LQM board, the transmit and the receive directions are defined. The
transmit direction is defined as the direction from the client side of the LQM to the WDM side
of the LQM, and the receive direction is defined as the reverse direction.
The client-side optical module receives four channels of the Any optical signals from client
signals.
with ITU-T G.694.1 or CWDM wavelengths that comply with ITU-T G.694.2. A laser
converts the OTU1 optical signals into two channels of identical optical signals, and then
the two channels signals are output through the OUT1-OUT2 optical interfaces.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
l Receive direction
wavelengths that comply with ITU-T G.694.1 or CWDM wavelengths that comply with
ITU-T G.694.2 through the IN1-IN2 optical interfaces. Then, the module performs O/E
conversion.
FEC, demapping, and decapsulation processing. Then, the module outputs four channels
of Any signals.
optical interfaces.
NOTE
Only one pair of WDM-side optical interfaces is used, the board implements the single fed and single
receiving function on the WDM side.
Module Function
– Client-side receiver: Performs O/E conversion of four channels of Any optical signals.
The module consists of the cross-connect module, service encapsulation and mapping
module, and OTN processing module.
electrical signals between the LQM and the board in the paired slot or the cross-
connect board through the backplane. The grooming service signals are Any signals.
client-side signals and the WDM-side signals of the board. The signaling module
also grooms the electrical signals from one board of the mesh group (consisting of
four boards) to the other three boards belonging to the mesh group through the
backplane. The grooming service signals are Any signals.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

13.16.5 Front Panel

There are indicators and interfaces on the front panel of the LQM board.

Figure 13-90 shows the front panel of the LQM board.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 13-90 Front panel of the LQM board
LQM
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
TX1
RX1
TX2
RX2
TX3
RX3
TX4
RX4
OUT1 IN1
OUT2 IN2
LQM
Indicators

Interfaces

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 13-189 Types and functions of the LQM interfaces

IN1-IN2 LC Receive single-wavelength signals from the

associated optical demultiplexer board or optical
add/drop multiplexer board.
OUT1-OUT2 LC Transmit single-wavelength signals to the

associated optical multiplexer board or optical
add/drop multiplexer board.
Laser Hazard Level

13.16.6 Valid Slots

The LQM occupies one slot.
Table 13-190 shows the valid slots for the LQM board.
Table 13-190 Valid slots for the LQM board

Product Valid Slots
13.16.7 Characteristic Code for the LQM

The board characteristic code comprises the information about frequency of signals, type of the
Code for OTUs.


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 13-191 Mapping between the physical ports on the LQM board and the port numbers
IN1/OUT1 1
IN2/OUT2 2
TX1/RX1 3
TX2/RX2 4
TX3/RX3 5
TX4/RX4 6
NOTE
Logical Ports
board. They also can be used as source or sinks of cross-connections. For example, ClientLP is
Figure 13-91 shows the application model of the LQM board. Table 13-192 describes the
Figure 13-91 Port diagram of the LQM

201(ClientLP/ClientLP)-1 201(ClientLP/ClientLP)-1
3(RX1/TX1)-1 1(IN1/OUT1)-1
4(RX2/TX2)-1 201(ClientLP/ClientLP)-2
5(RX3/TX3)-1 201(ClientLP/ClientLP)-3 201(ClientLP/ClientLP)-2
201(ClientLP/ClientLP)-4 2(IN2/OUT2)-1
6(RX4/TX4)-1
Service WDM-side
Cross-connect
processing optical
module
module module
Table 13-192 Description of NM port of the LQM

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
ClientLP Internal logical port. The optical paths are numbered 1, 2,

3 and 4.

interfaces.
Configuration Principle of Timeslots :

l The transmit and receive timeslots should be specified for each board. In one direction, a
timeslot cannot be shared by multiple services.
l In one direction of one service, the timeslot of the receive end must be the same as that of
the transmit end.
l For each LQM board, the number of timeslots occupied by all services should not exceed
16.
l For FC200, FICON Express, OC-48, STM-16, OTU1 and HD-SDI services, timeslots can
be configured only in channel 1 of the LQM board.
l Different service requires different number of timeslots. The number of timeslots required
by each type of service is listed below.
GE 7
FE 1
OTU1 16
STM-1 1
STM-4 4
STM-16 16
OC-3 1
OC-12 4
OC-48 16
FC100 6
FC200 12
FICON 6
FICON Express 12
HD-SDI 11
DVB-ASI 2
SDI 3

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
ESCON 2
FDDI 1

If the LQM board is used to transmit services, the following items must be created on the
U2000:
connection between the RX/TX and ClientLP ports according to the actual service level
(GE/Any/OTU1) and service type. The cross-connect grooming of GE/Any/OTU1 services
can be created.
– Create the cross-connection between the internal RX/TX and ClientLP ports of the LQM
board (create the internal straight-through and cross-connection of the board), as shown
by and in Figure 13-92.
– Create the cross-connection between the RX/TX port of the LQM board and the
ClientLP port of other boards, as shown by 3 in Figure 13-92. (The GE/Any/OTU1
services accessed from the client side of the LQM board are cross-connected to the
WDM side of other boards for protection and inter-board service convergence.)
– Create the cross-connection between the RX/TX port of other boards and the ClientLP
port of the LQM board, as shown by 4 in Figure 13-92. (The GE/Any/OTU1 services
the LQM board for protection and inter-board service convergence.)
NOTE
One RX/TX port can be connected to only one optical path of the ClientLP port.
Only the first optical path of ClientLP ports supports OTU1 services.
l Create the cross-connection between the ClientLP port of the LQM board and the ClientLP
port of other boards, as shown by 5 in Figure 13-92. (The GE/Any/OTU1 services
accessed from the WDM side of the LQM board are cross-connected to the WDM side of
other board for the grooming of the WDM-side services.)
l The two paths of the ClientLP port are respectively connected to the IN1/OUT1 and IN2/
OUT2 ports. There is no need for configuration on the U2000.
l According to the service type configured on the ClientLP port, configure the transmit and
receive timeslots. For details, see 13.16.8 Physical and Logical Ports.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 13-92 Cross-connection diagram of the LQM

Other board

3(RX1/TX1)-1 5 201(ClientLP/ClientLP)-1
3 4
2
1
LQM
1
2
The client side of the LQM board are cross-connected to the WDM side of 3
other boards
LQM board
The WDM side of the LQM board are cross-connected to the WDM side of 5
other boards

TN11TQM / TN12TQM
NOTE
The OptiX OSN 8800 supports only the cross-connections shown by (1) and (2) in Figure 13-92.

For the parameters of the LQM, refer to Table 13-193.
Table 13-193 LQM Parameters


Interface/
Channel

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

supported.
board.
Default: Non-
Loopback
Service Type None, Any, FE, GE, The Service Type parameter sets the type of
GE(GFP-T), OTU-1, the service accessed at the optical interface on
STM-1, STM-4, the client side.
STM-16, OC-3, NOTE
OC-12, OC-48, GE services can be encapsulated in two formats.
FC-100, FC-200, When Service Type is GE, the encapsulation
FICON, FICON format is GFP-F; when Service Type is GE(GFP-
Express, HD-SDI,
DVB-ASI, SDI,
ESCON, FDDI The GE services at the transmit and receive ends
Default: None
(Mbit/s) See D.5 Client Service Bearer Rate (Mbit/s)
l Client side: Off

board are lost.
Service Mode Client Mode, OTN Used to set the service mode of the board.
Mode
Default: Client Mode

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

optical interface.

Wavelength
(nm)/Frequency
(THz)

Range on the board.

18/1611.00/188.78
0
Default: /


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Transparent Default: Disabled GCC2 in OTN overheads. If the processing is
Transmission not required, set this parameter to Enabled;
NOTE

PRBS Test Disabled, Enabled The PRBS Test Status parameter sets the
Status Default: Disabled pseudo-random binary sequence (PRBS) test
status of a board.

13.16.11 LQM Specifications


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

ard Fixed Pluggable Optical Fixed Optical Pluggable Optical
Optical Module Module Module
Module

13L S-16.1-15 km (eSFP CWDM)-80 km
QM 2.67 Gbit/s Multirate
L-16.1-40 km
(eSFP DWDM)-120
L-16.2-80 km km
2.125 Gbit/s
Multirate-0.5 km
1000 BASE-LX-10 km
1000 BASE-LX-40 km
1000 BASE-ZX-80 km
(eSFP CWDM)-40 km
(eSFP CWDM)-80 km
(eSFP DWDM)-120 km
NOTE
point.

NOTE
The I-16/SR-1 OC-48 module, S-16.1/IR-1 OC-48 module, L-16.1/LR-1 OC-48 module and L-16.2/LR-2
OC-48 module can be used to access OTU1, STM-16, OC-48, FC200, FC100, GE, STM-4, OC-12, ESCON,
STM-1, OC-3, and DVB-ASI signals.
module.

Optical I-16-2 km S-16.1-15 L-16.1-40 L-16.2-80

Module km km km
Type

format

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Optical I-16-2 km S-16.1-15 L-16.1-40 L-16.2-80

Module km km km
Type

source type

distance

wavelength
range
mean
launched
power

mean
launched
power
Minimum dB 8.2 8.2 8.2 8.2

extinction
ratio
-20 dB
spectral
width
side mode
suppression
ratio


type

wavelength
range

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Optical I-16-2 km S-16.1-15 L-16.1-40 L-16.2-80

Module km km km
Type
Receiver dBm -18 -18 -27 -28

sensitivity
receiver
overload
Maximum dB -27 -27 -27 -27

reflectance
NOTE
NOTE
be used to access GE, FC100, STM-4, OC-12, ESCON, STM-1, OC-3, FE and DVB-ASI signals.

Type 5 km

format
Target - 0.5 km (0.3 10 km (6.2 40 km (24.9 80 km (49.7

distance

wavelength
range

mean
launched
power

mean
launched
power

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Type 5 km
Minimum dB 9 9 9 9
extinction
ratio

mask

type

wavelength
range
Receiver dBm -17 -20 -20 -23

sensitivity
receiver
overload
NOTE
The 1.25 Gbit/s Multi-rate module (eSFP CWDM) can be used to access GE, FC100, STM-4, OC-12, ESCON,
STM-1, OC-3, FE, DVB-ASI signals.
NOTE
The 2.67 Gbit/s Multi-rate module (eSFP CWDM) can be used to access OTU1, STM-16, OC-48, FC200, FC100,
GE, STM-4, OC-12, ESCON, STM-1, OC-3, DVB-ASI, FE signals.

wavelengths)

km km

distance

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

km km

range

launched power

power

deviation

spectral width

suppression ratio

G.959.1-compliant

range

overload
NOTE
The 2.67 Gbit/s Multi-rate module (eSFP DWDM) can be used to access OTU1, STM-16, OC-48, FC200,
FC100, GE, STM-4, OC-12, ESCON, STM-1, OC-3, DVB-ASI, or FE signals.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

wavelengths)

km

distance

power

power

width

suppression ratio

Receiver type - APD

range

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


(eSFP CWDM)-80 km

power

power
Central wavelength nm ±6.5

deviation

width

suppression ratio
Receiver type - APD
Table 13-199 DWDM-side pluggable optical module specifications (fixed wavelengths)


(eSFP DWDM)-120 km

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

(eSFP DWDM)-120 km

power

power
Center frequency deviation nm ±12.5

width

suppression ratio
Eye pattern mask - G.957-compliant (5% margin

are required for the eye pattern
of STM-16 services and
Receiver type - APD
Operating wavelength range nm N/A
(8.7 in.)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Power Consumption
F) (W) (131°F) (W)
TN13LQM 32.6 35.9
13.17 LQMD
LQMD: 4-channel multi-rate (100 Mbit/s-2.5 Gbit/s) OTU1 wavelength conversion unit, dual
fed and selective receiving

The available functional versions of the LQMD board are TN11 and TN12.

Huawei office.
Subrack
TN11 N N N N Y Y
LQM
D
TN12 Y Y N N Y Y
LQM
D

l Function:
Board OTU1/HD-SDI/ WDM PRBS function

SDI/FDDI Specification
services Client side WDM side
TN11LQMD N CWDM/DWDM N Y
TN12LQMD Y DWDM Y Y

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

l Specification:
– For the specification of each version, see 13.17.11 LQMD Specifications.
Board Board
TN11LQMD TN12LQMD The TN12LQMD can be created as TN11LQMD on the NMS. The former
can substitute for the latter, without any software upgrade. After substitution,
the TN12LQMD functions as the TN11LQMD.
NOTE
A board equipped with a PIN receiver cannot substitute for a board equipped with an
APD receiver, because the two types of receives support different input power ranges.
TN12LQMD None -
13.17.2 Application
As a type of optical transponder unit, the LQMD board converts between signals at the rate of
100 Mbit/s to 2.5 Gbit/s and WDM signals that comply with ITU-T Recommendations, and
dually feeds and selectively receives signals on the WDM side.
For the position of the LQMD board in the WDM system, see Figure 13-93.
Figure 13-93 Position of the LQMD board in the WDM system

RX1 LQMD OUT1 IN1 LQMD TX1
MUX/ MUX/
100Mbit/s 100Mbit/s
1×ODU1
1×OTU1
1×ODU1
1×OTU1
– –
2.5Gbit/s 2.5Gbit/s
OUT2 IN2 TX4
RX4
MUX/ MUX/
TX4
IN2 DMUX DMUX OUT2 RX4
100Mbit/s 100Mbit/s
– –
2.5Gbit/s 2.5Gbit/s
OptiX OSN 8800: N/A
OptiX OSN 6800:

NOTE
The LQMD board can receive and transmit only one client service at a rate of greater than 1.25 Gbit/s

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

The LQMD board is mainly used to achieve wavelength tunable and cross-connection at the
Table 13-200 Functions and features of the LQMD board

and Feature
Basic LQMD converts signals as follows:

function l 4 x (100 Mbit/s to 2.5 Gbit/s)<-> 1 x OTU1.
l Implements the dual fed and selective receiving function on the WDM
side.

NOTE
Only TN12LQMD supports OTU1, HD-SDI, SDI and FDDI services.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
and Feature

capabilities
l Supports the grooming of four channels of GE services each to working/
protection cross-connection boards respectively through the backplane.
l Supports the transmission of four signals at the rate between 100 Mbit/s
and 2.5 Gbit/s to the paired slots through the backplane.
OptiX OSN 3800
l Supports the grooming of four signals at the rate between 100 Mbit/s and
2.5 Gbit/s from one board of the mesh group (consisting of four boards)
l Supports the grooming of four GE signals from one board of the mesh
group (consisting of four boards) to the other three boards belonging to
the mesh group.
OTN l The encapsulation and mapping process is compliant with ITU-T G.709.
function l Supports PM and TCM functions for ODU1.
WDM TN11LQMD:
specification l Supports ITU-T G.694.1-compliant DWDM specifications.
l Supports ITU-T G.694.2-compliant CWDM specifications.
TN12LQMD:
Supports ITU-T G.694.1-compliant DWDM specifications.
ESC Supported
function
PRBS test TN11LQMD: supports the PRBS function on the WDM side.
function TN12LQMD: supports the PRBS function on the client side and WDM side.
NOTE
is FE or GE.

encoding WDM side.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
and Feature
NOTE
TN11LQMD only supports Poisson mode.

function
Test frame TN11LQMD: not supported

TN12LQMD: The board supports the test frame only when the client-side
service type is FE or GE.

ASON

layer ASON

NOTE
OptiX OSN 8800 supports client-side 1+1 protection, intra-board 1+1 protection and
the OWSP protection.

mapping
mode
Ethernet port FE: 100M Full-Duplex

working GE(GFP-F): 1000M Full-Duplex, Auto-Negotiation
mode
Outloop Supported
Outloop Supported

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
and Feature

(non-performance ITU-T G.782
(FC-PI)
SW-3)
(FC-SB-2)
the implementation and usage of the DVB
Asynchronous Serial Interface (ASI)
Control (MAC)
Protocol (PHY)
Dependent (PDM)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
and Feature

service processing
ITU-T G.7710
ITU-T G.798
ITU-T G.874
ITU-T M.3100
ITU-T G.874.1
ITU-T G.875
ITU-T G.808.1
ITU-T G.841
ITU-T G.8201
ITU-T G.694.1
ITU-T G.694.2

The LQMD board consists of the client-side optical module, WDM-side optical module, signal
Figure 13-95 and Figure 13-94 show the functional modules and signal flow of the LQMD
board.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 13-94 Functional modules and signal flow of the LQMD board (OptiX OSN 8800)
RX1
RX2 O/E OUT1
RX3 E/O Splitter
RX4 Service OTN OUT2
TX1 and mapping
TX2 module IN1
E/O module O/E
TX3 IN2
TX4
Control

Power supply
module
Fuse Required
voltage
Backplane
DC power supply
(controlled by SCC)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 13-95 Functional modules and signal flow of the LQMD board (OptiX OSN 6800/OptiX
OSN 3800)
Backplane(service cross-connection) 100Mbit/s - 2.5Gbit/s
RX1
RX2 O/E
RX3 E/O
Service OUT1
RX4 OTN Cross- Splitter
encapsulation processing connect OUT2
TX1 and mapping
TX2 module module
E/O module O/E
TX3 IN1
TX4
Client-side WDM-side IN2
Control

Power supply
module
Fuse Required
voltage
Backplane
DC power supply
(controlled by SCC)
Signal Flow
The client side of the LQMD board accesses Any optical signals (Any optical signals at a rate
In the signal flow of the LQMD board, the transmit and the receive directions are defined. The
transmit direction is defined as the direction from the client side of the LQMD to the WDM side
of the LQMD, and the receive direction is defined as the reverse direction.
with ITU-T G.694.1 or CWDM wavelengths that comply with ITU-T G.694.2. An optical
splitter converts the OTU1 optical signals into two channels of identical optical signals,
and then the two channels signals are output through the OUT1-OUT2 optical interfaces.
l Receive direction

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
ITU-T G.694.2. Then, the module performs O/E conversion.
FEC, demapping, cross-connection and service decapsulation processing. Then, the module
outputs four channels of Any signals.
optical interfaces.
Module Function
– OptiX OSN 8800: not applicable.
client-side signals and the WDM-side signals of the board. The cross-connect
module also grooms the electrical signals between the LQMD and the board in the
paired slot or the cross-connect board through the backplane. The grooming service
signals are Any signals.
module also grooms the electrical signals from one board of the mesh group
(consisting of four boards) to the other three boards belonging to the mesh group
through the backplane. The grooming service signals are Any signals.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

13.17.5 Front Panel

There are indicators and interfaces on the front panel of the LQMD board.

Figure 13-96 shows the front panel of the LQMD board.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 13-96 Front panel of the LQMD board
LQMD
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
TX1
RX1
TX2
RX2
TX3
RX3
TX4
RX4
OUT1 IN1
OUT2 IN2
LQMD
Indicators

Interfaces

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 13-201 Types and functions of the interfaces on the LQMD board

multiplexer board.

multiplexer board.
Laser Hazard Level

13.17.6 Valid Slots

One slot houses one LQMD board.
Table 13-202 shows the valid slots for the TN11LQMD board.
Table 13-202 Valid slots for TN11LQMD board

Product Valid Slots
Table 13-203 shows the valid slots for the TN12LQMD board.
Table 13-203 Valid slots for TN12LQMD board

Product Valid Slots

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
13.17.7 Characteristic Code for the LQMD

The characteristic code for the LQMD board contains eight digits, respectively indicating the
Table 13-204 Characteristic code for the LQMD board
First four digits Frequency of the forth optical The last four digits of the
signal frequency value of the first
WDM side.
Last four digits Frequency of the forth optical The last four digits of the
signal frequency value of the
the WDM side.
For example, the characteristic code for the LQMD board is 92109210.
"92109210" indicates the frequency of the two channels of optical signals on the WDM side is
192.10 THz.


Table 13-205 Mapping between the physical ports on the LQMD board and the port numbers
IN1/OUT1 1
IN2/OUT2 2
TX1/RX1 3
TX2/RX2 4
TX3/RX3 5
TX4/RX4 6

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
NOTE
Logical Ports
Figure 13-97 shows the application model of the LQMD board. Table 13-206 describes the
Figure 13-97 Port diagram of the LQMD board

201(ClientLP/ClientLP)-1 201(ClientLP/ClientLP)-1
3(RX1/TX1)-1 1(IN1/OUT1)-1
201(ClientLP/ClientLP)-2
4(RX2/TX2)-1
201(ClientLP/ClientLP)-4 2(IN2/OUT2)-1
6(RX4/TX4)-1
Service WDM-side
Cross-connect
processing optical
module
module module
NOTE
TN11LQMD: The optical paths of internal logical port are 201 (LP/LP)-1 to 201 (LP/LP)-4.
TN12LQMD: The optical paths of internal logical port are 201 (ClientLP/ClientLP)-1 to 201 (ClientLP/
ClientLP)-4.
Table 13-206 Description of NM port of the LQMD board
ClientLP Internal logical port. The optical paths are numbered 1, 2,

3 and 4.

interfaces.

the transmit end.
l For each LQMD board, the number of timeslots occupied by all services should not exceed
16.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
l For FC200, FICON Express, OC-48, STM-16, OTU1, HD-SDI services, timeslots can be
configured only in channel 1 of the LQMD board.
GE 7
FE 1
OTU1 16
STM-1 1
STM-4 4
STM-16 16
OC-3 1
OC-12 4
OC-48 16
FC100 6
FC200 12
FICON 6
FICON Express 12
HD-SDI 11
DVB-ASI 2
SDI 3
ESCON 2
FDDI 1

If the LQMD board is used to transmit services, the following items must be created on the
U2000:
can be created.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
– Create the cross-connection between the internal RX/TX and ClientLP ports of the
LQMD board (create the internal straight-through and cross-connection of the board),
as shown by and in Figure 13-98.
– Create the cross-connection between the RX/TX port of the LQMD board and the
services accessed from the client side of the LQMD board are cross-connected to the
port of the LQMD board, as shown by 4 in Figure 13-98. (The GE/Any/OTU1 services
the LQMD board for protection and inter-board service convergence.)
NOTE
Only the first optical path of ClientLP port supports OTU1 services.
l Create the cross-connection between the ClientLP port of the LQMD board and the
ClientLP port of other boards (The GE/Any/OTU1 services accessed from the WDM side
of the LQMD board are cross-connected to the WDM side of other board for the grooming
5
of the WDM-side services), as shown by in Figure 13-98.
l The two paths of the ClientLP port are respectively connected to the IN1/OUT1 and IN2/
OUT2 ports. There is no need for configuration on the U2000.
NOTE
The OptiX OSN 8800 only supports the cross-connections shown by and in Figure 13-98.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 13-98 Cross-connection diagram of the LQMD board

Other board

3 4
2
1
LQMD
1
2
The client side of the LQMD board are cross-connected to the WDM side of 3
other boards
LQMD board
The WDM side of the LQMD board are cross-connected to the WDM side of 5
other boards

TN11TQM / TN12TQM

For parameters of LQMD, refer to Table 13-207.
Table 13-207 LQMD parameters

Channel

supported.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
board.
Default: Non-
Loopback
Service Type None, Any, DVB- The Service Type parameter sets the type of
ASI, SDI, ESCON, the service accessed at the optical interface on
FC-100, FC-200, the client side.
FDDI, FE, FICON, NOTE
FICON Express, GE, Only the TN12LQMD supports Any, SDI, FDDI,
GE(GFP-T), HD-SDI, HD-SDI, and OTU-1 services.
OC-3, OC-12, OC-48, NOTE
OTU-1, STM-1, GE services can be encapsulated in two formats.
STM-4, STM-16 When Service Type is GE, the encapsulation
format is GFP-F; when Service Type is GE(GFP-
Default: None T), the encapsulation format is GFP-T. The value
(Mbit/s) NOTE
Only TN12LQMD supports this parameter.
See D.5 Client Service Bearer Rate (Mbit/s)
l Client side: Off

board are lost.
Mode NOTE
Default: Client Mode Only TN12LQMD supports this parameter.
See D.32 Service Mode (WDM Interface) for
more information.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

optical interface.

Wavelength
(nm)/Frequency
(THz)

Range on the board.

Wavelength 0 to wavelength number, wavelength and
18/1611.00/188.7
80
Default: /


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Transparent Default: Disabled GCC2 in OTN overheads. If the processing is
Transmission not required, set this parameter to Enabled;
NOTE
Only the TN12LQMD supports this parameter.

status of a board.

NOTE
Only the TN12LQMD supports this parameter.
13.17.11 LQMD Specifications


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Module Module

QM NRZ-PIN
D L-16.1-40 km
12800 ps/nm-C Band-
L-16.2-80 km Fixed Wavelength-
1000 BASE-LX-10 km Fixed Wavelength-
1000 BASE-LX-40 km NRZ-PIN
1000 BASE-ZX-80 km 3200 ps/nm-C Band-
Fixed Wavelength-
(eSFP CWDM)-40 km
12800 ps/nm-C Band-
(eSFP CWDM)-80 km NRZ-APD
6400 ps/nm-C Band-
Tunable Wavelength-
NRZ-APD (Four
Channels-Tunable)
1600 ps/nm-CWDM
Band-Fixed
Wavelength-NRZ-APD

QM NRZ-APD
D L-16.1-40 km
12800 ps/nm-C Band-
Channels-Tunable)
1000 BASE-ZX-80 km
(eSFP CWDM)-40 km
(eSFP CWDM)-80 km
(eSFP DWDM)-120 km
NOTE
For information about the boards supported by the equipment, see Mappings Between the Board and
Equipment in the Hardware Description.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
NOTE
point.

NOTE
module.

Optical I-16-2 km S-16.1-15 L-16.1-40 L-16.2-80

Module km km km
Type

format

source type

distance

wavelength
range
mean
launched
power

mean
launched
power
Minimum dB 8.2 8.2 8.2 8.2

extinction
ratio

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Optical I-16-2 km S-16.1-15 L-16.1-40 L-16.2-80

Module km km km
Type
-20 dB
spectral
width
side mode
suppression
ratio


type

wavelength
range
Receiver dBm -18 -18 -27 -28

sensitivity
receiver
overload
Maximum dB -27 -27 -27 -27

reflectance
NOTE
NOTE

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Type 5 km

format
Target - 0.5 km (0.3 10 km (6.2 40 km (24.9 80 km (49.7

distance

wavelength
range

mean
launched
power

mean
launched
power
Minimum dB 9 9 9 9
extinction
ratio

mask

type

wavelength
range
Receiver dBm -17 -20 -20 -23

sensitivity
receiver
overload

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
NOTE
The 1.25 Gbit/s multirate module (eSFP CWDM) can be used to access GE, FC100, STM-4, OC-12, ESCON,
STM-1, OC-3, FE, DVB-ASI signals.
NOTE
The 2.67 Gbit/s multirate module (eSFP CWDM) can be used to access OTU1, STM-16, OC-48, FC200, FC100,

wavelengths)

km km

distance

range

launched power

power

deviation

spectral width

suppression ratio

G.959.1-compliant

range

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

km km

overload
NOTE
The 2.67 Gbit/s multirate module (eSFP DWDM) can be used to access OTU1, STM-16, OC-48, FC200, FC100,

wavelengths)

km

distance

power

power

width

suppression ratio

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

km

Receiver type - APD

range

(Four
Channels
-
Tunable)

launched power

launched power

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
(Four
Channels
-
Tunable)
Minimum dB 10 10 8.2 8.2 10 8.2

extinction ratio

deviation
Maximum -20 dB nm 0.2 0.2 0.5 0.5 0.2 0.5

spectral width
Minimum side dB 35 35 30 30 35 35
mode suppression
ratio
Dispersion ps/nm 12800 12800 6500 3200 12800 6400

tolerance

Receiver dBm -18 -28 -18 -28 -28 -28

sensitivity

overload
Maximum dB -27 -27 -27 -27 -27 -27

reflectance

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


NRZ-APD

power

power

width

suppression ratio
Receiver type - APD
(8.7 in.)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Power Consumption
Board WDM-Side Optical Module Typical Power Maximum
Consumption at Power
25°C (77°F) (W) Consumption at
55°C (131°F) (W)
TN11 12800 ps/nm-C Band-Fixed 57.1 65.7

LQM Wavelength-NRZ-PIN
D 12800 ps/nm-C Band-Fixed
Wavelength-NRZ-APD
Wavelength-NRZ-PIN
Wavelength-NRZ-APD
Wavelength-NRZ-APD

Wavelength-NRZ-APD
Wavelength-NRZ-APD (Four
Channels-Tunable)
TN12 - 31.1 34.3

LQM
D
13.18 LQMS
LQMS: 4-channel multi-rate (100 Mbit/s-2.5 Gbit/s) OTU1 wavelength conversion unit, single
fed and single receiving

The available functional versions of the LQMS board are TN11 and TN12.

Huawei office.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Subrack
TN11 N N N N Y Y
LQM
S
TN12 Y Y N N Y Y
LQM
S

l Function:
Board OTU1/HD-SDI/SDI/ WDM Specification Grooming of ODU1

FDDI services on signal
client-side
TN11LQMS N CWDM/DWDM N
TN12LQMS Y DWDM Y

l Specification:
– For the specification of each version, see 13.18.11 LQMS Specifications.
Board Board
TN11LQMS TN12LQMS The TN12LQMS can be created as TN11LQMS on the NMS. The former can
substitute for the latter, without any software upgrade. After substitution, the
TN12LQMS functions as the TN11LQMS.
NOTE
A board equipped with a PIN receiver cannot substitute for a board equipped with an
APD receiver, because the two types of receives support different input power ranges.
TN12LQMS None -
13.18.2 Application
As a type of optical transponder unit, the LQMS board converts between signals at the rate of
100 Mbit/s to 2.5 Gbit/s and WDM signals that comply with ITU-T Recommendations or
between ODU1 signals and WDM signals that comply with ITU-T Recommendations.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Application Scenario 1 for the TN11LQMS and TN12LQMS: Conversion Between

Signals at the Rate of 100 Mbit/s to 2.5 Gbit/s and ITU-T Recommendation-
Compliant WDM Signals
Figure 13-99 Position of the LQMS board in the WDM system (LQM Mode)
LQMS LQMS TX1

RX1
M M RX1
TX1 U U
100Mbit/s OUT X X IN 100Mbit/s
1×ODU1
1×OTU1
1×ODU1
1×OTU1
– / / –
IN D D OUT
2.5Gbit/s 2.5Gbit/s
M M TX4
RX4
U U
TX4 X X RX4
100Mbit/s 100Mbit/s
– –
2.5Gbit/s 2.5Gbit/s
OptiX OSN 8800: N/A
OptiX OSN 6800:

NOTE
The LQMS board can receive and transmit only one client service at a rate of greater than 1.25 Gbit/s
Application Scenario 2 for the TN12LQMS: Conversion Between ODU1 Electrical

Signals and ITU-T Recommendation-Compliant WDM Signals
Figure 13-100 Position of the LQMS board in the WDM system (NS1 Mode)
Client Client
1xODU1 1xODU1
services services
LQMS LQMS
M M
1 U U
1
OUT X X IN
1×ODU1
1×ODU1
1×ODU1
/
1×ODU1
1×OTU1
1×OTU1
/
TOM IN D D OUT TOM
M M
8 U U 8
X X

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
NOTE
Scenario 2 is supported on the OptiX OSN 6800/OptiX OSN 3800.

The LQMS board is mainly used to achieve wavelength tunable and cross-connection at the
Table 13-214 Functions and features of the LQMS board

and
Feature
Basic LQMS converts signals as follows:

function l 4 x (100 Mbit/s to 2.5 Gbit/s)<-> 1 x OTU1.
l Maps ODU1 signal into OTU1 optical signal and converts it into the
standard DWDM wavelength compliant with ITU-T G.694.1. The reverse
process is similar.

NOTE
Only TN12LQMS supports OTU1,HD-SDI,SDI and FDDI services.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
and
Feature

capabilities
l TN11LQMS:
– Supports the grooming of four channels of GE services each to
working/protection cross-connection boards respectively through the
backplane.
– Supports the transmission of four signals at the rate between 100 Mbit/
s and 2.5 Gbit/s to the paired slots through the backplane.
l TN12LQMS:
– Supports the grooming of four GE signals or one ODU1 signal each to
working/protection cross-connection boards respectively through the
backplane.
– Supports the transmission of four signals at the rate between 100 Mbit/
s and 2.5 Gbit/s to the paired slots through the backplane.
OptiX OSN 3800
l TN11LQMS:
– Supports the grooming of four signals at the rate between 100 Mbit/s
and 2.5 Gbit/s from one board of the mesh group (consisting of four
boards) to the other three boards belonging to the mesh group.
– Supports the grooming of four GE signals from one board of the mesh
group (consisting of four boards) to the other three boards belonging
to the mesh group.
l TN12LQMS:
– Supports the grooming of four signals at the rate between 100 Mbit/s
and 2.5 Gbit/s from one board of the mesh group (consisting of four
– Supports the grooming of four GE signals or one ODU1 signal from
one board of the mesh group (consisting of four boards) to the other
three boards belonging to the mesh group.
OTN l The encapsulation and mapping process is compliant with ITU-T G.709.
function l Supports PM and TCM functions for ODU1.
WDM TN11LQMS:
specification l Supports ITU-T G.694.1-compliant DWDM specifications.
l Supports ITU-T G.694.2-compliant CWDM specifications.
TN12LQMS:
Supports ITU-T G.694.1-compliant DWDM specifications.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
and
Feature
ESC Supported.
function
PRBS test TN11LQMS: supports the PRBS function on the WDM side.
function TN12LQMS: supports the PRBS function on the client side and WDM side.
NOTE
function is FE or GE.

encoding WDM side.
NOTE
TN11LQMS only supports Poisson mode.

function
Test frame TN11LQMS: not supported

TN12LQMS: the board supports the test frame function only when the client-
side service type is FE or GE.
Optical- Not supported

layer ASON

layer ASON

l Supports the tributary SNCP protection (NS1 Mode).
l Supports the ODUk SNCP (NS1 Mode).
NOTE
OptiX OSN 8800 supports client-side 1+1 protection and the OWSP protection.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
and
Feature
Ethernet Supports encapsulation of GE services in GE(GFP-F) (displayed as GE on the

service NMS) and GE(GFP-T) modes.
mapping
mode
Ethernet port FE: 100M Full-Duplex

working GE(GFP-F): 1000M Full-Duplex, Auto-Negotiation
mode
Outloop Supported
Outloop Supported

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
and
Feature

(non- ITU-T G.782
monitoring)
(FC-PI)
SW-3)
(FC-SB-2)
Control (MAC)
Protocol (PHY)
Dependent (PDM)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
and
Feature

service
ITU-T G.798
ITU-T G.874
ITU-T M.3100
ITU-T G.874.1
ITU-T G.875
ITU-T G.808.1
ITU-T G.841
ITU-T G.873.1
ITU-T G.8201
ITU-T G.694.1
ITU-T G.694.2

The LQMS board consists of the client-side optical module, WDM-side optical module, signal
Figure 13-101, Figure 13-102 and Figure 13-103 show the functional modules and signal flow
of the LQMS board.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 13-101 Functional modules and signal flow of the TN12LQMS board (OptiX OSN 8800)
RX1 O/E E/O OUT

RX2 Service
RX3 OTN
RX4 encapsulation processing
and mapping module
TX1 E/O module O/E IN
TX2
TX3
optical optical
module
Control

Power supply
module
Fuse Required
voltage
Backplane

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 13-102 Functional modules and signal flow of the TN11LQMS and TN12 LQMS board
(LQM mode) (OptiX OSN 6800/OptiX OSN 3800)
100Mbit/s - 2.5Gbit/s
RX1 O/E E/O OUT
RX2 Service
RX3 Cross- OTN
RX4 connect encapsulation processing
TX1 module and mapping module
E/O module O/E IN
TX2
TX3
optical optical
module
Control

Power supply
module
Fuse Required
voltage
Backplane
Signal Flow (Conversion Between Signals at the Rate of 100 Mbit/s to 2.5 Gbit/s
and ITU-T Recommendation-Compliant WDM Signals)
The client side of the LQMS board accesses Any optical signals (Any optical signals at a rate
In the signal flow of the LQMS board, the transmit and the receive directions are defined. The
transmit direction is defined as the direction from the client side of the LQMS to the WDM side
of the LQMS, and the receive direction is defined as the reverse direction.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
with ITU-T G.694.1 or CWDM wavelengths that comply with ITU-T G.694.2 through the
OUT optical interface.
l Receive direction
ITU-T G.694.2 through the IN optical interface. Then, the module performs O/E
conversion.
module performs operations such as OTU1 framing, decoding of FEC, demapping,
decapsulation processing and service cross-connection. Then, the module outputs four
channels of Any signals.
optical interfaces.
Figure 13-103 Functional modules and signal flow of the TN12LQMS board (NS1 mode)(OptiX
OSN 6800/OptiX OSN 3800)
ODU1 Backplane(service cross-connection)

WDM side
E/O
OUT
Cross- OTN
connect processing
module module O/E
IN
WDM-side
optical
Signal processing module module
Control

Power supply
module
Fuse Required
voltage
Backplane

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Signal Flow (Conversion Between ODU1 Electrical Signals and ITU-T

Recommendation-Compliant WDM Signals)
In the signal flow of the LQMS board, the transmit and the receive directions are defined. The
transmit direction is defined as the direction from the client side of the LQMS to the backplane
of the LQMS, and the receive direction is defined as the reverse direction.
The signal processing module receives ODU1 electrical signals sent from the backplane.
The module performs operations such as OTN framing, and encoding of FEC. Then, the
module outputs one channel of OTU1 signals.
l Receive direction
module performs operations such as OTU1 framing and decoding of FEC. Then, the module
sends out one channel of ODU1 signals to the backplane for service cross-connection.
Module Function
module also grooms the electrical signals between the LQMS and the board in the

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
paired slot or the cross-connect board through the backplane. The grooming service
signals are Any/ODU1 signals.
module also grooms the electrical signals from one board of the mesh group
(consisting of four boards) to the other three boards belonging to the mesh group
through the backplane. The grooming service signals are Any/ODU1 signals.
payload area. The module also performs the reverse process and monitors Any
performance.
13.18.5 Front Panel

There are indicators and interfaces on the front panel of the LQMS board.

Figure 13-104 shows the front panel of the LQMS board.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 13-104 Front panel of the LQMS board
LQMS
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
TX1
RX1
TX2
RX2
TX3
RX3
TX4
RX4
OUT
IN
LQMS
Indicators

Interfaces

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 13-215 Types and functions of the interfaces on the LQMS board

multiplexer board.

multiplexer board.
Laser Hazard Level

13.18.6 Valid Slots

One slot houses one LQMS board.
Table 13-216 shows the valid slots for the TN11LQMS board.
Table 13-216 Valid slots for TN11LQMS board

Product Valid Slots
Table 13-217 shows the valid slots for the TN12LQMS board.
Table 13-217 Valid slots for TN12LQMS board

Product Valid Slots

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
13.18.7 Characteristic Code for the LQMS

Code for OTUs.


Table 13-218 Mapping between the physical ports on the LQMS board and the port numbers
IN/OUT 1
TX1/RX1 3
TX2/RX2 4
TX3/RX3 5
TX4/RX4 6
NOTE
Logical Ports
Figure 13-105 and Figure 13-106 show the application model of the LQMS board. Table
13-219 describes the meaning of each port.
Figure 13-105 Port diagram of the TN11LQMS/TN12LQMS board (LQM Mode)

3(RX1/TX1)-1
1(IN1/OUT1)-1
6(RX4/TX4)-1
Service
processing
module

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
NOTE
TN11LQMS: The optical paths of internal logical port are 201 (LP/LP)-1 to 201 (LP/LP)-4.
TN12LQMS (LQM Mode): The optical paths of internal logical port are 201 (ClientLP/ClientLP)-1 to 201
(ClientLP/ClientLP)-4.
Figure 13-106 Port diagram of the TN12LQMS board (NS1 Mode)

WDM side
51(ODU1LP/ODU1LP)-1 51(ODU1LP/ODU1LP)-1
1(IN1/OUT1)-1
Service
processing
module
Table 13-219 Description of NM port of the LQMS board
RX1/TX1-RX4/TX4 These ports correspond to the client-side optical

interfaces.
ClientLP Internal logical port. The optical paths are

numbered 1, 2, 3 and 4.
ODU1LP Internal logical port.
IN/OUT These ports correspond to the WDM-side optical

interfaces.

the transmit end.
l For each LQMS board, the number of timeslots occupied by all services should not exceed
16.
l For FC200, FICON Express, OC-48, STM-16, OTU1, and HD-SDI services, timeslots can
be configured only in channel 1 of the LQMS board.
GE 7

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
FE 1
OTU1 16
STM-1 1
STM-4 4
STM-16 16
OC-3 1
OC-12 4
OC-48 16
FC100 6
FC200 12
FICON 6
FICON Express 12
HD-SDI 11
DVB-ASI 2
SDI 3
ESCON 2
FDDI 1

If the LQMS board is used to transmit services, set Board Mode in Configuration > WDM
interfaces on the U2000. The valid values of the board mode field are LQM Mode and NS1
Mode.
NOTE
The TN11LQMS board does not require the configuration of the board mode. The electrical cross-connect
services of the TN11LQMS are created in the same way as the electrical cross-connect services of the
TN12LQMS in the LQM mode.
LQM Mode:
can be created.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
– Create the cross-connection between the internal RX/TX and ClientLP ports of the
LQMS board (create the internal straight-through and cross-connection of the board),
as shown by and in Figure 13-107.
– Create the cross-connection between the RX/TX port of the LQMS board and the
services accessed from the client side of the LQMS board are cross-connected to the
port of the LQMS board, as shown by 4 in Figure 13-107. (The GE/Any/OTU1
services accessed from the client side of other boards are cross-connected to the WDM
side of the LQMS board for protection and inter-board service convergence.)
NOTE
Only the first optical path of ClientLP ports supports OTU1 services.
l Create the cross-connection between the ClientLP port of the LQMS board and the ClientLP
port of other boards, as shown by 5 in Figure 13-107. (The GE/Any/OTU1 services
accessed from the WDM side of the LQMS board are cross-connected to the WDM side
of other board for the grooming of the WDM-side services.)
l The two paths of the ClientLP port are respectively connected to the IN/OUT ports. There
is no need for configuration on the U2000.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 13-107 Cross-connection diagram of the LQMS board

Other board
4(RX2/TX2)-1

3 4
2
1
LQMS
1
2
The client side of the LQMS board are cross-connected to the WDM side of 3
other boards
LQMS board
5
The WDM side of the LQMS board are cross-connected to the WDM side of
other boards

TN11TQM / TN12TQM
NOTE
The OptiX OSN 8800 supports only the cross-connections shown by and in Figure 13-107.
NS1 Mode (Supported only by the OptiX OSN 6800 and OptiX OSN 3800):
l Create the cross-connection between the ODU1LP port of the LQMS board and the
ClientLP port of other boards shown in Figure 13-108.
l The four paths of the ODU1LP port are respectively connected to the IN/OUT ports. There
is no need for configuration on the U2000.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 13-108 Cross-connection diagram of the LQMS board

Other board
WDM side
51(ODU1LP/ODU1LP)-1
LQMS
The WDM side of the LQMS board are cross-connected to the WDM side of
other boards
Other board TN11ND2 / TN12ND2 / TN52ND2 / TN53ND2 / TN53NQ2 / TN51NQ2 / TN52NQ2 /

TN54NQ2 / TN53NS2 / TN11NS2 / TN12NS2 / TN52NS2 / TN52NS3 / TN54NS3 /
TN12LQMS (NS1 Mode) / TN54NPO2 / TN55NPO2 / TN54ENQ2 / TN12ELQX / TN12PTQX

For parameters of LQMS, refer to Table 13-220.
Table 13-220 LQMS parameters

Channel interface.
Optical Interface - Sets and queryies the optical interface

Name name.
are supported.
Default: Used the occupancy status of the current channel
of a board.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Service Type None, Any, DVB-ASI, The Service Type parameter sets the type
SDI, ESCON, FC-100, of the service accessed at the optical
FC-200, FDDI, FE, interface on the client side.
FICON, FICON NOTE
Express, GE, GE(GFP- Only the TN12LQMS supports Any, SDI,
T), HD-SDI, OC-3, FDDI, HD-SDI, and OTU-1 services.
OC-12, OC-48, OTU-1, NOTE
STM-1, STM-4, GE services can be encapsulated in two
STM-16 formats. When Service Type is GE, the
encapsulation format is GFP-F; when Service
Default: None Type is GE(GFP-T), the encapsulation format
is GFP-T. The value GE(GFP-T) is
recommended.
ends must be encapsulated in the same format.
s) board.
NOTE
Only TN12LQMS supports this parameter.
information.
l Client side: Off


Mode NOTE
Default: Client Mode Only TN12LQMS supports this parameter.
See D.32 Service Mode (WDM

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Wavelength (nm)/
Frequency (THz)


11/1471.00/208.170 board.
Default: /
wavelength.
Max. Packet 1518 to 9600 The Max. Packet Length parameter sets
Length Default: 9600 and queries the maximum packet length
supported by a board and is applicable to
the boards supporting Ethernet services.
Ethernet Working Auto-Negotiation, The Ethernet Working Mode parameter

Mode 1000M Full-Duplex sets and queries the working mode of the
Default: 1000M Full- Ethernet.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Disabled.
NOTE
Only the TN12LQMS supports this parameter.

resides.

Board Mode LQM Mode, NS1 Mode Specifies the board mode depending on the
Default: LQM Mode service application scenario.
NOTE
This parameter is only available for
TN12LQMS.
See D.2 Board Mode (WDM Interface)
13.18.11 LQMS Specifications


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Module Module

QM NRZ-PIN
S L-16.1-40 km
12800 ps/nm-C Band-
1000 BASE-LX-10 km Fixed Wavelength-
1000 BASE-LX-40 km NRZ-PIN
1000 BASE-ZX-80 km 3200 ps/nm-C Band-
Fixed Wavelength-
(eSFP CWDM)-40 km
12800 ps/nm-C Band-
(eSFP CWDM)-80 km NRZ-APD
6400 ps/nm-C Band-
Tunable Wavelength-
NRZ-APD (Four
Channels-Tunable)
1600 ps/nm-CWDM
Band-Fixed
Wavelength-NRZ-APD

QM NRZ-APD
S L-16.1-40 km
12800 ps/nm-C Band-
Channels-Tunable)
1000 BASE-ZX-80 km
(eSFP CWDM)-40 km
(eSFP CWDM)-80 km
(eSFP DWDM)-120 km
NOTE

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
NOTE
point.

NOTE
module.

Optical I-16-2 km S-16.1-15 L-16.1-40 L-16.2-80

Module km km km
Type

format

source type

distance

wavelength
range
mean
launched
power

mean
launched
power
Minimum dB 8.2 8.2 8.2 8.2

extinction
ratio

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Optical I-16-2 km S-16.1-15 L-16.1-40 L-16.2-80

Module km km km
Type
-20 dB
spectral
width
side mode
suppression
ratio


type

wavelength
range
Receiver dBm -18 -18 -27 -28

sensitivity
receiver
overload
Maximum dB -27 -27 -27 -27

reflectance
NOTE
NOTE

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Type 5 km

format
Target - 0.5 km (0.3 10 km (6.2 40 km (24.9 80 km (49.7

distance

wavelength
range

mean
launched
power

mean
launched
power
Minimum dB 9 9 9 9
extinction
ratio

mask

type

wavelength
range
Receiver dBm -17 -20 -20 -23

sensitivity
receiver
overload

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
NOTE
The 1.25 Gbit/s multirate module (eSFP CWDM) can be used to access GE, FC100, STM-4, OC-12, ESCON,
STM-1, OC-3, FE, or DVB-ASI signals.
The 2.67 Gbit/s multirate module (eSFP CWDM) can be used to access OTU1, STM-16, OC-48, FC200, FC100,
GE, STM-4, OC-12, ESCON, STM-1, OC-3, DVB-ASI, or FE signals.

wavelengths)

km km

distance

range

launched power

power

deviation

spectral width

suppression ratio

G.959.1-compliant

range

overload

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

km km
NOTE
The 2.67 Gbit/s multirate module (eSFP DWDM) can be used to access OTU1, STM-16, OC-48, FC200, FC100,
GE, STM-4, OC-12, ESCON, STM-1, OC-3, DVB-ASI, or FE signals.

wavelengths)

km

distance

power

power

width

suppression ratio


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

km
Receiver type - APD

range
(Four
Channels
-Tunable)

launched power

launched power
Minimum dB 10 10 8.2 8.2 10 8.2

extinction ratio

frequency
Center GHz ±10

frequency
deviation

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
(Four
Channels
-Tunable)
Maximum -20 nm 0.2 0.2 0.5 0.5 0.2 0.5

dB spectral
width
Minimum side dB 35 35 30 30 35 35
mode
suppression ratio
Dispersion ps/nm 12800 12800 6500 3200 12800 6400

tolerance

wavelength 1575
range
Receiver dBm -18 -28 -18 -28 -28 -28

sensitivity
Minimum dBm 0 -9 0 -9 -9 -9
receiver
overload
Maximum dB -27 -27 -27 -27 -27 -27

reflectance


Wavelength-NRZ-APD

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Wavelength-NRZ-APD

power

power

deviation

width

suppression ratio
Receiver type - APD
(8.7 in.)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Power Consumption
25°C (77°F) (W) 55°C (131°F) (W)
TN1 12800 ps/nm-C Band-Fixed 56.3 64.5

1LQ Wavelength-NRZ-PIN
MS 12800 ps/nm-C Band-Fixed
Wavelength-NRZ-APD
Wavelength-NRZ-PIN
Wavelength-NRZ-APD
Wavelength-NRZ-APD

Wavelength-NRZ-APD
Wavelength-NRZ-APD (Four
Channels-Tunable)
TN1 - 29 32.3
2LQ
MS
13.19 LSC
LSC: 100Gbit/s wavelength conversion board

The available functional version of the LSC board is TN12.

Huawei office.
Subrack
TN12 Y Y Y Y Y N
LSC

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Variants
Table 13-227 Available variants of the TN12LSC board

Variant WDM-Side Fixed Optical Module FEC Encoding
T01 40000 ps/nm-C Band-Tunable Wavelength- HFEC

ePDM-QPSK(HFEC, RZ)-PIN
T11 55000 ps/nm-C Band-Tunable Wavelength- SDFEC

ePDM-QPSK(SDFEC. RZ)-PIN
13.19.2 Application
The LSC board is a wavelength conversion board and applies to coherent systems. In the receive
direction, the board receives one 100GE optical signal from the client equipment, maps the
optical signal into an OTU4 signal, and converts the OTU4 signal into a standard WDM
wavelength.
For the position of the LSC board in the WDM system, see Figure 13-109.
Figure 13-109 Position of the LSC board in the WDM system
LSC LSC
M M
U U
X X
1×ODU4
1×ODU4
1×OTU4
/ /
1×OTU4
100GE D D 100GE
M M
U U
X X

The LSC board is mainly used to achieve wavelength tunable and to provide OTN interfaces
and ESC.
For detailed functions and features, see Table 13-228.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 13-228 Functions and features of the LSC board

Feature
Basic function LSC converts signal as follows:

l 1x 100GE<->1x OTU4
Client-side 100GE: Ethernet service at a rate of 103.125 Gbit/s.

service type

l Supports the OTN frame format and overhead processing compliant with
ITU-T G.709.
l Supports TCM non-intrusive monitoring for ODU4.

specification
Tunable The board can tune the optical signal output on the WDM side within the
wavelength range of 80 wavelengths in C-band with the channel spacing of 50 GHz.
function

function
LPT function Not supported
FEC encoding Supports HFEC and SDFEC on the WDM side.

NOTE
events
power of the laser.
l Supports the monitoring of CD and PMD performance.
Regeneration WDM-side signals from this board can be regenerated by another

board TN11LTX or TN54NS4
ASON

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Feature

layer ASON

Loopback Client side Inloop Supported
Outloop
Outloop
Protocols or Protocols or standards IEEE 802.3ba

standards for transparent
compliance transmission (non-
performance
monitoring)
Protocols or standards ITU-T G.805

for service processing ITU-T G.806
(performance
ITU-T G.872
ITU-T G.7710
ITU-T G.798
ITU-T G.874
ITU-T M.3100
ITU-T G.874.1
ITU-T G.875
ITU-T G.808.1
ITU-T G.841
ITU-T G.8201
ITU-T G.694.1

The LSC board consists of the client-side optical module, WDM-side optical module, signal
Figure 13-110 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the LSC.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 13-110 Functional modules and signal flow of the LSC board
RX
O/E 100GE E/O OUT
OTN
Service
processing
TX E/O encapsulation O/E
module IN
and mapping
Client- module
side WDM-side
optical optical
Control

Power supply Required

module voltage
Fuse
Backplane
SCC (controlled by the
DC power supply
SCC)
from the backplane
Signal Flow
In the signal flow of the LSC board, the transmit and the receive directions are defined. The
transmit direction is defined as the direction from the client side of the LSC to the WDM side
of the LSC, and the receive direction is defined as the reverse direction.
The client-side optical module receives one channel of the optical signal from client
equipment through the RX interface, and performs O/E conversion.
After performing the O/E conversion, the client-side optical module sends the electrical
signal to the signal processing module. Then, the signal processing module performs
encapsulation, OTN framing, and HFEC/SDFEC coding and outputs one channel of OTU4
signal to the WDM-side optical module.
After receiving the OTU4 signal, the WDM-side optical module performs E/O conversion,
generates OTU4 signal at DWDM wavelength that complies with ITU-T G.694.1, and then
outputs the OTU4 signal through the OUT optical interfaces.
l Receive direction
The WDM-side optical module receives one channel of standard DWDM optical signal
compliant with ITU-T G.694.1 through the IN optical interface. The WDM-side optical
module then converts the OTU4 optical signal into electrical signal.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
After the O/E conversion, the electrical signal is sent to the signal processing module, which
performs OTU4 framing, HFEC/SDFEC decoding, demapping, and decapsulation for the
signal and then outputs one channel of the client-side electrical signal.
The channel of the client-side electrical signal is sent to the client-side optical module,
which converts the electrical signal into optical signal and then outputs the optical signal
through the TX optical interface.
Module Function
– Client-side receiver: performs O/E conversion for one channel of 100GE optical signal.
– Client-side transmitter: converts one channel of electrical signal into one channel of
100GE optical signal.
– WDM-side receiver: Performs O/E conversion of the OTU4 optical signal.
– WDM-side transmitter: Performs E/O conversion from the internal electrical signal to
OTU4 optical signal.
The module consists of a service encapsulation and mapping module and an OTN
processing module.
Encapsulates one channel of 100GE signal, maps the signal into the payload of an OTU4
frame, and performs the reverse process. The service encapsulation and mapping
module supports monitoring of 100GE signal performance.
Frames OTU4 signal, processes overheads in OTU4 signal, and performs the HFEC/
SDFEC encoding and decoding.
13.19.5 Front Panel

There are indicators and interfaces on the front panel of the LSC board.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 13-111 show the front panel of the TN12LSC board.
Figure 13-111 Front panel of the TN12LSC board
LSC
STAT
ACT G.657A2 FIBER ONLY
PROG 只能使用G.657A2 光纤
SRV
G.657A2 FIBER ONLY

OUT IN
TX
RX
LSC
NOTE
To prevent the cabinet door from squeezing fibers, the board can only use G.657A2 fibers.
Indicators

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Interfaces
Table 13-229 Types and functions of the interfaces on the LSC board

multiplexer board.

multiplexer board.
TX LC Transmit service signals to client equipment.
RX LC Receive service signals from client equipment.
Laser Hazard Level

13.19.6 Valid Slots

Four slots house one TN12LSC board.
Table 13-230 shows the valid slots for the TN12LSC board.
Table 13-230 Valid slots for the TN12LSC board
Product Valid Slots

IU31, IU35-IU39, IU45-IU49, IU53-IU57,
IU61-IU65

IU33

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Product Valid Slots
NOTE
The LSC board occupies four slots. The rear connector for connecting the LSC board to the backplane is
located in the left slot of the four slots. Therefore, the slot number for the LSC board is displayed as the
left slot of the four slots on the NMS.
For example, if the LSC board is housed in the slots IU1, IU2, IU3, and IU4, then the slot number for the
LSC board is displayed as IU1 on the NMS.

This section describes how the physical ports of the board are displayed on the NMS.

Table 13-231 Mapping between the physical ports on the LSC board and the port numbers
IN/OUT 1
TX/RX 3
NOTE

For parameters of LSC, refer to Table 13-232.
Table 13-232 LSC parameters


Channel

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

are supported.
Default: Used occupancy status of the current channel of a
board.
Service Type 100GE The Service Type parameter sets the type of
Default: 100GE the service accessed at the optical interface on
the client side.
Default: Non-
Loopback
l Client side: Off

board are lost.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Condition BW_Client_R_LOS ALS.
, l If a fault occurs on the client-side receiver
BW_WDM_Defect, of the upstream board or the WDM-side
FW_OPUk_CSF receiver of the local board, the laser on the
Default: FW_Defect client-side transmitter of the local board
side transmitter of the upstream board
this parameter to BW_WDM_Defect.
FW_OPUk_CSF.
Automatic Laser 300ms, 400ms, disabling lasers. With ALS enabled, the hold-
Shutdown 500ms, 600ms, off time is a time period from the point when
700ms, 800ms, the system detects service interruption to the
900ms, 1s, 1100ms, point when ALS automatically shuts down the
1400ms, 1500ms,
1600ms, 1700ms,
1800ms, 1900ms, 2s
Default: 0s
Automatic Laser 300ms, 400ms, enabling lasers. With ALS enabled, the hold-
Turn-On 500ms, 600ms, off time is a time period from the point when
700ms, 800ms, the system detects service recovery to the
900ms, 1s, 1100ms, point when ALS automatically enables the
1400ms, 1500ms,
1600ms, 1700ms,
1800ms, 1900ms, 2s
Default: 0s

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Default: Enabled forward error correction (FEC) function for an
optical interface.
FEC Mode HFEC, SDFEC Queries the FEC mode of the current optical
interface.
Receive l C: Set Receive Wavelength of a board. The

Wavelength 1/1529.16/196.0 value of the Receive Wavelength is as
50 to follows:
80/1560.61/192. l When the receive wavelength of the board
100 is the same as the transmit wavelength of
Default: / the local board, use the default value,
which indicates keeping the receive
wavelength the same as the transmit
wavelength of the local board
automatically.
l When the receive wavelength of the board
is different from the transmit wavelength
of the local board, the value of this
parameter must be the same as the transmit
wavelength of the peer board; otherwise,
services are affected.
NOTE
In the case of ASON services, this parameter must
be set to the default value.
Receive Band Type C The Receive Band Typeparameter sets the

Default: C receive band type of a board.

Wavelength (nm)/
Frequency (THz)

Wavelength Range supported by the WDM-side optical interface
on the board.

Wavelength (nm)/ 50 to wavelength number, wavelength and
Frequency (THz) 80/1560.61/192. frequency of the current optical interface on
100 the WDM side of a board.
Wavelength (nm)/Frequency (THz) (WDM

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Planned Band Type C The Planned Band Type parameter sets the
Default: C band type of the current working wavelength.
status of a board.
Dispersion - Queries the dispersion compensation value of

Compensation the board.
Value
PMD Threshold - Queries the PMD threshold of the board.

(ps)
NULL Mapping Enabled, Disabled This parameter is reserved for future use.
Status Default: Disabled
13.19.9 LSC Specifications


Module Module
TN N/A 100GBASE-10×10G- 40000 ps/nm-C Band- N/A

12L 10 km(CFP) Tunable Wavelength-
SC 100GBASE-LR4-10 ePDM-QPSK(HFEC, RZ)-
km(CFP) PIN
55000 ps/nm-C Band-
Tunable Wavelength-
ePDM-QPSK(SDFEC,
RZ)-PIN
NOTE
A 100GBASE-10×10G-10km optical module cannot connect to an IEEE 100GBASE-SR10 module.

NOTE
point.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Optical Module Type 100G BASE-LR4-10 km

(CFP)
Signaling Speed per Lane Gbit/s 25.78125
Signaling Speed Accuracy ppm -100 to 100
Minimum Lane Center nm 1294.53

Wavelength
1299.02
1303.54
1308.09
Maximum Lane Center nm 1296.59

Wavelength
1301.09
1305.63
1310.19
Total Average Launch Power dBm 1.7

(Min)

(Max)
Transmit OMA per Lane dBm -1.3

(Min)
Transmit OMA per Lane dBm 4.5

(Max)
Average Launch Power per dBm -4.3

Lane (Min)
Average Launch Power per dBm 4.5

Lane (Max)
Optical Extinction Ratio dB 4

(Min)
Side Mode Suppression dB 30

Ratio (Min)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Optical Module Type 100G BASE-LR4-10 km

(CFP)
Receiver type - PIN
Minimum Lane Center nm 1294.53

Wavelength
1299.02
1303.54
1308.09
Maximum Lane Center nm 1296.59

Wavelength
1301.09
1305.63
1310.19
Average Receiver Power per dBm -10.6

Lane (Min)
Average Receiver Power per dBm 4.5

Lane (Max)
Minimum receiver overload dBm 4.5

(OMA) per Lane
Receiver Sensitivity (OMA) dBm -8.6

per Lane

NOTE
The OMA values are designed to ensure normal equipment operation. They are not provided for equipment
commissioning. In practical, equipment commissioning is performed based on the average receiver power
per lane and total average launched power. It is recommended that the total average launched power be
used as the reference for equipment commissioning.

Optical Module Type 100G BASE-10×10G-10

km (CFP)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

km (CFP)
Minimum Lane Center nm 1521

Wavelength
1529
1537
1545
1553
1561
1569
1577
1585
1593
Maximum Lane Center nm 1525

Wavelength
1533
1541
1549
1557
1565
1573
1581
1589
1597

(Min)

(Max)
Average Launch Power per dBm -5.8

Lane (Min)
Average Launch Power per dBm 3.5

Lane (Max)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

km (CFP)

(Min)

(Typ)
Transmit OMA per Lane dBm 3.5

(Max)
Optical Extinction Ratio dB 2.5

(Min)
Side Mode Suppression dB 30

Ratio (Min)
Receiver type - PIN
Minimum Lane Center nm 1521

Wavelength
1529
1537
1545
1553
1561
1569
1577
1585
1593
Maximum Lane Center nm 1525

Wavelength
1533
1541
1549
1557
1565

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

km (CFP)
1573
1581
1589
1597
Receiver Power per Lane dBm -10.8

(Min)
Receiver Power per Lane dBm 3.5

(Max)
Minimum receiver overload dBm 3.5

(OMA) per Lane
Receiver Sensitivity (OMA) dBm -8.8

per Lane

NOTE
The OMA values are designed to ensure normal equipment operation. They are not provided for equipment
commissioning. In practical, equipment commissioning is performed based on the average receiver power
per lane and total average launched power. It is recommended that the total average launched power be
used as the reference for equipment commissioning.
Table 13-235 WDM-side fixed optical module specifications (tunable wavelengths, HFEC, RZ)

Tunable Wavelength-
ePDM-QPSK(HFEC,
RZ)-PIN
Line code format - ePDM-QPSK(HFEC, RZ)

power

power

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Tunable Wavelength-
ePDM-QPSK(HFEC,
RZ)-PIN
Minimum extinction ratio dB N/A

width

suppression ratio
Dispersion tolerance (back- ps/nm 40000

to-back)
Receiver type - PIN
Table 13-236 WDM-side fixed optical module specifications (tunable wavelengths, SDFEC,
RZ)
Optical Module Type 55000ps/nm-C Band-

Tunable Wavelength-
ePDM-QPSK(SDFEC,
RZ)-PIN
Line code format - ePDM-QPSK(SDFEC, RZ)

power

power

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Tunable Wavelength-
ePDM-QPSK(SDFEC,
RZ)-PIN

width

suppression ratio

to-back)
Receiver type - PIN
l Dimensions of front panel (H x W x D): 264.6 mm (10.4 in.) x 101.6 mm (4.0 in.) x 220
mm (8.7 in.)
Power Consumption
Module Consumption at Consumption at
25°C (77°F) (W) 55°C (131°F) (W)
TN12LSC 40000 ps/nm-C 240 265

Band-Tunable
Wavelength-ePDM-
QPSK(HFEC, RZ)-
PIN
55000 ps/nm-C 255 285

Band-Tunable
Wavelength-ePDM-
QPSK(SDFEC, RZ)-
PIN

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
13.20 LSQ
LSQ: 40 Gbit/s wavelength conversion board

Only one functional version of the LSQ board is available, that is, TN11.

Huawei office.
Subrack
TN11 Y Y Y Y Y N
LSQ
Variants
Table 13-237 Available variants of the TN11LSQ board

Variant WDM-Side Fixed Optical Module
T01 800 ps/nm-C Band-Tunable Wavelength-DQPSK-PIN
T02 800 ps/nm-C Band-Tunable Wavelength-ODB-PIN
13.20.2 Application
As a type of optical transponder unit, the LSQ board converts between one channel of STM-256/
OC-768/OTU3 signals and OTU3 signals that comply with ITU-T G.694.1 Recommendations.
For the position of the LSQ board in the WDM system, see Figure 13-112.
Figure 13-112 Position of the LSQ board in the WDM system

LSQ LSQ
M M
U U
RX OUT X X IN TX
STM-256/ STM-256/
1×ODU3
1×ODU3
1×OTU3
/ /
1×OTU3
OC-768/ TX IN D D OUT RX OC-768/

OTU3 M M OTU3
U U
X X

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

The LSQ board is mainly used to achieve wavelength tunable and to provide OTN interfaces
and ESC.
Table 13-238 Functions and features of the LSQ board

Feature
Basic function LSQ converts signals as follows:

l 1x STM-256/OC-768/OTU3<->1x OTU3
Client-side STM-256/OC-768: SDH/SONET service at a rate of 39.81 Gbit/s

service type OTU3: OTN service at a rate of 43.02 Gbit/s

to the ITU-T G.709.

specification

function
PRBS test Supports the PRBS function on the client side.

function NOTE
The PRBS function of LSQ on the client side is supported only when the client-side
service type is STM-256/OC-768.
FEC encoding l Supports ITU-T G.709-compliant forward error correction (FEC) on

the client side, only when the client side service type is OTU3.
the WDM side.
NOTE

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Feature
Alarms and l Monitors BIP8 bytes (Poisson mode or Bursty mode) to help locate
performance line failures.
monitoring
power of the laser.
Regeneration TN54NS3
board
ASON

ASON

Outloop
Outloop
Protocols or Protocols or ITU-T G.707

(non-performance GR-253-CORE Synchronous Optical Network
monitoring) (SONET) Transport Systems: Common Generic

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Feature

service
ITU-T G.798
ITU-T G.874
ITU-T M.3100
ITU-T G.874.1
ITU-T G.875
ITU-T G.808.1
ITU-T G.841
ITU-T G.8201
ITU-T G.694.1

The LSQ board consists of the client-side optical module, WDM-side optical module, signal
Figure 13-113 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the LSQ.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 13-113 Functional modules and signal flow of the LSQ board

SDH/SONET
O/E encapsulation and E/O
RX mapping module OUT
OTN
processing
module
TX E/O Client-side OTN O/E IN
processing module
optical optical
Control

Power supply
module
Fuse Required
voltage
Backplane
Signal Flow
In the signal flow of the LSQ board, the transmit and the receive directions are defined. The
transmit direction is defined as the direction from the client side of the LSQ to the WDM side
of the LSQ, and the receive direction is defined as the reverse direction.
The client-side optical module receives one channel of the optical signals from client
After O/E conversion, the electrical signals are sent to the signal processing module. OTU3
signals are sent to the client-side OTN processing module for performance monitoring.
Other types of signals are sent to different encapsulation and mapping modules for
encapsulation and mapping. In the end, operations such as the OTN framing and FEC/
AFEC encoding processing are performed. Then, the module outputs one channel of OTU3
electrical signals.
l Receive direction

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
and decapsulation processing. Then, the module outputs one channel of STM-256/OC-768/
OTU3 electrical signals.
The client-side optical module performs E/O conversion of the one channel of electrical
signals, and then outputs one channel of client-side optical signals through the TX optical
interface.
Module Function
– Client-side receiver: Performs O/E conversion of STM-256/OC-768/OTU3 optical
signals.
STM-256/OC-768/OTU3 optical signals.
The module consists of an SDH/SONET encapsulation and mapping module, a client-side
OTN processing module, and an OTN processing module.
Monitors OTN performance.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
13.20.5 Front Panel

There are indicators and interfaces on the front panel of the LSQ board.

Figure 13-114 shows the front panel of the LSQ board.
Figure 13-114 Front panel of the LSQ board
Indicators

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Interfaces
Table 13-239 Types and functions of the interfaces on the LSQ board

multiplexer board.

multiplexer board.
Laser Hazard Level

13.20.6 Valid Slots

Two slots houses one LSQ board.
Table 13-240 shows the valid slots for the LSQ board.
Table 13-240 Valid slots for the LSQ board

Product Valid Slots

IU34, IU36-IU42, IU46-IU52, IU54-IU60,
IU62-IU68

IU36

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
The rear connector of the LSQ is mounted to the backplane along the right slot in the subrack.
Therefore, the slot number of the LSQ board displayed on the NM is the number of the right one
of the two slots.
For example, if slots IU1 and IU2 house the LSQ board, the slot number of the LSQ board
displayed on the NM is IU2.


Table 13-241 Mapping between the physical ports on the LSQ board and the port numbers
IN/OUT 1
TX/RX 3
NOTE

For parameters of LSQ, refer to Table 13-242.
Table 13-242 LSQ parameters


Channel interface.

Name name.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
channel of a board.
Service Type None, OC-768, OTU-3, The Service Type parameter sets the type
STM-256 of the service accessed at the optical
Default: STM-256 interface on the client side.
l Client side: Off


Default: AFEC mode of the current optical interface.


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Receive Wavelength l C: Set Receive Wavelength of a board. The

1/1529.16/196.050 value of the Receive Wavelength is as
to follows:
80/1560.61/192.100 l When the receive wavelength of the
l CWDM: board is the same as the transmit
11/1471.00/208.170 wavelength of the local board, use the
to default value, which indicates keeping
18/1611.00/188.780 the receive wavelength the same as the
Default: / transmit wavelength of the local board
automatically.
l When the receive wavelength of the
board is different from the transmit
wavelength of the local board, the
value of this parameter must be the
same as the transmit wavelength of the
peer board; otherwise, services are
affected.
NOTE
In the case of ASON services, this parameter
must be set to the default value.

Wavelength (nm)/
Frequency (THz)


11/1471.00/208.170 board.
to NOTE
18/1611.00/188.780 Only support C band.


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
wavelength.
NOTE

Disabled.

resides.

13.20.9 LSQ Specifications


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Bo Client-Side Fixed Client-Side WDM-Side Fixed WDM-Side

ard Optical Module Pluggable Optical Optical Module Pluggable
Module Optical
Module
TN 40G Transponder N/A 800 ps/nm-C Band- N/A

11L Tunable Wavelength-
SQ ODB-PIN
800 ps/nm-C Band-
Tunable Wavelength-
DQPSK-PIN
NOTE
point.
Client-Side Fixed Optical Module
Table 13-243 Client-side fixed optical module specifications
Optical Module Type 40G Transponder
Maximum mean launched power dBm 3
Minimum mean launched power dBm 0
Minimum side mode suppression ratio dB 35
Receiver type - PIN

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Type Tunable Wavelength- Tunable Wavelength-
ODB-PIN DQPSK-PIN
Line code format - ODB DQPSK
Operating frequency THz 192.10 to 196.05 192.10 to 196.05

range

launched power

launched power
Minimum extinction dB 8.2 N/A

ratio
Center frequency GHz ±2.5 ±2.5

deviation
Maximum -20 dB nm 0.6 N/A

spectral width
Maximum -3 dB nm N/A 0.3

spectral width

suppression ratio
Dispersion tolerance ps/nm -800 to 800 -800 to 800

wavelength range
Receiver sensitivity, dBm -16 -16

EOL (FEC on)

overload (FEC on)
Maximum dB -27 -27

reflectance

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
(8.7 in.)
Power Consumption
Board WDM-Side Optical Module Typical Power Maximum Power
Consumption at Consumption at
25°C (77°F) (W) 55°C (131°F) (W)
TN11LS 800 ps/nm-C Band-Tunable 75.0 82.0

Q Wavelength-ODB-PIN

Wavelength-DQPSK-PIN
13.21 LSX
LSX: 10 Gbit/s wavelength conversion board

The available functional versions of the LSX board are TN11, TN12, TN13, and TN14.

Huawei office.
Subrack
TN11 N N N N Y Y
LSX
TN12 Y Y N Y Y Y
LSX
TN13 Y Y Y Y Y Y
LSX
TN14 Y Y Y Y Y Y
LSX

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Variants
The difference between the LSX board variants lies in the WDM-side optical module.
Table 13-245 Available variants of the TN11LSX board

Variants WDM-Side Fixed Optical Module
01M02 800 ps/nm-C Band (odd & even wavelengths)-Fixed Wavelength-NRZ-PIN (01M02 for even
wavelengths and 01M03 for odd wavelengths)
01M03
01M04 800 ps/nm-C Band-Fixed Wavelength-NRZ-PIN
T02 1200 ps/nm-C Band-Tunable Wavelength-NRZ-PIN
T03 1200 ps/nm-C Band-Tunable Wavelength-NRZ-APD
T04 4800 ps/nm-C Band-Tunable Wavelength-ODB-APD
T05 800 ps/nm-C Band-Tunable Wavelength-(D)RZ-PIN

01M03

Variants WDM-Side Optical Module
T01 Fixed Optical Module: 800 ps/nm-C Band-Tunable Wavelength-NRZ-PIN
T02 Fixed Optical Module: 800 ps/nm-C Band-Tunable Wavelength-(D)RZ-PIN
B The variant is equipped with pluggable optical modules. For details 13.21.10 LSX
Specifications.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

01M02

l Function:
Board FEC Encoding Client-side services Ethernet WDM-Side
Service Pluggable
OTU2e FC1200 Mapping Optical
Mode Module
TN11LSX FEC/AFEC N N l Bit N

Transparent
Mapping
(11.1G)
l MAC
Transparent
Mapping
(10.7G)
l Bit
Transparent
Mapping
(10.7G)
TN12LSX FEC/AFEC N Y l Bit N

Transparent
Mapping
(11.1G)
l Bit
Transparent
Mapping
(10.7G)
TN13LSX FEC/AFEC-2 Y Y l Bit Y

Transparent
Mapping
(11.1G)
l MAC
Transparent
Mapping
(10.7G)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Board FEC Encoding Client-side services Ethernet WDM-Side

Service Pluggable
OTU2e FC1200 Mapping Optical
Mode Module
TN14LSX FEC/AFEC-2 Y Y l Bit N

Transparent
Mapping
(11.1G)
l MAC
Transparent
Mapping
(10.7G)

l Specification:
– For the specification of each version, see 13.21.10 LSX Specifications.
Board Board
TN11LSX TN12LSX The TN12LSX can be created as TN11LSX on the NMS. The former can
TN12LSX functions as the TN11LSX.
NOTE
After the substitution, the TN12LSX board supports only Bit Transparent Mapping
(11.1G) for 10GE LAN services.
A board with PIN as the receiver type cannot substitute for a board with APD as the
receiver type, because their ranges of received optical power are different.
TN13LSX The TN13LSX can be created as TN11LSX on the NMS. The former can
NOTE
When both the receive board and transmit board adopt the FEC code pattern, the
substitution applies; when both the receive board and transmit board adopt the AFEC
code pattern, the substitution does not apply.
receiver type, because their ranges of receive optical power are different.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Board Board
NOTE
TN12LSX TN13LSX The TN13LSX can be created as TN12LSX on the NMS. The former can
NOTE
NOTE
TN13LSX/ None -
TN14LSX
13.21.2 Application
As a type of optical transponder unit, the LSX board maps one channel of 10 Gbit/s service
signals into OTU2 or OTU2e signals and performs conversion between the 10 Gbit/s service
signal and WDM signals that comply with ITU-T Recommendations.
For the position of the LSX board in the WDM system, see Figure 13-115.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 13-115 Position of the LSX board in the WDM system
LSX LSX
M M
10GE LAN/ U U 10GE LAN/
1×ODU2/ODU2e
1×ODU2/ODU2e
1×OTU2/OTU2e
1×OTU2/OTU2e
10GE WAN/ RX OUT X X IN TX 10GE WAN/
STM-64/ / / STM-64/
OTU2/ M M OTU2/
OTU2e/ U U OTU2e/
FC1200 X X FC1200
NOTE
The FC1200 service is only supported by the TN12LSX /TN13LSX/TN14LSX.

When an XFP module is used as a WDM-side module on the TN13LSX board, the TN13LSX board does
not support FC1200.
The OTU2e service is only supported by the TN13LSX/TN14LSX.

The LSX board is mainly used to achieve wavelength tunable and to provide OTN interfaces
and ESC.
Table 13-249 Functions and features of the LSX board
and
Feature
Basic LSX converts signals as follows:

function l 1 x 10GE LAN/10GE WAN/STM-64/OC-192/OTU2 <-> 1 x OTU2
l 1 x FC1200/10GE LAN/OTU2e <-> 1 x OTU2e

NOTE
The FC1200 service is only supported by the TN12LSX /TN13LSX/TN14LSX.
When an XFP module is used as a WDM-side module on the TN13LSX board, the
TN13LSX board does not support FC1200.
The OTU2e service is only supported by the TN13LSX/TN14LSX.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
and
Feature
OTN l Provides the OTU2/OTU2e interface on WDM-side.

the ITU-T G.709.

specification

function
ESC Supported
function
function NOTE
The PRBS function on the client side is only supported when the client-side service type
is STM-64/OC-192/OTU2/OTU2e.
function is 10GE LAN.
FEC TN11LSX/TN12LSX:
encoding l Supports ITU-T G.709-compliant forward error correction (FEC) on the
client side, only when the client side service type is OTU2.
with ITU-T G.709.
l Supports advanced forward error correction (AFEC) on the WDM side
TN13LSX/TN14LSX:
l Supports ITU-T G.709-compliant forward error correction (FEC) on the
client side, only when the client side service type is OTU2/OTU2e.
with ITU-T G.709.
l Supports advanced forward error correction (AFEC-2) on the WDM side
NOTE

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
and
Feature
events
power of the laser.
LAN).
Regeneratio l TN11LSX/TN12LSX:
n board TN11LSXR
l TN13LSX/TN14LSX:
TN12ND2, TN52ND2, TN53ND2, TN55NO2, TN53NQ2, TN54NQ2

function
IEEE Not supported

1588v2
Physical When the board receives 10GE LAN services and the port mapping is Bit
clock Transparent Mapping (11.1 G) or is Bit Transparent Mapping (10.7 G) on its
client side, the board can support synchronous Ethernet transparent
transmission instead of synchronous Ethernet processing.
Optical- Supported by the TN12LSX/TN13LSX/TN14LSX

layer ASON

layer ASON

Ethernet l TN11LSX: Bit Transparent Mapping(11.1G), MAC Transparent Mapping

service (10.7G), Bit Transparent Mapping(10.7G)
mapping l TN12LSX: Bit Transparent Mapping(11.1G), Bit Transparent Mapping
mode (10.7G)
l TN13LSX/TN14LSX: Bit Transparent Mapping(11.1G), MAC
Transparent Mapping(10.7G)
Port MTU 9600 bytes.
Outloop Supported

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
and
Feature
Outloop Supported

(non- ITU-T G.783
performance GR-253-CORE Synchronous Optical Network (SONET)
monitoring) Transport Systems: Common Generic
(FC-PI)
SW-3)

service
ITU-T G.798
ITU-T G.874
ITU-T M.3100
ITU-T G.874.1
ITU-T G.875
ITU-T G.808.1
ITU-T G.841
ITU-T G.8201
ITU-T G.694.1

The LSX board consists of the client-side optical module, WDM-side optical module, signal

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 13-116 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the TN11LSX.
Figure 13-117 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the TN12LSX/TN13LSX/
TN14LSX.
Figure 13-116 Functional modules and signal flow of the TN11LSX board
Client side SDH/SONET WDM side

encapsulation and
O/E mapping module E/O
RX OUT
OTN
Client-side OTN
processing
processing module
module
TX E/O O/E IN
10GE LAN
Client-side encapsulation and WDM-side
optical mapping module optical
Control

Power supply
module
Fuse Required
voltage
Backplane

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 13-117 Functional modules and signal flow of the TN12LSX/TN13LSX/TN14LSX

board
Client side SDH/SONET WDM side

encapsulation and
mapping module
RX O/E E/O OUT
Client-side OTN
processing module OTN
10GE LAN
processing
TX E/O encapsulation and module O/E IN
mapping module
Client-side FC WDM-side
optical encapsulation and optical
module mapping module module
Control

Power supply
module
Fuse Required
voltage
Backplane
Signal Flow
In the signal flow of the LSX board, the transmit and the receive directions are defined. The
transmit direction is defined as the direction from the client side of the LSX to the WDM side
of the LSX, and the receive direction is defined as the reverse direction.
equipment through the RX optical interface, and performs O/E conversion.
After O/E conversion, the electrical signals are sent to the signal processing module. OTU2/
OTU2e signals are sent to the client-side OTN processing module for performance
monitoring. Other types of signals are sent to different encapsulation and mapping modules
for encapsulation and mapping. In the end, operations such as the OTN framing and FEC/
AFEC encoding processing are performed. Then, the module outputs one channel of OTU2/
OTU2e electrical signals.
The OTU2/OTU2e signals are sent to the WDM-side optical module. After performing E/
O conversion, the module sends out OTU2/OTU2e optical signals at DWDM wavelengths
l Receive direction

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
DWDM wavelengths that comply with ITU-T G.694.1 through the IN optical interface.
The module performs operations such as OTU2/OTU2e framing, decoding of FEC/AFEC,
demapping, and decapsulation processing. Then, the module outputs one channel of
OC-192/STM-64/10GE LAN/10GE WAN/OTU2/OTU2e/FC1200 electrical signals.
The client-side optical module performs E/O conversion of OC-192/STM-64/10GE LAN/
10GE WAN/OTU2/OTU2e/FC1200 electrical signals, and then outputs client-side optical
signals through the TX optical interface.
Module Function
– Client-side receiver: Performs O/E conversion of OC-192/STM-64/10GE LAN/10GE
WAN/OTU2/OTU2e/FC1200 optical signals.
OC-192/STM-64/10GE LAN/10GE WAN/OTU2/OTU2e/FC1200 optical signals.
encapsulation and mapping module, client-side OTN processing module, FC encapsulation
and mapping module, and OTN processing module.
Encapsulates one channel of SDH/SONET signals and maps the signals into the OTU2/
OTU2e payload area. The module also performs the reverse process and has the SDH/
SONET performance monitoring function.
Encapsulates one channel of 10GE LAN signals and maps the signals into the OTU2/
OTU2e payload area. The module also performs the reverse process and has the 10GE
LAN performance monitoring function.
Encapsulates one channel of FC signals and maps the signals into the OTU2/OTU2e
payload area. The module also performs the reverse process and has the FC performance
monitoring function.
Implements the OTN performance monitoring function.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

13.21.5 Front Panel

There are indicators and interfaces on the LSX front panel.

Figure 13-118 and Figure 13-119 show the LSX front panel.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 13-118 Front panel of the TN11LSX/TN12LSX/TN13LSXT01/TN13LSXT02/

TN14LSX board

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 13-119 Front panel of the TN13LSXB board
Indicators

Interfaces

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 13-250 Types and functions of the interfaces on the LSX board

multiplexer board.

multiplexer board.
Laser Hazard Level

13.21.6 Valid Slots

One slot houses one LSX board.
Valid Slots
Table 13-251 shows the valid slots for the TN11LSX board.
Table 13-251 Valid slots for the TN11LSX board

Product Valid Slots
Table 13-252 shows the valid slots for the TN12LSX board.
Table 13-252 Valid slots for the TN12LSX board

Product Valid Slots

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 13-253 shows the valid slots for the TN13LSX/TN14LSX board.
Table 13-253 Valid slots for the TN13LSX/TN14LSX board

Product Valid Slots
13.21.7 Characteristic Code for the LSX

Code for OTUs.


Table 13-254 Mapping between the physical ports on the LSX board and the port numbers
IN/OUT 1
TX/RX 3
NOTE


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
For parameters of LSX, refer to Table 13-255.
Table 13-255 LSX parameters


Channel interface.

are supported.
a board.
Default: Non-
Loopback
Service Type None, 10GE LAN, The Service Type parameter sets the type
10GE WAN,FC-1200, of the service accessed at the optical
OC-192, OTU-2, interface on the client side.
OTU-2E, STM-64 NOTE
Default: 10GE LAN Only TN12LSX/TN13LSX/TN14LSX support
the FC-1200 service.
Only TN 13LSX/TN14LSX support the
OTU-2E service.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Port Mapping l TN11LSX: Bit The Port Mapping parameter sets and
Transparent queries the mapping mode of a port service.
Mapping(11.1G), See D.28 Port Mapping (WDM
MAC Transparent Interface) for more information.
Mapping(10.7G),
Bit Transparent
Mapping(10.7G)
l TN12LSX: Bit
Transparent
Mapping(11.1G),
Bit Transparent
Mapping(10.7G)
l TN13LSX/
TN14LSX: Bit
Transparent
Mapping(11.1G),
MAC Transparent
Mapping(10.7G)
Default: Bit
Transparent Mapping
(11.1G)
l Client side: Off

1200ms, 1300ms, service interruption to the point when ALS
1400ms, 1500ms, automatically shuts down the related lasers.
1800ms, 1900ms, 2s Only the TN13LSX/TN14LSX supports this
parameter.
Default: 0s

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
1800ms, 1900ms, 2s Only the TN13LSX/TN14LSX supports this
parameter.
Default: 0s

FW_ODUk_CSF receiver of the upstream board or the
the laser on the client-side transmitter of
the local board must be shut down. For
FW_Defect.
BW_Client_R_LOS.
upstream board must be shut down. For
BW_WDM_Defect.
the laser on the client-side transmitter of
the local board must be shut down. For
FW_OPUk_CSF.
Default: Enabled forward error correction (FEC) function for
an optical interface.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
more information.

NOTE
Only the TN13LSX/TN14LSX supports this
parameter.

Wavelength (nm)/
Frequency (THz)


l CWDM: board.
11/1471.00/208.17 NOTE
wavelength.
NOTE

resides.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Transparent Default: Disabled GCC2 in OTN overheads. If the processing
Transmission is not required, set this parameter to
Enabled; otherwise, set it to Disabled.
NOTE

NOTE
Only TN13LSX/TN14LSX supports this
parameter.
13.21.10 LSX Specifications


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Bo Client- Client-Side WDM-Side Fixed WDM-Side

ard Side Pluggable Optical Optical Module Pluggable Optical
Fixed Module Module
Optical
Module
TN N/A 10 Gbit/s 800 ps/nm-C Band (odd N/A

11L Multirate-10 km & even wavelengths)-
SX 10 Gbit/s Fixed Wavelength-
Multirate-40 km NRZ-PIN
10 Gbit/s 800 ps/nm-C Band-
Multirate-80 km Fixed Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN
10 Gbit/s Single Rate
-0.3 km 1200 ps/nm-C Band-
Tunable Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN
1200 ps/nm-C Band-
Tunable Wavelength-
NRZ-APD
4800 ps/nm-C Band-
Tunable Wavelength-
ODB-APD
800 ps/nm-C Band-
Tunable Wavelength-
(D)RZ-PIN

Multirate-80 km Fixed Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN
Tunable Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN
1200 ps/nm-C Band-
Tunable Wavelength-
NRZ-APD
4800 ps/nm-C Band-
Tunable Wavelength-
ODB-APD
800 ps/nm-C Band-
Tunable Wavelength-
(D)RZ-PIN

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Bo Client- Client-Side WDM-Side Fixed WDM-Side

ard Side Pluggable Optical Optical Module Pluggable Optical
Fixed Module Module
Optical
Module
TN N/A 10 Gbit/s 800 ps/nm-C Band- 800 ps/nm-C Band

13L Multirate-10 km Tunable Wavelength- (Odd & Even
SX 10 Gbit/s (D)RZ-PIN Wavelengths)-Fixed
Multirate-40 km 800 ps/nm-C Band- Wavelength-NRZ-
Tunable Wavelength- PIN-XFP
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-80 km NRZ-PIN 800 ps/nm-C Band-
Tunable
10 Gbit/s Single Rate Wavelength-NRZ-
-0.3 km PIN-XFP
800 ps/nm-C Band
(Odd & Even
Wavelengths)-Fixed
Wavelength-NRZ-
PIN-XFP

Multirate-80 km Tunable Wavelength-
(D)RZ-PIN
Tunable Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN
NOTE
NOTE
point.

NOTE
The 10 Gbit/s multirate 10 km module, 10 Gbit/s multirate 40 km module, and 10 Gbit/s multirate 80 km
module can be used to access OC-192, STM-64, 10GE LAN, 10GE WAN, FC1200, and OTU2/OTU2e
signals.
The 10 Gbit/s single-rate 0.3 km module can be used to access 10GE LAN and FC1200 signals.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


format

source type

n distance

wavelength
range

mean
launched
power
Minimum dBm -6 -4.7 0 -7.3

mean
launched
power
extinction
ratio

-20 dB
spectral
width
side mode
suppression
ratio

mask

type

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


wavelength
range
Receiver dBm -11 -14 -24 -7.5

sensitivity
(multirate)
Receiver dBm -14.4 -15.8 -24 -7.5

sensitivity
(10GE
LAN)

receiver
overload
(10GE
LAN)
receiver
overload
(STM-64)
Maximum dB -27 -27 -27 -12

reflectance

wavelengths)

PIN-XFP

power

power

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

PIN-XFP

width

suppression ratio
Receiver type - PIN

(FEC on)

(FEC on)


Wavelength-NRZ-
PIN

power

power

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Wavelength-NRZ-
PIN

width

suppression ratio

(FEC on)

PIN APD APD

format

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
PIN APD APD
mean launched
power
Minimum dBm -3 -3 -3 -3 -3
mean launched
power
extinction ratio

frequency
Center GHz ±5 ±5 ±5 ±5 ±5
frequency
deviation
Maximum -20 nm 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3

dB spectral
width
mode
suppression
ratio
Dispersion ps/ 1200 1200 4800 800 800

tolerance nm

wavelength
range
Receiver dBm -16 -26 -26 -16 -16

sensitivity,
EOL (FEC on)
receiver
overload

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
PIN APD APD
Maximum dB -27 -27 -27 -27 -27

reflectance


PIN-XFP

power

power

width

suppression ratio

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

PIN-XFP
Receiver type - PIN

(FEC on)

(FEC on)


Tunable Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN-XFP

power

power

width

suppression ratio
Receiver type - PIN

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Tunable Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN-XFP

(FEC on)

(FEC on)
(8.7 in.)
l Weight:
TN11LSX: 1.3 kg (2.9 lb.)
TN12LSX: 1.4 kg (3.1 lb.)
TN13LSX: 1.1 kg (2.4 lb.)
TN14LSX: 1.2 kg (2.6 lb.)
Power Consumption
25°C (77°F) (W) 55°C (131°F) (W)

1LS wavelengths)-Fixed Wavelength-
X NRZ-PIN
Wavelength-NRZ-PIN

Wavelength-NRZ-PIN
Wavelength-NRZ-APD


Wavelength-ODB-APD

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

25°C (77°F) (W) 55°C (131°F) (W)

X NRZ-PIN
Wavelength-NRZ-PIN

Wavelength-NRZ-PIN
Wavelength-NRZ-APD
800 ps/nm-C Band-Tunable 32.5 39


Wavelength-ODB-APD
TN1 800 ps/nm-C Band-Tunable 29.4 32.8

3LS Wavelength-NRZ-PIN
X
800 ps/nm-C Band (Odd & Even 27 30.4

Wavelengths)-Fixed Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN-XFP
800 ps/nm-C Band-Tunable 28 31.4

TN1 800 ps/nm-C Band (odd & even 27 30

X NRZ-PIN
Wavelength-NRZ-PIN
13.22 LSXL
LSXL: 40 Gbit/s wavelength conversion board

The available functional versions of the LSXL board are TN11, TN12, and TN15.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Huawei office.
Subrack
TN11 N N N N Y N
LSXL
TN12 Y Y N Y Y N
LSXL
TN15 Y Y N N Y N
LSXL
Variants
The difference between the LSXL board variants lies in the WDM-side optical module.
Table 13-262 Available variants of the TN12LSXL board

Variant WDM-Side Optical Module
Table 13-263 Available variants of the TN15LSXL board

T01 60000 ps/nm-C Band-Tunable Wavelength-ePDM-BPSK-PIN

l Function:
Board Coherent System FEC Encoding OTU3 services on
client-side
TN11LSXL N FEC/AFEC N
TN12LSXL N FEC/AFEC Y
TN15LSXL Y HFEC Y

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
For details, see 13.22.2 Application.

l Appearance:
– The LSXL boards of TN11, TN12 , and TN15 versions use different front panels. For
details, see 13.22.5 Front Panel.
l Specification:
– For the specification of each version, see 13.22.9 LSXL Specifications.
The LSXL boards of different versions cannot replace each other.
13.22.2 Application
As a type of optical transponder unit, the LSXL board converts between one channel of
STM-256/OC-768/OTU3 signals and OTU3 signals that comply with ITU-T G.694.1
Recommendations. The TN15LSXL board uses coherent receive technology. Therefore, the
board is intended for coherent systems.
For the position of the LSXL board in the WDM system, see Figure 13-120.
Figure 13-120 Position of the LSXL board in the WDM system
LSXL LSXL
M M
U U
RX OUT X X IN TX
STM-256/ STM-256/
1×ODU3
1×ODU3
1×OTU3
/ /
1×OTU3

OTU3 M M OTU3
U U
X X
NOTE
l Client-side service types of the TN11LSXL board are STM-256 and OC-768.
l Client-side service types of the TN12LSXL/TN15LSXL board are STM-256, OC-768, and OTU3.

The LSXL board is mainly used to achieve wavelength tunable and to provide OTN interfaces
and ESC.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 13-264 Functions and features of the LSXL board

Feature
Basic function LSXL converts signals as follows:


NOTE
Only TN12LSXL/TN15LSXL support OTU3 services.

to the ITU-T G.709.

specification
Tunable l 40 wavelengths in C-band with the channel spacing of 100 GHz

wavelength l 80 wavelengths in C-band with the channel spacing of 50 GHz
function
PRBS test l TN11LSXL:

function Not supported.
l TN12LSXL:
Supports the PRBS function on the client side.
l TN15LSXL:
Supports the PRBS function on the client and WDM sides.
NOTE
The PRBS function of TN12LSXL on the client side is supported only when the
client-side service type is STM-256/OC-768.
FEC encoding TN11LSXL/TN12LSXL:

l Supports forward error correction (FEC) on the WDM side that
complies with ITU-T G.709.
l Supports advanced forward error correction (AFEC) on the WDM
side that complies with ITU-T G.975.1.
TN15LSXL: Supports HFEC on the WDM side.
NOTE

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Feature
events
power of the laser.
Regeneration TN11LSXL: TN11LSXLR

board TN12LSXL: TN12LSXLR
TN15LSXL: TN55NS3
Optical-layer Supported by the TN12LSXL/TN15LSXL.

ASON

ASON
Protection TN11LSXL:
TN12LSXL:
TN15LSXL:
Loopback Client Inloop l Not supported by the TN11LSXL

side l Supported by the TN12LSXL/
Outloop
TN15LSXL
WDM Inloop Supported

side
Outloop Supported

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Feature
Protocols or Protoc ITU-T G.707

standards ols or ITU-T G.782
compliance standar
ds for ITU-T G.783
transpa GR-253-CORE Synchronous Optical Network (SONET)
rent Transport Systems: Common Generic
transmi
ssion
(non-
perfor
mance
monito
ring)
Protoc ITU-T G.805

ols or ITU-T G.806
standar
ds for ITU-T G.709
service ITU-T G.872
process ITU-T G.7710
ing
(perfor ITU-T G.798
mance ITU-T G.874
monito ITU-T M.3100
ring)
ITU-T G.874.1
ITU-T G.875
ITU-T G.808.1
ITU-T G.841
ITU-T G.8201
ITU-T G.694.1

The LSXL board consists of the client-side optical module, WDM-side optical module, signal
Figure 13-121 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the TN11LSXL.
Figure 13-122 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the TN12LSXL and
TN15LSXL.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 13-121 Functional modules and signal flow of the TN11LSXL board

O/E E/O
RX SDH/SONET OTN OUT
and mapping
module
module
TX E/O O/E IN
optical optical
Control

Power supply
module
Fuse Required
voltage
Backplane

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 13-122 Functional modules and signal flow of the TN12LSXL/TN15LSXL board

SDH/SONET
O/E encapsulation and E/O
RX mapping module OUT
OTN
processing
module
TX E/O Client-side OTN O/E IN
processing module
optical optical
Control

Power supply
module
Fuse Required
voltage
Backplane
Signal Flow
In the signal flow of the LSXL board, the transmit and the receive directions are defined. The
transmit direction is defined as the direction from the client side of the LSXL to the WDM side
of the LSXL, and the receive direction is defined as the reverse direction.
After O/E conversion, the electrical signals are sent to the signal processing module. OTU3
signals are sent to the client-side OTN processing module for performance monitoring.
Other types of signals are sent to different encapsulation and mapping modules for
encapsulation and mapping. In the end, operations such as the OTN framing and FEC/
AFEC/HFEC encoding processing are performed. Then, the module outputs one channel
of OTU3 electrical signals.
l Receive direction

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
module performs operations such as OTU3 framing, decoding of FEC/AFEC/HFEC,
demapping, and decapsulation processing. Then, the module outputs one channel of
STM-256/OC-768/OTU3 electrical signals.
The client-side optical module performs E/O conversion of the one channel of electrical
signals, and then outputs one channel of client-side optical signals through the TX optical
interface.
Module Function
– Client-side receiver: Performs O/E conversion of STM-256/OC-768/OTU3 optical
signals.
STM-256/OC-768/OTU3 optical signals.
The module consists of an SDH/SONET encapsulation and mapping module, a client-side
OTN processing module, and an OTN processing module.
AFEC/HFEC encoding and decoding.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
13.22.5 Front Panel

There are indicators and interfaces on the front panel of the LSXL board.

Figure 13-123, Figure 13-124 and Figure 13-125 show the front panel of the LSXL board.
Figure 13-123 Front panel of the TN11LSXL board

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
NOTE
Indicators


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Interfaces
Table 13-265 Types and functions of the interfaces on the LSXL board

multiplexer board.

multiplexer board.
Laser Hazard Level

13.22.6 Valid Slots

Four slots house one TN11LSXL board. Three slots house one TN12LSXL/TN15LSXL board.
Table 13-266 shows the valid slots for the TN11LSXL board.
Table 13-266 Valid slots for the TN11LSXL board

Product Valid Slots
NOTE
The rear connector of the TN11LSXL is mounted to the backplane along the left slot in the subrack.
Therefore, the slot number of the TN11LSXL board displayed on the NMS is the number of the left one
of the four slots.
For example, if slots IU1, IU2, IU3, and IU4 house the TN11LSXL board, the slot number of the
TN11LSXL board displayed on the NMS is IU1.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Product Valid Slots

IU34, IU37-IU42, IU47-IU52, IU55-IU60,
IU63-IU68

IU36
NOTE
The rear connector of the TN12LSXL is mounted to the backplane along the right slot in the subrack.
Therefore, the slot number of the TN12LSXL board displayed on the NMS is the number of the right one
of the three slots.
For example, if slots IU1, IU2, and IU3 house the TN12LSXL board, the slot number of the TN12LSXL
board displayed on the NMS is IU3.
Product Valid Slots

IU33, IU36-IU41, IU46-IU51, IU54-IU59,
IU62-IU67

IU35
NOTE
The rear connector of the TN15LSXL is mounted to the backplane along the middle slot in the subrack.
Therefore, the slot number of the TN15LSXL board displayed on the NMS is the number of the middle
one of the three slots.
For example, if slots IU1, IU2, and IU3 house the TN15LSXL board, the slot number of the TN15LSXL
board displayed on the NMS is IU2.


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 13-269 Mapping between the physical ports on the LSXL board and the port numbers
IN/OUT 1
TX/RX 3
NOTE

For parameters of LSXL, refer to Table 13-270.
Table 13-270 LSXL parameters


Channel interface.

Name name.
channel of a board.
Service Type None, OC-768, OTU-3, The Service Type parameter sets the type
STM-256 of the service accessed at the optical
Default: STM-256 interface on the client side.
NOTE
Only the TN12LSXL/TN15LSXL supports
the OTU-3 services.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
l Client side: Off


FW_Defect.
BW_Client_R_LOS.
BW_WDM_Defect.
FW_OPUk_CSF.
NOTE
Only TN15LSXL supports this parameter.
1200ms, 1300ms, service interruption to the point when
1400ms, 1500ms, ALS automatically shuts down the related
1600ms, 1700ms, lasers.
1800ms, 1900ms, 2s NOTE
Default: 0s Only TN15LSXL supports this parameter.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
1800ms, 1900ms, 2s Only TN15LSXL supports this parameter.
Default: 0s

FEC Mode TN11LSXL/ The FEC Mode parameter sets the FEC
TN12LSXL: mode of the current optical interface.
l FEC, AFEC See D.9 FEC Mode (WDM Interface)
l Default: AFEC
TN15LSXL:
l HFEC
l Default: HFEC
Receive Wavelength l C: Set Receive Wavelength of a board. The

to follows:
11/1471.00/208.170 wavelength of the local board, use the
to default value, which indicates keeping
18/1611.00/188.780 the receive wavelength the same as the
Default: / transmit wavelength of the local board
automatically.
affected.
NOTE

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Receive Band Type C, CWDM The Receive Band Type parameter sets
Default: C the receive band type of a board.
NOTE

Wavelength (nm)/
Frequency (THz)


11/1471.00/208.170 board.
to NOTE
18/1611.00/188.780 Only support C band.

wavelength.
NOTE
OTN Overhead l TN12LSXL: Determines whether to process GCC1 and

Transparent – Enabled, GCC2 in OTN overheads. If the
Transmission Disabled processing is not required, set this
– Default: Disabled.
Disabled
NOTE
l TN15LSXL: Only TN12LSXL/TN15LSXL supports this
parameter.
– Disabled, GC1C
+GCC2 Enabled,
Only GCC1
Enabled, Only
GCC2 Enabled
– Default:
Disabled

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
SD Trigger B1_SD, OTUk_DEG, The SD Trigger Condition parameter

Condition ODUk_PM_DEG sets the relevant alarms of certain optical
Default: None interfaces or channels of a board as SD
switching trigger conditions of the
resides.
NOTE
NOTE
Only TN12LSXL/TN15LSXL supports this
parameter.
Dispersion - Queries the dispersion compensation

Compensation value of the board.
Value NOTE
PMD Threshold(ps) - Queries the PMD threshold of the board.

NOTE

13.22.9 LSXL Specifications


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

ard Fixed Optical Pluggable Optical Module Pluggable
Module Optical Optical
Module Module

SX ODB-PIN
L 400 ps/nm-C Band-
Tunable Wavelength-(D)
RZ-PIN

SX DQPSK-PIN
L 500 ps/nm-C Band-
Tunable Wavelength-
ODB-PIN

SX ePDM-BPSK-PIN
L
NOTE
NOTE
point.
Client-Side Fixed Optical Module
Table 13-271 Client-side fixed optical module specifications

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Receiver type - PIN

Optical Module 500 ps/nm-C 500 ps/nm-C 400 ps/nm-C

Type Band-Tunable Band-Tunable Band-Tunable
Wavelength- Wavelength- Wavelength-
DQPSK-PIN ODB-PIN DRZ-PIN
Line code format - DQPSK ODB DRZ
Operating frequency THz 192.10 to 196.05 192.10 to 196.05 192.10 to 196.00

range
Maximum mean dBm 0 0 0

launched power

launched power
Minimum extinction dB N/A 8.2 8.2

ratio
Center frequency GHz ±2.5 ±2.5 ±5

deviation
Maximum -20 dB nm N/A 0.6 1

spectral width

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Maximum -3 dB nm 0.3 N/A N/A

spectral width

suppression ratio
Dispersion tolerance ps/nm ±500 ±500 ±400

wavelength range
Receiver sensitivity, dBm -16 -16 -16

EOL (FEC on)
Minimum receiver dBm 0 0 0

overload (FEC on)
Maximum dB -27 -27 -27

reflectance


Tunable Wavelength-
ePDM-BPSK-PIN
Line code format - ePDM-BPSK

power

power

width

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Tunable Wavelength-
ePDM-BPSK-PIN

suppression ratio

to-back)
Receiver type - PIN
TN11LSXL
mm (8.7 in.)
TN12LSXL
(8.7 in.)
TN15LSXL
(8.7 in.)
Power Consumption
55°C (131°F) (W)

XL Wavelength-(D)RZ-PIN

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

55°C (131°F) (W)

Wavelength-ODB-PIN

XL Wavelength-ODB-PIN


XL Wavelength-ePDM-BPSK-PIN
13.23 LSXLR
LSXLR: 40 Gbit/s wavelength conversion relay board

The available functional version of the LSXLR board are TN11 and TN12.

Huawei office.
Board 8800 T64 8800 T32 8800 T16 8800 Platform 6800 3800 Chassis
Subrack Subrack Subrack Subrack Subrack
TN11L N N N N Y N
SXLR
TN12L Y Y N Y Y N
SXLR
Variants
Table 13-274 Available variants of the TN12LSXLR board

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

l Function:
Board OTU3e services
TN11LSXLR N
TN12LSXLR Y

l Appearance:
– The TN11LSXLR and TN12LSXLR versions use different front panels. For details, see
13.23.5 Front Panel.
l Specification:
– For the specification of each version, see 13.23.9 LSXLR Specifications.
The LSXLR boards of different versions cannot replace each other.
13.23.2 Application
The LSXLR board is used in an electrical REG station in the system to implement electrical
regeneration of OTU3/OTU3e optical signals.
For the position of the LSXLR board in the WDM system, see Figure 13-126.
Figure 13-126 Position of the LSXLR board in the WDM system
LSXLR
1×OTU3/OTU3e
1×OTU3/OTU3e
IN OUT
DMUX MUX
LSXLR
1×OTU3/OTU3e
1×OTU3/OTU3e
OUT IN
MUX DMUX

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

The LSXLR board is used to achieve wavelength tunable, and to provide OTN interfaces and
ESC.
Table 13-275 Functions and features of the LSXLR board
and
Feature
Basic The board is used in an electrical REG station in the system to implement
function electrical regeneration of optical signals.
Regenerati OTU3: OTN service at a rate of 43.02 Gbit/s

ng rate OTU3e: OTN service at a rate of 44.57 Gbit/s
NOTE
Only TN12LSXLR supports OTU3e service.

function l Supports the OTN frame format and overhead processing by complying with
the ITU-T G.709.

specificati
on

wavelengt l 40 wavelengths tunable in the C band with 100 GHz channel spacing
h function
ESC Supported
function

function
LPT Not supported

function

encoding WDM side.
l Supports ITU-T G.975.1-compliant advanced forward error correction
(AFEC) on the WDM side.
NOTE

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
and
Feature
Alarms l Monitors BIP8 bytes (Bursty mode) to help locate line failures.
and l Monitors OTN alarms and performance events.
performan
ce events l Monitors parameters such as the bias current, temperature, and optical power
monitorin of the laser.
g
ALS Not supported

function
Optical- Supported by the TN12LSXLR

layer
ASON

layer
ASON
Protection Not supported

scheme
Protocols Protocols or standards for transparent -

or transmission (non-performance
standards monitoring)
complianc
e Protocols or standards for service ITU-T G.805
processing (performance monitoring) ITU-T G.806
ITU-T G.709
ITU-T G.872
ITU-T G.7710
ITU-T G.798
ITU-T G.874
ITU-T M.3100
ITU-T G.874.1
ITU-T G.875
ITU-T G.808.1
ITU-T G.841
ITU-T G.8201
ITU-T G.694.1

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

The LSXLR board consists of the optical receiving module, optical transmitting module, signal
Figure 13-127 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the LSXLR board.
Figure 13-127 Functional modules and signal flow of the LSXLR board
WDM side WDM side

O/E Decoding Overhead Encoding E/O
IN module module module OUT
Optical Optical
receiving transmitting
Control

Power supply
module
Fuse Required
voltage
Backplane
Signal Flow
The LSXLR board implements the regeneration of one channel of unidirectional optical signals.
The wavelengths at the receive and transmit ends of the board are OTU3/OTU3e optical signals
at DWDM standard wavelengths that comply with ITU-T G.694.1.
The optical receiving module receives the optical signals to be regenerated through the IN
interface, and performs O/E conversion.
The signal processing module performs decoding, overhead processing and encoding of signals.
During the process, the reshaping, regenerating and retiming based on electrical signals are
performed, and the signals are encapsulated into OTN frames.
After encoding, the signals are sent to an optical transmitting module. After performing E/O
conversion, the module transmits OTU3/OTU3e signals at DWDM standard wavelengths that
comply with ITU-T G.694.1.
The optical signals are output through the OUT interface.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Module Function
l Optical receiving module
– Performs O/E conversion of OTU3/OTU3e optical signals at DWDM standard
wavelengths that comply with ITU-T G.694.1.
l Optical transmitting module
– Performs E/O conversion from the internal electrical signals to OTU3/OTU3e optical
signals at DWDM wavelengths that comply with ITU-T G.694.1.
l The signal processing module
The module consists of the decoding module, overhead module, and encoding module.
– Decoding module
Performs the FEC/AFEC decoding of OTU3/OTU3e signals, and monitors the
performance of WDM-side services.
– Encoding module
Performs the FEC/AFEC encoding of OTU3/OTU3e signals.
– Overhead module
Performs overhead processing of OTU3/OTU3e signals, and monitors the performance
of WDM-side services.
13.23.5 Front Panel

There are indicators, and interfaces on the front panel of the LSXLR board.

Figure 13-128 and Figure 13-129 show the front panel of the LSXLR board.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 13-128 Front panel of the TN11LSXLR board

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 13-129 Front panel of the TN12LSXLR board
Indicators

Interfaces

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 13-276 Types and functions of the interfaces on the LSXLR board

multiplexer board.

multiplexer board.
Laser Hazard Level

13.23.6 Valid Slots

Four slots house one TN11LSXLR board. Two slots house one TN12LSXLR board.
Table 13-277 shows the valid slots for the TN11LSXLR board.
Table 13-277 Valid slots for the TN11LSXLR board
Product Valid Slots
The rear connector of the TN11LSXLR is mounted to the backplane along the left slot in the
subrack. Therefore, the slot number of the TN11LSXLR board displayed on the NM is the
number of the left one of the four slots.
For example, if slots IU1, IU2, IU3, and IU4 house the TN11LSXLR board, the slot number of
the TN11LSXLR board displayed on the NM is IU1.
When the TN11LSXLR boards serve as regeneration boards, follow the principles below to
install them in the case of ESC communication; otherwise, install them in any valid slots.
The TN11LSXLR boards for transmitting and receiving the same wavelength must be installed
in slots IU1 and IU5, IU9 and IU13.
Table 13-278 shows the valid slots for the TN12LSXLR board.
Table 13-278 Valid slots for the TN12LSXLR board
Product Valid Slots

IU34, IU36-IU42, IU46-IU52, IU54-IU60,
IU62-IU68

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Product Valid Slots

IU36
The rear connector of the TN12LSXLR board is mounted to the backplane along the right slot
in the subrack. Therefore, the slot number of the TN12LSXLR board displayed on the NM is
the number of the right one of the two slots.
For example, if slots IU1 and IU2 house the TN12LSXLR board, the slot number of the
TN12LSXLR board displayed on the NM is IU2.
When the TN12LSXLR boards serve as regeneration boards, follow the principles below to
install them in the case of ESC communication; otherwise, install them in any valid slots.
l OptiX OSN 8800 T64: The TN12LSXLR boards for transmitting and receiving the same
wavelength must be installed in slots IU2 and IU4, IU6 and IU8, IU12 and IU14, IU16 and
IU18, IU20 and IU22, IU24 and IU26, IU28 and IU30, IU32 and IU34, IU36 and IU38,
IU40 and IU42, IU46 and IU48, IU50 and IU52, IU54 and IU56, IU58 and IU60, IU62 and
IU64, or IU66 and IU68.
l OptiX OSN 8800 T32: The TN12LSXLR boards for transmitting and receiving the same
IU19, IU21 and IU23, IU25 and IU27, IU30 and IU32, or IU34 and IU36.
l OptiX OSN 8800 platform subrack: The TN12LSXLR boards for transmitting and
receiving the same wavelength must be installed in slots IU2 and IU4, IU6 and IU8, IU10
and IU12, or IU14 and IU16.
l OptiX OSN 6800: The TN12LSXLR boards for transmitting and receiving the same
wavelength must be installed in slots IU2 and IU4, IU6 and IU8, IU10 and IU12, or IU14
and IU16.


Table 13-279 Mapping between the physical ports on the LSXLR board and the port numbers
IN/OUT 1

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
NOTE

For parameters of the LSXLR, refer to Table 13-280.
Table 13-280 LSXLR parameters


Channel interface.

Name name.
channel of a board.
l Client side: Off
Enable Auto- Disabled, Enabled Set the Enable Auto-Sensing function of

Sensing Default: Enabled the board to Enabled or Disabled.
l When it is set to Enabled, the board
supports Line Rate of the received
signals in auto-sensing mode, and thus
no manual setting is required.
l When it is set to Disabled, Line
Rate of the board must be set
manually and the values of the
previous two parameters must be the
same as that of the received signals.
Otherwise, the services are
unavailable.
NOTE
must be set to Enabled.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Receive l C: 1/1529.16/196.050 Set Receive Wavelength of a board. The

Wavelength to value of the Receive Wavelength is as
80/1560.61/192.100 follows:
l CWDM: l When the receive wavelength of the
11/1471.00/208.170 board is the same as the transmit
to wavelength of the local board, use the
18/1611.00/188.780 default value, which indicates keeping
Default: / the receive wavelength the same as the
transmit wavelength of the local board
automatically.
affected.
NOTE

Wavelength (nm)/
Frequency (THz)


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Wavelength No./ to Wavelength (nm)/Frequency (THz)
Wavelength (nm)/ 80/1560.61/192.100 parameter sets the wavelength number,
Frequency (THz) l CWDM: wavelength and frequency of the current
to board.
18/1611.00/188.780 NOTE
Default: /
See D.27 Planned Wavelength No./
wavelength.
NOTE

(ps)
Board Mode Electrical Relay Mode, Specifies the board mode depending on
Optical Relay Mode the service application scenario.
Default: Electrical Relay See D.2 Board Mode (WDM
Mode Interface) for more information.
13.23.9 LSXLR Specifications

Board WDM-Side Fixed Optical Module WDM-Side Pluggable

Optical Module
TN11LS 500 ps/nm-C Band-Tunable Wavelength-ODB- N/A

XLR PIN
400 ps/nm-C Band-Tunable Wavelength-(D)RZ-
PIN
TN12LS 500 ps/nm-C Band-Tunable Wavelength- N/A

XLR DQPSK-PIN
500 ps/nm-C Band-Tunable Wavelength-ODB-
PIN

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
NOTE
NOTE
Equipment.
NOTE
point.


Line code format - DQPSK ODB DRZ
Operating frequency THz 192.10 to 196.05 192.10 to 196.05 192.10 to 196.00

range
Maximum mean dBm 0 0 0

launched power

launched power
Minimum extinction dB N/A 8.2 8.2

ratio
Center frequency GHz ±2.5 ±2.5 ±5

deviation
Maximum -20 dB nm N/A 0.6 1

spectral width
Maximum -3 dB nm 0.3 N/A N/A

spectral width

suppression ratio
Dispersion tolerance ps/nm ±500 ±500 ±400

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


wavelength range
Receiver sensitivity, dBm -16 -16 -16

EOL (FEC on)
Minimum receiver dBm 0 0 0

overload (FEC on)
Maximum dB -27 -27 -27

reflectance
TN11LSXLR
mm (8.7 in.)
TN12LSXLR
(8.7 in.)
Power Consumption
Board WDM-Side Optical Module Typical Power Maximum Power
25°C (77°F) (W) 55°C (131°F) (W)

LSXL Wavelength-(D)RZ-PIN
R
Wavelength-ODB-PIN

LSXL Wavelength-DQPSK-PIN
R
Wavelength-ODB-PIN

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
13.24 LSXR
LSXR: 10 Gbit/s wavelength conversion relay board

The available functional version of the LSXR board is TN11.

Huawei office.
Subrack
TN11 Y Y N Y Y Y
LSXR
Variants
Table 13-282 Available variants of the TN11LSXR board
01M03
13.24.2 Application
As a type of optical transponder unit, the LSXR board is used in an electrical REG station in the
system to implement electrical regeneration of OTU2/OTU2e optical signals.
For the position of the LSXR board in the WDM system, see Figure 13-130.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 13-130 Position of the LSXR board in the WDM system
LSXR
1×OTU2/OTU2e
1×OTU2/OTU2e
IN OUT
DMUX MUX
LSXR
1×OTU2/OTU2e
1×OTU2/OTU2e
OUT IN
MUX DMUX

The LSXR is mainly used to achieve wavelength tunable, and to provide OTN interfaces and
ESC.
Table 13-283 Functions and features of the LSXR board
and
Feature
Regenerati OTU2: OTN service at a rate of 10.71 Gbit/s

ng rate OTU2e: OTN service at a rate of 11.1 Gbit/s

function l Supports the OTN frame format and overhead processing by referring to the
ITU-T G.709.

specificati
on

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
and
Feature

wavelengt l 40 wavelengths tunable in the C band with 100 GHz channel spacing
h function
ESC Supported
function

function
LPT Not supported

function

encoding WDM side.
l Supports ITU-T G.975.1-compliant advanced forward error correction
(AFEC) on the WDM side.
NOTE
and l Monitors OTN alarms and performance events.
performan
ce events l Monitors parameters such as the bias current, temperature, and optical power
monitorin of the laser.
g
ALS Not supported

function
Optical- Supported
layer
ASON

layer
ASON

scheme
Protocols Protocols or standards for transparent -

or transmission (non-performance
standards monitoring)
complianc
e

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
and
Feature
Protocols or standards for service ITU-T G.805

ITU-T G.709
ITU-T G.872
ITU-T G.7710
ITU-T G.798
ITU-T G.874
ITU-T M.3100
ITU-T G.874.1
ITU-T G.875
ITU-T G.808.1
ITU-T G.841
ITU-T G.8201
ITU-T G.694.1

The LSXR board consists of the optical receiving module, optical transmitting module, signal
Figure 13-131 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the LSXR board.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 13-131 Functional modules and signal flow of the LSXR board
WDM side WDM side

Decoding Overhead Encoding
IN O/E E/O OUT
Optical Optical
Control

Power supply
module
Fuse Required
voltage
Backplane
Signal Flow
The LSXR board implements the regeneration of one channel of unidirectional optical signals.
The signals at the receive and transmit ends of the board are OTU2/OTU2e optical signals at
DWDM wavelengths that comply with ITU-T G.694.1.
After being encoded, the signals are sent to the optical transmitting module. After performing
E/O conversion, the module sends out OTU2/OTU2e signals at DWDM wavelengths that
Module Function
l Optical receiving module
– Performs O/E conversion of OTU2/OTU2e optical signals at DWDM wavelengths that

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
l Optical transmitting module

– Performs E/O conversion from the internal electrical signals to OTU2/OTU2e optical
signals at DWDM wavelengths that comply with ITU-T G.694.1.
l The signal processing module
The module consists of the decoding module, overhead module, and encoding module.
– Decoding module
Performs the FEC/AFEC decoding of OTU2/OTU2e signals, and monitors the
performance of WDM-side services.
– Encoding module
Performs the FEC/AFEC encoding of OTU2/OTU2e signals.
– Overhead module
Performs overhead processing of OTU2/OTU2e signals, and monitors the performance
of WDM-side services.
13.24.5 Front Panel

There are indicators and interfaces on the front panel of the LSXR.

Figure 13-132 shows the front panel of the LSXR.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 13-132 Front panel of the LSXR
Indicators

Interfaces

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 13-284 Types and functions of the interfaces on the LSXR board

multiplexer board.

multiplexer board.
Laser Hazard Level

13.24.6 Valid Slots

One slot houses one LSXR board.
Table 13-285 shows the valid slots for the LSXR board.
Table 13-285 Valid slots for LSXR board
Product Valid Slots
When the LSXR boards serve as regeneration boards, follow the principles below to install them
in the case of ESC communication; otherwise, install them in any valid slots.
l OptiX OSN 8800 T64: The LSXR boards for transmitting and receiving the same
IU8, IU11 and IU12, IU13 and IU14, IU15 and IU16, IU17 and IU18, IU19 and IU20, IU21
and IU22, IU23 and IU24, IU25 and IU26, IU27 and IU28, IU29 and IU30, IU31 and IU32,
IU57 and IU58, IU59 and IU60, IU61 and IU62, IU63 and IU64, IU65 and IU66, or IU67
and IU68.
l OptiX OSN 8800 T32: The LSXR boards for transmitting and receiving the same

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
or IU35 and IU36.
l OptiX OSN 8800 platform subrack: The LSXR boards for transmitting and receiving the
same wavelength must be installed in slots IU1 and IU2, IU3 and IU4, IU5 and IU6, IU7
and IU8, IU9 and IU10, IU11 and IU12, IU13 and IU14, IU15 and IU16, or IU17 and IU18.
l OptiX OSN 6800: The LSXR boards for transmitting and receiving the same wavelength
must be installed in slots IU1 and IU2, IU3 and IU4, IU5 and IU6, IU7 and IU8, IU9 and
IU10, IU11 and IU12, IU13 and IU14, or IU15 and IU16.
13.24.7 Characteristic Code for the LSXR

Code for OTUs.


Table 13-286 Mapping between the physical ports on the LSXR board and the port numbers
IN/OUT 1
NOTE

For parameters of the LSXR, refer to Table 13-287.
Table 13-287 LSXR parameters

Channel interface.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Name name.
channel of a board.
Default: On status of a board.
Enable Auto- Disabled, Enabled Set the Enable Auto-Sensing function of

Sensing Default: Enabled the board to Enabled or Disabled.
supports FEC Type and Line Rate of
the received signals in auto-sensing
mode, and thus no manual setting is
required.
l When it is set to Disabled, FEC
Type and Line Rate of the board must
be set manually and the values of the
unavailable.
NOTE

NOTE
This parameter can be set only when Enable
Auto-Sensing is set to Disabled

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Wavelength (nm)/
Frequency (THz)


Wavelength No./ 1/1529.16/196.050 to Wavelength (nm)/Frequency (THz)
to board.
18/1611.00/188.780 NOTE
Default: /
wavelength.
NOTE

Disabled.
NOTE
Line Rate Standard Mode, Speedup The Line Rate parameter provides an
Mode option to set the OTN line rate.
Default: Standard Mode NOTE
This parameter can be set only when Enable
Auto-Sensing is set to Disabled
See D.16 Line Rate for more information.
Default: Electrical Relay See D.2 Board Mode (WDM
Mode Interface) for more information.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
13.24.10 LSXR Specifications

Board WDM-Side Fixed Optical Module WDM-Side Pluggable Optical

Module
TN11L 800 ps/nm-C Band (odd & even N/A

SXR wavelengths)-Fixed Wavelength-NRZ-
PIN
NRZ-PIN
NRZ-PIN
NRZ-APD
ODB-APD
(D)RZ-PIN
NOTE
NOTE
point.

Wavelength-NRZ-
PIN

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Wavelength-NRZ-
PIN

power

power

width

suppression ratio

(FEC on)
Optical Module 1200 ps/ 1200 ps/ 4800 ps/nm- 800 ps/nm-C
Type nm-C nm-C C Band- Band-
Band- Band- Tunable Tunable
Tunable Tunable Wavelengt Wavelength-
Wavelengt Wavelengt h-ODB- DRZ-PIN
h-NRZ- h-NRZ- APD
PIN APD
Line code format - NRZ NRZ ODB DRZ

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Optical Module 1200 ps/ 1200 ps/ 4800 ps/nm- 800 ps/nm-C
Type nm-C nm-C C Band- Band-
Band- Band- Tunable Tunable
Tunable Tunable Wavelengt Wavelength-
Wavelengt Wavelengt h-ODB- DRZ-PIN
h-NRZ- h-NRZ- APD
PIN APD
Maximum mean dBm 2 2 2 2

launched power
Minimum mean dBm -3 -3 -3 -3

launched power
Minimum dB 10 10 N/Aa 10
extinction ratio
Center frequency GHz ±5 ±5 ±5 ±5

deviation
Maximum -20 dB nm 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3

spectral width
Minimum side dB 35 35 35 35
mode suppression
ratio
Dispersion ps/nm 1200 1200 4800 800

tolerance
Receiver type - PIN APD APD PIN

wavelength range
Receiver dBm -16 -26 -26 -16

sensitivity, EOL
(FEC on)
Minimum receiver dBm 0 -9 -9 0

overload
Maximum dB -27 -27 -27 -27

reflectance

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
(8.7 in.)
l Weight: 1.2 kg. (2.6 lb)
Power Consumption
25°C (77°F) (W) 55°C (131°F) (W)

XR NRZ-PIN
Wavelength-NRZ-PIN

Wavelength-NRZ-PIN
Wavelength-NRZ-APD


Wavelength-ODB-APD
13.25 LTX
LTX: 10-Port 10Gbit/s Service Multiplexing & Optical Wavelength Conversion Board

The available functional version of the LTX board is TN11.

Huawei office.
Subrack
TN11 Y Y Y Y Y N
LTX

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Variants
Table 13-290 Available variants of the TN11LTX board

Variant WDM-Side Fixed Optical Module FEC Encoding


ePDM-QPSK(SDFEC, RZ)-PIN
13.25.2 Application
The LTX board is a wavelength conversion board and applies to coherent systems. In the receive
direction, the board can receive ten 10GE LAN, 10GE WAN, STM-64, or OC-192 signals from
client equipment, maps the optical signals into an OTU4 signal, and converts the OTU4 signal
into a standard DWDM wavelength compliant with ITU-T G.694.1. In the transmit direction,
the process is reverse. The LTX board can also apply to electrical regeneration sites to perform
electrical regeneration of OTU4 optical signals.
The WDM-side service rate for the LTX board is 100 Gbit/s. Therefore, the board is intended
for 100G transmission systems.
For the position of the LTX board in the WDM system, see Figure 13-133 and Figure
13-134.
Figure 13-133 Position of the LTX board in the WDM system (OTU mode)
LTX LTX
RX1 M M
TX1
U U
10×ODU2/ODU2e
10×ODU2/ODU2e
TX1 OUT X IN RX1

X
10GE LAN/ 10GE LAN/
1×ODU4
1×ODU4
1×OTU4
/ /
1×OTU4
10GE WAN/ IN OUT 10GE WAN/

D D
STM-64/OC-192
RX10 M M TX10 STM-64/OC-192
U U
TX10 X X RX10
NOTE
In this application scenario, the Board Mode parameter of the LTX board must be set to Line Mode.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 13-134 Position of the LTX board in the WDM system (regeneration mode)
LTX
IN OUT
1×OTU4
1×OTU4
DMUX MUX
LTX
1×OTU4
OUT 1×OTU4 IN
MUX DMUX
NOTE
In this application scenario, the Board Mode parameter of the LTX board must be set to Electrical Relay
Mode or Optical Relay Mode. When optical-layer and electrical-layer ASON are enabled, it does not matter
whether the Board Mode parameter is set to Optical Relay Mode or Electrical Relay mode. The parameter
must be set to Optical Relay Mode for the line board in a non-ASON system; otherwise, end-to-end management
of ASON services is not available.
The input and output wavelengths can be different.

The LTX board is mainly used to achieve wavelength tunable and to provide OTN interfaces
and ESC.
For detailed functions and features, see Table 13-291 and Table 13-292.
Table 13-291 Functions and features of the LTX board (OTU mode)
Feature
Basic function LTX converts signal as follows:

l 10x10GE LAN/10GE WAN/STM-64/OC-192<->1xOTU4


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Feature

l Supports the OTN frame format and overhead processing compliant
with ITU-T G.709.
l Supports PM functions for ODU2.

specification
function
function NOTE
The PRBS function on the client side is supported only when the client-side service
type is STM-64/OC-192.
type is 10GE LAN.
events
power of the laser.
LAN).
l Supports the monitoring of CD and PMD performance.
Regeneration TN11LTX, TN54NS4

board
ASON

ASON

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Feature

Ethernet service Bit Transparent Mapping (11.1G)

mapping mode
Outloop
Outloop
Protocols or Protocols or standards IEEE 802.3ae

standards for transparent ITU-T G.707

(performance
ITU-T G.872
ITU-T G.7710
ITU-T G.798
ITU-T G.874
ITU-T M.3100
ITU-T G.874.1
ITU-T G.875
ITU-T G.808.1
ITU-T G.841
ITU-T G.8201
ITU-T G.694.1
Table 13-292 Functions and features of the LTX board (regeneration mode)
Feature
Basic function The board is used in an electrical REG station in the system to implement
electrical regeneration of optical signals.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Feature
Regenerating OTU4: OTN service at a rate of 111.81 Gbit/s

rate

l Supports the OTN frame format and overhead processing compliant
with ITU-T G.709.

specification
function

function

NOTE
events
power of the laser.
ALS function Not supported
ASON

ASON

scheme
Protocols or Protocols or standards -

standards for transparent
performance
monitoring)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Feature

(performance
ITU-T G.872
ITU-T G.7710
ITU-T G.798
ITU-T G.874
ITU-T M.3100
ITU-T G.874.1
ITU-T G.875
ITU-T G.808.1
ITU-T G.841
ITU-T G.8201
ITU-T G.694.1

The LTX board consists of the client-side optical module, WDM-side optical module, signal
Functional Modules and Signal Flow (OTU mode)

Figure 13-135 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the LTX.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 13-135 Functional modules and signal flow of the LTX board (OTU mode)
RX1 SDH/SONET
O/E encapsulation and E/O OUT
mapping module OTN
RX10 processing
TX1 module
E/O 10GE LAN O/E
encapsulation and IN
TX10
Client-side mapping module WDM-side
optical optical
Control


module voltage
Fuse
Backplane
DC power supply SCC (controlled by the
from the backplane SCC)
In the signal flow of the LTX board, the transmit and the receive directions are defined. The
transmit direction is defined as the direction from the client side of the LTX to the WDM side
of the LTX, and the receive direction is defined as the reverse direction.
The client-side optical module receives 10 channels of the optical signals from client
After performing the O/E conversion, the client-side optical module sends the electrical
signals to the signal processing module. Then, the signal processing module performs
encapsulation, OTN framing, and HFEC/SDFEC coding and outputs one channel of OTU4
signals to the WDM-side optical module.
After receiving the OTU4 signals, the WDM-side optical module performs E/O conversion,
generates OTU4 signals over a DWDM wavelength that complies with ITU-T G.694.1,
and then outputs the OTU4 signals through the OUT optical interfaces.
l Receive direction
The WDM-side optical module receives one channel of standard DWDM optical signals
compliant with ITU-T G.694.1 through the IN optical interfaces. The WDM-side optical
module then converts the optical signals into electrical signals.
After the O/E conversion, the electrical signals are sent to the signal processing module,
which performs OTU4 framing, HFEC/SDFEC decoding, demapping, and decapsulation
for the signals and then outputs 10 channels of 10GE LAN/10GE WAN/STM-64/OC-192
electrical signals.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
The 10 channels of 10GE LAN/10GE WAN/STM-64/OC-192 signals are sent to the client-
side optical module, which converts the electrical signals into optical signals and then
outputs the optical signals through the TX optical interface.
Functional Modules and Signal Flow (regeneration mode)

Figure 13-136 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the LTX.
Figure 13-136 Functional modules and signal flow of the LTX board (regeneration mode)
WDM side WDM side

O/E OTN processing E/O
IN module OUT
Optical Optical
module module
Control


module voltage
Fuse
DC power Backplane
supply SCC (controlled by
from a SCC)
backplane
The LTX board implements the regeneration of one channel of unidirectional optical signals.
The wavelengths at the receive and transmit ends of the board are OTU4 optical signals at
DWDM standard wavelengths that comply with ITU-T G.694.1.
After encoding, the signals are sent to an optical transmitting module. After performing E/O
conversion, the module transmits OTU4 signals at DWDM standard wavelengths that comply
with ITU-T G.694.1.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Module Function
– Client-side receiver: Performs O/E conversion for 10 channels of 10GE LAN/10GE
WAN/STM-64/OC-192 optical signals.
– Client-side transmitter: Performs E/O conversion for 10 channels of 10GE LAN/10GE
WAN/STM-64/OC-192 optical signals.
– WDM-side receiver: Performs O/E conversion of the OTU4 optical signal.
encapsulation and mapping module, and OTN processing module.
– SDH/SONET encapsulation and mapping module:
Encapsulates ten channels of SDH/SONET and 10GE WAN signals and maps the
signals into the OTU4 payload area. The module also performs the reverse process and
has the SDH/SONET performance monitoring function.
– 10GE LAN encapsulation and mapping module:
Encapsulates ten channels of 10GE LAN signals and maps the signals into the OTU4
payload area. The module also performs the reverse process and has the 10GE LAN
Frames OTU4 signals, processes overheads in OTU4 signals, and performs the
HFEC/SDFEC encoding and decoding.
13.25.5 Front Panel

There are indicators and interfaces on the front panel of the LTX board.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 13-137 shows the front panel of the LTX board.
Figure 13-137 Font panel of the LTX board
G.657A2 FIBER ONLY

LTX
STAT
ACT G.657A2 FIBER ONLY
PROG 只能使用G.657A2 光纤
SRV
RX1 TX1
TX2 RX2
OUT IN
RX3 TX3
TX4 RX4
RX5 TX5
TX6 RX6
RX7 TX7
TX8 RX8
TX10 RX10
RX9 TX9
LTX
NOTE

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Indicators

Interfaces
Table 13-293 Types and functions of the interfaces on the LTX board

multiplexer board.

multiplexer board.
Laser Hazard Level

13.25.6 Valid Slots

Four slots house one LTX board.
Table 13-294 shows the valid slots for the LTX board.
Table 13-294 Valid slots for the LTX board
Product Valid Slots

IU32, IU36-IU40, IU46-IU50, IU54-IU58,
IU62-IU66

IU34

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Product Valid Slots
NOTE
The rear connector of the LTX is mounted to the backplane along the second slot from the left in the subrack.
Therefore, the slot number of the LTX board displayed on the NM is the number of the second one of the
four slots from left.
For example, if slots IU1, IU2, IU3 and IU4 house the LTX board, the slot number of the LTX board
When the LTX boards serve as regeneration boards, follow the principles below to install them
l OptiX OSN 8800 T64: The LTX boards for transmitting and receiving the same wavelength
must be installed in slots IU2 and IU6, IU12 and IU16, IU20 and IU24, IU36 and IU40,
IU46 and IU50, IU54 and IU58, IU62 and IU66.
must be installed in slots IU2 and IU6, IU13 and IU17, IU21 and IU25, IU30 and IU34.
must be installed in slots IU2 and IU6, IU12 and IU16.
l OptiX OSN 8800 platform subrack: The LTX boards for transmitting and receiving the
same wavelength must be installed in slots IU2 and IU6, IU10 and IU14.
l OptiX OSN 6800: The LTX boards for transmitting and receiving the same wavelength
must be installed in slots IU2 and IU6, IU10 and IU14.


Table 13-295 Mapping between the physical ports on the LTX board and the port numbers
IN/OUT 1
TX1/RX1 3
TX2/RX2 4
TX3/RX3 5

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
TX4/RX4 6
TX5/RX5 7
TX6/RX6 8
TX7/RX7 9
TX8/RX8 10
TX9/RX9 11
TX10/RX10 12
NOTE

For parameters of LTX, refer to Table 13-296.
Table 13-296 LTX parameters

Channel

are supported.
Default: Used occupancy status of the current channel of a
board.
Default: Non-
Loopback
Service Type 10GE LAN, 10GE The Service Type parameter sets the type of
WAN, OC-192, the service accessed at the optical interface on
STM-64 the client side.
Default: 10GE LAN

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
l Client side: Off

board are lost.

FW_OPUk_CSF receiver of the local board, the laser on the
FW_OPUk_CSF.
1400ms, 1500ms,
1600ms, 1700ms,
1800ms, 1900ms, 2s
Default: 0s

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
1400ms, 1500ms,
1600ms, 1700ms,
1800ms, 1900ms, 2s
Default: 0s
LPT Enabled Enabled, Disabled Determines whether to enable the link pass-
Default: Enabled forward error correction (FEC) function for an
optical interface.
FEC Mode HFEC, SDFEC Queries the FEC mode of the current optical
interface.
more information.
Receive C: Set Receive Wavelength of a board. The

Wavelength 1/1529.16/196.050 value of the Receive Wavelength is as
to follows:
80/1560.61/192.100 l When the receive wavelength of the board
Default: / is the same as the transmit wavelength of
the local board, use the default value,
which indicates keeping the receive
wavelength the same as the transmit
wavelength of the local board
automatically.
l When the receive wavelength of the board
is different from the transmit wavelength
of the local board, the value of this
parameter must be the same as the transmit
wavelength of the peer board; otherwise,
services are affected.
NOTE
In the case of ASON services, this parameter must
be set to the default value.
Receive Band Type C The Receive Band Typeparameter sets the

Default: C receive band type of a board.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Wavelength (nm)/
Frequency (THz)

Wavelength Range supported by the WDM-side optical interface
on the board.
Planned C: The Planned Wavelength No./Wavelength

Wavelength (nm)/ to wavelength number, wavelength and
Frequency (THz) 80/1560.61/192.100 frequency of the current optical interface on
Default: / the WDM side of a board.
NOTE
Wavelength (nm)/Frequency (THz) (WDM
Planned Band Type C The Planned Band Type parameter sets the
Default: C band type of the current working wavelength.
status of a board.
Dispersion - Queries the dispersion compensation value of

Compensation the board.
Value

(ps)


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
OTN Overhead l Disabled, GCC1 Determines whether to process GCC1 and

Transparent +GCC2 Enabled, GCC2 in OTN overheads. If the processing is
Transmission Only GCC1 not required, set this parameter to Enabled;
Enabled, Only otherwise, set it to Disabled.
GC2 Enabled NOTE
l Default: This parameter is only valid when the Board
Mode is set to Electrical Relay Mode or Optical
Disabled
Relay Mode.
Board Mode Line Mode, Specifies the board mode depending on the
Electrical Relay service application scenario.
Mode, Optical Relay See D.2 Board Mode (WDM Interface) for
Mode more information.
Default: Electrical
Relay Mode
13.25.9 LTX Specifications


Module Module
TN N/A 10 Gbit/s Multirate-10 40000 ps/nm-C Band- N/A

11L km Tunable Wavelength-
TX 10 Gbit/s Multirate-40 ePDM-QPSK(HFEC,
km RZ)-PIN
10 Gbit/s Multirate-80 55000 ps/nm-C Band-
km Tunable Wavelength-
ePDM-QPSK(SDFEC,
10 Gbit/s Single Rate-0.3 RZ)-PIN
km
NOTE
point.
Specifications of optical modules on the client side

NOTE
The 10 Gbit/s multi-rate 10 km module, 10 Gbit/s multi-rate 40 km, and 10 Gbit/s multi-rate 80 km module
can be used to access OC-192, STM-64, 10GE LAN and 10GE WAN signals.
The 10Gbit/s single rate -0.3km module can be used only to access 10GE LAN signals.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


format

source type

n distance

wavelength
range

mean
launched
power
Minimum dBm -6 -4.7 0 -7.3

mean
launched
power
extinction
ratio

-20 dB
spectral
width
side mode
suppression
ratio

mask

type

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


wavelength
range
Receiver dBm -11 -14 -24 -7.5

sensitivity
(multirate)
Receiver dBm -14.4 -15.8 -24 -7.5

sensitivity
(10GE
LAN)

receiver
overload
(10GE
LAN)
receiver
overload
(STM-64)
Maximum dB -27 -27 -27 -12

reflectance
Specifications of optical modules on the DWDM side

Tunable Wavelength-
ePDM-QPSK(HFEC,
RZ)-PIN

power

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Tunable Wavelength-
ePDM-QPSK(HFEC,
RZ)-PIN

power

width

suppression ratio

to-back)
Receiver type - PIN
RZ)

Tunable Wavelength-
ePDM-QPSK(SDFEC,
RZ)-PIN

power

power

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Tunable Wavelength-
ePDM-QPSK(SDFEC,
RZ)-PIN

width

suppression ratio

to-back)
Receiver type - PIN
mm (8.7 in.)
Power Consumption
25°C (77°F) (W) 55°C (131°F) (W)
TN11LTX (OTU 40000 ps/nm-C 248 273

mode) Band-Tunable
Wavelength-ePDM-
TN11LTX QPSK(HFEC, RZ)- 235 247
(regeneration mode) PIN
TN11LTX (OTU 55000 ps/nm-C 270 300

mode) Band-Tunable
Wavelength-ePDM-

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

25°C (77°F) (W) 55°C (131°F) (W)
TN11LTX QPSK(SDFEC, RZ)- 250 275

(regeneration mode) PIN
13.26 LWX2
LWX2: arbitrary rate (16Mbit/s-2.7Gbit/s) dual-wavelength conversion board

Only one functional version of the LWX2 board is available, that is, TN11.

Huawei office.
Boa 8800 T64 8800 T32 8800 T16 8800 6800 3800
Subrack
TN1 N N N Y Y Y
1L
WX
2
13.26.2 Application
As a type of optical transponder unit, the LWX2 board implements the conversion between two
channels of optical signals at the rate in the range of 16 Mbit/s to 2.7 Gbit/s and WDM signals
that comply with ITU-T Recommendations.
For the position of the LWX2 board in the WDM system, see Figure 13-138.
Figure 13-138 Position of the LWX2 board in the WDM system

LWX2 LWX2
Transparent transmission
MUX/ MUX/
DMUX DMUX
16Mbit/s 16Mbit/s
– –
2.7Gbit/s 2.7Gbit/s
MUX/ MUX/
DMUX DMUX

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

The LWX2 is mainly used to achieve wavelength tunable and provide ESC.
Table 13-300 Functions and features of the LWX2 board
and Feature
Basic LWX2 converts signals as follows:

function l 2 x (16 Mbit/s to 2.7 Gbit/s signals)<->2 x (16 Mbit/s to 2.7 Gbit/s signals)


Tunable Supports the tunable wavelength optical module. In the case of configuring
wavelength four-wavelength tunable optical module, configure every four continuous
function wavelengths (first group started with the 1st wavelength) in the C band with
100 GHz channel spacing as one group. In this way, the optical signal output
on the WDM side are tunable within the four wavelengths of every group.
ESC Supported
function

function
Alarms and Monitors items such as the bias current and temperature of the laser as well
performance as the optical power.
events
monitoring
ALS Supports the ALS function on the client and WDM sides.
function

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
and Feature

ASON

layer ASON

Outloop Supported
Outloop Supported

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
and Feature

(FC-PI)
SW-3)
(FC-SB-2)
Control (MAC)
Protocol (PHY)
Dependent (PDM)
Protocols or -
standards for
service processing
(performance
monitoring)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

The LWX2 board consists of the client-side optical module, WDM-side optical module, service
Figure 13-139 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the LWX2 board.
Figure 13-139 Functional modules and signal flow of the LWX2 board

RX1 OUT1
O/E E/O
RX2 OUT2
TX1
Service processing module IN1
E/O O/E
TX2 Client-side WDM-side IN2
optical optical
module module
Control

Power supply
module
Fuse Required
voltage
Backplane
Signal Flow
The client side of the LWX2 board accesses Any optical signals (Any optical signals at a rate
NOTE
For the types of the signals that the client side accesses, refer to 13.26.3 Functions and Features.
In the signal flow of the LWX2 board, the transmit and the receive directions are defined. The
transmit direction is defined as the direction from the client side of the LWX2 to the WDM side
of the LWX2, and the receive direction is defined as the reverse direction.
The client-side optical module receives two channels of the optical signals from client
After the O/E conversion, the two channels of electrical signals are sent to the service
processing module. The module performs operations such as the regeneration of Any

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
signals and the performance monitoring of SDH and GE signals. Then, the module sends
the signals to the WDM-side optical module.
After performing E/O conversion, the WDM-side optical module sends out two channels
of the ITU-T G.694.1-compliant at DWDM standard wavelengths or the ITU-T G.694.2-
compliant at CWDM standard wavelengths Any optical signals through the OUT1-OTU2
optical interfaces.
l Receive direction
wavelengths Any optical signals from the WDM side through the IN1-IN2 optical
After O/E conversion, the Any electrical signals are sent to the signal processing module.
The module performs operations such as the regeneration of Any signals and the
performance monitoring of SDH and GE signals. Then, the module outputs two channels
of Any signals.
optical interfaces.
Module Function
– WDM-side receiver: Performs O/E conversion of Any optical signals.
Any optical signals.
l Service processing module
– Regenerates Any signals in two directions.
– Monitors the performance of SDH and GE signals in two directions.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
13.26.5 Front Panel

There are indicators and interfaces on the front panel of the LWX2 board.

Figure 13-140 shows the front panel of the LWX2 board.
Figure 13-140 Front panel of the LWX2 board
LWX2
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
TX1
RX1
TX2
RX2
OUT1
IN1
OUT2
IN2
LWX2
NOTE
The WDM-side optical modules must be inserted in the IN1/OUT1 and IN2/OUT2 interfaces in an
ascending order of signal frequencies supported by these WDM-side optical modules.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Indicators

Interfaces
Table 13-301 Types and functions of the interfaces on the LWX2 board

multiplexer board.

multiplexer board.
Laser Hazard Level

13.26.6 Valid Slots

One slot houses one LWX2 board.
Table 13-302 shows the valid slots for the LWX2 board.
Table 13-302 Valid slots for the LWX2 board
Product Valid Slots

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
13.26.7 Characteristic Code for the LWX2

The characteristic code for the LWX2 board contains eight digits, respectively indicating the
Table 13-303 Characteristic code for the LWX2 board
WDM side.
the WDM side.
For example, the characteristic code for the TN11LWX2 board is 92109220.
l "9210" indicates the frequency of the first channel of optical signals on the WDM side is
192.10 THz.
l "9220" indicates the frequency of the second channel of optical signals on the WDM side
is 192.20 THz.


Table 13-304 Mapping between the physical ports on the LWX2 board and the port numbers
IN1/OUT1 1
IN2/OUT2 3
TX1/RX1 5
TX2/RX2 6

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
NOTE

For parameters of LWX2, refer to Table 13-305
Table 13-305 LWX2 parameters

Channel interface.

Name name.
channel of a board.
ESCON, FC-100, of the service accessed at the optical
FICON, FICON
Express, GE, OC-3,
OC-12, OC-48, STM-1,
STM-4, STM-16
Default: Any
Bearer Rate (Mbit/s) Default: 2500 optical interface on the client side of a
board.
information.
l Client side: Off

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Shutdown Default: parameter determines whether to
l WDM side: Disabled the signals received by a board are lost.
l Client side: Enabled
Current Bearer Rate - parameter provides an option to query the

(M) rate of services accessed at the optical
interface on the client side for the OTUs
at any rate.

Wavelength (nm)/
Frequency (THz)


11/1471.00/208.170 board.
Default: /
wavelength.

resides.
13.26.10 LWX2 Specifications


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Module Module

WX I-16-2 km NRZ-PIN
2 12800 ps/nm-C Band-
S-16.1-15 km
Fixed Wavelength-
L-16.2-80 km NRZ-APD
1.25 Gbit/s Multirate 6500 ps/nm-C Band-
(eSFP CWDM)-40 km Fixed Wavelength-
2.67 Gbit/s Multirate NRZ-PIN
2.67 Gbit/s Multirate Fixed Wavelength-
(eSFP DWDM)-120 km NRZ-APD
6400 ps/nm-C Band-
Tunable Wavelength-
NRZ-APD (Four
Channels-Tunable)
1600 ps/nm-CWDM
Band-Fixed
Wavelength-NRZ-APD
NOTE
point.

NOTE
The I-16 module, S-16.1 module, and L-16.2 module can be used to access STM-16, FC200, FC100, GE, STM-4,
ESCON, STM-1, and DVB-ASI signals.
module.
NOTE
The 2.125 Gbit/s multirate module is used to access FC200, GE, FC100 and FE signals.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 13-306 Client-side pluggable optical module specifications

Optical 2.125 Gbit/s I-16-2 km S-16.1-15 km L-16.2-80 km

Module Multirate-0.
Type 5 km

format
Optical - MLM MLM SLM SLM

source type
Target - 0.5 km (0.3 2 km (1.2 mi.) 15 km (9.3 80 km (49.7

distance

wavelength
range

mean
launched
power
Minimum dBm -9.5 -10 -5 -2

mean
launched
power
Minimum dB 9 8.2 8.2 8.2

extinction
ratio
Maximum nm N/A N/A 1 1

-20 dB
spectral
width
Minimum dB N/A N/A 30 30

side mode
suppression
ratio
Eye pattern - IEEE802.3z- G.957-compliant

mask compliant
Receiver - PIN PIN PIN APD

type

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Module Multirate-0.
Type 5 km

wavelength
range
Receiver dBm -17 -18 -18 -28

sensitivity
Minimum dBm 0 -3 0 -9
receiver
overload
Maximum dB N/A -27 -27 -27

reflectance
NOTE
NOTE
The 2.5 Gbit/s multirate module (eSFP CWDM) can be used to access STM-16, FC200, FC100, GE, STM-4,
ESCON, STM-1, DVB-ASI, FE signals.

wavelengths)

km km

distance

range

launched power

power

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

km km

deviation

spectral width

suppression ratio

G.959.1-compliant

range

overload

wavelengths)

km

distance

power

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

km

power

width

suppression ratio

Receiver type - APD

range
Optical 12800 ps/ 12800 ps/ 6500 ps/nm- 3200 ps/nm- 6400 ps/nm-
Module Type nm-C Band- nm-C Band- C Band- C Band- C Band-
Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Tunable
Wavelength Wavelength Wavelength Wavelength Wavelength
-NRZ-PINa -NRZ-APDa -NRZ-PIN -NRZ-PIN -NRZ-APD
(Four
Channels-
Tunable)
Line code format - NRZ NRZ NRZ NRZ NRZ

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Optical 12800 ps/ 12800 ps/ 6500 ps/nm- 3200 ps/nm- 6400 ps/nm-
Module Type nm-C Band- nm-C Band- C Band- C Band- C Band-
Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Tunable
Wavelength Wavelength Wavelength Wavelength Wavelength
-NRZ-PINa -NRZ-APDa -NRZ-PIN -NRZ-PIN -NRZ-APD
(Four
Channels-
Tunable)
Maximum mean dBm -1 -1 3 3 3

launched power
Minimum mean dBm -5 -5 -2 -2 -2

launched power
Minimum dB 10 10 8.2 8.2 8.2

extinction ratio

deviation
Maximum -20 dB nm 0.2 0.2 0.5 0.5 0.5

spectral width
mode
suppression ratio
Dispersion ps/nm 12800 12800 6500 3200 6400

tolerance
Receiver type - PIN APD PIN APD APD

wavelength range
Receiver dBm -18 -28 -18 -26 -28

sensitivity
Minimum dBm 0 -9 0 -10 -9

receiver overload
Maximum dB -27 -27 -27 -27 -27

reflectance
a: The 12800ps/nm-PIN and 12800ps/nm-APD modules do not support pilot tone modulation mode.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Wavelength-NRZ-APD

power

power

deviation

width

suppression ratio
Receiver type - APD
NOTE
l When SDH or OTN services are provisioned on the WDM side, the line code on the WDM side must
be NRZ.
l When SDH or OTN services are provisioned on the WDM side, the eye pattern on the WDM side
complies with the template defined in ITU-T G.957.
(8.7 in.)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Power Consumption
Consumption at 25°C (77°F) Consumption at 55°C (131°
(W) F) (W)
LWX2 38.5 42.4
13.27 LWXD
LWXD: arbitrary rate (16Mbit/s-2.7Gbit/s) wavelength conversion board (double transmit)

Only one functional version of the LWXD board is available, that is, TN11.

Huawei office.
Boa 8800 T64 8800 T32 8800 T16 8800 6800 3800
Subrack
TN1 N N N N Y Y
1L
WX
D
13.27.2 Application
As a type of optical transponder unit, the LWXD board implements the conversion between the
optical signal at the rate between 16 Mbit/s and 2.7 Gbit/s and WDM signals that comply with
ITU-T Recommendations, and dually feeds and selectively receives signals on the WDM side.
For the position of the LWXD board in the WDM system, see Figure 13-141.
Figure 13-141 Position of the LWXD board in the WDM system

LWXD LWXD
MUX/ MUX/
DMUX DMUX
16Mbit/s 16Mbit/s
– –
2.7Gbit/s 2.7Gbit/s
MUX/ MUX/
DMUX DMUX

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

The LWXD board is used to achieve wavelength tunable and to provide ESC.
Table 13-311 Functions and features of the LWXD board
and Feature
Basic LWXD converts signals as follows:

l Implements the dual fed and selective receiving function on the WDM
side.


ESC Supported
function

function
events
monitoring
function

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
and Feature

ASON

layer ASON

Outloop Supported
Outloop Supported

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
and Feature

(FC-PI)
SW-3)
(FC-SB-2)
Control (MAC)
Protocol (PHY)
Dependent (PDM)
Protocols or -
standards for
service processing
(performance
monitoring)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

The LWXD board consists of the client-side optical module, WDM-side optical module, service
Figure 13-142 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the LWXD board.
Figure 13-142 Functional modules and signal flow of the LWXD board

OUT1
RX O/E E/O Splitter
OUT2

IN1
TX E/O O/E IN2
optical optical
module module
Control

Power supply
module
Fuse Required
voltage
Backplane
Signal Flow
The client side of the LWXD board accesses Any optical signals (Any optical signals at a rate
NOTE
For the types of the signals that the client side accesses, refer to 13.27.3 Functions and Features.
In the signal flow of the LWXD board, the transmit and the receive directions are defined. The
transmit direction is defined as the direction from the client side of the LWXD to the WDM side
of the LWXD, and the receive direction is defined as the reverse direction.
After O/E conversion, the electrical signals are sent to the service processing module. The
module performs operations such as the regeneration of Any signals and the performance
monitoring of SDH and GE signals. Then, the module sends the signals to the WDM-side
optical module.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
After performing the E/O conversion, the WDM-side optical module sends out the ITU-T
G.694.1-compliant at DWDM standard wavelengths or the ITU-T G.694.2-compliant at
CWDM standard wavelengths Any optical signals. An optical splitter converts the OTU1
optical signals into two channels of identical optical signals, and then the two channels
signals are output through the OUT1-OUT2 optical interfaces.
l Receive direction
wavelengths Any optical signals from the WDM side through the IN1-IN2 optical
The module performs operations such as received signal selection, the regeneration of Any
signals and the performance monitoring of SDH and GE signals. Then, the module outputs
one channel of Any signals.
The client-side optical module performs E/O conversion of the electrical signals, and then
outputs one channel of client-side optical signals through the TX optical interface.
Module Function
– Client-side receiver: Performs O/E conversion of Any optical signals.
– Monitors the performance of SDH and GE signals in two directions.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
13.27.5 Front Panel

There are indicators and interfaces on the front panel of the LWXD board.

Figure 13-143 shows the front panel of the LWXD board.
Figure 13-143 Front panel of the LWXD board
LWXD
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
TX1
RX1
OUT1
IN1
OUT2
IN2
LWXD
Indicators


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Interfaces
Table 13-312 Types and functions of the interfaces on the LWXD board

multiplexer board.

multiplexer board.
Laser Hazard Level

13.27.6 Valid Slots

One slot houses one LWXD board.
Table 13-313 shows the valid slots for the LWXD board.
Table 13-313 Valid slots for the LWXD board
Product Valid Slots
13.27.7 Characteristic Code for the LWXD

The characteristic code for the LWXD board contains eight digits, respectively indicating the

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 13-314 Characteristic code for the LWXD board
WDM side.
the WDM side.
For example, the characteristic code for the TN11LWXD is 92109210.


Table 13-315 Mapping between the physical ports on the LWXD board and the port numbers
IN1/OUT1 1
IN2/OUT2 2
TX/RX 3
NOTE

For parameters of LWXD, refer to Table 13-316

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 13-316 LWXD parameters


Channel interface.
Optical Interface - Sets and querses the optical interface

Name name.
channel of a board.
Service Type None, Any, DVB-ASI, The Service Type parameter sets the
ESCON, FC-100, type of the service accessed at the
FC-200, FDDI, FE, optical interface on the client side.
FICON, FICON Express,
GE, OC-3, OC-12,
OC-48, STM-1, STM-4,
STM-16
Default: Any
Client Service 16 to 2500 sets the rate of the accessed service at

Bearer Rate (Mbit/s) Default: 2500 the optical interface on the client side of
a board.
information.

l Client side: Off

l WDM side: Disabled the signals received by a board are lost.
Current Bearer Rate - parameter provides an option to query

(M) the rate of services accessed at the
optical interface on the client side for the
OTUs at any rate.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Wavelength (nm)/
Frequency (THz)

Planned Wavelength l C: 1/1529.16/196.050 The Planned Wavelength No./

No./Wavelength to Wavelength (nm)/Frequency (THz)
(nm)/Frequency 80/1560.61/192.100 parameter sets the wavelength number,
(THz) l CWDM: wavelength and frequency of the current
to board.
Default: / (WDM Interface) for more
information.
wavelength.

board resides.
information.
13.27.10 LWXD Specifications


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Module Module

D 12800 ps/nm-C Band-
S-16.1-15 km
Fixed Wavelength-
L-16.2-80 km NRZ-APD
(eSFP CWDM)-40 km Fixed Wavelength-
12800 ps/nm-C Band-
Tunable Wavelength-
NRZ-APD
6400 ps/nm-C Band-
Tunable Wavelength-
NRZ-APD (Four
Channels-Tunable)
1600 ps/nm-CWDM
Band-Fixed
Wavelength-NRZ-APD
NOTE
point.

NOTE
The I-16 module, S-16.1 module, and L-16.2 module can be used to access STM-16, FC200, FC100, GE, STM-4,
ESCON, STM-1, and DVB-ASI signals.
module.
NOTE

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Module Multirate-0.
Type 5 km

format

source type

distance

wavelength
range

mean
launched
power
Minimum dBm -9.5 -10 -5 -2

mean
launched
power
Minimum dB 9 8.2 8.2 8.2

extinction
ratio

-20 dB
spectral
width

side mode
suppression
ratio

mask compliant

type

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Module Multirate-0.
Type 5 km

wavelength
range
Receiver dBm -17 -18 -18 -28

sensitivity
receiver
overload

reflectance
NOTE
NOTE
The 2.5 Gbit/s multirate module (eSFP CWDM) can be used to access STM-16, FC200, FC100, GE, STM-4,
ESCON, STM-1, DVB-ASI, FE signals.

wavelengths)

km km

distance

range

launched power

power

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

km km

deviation

spectral width

suppression ratio

G.959.1-compliant

range

overload

wavelengths)

km

distance

power

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

km

power

width

suppression ratio

Receiver type - APD

range

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

gth-NRZ- gth-NRZ- gth-NRZ- gth-NRZ- gth- gth-NRZ-
PINa APDa PIN APD NRZ- APD
APD (Four
Channels
-Tunable)

launched power

launched power
Minimum dB 10 10 8.2 8.2 10 8.2

extinction ratio

deviation
Maximum -20 dB nm 0.2 0.2 0.5 0.5 0.2 0.5

spectral width
Minimum side dB 35 35 30 30 35 35
mode suppression
ratio
Dispersion ps/nm 12800 12800 6500 3200 12800 6400

tolerance

Receiver dBm -18 -28 -18 -26 -28 -28

sensitivity

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
gth-NRZ- gth-NRZ- gth-NRZ- gth-NRZ- gth- gth-NRZ-
PINa APDa PIN APD NRZ- APD
APD (Four
Channels
-Tunable)

overload
Maximum dB -27 -27 -27 -27 -27 -27

reflectance


NRZ-APD

power

power

width

suppression ratio

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

NRZ-APD
Receiver type - APD
NOTE
be NRZ.
(8.7 in.)
Power Consumption
(W) F) (W)
LWXD 35.8 39.4
13.28 LWXS
LWXS: arbitrary rate (16Mbit/s-2.7Gbit/s) wavelength conversion board (single transmit)

The available functional versions of the LWXS board are TN11 and TN12.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Huawei office.
Subrack
TN11 N N N N Y Y
LWX
S
TN12 Y Y Y Y Y Y
LWX
S

l Functions:
– The TN11LWXS board does not support access ETR/CLO services, whereas the
TN12LWXS board supports, see 13.28.3 Functions and Features.
The LWXS boards of different versions cannot replace each other.
13.28.2 Application
As a type of optical transponder unit, the LWXS board implements the conversion between the
optical signals at the rate of 16 Mbit/s to 2.7 Gbit/s and WDM signals that comply with ITU-T
Recommendations.
For the position of the LWXS board in the WDM system, see Figure 13-144.
Figure 13-144 Position of the LWXS board rate in the WDM system
LWXS LWXS
M M
U U
X X
16 Mbit/s – / / 16 Mbit/s –
2.7 Gbit/s D D 2.7 Gbit/s
M M
U U
X X

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

The LWXS board is mainly used to achieve wavelength tunable and to provide ESC.
Table 13-322 Functions and features of the LWXS board
and Feature
Basic LWXS converts signals as follows:


ETR: SAN service at a rate of 16 Mbit/s
CLO: SAN service at a rate of 16 Mbit/s
NOTE
Only TN12LWXS supports ETR and CLO services.

ESC Supported
function

function
events
monitoring

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
and Feature
function

ASON

layer ASON

Outloop Supported
Outloop Supported

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
and Feature

(non- ITU-T G.782
monitoring)
(FC-PI)
SW-3)
(FC-SB-2)
Control (MAC)
Protocol (PHY)
Dependent (PDM)
IBM GDPS( Geographically Dispersed Parallel Sysplex)
Protocol
NOTE
Only TN12LWXS supports IBM GDPS( Geographically
Dispersed Parallel Sysplex) Protocol.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
and Feature
Protocols or -
standards for
service
processing
(performance
monitoring)

The LWXS board consists of the client-side optical module, WDM-side optical module, service
Figure 13-145 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the LWXS board.
Figure 13-145 Functional modules and signal flow of the LWXS board
RX O/E E/O OUT

TX E/O O/E IN
optical optical
module module
Control

Power supply
module
Fuse Required
voltage
Backplane
SCC
from a backplane
Signal Flow
In the signal flow of the LWXS board, the transmit and the receive directions are defined. The
transmit direction is defined as the direction from the client side of the LWXS to the WDM side
of the LWXS, and the receive direction is defined as the reverse direction.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
After O/E conversion, the electrical signals are sent to the service processing module. The
module performs operations such as the regeneration of Any signals and the performance
monitoring of SDH/SONET and GE signals. Then, the module sends the signals to the
WDM-side optical module.
After performing E/O conversion, the WDM-side optical module sends out Any optical
signals at DWDM wavelengths that comply with ITU-T G.694.1 or CWDM wavelengths
l Receive direction
The WDM-side optical module receives one channel of Any optical signals at DWDM
ITU-T G.694.2 through the IN optical interface. Then, the module performs O/E
conversion.
The module performs operations such as the regeneration of Any signals and the
performance monitoring of SDH/SONET and GE signals. Then, the module outputs one
channel of Any electrical signals.
The client-side optical module performs E/O conversion of the electrical signals, and then
outputs one channel of client-side optical signals through the TX optical interface.
Module Function
– Client-side receiver: Performs O/E conversion of Any optical signals.
– Monitors the performance of SDH/SONET and GE signals in two directions.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
13.28.5 Front Panel

There are indicators and interfaces on the front panel of the LWXS board.

Figure 13-146 shows the front panel of the LWXS board.
Figure 13-146 Front panel of the LWXS board
LWXS
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
TX1
RX1
OUT
IN
LWXS

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Indicators
Interfaces
Table 13-323 Types and functions of the interfaces on the LWXS board

multiplexer board.

multiplexer board.
Laser Hazard Level

13.28.6 Valid Slots

One slot houses one LWXS board.
Table 13-324 shows the valid slots for the TN11LWXS board.
Table 13-324 Valid slots for theTN11LWXS board

Product Valid Slots
Table 13-325 shows the valid slots for the TN12LWXS board.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 13-325 Valid slots for theTN12LWXS board
Product Valid Slots
13.28.7 Characteristic Code for the LWXS

Code for OTUs.


Table 13-326 Mapping between the physical ports on the LWXS board and the port numbers
IN/OUT 1
TX/RX 3
NOTE

For parameters of the LWXS, refer to Table 13-327

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 13-327 LWXS parameters


Channel interface.

are supported.
a board.
Default: Non-
Loopback
ESCON, FC-100, of the service accessed at the optical
FICON, FICON NOTE
Express, GE, OC-3, Only TN12LWXS supports ETR, and CLO
OC-12, OC-48, services.
STM-1, STM-4,
STM-16, ETR, CLO
Default: Any
s) board.
information.
l Client side: Off

l WDM side: signals received by a board are lost.
Disabled

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Current Bearer - parameter provides an option to query the

Rate(Mbit/s) rate of services accessed at the optical
interface on the client side for the OTUs at
any rate.
OFC Enabled Disabled, Enabled The open fiber control (OFC) function
Default: Disabled controls the transmit power of the laser
when the fiber is disconnected. When the
OFC function is enabled, the laser sends
short pulse, rather than remains in the
enabled state, to check whether the fiber is
connected. In this way, the output optical
power of the laser is cut, which prevents eye
injury.
NOTE
l Set the LPT and ALS functions to Disabled
after the OFC function is enabled.
l The OFC function cannot coexist with
protection.
l Only the TN12LWXS supports this
parameter.
l This parameter is valid only when the
Service Type parameter is set to ISC 1G or
ISC 2G.

Wavelength (nm)/
Frequency (THz)


l CWDM: board.
0 to Wavelength (nm)/Frequency (THz)
18/1611.00/188.78 (WDM Interface) for more information.
0
Default: /

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Type Default: C band type of the current working
wavelength.

resides.
13.28.10 LWXS Specifications


Module Module

S 12800 ps/nm-C Band-
S-16.1-15 km
TN Fixed Wavelength-
12L L-16.2-80 km NRZ-APD
WX 1.25 Gbit/s Multirate 6500 ps/nm-C Band-
S (eSFP CWDM)-40 km Fixed Wavelength-
12800 ps/nm-C Band-
Tunable Wavelength-
NRZ-APD
6400 ps/nm-C Band-
Tunable Wavelength-
NRZ-APD (Four
Channels-Tunable)
1600 ps/nm-CWDM
Band-Fixed
Wavelength-NRZ-APD

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
NOTE
NOTE
point.

NOTE
The I-16/SR-1 OC-48 module, S-16.1/IR-1 OC-48 module, and L-16.2/LR-2 OC-48 can be used to access ETR,
CLO, STM-16, OC-48, FC200, FC100, GE, STM-4, OC-12, ESCON, STM-1, OC-3, and DVB-ASI signals.
module.
NOTE


Module Multirate-0.
Type 5 km

format

source type

distance

wavelength
range

mean
launched
power
Minimum dBm -9.5 -10 -5 -2

mean
launched
power

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Module Multirate-0.
Type 5 km
Minimum dB 9 8.2 8.2 8.2

extinction
ratio

-20 dB
spectral
width

side mode
suppression
ratio

mask compliant

type

wavelength
range
Receiver dBm -17 -18 -18 -28

sensitivity
receiver
overload

reflectance
NOTE
The 1.25 Gbit/s multirate module (eSFP CWDM) can be used to access ETR, CLO, GE, FC100, STM-4, OC-12,
ESCON, STM-1, OC-3, FE, or DVB-ASI signals.
NOTE
The 2.67 Gbit/s multirate module (eSFP CWDM) can be used to access ETR, CLO, STM-16, OC-48, FC200,
FC100, GE, STM-4, OC-12, ESCON, STM-1, OC-3, DVB-ASI, or FE signals.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

wavelengths)

km km

distance

range

launched power

power

deviation

spectral width

suppression ratio

G.959.1-compliant

range

overload

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

wavelengths)

km

distance

power

power

width

suppression ratio

Receiver type - APD

range

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Waveleng Waveleng Wavelen Waveleng Wavelen Waveleng
th-NRZ- th-NRZ- gth-NRZ- th-NRZ- gth-NRZ- th-NRZ-
PINa APDa PIN APD APD APD
(Four
Channels-
Tunable)
Line code - NRZ NRZ NRZ NRZ NRZ NRZ

format
Maximum dBm -1 -1 3 3 3 3
mean launched
power

launched power
Minimum dB 10 10 8.2 8.2 10 8.2

extinction ratio

frequency
Center GHz ±10

frequency
deviation
Maximum -20 nm 0.2 0.2 0.5 0.5 0.2 0.5

dB spectral
width
Minimum side dB 35 35 30 30 35 35
mode
suppression
ratio
Dispersion ps/nm 12800 12800 6500 3200 12800 6400

tolerance

mask

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Waveleng Waveleng Wavelen Waveleng Wavelen Waveleng
th-NRZ- th-NRZ- gth-NRZ- th-NRZ- gth-NRZ- th-NRZ-
PINa APDa PIN APD APD APD
(Four
Channels-
Tunable)

wavelength 1575
range
Receiver dBm -18 -28 -18 -26 -28 -28

sensitivity
Minimum dBm 0 -9 0 -10 -9 -9

receiver
overload
Maximum dB -27 -27 -27 -27 -27 -27

reflectance

Wavelength-NRZ-APD

power

power

deviation

width

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Wavelength-NRZ-APD

suppression ratio
Receiver type - APD
NOTE
be NRZ.
(8.7 in.)
Power Consumption
(W) F) (W)
LWXS 33.9 37.3
13.29 TMX
TMX: 4-channel STM-16/OC-48/OTU1 asynchronous mux OTU2 wavelength conversion
board.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

The available functional versions of the TMX board are TN11 and TN12.

Huawei office.
Subrack
TN11 Y Y N N Y Y
TMX
TN12 Y Y Y Y Y Y
TMX

l Function:
– TN11TMX supports AFEC, and the TN12TMX supports AFEC-2. Boards that use
different FEC modes cannot interoperate with each other. For details, see 13.29.3
Functions and Features.
l Specification:
– The TN11TMX board supports fixed optical module and tunable optical module on the
WDM side. The TN12TMX board supports fixed optical module, tunable optical
module, XFP module and gray optical module on the WDM side. For specifications of
each version, see 13.29.10 TMX Specifications.
Board Board
TN11TMX TN12TMX The TN12TMX can be created as TN11TMX on the NMS. The
upgrade. After substitution, the TN12TMX functions as the
TN11TMX.
NOTE
TN12TMX None -

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
13.29.2 Application
As a type of optical transponder unit, the TMX board multiplexes four channels of STM-16/
OC-48/OTU1 service signals into one channel of OTU2 signals, and implements conversion
between these service signals and WDM signals that comply with ITU-T Recommendations.
For the position of the TMX board in the WDM system, see Figure 13-147.
Figure 13-147 Position of the TMX board in the WDM system

TMX TMX
1 M M 1
U U
STM-16 X X STM-16
4×ODU1
1×ODU2
1×ODU2
4×ODU1
1×OTU2
1×OTU2
OC-48 / / OC-48
OTU1 D D OTU1
M M
U U
4 X X 4

The TMX board is mainly used to achieve wavelength tunable and to provide OTN interfaces
and ESC.
Table 13-333 Functions and features of the TMX board

Feature
Basic function TMX converts signals as follows:



to the ITU-T G.709.

specification

function

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Feature
function
client side, only when the client side service type is OTU1.
TN11TMX:
the WDM side.
TN12TMX:
the WDM side.
NOTE
events
power of the laser.
Regeneration TN11TMX:
board TN11LSXR
TN12TMX:
ASON

ASON

Outloop Supported

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Feature
Outloop Supported
Protocols or Protocols or ITU-T G.707

(non- GR-253-CORE Synchronous Optical Network
performance (SONET) Transport Systems: Common Generic
monitoring)

service
ITU-T G.798
ITU-T G.874
ITU-T M.3100
ITU-T G.874.1
ITU-T G.875
ITU-T G.808.1
ITU-T G.841
ITU-T G.8201
ITU-T G.694.1

The TMX board consists of the client-side optical module, WDM-side optical module, signal
Figure 13-148 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the TMX board.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 13-148 Functional modules and signal flow of the TMX board
RX1 SDH/SONET
RX2 O/E encapsulation and E/O OUT
RX3
RX4 mapping module OTN
TX1 processing
TX2 E/O Client-side OTN
module O/E IN
TX3
TX4 processing module
optical optical
module module
Control

Power supply
module
Fuse Required
voltage
Backplane
Signal Flow
In the signal flow of the TMX board, the transmit and the receive directions are defined. The
transmit direction is defined as the direction from the client side of the TMX to the WDM side
of the TMX, and the receive direction is defined as the reverse direction.
The client-side optical module receives four channels of the optical signals from client
After the O/E conversion, the four channels of electrical signals are sent to the signal
processing module. OTU1 signals are sent to the client-side OTN processing module for
performance monitoring. Other types of signals are sent to the SDH/SONET encapsulation
and mapping modules for encapsulation and mapping. In the end, operations such as the
OTN framing and FEC/AFEC encoding processing are performed. Then, the module
outputs one channel of OTU2 electrical signals.
l Receive direction

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
and decapsulation processing. Then, the module outputs four channels of STM-16/OC-48/
OTU1 electrical signals.
The client-side optical module performs E/O conversion of STM-16/OC-48/OTU1
electrical signals, and then outputs client-side optical signals through the TX1-TX4 optical
interfaces.
Module Function
– Client-side receiver: Performs O/E conversion of four channels of STM-16/OC-48/
electrical signals to STM-16/OC-48/OTU1 optical signals.
The module consists of the SDH/SONET encapsulation and mapping module, client-side
OTN processing module, and OTN processing module.
Encapsulates multiples channel of SDH/SONET signals and maps the signals into the
OTU2 payload area. The module also performs the reverse process and has the SDH/
SONET performance monitoring function.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
13.29.5 Front Panel

There are indicators and interfaces on the front panel of the TMX board.

Figure 13-149 shows the front panel of the TMX board.
Figure 13-149 Front panel of the TMX board
TMX
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
TX1
RX1
TX2
RX2
TX3
RX3
TX4
RX4
OUT
IN
TMX
Indicators

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Interfaces
Table 13-334 Types and functions of the interfaces on the TMX board

multiplexer board.

multiplexer board.
Laser Hazard Level

13.29.6 Valid Slots

One slot houses one TMX board.
Table 13-335 shows the valid slots for the TN11TMX board.
Table 13-335 Valid slots for TN11TMX board

Product Valid Slots
Table 13-336 shows the valid slots for the TN12TMX board.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 13-336 Valid slots for TN12TMX board
Product Valid Slots
13.29.7 Characteristic Code for the TMX

Code for OTUs.


Table 13-337 Mapping between the physical ports on the TMX board and the port numbers
IN/OUT 1
TX1/RX1 3
TX2/RX2 4
TX3/RX3 5
TX4/RX4 6
NOTE

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

For parameters of the TMX, refer to Table 13-338.
Table 13-338 TMX parameters


Channel interface.

Name name.
channel of a board.
Service Type None, OTU-1, OC-48, The Service Type parameter sets the
STM-16 type of the service accessed at the optical
Default: OTU-1 interface on the client side.

l Client side: Off

Automatic Laser 300ms, 400ms, 500ms, automatically disabling lasers. With
Shutdown 600ms, 700ms, 800ms, ALS enabled, the hold-off time is a time
900ms, 1s, 1100ms, period from the point when the system
1200ms, 1300ms, detects service interruption to the point
1400ms, 1500ms, when ALS automatically shuts down the
1800ms, 1900ms, 2s NOTE
Default: 0s Only the TN12TMX supports this parameter.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Turn-On 600ms, 700ms, 800ms, enabled, the hold-off time is a time
1200ms, 1300ms, detects service recovery to the point
1400ms, 1500ms, when ALS automatically enables the
1800ms, 1900ms, 2s NOTE
Default: 0s Only the TN12TMX supports this parameter.


Wavelength (nm)/
Frequency (THz)

Wavelength No./ to Wavelength (nm)/Frequency (THz)
to board.
18/1611.00/188.780 NOTE
Default: /
wavelength.
NOTE

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

board resides.
NOTE
Only TN11TMX supports this parameter.

to Disabled.
NOTE
Only TN12TMX supports this parameter.

NOTE
Only TN12TMX supports the parameter.
13.29.10 TMX Specifications


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Module
TN N/A I-16-2 km 800 ps/nm-C Band N/A

11T S-16.1-15 km (odd & even
MX wavelengths)-Fixed
L-16.1-40 km Wavelength-NRZ-
L-16.2-80 km PIN
(eSFP CWDM)-80 Fixed Wavelength-
km NRZ-PIN
(eSFP DWDM)-120 Tunable Wavelength-
km NRZ-PIN
1200 ps/nm-C Band-
Tunable Wavelength-
NRZ-APD
4800 ps/nm-C Band-
Tunable Wavelength-
ODB-APD
800 ps/nm-C Band-
Tunable Wavelength-
(D)RZ-PIN
TN N/A I-16-2 km 800 ps/nm-C Band- 800 ps/nm-C Band

12T S-16.1-15 km Tunable Wavelength- (Odd & Even
MX (D)RZ-PIN Wavelengths)-
800 ps/nm-C Band-
L-16.2-80 km Tunable Wavelength- NRZ-PIN-XFP
2.67 Gbit/s Multirate NRZ-PIN 800 ps/nm-C Band-
(eSFP CWDM)-80 Tunable
km Wavelength-NRZ-
2.67 Gbit/s Multirate PIN-XFP
(eSFP DWDM)-120 10 Gbit/s
km Multirate-10 km
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-40 km
10 Gbit/s
Multirate-80 km
NOTE

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
NOTE
point.

NOTE
FC200, FC100, GE, STM-4, OC-12, ESCON, STM-1, OC-3, DVB-ASI, and FE signals.

Optical I-16-2 km S-16.1-15 L-16.1-40 L-16.2-80

Module km km km
Type

format

source type

distance

wavelength
range
mean
launched
power

mean
launched
power
Minimum dB 8.2 8.2 8.2 8.2

extinction
ratio
-20 dB
spectral
width

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Optical I-16-2 km S-16.1-15 L-16.1-40 L-16.2-80

Module km km km
Type
side mode
suppression
ratio


type

wavelength
range
Receiver dBm -18 -18 -27 -28

sensitivity
receiver
overload
Maximum dB -27 -27 -27 -27

reflectance
NOTE

wavelengths)
Optical Module Type 2.67 Gbit/s Multirate (eSFP

CWDM)-80 km

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Optical Module Type 2.67 Gbit/s Multirate (eSFP

CWDM)-80 km
Central wavelength deviation nm ±6.5
Maximum -20 dB spectral width nm 1.0
Minimum side mode suppression dB 30

ratio
Eye pattern mask - G.957-compliant

G.959.1-compliant
Receiver type - APD
NOTE

wavelengths)

km

distance

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

km

power

power

width

suppression ratio

Receiver type - APD

range

Wavelength-NRZ-
PIN

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Wavelength-NRZ-
PIN

power

power

width

suppression ratio

(FEC on)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

PIN APD APD

format
mean launched
power
Minimum dBm -3 -3 -3 -3 -3
mean launched
power
extinction ratio

frequency
Center GHz ±5 ±5 ±5 ±5 ±5
frequency
deviation
Maximum -20 nm 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3

dB spectral
width
mode
suppression
ratio
Dispersion ps/ 1200 1200 4800 800 800

tolerance nm

wavelength
range

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
PIN APD APD
Receiver dBm -16 -26 -26 -16 -16

sensitivity,
EOL (FEC on)
receiver
overload
Maximum dB -27 -27 -27 -27 -27

reflectance


PIN-XFP

power

power

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

PIN-XFP

width

suppression ratio
Receiver type - PIN

(FEC on)

(FEC on)


Tunable Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN-XFP

power

power

width

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Tunable Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN-XFP

suppression ratio
Receiver type - PIN

(FEC on)

(FEC on)



format

type

transmission
distance

wavelength
range
Maximum dBm -1 2 4
mean launched
power
Minimum dBm -6 -1 0
mean launched
power

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Minimum dB 6 8.2 9
extinction ratio

dB spectral
width
mode
suppression
ratio

mask

wavelength
range

sensitivity
receiver
overload
(8.7 in.)
l Weight:
TN11TMX: 1.4 kg (3.1 lb.)
TN12TMX: 1.1 kg (2.4 lb.)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Power Consumption
25°C (77°F) (W) 55°C (131°F) (W)

1TM wavelengths)-Fixed Wavelength-
X NRZ-PIN
Wavelength-NRZ-PIN

Wavelength-NRZ-PIN
Wavelength-NRZ-APD


Wavelength-ODB-APD

2TM Wavelengths)-Fixed Wavelength-
X NRZ-PIN-XFP



Wavelength-NRZ-PIN

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Hardware Description 14 Tributary Board and Line Board
14 Tributary Board and Line Board
About This Chapter
14.1 Overview
A tributary board receives client-side services, performs O-E conversion, maps the services into
ODUk containers, and lastly sends the ODUk electrical signals to cross-connect board for
centralized cross-connection. A line board multiplexes and maps ODUk electrical signals cross-
connected from cross-connect board and performs conversion between OTUk optical signals
and standard wavelengths.
14.2 ND2
ND2: 2 x 10G line service processing board
14.3 NO2
NO2: 8 x 10G Line Service Processing Board
14.4 NQ2
NQ2: 4 x 10G Line Service Processing Board
14.5 NS2
NS2: 10G Line Service Processing Board
14.6 NS3
NS3: 40G line service processing board
14.7 NS4
14.8 TBE
TBE: 10 Gigabit Ethernet tributary board
14.9 TDG
TDG: 2 x GE tributary service processing board
14.10 TDX
TDX: 2 x 10G tributary service processing board
14.11 TEM28
TEM28: 24xGE+4x10GE Ethernet tributary unit
14.12 THA

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
THA: 16 Any-rate Ports Service Processing Board

14.13 TOA
TOA: 8 Any-rate Ports Service Processing Board
14.14 TOG
TOG: 8 x GE tributary service processing board
14.15 TOM
TOM: 8 x multi-rate ports service processing board
14.16 TOX
TOX: 8 x 10 Gbit/s tributary service processing board
14.17 TQM
TQM: 4 x multi-rate tributary service processing board
14.18 TQS
TQS: 4 x STM-16/OC-48/OTU1 tributary service processing board
14.19 TQX
TQX: 4 x 10 Gbit/s tributary service processing board
14.20 TSC
TSC: 100G tributary service processing board
14.21 TSXL
TSXL: 40 Gbit/s tributary service processing board
14.22 TTX
TTX: 10 x 10G tributary service processing board

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
14.1 Overview
Positions of Tributary and Line Boards in a WDM System

Figure 14-1 shows the positions of tributary and line boards in a WDM system.
Figure 14-1 Positions of tributary and line boards in a WDM system

services ODUk ODUk services
Tributary Line
board Board
OM
OA
Client-side equipment
Tributary Line
WDM-side ODF
board Board
FIU
SC1
Tributary Line
board Board
OA
OD
Tributary Line
board Board
Types of Tributary Boards

The differences between different types of tributary boards lie in the type and number of client-
side signals, and the type and number of electrical signals sent to the cross-connect board. Table
14-1 provides the main functions of the tributary boards. The THA, TOA, and TOM tributary
boards can apply to multiple scenarios. For details on these scenarios, see 14.12 THA, 14.13
TOA, and 14.15 TOM. The TEM28 tributary board supports Layer 2 processing of Ethernet
services.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 14-1 Main functions of tributary boards

Board Client-Side Service Backplane-Side Signal Pluggable Optical
Module
Type Max. Type Max. Number
Number
TN11TDG GE 2 GE 2 Y
ODU1 1
TN11TDX 10GE LAN, 2 ODU1 8 Y

10GE WAN,
STM-64, OC-192
TN12TDX 10GE LAN, 2 ODU2, ODU2e 2 Y

10GE WAN,
STM-64, OC-192

10GE WAN,
STM-64,
OC-192, OTU2,
OTU2e

10GE WAN,
STM-64,
OC-192, OTU2,
OTU2e, FC800,
FC1200
FC800 2 ODUflex 2 Y
TN54THA FE, FDDI, GE, See ODU0 See 14.12.2 Y

STM-1, STM-4, 14.12.2 Application
OC-3, OC-12, Applicati Overview.
FC100, FICON, on
DVB-ASI, Overview
ESCON, OTU1 .
FE, GE, OTU1, ODU1

STM-1, OC-3,
STM-4, OC-12,
STM-16, OC-48,
FC100, FC200,
FICON, FICON
Express, DVB-
ASI, ESCON,
FDDI

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Module
Number
TN54TOA FE, FDDI, GE, See ODU0 See 14.13.2 Y

STM-1, STM-4, 14.13.2 Application
OC-3, OC-12, Applicati Overview.
FC100, FICON, on
DVB-ASI, Overview
ESCON, SDI, .
OTU1
FE, FDDI, ODU1

STM-1, OC-3,
DVB-ASI, SDI,
ESCON, STM-4,
OC-12, GE,
FC100, FICON,
STM-16, FC200,
FICON Express,
HD-SDI, HD-
SDIRBR, OTU1
3G-SDI, 3G- ODUflex

SDIRBR, FC400,
FICON4G
TN52TOG GE 8 ODU0 8 Y
ODU1 4
TN11TOM FC100, FICON, See ODU1 See 14.15.2.4 Y

GE, STM-4, 14.15.2.4 Application
OC-12, DVB- Applicati Scenario
ASI, ESCON, on Overview of
FDDI, FE, SDI, Scenario TN11TOM.
STM-1, OC-3, Overview
FC200, FICON of
Express, HD- TN11TO
SDI, STM-16, M.
OC-48, OTU1
TN52TOM FE, FDDI, DVB- See ODU0 See 14.15.2.3 Y

ASI, SDI, 14.15.2.3 Application
ESCON, GE, Applicati Scenario
FC100, FICON, on Overview of
OTU1 Scenario TN52TOM.
Overview
of
TN52TO
M.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Module
Number
FE, FDDI, ODU1

STM-1, OC-3,
DVB-ASI, SDI,
ESCON, STM-4,
OC-12, GE,
FC100, FICON,
STM-16, OC-48,
FC200, FICON
Express, HD-
SDI, OTU1
TN55TOX STM-64, 8 ODU2, ODU2e 8 Y

OC-192, 10GE
LAN, 10GE
WAN, OTU2,
OTU2e,
TN11TQM STM-4, STM-1, 4 ODU1 1 Y

OC-12, OC-3,
FE, ESCON,
DVB-ASI, SDI,
ESCON
GE, FC100, 2
FICON
FC200, FICON 1
Express,
STM-16, OC-48
TN12TQM STM-4, STM-1, 4 ODU1 1 Y

OC-12, OC-3,
FE, ESCON,
DVB-ASI, SDI,
ESCON, FDDI
GE, FC100, 2
FICON
FC200, FICON 1
Express,
STM-16, OC-48,
OTU1, HD-SDI
TN11TQS STM-16, OC-48, 4 ODU1 4 Y

OTU1

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Module
Number
TN11TQX STM-64, 4 ODU2 4 Y

OC-192, 10GE
LAN, 10GE
WAN
TN52TQX STM-64, 4 ODU2, ODU2e 4 Y

OC-192, 10GE
LAN, 10GE
WAN, OTU2,
OTU2e,

OC-192, 10GE
LAN, 10GE
WAN, OTU2,
OTU2e, FC800,
FC1200

OC-192, 10GE
LAN, 10GE
WAN, OTU2,
OTU2e, FC800,
FC1200
FC800 4 ODUflex 4
TN54TSC 100GE 1 ODU4 1 Y
TN11TSX STM-256, 1 ODU2 4 N

L OC-768
TN53TSX STM-256, 1 ODU3 1 N

L OC-768, OTU3
TN54TSX 40GE 1 ODU3 1 Y

L
TN54TTX 10GE LAN, 10 ODU2, ODU2e 10 Y

10GE WAN,
STM-64,
OC-192, OTU2,
OTU2e
TN54TEM FE, GE 24 16 x ODU0, 8 x ODU1, 2 x ODU2, 8 x Y

28 ODUflex. The total bandwidth is 20G
10GE LAN, 4 bit/s.
10GE WAN

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Line Boards
The differences between different types of line boards lie in the rate and number of line-side
signals and the type and number of electrical signals from the cross-connect board. Table
14-2 provides the main functions of line boards.
Table 14-2 Main functions of line boards
Board Backplane-Side Signal WDM-Side Signal Pluggabl WDM Specifications

e Optical
Type Max. Type Max. Module DWDM CWDM
Number Number
TN11ND2 ODU1 8 OTU2, 2 N Y N

OTU2e
ODU2, ODU2e 2
TN12ND2 ODU1 8 OTU2, 2 Y Y N

OTU2e
ODU2, ODU2e 2
TN52ND2 ODU0 16 OTU2, 2 N Y N

OTU2e
ODU1 8
ODU2, ODU2e 2
ODUflex 4
TN53ND2 ODU0 16 OTU2, 2 Y Y N

OTU2e
ODU1 8
ODU2, ODU2e 2
ODUflex 4
TN55NO2 ODU0 64 OTU2, 8 Y Y N

OTU2e
ODU1 32
ODU2, ODU2e 8
TN51NQ2 ODU1 16 OTU2, 4 Y Y N

OTU2e
ODU2, ODU2e 4
TN52NQ2 ODU0 32
TN54NQ2
ODU1 16
ODU2, ODU2e 4
TN53NQ2 ODU0 32
ODU1 16
ODU2, ODU2e 4
8xODUflex 4

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Board Backplane-Side Signal WDM-Side Signal Pluggabl WDM Specifications

e Optical
Type Max. Type Max. Module DWDM CWDM
Number Number
TN11NS2 ODU1 4 OTU2 1 N Y N
TN12NS2 ODU1 4 OTU2, 1 Y Y N

OTU2e
ODU2, ODU2e 1
TN52NS2 ODU0 8 OTU2, 1 N Y N

OTU2e
ODU1 4
ODU2, ODU2e 1
ODUflex 2
TN53NS2 ODU0 8 OTU2, 1 Y Y N

OTU2e
ODU1 4
ODU2, ODU2e 1
ODUflex 2
TN11NS3 ODU2, ODU2e 4 OTU3, 1 N Y N

OTU3e
TN52NS3 ODU0 32 OTU3, 1 N

OTU3e
ODU1 16
ODU2, ODU2e 4
TN54NS3 ODU0 32 OTU3, 1 N

TN55NS3 OTU3e
ODU1 16
ODU2, ODU2e 4
ODU3 1
TN54NS4 ODU0 80 OTU4 1 N Y N
ODUflex 80
ODU1 40
ODU2, ODU2e 10
ODU3 2
ODU4 1

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
14.2 ND2
ND2: 2 x 10G line service processing board

The available functional versions of the ND2 board are TN11, TN12, TN52, and TN53.

Huawei office.
Subrack
TN11 N N N N Y N
ND2
TN12 N N N Y Y N
ND2
TN52 Y Y Y Y Y N
ND2
TN53 Y Y Y Y Y N
ND2
NOTE
The TN12ND2/TN52ND2/TN53ND2 board for the OptiX OSN 8800 platform subrack only supports relay
mode.
Variants
The difference between the ND2 board variants lies in the WDM-side optical module.
Table 14-3 Available variants of the TN11ND2 board
01M01 800 ps/nm-C Band (Odd & Even Wavelength)-Fixed Wavelength-NRZ-PIN

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
B The WDM-side optical modules are pluggable. For details, see 14.2.11 ND2 Specifications.
Variant WDM-Side Fixed ODUflex Direct Mapping of IEEE 1588v2 Physic

Optical Module ODU0 to ODU2 al-
Layer
Clock
T01 800 ps/nm-C Band- N N Y Y

Tunable Wavelength-
(D)RZ-PIN
T02 800 ps/nm-C Band- N N Y Y

Tunable Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN
T04 800 ps/nm-C Band- Y Y N N

Tunable Wavelength-
(D)RZ-PIN
Variant Description
01 The WDM-side optical modules are pluggable. For details, see 14.2.11 ND2 Specifications.

Function:
Board Cross- FEC IEEE 1588v2 Physical Relay WDM-Side Pluggable

Connet Encodin Clock Mode Optical Module
Granulari g
ty Fixed Tuna Gray
- ble- Light
Wave Wavel
lengt ength
h
TN11N ODU1 and FEC/ N N N N N N

D2 ODU2 AFEC

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Board Cross- FEC IEEE 1588v2 Physical Relay WDM-Side Pluggable

Connet Encodin Clock Mode Optical Module
Granulari g
ty Fixed Tuna Gray
- ble- Light
Wave Wavel
lengt ength
h
TN12N ODU1 and FEC/ Y Y Y Y N Y

D2 ODU2 AFEC-2
TN52N ODU0, FEC/ Y Y Y N N N

D2T01 ODU1 and AFEC-2
TN52N ODU2
D2T02
TN52N ODU0, FEC/ N N Y N N N

D2T04 ODU1, AFEC-2
ODU2 and
ODUflex
TN53N ODU0, FEC/ Y Y Y Y Y Y

D2 ODU1, AFEC-2
ODU2 and
ODUflex

Specification:
l The specifications vary according to the version of board that you use. For details, see
14.2.11 ND2 Specifications.
Board Board
TN11ND2 TN12ND2/ The TN12ND2/TN52ND2 can be created as TN11ND2 on the NMS. The
TN52ND2 former can substitute for the latter, without any software upgrade. After
substitution, the TN12ND2/TN52ND2 functions as the TN11ND2.
NOTE
The TN52ND2 board can substitute for the TN11ND2 board only when they use 800ps/
nm-C-band-tunable wavelength-(D)RZ-PIN optical modules.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Board Board
TN12ND2 TN52ND2/ The TN52ND2/TN53ND2 can be created as TN12ND2 on the NMS. The
TN53ND2 former can substitute for the latter, without any software upgrade. After
substitution, the TN52ND2/TN53ND2 functions as the TN12ND2.
NOTE
The TN53ND2 does not support OTU2e services at rate 11.3 Gbit/s on the WDM side
and it cannot substitute for the TN12ND2 in relay mode at rate 11.3 Gbit/s.
The TN52ND2 board can substitute for the TN12ND2 board only when they use 800ps/
nm-C-band-tunable wavelength-(D)RZ-PIN optical modules.
TN52ND2 TN53ND2 The TN53ND2 can be created as TN52ND2 on the NMS. The former can
TN53ND2 functions as the TN52ND2.
NOTE
The TN53ND2 does not support OTU2e services at rate 11.3 Gbit/s on the WDM side
and it cannot substitute for the TN52ND2 in relay mode at rate 11.3 Gbit/s.
TN53ND2 None -
14.2.2 Application
As a type of line board, the ND2 board converts 16 ODU0, eight ODU1, four ODUflex, or two
ODU2 into two ITU-T G.694.1 OTU2 signals or converts two ODU2e signals into two ITU-T
G.694.1 OTU2e signals. The board supports hybrid transmission of the ODU0 service, ODU1
service, ODUflex service and the ODU2/ODU2e service.
Application scenario 1 of the TN11ND2/TN12ND2/TN52ND2/TN53ND2:

conversion between eight channels of ODU1 signals and two channels of OTU2
signals
Figure 14-2 Position of the ND2 board in the WDM system (application scenario 1)
8xODU1 8xODU1
1 1 1 1 1 1
OUT1 IN1
1×ODU2
4×ODU1
4×ODU1
1×ODU2
1×OTU2
1×OTU2
TOM TOM
IN1 OUT1
8 4 4 M M 4 4 8
U U
X X
/ /
ND2 D D ND2
M M
U U
1 1 1 X X 1 1 1
OUT2 IN2
1×ODU2
4×ODU1
4×ODU1
1×ODU2
1×OTU2
1×OTU2
TOM IN2 OUT2 TOM
8 4 4 4 4 8

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
NOTE
In this application scenario, the Board Mode parameter of the TN12ND2/TN52ND2/TN53ND2 board
must be set to Line Mode.
Application scenario 2 of the TN11ND2/TN12ND2/TN52ND2/TN53ND2:

conversion between two channels of ODU2/ODU2e signals and two channels of
OTU2/OTU2e signals
2xODU2/ODU2e 2xODU2/ODU2e
1×ODU2/ODU2e
1×ODU2/ODU2e
1×OTU2/OTU2e
1×OTU2/OTU2e
OUT1 IN1
IN1 OUT1
M M
U U
X X
/ /
TDX ND2 D D ND2 TDX
M M
U U
1×ODU2/ODU2e
1×ODU2/ODU2e
1×OTU2/ODU2e
1×OTU2/OTU2e
X X
OUT2 IN2
IN2 OUT2
NOTE
In the application scenario with the TN11TDX board, the ND2 board receives eight channels of ODU1 signals.
In the application scenario with the TN12TDX/TN52TDX/TN53TDX board, the ND2 board receives two
channels of ODU2/ODU2e signals.
In this application scenario, the Board Mode parameter of the TN12ND2/TN52ND2/TN53ND2 board must be
set to Line Mode.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Application scenario 3 of the TN12ND2/TN52ND2/TN53ND2: regeneration of

OTU2/OTU2e optical signals
1×OTU2/OTU2e
1×OTU2/OTU2e
IN1 OUT1
DMUX MUX
ND2
1×OTU2/OTU2e
1×OTU2/OTU2e
OUT2 IN2
MUX DMUX
NOTE
The TN12ND2/TN52ND2/TN53ND2 board for the OptiX OSN 8800 platform subrack only supports relay
mode.
In this application scenario, the Board Mode parameter of the TN12ND2/TN52ND2/TN53ND2 board
must be set to Electrical Relay Mode or Optical Relay Mode. When optical-layer and electrical-layer
ASON are enabled, it does not matter whether the Board Mode parameter is set to Optical Relay Mode
or Electrical Relay mode. The parameter must be set to Optical Relay Mode for the line board in a non-
ASON system; otherwise, end-to-end management of ASON services is not available.
Only the TN12ND2/TN52ND2 board equipped with an 800 ps/nm (D)RZ tunable optical module supports
regeneration of 11.3 Gbit/s OTU2e.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Application scenario 4 of the TN52ND2/TN53ND2: conversion between 16

channels of ODU0 signals and two channels of OTU2 signals (only for OptiX OSN
8800)
16xODU0 16xODU0
1 1 1 1 1 1
1×ODU2
4xODU1
8xODU0
1×OTU2
1×ODU2
1×OTU2
8xODU0
4xODU1
TOM OUT1 IN1
TOM
IN1 OUT1
8 8 8 M M 8 8 8
U U
X X
/ /
ND2 D D ND2
M M
U U
1 1 1 X X 1 1 1
OUT2 IN2
1×ODU2
1×ODU2
1×OTU2
8xODU0
4xODU1
4xODU1
8xODU0
1×OTU2
TOM IN2 OUT2 TOM
8 8 8 8 8 8
NOTE
In this application scenario, the Board Mode parameter of the TN52ND2/TN53ND2 board must be set to
Line Mode.
For the TN52ND2T04/TN53ND2 board:
l When the board works in standard mode and ODU Timeslot Configuration Mode is set to Assign
consecutive, the board supports the ODU0–>ODU1–>ODU2 service mapping path.
random, the board supports the ODU0–>ODU2 service mapping path.
l When the board works in compatible mode, the board does not support the configuration of the timeslot
allocation mode, and it only supports the ODU0–>ODU1–>ODU2 service mapping path.
Application scenario 5 of the TN52ND2/TN53ND2: conversion between four

channels of ODUflex signals and two channels of OTU2 signals (only for OptiX
OSN 8800)
4xODUflex 4xODUflex
ND2 ND2
OUT1 IN1
2xODUflex
2xODUflex
M
1×ODU2
1×ODU2
M
1×OTU2
1×OTU2
1 1 1 IN1 U U OUT1 1 1 1
X X
/ /
TQX TQX
D D
OUT2 M IN2
M
2xODUflex
2xODUflex
1×ODU2
1×ODU2
1×OTU2
4 4
1×OTU2
4 U U OUT2 4 4 4
IN2 X X

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
NOTE
In this application scenario, the Board Mode parameter of the TN52ND2T04/TN53ND2 board must be set to
Line Mode.
The total bandwidth of two channels of ODUflex signals corresponding to one channel of OTU2 signals cannot
exceed 10 Gbit/s.
TN52ND2T04/TN53ND2 supports ODUflex only when it works in standard mode.
The line boards at the two add/drop sites must have the same ODU timeslot allocation mode. When a TN53ND2
board is connected to a board that does not support ODU timeslot allocation, set ODU Timeslot Configuration
Mode to Assign consecutive for the TN53ND2 board. For example, when a TN53ND2 board is connected to
a TN52ND2T01 board, which does not support ODU timeslot allocation, set ODU Timeslot Configuration
Mode to Assign consecutive for the TN53ND2 board.
Only the TN53ND2/TN53NQ2/TN53NS2 board supports the ODU Timeslot Configuration Mode parameter.
Application scenario 6: hybrid transmission scenario
2xOTU2/
2xOTU2e
ODU0 ODU0
TOM ODU0 ODU0 TOM
OUT1 M M IN1
U U
IN1 X X OUT1 ODU1
ODU1
TOM / / TOM
ND2 D D ND2
ODUflex NS2
NS2 ODUflex
M M
U U
X X
OUT2 IN2
TDX/ ODU2/ ODU2/ TDX/
ND2 ODU2e IN2 OUT2 ODU2e ND2
NOTE
The same IN/OUT port can transmit a mixture of ODU0, ODU1, and ODUflex signals, the total bandwidth
cannot exceed 10 Gbit/s.
The same board can transmit a mixture of ODU0, ODU1, ODU2/ODU2e and ODUflex signals.
Different IN/OUT ports can work in different service modes. For the TN11ND2 board, changing the service
mode for one IN/OUT port will cause the board to reset, which in return leads to service interruption. Therefore,
before changing the service mode for one IN/OUT port, delete all service cross-connections for the other IN/
OUT port.
Only TN52ND2/TN53ND2 supports ODU0. TN52ND2T04/TN53ND2 supports ODUflex only when it works
in standard mode.

The ND2 board is mainly used to achieve cross-connection at the electrical layer, and to provide
OTN interfaces and ESC.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
For detailed functions and features, refer to Table 14-7 and Table 14-8.
NOTE
Only the OptiX OSN 8800 supports ODU0/ODUflex.

The relay mode is supported only by the TN12ND2/TN52ND2/TN53ND2.
Table 14-7 Functions and features of the ND2 board (Line Mode)
Functio Description
n and
feature
Basic The ND2 board converts signals as follows:

function l TN11ND2/TN12ND2:
– 8 x ODU1/2 x ODU2<->2 x OTU2
– 2 x ODU2e<->2 x OTU2e
l TN52ND2T01/TN52ND2T02:
– 16 x ODU0/8 x ODU1/2 x ODU2<->2 x OTU2
l TN52ND2T04/TN53ND2:
– 16 x ODU0/8 x ODU1/2 x ODU2/4 x ODUflex<->2 x OTU2
Supports hybrid transmission of the ODU0 signals, ODU1 signals , ODUflex signals and the ODU2/
ODU2e signals.
Cross- Supports cross-connections with cross-connect boards.

connect l TN11ND2/TN12ND2: 8 x ODU1/2 x ODU2/2 x ODU2e
capabilit
ies l TN52ND2T01/TN52ND2T02: 16 x ODU0/8 x ODU1/4 x ODUflex/2 x ODU2/2 x ODU2e
l TN52ND2T04/TN53ND2: 16 x ODU0/8 x ODU1/4 x ODUflex/2 x ODU2/2 x ODU2e
OTN l Supports the OTU2/OTU2e interface on the WDM side.

function l Supports the OTN frame format and overhead processing by referring to the ITU-T G.709.
l OTU2 layer: supports the SM function.
l ODU2 layer: supports the PM and TCM function, and PM and TCM non-intrusive monitoring
functions.
functions.
functions.
l ODUflex layer: supports the PM function and PM non-intrusive monitoring functions.
NOTE
Only the TN52ND2T04/TN53ND2 supports TCM and TCM non-intrusive monitoring for ODU0.

specific
ation

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Functio Description
n and
feature

wavelen l 40 wavelengths tunable in the C band with 100 GHz channel spacing
gth
function l 80 wavelengths tunable in the C band with 50 GHz channel spacing
ESC Supported
function
PRBS Supports the PRBS function on the WDM side.

function NOTE
If the TN52ND2T04/TN53ND2 board interconnects with another line board, PRBS must be enabled for the
TN52ND2T04/TN53ND2 board and the connected line board. In addition, the PRBS function can take effect on the
boards only when the following condition is met:
The TN52ND2T04/TN53ND2 board works in standard mode and ODU0, ODU1, or ODUflex cross-connections are
configured for the TN52ND2T04/TN53ND2 board, or the TN52ND2T04/TN53ND2 board works in compatible
mode but no cross-connection is configured for it.
LPT Not supported

function
FEC TN11ND2:
encodin l Supports ITU-T G.709-compliant forward error correction (FEC) on the WDM side.
g
l Supports ITU-T G.975.1-compliant advanced forward error correction (AFEC) on the WDM side.
TN12ND2/TN52ND2/TN53ND2:
l Supports ITU-T G.709-compliant forward error correction (FEC) on the WDM side.
NOTE
Alarm l Monitors BIP8 bytes (Bursty mode) to help locate line failures.
and l Monitors parameters such as the bias current, temperature, and optical power of the laser.
perform
ance l Monitors OTN alarms and performance events.
event
monitori
ng
Regener l TN11ND2:
ation TN11LSXR
board
l TN12ND2/TN52ND2/TN53ND2:
ALS Not supported

function
Test Not supported

frame

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Functio Description
n and
feature
IEEE The TN12ND2/TN52ND2T01/TN52ND2T02/TN53ND2 board supports the BC and OC modes; it

1588v2 does not support the TC or TC+OC mode.
Physical The TN12ND2 board supports this feature only when ODU1 signals are cross-connected from the
clock backplane.
The TN52ND2T01/TN52ND2T02 board supports this feature only when ODU0 or ODU1 signals are
cross-connected from the backplane.
The TN53ND2 board supports this feature only when ODU0, ODU1, ODUflex signals are cross-
connected from the backplane.
Optical- Supported
layer
ASON
Electric Supported by the TN52ND2/TN53ND2

al-layer
ASON
Protecti l Supports ODUk SNCP.

on l Supports intra-board 1+1 protection.
scheme
l Supports ODUk SPRing protection.
l Supports tributary SNCP protection.
NOTE
When the cross-connect granularity is ODUflex, the board does not support tributary SNCP protection.
Loopbac Board WDM Side ODU0 ODU1 Channel ODUflex Channel

k Channel Loopback Loopback
Loopback
TN11ND2 Supported Not Supported Not supported

supported
TN12ND2 Supported Not Supported Not supported

supported
TN52ND2T01 Supported Supported Supported Not supported

TN52ND2T02
TN52ND2T04 Supported Supported Supported only when Supported

TN53ND2 only when ODU1 signals are
ODU2/ received from the
ODU2e backplane.
signals are
received
from the
backplane.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Functio Description
n and
feature
Protocol Protocols or IEEE 802.3u

s or standards for IEEE 802.3z
standard transparent
s transmission IEEE 802.3ae
complia (non- ITU-T G.707
nce performance ITU-T G.782
monitoring)
ITU-T G.783
GR-253-CORE Synchronous Optical Network (SONET) Transport Systems:
Common Generic
NCITS FIBRE CHANNEL PHYSICAL INTERFACES (FC-PI)
NCITS FIBRE CHANNEL FRAMING AND SIGNALING-2 (FC-FS-2)
NCITS FIBRE CHANNEL - PHYSICAL AND SIGNALING INTERFACE (FC-
PH)
NCITS FIBRE CHANNEL SINGLE-BYTE COMMAND CODE SETS-2
MAPPING PROTOCOL (FC-SB-2)
SMPTE 292M Bit-Serial Digital Interface for High-Definition Television Systems
ETSI TR 101 891 Professional Interfaces: Guidelines for the implementation and
usage of the DVB Asynchronous Serial Interface (ASI)
SMPTE 259M 10-Bit 4:2:2 Component and 4fsc Composite Digital Signals - Serial
Digital Interface
NCITS SBCON Single-Byte Command Code Sets CONnection architecture
(SBCON)
ANSI X3.139 Information Systems - Fiber Distributed Data Interface (FDDI) -
Token Ring Media Access Control (MAC)
ANSI X3.148 Information Systems - Fiber Distributed Data Interface (FDDI) -
Token Ring Physical Layer Protocol (PHY)
ANSI X3.166 Information Systems - Fiber Distributed Data Interface (FDDI)
Physical Layer Medium Dependent (PDM)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Functio Description
n and
feature

service
ITU-T G.798
ITU-T G.874
ITU-T M.3100
ITU-T G.874.1
ITU-T G.875
ITU-T G.808.1
ITU-T G.841
ITU-T G.8201
ITU-T G.873.1
ITU-T G.694.1
Table 14-8 Functions and features of the ND2 board (Relay Mode)
Function and feature Description
Basic function The board is used in an electrical REG station in the system to implement electrical
regeneration of optical signals.
Regenerating rate OTU2: OTN service at a rate of 10.71 Gbit/s

OTU2e: OTN service at a rate of 11.1 Gbit/s or 11.3Gbit/s
NOTE
Only the TN12ND2/TN52ND2 board equipped with an 800 ps/nm (D)RZ tunable optical module
supports regeneration of 11.3 Gbit/s OTU2e.
OTN function l Provides the OTU2/OTU2e interface on the WDM side.

l Supports the OTN frame format and overhead processing by referring to the ITU-T
G.709.
l ODU2 layer: supports the PM and TCM function, and PM and TCM non-intrusive
monitoring functions.
WDM specification Supports ITU-T G.694.1-compliant DWDM specifications.
Tunable wavelength Supports tunable wavelength optical modules that provide for:
function l 40 wavelengths tunable in the C band with 100 GHz channel spacing

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
ESC function Supports the ESC function, which enables the transmission of a supervisory signal inside
a service signal.
PRBS test function Not supported
FEC encoding TN12ND2/TN52ND2/TN53ND2:

NOTE
Alarm and performance l Monitors BIP8 bytes (Bursty mode) to help locate line failures.
event monitoring l Monitors parameters such as the bias current, temperature, and optical power of the
laser.
IEEE 1588v2 Not supported
Physical clock Not supported
Optical-layer ASON Supported
Electrical-layer ASON Not supported
Protection scheme Not supported
Loopback Not supported
Protocols or standards Protocols or -

compliance standards for
transparent
transmission (non-
performance
monitoring)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

standards for service ITU-T G.806
processing
ITU-T G.7710
ITU-T G.798
ITU-T G.874
ITU-T M.3100
ITU-T G.874.1
ITU-T G.875
ITU-T G.808.1
ITU-T G.841
ITU-T G.8201
ITU-T G.694.1

The ND2 board consists of the WDM-side optical module, signal processing module, 1588v2
module, control and communication module, and power supply module.
Functional Modules and Signal Flow (Line Mode)

Figure 14-8 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the ND2 board.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-8 Functional modules and signal flow (Line Mode)

n X ODUk Backplane (service cross-connection)
WDM side
E/O OUT1
Cross- OUT2
OTN
1588v2 connect processing
module module module O/E IN1
IN2
WDM-side
Signal processing optical
module module
Control

Power supply
module
Fuse Required
voltage
DC power supply Backplane

from a backplane SCC (controlled by SCC)
NOTE
Only the TN12ND2 /TN52ND2T01/TN52ND2T02/TN53ND2 board supports the IEEE 1588v2 module.
In Figure 14-8. n x ODUk indicates the service cross-connections from the ND2 board to the
backplane. "n" represents the maximum number of cross-connections and "k" represents the
service granularity.
Table 14-9 Service cross-connections from the ND2 board to the backplane
Board Service Cross-connection
TN11N A maximum of 8xODU1/2xODU2/2xODU2e

D2/
TN12N
D2
TN52N A maximum of 16xODU0/8xODU1/2xODU2/2xODU2e

D2T01/
TN52N
D2T02
TN52N A maximum of 16xODU0/8xODU1/4xODUflex/2xODU2/2xODU2e

D2T04/
TN53N
D2

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
The signal processing module of the ND2 board can access the following optical signals:
The transmit and the receive directions are defined in the signal flow of the ND2 board. The
transmit direction is defined as the direction from the backplane of the ND2 to the WDM side
of the ND2. The receive direction is defined as the reverse direction.
The cross-connect module can receive ODUk signals from the cross-connection board
through the backplane. The OTN processing module performs operations such as OTN
framing, and encoding of FEC. After processing, the signal processing module outputs two
channels of OTU2/OTU2e signals.
The OTU2/OTU2e signals are transmitted to the WDM-side optical module. After
performing E/O conversion, the module sends out OTU2/OTU2e optical signals at DWDM
standard wavelengths that comply with ITU-T G.694.1 through the OUT1-OUT2 optical
interfaces.
l Receive direction
The WDM-side optical module receives two channels of the OTU2/OTU2e optical signals
at DWDM standard wavelengths that comply with ITU-T G.694.1 through the IN1-IN2
optical interfaces. The module performs O/E conversion.
The OTN processing module module performs operations such as OTU2 framing and
decoding of FEC. Then, the cross-connect module sends out ODUk signals to the backplane
for service cross-connection.
The TN12ND2/TN52ND2/TN53ND2 board processes clock signals in two directions.
Functional Modules and Signal Flow (Relay Mode)

Figure 14-9 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the ND2 board.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-9 Functional modules and signal flow of the ND2 (Relay Mode)
WDM WDM
side side
IN1 O/E E/O OUT1
OTN
OUT2 E/O processing O/E IN2
module
WDM-side WDM-side
optical optical
module module
Control

Power supply
module
Fuse Required
voltage
Backplane
NOTE
The relay mode is only supported by the TN12ND2/TN52ND2/TN53ND2 board.
The ND2 board regenerates two channels of optical signals. The signals at the receive and
transmit ends of the board are OTU2/OTU2e optical signals at DWDM standard wavelengths
that comply with ITU-T G.694.1.
The optical receiving module receives the optical signals to be regenerated through the IN1-IN2
optical interfaces and performs O/E conversion.
The signal processing module performs decoding, overhead processing, and signal encoding.
After encoding, the signals are sent to the optical transmitting module. After performing E/O
conversion, the module transmits OTU2/OTU2e signals at DWDM standard wavelengths that
The optical signals are output through the OUT1-OUT2 optical interfaces.
Module Function

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
The module consists of an OTN processing modulea and cross-connect module.
Grooms electrical signals between the ND2 and the cross-connect board through the
backplane.
l 1588v2 module
The 1588v2 module sends the clock signal of the STG board to the next NE according to
the IEEE 1588v2 protocol, or extract the clock signal from the service signals that come
to the STG board.
NOTE
The IEEE 1588v2 function is not supported if the working mode of the TN12ND2/TN52ND2/
TN53ND2 board is Optical Relay Mode or Electrical Relay Mode.
14.2.5 Front Panel

There are indicators and interfaces on the front panel of the ND2 board.

Figure 14-10 and Figure 14-11 show the front panel of the ND2 board.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-10 Front panel of the TN11ND2/TN12ND2T01/TN12ND2T02/TN52ND2 board

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-11 Front panel of the TN12ND2B/TN53ND2 board
NOTE
You are advised to insert the WDM-side optical modules in the IN1/OUT1 and IN2/OUT2 interfaces in
ascending order of signal frequencies supported by these WDM-side optical modules.
Indicators

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Interfaces
Table 14-10 Types and functions of the interfaces on the ND2 board

multiplexer board.

multiplexer board.
Laser Hazard Level

14.2.6 Valid Slots

One slot houses one ND2 board.
Table 14-11 shows the valid slots for the TN11ND2 board.
Table 14-11 Valid slots for the TN11ND2 board

Product Valid Slots
Table 14-12 shows the valid slots for the TN12ND2 board.
Table 14-12 Valid slots for the TN12ND2 board

Product Valid Slots
Table 14-13 shows the valid slots for the TN52ND2/TN53ND2 board.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 14-13 Valid slots for the TN52ND2/TN53ND2 board
Product Valid Slots
14.2.7 Characteristic Code for the ND2

Code of a Line Unit.


Table 14-14 Mapping between the physical ports on the ND2 board and the port numbers
IN1/OUT1 1
IN2/OUT2 2
NOTE
Logical Ports
board. They also can be used as sources or sinks of cross-connections. For example, ODUkLP
is a logical port of the board.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
The ND2 board can work in standard or compatible mode. For details about the standard and
compatible modes, see 12.2.3 Standard Mode and Compatible Mode.
Table 14-15 Port diagram and port description

Board Mode Port Diagram Port Board Name
Descripti Displayed on the
on NMS
TN53N Standard mode Figure 14-12 Table 53ND2

D2 14-16
Compatible Figure 14-13 Table 53ND2(COMP)

mode 14-17
TN52N Standard mode Figure 14-12 Table 52ND2(STND)

D2a 14-16
Compatible Figure 14-13 Table 52ND2

mode 14-17
TN12N Compatible Figure 14-14 Table 12ND2

D2 mode 14-17
TN11N Compatible Figure 14-14 Table ND2

D2 mode 14-17
a: The TN52ND2T01/TN52ND2T02 board can work only in compatible mode.
NOTE
For the TN12ND2/TN52ND2/TN53ND2: ODUk cross-connections through the backplane are only supported
when Board Mode is set to Line Mode.
For the TN52ND2/TN53ND2: The OptiX OSN 6800 only supports signal grooming at the ODU1 and ODU2
levels from the backplane.
The cross-connection granularities supported by the board in a subrack is consistent with the cross-connection
granularities supported by the cross-connect board in the subrack. For details on the cross-connect board, see
21 Cross-Connect Board and System and Communication Board.
NOTE
When the ND2 board works in compatible mode, or when the board works in standard mode and ODU Timeslot
Configuration Mode is Assign consecutive, observe the following points:
l If any of the ODU2 channels has been configured with a service, the corresponding ODU1 and ODU0
channels cannot be configured with other services. On the opposite, if the ODU1 and ODU0 channels have
been configured with services, the corresponding ODU2 channel cannot be configured with other services.
l If any of the ODU1 channels has been configured with a service, the corresponding ODU0 channels cannot
be configured with other services. On the opposite, if the ODU0 channels have been configured with services,
the corresponding ODU1 channel cannot be configured with other services.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-12 TN52ND2/TN53ND2 board model (standard mode)

Baclplane
IN(1-2)/OUT(1-2)-OCh:1-ODU2:1-ODUflex:(1~2)
ODUflex:1
ODU2:1 OCh:1
ODUflex:2
4XODUflex
ODUflex:1
ODU2:1 OCh:1
ODUflex:2
IN(1-2)/OUT(1-2)-OCh:1
ODU2:1 OCh :1
2 xODU2/ ODU2:1 OCh :1

2xODU 2e
IN(1-2)/OUT(1-2)-OCh:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:(1-4)
ODU1:1
ODU 2: 1 OCh :1
ODU1:4
ODU1:1
8xODU1 ODU 2: 1 OCh :1
ODU1:4 1(N1/OUT1)
IN(1-2)/OUT(1-2)-OCh:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:(1-4)-ODU0:(1-2) 2(N2/OUT2)
ODU0:1
ODU 1:1
ODU0:2
ODU 2:1 OCh :1
ODU 0:1
ODU 1:4
ODU 0:2
16 xODU0
ODU 0:1
ODU 1:1
ODU 0:2 ODU 2:1 OCh :1
ODU0:1
ODU1:4
ODU 0:2
IN(1-2)/OUT(1-2)-OCh:1-ODU2:1-ODU0:(1-8)
ODU0:1
ODU2:1 OCh :1
ODU0: 8
16 xODU0 ODU0:1
ODU2:1 OCh:1
ODU0: 8
Cross-connect ODU1 mapping path

module
Multiplexing ODU2 mapping path

module
Service ODUflex mapping path

processing
module
ODU0 mapping Cross-connection that must be configured on the
path (ODU0– NMS to receive ODUk signals from other boards
>ODU1–
>ODU2)
ODU0 mapping
path (ODU0–
>ODU2)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
NOTE
When ODU Timeslot Configuration Mode is Assign random, the service rate can be ODU0, ODU1, ODU2,
or ODUflex and the mapping paths are ODU0–>ODU2, ODU1–>ODU2, and ODUflex->ODU2.
When ODU Timeslot Configuration Mode is Assign consecutive, the service rate can be ODU0, ODU1, or
ODU2 and the mapping paths are ODU0–>ODU1–>ODU2 and ODU1->ODU2.
Figure 14-13 Port diagram for the TN52ND2/TN53ND2 board (compatible mode)
Backplane
16 x ODU0 8 x ODU1 2 x ODU2/ODU2e
161
(ODU0LP1/ODU0LP1)-2
71
ODU2 (ODU2LP1/ODU2LP1)-1 1
164 (IN1/OUT1)-1
(ODU0LP4/ODU0LP4)-2
165
(ODU0LP5/ODU0LP5)-2
72
(IN2/OUT2)-1
168
(ODU0LP8/ODU0LP8)-2
Cross- ODU1 mapping path

connect
module
Multiplexin ODU2 mapping path
g module
Service Automatic cross-connection, which does not need to

processing be configured on the NMS. For example, if ODU0
module signals are required, users only need to configure
cross-connections from other boards to the
ODU0LP port on the board using the NMS. The
board's internal structure enables transmission of the
multiplexed signal to the ODU2LP port. Users do
not need to configure a cross-connection for
transmitting the multiplexed signal.
ODU0 Cross-connection that must be configured on the
mapping NMS to receive ODUk signals from other boards
path

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-14 Port diagram for the TN11ND2/TN12ND2 board (compatible mode)
Other tributary/line/PID board Other tributary/line/PID board
Backplane
8 x ODU1 2 x ODU2/ODU2e
51
(ODU1LP1/ODU1LP1)-1
71 1
ODU2 (ODU2LP1/ODU2LP1)-1 (IN1/OUT1)-1
51
(ODU1LP1/ODU1LP1)-4
52
(ODU1LP2/ODU1LP2)-1
72 2
ODU2 (ODU2LP2/ODU2LP2)-1 (IN2/OUT2)-1
52
(ODU1LP2/ODU1LP2)-4
Service processing Automatic cross-connection, which does not need

module to be configured on the NMS. For example, if ODU1
signals are required, users only need to configure a
cross-connection from another board to the
Cross-connection that
must be configured on
the NMS to receive
ODUk signals from
other boards

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 14-16 Descriptions of the ports on the TN52ND2/TN53ND2 board (standard mode)
1(IN1/OUT1)-OCh:1-ODU2:1-ODU1: Mapping path for ODU0 signals received from the

(1-4)-ODU0:(1-2) backplane (ODU0->ODU1->ODU2)
2(IN2/OUT2)-OCh:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:
(1-4)-ODU0:(1-2)

(1-8) backplane (ODU0->ODU2)
(1-8)

(1-4) backplane
(1-4)
1(IN1/OUT1)-OCh:1 Mapping path for ODU2 signals received from the

2(IN2/OUT2)-OCh:1 backplane
1(IN1/OUT1)-OCh:1-ODU2:1- Mapping path for ODUflex signals received from

ODUflex:(1-2) the backplane
2(IN2/OUT2)-OCh:1-ODU2:1-
ODUflex:(1-2)
1(IN1/OUT1) WDM-side optical ports

2(IN2/OUT2)
Table 14-17 Descriptions of the ports on the ND2 board (compatible mode)

ODU0LP8 Each of the ports provides optical established between these ports and the
channels 1 and 2. ODU1LP ports.
ODU1LP1- Internal logical ports. Each of the Automatic cross-connections are

ODU1LP2 port provides optical channels 1, 2, established between these ports and the
3, and 4. ODU2LP ports.

ODU2LP2 Each of the ports provides optical established between these ports and the
channel 1. IN/OUT ports.
1(IN1/ WDM-side optical ports. -

OUT1)
2(IN2/
OUT2)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

This section describes how to configure cross-connections on boards using the NMS. After the
required cross-connections are configured, services can be added to or dropped from the WDM
side, or can be passed through on the WDM side at the local site.
l The cross-connection is used to locally add services to or drop services from the WDM
side.
l The cross-connection is used to locally pass through services on the WDM side.
NOTE
When the system uses electrical-layer ASON, the boards in standard mode cannot interconnect with those in
compatible mode on the WDM side.
The ND2 board can work in the standard or compatible mode. For information about the standard and compatible
modes, see 12.2.3 Standard Mode and Compatible Mode.
In the cross-connection diagram, "ClientLP" and "ODUkLP" are internal logical ports on the board in compatible
mode, and "IN1/OUT1-OCh:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:(1-4)-ODU0:(1-2)" is the signal mapping path of the board in
standard mode.
ODU0 Cross-Connections
Figure 14-15 and Figure 14-16 show the created ODU0 cross-connections.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-15 TN52ND2/TN53ND2 board cross-connections (ODU0 level: ODU0->ODU1->ODU2)

Client side
Tributary board a 202(ClientLP2/ClientLP2)-1 1
(compatible mode)
3(TX1/RX1)-1
Tributary board b 4(TX2/RX2)-1
(standard mode) 5(TX3/RX3)-1
6(TX4/RX4)-1
Cross-connect module
WDM side
161(ODU0LP1/ODU0LP1)-1
compatible
2 mode
ND2
1(IN1/OUT1)-OCH:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:1-ODU0:1
standard
mode
WDM side
Line board c
(compatible
mode)
Line board d
2(IN2/OUT2)-OCH:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:4-ODU0:1 (standard
2(IN2/OUT2)-OCH:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:4-ODU0:2 mode)
1(IN1/OUT1)-OCH:1-ODU2:1-ODU0:1
Line board e
(standard
mode)
The client side of tributary boards are cross-connected to the WDM side of the ND2
The WDM side of line boards are cross-connected to the WDM side of the ND2

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
NOTE
The IN/OUT optical port supports ODU0->ODU1->ODU2 mapping when ODU Timeslot Configuration Mode is Assign
consecutive.
The IN/OUT optical port supports ODU0->ODU2 mapping when ODU Timeslot Configuration Mode is Assign random.
Tributary board a TN54TEM28 / TN52TOG / TN52TOM / TN54THA / TN54TOA
Tributary board b TN54THA / TN54TOA
Line board c TN52ND2 / TN53ND2 / TN52NQ2 / TN54NQ2 / TN53NQ2 / TN53NS2 / TN52NS2 / TN52NS3 / TN54NS3 /
TN54NPO2 / TN55NPO2 / TN54ENQ2
Line board d TN52ND2T04 / TN53ND2 / TN55NO2 / TN52NS2T04 / TN52NS2T05 / TN52NS2T06 / TN52NS201M01 /

TN52NS201M02 / TN53NS2 / TN54NS3 / TN55NS3 / TN54NS4 / TN53NQ2 / TN55NPO2 / TN55NPO2E /
TN54ENQ2
Line board e TN52NS2T04 / TN52NS2T05 / TN52NS2T06 / TN52NS201M01 / TN52NS201M02 / TN53NS2 /

TN52ND2T04 / TN53ND2 / TN53NQ2

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-16 TN52ND2/TN53ND2 board cross-connections (ODU0 level: ODU0->ODU2)

Client side
(compatible mode) 203(ClientLP3/ClientLP3)-1
3(TX1/RX1)-1
Tributary board b
4(TX2/RX2)-1
6(TX4/RX4)-1
WDM side
ND2 1(IN1/OUT1)-OCH:1-ODU2:1-ODU0:8
(standard mode) 2(IN2/OUT2)-OCH:1-ODU2:1-ODU0:1
2
WDM side
Line board c
(standard
mode)
Line board d
(standard
mode)
Line board e
(compatible
168(ODU0LP8/ODU0LP8)-1 mode)
NOTE
consecutive.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Line board c TN52NS2T04 / TN52NS2T05 / TN52NS2T06 / TN52NS201M01 / TN52NS201M02 / TN53NS2 /


TN54ENQ2
Line board e TN52ND2 / TN53ND2 / TN52NQ2 / TN54NQ2 / TN53NQ2 / TN53NS2 / TN52NS2 / TN52NS3 / TN54NS3 /

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-17 TN11ND2/TN12ND2 board cross-connections (ODU1 level)

Client side
Tributary board a
(compatible mode) 203(ClientLP3/ClientLP3)-1 1
WDM side
ND2 51(ODU1LP1/ODU1LP1)-4
(compatible mode) 2 52(ODU1LP2/ODU1LP2)-1
WDM side
51(ODU1LP1/ODU1LP1)-4 Line board b
52(ODU1LP1/ODU1LP1)-1 (compatible mode)
Line board c
(standard mode)
The client side of tributary boards are cross-connected to the WDM

side of the ND2
The WDM side of line boards are cross-connected to the WDM side of
the ND2
Tributary board a TN11TDG / TN11TDX / TN52TOG / TN11TOM / TN52TOM / TN11TQM / TN12TQM / TN11TQS
Line board b TN11ND2 / TN12ND2 / TN52ND2 / TN53ND2 / TN53NQ2 / TN51NQ2 / TN52NQ2 / TN53NS2 /
TN11NS2 / TN12NS2 / TN52NS2 / TN52NS3 / TN12LQMS(NS1 Mode) / TN12ELQX / TN12PTQX


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Client side
Tributary board a 1
3(TX1/RX1)-1
5(TX3/RX3)-1
6(TX4/RX4)-1
(standard mode)
WDM side
51(ODU1LP1/ODU1LP1)-4 compatible mode
ND2
1(IN1/OUT1)-OCh:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:1
2(IN2/OUT2)-OCh:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:1 standard mode
2
WDM side
51(ODU1LP1/ODU1LP1)-3 Line board c
1(IN1/OUT1)-OCh:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:3 Line board d
1(IN1/OUT1)-OCh:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:4 (standard mode)
Tributary board a TN11TDG / TN11TDX /TN54TEM28 / TN52TOG / TN11TOM / TN52TOM / TN11TQM / TN12TQM /
TN11TQS / TN54THA / TN54TOA

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Line board c TN11ND2 / TN12ND2 / TN52ND2 / TN53ND2 / TN53NQ2 / TN51NQ2 / TN52NQ2 / TN54NQ2 / TN53NS2 /
TN11NS2 / TN12NS2 / TN52NS2 / TN52NS3 / TN54NS3 / TN12LQMS (NS1 Mode) / TN54NPO2 /
TN55NPO2 / TN54ENQ2 / TN12ELQX / TN12PTQX

TN54ENQ2

Client side
Tributary board a 201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-1

WDM side
ND2
(compatible mode) 72(ODU2LP2/ODU2LP2)-1
WDM side
2
(compatible mode)
1(IN1/OUT1)-OCH:1
Line board c
(standard mode)
2(IN2/OUT2)-OCH:1
The client side of tributary boards are cross-connected to the WDM side of
the ND2
The WDM side of line boards are cross-connected to the WDM side of the
ND2
Tributary board a TN12TDX / TN52TDX / TN53TDX / TN55TQX / TN11TQX / TN52TQX / TN11TSXL

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Line board b TN11ND2 / TN12ND2 / TN52ND2 / TN53ND2 / TN53NQ2 / TN51NQ2 / TN52NQ2 / TN53NS2 / TN12NS2 /
TN52NS2 / TN11NS3 / TN52NS3 / TN12ELQX / TN12PTQX
Line board c TN52ND2T04 / TN53ND2 / TN55NO2 / TN52NS2T04 / TN52NS2T05 / TN52NS2T06 / TN52NS201M01 /

TN54ENQ2

Client side


WDM side
compatible mode
ND2
1(IN1/OUT1)-OCH:1-ODU2:1
standard mode
WDM side
2 71(ODU2LP1/ODU2LP1)-1
Line board c
(compatible mode)
1(IN1/OUT1)-OCH:1
Line board d
(standard mode)
2(IN2/OUT2)-OCH:1
the ND2
ND2
Tributary board a TN12TDX / TN52TDX / TN53TDX / TN54TEM28 / TN11TQX / TN52TQX /

TN53TQX / TN55TQX / TN11TSXL / TN54TTX
Tributary board b TN53TDX / TN55TOX / TN55TQX
Line board c TN11ND2 / TN12ND2 / TN52ND2 / TN53ND2 / TN53NQ2 / TN51NQ2 / TN52NQ2 /

TN54NPO2 / TN55NPO2 / TN54ENQ2 / TN12ELQX / TN12PTQX
Line board d TN52ND2T04 / TN53ND2 / TN55NO2 / TN52NS2T04 / TN52NS2T05 /

TN52NS2T06 / TN52NS201M01 / TN52NS201M02 / TN53NS2 / TN54NS3 /
TN55NS3 / TN54NS4 / TN53NQ2 / TN55NPO2 / TN55NPO2E / TN54ENQ2

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
ODUflex Cross-Connections
Figure 14-21 shows the created ODUflex cross-connections.
Figure 14-21 TN52ND2/TN53ND2 board cross-connections (ODUflex level)

Client side
(compatible mode)
3(TX1/RX1)-1
6(TX4/RX4)-1
WDM side
1(IN1/OUT1)-OCH:1-ODU2:1-ODUflex:1
ND2 1(IN1/OUT1)-OCH:1-ODU2:1-ODUflex:2
WDM side
2 1(IN1/OUT1)-OCH:1-ODU2:1-ODUflex:1
Line board c 2(IN2/OUT2)-OCH:1-ODU2:1-ODUflex:1
the ND2 board
The WDM side of the ND2 board are cross-connected to the WDM side of
line boards
NOTE
The IN/OUT optical port supports ODUflex when ODU Timeslot Configuration Mode is Assign
randomRANDOM.
Tributary board a TN53TDX / TN54TEM28 / TN55TQX / TN54THA / TN54TOA
Tributary board b TN53TDX / TN54TOA / TN55TQX
Line board c TN52ND2T04 / TN53ND2 / TN53NQ2 / TN52NS2T04 / TN52NS2T05 / TN52NS2T06 /

TN52NS201M01 / TN52NS201M02 / TN53NS2 / TN54NS4


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
For parameters of the ND2, refer to Table 14-18.
Table 14-18 ND2 parameters


Channel interface.
Optical Interface - Sets the optical interface name.

Name
channel of a board.
Default: Non-
Loopback
Channel Loopback Non-Loopback, Inloop, Sets the channel loopback.

Outloop
Default: Non-
Loopback
Service Mode l TN11ND2: ODU1, Specifies the service mode for a board.
ODU2 NOTE
Default: ODU1 The parameter is supported by the
TN52ND2/TN53ND2 only in the
l TN12ND2: compatible mode.
Automatic, ODU1,
ODU2
Default: Automatic
l TN52ND2/
TN53ND2:
Automatic, ODU0,
ODU1, ODU2
Default: Automatic

Default: On laser status of a board.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Enable Auto-Sensing Disabled, Enabled Sets the Enable Auto-Sensing function

Default: Enabled of the board to Enabled or Disabled.
supports FEC Type and Line Rate
of the received signals in auto-
sensing mode, and thus no manual
setting is required.
Type and Line Rate of the board
must be set manually and the values
of the previous two parameters must
be the same as that of the received
signals. Otherwise, the services are
unavailable.
NOTE
This parameter is only valid when the Board
Mode is set to Electrical Relay Mode or
Optical Relay Mode.
TN12ND2 /TN52ND2//TN53ND2.


Default: 3 stronger error correction capability and
a longer signal transmission delay.
NOTE
Only the TN52ND2/TN53ND2 support this
parameter.

Wavelength (nm)/
Frequency (THz)


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

No./Wavelength (nm)/ 1/1529.16/196.050 Wavelength (nm)/Frequency (THz)
Frequency (THz) to parameter sets the wavelength number,
80/1560.61/192.10 wavelength and frequency of the current
l CWDM: board.
11/1471.00/208.17 NOTE
0 to CBAND is the only band now supported.
Default: / (WDM Interface) for more
information.
wavelength.
NOTE
CBAND is the only band now supported.

to Disabled.
Enable Line Rate Enabled, Disabled Determines whether to automatically

Default: Enabled switch between the standard mode and
speedup mode for the line rate upon a
rerouting event in ASON scenarios.
NOTE
The parameter is supported only by the
TN52ND2/TN53ND2 in the standard mode.
Line Rate Standard Mode, The Line Rate parameter provides an

Speedup Mode option to set the OTN line rate.
Default: Standard See D.16 Line Rate for more
Mode information.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

commissioning.

(ppm) Default: 100 between the actual client-side service
rate and the specified rate when the
client-side service type is ODUflex.
NOTE
When the tributary board that connects to the
ND2 board receives 3G-SDI services from
client equipment, set this parameter to 10. If
the tributary board receives other services,
set it to 100.
NOTE
ODU Timeslot Assign random, Assign Sets ODU Timeslot Configuration

Configuration Mode consecutive Mode of the board.
Default: Assign Assign random: The service rate can be
random ODU0, ODU1, ODU2, or ODUflex and
the mapping path is ODU0–>ODU2,
ODU1–>ODU2, and ODUflex->ODU2.
Assign consecutive: The service rate can
be ODU0, ODU1, or ODU2 and the
mapping path is ODU0–>ODU1–
>ODU2, or ODU1->ODU2.
NOTE
For the TN52ND2/TN53ND2 board in an
OptiX OSN 6800 NE, this parameter must be
set to Assign consecutive.
Board Mode Line Mode, Electrical Specifies the board mode depending on
Relay Mode, Optical the service application scenario.
Relay Mode See D.2 Board Mode (WDM
Default: Line Mode Interface) for more information.
NOTE
TN12ND2/TN52ND2/TN53ND2.
14.2.11 ND2 Specifications


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Module
TN11ND 800 ps/nm-C Band (Odd & Even N/A

2 Wavelength)-Fixed Wavelength-NRZ-
PIN
Wavelength-NRZ-PIN
TN12ND 800 ps/nm-C Band-Tunable 800 ps/nm-C Band (Odd & Even
2 Wavelength-(D)RZ-PIN Wavelengths)-Fixed Wavelength-
800 ps/nm-C Band-Tunable NRZ-PIN-XFP
Wavelength-NRZ-PIN 10 Gbit/s Multirate-10 km
TN52ND 800 ps/nm-C Band-Tunable N/A

2 Wavelength-(D)RZ-PIN
Wavelength-NRZ-PIN
TN53ND N/A 800 ps/nm-C Band (Odd & Even

2 Wavelengths)-Fixed Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN-XFP
NOTE
NOTE
point.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Optical Module Type 800 ps/nm-C Band (Odd & Even

Wavelengths)-Fixed Wavelength-NRZ-
PIN

power

power

width

suppression ratio
Receiver type - PIN

(FEC on)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Optical Module Type 800 ps/nm-C Band- 800 ps/nm-C Band-

Tunable Tunable Wavelength-
Wavelength-NRZ- DRZ-PIN
PIN
Line code format - NRZ DRZ

power

power

width

suppression ratio

range

(FEC on)

overload

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


PIN-XFP

power

power

width

suppression ratio
Receiver type - PIN

(FEC on)

(FEC on)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Tunable Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN-XFP

power

power

width

suppression ratio
Receiver type - PIN

(FEC on)

(FEC on)



format

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


type

transmission
distance

wavelength
range
Maximum dBm -1 2 4
mean launched
power
Minimum dBm -6 -1 0
mean launched
power
Minimum dB 6 8.2 9
extinction ratio

dB spectral
width
mode
suppression
ratio

mask

wavelength
range

sensitivity
receiver
overload

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
(8.7 in.)
l Weight:
TN11ND2/TN12ND2: 1.6 kg (3.5 lb. )
TN52ND2: 1.4 kg (3.1 lb.)
TN53ND2: 1.2 kg (2.7 lb.)
Power Consumption
Boar WDM-Side Optical Module Typical Power Maximum
d Consumption at Power
55°C (131°F) (W)

1ND Wavelength)-Fixed Wavelength-NRZ-
2 PIN

NRZ-PIN

(D)RZ-PIN
TN1 800 ps/nm-C Band-Tunable Wavelength- 57.2 64

2ND NRZ-PIN
2
800 ps/nm-C Band-Tunable Wavelength- 62 69
(D)RZ-PIN
800 ps/nm-C Band (Odd & Even 46 52

Wavelengths)-Fixed Wavelength-NRZ-
PIN-XFP
TN5 800 ps/nm-C Band-Tunable Wavelength- 70.5 77.5

2ND NRZ-PIN
2
800 ps/nm-C Band-Tunable Wavelength- TN52ND2T01: TN52ND2T01:
(D)RZ-PIN 67.8 74.6
TN52ND2T04: 35 TN52ND2T04: 37

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

55°C (131°F) (W)
TN5 800 ps/nm-C Band (Odd & Even 25 28

3ND Wavelengths)-Fixed Wavelength-NRZ-
2 PIN-XFP
NRZ-PIN-XFP
14.3 NO2
NO2: 8 x 10G Line Service Processing Board

The available functional version of the NO2 board is TN55.

Huawei office.
Subrack
TN55 Y Y Y N N N
NO2
NOTE
In the enhanced OptiX OSN 8800 T64 subrack, enhanced OptiX OSN 8800 T32 subrack , and OptiX OSN 8800
T16 subrack, the NO2 board can work either in line mode or relay mode.
When the NO2 board works in line mode, the enhanced OptiX OSN 8800 T64 subrack must use the TNK2USXH
+TNK2UXCT boards and the enhanced OptiX OSN 8800 T32 subrack must use the TN52UXCH/
TN52UXCM board and the OptiX OSN 8800 T16 subrack must use the TN16UXCM board.
In the general OptiX OSN 8800 T64 subrack, and general OptiX OSN 8800 T32 subrack, the NO2 board can
work only in relay mode.
Variants
The TN55NO2 board has only one variant: TN55NO201.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
14.3.2 Application
As a type of line board, the NO2 board converts 64 ODU0, 32 ODU1, or eight ODU2 into eight
ITU-T G.694.1 OTU2 signals or converts eight ODU2e signals into eight ITU-T G.694.1 OTU2e
signals. The board supports hybrid transmission of the ODU0 service, ODU1 service and the
ODU2/ODU2e service.
Application scenario 1 of the NO2: conversion between 64 channels of ODU0 and

eight channels of OTU2 signals
Figure 14-22 Position of the NO2 board in the WDM system (application scenario 1)
64xODU0 64xODU0
1 1 1 1 1 1
OUT1 IN1
1×ODU2
4xODU1
8xODU0
1×OTU2
1×ODU2
1×OTU2
8xODU0
4xODU1
TOA IN1 OUT1 TOA
8 8 8 M M 8 8 8
U U
X X
/ /
8 NO2 D D NO2 8
8 8
M M
U U
X X
1 1 1 1 1 1
OUT8 IN8
1×ODU2
4xODU1
8xODU0
1×ODU2
8xODU0
4xODU1
1×OTU2
1×OTU2
TOA IN8 OUT8 TOA
8 8 8 8 8 8
NOTE
This application scenario is supported only when the 55NO2 board is added on the NMS.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Application scenario 2 of the NO2: conversion between 32 channels of ODU1 and

eight channels of OTU2 signals
32xODU1 32xODU1
1 1 1 1 1 1
OUT1 IN1
1×ODU2
4×ODU1
4×ODU1
1×ODU2
1×OTU2
1×OTU2
TOA TOA
IN1 OUT1
8 8 8 M M 8 8 8
U U
X X
/ /
4 8 NO2 D D NO2 8 4
M M
U U
X X
OUT8 IN8
1 1 1 1 1 1
1×ODU2
4×ODU1
4×ODU1
1×ODU2
1×OTU2
1×OTU2
IN8 OUT8
TOA TOA
8 8 8 8 8 8
NOTE

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Application scenario 3 of the NO2: conversion between eight channels of ODU2/

ODU2e signals and eight channels of OTU2/OTU2e signals
OUT1 IN1
1×ODU2/ODU2e
1×ODU2/ODU2e
1×OTU2/OTU2e
1×OTU2/OTU2e
1 1 1 IN1 OUT1 1 1 1
TQX TQX
4 4 4 4
M M
U U
X X
8 NO2 / / NO2 8
D D
M M
U U
1×ODU2/ODU2e
1×ODU2/ODU2e
1×OTU2/ODU2e
1×OTU2/OTU2e
1 1 X X 1 1
TQX TQX
OUT8 IN8
4 4 8 IN8 OUT8 8 4 4
NOTE

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Application scenario 4 of the NO2: implements the electrical regeneration of OTU2/

OTU2e optical signals
1×OTU2/OTU2e 1×OTU2/OTU2e
D
M IN1 OUT1 M
U
U
X
X
D
M OUT2 IN2 M
U
U
X
X
NO2
D
M IN7 OUT7 M
U
U
X
X
D
M OUT8 IN8 M
U
U
X
X
NOTE
This application scenario is supported only when the 55NO2(REG) board is added on the NMS.
In this application scenario, the Board Mode parameter must be set to Electrical Relay Mode or Optical Relay
Mode. When optical-layer and electrical-layer ASON are enabled, it does not matter whether the Board
Mode parameter is set to Optical Relay Mode or Electrical Relay mode. The parameter must be set to Optical
Relay Mode for the line board in a non-ASON system; otherwise, end-to-end management of ASON services
is not available.
The IN and OUT ports for the same regenerated signal must be configured as follows; otherwise, the ESC
communication is not available.
l "IN1–>OUT1" and "IN2–>OUT2"

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Application scenario 5 of the NO2: hybrid transmission scenario
8xOTU2/
8xOTU2e
ODU0 ODU0
TOM ODU0 TOM
ODU0
OUT1 IN1
ODU1 IN1 OUT1 ODU1
TOM TOM
ODU1 ODU1
M M
NS2 ODU1 U U ODU1 NS2
X X
/ /
NO2 D D NO2
M M
OUT6 U U IN6
TDX ODU2/ IN6 X X OUT6
ODU2/ TDX
ODU2e ODU2e
ODU2/ OUT7 IN7 ODU2/
ODU2e IN7 OUT7 ODU2e
ND2 ND2
NOTE
The same IN/OUT port can transmit a mixture of ODU0 and ODU1 signals, the total bandwidth cannot exceed
10 Gbit/s.

The NO2 board carries out cross-connection at the electrical layer, and provides the OTN
interfaces and ESC.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 14-24 Functions and features of the NO2 board (Line Mode)
Functi Description
on and
feature
Basic NO2 converts signals as follows:

function l 64xODU0/32xODU1/8xODU2<->8xOTU2
l 8xODU2e<->8xOTU2e
Supports hybrid transmission of the services mentioned above.
Cross- Supports the cross-connection of 64 channels of ODU0 signals or 32 channels of

connect ODU1 signals or eight channels of ODU2/ODU2e signals between the NO2 board
capabili and the cross-connect board.
ties

function l Supports the OTN frame format and overhead processing by referring to the
ITU-T G.709.
l ODU2 layer: supports the PM and TCM function, and PM and TCM non-
intrusive monitoring functions.

specific
ation
ESC Supported
function

function
LPT Not supported

function
FEC l Supports ITU-T G.709-compliant forward error correction (FEC) on the WDM
encodin side.
g l Supports ITU-T G.975.1-compliant AFEC-2 on the WDM side.
NOTE
and l Monitors parameters such as the bias current, temperature, and optical power
perform of the laser.
ance
events l Monitors OTN alarms and performance events.
monitor
ing

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Functi Description
on and
feature
Regener TN12ND2, TN52ND2, TN53ND2, TN53NQ2, TN54NQ2, and TN55NO2

ation
board
ALS Not supported

function
Test Not supported

frame
IEEE Not supported

1588v2
Physical Not supported

clock
Optical- Supported
layer
ASON
Electric Supported
al-layer
ASON

scheme
Loopba WDM Side Loopback ODU0 Channel ODU1 Channel

ck Loopback Loopback
Supported Supported Supported

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Functi Description
on and
feature
Protocol Protocol IEEE 802.3u

s or s or IEEE 802.3z
standard standard
s s for IEEE 802.3ae
complia transpar ITU-T G.707
nce ent ITU-T G.782
transmis
sion ITU-T G.783
(non- GR-253-CORE Synchronous Optical Network (SONET) Transport
perform Systems: Common Generic
ance NCITS FIBRE CHANNEL PHYSICAL INTERFACES (FC-PI)
monitor
ing)
NCITS FIBRE CHANNEL FRAMING AND SIGNALING-2 (FC-
FS-2)
NCITS FIBRE CHANNEL - PHYSICAL AND SIGNALING
INTERFACE (FC-PH)
NCITS FIBRE CHANNEL SINGLE-BYTE COMMAND CODE
SETS-2 MAPPING PROTOCOL (FC-SB-2)
SMPTE 292M Bit-Serial Digital Interface for High-Definition
Television Systems
implementation and usage of the DVB Asynchronous Serial Interface
(ASI)
SMPTE 259M 10-Bit 4:2:2 Component and 4fsc Composite Digital
Signals - Serial Digital Interface
NCITS SBCON Single-Byte Command Code Sets CONnection
architecture (SBCON)
ANSI X3.139 Information Systems - Fiber Distributed Data Interface
(FDDI) - Token Ring Media Access Control (MAC)
(FDDI) - Token Ring Physical Layer Protocol (PHY)
(FDDI) Physical Layer Medium Dependent (PDM)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Functi Description
on and
feature
Protocol ITU-T G.805

s or ITU-T G.806
standard
s for ITU-T G.709
service ITU-T G.872
processi ITU-T G.7710
ng
(perfor ITU-T G.798
mance ITU-T G.874
monitor ITU-T M.3100
ing)
ITU-T G.874.1
ITU-T G.875
ITU-T G.808.1
ITU-T G.841
ITU-T G.8201
ITU-T G.873.1
ITU-T G.694.1
Table 14-25 Functions and features of the NO2 board (Relay Mode)
and feature
Regeneratin OTU2: OTN service at a rate of 10.71 Gbit/s

g rate OTU2e: OTN service at a rate of 11.1 Gbit/s

specification
OTN l Provides the OTU2/OTU2e interface on the WDM side.

the ITU-T G.709.

function

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
and feature
ESC Supports the ESC function, which enables the transmission of a supervisory
function signal inside a service signal.
PRBS Not supported

function

encoding WDM side.
NOTE
monitoring
ALS Not supported

function
PTP clock Not supported

(1588 V2)

clock
ASON

layer ASON

scheme
Protocols or Protocols or standards for -

standards transparent transmission (non-
compliance performance monitoring)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
and feature

processing (performance ITU-T G.806
monitoring)
ITU-T G.709
ITU-T G.872
ITU-T G.7710
ITU-T G.798
ITU-T G.874
ITU-T M.3100
ITU-T G.874.1
ITU-T G.875
ITU-T G.808.1
ITU-T G.841
ITU-T G.8201
ITU-T G.694.1

The NO2 board consists of the WDM-side optical module, OTN processing module, control and
communication module, and power supply module.

Figure 14-27 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the NO2 board.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-27 Functional modules and signal flow of the NO2 (Line Mode)
64XODU0/32XODU1/
8XODU2/8XODU2e
Backplane (service corss-connection)
WDM side
OUT1
OUT2
E/O
OUT7
OTN OUT8
Cross-connect
processing IN1
module module IN2
O/E
IN7
WDM-side IN8
Optical
module
Control

Power supply
module
Fuse Required
voltage

The signal processing module of the NO2 board can access the following optical signals:
l ODU0 electrical signals
l ODU2e electrical signals
The transmit and the receive directions are defined in the signal flow of the NO2 board. The
transmit direction is defined as the direction from the backplane of the NO2 to the WDM side
of the NO2. The receive direction is defined as the reverse direction.
The signal processing module can receive 64 channels of ODU0 signals, 32 channels of
ODU1 signals, or eight channels of ODU2/ODU2e signals from the cross-connection board
through the backplane. The module performs operations such as OTN framing, and
encoding of FEC/AFEC. After processing, the module outputs eight channels of OTU2/
OTU2e signals.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
interfaces.
l Receive direction
The WDM-side optical module receives eight channels of the OTU2/OTU2e optical signals
The module performs operations such as OTU2 framing and decoding of FEC/AFEC. Then,
the module sends out 64 channels of ODU0 signals, 32 channels of ODU1 signals, or eight
channels of ODU2/ODU2e signals to the backplane for service cross-connection.

Figure 14-28 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the NO2 board.
Figure 14-28 Functional modules and signal flow of the NO2 (Relay Mode)
WDM side WDM side
IN1 O/E E/O OUT1
OUT2 E/O O/E IN2
OTN
IN7 O/E processing E/O OUT7
OUT8 E/O module O/E IN8
WDM-side WDM-side
Optical Optical
module module
Control

Power supply
module
Fuse Required
voltage

The NO2 board regenerates eight channels of optical signals. The wavelengths at the receive
and transmit ends of the board are OTU2/OTU2e optical signals at DWDM standard wavelengths

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
The signals are sent to the optical transmitting module after they are decoded. After performing
E/O conversion, the module transmits OTU2/OTU2e signals at DWDM standard wavelengths
Module Function
Grooms electrical signals between the NO2 and the cross-connect board through the
backplane.
14.3.5 Front Panel

There are indicators and interfaces on the front panel of the NO2 board.

Figure 14-29 shows the front panel of the NO2 board.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-29 Front panel of the NO2 board
NOTE
You are advised to insert the WDM-side optical modules in the IN1/OUT1 to IN8/OUT8 interfaces in
descending order of signal frequencies supported by these WDM-side optical modules.
Indicators


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Interfaces
Table 14-26 Types and functions of the interfaces on the NO2 board

multiplexer board.

multiplexer board.
Laser Hazard Level

14.3.6 Valid Slots

One slot houses one NO2 board.
Table 14-27 shows the valid slots for the NO2 board.
Table 14-27 Valid slots for the NO2 board

Product Valid Slots

subrack

subrack

subrack
14.3.7 Characteristic Code for the NO2



OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 14-28 Mapping between the physical ports on the NO2 board and the port numbers
IN1/OUT1 1
IN2/OUT2 2
IN3/OUT3 3
IN4/OUT4 4
IN5/OUT5 5
IN6/OUT6 6
IN7/OUT7 7
IN8/OUT8 8
NOTE
Logical Ports
board. They also can be used as sources or sinks of cross-connections. For example, IN1/OUT1-
OCh:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:1 is a logical port of the board.
Figure 14-30 shows the port diagrams of the TN55NO2 board. Table 14-29 lists the port
descriptions
NOTE
ODUk cross-connections through the backplane are supported only when the 55NO2 board is selected on the
NMS.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-30 Port diagram of the NO2

Backplane
IN(1~8)/OUT(1~8)-OCh:1
ODU2:1 OCh :1
8xODU2/
8xODU2e ODU2:1 OCh :1
IN(1~8)/OUT(1~8)-OCh:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:(1~4)
ODU1:1
ODU 2: 1 OCh :1
ODU1:4
32xODU1
ODU1:1 1(N1/OUT1)
ODU 2: 1 OCh :1
ODU1:4
8(IN8/OUT8)
IN(1~8)/OUT(1~8)-OCh:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:(1~4)-ODU0:(1~2)
ODU0:1
ODU1:1
ODU0:2
ODU 2:1 OCh :1
ODU0:1
ODU 1:4
ODU 0:2
64xODU0 ODU0:1
ODU 1:1
ODU0:1
ODU1:4
ODU 0:2

module

module
Service processing Cross-connection that must be configured on the

module NMS to receive ODUk signals from other boards
ODU0 mapping
path
Table 14-29 Description of ports on the NO2

1(IN1/OUT1)-OCh:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:(1-4)-ODU0:(1-2) Indicates the mapping path

2(IN2/OUT2)-OCh:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:(1-4)-ODU0:(1-2) for the ODU0 signals that are
received through the
...... backplane.
7(IN7/OUT7)-OCh:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:(1-4)-ODU0:(1-2)
8(IN8/OUT8)-OCh:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:(1-4)-ODU0:(1-2)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
1(IN1/OUT1)-OCh:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:(1-4) Indicates the mapping path

2(IN2/OUT2)-OCh:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:(1-4) for the ODU1 signals that are
...... backplane.
7(IN7/OUT7)-OCh:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:(1-4)
1(IN1/OUT1)-OCh:1 Indicates the mapping path

2(IN2/OUT2)-OCh:1 for the ODU2 signals that are
...... backplane.
7(IN7/OUT7)-OCh:1
8(IN8/OUT8)-OCh:1
1(IN1/OUT1) Indicates the WDM-side port.

2(IN2/OUT2)
......
7(IN7/OUT7)
8(IN8/OUT8)

side.
NOTE
The NO2 board can work in the standard mode. For information about the standard modes, see 12.2.3 Standard
Mode and Compatible Mode.
mode, and "IN1/OUT1-OCh:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:(1-4)-ODU0:(1-2)" is the signal mapping path of the board in
standard mode.
Figure 14-31 shows the created ODU0 cross-connections.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-31 Cross-connection diagram of the NO2 (ODU0 level)

Client side
Tributary 201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-1
board a 201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-2
(compatible 201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-3
mode) 201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-4 1
Tributary 3(RX1/TX1)-1
board b 4(RX2/TX2)-1
(compatible 5(RX3/TX3)-1
mode) 6(RX4/TX4)-1
WDM side
1(IN1/OUT1)-OCh:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:1-ODU0:1
NO2
WDM side
(compatible
Line board d
(standard
4(IN4/OUT4)-OCh:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:4-ODU0:1 mode)
2 1(IN1/OUT1)-OCh:1-ODU2:1-ODU0:1
Line board e
4(IN4/OUT4)-OCh:1-ODU2:1-ODU0:1 (standard
mode)
Line board f
(standard
1(IN1/OUT1)-OCh:1-ODU4:1-ODU0:79 mode)
The client side of other boards are cross-connected to the WDM side of the NO2
The WDM side of other boards are cross-connected to the WDM side of the NO2
Line board c TN52ND2 / TN53ND2 / TN52NQ2 / TN54NQ2 / TN53NQ2 / TN53NS2 / TN52NS2 /

TN52NS3 / TN54NS3 / TN54NPO2 / TN55NPO2 / TN54ENQ2

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Line board d TN52ND2T04 / TN53ND2 / TN55NO2 / TN52NS2T04 / TN52NS2T05 / TN52NS2T06 /

TN52NS201M01 / TN52NS201M02 / TN53NS2 / TN54NS3 / TN55NS3 / TN54NS4 /
TN53NQ2 / TN55NPO2 / TN55NPO2E / TN54ENQ2
Line board e TN52NS2T04 / TN52NS2T05 / TN52NS2T06 / TN52NS201M01 / TN52NS201M02 /

TN53NS2 / TN52ND2T04 / TN53ND2 / TN53NQ2
Line board f TN54NS4

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Client side
mode) 6(RX4/TX4)-1
WDM side
NO2
WDM side
Line board c
Line board d
4(IN4/OUT4)-OCH:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:3 (standard mode)
2 4(IN4/OUT4)-OCH:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:4
Line board e
(standard mode)


Line board e TN54NS4

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Client side
mode) 6(RX4/TX4)-1
WDM side
1(IN1/OUT1)-OCh:1
1(IN1/OUT1)-OCh:1
NO2
8(IN8/OUT8)-OCh:1
8(IN8/OUT8)-OCh:1
WDM side
1(IN1/OUT1)-OCh:1
2(IN2/OUT2)-OCh:1 Line board d
3(IN3/OUT3)-OCh:1 (standard mode)
4(IN4/OUT4)-OCh:1
2 1(IN1/OUT1)-OCH:1-ODU2:2
Line board e
(standard mode)
Tributary board a TN52TDX / TN54TEM28 / TN53TDX / TN55TQX / TN52TQX / TN53TQX / TN54TTX


Line board e TN54NS4


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
For parameters of the NO2, refer to Table 14-30.
Table 14-30 NO2 parameters


Channel interface.

Name name.
channel of a board.
Default: Non-
Loopback
Channel Loopback Non-Loopback, Inloop, Sets the path loopback.

Outloop
Default: Non-
Loopback


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Enable Auto-Sensing Disabled, Enabled Set the Enable Auto-Sensing function

unavailable.
NOTE
This parameter is only valid when the board
work in line mode.
For ASON services, this parameter must be
set to Enabled.

AFEC Grade 1, 2, 3 A larger value of this parameter means

Default: 3 a stronger error correction capability and

Wavelength (nm)/
Frequency (THz)


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

11/1471.00/208.170 board.
to NOTE
18/1611.00/188.780 CBAND is the only band now supported.

information.
wavelength.
NOTE
Line Rate Standard Mode, Used to configure the line rate of OTN.
Speedup Mode See D.16 Line Rate for more
Default: Standard information.
Mode

to Disabled.

board resides.
information.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

commissioning.
Default: Electrical
Relay Mode
14.3.11 NO2 Specifications

Board WDM-Side Fixed WDM-Side Pluggable Optical Module

Optical Module
TN55NO N/A 800 ps/nm-C Band (Odd & Even Wavelengths)-Fixed

2 Wavelength-NRZ-PIN-XFP
800 ps/nm-C Band-Tunable Wavelength-NRZ-PIN-
XFP
NOTE
point.

PIN-XFP

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

PIN-XFP

power

power

width

suppression ratio
Receiver type - PIN

(FEC on)

(FEC on)


Tunable Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN-XFP

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Tunable Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN-XFP

power

power

width

suppression ratio
Receiver type - PIN

(FEC on)

(FEC on)


Type km km

distance

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Type km km

wavelength range

launched power

launched power

ratio

spectral width

suppression ratio

wavelength range

overload
(8.7 in.)
l Weight: 1.66 kg (3.66 lb.)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Power Consumption
55°C (131°F) (W)
TN55 800 ps/nm-C Band (Odd & Even 83.6 87

NO2 Wavelengths)-Fixed Wavelength-NRZ-
PIN-XFP
NRZ-PIN-XFP
14.4 NQ2
NQ2: 4 x 10G Line Service Processing Board

The available functional versions of the NQ2 board are TN51, TN52 , TN53, and TN54.

Huawei office.
Subrack
TN51 N N N N Y N
NQ2
TN52 Y Y N N Y N
NQ2
TN53 Y Y Y Y Y N
NQ2
TN54 Y Y Y N N N
NQ2
NOTE
The TN53NQ2 board for the OptiX OSN 8800 platform subrack only supports relay mode.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Variants
Each NQ2 board version except the TN54NQ2 board has only one variant identified by 01 (for
example, TN51NQ201). The TN54NQ2 board variant is the board itself.

l Function:
Board Cross-Connet FEC Encoding IEEE 1588v2 Physical Relay Mode
Granularity Clock
TN51NQ2 ODU1 and FEC N N N

ODU2
TN52NQ2 ODU0, ODU1 FEC/AFEC-2 N N N

and ODU2
TN53NQ2 ODU0, ODU1, FEC/AFEC-2 Y Y Y

ODU2 and
ODUflex
TN54NQ2 ODU0, ODU1 FEC/AFEC-2 Y Y Y

and ODU2
l Specification:
– The specifications vary according to the version of board that you use. For details, see
14.4.11 NQ2 Specifications.
Board Board
TN51NQ2 TN52NQ2/ The TN52NQ2 /TN53NQ2 board can be created as TN51NQ2 on the NMS
TN53NQ2 to function as a TN51NQ2 board. In this scenario, the TN52NQ2 /
TN53NQ2 only provides the functions of the TN51NQ2 board, and the board
software does not need to be upgraded.
NOTE
When both the receive and transmit boards employ FEC, the substitution applies; when
both the receive and transmit boards employ AFEC, the substitution does not apply.
TN52NQ2 TN53NQ2/ The TN53NQ2/TN54NQ2 can be created as TN52NQ2 on the NMS. The
TN54NQ2 former can substitute for the latter, without any software upgrade. After
substitution, the TN53NQ2/TN54NQ2 functions as the TN52NQ2.
NOTE
Only OptiX OSN 8800 supports the TN54NQ2.
TN54NQ2 TN53NQ2 The TN53NQ2 board can be created as TN54NQ2 on the NMS to function
as a TN54NQ2 board. In this scenario, the TN53NQ2 board only provides
the functions of the TN54NQ2 board, and the board software does not need
to be upgraded.
TN53NQ2 None -

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
14.4.2 Application
As a type of line board, the NQ2 board converts 32 ODU0, 16 ODU1, eight ODUflex, or four
ODU2 into four ITU-T G.694.1 OTU2 signals or converts four ODU2e signals into four ITU-
T G.694.1 OTU2e signals. The board supports hybrid transmission of the ODU0 service, ODU1
service, ODUflex service and the ODU2/ODU2e service.
Application scenario 1 of the TN51NQ2/TN52NQ2/TN53NQ2/TN54NQ2:

conversion between 16 channels of ODU1 and four channels of OTU2 signals
Figure 14-34 Position of the NQ2 board in the WDM system (application scenario 1)
16xODU1 16xODU1
1 1 1 1 1 1
OUT1 IN1
1×ODU2
4×ODU1
4×ODU1
1×ODU2
1×OTU2
1×OTU2
TOM TOM
IN1 OUT1
8 4 4 M M 4 4 8
U U
X X
/ /
4 4 NQ2 D D NQ2 4 4
M M
U U
X X
OUT4 IN4
1 1 1 1 1 1
1×ODU2
4×ODU1
4×ODU1
OUT4
1×ODU2
1×OTU2
IN4
1×OTU2
TOM TOM
8 4 4 4 4 8
NOTE
In this application scenario, the Board Mode parameter of the TN53NQ2/TN54NQ2 board must be set to
Line Mode.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Application scenario 2 of the TN51NQ2/TN52NQ2/TN53NQ2/TN54NQ2:

conversion between four channels of ODU2/ODU2e and four channels of OTU2/
OTU2e signals
1×ODU2/ODU2e
1×ODU2/ODU2e
1×OTU2/OTU2e
1×OTU2/OTU2e
OUT1 IN1
1 1 1 IN1 OUT1 1 1 1
M M
U U
X X
TQX 4 NQ2 / / NQ2 4 TQX
D D
M M
U U
1×ODU2/ODU2e
1×ODU2/ODU2e
1×OTU2/ODU2e
1×OTU2/OTU2e
X X
OUT4 IN4
4 4 4 IN4 OUT4 4 4 4
NOTE
Line Mode.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Application scenario 3 of the TN52NQ2/TN53NQ2/TN54NQ2: conversion between

32 channels of ODU0 signals and four channels of OTU2 signals (Only for OptiX
OSN 8800)
32xODU0 32xODU0
1 1 1 1 1 1
OUT1 IN1
1×ODU2
4xODU1
8xODU0
1×OTU2
1×ODU2
1×OTU2
8xODU0
4xODU1
TOM IN1 OUT1 TOM
8 8 8 M M 8 8 8
U U
X X
/ /
4 NQ2 D D NQ2 4
4 4
M M
U U
X X
1 1 1 1 1 1
OUT4 IN4
1×ODU2
4xODU1
8xODU0
1×ODU2
8xODU0
4xODU1
1×OTU2
1×OTU2
TOM IN4 OUT4 TOM
8 8 8 8 8 8
NOTE
Line Mode.
For the TN53NQ2 board:
consecutive, the board supports the ODU0–>ODU1–>ODU2 service mapping path.
random, the board supports the ODU0–>ODU2 service mapping path.
l When the board works in compatible mode, the board does not support the configuration of the timeslot
allocation mode, and it only supports the ODU0–>ODU1–>ODU2 service mapping path.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Application scenario 4 of the TN53NQ2 board: conversion between eight channels

of ODUflex signals and four channels of OTU2 signals (Only for OptiX OSN 8800)
8xODUflex 4xOTU2 4xOTU2 8xODUflex
1 1 1 OUT1 IN1 1 1 1
2xODUflex
2xODUflex
1×ODU2
1×ODU2
1×OTU2
1×OTU2
TQX IN1 OUT1 TQX
M
4 4 4 U M 4 4 4
X U
/ X
NQ2 D / NQ2
4 D 4
M
U M
U
1 1 1 OUT4 X X IN4 1 1 1
2xODUflex
2xODUflex
1×ODU2
1×OTU2
1×ODU2
1×OTU2
IN4 OUT4
TQX TQX
4 4 4 4 4 4
NOTE
In this application scenario, Only the TN55TQX board supports ODUflex.

The total bandwidth of two channels of ODUflex signals corresponding to one channel of OTU2 signals
In this application scenario, the Board Mode parameter of the TN53NQ2 board must be set to Line
Mode.
TN53NQ2 supports ODUflex only when it works in standard mode.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Application scenario 5 of the TN53NQ2/TN54NQ2: implements the electrical

regeneration of OTU2/OTU2e optical signals
D
M IN1 OUT1 M
U
U
X
X
D
M OUT2 IN2 M
U
U
X
X
NQ2
D
M IN3 OUT3 M
U
U
X
X
D
M OUT4 IN4 M
U
U
X
X
NOTE
The TN53NQ2 board for the OptiX OSN 8800 platform subrack only supports relay mode.
Electrical Relay Mode or Optical Relay Mode. When optical-layer and electrical-layer ASON are
enabled, it does not matter whether the Board Mode parameter is set to Optical Relay Mode or Electrical
Relay mode. The parameter must be set to Optical Relay Mode for the line board in a non-ASON system;
otherwise, end-to-end management of ASON services is not available.
The IN and OUT ports for the same regenerated signal must be configured as follows; otherwise, the ESC
communication is not available.
The line boards at the two add/drop sites must have the same ODU timeslot allocation mode. When a
TN53NQ2 board is connected to a board that does not support ODU timeslot allocation, set ODU Timeslot
Configuration Mode to Assign consecutive for the TN53NQ2 board. For example, when a TN53NQ2
board is connected to a TN52NQ2 board, which does not support ODU timeslot allocation, set ODU
Timeslot Configuration Mode to Assign consecutive for the TN53NQ2 board.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
4xOTU2/
4xOTU2e
ODU0 ODU0
TOM ODU0 ODU0 TOM
OUT1 IN1
ODU1 IN1 OUT1 ODU1
TOM TOM
ODU1 M ODU1
M
NS2 ODU1 U U ODU1 NS2
X X NQ2
NQ2 / /
D D
ODUflex OUT2 M IN2 ODUflex
TDX ODUflex M
IN2 U U OUT2 ODUflex TDX
X X
ND2 ND2
OUT4 IN4
ODU2/ ODU2/
NOTE
The same IN/OUT port can transmit a mixture of ODU0, ODU1, and ODUflex signals, the total bandwidth
Only TN52NQ2/TN53NQ2/TN54NQ2 supports ODU0.
TN53NQ2supports ODUflex only when it works in standard mode.

The NQ2 board carries out cross-connection at the electrical layer, and provides the OTN
interfaces and ESC.
NOTE

The relay mode is supported only by the TN53NQ2/TN54NQ2.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 14-34 Functions and features of the NQ2 board (Line Mode)
Functi Description
on and
featur
e
Basic NQ2 converts signals as follows:

functio l TN51NQ2:
n
– 16xODU1/4xODU2<->4xOTU2
– 4xODU2e<->4xOTU2e
l TN52NQ2/TN54NQ2:
– 32xODU0/16xODU1/4xODU2<->4xOTU2
l TN53NQ2:
– 32xODU0/16xODU1/4xODU2/8xODUflex<->4xOTU2
Supports hybrid transmission of the services mentioned above.
Cross- Supports cross-connections with cross-connect boards.

connect l TN51NQ2: 16xODU1/4xODU2/4xODU2e
capabil
ities l TN53NQ2: 32xODU0/16xODU1/4xODU2/4xODU2e/8xODUflex
l TN52NQ2/TN54NQ2: 32xODU0/16xODU1/4xODU2/4xODU2e

functio l Supports the OTN frame format and overhead processing by referring to the ITU-T G.709.
n
functions.
functions.
functions.
l ODUflex layer: supports the PM function and PM non-intrusive monitoring functions.
NOTE
l Only the TN53NQ2 boards support TCM function and TCM non-intrusive monitoring for ODU0 signals.
l Only the TN53NQ2 boards support PM function and PM non-intrusive monitoring for ODUflex signals.

specific
ation
ESC Supported
functio
n

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Functi Description
on and
featur
e

test NOTE
functio If the TN53NQ2 board interconnects with another line board, PRBS must be enabled for the TN53NQ2 board and the
n connected line board. In addition, the PRBS function can take effect on the boards only when the following condition
is met:
The TN53NQ2 board works in standard mode and ODU0, ODU1, or ODUflex cross-connections are configured for
the TN53NQ2 board, or the TN53NQ2 board works in compatible mode but no cross-connection is configured for it.
LPT Not supported

functio
n
FEC TN51NQ2:
encodi l Supports ITU-T G.709-compliant forward error correction (FEC) on the WDM side.
ng
TN52NQ2/TN53NQ2/TN54NQ2:
NOTE
and l Monitors parameters such as the bias current, temperature, and optical power of the laser.
perfor
mance l Monitors OTN alarms and performance events.
events
monito
ring
Regene l TN51NQ2:
ration TN12ND2, TN52ND2, TN53ND2, TN55NO2, TN53NQ2, TN54NQ2, TN11LSXR
board
l TN52NQ2/TN53NQ2/TN54NQ2:
ALS Not supported

functio
n
Test Not supported

frame
IEEE The TN53NQ2/TN54NQ2 board supports BC and OC mode, do not support TC and TC+OC mode.
1588v2
Physica Supported only when the TN53NQ2 board receives ODU0/ODU1/ODUflex signals cross-connected
l clock from the backplane
Supported only when the TN54NQ2 board receives ODU0/ODU1 signals cross-connected from the
backplane

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Functi Description
on and
featur
e
Optical Supported
-layer
ASON
Electric Supported by the TN52NQ2/TN53NQ2/TN54NQ2

al-layer
ASON

scheme
NOTE
The ODU0 SPRing protection is not supported by the TN54NQ2.
NOTE
When the cross-connect granularity is ODUflex, the board does not support tributary SNCP protection.
Loopba Board WDM Side ODU0 Channel ODU1 Channel ODUflex Channel
ck Loopback Loopback Loopback
TN51N Supported Not supported Supported Not supported

Q2
TN52N Supported Supported Supported Not supported

Q2
TN53N Supported Supported Supported only when Supported

Q2 only when ODU1 signals are
ODU2/ received from the
ODU2e backplane.
signals are
received
from the
backplane.

Q2

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Functi Description
on and
featur
e
Protoco Protocols or standards IEEE 802.3u

ls or for transparent IEEE 802.3z
standar transmission (non-
ds performance IEEE 802.3ae
compli monitoring) ITU-T G.707
ance ITU-T G.782
ITU-T G.783
GR-253-CORE Synchronous Optical Network (SONET) Transport
Systems: Common Generic
NCITS FIBRE CHANNEL FRAMING AND SIGNALING-2 (FC-FS-2)
NCITS FIBRE CHANNEL - PHYSICAL AND SIGNALING INTERFACE
(FC-PH)
NCITS FIBRE CHANNEL SINGLE-BYTE COMMAND CODE SETS-2
MAPPING PROTOCOL (FC-SB-2)
SMPTE 292M Bit-Serial Digital Interface for High-Definition Television
Systems
ETSI TR 101 891 Professional Interfaces: Guidelines for the implementation
and usage of the DVB Asynchronous Serial Interface (ASI)
SMPTE 259M 10-Bit 4:2:2 Component and 4fsc Composite Digital Signals
- Serial Digital Interface
NCITS SBCON Single-Byte Command Code Sets CONnection architecture
(SBCON)
(FDDI) - Token Ring Media Access Control (MAC)
(FDDI) - Token Ring Physical Layer Protocol (PHY)
(FDDI) Physical Layer Medium Dependent (PDM)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Functi Description
on and
featur
e

(performance
ITU-T G.872
ITU-T G.7710
ITU-T G.798
ITU-T G.874
ITU-T M.3100
ITU-T G.874.1
ITU-T G.875
ITU-T G.808.1
ITU-T G.841
ITU-T G.8201
ITU-T G.873.1
ITU-T G.694.1
Table 14-35 Functions and features of the NQ2 board (Relay Mode)
feature
Basic function The board is used in an electrical REG station in the system to implement electrical regeneration
of optical signals.
Regenerating OTU2: OTN service at a rate of 10.71 Gbit/s

rate OTU2e: OTN service at a rate of 11.1 Gbit/s

specification
OTN function l Supports the OTU2/OTU2e interface on the WDM side.

l Supports the OTN frame format and overhead processing by referring to the ITU-T G.709.
l ODU2 layer: supports the PM and TCM function, and PM and TCM non-intrusive

function

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

feature
PRBS function Not supported
FEC encoding TN53NQ2/TN54NQ2:

NOTE
performance l Monitors parameters such as the bias current, temperature, and optical power of the laser.
events
PTP clock (1588 Not supported

V2)
Physical clock Not supported
ASON

ASON

scheme
Protocols or Protocols or standards for transparent -

standards transmission (non-performance
compliance monitoring)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

feature

ITU-T G.709
ITU-T G.872
ITU-T G.7710
ITU-T G.798
ITU-T G.874
ITU-T M.3100
ITU-T G.874.1
ITU-T G.875
ITU-T G.808.1
ITU-T G.841
ITU-T G.8201
ITU-T G.694.1

The NQ2 board consists of the WDM-side optical module, signal processing module, 1588v2

Figure 14-40 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the NQ2 board.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-40 Functional modules and signal flow of the NQ2 (Line Mode)
n X ODUk Backplane (service cross-connection)
WDM side
E/O OUT1
OUT2
Cross- OTN OUT3
OUT4
1588v2 connect processing
module module module O/E IN1
IN2
IN3
WDM-side IN4
module module
Control

Power supply
module
Fuse Required
voltage

NOTE
Only the TN53NQ2 /TN54NQ2 board supports the IEEE 1588v2 module.
In Figure 14-40, n x ODUk indicates the service cross-connections from the NQ2 board to the backplane. "n"
represents the maximum number of cross-connections and "k" represents the service granularity.
Table 14-36 shows the service cross-connections from the NQ2 board to the backplane.
Table 14-36 Service cross-connections from the NQ2 board to the backplane

Q2

Q2/
TN54N
Q2

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
TN53N A maximum of 32xODU0/16xODU1/4xODU2/8xODUflex/4xODU2e

Q2
The signal processing module of the NQ2 board can access the following optical signals:
The transmit and the receive directions are defined in the signal flow of the NQ2 board. The
transmit direction is defined as the direction from the backplane of the NQ2 to the WDM side
of the NQ2. The receive direction is defined as the reverse direction.
The cross-connect module can receive ODUk signals from the cross-connection board
through the backplane. The OTN processing module performs operations such as OTN
framing, and encoding of FEC. After processing, the signal processing module outputs 4
channels of OTU2/OTU2e signals.
interfaces.
l Receive direction
The WDM-side optical module receives four channels of the OTU2/OTU2e optical signals
The OTN processing module module performs operations such as OTU2 framing and
decoding of FEC. Then, the cross-connect module sends out ODUk signals to the backplane
for service cross-connection.
The board processes clock signals in two directions.

Figure 14-41 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the NQ2 board.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-41 Functional modules and signal flow of the NQ2 (Relay Mode)
WDM side WDM side
IN1 OUT1
O/E E/O
IN3 OUT3
OTN
OUT2 IN2
E/O processing O/E
OUT4 module IN4
WDM-side WDM-side
optical optical
module module
Control

Power supply
module
Fuse Required
voltage
Backplane
NOTE
The relay mode is only supported by the TN53NQ2/TN54NQ2.
The NQ2 board regenerates four channels of optical signals. The wavelengths at the receive and
transmit ends of the board are OTU2/OTU2e optical signals at DWDM standard wavelengths
The signals are sent to the optical transmitting module after they are decoded. After performing
E/O conversion, the module transmits OTU2/OTU2e signals at DWDM standard wavelengths
Module Function

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

The module consists of an OTN processing modulea and cross-connect module .
Grooms electrical signals between the NQ2 and the cross-connect board through the
backplane.
l 1588v2 module
to the STG board.
14.4.5 Front Panel

There are indicators and interfaces on the front panel of the NQ2 board.

Figure 14-42 shows the front panel of the NQ2 board.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-42 Front panel of the NQ2 board
NOTE
You are advised to insert the WDM-side optical modules in the IN1/OUT1 to IN4/OUT4 interfaces in ascending
order of signal frequencies supported by these WDM-side optical modules.
Indicators

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Interfaces
Table 14-37 Types and functions of the interfaces on the NQ2 board

multiplexer board.

multiplexer board.
Laser Hazard Level

14.4.6 Valid Slots

One slot houses one NQ2 board.
NOTE
For the OptiX OSN 6800:

l If the TN12XCS board is used, the NQ2 board supports a service capacity of 40 Gbit/s when it is installed
in slot 1, 4, 11, or 14; only optical ports IN1/OUT1 and IN2/OUT2 of the NQ2 board are available and
therefore the board supports a service capacity of 20 Gbit/s when it is installed in any of the other slots.
l If the TN11XCS board is used, only optical ports IN1/OUT1 and IN2/OUT2 of the NQ2 board are available
and therefore the board supports a service capacity of 20 Gbit/s regardless of which slot the board is
installed.
For the OptiX OSN 8800: The NQ2 board supports a maximum service capacity of 40 Gbit/s in any slot.
Table 14-38 shows the valid slots for the TN51NQ2 board.
Table 14-38 Valid slots for the TN51NQ2 board

Product Valid Slots

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Product Valid Slots

subrack

subrack

Product Valid Slots

subrack

subrack

subrack

platform subrack
OptiX OSN 6800 subrack IU1-IU8, U11-IU16

Product Valid Slots

subrack

subrack

subrack
14.4.7 Characteristic Code for the NQ2


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Table 14-42 Mapping between the physical ports on the NQ2 board and the port numbers
IN1/OUT1 1
IN2/OUT2 2
IN3/OUT3 3
IN4/OUT4 4
NOTE
Logical Ports
The NQ2 board can work in standard or compatible mode. For details about the standard and
Board Mode Port Diagram Port Board Name Displayed

Descriptio on the NMS
n
TN54N Compati Figure 14-44 Table 14-45 54NQ2

Q2 ble mode
TN53N Compati Figure 14-44 Table 14-45 53NQ2(COMP)

Q2 ble mode
Standard Figure 14-43 Table 14-44 53NQ2

mode

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

n

Q2 ble mode

Q2 ble mode
NOTE
For the TN53NQ2/TN54NQ2: ODUk cross-connections through the backplane are supported only when Board
Mode is set to Line Mode.
For the TN52NQ2: The OptiX OSN 6800 supports grooming of signals only at the ODU1 and ODU2 levels
from the backplane.
NOTE
When the NQ2 board works in compatible mode, or when the board works in standard mode and Assign
consecutive, observe the following points:

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-43 Port diagram of the TN53NQ2 (standard mode)

Backplane
IN(1-4)/OUT(1-4)-OCh:1-ODU2:1-ODUflex:(1-2)
ODUflex:1
ODU2:1 OCh:1
ODUflex:2
8xODUflex
ODUflex:1
ODU2:1 OCh:1
ODUflex:2
IN(1-4)/OUT(1-4)-OCh:1
ODU2:1 OCh :1
4xODU2/
4xODU2e ODU2:1 OCh :1
IN(1-4)/OUT(1-4)-OCh:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:(1-4)
ODU1:1
ODU 2: 1 OCh :1
ODU1:4
16xODU1
ODU1:1
ODU 2: 1 OCh :1
ODU1:4 1(N1/OUT1)
4(IN4/OUT4)
IN(1-2)/OUT(1-2)-OCh:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:(1-4)-ODU0:(1-2)
ODU0:1
ODU1:1
ODU0:2
ODU 2:1 OCh :1
ODU0:1
ODU 1:4
ODU 0:2
32xODU0 ODU0:1
ODU 1:1
ODU0:1
ODU1:4
ODU 0:2
IN(1-4)/OUT(1-4)-OCh:1-ODU2:1-ODU0:(1-8)
ODU0:1
ODU2:1 OCh :1
ODU0: 8
32xODU0 ODU0:1
ODU2:1 OCh:1
ODU0: 8

module

module

processing
module
>ODU1–
>ODU2)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
ODU0 mapping
path (ODU0–
>ODU2)
NOTE
Figure 14-44 Port diagram of the TN53NQ2/TN52NQ2/TN54NQ2 (compatible mode)

Backplane
32 x ODU0 16x ODU1 4 x ODU2/ODU2e
161
(ODU0LP1/ODU0LP1)-2
71
(ODU2LP1/ODU2LP1) 1
ODU2 -1
164 (IN1/OUT1)-1
(ODU0LP4/ODU0LP4)-2
173
(ODU0LP13/ODU0LP13)-2
74
(ODU2LP4/ODU2LP4) 4
ODU2 -1 (IN4/OUT4)-1
176

module

module
Service processing Automatic cross-connection, which does not need to

module be configured on the NMS. For example, if ODU0
signals are required, users only need to configure
path NMS to receive ODUk signals from other boards

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-45 Port diagram of the TN51NQ2

Other tributary/ Other tributary/
line/PID board line/PID board
Backplane
16 x ODU1 4 x ODU2/ODU2e
51
(ODU1LP1/ODU1LP1)-1
71
(IN1/OUT1)-1
51
(ODU1LP1/ODU1LP1)-4
54
(ODU1LP4/ODU1LP4)-1
74
(IN4/OUT4)-1
54
(ODU1LP4/ODU1LP4)-4

module
Multiplexing Automatic cross-connection, which does not need to

module be configured on the NMS. For example, if ODU1
signals are required, users only need to configure a
cross-connection from another board to the
multiplexed signal to the ODU2LP port. Users do not
need to configure a cross-connection for transmitting
the multiplexed signal.
Service processing Cross-connection that must be configured on the
module NMS to receive ODUk signals from other boards
ODU1 mapping
path

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 14-44 Description of ports on the TN53NQ2 (standard mode)

1(IN1/OUT1)-OCh:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:(1-4)- Indicates the mapping path for the

ODU0:(1-2) ODU0 signals that are received through
2(IN2/OUT2)-OCh:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:(1-4)- the backplane. (ODU0->ODU1-
ODU0:(1-2) >ODU2)
3(IN3/OUT3)-OCh:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:(1-4)-
ODU0:(1-2)
4(IN4/OUT4)-OCh:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:(1-4)-
ODU0:(1-2)
1(IN1/OUT1)-OCh:1-ODU2:1-ODU0:(1-8) Indicates the mapping path for the

2(IN2/OUT2)-OCh:1-ODU2:1-ODU0:(1-8) ODU0 signals that are received through
the backplane. (ODU0->ODU2)
1(IN1/OUT1)-OCh:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:(1-4) Indicates the mapping path for the

2(IN2/OUT2)-OCh:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:(1-4) ODU1 signals that are received through
the backplane.
1(IN1/OUT1)-OCh:1 Indicates the mapping path for the

2(IN2/OUT2)-OCh:1 ODU2 signals that are received through
the backplane.
3(IN3/OUT3)-OCh:1
4(IN4/OUT4)-OCh:1
1(IN1/OUT1)-OCh:1-ODU2:1-ODUflex:(1-2) Indicates the mapping path for the

2(IN2/OUT2)-OCh:1-ODU2:1-ODUflex:(1-2) ODUflex signals that are received
3(IN3/OUT3)-OCh:1-ODU2:1-ODUflex:(1-2)
4(IN4/OUT4)-OCh:1-ODU2:1-ODUflex:(1-2)
1(IN1/OUT1) Indicates the WDM-side port.

2(IN2/OUT2)
3(IN3/OUT3)
4(IN4/OUT4)
Table 14-45 Description of NM port of the NQ2 board (compatible mode)

ODU0LP1- Internal logical port. The optical Automatic cross-connections between

ODU0LP16 paths are numbered 1, 2. the ports and the ODU1LP port
ODU1LP1- Internal logical port. The optical Automatic cross-connections between

ODU1LP4 paths are numbered 1, 2, 3 and 4. the ports and the ODU2LP port

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
ODU2LP1- Internal logical ports. The optical Automatic cross-connections between

ODU2LP4 paths are numbered 1. the ports and the IN/OUT port
IN1/OUT1- Corresponding to the WDM-side -

IN4/OUT4 optical interfaces.

side.
NOTE
The NQ2 board can work in the standard or compatible mode. For information about the standard and compatible
modes, see 12.2.3 Standard Mode and Compatible Mode.
mode, and "IN1/OUT1-OCH:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:(1-4)-ODU0:(1-2)" is the signal mapping path of the board in
standard mode.
Figure 14-46, Figure 14-47 and Figure 14-48 show the created ODU0 cross-connections.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-46 Cross-connection diagram of the TN52NQ2/TN54NQ2 (ODU0 level)

Client side
201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-2 1
Tributary board a
(compatible mode)
3(TX1/RX1)-1
4(TX2/RX2)-1
(standard mode)
9(TX7/RX7)-1
10(TX8/RX8)-1
WDM side
NQ2 board Compatible mode
2
WDM side
(compatible mode)
1(IN1/OUT1)-OCH:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:2-ODU0:1 Line board d
(standard mode)
The client side of tributary boards are cross-connected to the WDM side of the NQ2
The WDM side of line boards are cross-connected to the WDM side of the NQ2

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Line board c TN52ND2 / TN53ND2 / TN52NQ2 / TN54NQ2 / TN53NQ2 / TN53NS2 / TN52NS2 / TN52NS3 /
TN54NS3 / TN54NPO2 / TN55NPO2 / TN54ENQ2

TN54ENQ2

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-47 Cross-connection diagram of the TN53NQ2 (ODU0 level: ODU0->ODU1-

>ODU2)
Client side
1
Tributary board a
3(TX1/RX1)-1
4(TX2/RX2)-1
(standard mode)
9(TX7/RX7)-1
10(TX8/RX8)-1
WDM side
162(ODU0LP2/ODU0LP2)-2 Compatible
mode
NQ2 board 1(IN1/OUT1)-OCH:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:1-ODU0:2
1(IN1/OUT1)-OCH:1-ODU2:2-ODU1:2-ODU0:1 Standard
mode
WDM side
(compatible
mode)
2 Line board d
(standard
Line board e
4(IN4/OUT4)-OCH:1-ODU2:1-ODU0:1 (standard
mode)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
NOTE
The IN/OUT optical port supports ODU0->ODU2 mapping when ODU Timeslot Configuration Mode is
Assign randomRANDOM.
The IN/OUT optical port supports ODU0->ODU1->ODU2 mapping when ODU Timeslot Configuration
Mode is Assign consecutiveFIX.




OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-48 Cross-connection diagram of the TN53NQ2 (ODU0 level: ODU0->ODU2)

Client side
1
(compatible mode)
3(TX1/RX1)-1
4(TX2/RX2)-1
(standard mode)
9(TX7/RX7)-1
10(TX8/RX8)-1
NQ2 board standard
mode
WDM side
Line board c
mode)
1(IN1/OUT1)-OCH:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:2-ODU0:1 Line board d
(standard
mode)
Line board e
(compatible
mode)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
NOTE
The IN/OUT optical port supports ODU0->ODU2 mapping when ODU Timeslot Configuration Mode is Assign
randomRANDOM.
consecutiveFIX.


TN54ENQ2
Line board e TN52ND2 / TN53ND2 / TN52NQ2 / TN54NQ2 / TN53NQ2 / TN53NS2 / TN52NS2 / TN52NS3 /
Figure 14-49 and Figure 14-50show the created ODU1 cross-connections.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-49 Cross-connection diagram of the TN51NQ2/TN52NQ2/TN54NQ2 (ODU1 level)

Client side
3(TX1/RX1)-1
6(TX4/RX4)-1
WDM side
NQ2 Compatible mode
WDM side
2 Line board c
(compatible mode)
1(IN1/OUT1)-OCH:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:4 Line board d
(standard mode)
Tributary board a TN51NQ2:
TN11TDG / TN11TDX / TN52TOG / TN11TOM / TN52TOM / TN11TQM / TN12TQM / TN11TQS
TN52NQ2:

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
TN11TDG / TN11TDX /TN54TEM28 / TN52TOG / TN11TOM / TN52TOM / TN11TQM / TN12TQM /

TN54NQ2:
TN54TEM28 / TN52TOG / TN52TOM / TN54THA / TN54TOA
Tributary board b TN51NQ2:
N/A
TN52NQ2 / TN54NQ2:
TN54THA / TN54TOA
Line board c TN51NQ2:
TN11ND2 / TN12ND2 / TN52ND2 / TN53ND2 / TN53NQ2 / TN51NQ2 / TN52NQ2 / TN53NS2 / TN11NS2 /

TN12NS2 / TN52NS2 / TN52NS3 / TN12LQMS(NS1 Mode) / TN12ELQX / TN12PTQX
TN52NQ2:
TN11ND2 / TN12ND2 / TN52ND2 / TN53ND2 / TN53NQ2 / TN51NQ2 / TN52NQ2 / TN54NQ2 / TN53NS2 /

TN54NQ2:
TN52ND2 / TN53ND2 / TN53NQ2 / TN52NQ2 / TN54NQ2 / TN53NS2 / TN52NS2 / TN52NS3 /


TN54ENQ2

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-50 Cross-connection diagram of the TN53NQ2 (ODU1 level)

Client side
3(TX1/RX1)-1
6(TX4/RX4)-1
WDM side
Compatible mode
NQ2 board 54(ODU1LP4/ODU1LP4)-3
Standard mode
WDM side
2
Line board c

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

TN54ENQ2

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-51 Cross-connection diagram of the TN51NQ2/TN52NQ2/TN54NQ2 (ODU2 level)

Client side
3(TX1/RX1)-1
6(TX4/RX4)-1
WDM side
NQ2 board 72(ODU2LP2/ODU2LP2)-1
73(ODU2LP3/ODU2LP3)-1 Compatible mode
Cross-connect 74(ODU2LP4/ODU2LP4)-1
module
WDM side
Line board c
1(IN1/OUT1)-OCH:1
2(IN2/OUT2)-OCH:1 Line board d
3(IN3/OUT3)-OCH:1 (standard mode)
4(IN4/OUT4)-OCH:1
Tributary board a TN51NQ2:
TN12TDX / TN52TDX / TN53TDX / TN55TQX / TN11TQX / TN52TQX / TN11TSXL
TN52NQ2:
TN12TDX / TN52TDX / TN53TDX / TN54TEM28 / TN11TQX / TN52TQX /

TN53TQX / TN55TQX / TN11TSXL / TN54TTX
TN54NQ2:
TN52TDX / TN54TEM28 / TN53TDX / TN55TQX / TN52TQX / TN53TQX / TN54TTX

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Tributary board b TN51NQ2:
TN53TDX / TN55TQX
TN52NQ2:
TN53TDX / TN55TOX / TN55TQX
TN54NQ2:
TN53TDX / TN55TOX / TN55TQX
Line board c TN51NQ2:
TN11ND2 / TN12ND2 / TN52ND2 / TN53ND2 / TN53NQ2 / TN51NQ2 / TN52NQ2 /

TN53NS2 / TN12NS2 /TN52NS2 / TN11NS3 / TN52NS3 / TN12ELQX / TN12PTQX
TN52NQ2:

TN54NQ2:
TN52ND2 / TN53ND2 / TN53NQ2 / TN52NQ2 / TN54NQ2 / TN53NS2 / TN52NS2 /

Line board d TN51NQ2:
TN52NS2T04 / TN52NS2T05 / TN52NS2T06 / TN52NS201M01 / TN52NS201M02 /

TN52NQ2:
TN52ND2T04 / TN53ND2 / TN55NO2 / TN52NS2T04 / TN52NS2T05 / TN52NS2T06 /

TN54NQ2:
TN52ND2T04 / TN53ND2 / TN55NO2 / TN52NS2T04 / TN52NS2T05 / TN52NS2T06 /

TN52NS201M01 / TN52NS201M02 / TN53NQ2 / TN53NS2 / TN54NS3 / TN55NS3 /
TN54NS4 / TN55NPO2 / TN55NPO2E / TN54ENQ2

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-52 Cross-connection diagram of the TN53NQ2 (ODU2 level)

Client side
Tributary board a 1
3(TX1/RX1)-1
6(TX4/RX4)-1
WDM side
72(ODU2LP2/ODU2LP2)-1 compatible mode
NQ2 board
IN1/OUT1-OCH:1
IN2/OUT2-OCH:1 standard mode
IN3/OUT3-OCH:1
IN4/OUT4-OCH:1
WDM side
2 72(ODU2LP2/ODU2LP2)-1 Line board c

IN1/OUT1-OCH:1
IN2/OUT2-OCH:1 Line board d
(standard mode)
IN3/OUT3-OCH:1
IN4/OUT4-OCH:1
Tributary board a TN12TDX / TN52TDX / TN53TDX / TN54TEM28 / TN11TQX / TN52TQX / TN53TQX / TN55TQX /
TN11TSXL / TN54TTX

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Line board c TN11ND2 / TN12ND2 / TN52ND2 / TN53ND2 / TN53NQ2 / TN51NQ2 / TN52NQ2 / TN54NQ2 /
TN53NS2 / TN12NS2 / TN52NS2 / TN11NS3 / TN52NS3 / TN54NS3 / TN54NPO2 / TN55NPO2 /
TN54ENQ2 / TN12ELQX / TN12PTQX

TN54ENQ2

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-53 Cross-connection diagram of the TN53NQ2 (ODUflex level)

Client side
1
3(TX1/RX1)-1
6(TX4/RX4)-1
WDM side
IN1/OUT1-OCH:1-ODU2:1-ODUflex:1
NQ2 board IN3/OUT3-OCH:1-ODU2:1-ODUflex:1
WDM side
2 IN1/OUT1-OCH:1-ODU2:1-ODUflex:2
Line board c IN3/OUT3-OCH:1-ODU2:1-ODUflex:1
the NQ2
NQ2
NOTE
The IN/OUT optical port supports ODUflex when ODU Timeslot Configuration Mode is Assign
randomRANDOM.


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

For parameters of the NQ2, refer to Table 14-46.
Table 14-46 NQ2 parameters

Channel interface.

Name name.
channel of a board.
Default: Non-
Loopback

Outloop
Default: Non-
Loopback
Service Mode l TN51NQ2: ODU1, Specifies the service mode for a board.
ODU2 NOTE
Default: ODU1 The parameter is supported by the
TN53NQ2 only in the compatible mode.
l TN52NQ2/
TN54NQ2:
Automatic, ODU0,
ODU1, ODU2
Default: Automatic
l TN53NQ2:
Automatic, ODU0,
ODU1, ODU2
Default: Automatic


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

unavailable.
NOTE
Optical Relay Mode.
This parameter is only supported by the
TN53NQ2/TN54NQ2.
set to Enabled.

NOTE
Only TN52NQ2/TN53NQ2/TN54NQ2
supports AFEC.

NOTE
Only the TN52NQ2/TN53NQ2/TN54NQ2
support this parameter.

Wavelength (nm)/
Frequency (THz)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


11/1471.00/208.170 board.
to NOTE

information.
wavelength.
NOTE

NOTE
This parameter is supported by the
TN52NQ2/TN54NQ2, and supported by the
TN53NQ2 only in standard mode.
Speedup Mode See D.16 Line Rate for more
Default: Standard information.
Mode

to Disabled.
NOTE
This parameter is supported only by
TN52NQ2/TN53NQ2/TN54NQ2.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

commissioning.

NOTE
NQ2 board receives 3G-SDI services from
set it to 100.
TN53NQ2 in the standard mode.
ODU Timeslot Assign random, Assign Sets ODU Timeslot Configuration

Configuration Mode consecutive Mode of the board.
Default: Assign random Assign random: The service rate can be
ODU0, ODU1, ODU2, or ODUflex and
ODU1–>ODU2, and ODUflex-
>ODU2.
NOTE
TN53NQ2 in the standard mode. For the
TN53NQ2 board in an OptiX OSN 6800 NE,
this parameter must be set to Assign
consecutive.
Relay Mode See D.2 Board Mode (WDM
Default: Line Mode Interface) for more information.
NOTE
TN53NQ2/TN54NQ2.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
14.4.11 NQ2 Specifications

Board WDM-Side Fixed WDM-Side Pluggable Optical Module

Optical Module
TN51NQ2 N/A 800 ps/nm-C Band (Odd & Even Wavelengths)-

Fixed Wavelength-NRZ-PIN-XFP
800 ps/nm-C Band-Tunable Wavelength-NRZ-
PIN-XFP
TN52NQ2/ N/A 800 ps/nm-C Band (Odd & Even Wavelengths)-

TN53NQ2/ Fixed Wavelength-NRZ-PIN-XFP
TN54NQ2 800 ps/nm-C Band-Tunable Wavelength-NRZ-
PIN-XFP
NOTE
point.


PIN-XFP

power

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

PIN-XFP

power

width

suppression ratio
Receiver type - PIN

(FEC on)

(FEC on)


Tunable Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN-XFP

power

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Tunable Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN-XFP

power

width

suppression ratio
Receiver type - PIN

(FEC on)

(FEC on)



format

type

transmission
distance

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


wavelength
range
Maximum dBm -1 2 4
mean launched
power
Minimum dBm -6 -1 0
mean launched
power
Minimum dB 6 8.2 9
extinction ratio

dB spectral
width
mode
suppression
ratio

mask

wavelength
range

sensitivity
receiver
overload
(8.7 in.)
l Weight:
– TN51NQ2: 1.6 kg (3.5 lb.)
– TN52NQ2: 2.0 kg (4.4 lb.)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
– TN53NQ2: 1.6 kg (3.5 lb.)

– TN54NQ2: 1.6 kg (3.5 lb.)
Power Consumption
55°C (131°F) (W)

NQ2 Wavelengths)-Fixed Wavelength-NRZ-
PIN-XFP
NRZ-PIN-XFP

PIN-XFP
NRZ-PIN-XFP
TN53 800 ps/nm-C Band (Odd & Even 46.5 50

PIN-XFP
NRZ-PIN-XFP
TN54 800 ps/nm-C Band (Odd & Even 53 58.3

PIN-XFP
NRZ-PIN-XFP
14.5 NS2
NS2: 10G Line Service Processing Board

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

The available functional versions of the NS2 board are TN11, TN12, TN52, and TN53.

Huawei office.
Subrack
TN11 N N N N Y Y
NS2
TN12 N N N N Y Y
NS2
TN52 Y Y T02/T03: N N Y Y
NS2 01M01/01M0
2/T04/T05/
T06: Y
TN53 Y Y Y N Y Y
NS2
Variants
The difference between the NS2 board variants lies in the WDM-side optical module.
Table 14-50 Available variants of the TN11NS2 board

01M02 800 ps/nm-C Band (Odd & Even Wavelength)-Fixed Wavelength-NRZ-PIN (01M02 for even
01M03

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Variant WDM-Side Optical Module FEC Encoding
01M02 800 ps/nm-C Band (Odd & Even FEC/AFEC

Wavelength)-Fixed Wavelength-NRZ-PIN
01M03 (01M02 for even wavelengths and 01M03 for
odd wavelengths)
T02 1200 ps/nm-C Band-Tunable Wavelength-

NRZ-APD

NRZ-PIN

ODB-APD
T05 800 ps/nm-C Band-Tunable Wavelength-(D)

RZ-PIN
A 800 ps/nm-C Band-Tunable Wavelength-(D) FEC/AFEC-2

RZ-PIN
B The WDM-side optical modules are

pluggable. For details, see 14.5.11 NS2
Specifications.

Variant WDM-Side Fixed Optical ODUflex Direct Mapping of FEC
Module ODU0 to ODU2 Encoding
01M01 800 ps/nm-C Band (Odd & Even Y Y AFEC

Wavelength)-Fixed Wavelength-
01M02 NRZ-PIN (01M01 for even
wavelengths and 01M02 for odd
wavelengths)
T02 800 ps/nm-C Band-Tunable N N AFEC-2

Wavelength-NRZ-PIN
T03 800 ps/nm-C Band-Tunable N N AFEC-2

T04 800 ps/nm-C Band-Tunable Y Y AFEC-2

T05 800 ps/nm-C Band-Tunable Y Y AFEC

T06 800 ps/nm-C Band-Tunable Y Y AFEC

Wavelength-NRZ-PIN

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Variant Description
01 The WDM-side optical modules are pluggable. For details, see 14.5.11 NS2 Specifications.

Function:
Boar Cross- FEC IEEE Physical WDM-Side Pluggable Optical Module
d Connet Encoding 1588v2 Clock
Granularit Fixed- Tunable- Gray Light
y Wavelengt Wavelengt
h h
TN11 ODU1 FEC/AFEC N N N N N

NS2
TN12 ODU1, FEC/AFEC N N N N N

NS20 ODU2 and
1M02 ODU2e
TN12
NS20
1M03
TN12
NS2T
02
TN12
NS2T
03
TN12
NS2T
04
TN12
NS2T
05
TN12 ODU1, FEC/ N N N N N

NS2A ODU2 and AFEC-2
ODU2e
TN12 ODU1, FEC/ N N Y N N

NS2B ODU2 and AFEC-2
ODU2e

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Boar Cross- FEC IEEE Physical WDM-Side Pluggable Optical Module

d Connet Encoding 1588v2 Clock
Granularit Fixed- Tunable- Gray Light
y Wavelengt Wavelengt
h h

NS2T ODU1, AFEC-2
02 ODU2 and
TN52 ODU2e
NS2T
03

NS2T ODU1, AFEC-2
04 ODUflex,
ODU2 and
ODU2e
TN52 ODU0, FEC/AFEC N N N N N

NS2T ODU1,
05 ODUflex,
TN52 ODU2 and
NS2T ODU2e
06
TN52
NS20
1M01
TN52
NS20
1M02
TN53 ODU0, FEC/ Y Y Y Y Y

NS2 ODU1, AFEC-2
ODUflex,
ODU2 and
ODU2e
NOTE
l OptiX OSN 6800: The TN11NS2 supports cross-connection of paired slots while the TN12NS2/TN52NS2/TN53NS2 does
not.
l OptiX OSN 3800: The TN11NS2 supports the cross-connection of ODU1 signals between any slots of the four-slot mesh
group. The TN12NS2/TN52NS2/TN53NS2 supports the cross-connection of ODU1 signals between any two boards in the
non-paired slots of the four-slot mesh group.

Specification:
l The specifications vary according to the version of the board that you use. For details, see
14.5.11 NS2 Specifications.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 14-54 Substitution rules of the NS2 board
Original Substit Substitution Rules

Board ute
Board
TN11NS2 None -
TN12NS2 TN52NS The TN52NS2 can be created as TN12NS2 on the NMS. The former can substitute for
2 the latter, without any software upgrade. After substitution, the TN52NS2 functions as
the TN12NS2.
TN53NS The TN53NS2 can be created as TN12NS2 on the NMS. The former can substitute for
the TN12NS2.
NOTE
When both the receive and transmit boards employ FEC, the substitution applies; when both the
receive and transmit boards employ AFEC, the substitution does not apply.
TN52NS2 TN53NS The TN53NS2 can be created as TN52NS2 on the NMS. The former can substitute for
the TN52NS2.
TN53NS2 None -
14.5.2 Application
As a type of line board, the NS2 board converts 8 ODU0, 4 ODU1, 2 ODUflex, or one ODU2
into one ITU-T G.694.1 OTU2 signal or converts one ODU2e signal into one ITU-T G.694.1
OTU2e signal. The board supports hybrid transmission of the ODU0 service, ODUflex
service and ODU1 service.
Application scenario 1 of the TN11NS2/TN12NS2/TN52NS2/TN53NS2: conversion

between four channels of ODU1 and one channel of OTU2 signals
Figure 14-54 Position of the NS2 board in the WDM system (application scenario 1)
4xODU1 4xODU1
M M
1 1 1 U U 1 1 1
OUT IN
1×ODU2
4xODU1
1×OTU2
1×ODU2
1×OTU2
4xODU1
X X
TOM IN / / OUT TOM
D D
M M
4 4 4 U U 4 4 4
X X
NS2 NS2

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Application scenario 2 of the TN12NS2/TN52NS2/TN53NS2: conversion between

one channel of ODU2/ODU2e and one channel of OTU2/OTU2e signals
1×ODU2/ODU2e
1×OTU2/OTU2e
1×ODU2/ODU2e
1×OTU2/OTU2e
OUT IN
IN OUT
M M
U U
NS2 X X NS2
TDX / / TDX
D D
M M
1×ODU2/ODU2e
U U
1×OTU2/OTU2e
1×ODU2/ODU2e
1×OTU2/OTU2e
X X
OUT IN
IN OUT
NS2 NS2
Application scenario 3 of the TN52NS2/TN53NS2: conversion between eight

channels of ODU0 and one channel of OTU2 signals (Only for OptiX OSN 8800)
8xODU0 8xODU0
M M
1 1 1 U U 1 1 1
1×ODU2
OUT X
4xODU1
8xODU0
1×OTU2
X IN
1×ODU2
1×OTU2
8xODU0
4xODU1
TOM / / OUT TOM

IN
D D
M M
8 8 8 U U 8 8 8
X X
NS2 NS2
For the TN52NS2T04/TN52NS2T05/TN52NS2T06/TN52NS201M01/TN52NS201M02/

TN53NS2 board:

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
l When the board works in standard mode and ODU Timeslot Configuration Mode is set
to Assign consecutive, the board supports the ODU0–>ODU1–>ODU2 service mapping
path.
l When the board works in standard mode and ODU Timeslot Configuration Mode is set
to Assign random, the board supports the ODU0–>ODU2 service mapping path.
l When the board works in compatible mode, the board does not support the configuration
of the timeslot allocation mode, and it only supports the ODU0–>ODU1–>ODU2 service
mapping path.
Application scenario 4 of the TN52NS2/TN53NS2: conversion between two

channels of ODUflex and one channel of OTU2 signals (Only for OptiX OSN 8800)
NS2 NS2
M M
U U
X
2xODUflex
2xODUflex
X
1×ODU2
1×ODU2
1×OTU2
1×OTU2
OUT /
TDX / IN TDX
D D OUT
IN M M
U U
X X
NOTE
The total bandwidth of two channels of ODUflex signals corresponding to one channel of OTU2 signals cannot
exceed 10 Gbit/s.
TN52NS2T04/TN52NS2T05/TN52NS2T06/TN52NS201M01/TN52NS201M02/TN53NS2 supports ODUflex
only when it works in standard mode.
The line boards at the two add/drop sites must have the same ODU timeslot allocation mode. When a TN53NS2
board is connected to a board that does not support ODU timeslot allocation, set ODU Timeslot Configuration
Mode to Assign consecutive for the TN53NS2 board. For example, when a TN53NS2 board is connected to a
TN52NS2T02 board, which does not support ODU timeslot allocation, set ODU Timeslot Configuration
Mode to Assign consecutive for the TN53NS2 board.
1xOTU2
ODU0 ODU0
TOM TOM
M M
U U
OUT IN ODUflex TEM
TEM ODUflex X X
NS2 IN / / OUT NS2 28
28
D D
M M
ODU1 U U
ODU1
ND2 ND2
X X

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
NOTE
The IN/OUT port can transmit a mixture of ODU0, ODU1, and ODUflex signals, the total bandwidth cannot
exceed 10 Gbit/s.
TN52NS2T04/TN52NS2T05/TN52NS2T06/TN52NS201M01/TN52NS201M02/TN53NS2 supports ODUflex
only when it works in standard mode.

The NS2 board is used to achieve cross-connection at the electrical layer, and to provide OTN
interfaces and ESC.
NOTE

Only the OptiX OSN 8800 and OptiX OSN 6800 support ODU2/ODU2e.
Table 14-55 Functions and features of the NS2 board

Funct Description
ion
and
featur
e
Basic NS2 converts signals as follows:

functi l TN11NS2:
on
– 4xODU1<->1xOTU2
l TN12NS2:
– 4xODU1/1xODU2<->1xOTU2
l TN52NS2T02/TN52NS2T03:
l TN52NS2T04/TN52NS2T05/TN52NS2T06/TN52NS201M01/
TN52NS201M02:
l TN53NS2:
Supports hybrid transmission of the ODU0 signals, ODU1 signals, and ODUflex
signals.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Funct Description
ion
and
featur
e
Cross- OptiX OSN 8800:

conne l TN52NS2T02/TN52NS2T03: Supports the cross-connection of eight channels
ct of ODU0 signals, four channels of ODU1 signals or one channel of ODU2/
capabi ODU2e signals between the NS2 board and the cross-connect board.
lities
l TN52NS2T04/TN52NS2T05/TN52NS2T06/TN52NS201M01/
TN52NS201M02/TN53NS2: Supports the cross-connection of eight channels of
ODU0 signals, four channels of ODU1 signals or two channels of ODUflex
signals or one channel of ODU2/ODU2e signals between the NS2 board and the
cross-connect board.
OptiX OSN 6800:
l TN11NS2: Supports the cross-connection of four channels of ODU1 signals
between the NS2 board and the cross-connect board or the board in the paired
slot.
l TN12NS2/TN52NS2/TN53NS2: Supports the cross-connection of four channels
of ODU1 signals or one channel of ODU2/ODU2e signals between the NS2
board and the cross-connect board.
OptiX OSN 3800:
l TN11NS2: Supports the grooming of four channels of ODU1 signals from one
board of the mesh group (consisting of four boards) to the other three boards
belonging to the mesh group.
l TN12NS2/TN52NS2/TN53NS2: Supports grooming of four channels of ODU1
signals to any two boards in the non-paired slots of the four-slot mesh group,
that is, supports an ODU1 cross-connection between slots IU2 and IU4, slots
IU2 and IU5, slots IU3 and IU4, and slots IU3 and IU5.

functi l Supports the OTN frame format and overhead processing by referring to the ITU-
on T G.709.
l ODU0 layer:supports the PM and TCM function, and PM and TCM non-
l ODUflex layer: supports the PM and PM non-intrusive monitoring functions.
NOTE
l Only the TN52NS2T04/TN52NS2T05/TN52NS2T06/TN52NS201M01/
TN52NS201M02/TN53NS2 supports TCM and TCM non-intrusive monitoring for ODU0.
l Only the TN52NS2T04/TN52NS2T05/TN52NS2T06/TN52NS201M01/
TN52NS201M02/TN53NS2 supports PM and PM non-intrusive monitoring for ODUflex.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Funct Description
ion
and
featur
e

specifi
cation
Tunab Supports tunable wavelength optical modules that provide for:

le l 40 wavelengths tunable in the C band with 100 GHz channel spacing
wavel
ength l 80 wavelengths tunable in the C band with 50 GHz channel spacing
functi
on
ESC Supported
functi
on

test NOTE
functi If the TN52NS2T04/TN52NS2T05/TN52NS2T06/TN52NS201M01/TN52NS201M02/
on TN53NS2 board interconnects with another line board, PRBS must be enabled for the board
and the connected line board. In addition, the PRBS function can take effect on the boards only
when the following condition is met:
The TN52NS2T04/TN52NS2T05/TN52NS2T06/TN52NS201M01/TN52NS201M02/
TN53NS2 board works in standard mode and ODU0, ODU1, or ODUflex cross-connections
are configured for the board, or the board works in compatible mode but no cross-connection
is configured for it.
LPT Not supported

functi
on
FEC TN11NS2/TN12NS201M02/TN12NS201M03/TN12NS2T02/TN12NS2T03/
encodi TN12NS2T04/TN12NS2T05/TN52NS2T05/TN52NS2T06/TN52NS201M01/
ng TN52NS201M02:
l Supports ITU-T G.709-compliant forward error correction (FEC) on the WDM
side.
l Supports ITU-T G.975.1-compliant advanced forward error correction (AFEC)
on the WDM side.
TN12NS2A/TN12NS2B/TN52NS2T02/TN52NS2T03/TN52NS2T04/TN53NS2:
l Supports ITU-T G.709-compliant forward error correction (FEC) on the WDM
side.
NOTE

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Funct Description
ion
and
featur
e
Alarm l Monitors BIP8 bytes (Bursty mode) to help locate line failures.
s and l Monitors parameters such as the bias current, temperature, and optical power of
perfor the laser.
mance
events l Monitors OTN alarms and performance events.
monit
oring
Regen l TN11NS2/TN12NS2/TN52NS2T05/TN52NS2T06/TN52NS201M01/
eratio TN52NS201M02:
n TN12ND2, TN52ND2, TN53ND2, TN55NO2, TN53NQ2, TN54NQ2,
board TN11LSXR
l TN52NS2/TN52NS2T02/TN52NS2T03/TN52NS2T04/TN53NS2:
ALS Not supported

functi
on
Test Not supported

frame
IEEE The TN53NS2 board supports BC and OC mode, do not support TC and TC+OC
1588v mode.
2
Physic Supported only when the TN53NS2 board receives ODU0/ODU1/ODUflex signals
al cross-connected from the backplane
clock
Optica Supported
l-layer
ASON
Electri Supported by the TN52NS2.

cal-
layer
ASON
Protec l Supports ODUk SNCP.

tion l Supports intra-board 1+1 protection.
schem
e l Supports OWSP protection.
NOTE
When the cross-connect granularity is ODUflex, the board does not support tributary SNCP
protection.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Funct Description
ion
and
featur
e
Loopb Board WDM ODU0 Channel ODU1 Channel ODUflex

ack Side Loopback Loopback Channel
Loopback

S2

S2

S2T02
TN52N
S2T03
TN52N Supported Supported Supported only Supported

S2T04 only when when ODU1
TN52N the signals signals are
S2T05 is ODU2/ received from the
ODU2e backplane.
TN52N from the
S2T06 backplane.
TN52N
S201M
01
TN52N
S201M
02
TN53N
S2

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Funct Description
ion
and
featur
e
Protoc Protocols or IEEE 802.3u

ols or standards for IEEE 802.3z
standa transparent
rds transmission (non- IEEE 802.3ae
compl performance ITU-T G.707
iance monitoring) ITU-T G.782
ITU-T G.783
(FC-PI)
SW-3)
Interface (FDDI) - Token Ring Media Access Control
(MAC)
(PHY)
Interface (FDDI) Physical Layer Medium Dependent
(PDM)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Funct Description
ion
and
featur
e

standards for service ITU-T G.806
processing
ITU-T G.7710
ITU-T G.798
ITU-T G.874
ITU-T M.3100
ITU-T G.874.1
ITU-T G.875
ITU-T G.808.1
ITU-T G.841
ITU-T G.8201
ITU-T G.873.1
ITU-T G.694.1

The NS2 board consists of the WDM-side optical module, signal processing module, 1588v2
Functional Modules and Signal Flow

Figure 14-59 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the NS2 board.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-59 Functional modules and signal flow of the NS2 board
n X ODUk Backplane (service corss-connection)
WDM side
E/O
OUT
OTN
1588v2 Cross-connect
module processing
module O/E
module IN
WDM-side
module module
Control
Power supply
module
Fuse Required
voltage
Backplane
SCC
from a backplane
NOTE
Only the TN53NS2 board supports the IEEE 1588v2 module.

In Figure 14-59, n x ODUk indicates the service cross-connections from the NS2 board to the backplane. "n"
Table 14-56 shows the service cross-connections from the NS2 board to the backplane.
Table 14-56 Service cross-connections from the NS2 board to the backplane
TN11N A maximum of 4xODU1

S2

S2

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

S2T02/
TN52N
S2T03
TN52N A maximum of 8xODU0/4xODU1/1xODU2/2xODUflex/1xODU2e

S2T04/
TN52N
S2T05/
TN52N
S2T06/
TN52N
S201M0
1/
TN52N
S201M0
2/
TN53N
S2
The transmit and the receive directions are defined in the signal flow of the NS2 board. The
transmit direction is defined as the direction from the backplane to the WDM side of the NS2,
The cross-connect module receives ODUk signals sent from the backplane. The OTN
processing module performs operations such as OTN framing, and encoding of FEC/AFEC.
Then, the module outputs one channel of OTU2 signals. The OTU2 signals are sent to the
WDM-side optical module. After performing E/O conversion, the signal processing module
sends out the OTU2 optical signals at DWDM standard wavelengths that comply with ITU-
T G.694.1 through the OUT optical interface.
l Receive direction
standard wavelengths that comply with ITU-T G.694.1 from the WDM side through the
IN optical interface. Then, the module performs O/E conversion.
After O/E conversion, the OTU2 signals are sent to the signal processing module. The OTN
processing module performs operations such as OTU2 framing, decoding of FEC/AFEC.
Then, the cross-connect module sends out ODUk signals to the backplane for service cross-
connection.
Module Function
– WDM-side receiver: Performs O/E conversion of OTU2 or OTU2e optical signals.
– WDM-side transmitter: Performs the E/O conversion from the internal electrical signals
to OTU2 or OTU2e optical signals.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

The module consists of an OTN processing module and a cross-connect module.
Frames OTU2 or OTU2e signals, processes overheads in OTU2 or OTU2e signals, and
Grooms electrical signals between the NS2 and the other board through the backplane.
l 1588v2 module
to the STG board.
14.5.5 Front Panel

There are indicators and interfaces on the front panel of the NS2 board.

Figure 14-60 and Figure 14-61 show the front panel of the NS2 board.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-60 Front panel of the TN11NS2/TN12NS201M02/TN12NS201M03/TN12NS2T02/

TN12NS2T03/TN12NS2T04/TN12NS2T05/TN12NS2A/TN52NS2 board

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-61 Front panel of the TN12NS2B/TN53NS2
Indicators

Interfaces

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 14-57 Types and functions of the interfaces on the NS2 board

multiplexer board.

multiplexer board.
Laser Hazard Level

14.5.6 Valid Slots

One slot houses one NS2 board.
Table 14-58 shows the valid slots for the TN11NS2/TN12NS2 board.
Table 14-58 Valid slots for the TN11NS2/TN12NS2 board

Product Valid slots
Table 14-59 shows the valid slots for the TN52NS2 board.
Table 14-59 Valid slots for the TN52NS2 board

Product Valid slots
OptiX OSN 8800 T16 subracka IU1-IU8, IU11-IU18
a: Only the TN52NS201M01/TN52NS201M02/TN52NS2T04/TN52NS2T05/TN52NS2T06

supports the OptiX OSN 8800 T16 subrack.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Product Valid slots
14.5.7 Characteristic Code for the NS2



Table 14-61 lists the mapping between the logical ports on the board and the port numbers
Table 14-61 Mapping between the physical ports on the NS2 board and the port numbers
IN/OUT 1
NOTE
Logical Ports
The NS2 board can work in standard or compatible mode. For details about the standard and

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

n
TN53N Standard Figure 14-62 Table 14-63 53NS2

S2 mode
Compati Figure 14-63 Table 14-64 53NS2(COMP)

ble mode
TN52N Standard Figure 14-62 Table 14-63 52NS2(STND)

S2 mode
Compati Figure 14-63 Table 14-64 52NS2

ble mode
TN12N Compati Figure 14-64 Table 14-64 12NS2

S2 ble mode
TN11N Compati Figure 14-65 Table 14-64 NS2

S2 ble mode
a: TN52NS2T02/TN52NS2T03 board can work only in compatible mode.
NOTE
When used in OptiX OSN 6800, the TN52NS2 board can only cross-connect ODU1 and ODU2 signals from
the backplane.
When used in OptiX OSN 3800, the TN12NS2/TN52NS2/TN53NS2 board can only cross-connect ODU1
signals from the backplane.
The cross-connect granularity supported by the board is determined by that supported by the cross-connect board
in the same subrack. For information about cross-connect boards, see 21 Cross-Connect Board and System
and Communication Board.
NOTE
When the NS2 board works in compatible mode, or when the board works in standard mode and ODU Timeslot
Configuration Mode is Assign consecutive, observe the following points:

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-62 Port diagram of the TN52NS2/TN53NS2 (standard mode)
IN/OUT-OCh:1-ODU2:1-ODUflex:(1~2)
ODUflex:1
ODU2:1 OCh:1
2XODUflex ODUflex:2
IN/OUT-OCh:1
OCh :1
1 xODU2/
1xODU 2e
ODU1:1
ODU2:1 OCh : 1
4 xODU1
ODU1:4 IN/OUT
IN/OUT-OCh:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:(1~4)-ODU0:(1~2)
ODU0:1
ODU1:1
ODU0:2
ODU2:1 OCh :1
8 xODU0 ODU 0:1
ODU 1:4
ODU 0:2
ODU0:1
ODU2:1 OCh :1
8 xODU0
ODU0: 8
Backplane

module

module

processing
module
>ODU1–
>ODU2)
ODU0 mapping
path (ODU0–
>ODU2)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
NOTE
Figure 14-63 Port diagram of the TN52NS2/TN53NS2 board (compatible mode)

8 x ODU0 4 x ODU1 1 x ODU2/ODU2e Backplane
161
51
(ODU0LP1/ODU0LP1)-1
(ODU0LP1/ODU0LP1)-2
71
(IN1/OUT1)-1
164
ODU2
(ODU0LP4/ODU0LP4)-2

connect
module
Multiplexin ODU2 mapping path
g module
Service Automatic cross-connection, which does not need to

processing be configured on the NMS. For example, if ODU0
module signals are required, users only need to configure
ODU0 Cross-connection that must be configured on the
mapping NMS to receive ODUk signals from other boards
path

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-64 Port diagram of the TN12NS2 board

Other tributary/ Other tributary/
line/PID board line/PID board
4 x ODU1 1 x ODU2/ODU2e Backplane
51
(ODU1LP1/ODU1LP1)-1
71 1
(ODU2LP1/ODU2LP1)-1 (IN1/OUT1)-1
51 ODU2
(ODU1LP1/ODU1LP1)-4

connect
module
Multiplexin Automatic cross-connection, which does not need to
g module be configured on the NMS. For example, if ODU0
signals are required, users only need to configure
Service Cross-connection that must be configured on the
processing NMS to receive ODUk signals from other boards
module
ODU1
mapping
path

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-65 Port diagram of the TN11NS2 board

Other tributary/
line/PID board
4 x ODU1 Backplane
1(IN/OUT)-1
1
(IN1/OUT1)-1
1(IN/OUT)-4

connect
module
Multiplexin Cross-connection that must be configured on the
g module NMS to receive ODUk signals from other boards
Service
processing
module
Table 14-63 Description of NM port of the TN52NS2/TN53NS2 board (standard mode)
Port Name Definition
IN/OUT-OCh:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:(1-4)-ODU0:(1-2) Mapping path for ODU0 signals

received from the backplane
(ODU0->ODU1->ODU2)
IN/OUT-OCh:1-ODU2:1-ODU0:(1-8) Mapping path for ODU0 signals

(ODU0->ODU2)
IN/OUT-OCh:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:(1-4) Mapping path for ODU1 signals

IN/OUT-OCh:1 Mapping path for ODU2/ODU2e

signals received from the backplane
IN/OUT-OCh:1-ODU2:1-ODUflex:(1-2) Mapping path for ODUflex signals

IN/OUT WDM-side optical ports

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 14-64 Description of NM port of the TN11NS2/TN12NS2/TN52NS2/TN53NS2 board

(compatible mode)

ODU0LP4 Each of the ports provides optical established between these ports and
channels 1 and 2. the ODU1LP port.
ODU1LP1 Internal logical ports. Each of the Automatic cross-connections are

port provides optical channels 1, 2, established between these ports and
3, and 4. the ODU2LP port
ODU2LP1 Internal logical ports of the board. Automatic cross-connections are

Each of the ports provides optical established between these ports and
channel 1. the IN/OUT port
IN/OUTa Internal logical ports. Each of the -

port provides optical channels 1, 2,
3, and 4.
IN/OUT WDM-side optical ports. -
a: The port is available only on the TN11NS2 board.
14.5.9 Configuring Cross-Connections

side.
NOTE
standard mode.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-66 TN52NS2/TN53NS2 board cross-connections (ODU0 level: ODU0->ODU1-

>ODU2)
Client side
1
3(TX1/RX1)-1
6(TX4/RX4)-1
WDM side
compatible mode
NS2
IN/OUT-OCH:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:1-ODU0:1
standard mode
WDM side
Line board c
(compatible
mode)
2 IN/OUT-OCH:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:1-ODU0:1
Line board d
(standard mode)
IN/OUT-OCH:1-ODU2:1-ODU0:1
Line board e
IN/OUT-OCH:1-ODU2:1-ODU0:7 (standard mode)
The client side of tributary boards are cross-connected to the WDM side of the NS2
board
The WDM side of the NS2 board are cross-connected to the WDM side of line boards
NOTE
The IN/OUT optical port supports ODU0->ODU2 mapping when ODU Timeslot Configuration Mode is
Assign random.
The IN/OUT optical port supports ODU0->ODU1->ODU2 mapping when ODU Timeslot Configuration
Mode is Assign consecutive.
Tributary TN54TEM28 / TN52TOG / TN52TOM / TN54THA / TN54TOA
board a
Tributary TN54THA / TN54TOA
board b

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Line board e TN52ND2T04 / TN53ND2 / TN53NQ2 / TN52NS2T04 / TN52NS2T05 / TN52NS2T06 /

TN52NS201M01 / TN52NS201M02 / TN53NS2

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-67 TN52NS2/TN53NS2 board cross-connections (ODU0 level: ODU0->ODU2)

Client side
Tributary board a 1
3(TX1/RX1)-1
6(TX4/RX4)-1
WDM side
NS2
Standard mode
WDM side
2
Line board c
Line board d
(standard mode)
Line board e
(compatible
mode)
board
The WDM side of the NS2 board are cross-connected to the WDM side of line boards
NOTE
consecutive.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Line board c TN52ND2T04 / TN53ND2 / TN53NQ2 / TN52NS2T04 / TN52NS2T05 / TN52NS2T06 / TN52NS201M01 /

TN52NS201M02 / TN53NS2

TN54ENQ2
Line board e TN52ND2 / TN53ND2 / TN52NQ2 / TN54NQ2 / TN53NQ2 / TN53NS2 / TN52NS2 / TN52NS3 / TN54NS3 /
Figure 14-68, Figure 14-69 and Figure 14-70 show the created ODU1 cross-connections.
Figure 14-68 TN12NS2 board cross-connections (ODU1 level)

Client side

(compatible mode)
WDM side
NS2
WDM side
2 51(ODU1LP1/ODU1LP1)-3 (compatible mode)
IN/OUT-OCH:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:2 Line board c
The client side of tributary boards are cross-connected to the WDM side
of the NS2 board
The WDM side of the NS2 board are cross-connected to the WDM side
of line boards
Tributary board a TN11TDG / TN11TDX / TN52TOG / TN11TOM / TN52TOM / TN11TQM / TN12TQM / TN11TQS

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Line board b TN11ND2 / TN12ND2 / TN52ND2 / TN53ND2 / TN53NQ2 / TN51NQ2 / TN52NQ2 / TN53NS2 / TN11NS2 /
TN12NS2 / TN52NS2 / TN52NS3 / TN12LQMS(NS1 Mode) / TN12ELQX / TN12PTQX
Line board c TN52ND2T04 / TN53ND2 / TN55NO2 / TN52NS2T04 / TN52NS2T05 / TN52NS2T06 / TN52NS201M01 /

TN54ENQ2

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-69 TN52NS2/TN53NS2 board cross-connections (ODU1 level)

Client side
(compatible mode)
3(TX1/RX1)-1
5(TX3/RX3)-1
(standard mode)
6(TX4/RX4)-1
WDM side
51(ODU1LP1/ODU1LP1)-2 compatible
NS2
51(ODU1LP1/ODU1LP1)-3 mode
IN/OUT-OCH:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:2 standard
mode
WDM side
(compatible
mode)
Line board d
(standard
mode)
the NS2 board
The WDM side of the NS2 board are cross-connected to the WDM side of
line boards
Tributary TN11TDG / TN11TDX /TN54TEM28 / TN52TOG / TN11TOM / TN52TOM / TN11TQM /

board a TN12TQM / TN11TQS / TN54THA / TN54TOA
Tributary TN54THA / TN54TOA

board b

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800



Client side
1
(compatible mode)
WDM side
1(IN/OUT)-1
1(IN/OUT)-2
NS2
1(IN/OUT)-3
1(IN/OUT)-4
WDM side
2 51(ODU1LP1/ODU1LP1)-2 Line board b
IN/OUT-OCH:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:2 Line board c
The client side of tributary boards are cross-connected to the WDM side of the
NS2 board
The WDM side of the NS2 board are cross-connected to the WDM side of line
boards
Tributary TN11TDG / TN11TDX / TN52TOG / TN11TOM / TN52TOM / TN11TQM / TN12TQM /

board a TN11TQS
Line board b TN11ND2 / TN12ND2 / TN52ND2 / TN53ND2 / TN53NQ2 / TN51NQ2 / TN52NQ2 /

TN53NS2 / TN11NS2 / TN12NS2 / TN52NS2 / TN52NS3 / TN12LQMS(NS1 Mode) /
TN12ELQX / TN12PTQX
Line board c TN52NS2T04 / TN52NS2T05 / TN52NS2T06 / TN52NS201M01 / TN52NS201M02 /


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Client side

1
WDM side
NS2
WDM side
Line board b
2
Line board c
IN/OUT-OCH:1
(standard mode)
The client side of tributary boards are cross-connected to

the WDM side of the NS2 board
The WDM side of the NS2 board are cross-connected to the
WDM side of line boards
Tributary TN12TDX / TN52TDX / TN53TDX / TN55TQX / TN11TQX / TN52TQX / TN11TSXL

board a
Line board b TN11ND2 / TN12ND2 / TN52ND2 / TN53ND2 / TN53NQ2 / TN51NQ2 / TN52NQ2 /
Line board c TN52ND2T04 / TN53ND2 / TN55NO2 / TN52NS2T04 / TN52NS2T05 / TN52NS2T06 /


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-72 TN52NS2/TN53NS2 board cross-connections (ODU2 level)

Client side

1

WDM side
NS2 71(ODU2LP1/ODU2LP1)-1 compatible mode
IN/OUT-OCH:1-ODU2:1 standard mode
WDM side
Line board c
2
Line board d
IN/OUT-OCH:1-ODU2:1
(standard mode)

Tributary TN12TDX / TN52TDX / TN53TDX / TN54TEM28 / TN11TQX / TN52TQX / TN53TQX /

board a TN55TQX / TN11TSXL / TN54TTX
Tributary TN53TDX / TN55TOX / TN55TQX

board b


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-73 TN52NS2/TN53NS2 board cross-connections (ODUflex level)

Client side


WDM side
IN/OUT-OCH:1-ODU2:1-ODUflex:1
NS2
WDM side
Lin board c 2

NOTE
The IN/OUT optical port supports ODUflex when ODU Timeslot Configuration Mode is .
Tributary TN53TDX / TN54TEM28 / TN55TQX / TN54THA / TN54TOA
board a
Tributary TN53TDX / TN54TOA / TN55TQX
board b

For parameters of NS2, refer to Table 14-65.
Table 14-65 NS2 parameters

Channel interface.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Name name.
channel of a board.
Default: Non-
Loopback

OutloopS
Default: Non-
Loopback
Service Mode l TN11NS2: N/A Specifies the service mode for a board.
l TN12NS2: ODU1, NOTE
ODU2 The parameter is supported by the
TN52NS2/TN53NS2 only in the compatible
Default: ODU1 mode.
l TN52NS2: See D.32 Service Mode (WDM
Automatic, ODU0, Interface) for more information.
ODU1, ODU2
Default: Automatic
l TN53NS2:
Automatic, ODU1,
ODU2
Default: Automatic



OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

NOTE
Only the TN52NS2/TN53NS2 support this
parameter.

Wavelength (nm)/
Frequency (THz)


11/1471.00/208.170 board.
to NOTE

information.
wavelength.
NOTE

to Disabled.
NOTE
The parameter is only supported by the
TN12NS2 /TN52NS2/TN53NS2.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

board resides.
information.
NOTE
The parameter is only supported by the
TN11NS2 board.

NOTE
TN52NS2/TN53NS2 in the standard mode.
Speedup Mode NOTE
Default: Standard The parameter is only supported by the
TN12NS2/TN52NS2/TN53NS2.
Mode
See D.16 Line Rate for more
information.

commissioning.
NOTE
TN12NS2/TN52NS2 /TN53NS2.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

NOTE
NS2 board receives 3G-SDI services from
set it to 100.
NOTE
ODU Timeslot Assign random, Assign The ODU Timeslot Configuration

Configuration Mode consecutive Mode parameter sets and queries the
Default: Assign random timeslot configuration mode of a board.
Assign random: The service rate can be
ODU0, ODU1, ODU2, or ODUflex and
ODU1–>ODU2, and ODUflex-
>ODU2.
NOTE
For the TN52NS2/TN53NS2 board in an
OptiX OSN 6800 NE, this parameter must
be set to Assign consecutive.
14.5.11 NS2 Specifications


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Module
TN11NS 800 ps/nm-C Band (Odd & Even N/A

PIN
NRZ-PIN
Wavelength-NRZ-PIN
Wavelength-NRZ-APD
Wavelength-ODB-APD
TN12NS 800 ps/nm-C Band (Odd & Even 800 ps/nm-C Band (Odd & Even
2 Wavelength)-Fixed Wavelength-NRZ- Wavelengths)-Fixed Wavelength-
PIN NRZ-PIN-XFP
Wavelength-NRZ-PIN
Wavelength-NRZ-APD
Wavelength-ODB-APD
Wavelength-NRZ-PIN
TN52NS 800 ps/nm-C Band-Tunable N/A

2 Wavelength-(D)RZ-PIN
Wavelength-NRZ-PIN
800 ps/nm-C Band (Odd & Even
Wavelength)-Fixed Wavelength-NRZ-
PIN
TN53NS N/A 800 ps/nm-C Band (Odd & Even

NRZ-PIN-XFP

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
NOTE
NOTE
point.

Wavelength-NRZ-
PIN

power

power

width

suppression ratio

(FEC on)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

PIN APD APD

format
mean launched
power
Minimum dBm -3 -3 -3 -3 -3
mean launched
power
extinction ratio

frequency
Center GHz ±5 ±5 ±5 ±5 ±5
frequency
deviation
Maximum -20 nm 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3

dB spectral
width
mode
suppression
ratio
Dispersion ps/ 1200 1200 4800 800 800

tolerance nm

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
PIN APD APD

wavelength
range
Receiver dBm -16 -26 -26 -16 -16

sensitivity,
EOL (FEC on)
receiver
overload
Maximum dB -27 -27 -27 -27 -27

reflectance

PIN-XFP

power

power

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

PIN-XFP

width

suppression ratio
Receiver type - PIN

(FEC on)

(FEC on)


Tunable Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN-XFP

power

power

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Tunable Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN-XFP

width

suppression ratio
Receiver type - PIN

(FEC on)

(FEC on)


Type km km

distance

wavelength range

launched power

launched power

ratio

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Type km km

spectral width

suppression ratio

wavelength range

overload
(8.7 in.)
l Weight:
TN11NS2/TN12NS2: 1.2 kg (2.64 lb)
TN52NS2: 1.3 kg (2.86 lb.)
TN53NS2: 1 kg (2.2 lb.)
Power Consumption
Consumption Power
(W) at 55°C (131°F)
(W)
TN11NS 800 ps/nm-C Band (Odd & Even 38.0 41.8

PIN
NRZ-PIN

Wavelength-NRZ-PIN
Wavelength-NRZ-APD

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Consumption Power
(W) at 55°C (131°F)
(W)


Wavelength-ODB-APD
TN12NS 800 ps/nm-C Band (Odd & Even 38.8 43.40

PIN

Wavelength-NRZ-PIN
Wavelength-NRZ-APD


Wavelength-ODB-APD
800 ps/nm-C Band-Tunable 30.32 34

Wavelength-NRZ-PIN
800 ps/nm-C Band (Odd & Even 25.35 28.39

Wavelengths)-Fixed Wavelength-
NRZ-PIN-XFP
TN52NS 800 ps/nm-C Band-Tunable TN52NS2T02: TN52NS2T02:

2 Wavelength-NRZ-PIN 46.5 51.1
TN52NS2T06: 28 TN52NS2T06: 31
800 ps/nm-C Band-Tunable TN52NS2T03: TN52NS2T03:

Wavelength-(D)RZ-PIN 49.1 51.7
TN52NS2T04: 26 TN52NS2T04: 28
TN52NS2T05: 28 TN52NS2T05: 31
800 ps/nm-C Band (Odd & Even 28 31

Wavelength)-Fixed Wavelength-NRZ-
PIN
TN53NS 800 ps/nm-C Band (Odd & Even 20 24

NRZ-PIN-XFP


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
14.6 NS3

The available functional versions of the NS3 board are TN11, TN52, TN54, TN55.

Huawei office.
Subrack
TN11 N N N N Y N
NS3
TN52 Y Y Y N Y N
NS3
TN54 Y Y Y Y Y N
NS3
TN55 Y Y Y Y Y N
NS3
NOTE
The TN54NS3/TN55NS3 board for the OptiX OSN 6800/OptiX OSN 8800 platform subrack only supports relay
mode .
Variants
The difference between the NS3 board variants lies in the WDM-side optical module.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


05 40G Transponder

T01 60000 ps/nm-C Band-Tunable Wavelength-ePDM-BPSK-PIN

l Function:
Board Cross- FEC IEEE Physical Relay Coherent WDM-
Connet Encoding 1588v2 clock Mode System side Gray
Granulari Optical
ty Module
TN11NS3 ODU2 and FEC/AFEC N N N N N

ODU2e
TN52NS3 ODU0, FEC/AFEC N N N N N

ODU1,
ODU2 and
ODU2e
TN54NS3 ODU0, FEC/ Y Y Y N Y

ODU1, AFEC-2
ODU2,
ODU2e and
ODU3

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Board Cross- FEC IEEE Physical Relay Coherent WDM-

Connet Encoding 1588v2 clock Mode System side Gray
Granulari Optical
ty Module
TN55NS3 ODU0, HFEC N N Y Y N

ODU1,
ODU2,
ODU2e and
ODU3

l Appearance:
– The TN11NS3 board and the TN52NS3 board use the same front panel. The TN54NS3
board and the TN55NS3 board use a different front panel from the preceding boards.
For details, see 14.6.5 Front Panel and 14.6.10 NS3 Specifications.
l Specification:
– The specifications vary according to the version of the board that you use. For details,
see 14.6.10 NS3 Specifications.
Table 14-75 Substitution rules of the NS3 board

Board Board
TN11NS3 TN52NS3 The TN52NS3 can be created as TN11NS3 on the NMS. The former can
TN52NS3 functions as the TN11NS3.
TN52NS3 None -
TN54NS3 None -
TN55NS3 None -
14.6.2 Application
As a type of line board, the NS3 board converts 32 ODU0, 16 ODU1, four ODU2, or one ODU3
into one ITU-T G.694.1 OTU3 signal or converts four ODU2e into one ITU-T G.694.1 OTU3e
signal. The TN52NS3/TN54NS3/TN55NS3 board supports hybrid transmission of the ODU0
service, ODU1 service, and the ODU2/ODU2e service. The TN55NS3 board uses coherent
receive technology. Therefore, the board is intended for coherent systems.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Application scenario 1 of the TN11NS3/TN52NS3/TN54NS3/TN55NS3 board:

conversion between four channels of ODU2/ODU2e signals and one channel of
OTU3/OTU3e signals
M M
1×ODU3/ODU3e
4×ODU2/ODU2e
4×ODU2/ODU2e
1×ODU3/ODU3e
1×OTU3/OTU3e
1×OTU3/OTU3e
1 1 1 U U IN 1 1 1
OUT
X X
TQX IN / / OUT TQX
D D
M M
4 4 4 4 4 4
U U
X X
NS3 NS3
NOTE
In this application scenario, the Board Mode parameter of the TN54NS3/TN55NS3 board must be set to
Line Mode.
Application scenario 2 of the TN52NS3/TN54NS3/TN55NS3 board: conversion

between 16 channels of ODU1 signals and one channel of OTU3 signals
16xODU1 16xODU1
1 1 1 1 1 1
TOM TOM
8 4 4 M M 4 4 8
OUT U U IN
16xODU1
16xODU1
1×ODU3
1×ODU3
1×OTU3
4xODU2
1×OTU3
4xODU2
X X
4 IN / / OUT 4
D D
M M
1 1 1 U U 1 1 1
X X
TOM TOM
8 4 4 NS3 NS3 4 4 8
NOTE
l In this application scenario, the Board Mode parameter of the TN54NS3/TN55NS3 board must be set
to Line Mode.
l For the TN52NS3 board, the service mapping path is ODU1->ODU2->ODU3.
l For the TN54NS3/TN55NS3 board, the service mapping path is ODU1->ODU3.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Application scenario 3 of the TN52NS3/TN54NS3/TN55NS3 board: conversion

between 32 channels of ODU0 signals and one channel of OTU3 signals
32xODU0 32xODU0
1 1 1 1 1 1
TOM M M
TOM
8 8 8 U U 8 8 8
16xODU1
32xODU0 X X
1×ODU3
1×OTU3
4xODU2
32xODU0
16xODU1
1×ODU3
1×OTU3
4xODU2
/ /
4 D D 4
M M
U U
1 1 1 X X 1 1 1
TOM TOM
8 8 8 NS3 NS3 8 8 8
NOTE
l The TN52NS3/TN54NS3/TN55NS3 board supports this application scenario only when used in the
OptiX OSN 8800.
l In this application scenario, the Board Mode parameter of the TN54NS3/TN55NS3 board must be set
to Line Mode.
l For the TN52NS3 board, the service mapping path is ODU0->ODU1->ODU2->ODU3.
l For the TN54NS3/TN55NS3 board, the service mapping path is ODU0->ODU1->ODU3.
Application scenario 4 of the TN54NS3/TN55NS3 board: conversion between one

channel of ODU3 signals and one channel of OTU3 signals
1xODU3 1xODU3
M M
U U
1×ODU3
1×ODU3
1×OTU3
1×OTU3
T OUT X X IN T
S / / S
X IN D D OUT X
L M M L
U U
X X
NS3 NS3

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
NOTE
Line Mode . With the TSXL board, the Line Rate parameter of the TN54NS3/TN55NS3 board must be
set to Standard Mode.
Application scenario 5 of the TN54NS3/TN55NS3 board: implement the electrical

regeneration of one channel of OTU3/OTU3e signal
1×OTU3/OTU3e
1×OTU3/OTU3e
IN OUT
DMUX MUX
NS3
1×OTU3/OTU3e
1×OTU3/OTU3e
OUT IN
MUX DMUX
NS3
NOTE
The TN54NS3/TN55NS3 board for the OptiX OSN 6800/OptiX OSN 8800 platform subrack only supports
relay mode.
Electrical Relay Mode or Optical Relay Mode. When optical-layer and electrical-layer ASON are
enabled, it does not matter whether the Board Mode parameter is set to Optical Relay Mode or Electrical
Relay mode. The parameter must be set to Optical Relay Mode for the line board in a non-ASON system;
otherwise, end-to-end management of ASON services is not available.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
1xOTU3/
1xOTU3e
ODU0 ODU0
TOM ODU0 ODU0 TOM
ODU1 M M ODU1
TOM U U TOM
X X
ODU2/ NS3 OUT / / IN
NS3 ODU2/
D D
ODU2e IN OUT ODU2e
M M
ND2 ND2
U U
ODU2/ ODU2/
X X
ODU2e ODU2e
ODU2/ ODU2/
TDX TDX
ODU2e ODU2e
NOTE
The IN/OUT port can transmit a mixture of ODU0, ODU1, ODU2, and ODU2e signals, the total bandwidth

The NS3 board achieves cross-connection at the electrical layer, and to provide OTN interfaces
and ESC.
The NS3 board can work in either line mode or relay mode. Table 14-76 describes the functions
and features of the board working in line board, and Table 14-77 describes the functions and
features of the board working in relay board.
NOTE
l Only the OptiX OSN 8800 supports ODU0/ODU3.

l The relay mode is only supported by the TN54NS3/TN55NS3.
l When using the NRZ module, the TN54NS3 board maps 32 ODU0, 16 ODU1, four ODU2, or one
ODU3 signals into one OTU3 service. When using ODB or DQPSK optical module, the TN54NS3
maps 32 ODU0, or 16 ODU1, four ODU2, or one ODU3 signals into one OTU3 signals, and also maps
four ODU2e into one OTU3e signals.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 14-76 Functions and features of the NS3 board (Line Mode)
feature
Basic function NS3 converts signals as follows:

l TN11NS3:
– 4xODU2<->1xOTU3
l TN52NS3:
l TN54NS3/TN55NS3:
– 32xODU0/16xODU1/4xODU2/1xODU3<->1xOTU3
The TN52NS3/TN54NS3/TN55NS3 board supports hybrid transmission
of ODU0/ODU1/ODU2/ODU2e signals. When the mixed signals
contain an ODU2e signal, they must be mapped into an OTU3e signal.
Cross-connect Supports cross-connections with cross-connect boards.

capabilities TN11NS3: 4xODU2/4xODU2e
TN52NS3: 32xODU0/16xODU1/4xODU2/4xODU2e
TN54NS3/TN55NS3: 32xODU0/16xODU1/4xODU2/4xODU2e/
1xODU3
OTN function l Supports the OTU3/OTU3e interface on the WDM side.

to the ITU-T G.709.
l ODU3 layer: supports the PM and TCM function, and PM and TCM
non-intrusive monitoring functions.
l ODU0 layer: supports the PM function, and PM non-intrusive

specification

function

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

feature

function
FEC encoding TN11NS3/TN52NS3:

the WDM side.
TN54NS3:
the WDM side.
TN55NS3:
l Supports HFEC.
NOTE
l Supports CD and PMD performance monitoring.
NOTE
Only the TN54NS3 supports Poisson mode.
Only the TN55NS3 board supports CD and PMD performance monitoring.
Regeneration l The WDM-side signals of the TN11NS3/TN52NS3 board can be

board regenerated by a TN12LSXLR board.
l The WDM-side signals of the TN54NS3 board can be regenerated
using another TN54NS3 board.
l The WDM-side signals of the TN55NS3 board can be regenerated
using another TN55NS3 board.
IEEE 1588v2 The TN54NS3 board supports BC and OC mode, do not support TC and
TC+OC mode.
Physical clock The TN54NS3 board supports this feature only when ODU0, ODU1 or
ODU2/ODU2e signals are cross-connected from the backplane.
ASON

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

feature
Electrical-layer Supported by the TN52NS3, TN54NS3, and TN55NS3.

ASON
Protection l Supports ODUk SNCP.

Loopback Boa WD ODU0 Channel ODU1 Channel ODU2 Channel

rd M Loopback Loopback Loopback
side
TN1 Supp Not supported Not supported Supported

1NS orted
3
TN5 Supp Supported Supported Supported

2NS orted
3

4NS orted
3

5NS orted
3

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

feature
Protocols or Prot IEEE 802.3u

standards ocol IEEE 802.3z
compliance s or
stan IEEE 802.3ae
dard IEEE 802.3ba
s for ITU-T G.707
tran
spar ITU-T G.782
ent ITU-T G.783
tran GR-253-CORE Synchronous Optical Network (SONET)
smis Transport Systems: Common Generic
sion
(non
- NCITS FIBRE CHANNEL LINK SERVICES (FC-LS)
perf NCITS FIBRE CHANNEL FRAMING AND SIGNALING-2
orm (FC-FS-2)
ance
mon
itori NCITS FIBRE CHANNEL SWITCH FABRIC-3 (FC-SW-3)
ng) NCITS FIBRE CHANNEL - PHYSICAL AND SIGNALING
INTERFACE (FC-PH)
Television Systems
Interface (ASI)
SMPTE 297-2006 Serial Digital Fiber Transmission System for
SMPTE 259M, SMPTE 344M, SMPTE 292 and SMPTE 424M
Signals
NCITS SBCON Single-Byte Command Code Sets CONnection
architecture (SBCON)
Interface (FDDI) - Token Ring Physical Layer Protocol (PHY)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

feature
Prot ITU-T G.805

ocol ITU-T G.806
s or
stan ITU-T G.709
dard ITU-T G.872
s for ITU-T G.7710
serv
ice ITU-T G.798
proc ITU-T G.874
essi ITU-T M.3100
ng
ITU-T G.874.1
(per
for ITU-T G.875
man ITU-T G.808.1
ce
ITU-T G.841
mon
itori ITU-T G.8201
ng) ITU-T G.873.1
ITU-T G.694.1
Table 14-77 Functions and features of the NS3 board (Relay Mode)
and feature

g rate OTU3e: OTN service at a rate of 44.58 Gbit/s

the ITU-T G.709.
l ODU3 layer: supports the PM, TCM, PM and TCM non-intrusive

specification

function

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
and feature

function
FEC TN54NS3:
encoding l Supports ITU-T G.709-compliant forward error correction (FEC) on the
WDM side.
TN55NS3:
l Supports HFEC.
NOTE
NOTE
Only the TN54NS3 supports Poisson mode.
ALS Not supported

function
IEEE Not supported

1588v2

clock
ASON

layer ASON

scheme


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
and feature

monitoring)
ITU-T G.709
ITU-T G.872
ITU-T G.7710
ITU-T G.798
ITU-T G.874
ITU-T M.3100
ITU-T G.874.1
ITU-T G.875
ITU-T G.808.1
ITU-T G.841
ITU-T G.8201
ITU-T G.694.1

The NS3 board consists of the WDM-side optical module, signal processing module, 1588v2

Figure 14-80 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the board.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-80 Functional modules and signal flow of the NS3 board (Line Mode)
n X ODUk Backplane (service corss-connection)
WDM side
E/O OUT
OTN
Cross-connect
1588v2 processing
module module O/E
module IN
WDM-side
module module
Control

Power supply
module
Fuse Required
voltage

NOTE
Only the TN54NS3 board supports the IEEE 1588v2 module.

In Figure 14-80, n x ODUk indicates the service cross-connections from the NS3 board to the backplane. "n"
Table 14-78 shows the service cross-connections from the NS3 board to the backplane.
Table 14-78 Service cross-connections from the NS3 board to the backplane
TN11N A maximum of 4xODU2/4xODU2e

S3

S3

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
TN54N A maximum of 32xODU0/16xODU1/4xODU2/4xODU2e/1xODU3

S3/
TN55N
S3
transmit direction is defined as the direction from the backplane of the NS3 to the WDM side
of the NS3, and the receive direction is defined as the reverse direction.
The cross-connect module receives ODUk electrical signals sent from the cross-connection
board through the backplane. The OTN processing module performs operations such as
OTN framing and encoding of FEC/AFEC/HFEC. Then, the signal processing module
outputs one channel of OTU3/OTU3e signals.
The OTU3/OTU3e signals are sent to the WDM-side optical module. After performing E/
O conversion, the module sends out the OTU3/OTU3e optical signals at DWDM standard
l Receive direction
DWDM standard wavelengths that comply with ITU-T G.694.1 through the IN optical
interface. Then, the module performs O/E conversion.
The OTN processing module performs operations such as OTU3/OTU3e framing and
decoding of FEC/AFEC/HFEC. Then, the cross-connect module sends out ODUk electrical
signals to the backplane for service cross-connection.
The board processes clock signals in two directions.

Figure 14-81 show the functional modules and signal flow of the NS3 board.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-81 Functional modules and signal flow of the NS3 board (Relay Mode)
WDM side WDM side
O/E OTN E/O

IN processing OUT
WDM-side module WDM-side
optical optical
module module
Control

Power supply
module
Fuse Required
voltage
Backplane
NOTE
The relay mode is supported only by the TN54NS3/TN55NS3.
The NS3 board implements the regeneration of one channel of optical signals. The wavelengths
at the receive and transmit ends of the board are the ITU-T G.694.1-compliant DWDM
wavelengths that carry OTU3/OTU3e optical signals.
The optical receiving module receives the optical signals to be regenerated through the IN optical
conversion, the module sends out the OTU3/OTU3e signals at DWDM standard wavelengths
The optical signals are output through the OUT optical interface.
Module Function

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

The module consists of an OTN processing module and a cross-connect module.
Grooms electrical signals between the NS3 and the cross-connect board through the
backplane.
l 1588v2 module
to the STG board.
14.6.5 Front Panel


Figure 14-82, Figure 14-83, and Figure 14-84 show the front panel of the NS3 board.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-82 Front panel of the TN11NS3/TN52NS3 board

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-83 Front panel of the TN54NS3 board

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-84 Front panel of the TN55NS3 board
NOTE
Indicators


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Interfaces

multiplexer board.

multiplexer board.
Laser Hazard Level

14.6.6 Valid Slots

Two slots house one TN11NS3 board, TN52NS3 board or TN55NS3 board, and one slot houses
one TN54NS3 board.
Product Valid Slots
NOTE
The online signal bus on the TN11NS3 board connects to the backplane along the right slot in the subrack. The
slot number of the TN11NS3 board displayed on the NM is the number of the right one of the two slots.
For example, if you install the board in slots IU1 and IU2, the slot number of the TN11NS3 board displayed on
the NM is IU2.
Product Valid Slots


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Product Valid Slots

subrack

subrack
NOTE
The online signal bus on the TN52NS3 board is mounted to the backplane along the right slot in the subrack.
Therefore, the slot number of the TN52NS3 board displayed on the NM is the number of the right one of the
two slots.
For example, if slots IU1 and IU2 house the TN52NS3 board, the slot number of the TN52NS3 board displayed
on the NM is IU2.
Product Valid Slots

subrack

subrack

subrack

platform subrack
When the TN54NS3 boards serve as regeneration boards, follow the principles below to install
them in the case of ESC communication; otherwise, install them in any valid slots.
l OptiX OSN 8800 T64: The TN54NS3 boards for transmitting and receiving the same
IU57 and IU58, IU59 and IU60, IU61 and IU62, IU63 and IU64, IU65 and IU66, or IU67
and IU68.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
or IU35 and IU36.
wavelength must be installed in IU1 and IU2, IU3 and IU4, IU5 and IU6, IU7 and IU8,
IU11 and IU12, IU13 and IU14, IU15 and IU16, IU17 and IU18.
l OptiX OSN 8800 platform subrack: The TN54NS3 boards for transmitting and receiving
the same wavelength must be installed in IU1 and IU2, IU3 and IU4, IU5 and IU6, IU7 and
l OptiX OSN 6800: The TN54NS3 boards for transmitting and receiving the same
wavelength must be installed in IU1 and IU2, IU3 and IU4, IU5 and IU6, IU7 and IU8,
IU11 and IU12, IU13 and IU14, or IU15 and IU16.
Product Valid Slots


subrack

subrack

platform subrack subrack
When the TN55NS3 boards serve as regeneration boards, follow the principles below to install
them in the case of ESC communication; otherwise, install them in any valid slots.
l OptiX OSN 8800 T64 subrack: The TN55NS3 boards for transmitting and receiving the
same wavelength must be installed in slots IU2 and IU4, IU6 and IU8, IU12 and IU14,
IU62 and IU64, IU66 and IU68.
same wavelength must be installed in slots IU2 and IU4, IU6 and IU8, IU13 and IU15,
IU17 and IU19, IU21 and IU23, IU25 and IU27, IU30 and IU32, IU34 and IU36.
same wavelength must be installed in IU2 and IU4, IU6 and IU8, IU12 and IU14, IU16
and IU18.
l OptiX OSN 8800 platform subrack: The TN55NS3 boards for transmitting and receiving
the same wavelength must be installed in IU2 and IU4, IU6 and IU8, IU12 and IU14.
l OptiX OSN 6800 subrack: The TN55NS3 boards for transmitting and receiving the same
wavelength must be installed in IU2 and IU4, IU6 and IU8, IU14 and IU16.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
NOTE
The online signal bus on the TN55NS3 board is mounted to the backplane along the right slot in the subrack.
Therefore, the slot number of the TN55NS3 board displayed on the NM is the number of the right one of the
two slots.
For example, if slots IU1 and IU2 house the TN55NS3 board, the slot number of the TN55NS3 board displayed
on the NM is IU2.


Interface on the Panel Interface on the NMS
IN/OUT 1
NOTE
Logical Ports
The NS3 board can work in standard or compatible mode. For details about the standard and

on NMS
TN55N Standard mode Figure 14-85 Table 55NS3

S3 14-86
TN54N Standard mode Figure 14-85 Table 54NS3(STND)

S3 14-86
Compatible Figure 14-86 Table 54NS3

mode 14-87

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

on NMS
TN52N Compatible Figure 14-87 Table 52NS3

S3 mode 14-87
TN11N Compatible Figure 14-88 Table NS3

S3 mode 14-87
NOTE
For TN54NS3/TN55NS3:
l ODUk cross-connections through the backplane are supported only when Board Mode is set to Line
Mode.
l When used with a TN53TSXL/TN54TSXL board, Line Rate must be set to Standard Mode for the board.
For TN52NS3: The OptiX OSN 6800 supports grooming of signals at the ODU1 and ODU2 levels only from
the backplane.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-85 Port diagram of the TN55NS3/TN54NS3 board (standard mode)

Backplane
IN1/OUT1-OCh:1-ODU3:1
ODU3:1 OCh:1
1XODU3
IN1/OUT1-OCh:1-ODU3:1-ODU2:(1~4)
ODU2:1
ODU 3 : 1 OCh :1
4 xODU2/
4xODU2e
ODU2:4
IN1/OUT1
IN1/OUT1-OCh:1-ODU3:1-ODU1:(1~16)
ODU1:1
ODU 3 :1 OCh :1
16xODU1
ODU1:16
IN1/OUT1-OCh:1-ODU3:1-ODU1:(1~16)-ODU0:(1~2)
ODU0:1
ODU 1:1
ODU0:2
ODU 3 :1 OCh :1
32xODU0
ODU0:1
ODU1:16
ODU 0:2
Service processing module ODU3 mapping path


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-86 Port diagram of the TN54NS3 board (compatible mode)

Other Other Other Other
tributary/line/ tributary/line/ tributary/line/ tributary/line/
PID board PID board PID board PID board
Backplane
4xODU2/ 32 x ODU0 16 x ODU1 ODU3
ODU2e
161(ODU0LP1/
ODU0LP1)-1 71(ODU2LP1/O
161(ODU0LP1/ ODU1 DU2LP1)-1001
ODU0LP1)-2
164(ODU0LP4/
164(ODU0LP4/ ODU1 DU2LP1)-1004
ODU0LP4)-2
173(ODU0LP13/
ODU1 DU2LP1)-1013
173(ODU0LP13/
ODU0LP13)-2 81(ODU3LP1/
ODU3 ODU3LP1)-1
1(IN1/OUT1)-1
176(ODU0LP16/
176(ODU0LP16/ ODU1 DU2LP1)-1016
ODU0LP16)-2

module

module
Service Automatic cross-connection, which does not need to be

processing configured on the NMS. For example, if ODU0 signals are
module required, users only need to configure cross-connections from
other boards to the ODU0LP port on the board using the NMS.
The board's internal structure enables transmission of the
multiplexed signal to the ODU3LP port. Users do not need to
configure a cross-connection for transmitting the multiplexed
signal.
ODU0 Cross-connection that must be configured on the NMS to
mapping path receive ODUk signals from other boards
ODU1
mapping path

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
NOTE
The ODU1 and ODU2 ports in each of the following combinations cannot be used to configure cross-connections at the same time
because they share the same ODU2 timeslot:
l 71(ODU2LP1/ODU2LP1)-1001 to 71(ODU2LP1/ODU2LP1)-1004 ODU1 ports and 71(ODU2LP1/ODU2LP1)-1 ODU2 port
l 71(ODU2LP1/ODU2LP1)-1013 to 71(ODU2LP1/ODU2LP1)-1016 ODU ports and 71(ODU2LP1/ODU2LP1)-4 ODU2 port

Other Other Other
tributary/line/ tributary/line/ tributary/line/
PID board PID board PID board
Backplane
32 x ODU0 16 x ODU1 4 x ODU2/ODU2e
161
(ODU2LP1/
ODU2 ODU2LP1)-1
164
(ODU0LP4/ODU0LP4)-2
1
(IN1/OUT1)-1
173
173
ODU1 (ODU1LP4/ODU1LP4)-1
(ODU2LP1/
ODU2 ODU2LP1)-4
176
176 ODU1(ODU1LP4/ODU1LP4)-4
Cross-connection that Automatic cross-connection, which does not need to

must be configured on the be configured on the NMS. For example, if ODU1
NMS to receive ODUk signals are required, users only need to configure a
signals from other boards cross-connection from another board to the
multiplexed signal to the ODU2LP port. Users do not
need to configure a cross-connection for transmitting
the multiplexed signal.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Backplane
4 x ODU2/ODU2e
71(ODU2LP1/ODU2LP1)-3 1(IN1/OUT1)-1
Multiplexing module Cross-connection that must be

configured on the NMS to
receive ODUk signals from
other boards
Table 14-86 Description of NM port on the NS3 board (standard mode)
IN1/OUT1-OCh:1-ODU3:1-ODU1:(1 to 16)- Mapping path for ODU0 signals

ODU0:(1 to 2) received from the backplane
IN1/OUT1-OCh:1-ODU3:1-ODU1:(1 to 16) Mapping path for ODU1 signals


IN1/OUT1-OCh:1-ODU3:1 Mapping path for ODU3 signals

IN1/OUT1 WDM-side optical ports
Table 14-87 Description of NM port of the NS3 board (compatible mode)
ODU0LP1- Internal logical port. The optical Automatic cross-connections

ODU0LP16 paths are numbered 1-2. between the ports and the ODU1LP
port
ODU1LP1- Internal logical port. The optical Automatic cross-connections

ODU1LP4 paths are numbered 1-4. between the ports and the ODU2LP
port

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
ODU2LP1 Internal logical port. The optical Automatic cross-connections

paths are numbered 1001-1016. between the ports and the ODU2LP
NOTE port
This port is used for cross-
connections at the ODU1 level.
Internal logical port. The optical TN11NS3/TN52NS3: Automatic

paths are numbered 1-4. cross-connections between the ports
and the IN/OUT port
TN54NS3: Automatic cross-
connections between the ports and the
ODU3LP port
ODU3LP1 Internal logical port. The optical Automatic cross-connections

path is numbered 1. between the ports and the IN/OUT
port
IN/OUT Corresponding to the WDM-side -

optical interfaces.

side.
NOTE
compatible mode on the WDM side. For information about the standard and compatible modes, see 12.2.3
Standard Mode and Compatible Mode.
standard mode.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-89 Cross-connection diagram of the TN52NS3/TN54NS3(compatible mode) board (ODU0 level)
Client side

3(TX1/RX1)-1
6(TX4/RX4)-1
WDM side
NS3 162(ODU0LP2/ODU0LP2)-2
(compatible
mode) 2
WDM side
Line board c

Line board d
(standard
mode)
The WDM side of line boards are cross-connected to the WDM side of the NS3

TN52NS201M02 / TN53NQ2 / TN53NS2 / TN54NS3 / TN55NS3 / TN54NS4 / TN55NPO2 / TN55NPO2E /
TN54ENQ2

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-90 Cross-connection diagram of the TN55NS3/TN54NS3(standard mode) board (ODU0 level)
Client side
3(TX1/RX1)-1
6(TX4/RX4)-1
WDM side
NS3
(standard mode)
2
WDM side
Line board c
(compatible mode)
Line board d
(standard

TN54ENQ2

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-91 Cross-connection diagram of the TN52NS3(compatible mode) board (ODU1 level)
Client side
3(TX1/RX1)-1
6(TX4/RX4)-1
WDM side
(compatible 51(ODU1LP1/ODU1LP1)-3
mode) 51(ODU1LP1/ODU1LP1)-4
2
Cross-connect module 54(ODU1LP4/ODU1LP4)-4
WDM side

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

TN54ENQ2

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-92 Cross-connection diagram of the TN54NS3(compatible mode) board (ODU1 level)
Client side
1
3(TX1/RX1)-1
6(TX4/RX4)-1
WDM side
2
WDM side

TN54ENQ2

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-93 Cross-connection diagram of the TN55NS3/TN54NS3(standard mode) board (ODU1 level)
Client side

3(TX1/RX1)-1
6(TX4/RX4)-1
WDM side
NS3
(standard mode)
WDM side
2 51(ODU1LP1/ODU1LP1)-3 Line board c
51(ODU1LP1/ODU1LP1)-4 (compatible
mode)
2(IN2/OUT2)-OCH:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:2 mode)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

TN54ENQ2

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-94 Cross-connection diagram of the TN11NS3/TN52NS3/TN54NS3(compatible

mode) board (ODU2 level)
Client side
3(TX1/RX1)-1
6(TX4/RX4)-1
WDM side
WDM side
1(IN1/OUT1)-OCH:1
2(IN2/OUT2)-OCH:1
Line board d
3(IN3/OUT3)-OCH:1
(standard mode)
4(IN4/OUT4)-OCH:1
Tributary TN11NS3:
board a
TN12TDX / TN52TDX / TN53TDX / TN55TQX / TN11TQX / TN52TQX / TN11TSXL
TN52NS3:
TN12TDX / TN52TDX / TN53TDX / TN54TEM28 / TN11TQX / TN52TQX / TN53TQX /

TN55TQX / TN11TSXL / TN54TTX
TN54NS3:
TN52TDX / TN54TEM28 / TN53TDX / TN55TQX / TN52TQX / TN53TQX / TN54TTX
Tributary TN55TQX/TN53TDX
board b

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Line board c TN11NS3:

TN52NS3:

TN54NS3:
TN52ND2 / TN53ND2 / TN53NQ2 / TN52NQ2 / TN54NQ2 / TN53NS2 / TN52NS2 /



OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-95 Cross-connection diagram of the TN55NS3/TN54NS3(standard mode) board

(ODU2 level)
Client side
3(TX1/RX1)-1
6(TX4/RX4)-1
WDM side
NS3 IN/OUT-OCH:1-ODU3:1-ODU2:1
(standard mode)
WDM side
Line board c
(compatible
mode)
1(IN1/OUT1)-OCH:1
Line board d
2(IN2/OUT2)-OCH:1
3(IN3/OUT3)-OCH:1 (standard
mode)
4(IN4/OUT4)-OCH:1
Tributary TN52TDX / TN54TEM28 / TN53TDX / TN55TQX / TN52TQX / TN53TQX / TN54TTX

board a
Tributary TN55TQX / TN53TDX
board b

TN52NS201M01 / TN52NS201M02 / TN53NQ2 / TN53NS2 / TN54NS3 / TN55NS3 /

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-96 Cross-connection diagram of the TN54NS3(compatible mode) board (ODU3

level)
Client side
Tributary board a
(compatible mode)
1
Tributary board b
RX1/TX1
(standard mode)
WDM side
NS3
(compatible mode)
WDM side
Line board c
(compatible
mode)
2
Line board d
IN/OUT-OCH:1-ODU3:1 (standard
mode)
The client side of other boards are cross-connected to the WDM side of the NS3
The WDM side of other boards are cross-connected to the WDM side of the NS3
Tributary board a TN53TSXL

Tributary board b TN54TSXL
Line board c TN54NS3
Line board d TN54NS3 / TN55NS3 / TN54NS4
NOTE
When cross-connections are configured between the TN54NS3 and TN54TSXL boards, Line Rate of the
TN54NS3 board must be set to Standard Mode.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-97 Cross-connection diagram of the TN55NS3/TN54NS3(standard mode) board

(ODU3 level)
Client side
Tributary board a
(compatible mode)
1
Tributary board b
RX1/TX1
(standard mode)
WDM side
NS3
IN/OUT-OCH:1-ODU3:1
(standard mode)
WDM side
Line board c
(compatible
mode)
2
Line board d
IN/OUT-OCH:1-ODU3:1 (standard
mode)
The client side of other boards are cross-connected to the WDM side of the NS3
The WDM side of other boards are cross-connected to the WDM side of the NS3

Line board d TN54NS3 / TN55NS3 / TN54NS4

For parameters of the NS3, refer to Table 14-88.


Channel interface.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Optical Interface - Set and query the optical interface

Name name.
channel of a board.
Channel Loopback Non-Loopback, Inloop, Query or set the path Loopback.

Outloop

Service Mode l TN11NS3: not Specifies the service mode for a board.
supported See D.32 Service Mode (WDM
l TN52NS3: Interface) for more information.
Automatic, ODU0,
ODU1, ODU2
Default: Automatic
l TN54NS3:
Automatic, ODU0,
ODU1, ODU2,
ODU3, Mix
Default: Automatic

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

supports Line Rate of the received
signals in auto-sensing mode, and
thus no manual setting is required.
l When it is set to Disabled, Line
Rate of the board must be set
manually and the values of the
unavailable.
NOTE
Optical Relay Mode.
TN54NS3/TN55NS3.

FEC Mode TN11NS3, TN52NS3, The FEC Mode parameter sets the FEC
TN54NS3: mode of the current optical interface.
l FEC, AFEC See D.9 FEC Mode (WDM
l Default: AFEC
TN55NS3:
l HFEC
l Default: HFEC

Default: 3 a stronger error correction capability
and a longer signal transmission delay.
NOTE
Only the TN54NS3 supports this parameter.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Receive Wavelength l C: Set Receive Wavelength of a board.

1/1529.16/196.050 The value of the Receive Wavelength
to is as follows:
11/1471.00/208.170 wavelength of the local board, use
to the default value, which indicates
18/1611.00/188.780 keeping the receive wavelength the
Default: / same as the transmit wavelength of
the local board automatically.
same as the transmit wavelength of
the peer board; otherwise, services
are affected.
NOTE
set to the default value.
Receive Band Type C, CWDM Sets Receive Band Type of a board.

Default: C NOTE

Wavelength (nm)/
Frequency (THz)


11/1471.00/208.170 board.
to NOTE

information.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Planned Band Type C, CWDM The Planned Band Type parameter

Default: C sets the band type of the current working
wavelength.
NOTE

NOTE
TN54NS3 in the standard mode.
Speedup Mode l For ODU2LP channel,
Default: – This parameter needs to be set to
l ODU2LP channel: Speedup Mode when ODU2e
Standard Mode signals are cross-connected.
l ODU3LP channel: – This parameter needs to be set to
Speedup Mode Standard Mode when ODU2
signals are cross-connected.
l For ODU3LP channel,
– This parameter needs to be set to
Speedup Mode when ODU2e
– This parameter could be set to
Standard Mode or Speedup
Mode when ODU2/ODU3
OTN Overhead l TN52NS3/ Determines whether to process GCC1

Transparent TN54NS3: and GCC2 in OTN overheads. If the
Transmission – Enabled, processing is not required, set this
Disabled parameter to Enabled; otherwise, set it
to Disabled.
– Default: Disabled
NOTE
l TN55NS3: Only TN52NS3/TN54NS3/TN55NS3
support this parameter.
– Disabled, GC1C
+GCC2 Enabled,
Only GCC1
Enabled, Only
GCC2 Enabled
– Default: Disabled

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Dispersion - Queries the dispersion compensation

Compensation Value value of the board.
(ps/nm) NOTE
Only TN55NS3 supports this parameter.

commissioning.
NOTE
Only TN52NS3/54NS3/TN55NS3 support
this parameter.
Relay Mode NOTE
Default: Electrical Only the TN54NS3/TN55NS3 support this
parameter.
Relay Mode
See D.2 Board Mode (WDM


Module

3 Wavelength-ODB-PIN

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Module


40G Transponder

3 Wavelength-ePDM-BPSK-PIN
NOTE
point.
When using the NRZ module, the TN54NS3 board maps 32 ODU0, 16 ODU1, four ODU2, or one ODU3
signals into one OTU3 service.
When using ODB or DQPSK optical module, the TN54NS3 maps 32 ODU0, or 16 ODU1, four ODU2, or
one ODU3 signals into one OTU3 signals, and also maps four ODU2e into one OTU3e signals.

ODB-PIN DQPSK-PIN

range

launched power

launched power

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

ODB-PIN DQPSK-PIN

ratio

deviation

spectral width

spectral width

suppression ratio

wavelength range

EOL (FEC on)

overload (FEC on)
Maximum dB -27 -27

reflectance

ODB-PIN DQPSK-PIN

range

launched power

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

ODB-PIN DQPSK-PIN

launched power

ratio

deviation

spectral width

spectral width

suppression ratio

wavelength range

EOL (FEC on)

overload (FEC on)
Maximum dB -27 -27

reflectance


Tunable Wavelength-
ePDM-BPSK-PIN
Line code format - ePDM-BPSK

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Tunable Wavelength-
ePDM-BPSK-PIN

power

power

width

suppression ratio

to-back)
Receiver type - PIN
Table 14-92 WDM-side fixed optical module specifications (gray light)


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Receiver type - PIN
TN11NS3:
(8.7 in.)
TN52NS3:
(8.7 in.)
TN54NS3:
(8.7 in.)
TN55NS3:
(8.7 in.)
Power Consumption
Board WDM-Side Optical Typical Power Maximum
Module Consumption Power
(W) at 55°C (131°F)
(W)
TN11NS3 500 ps/nm-C Band-Tunable 92 101.2


Wavelength-ODB-PIN

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Board WDM-Side Optical Typical Power Maximum

Module Consumption Power
(W) at 55°C (131°F)
(W)
TN52NS3 500 ps/nm-C Band-Tunable 118 130


Wavelength-ODB-PIN

TN54NS3 800 ps/nm-C Band-Tunable 73 80


Wavelength-ODB-PIN
40G Transponder 62 69
TN55NS3 60000ps/nm-C Band- 135 150

Tunable Wavelength-ePDM-
BPSK-PIN
14.7 NS4

The available functional versions of the NS4 board is TN54.

Huawei office.
Subrack
TN54 Y Y Y N N N
NS4

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
NOTE
In the enhanced OptiX OSN 8800 T64 subrack, enhanced OptiX OSN 8800 T32 subrack, and OptiX OSN 8800
T16 subrack, the NS4 board can work either in line mode or relay mode. When the NS4 board works in line
mode, the enhanced OptiX OSN 8800 T64 subrack must use the TNK2USXH+TNK2UXCT boards and the
enhanced OptiX OSN 8800 T32 subrack must use the TN52UXCH/TN52UXCM board and the OptiX OSN
8800 T16 subrack must use the TN16UXCM board.
In the general OptiX OSN 8800 T64 subrack and general OptiX OSN 8800 T32 subrack, the NS4 board can
work only in relay mode.
Variants

Varia WDM-Side Fixed Optical Module FEC Encoding
nt


ePDM-QPSK(SDFEC, RZ)-PIN
14.7.2 Application
As a type of line board, the NS4 board converts 80 ODU0, 40 ODU1, ten ODU2, ten ODU2e,
two ODU3, one ODU4, or 80 ODUflex into one ITU-T G.694.1 OTU4 signal. The board
supports hybrid transmission of the ODU0 service, ODU1 service, ODU2/ODU2e service,
ODU3 service and the ODUflex service. The NS4 board uses coherent receive technology.
Therefore, the board is intended for coherent systems.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Application scenario 1 of the NS4 board: conversion between 80 channels of ODU0

signals and one channel of OTU4 signals
80xODU0 80xODU0
NS4 NS4
1 1 1 1 1 1
TOA TOA
8 8 8 8 8 8
M M
U U
OUT
X X IN
80xODU0
80xODU0
1×ODU4
1×OTU4
1×ODU4
1×OTU4
/ /
10 IN D D OUT
10
M M
U U
X X
1 1 1 1 1 1
TOA TOA
8 8 8 8 8 8
NOTE
This application scenario is supported only when the 54NS4 board is added on the NMS.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Application scenario 2 of the NS4 board: conversion between 80 channels of

ODUflex signals and one channel of OTU4 signals
80xODUflex 80xODUflex
NS4 NS4
1 1 1 1 1 1
TEM28 TEM28
8 8 8 8 8 8
M M
U U
OUT
X IN
80xODUflex
80xODUflex
1×ODU4
1×OTU4
1×ODU4
1×OTU4
/ /
10 IN D D OUT
10
M M
U U
X X
1 1 1 1 1 1
TEM28 TEM28
8 8 8 8 8 8
NOTE

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Application scenario 3 of the NS4 board: conversion between 40 channels of ODU1

40xODU1 40xODU1
NS4 NS4
1 1 1 1 1 1
TOA TOA
8 8 8 8 8 8
M M
U U
OUT IN
X X
40xODU1
40xODU1
1×ODU4
1×OTU4
1×ODU4
1×OTU4
/ /
5 IN D D OUT
5
M M
U U
X X
1 1 1 1 1 1
TOA TOA
8 8 8 8 8 8
NOTE

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Application scenario 4 of the NS4 board: conversion between ten channels of

ODU2/ODU2e signals and one channel of OTU4 signals
NS4 NS4
1 1 1 1 1 1
TQX TQX
4 4 4 4 4 4
M M
10xODU2/ODU2e
10xODU2/ODU2e
U U
OUT X X IN
1 1
1×ODU4
1×OTU4
1 1
1×ODU4
1
1×OTU4
1 / /
IN D D OUT TQX
TQX
M M
4 4 4 U U 4 4 4
X X
TDX TDX
NOTE
Application scenario 5 of the NS4 board: conversion between two channels of

ODU3 signals and one channel of OTU4 signals
2xODU3 2xODU3
NS4 NS4
TSXL TSXL
M M
U U
OUT X X IN
1×ODU4
1×OTU4
2xODU3
2xODU3
1×ODU4
1×OTU4
/ /
IN D D OUT
M M
U U
X X
TSXL TSXL

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
NOTE
Application scenario 6 of the NS4 board: conversion between one channel of ODU4
1xODU4 1xODU4
NS4 M M NS4
U U
OUT X X IN
1×ODU4
1×ODU4
1×OTU4
1×OTU4
/ /
TSC IN D OUT TSC
D
M M
U U
X X
NOTE
Application scenario 7 of the NS4 board: implement the electrical regeneration of

one channel of OTU4 signal
NS4
IN
1×OTU4
OUT
1×OTU4
DMUX MUX
NS4
1×OTU4
1×OTU4
OUT IN
MUX DMUX
NOTE
This application scenario is supported only when the 54NS4(REG) board is added on the NMS.
In this application scenario, the Board Mode parameter must be set to Electrical Relay Mode or Optical
Relay Mode. When optical-layer and electrical-layer ASON are enabled, it does not matter whether the
Board Mode parameter is set to Optical Relay Mode or Electrical Relay mode. The parameter must be
set to Optical Relay Mode for the line board in a non-ASON system; otherwise, end-to-end management
of ASON services is not available.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
1xOTU4
ODU0 ODU0
TOM ODU1 ODU1 TOM
TEM ODUflex M M ODUflex TEM

28 U U
28
X X IN
ODU2/ OUT /
/ ODU2/
NS4 IN OUT NS4
ODU2e D D
ODU2e
ND2 M M ND2
ODU2/ U U ODU2/
ODU2e X X ODU2e
ODU2/ ODU2/
TDX TDX
ODU2e ODU2e
ODU3 ODU3
TSXL TSXL
NOTE
The IN/OUT port can transmit a mixture of ODU0, ODU1, ODU2/ODU2e, ODUflex, and ODU3 signals, the
total bandwidth cannot exceed 100 Gbit/s.

The NS4 board achieves cross-connection at the electrical layer, and to provide OTN interfaces
and ESC.
Table 14-94 Functions and features of the NS4 board (Line Mode)
feature
Basic function NS4 converts signals as follows:

80xODU0/80xODUflex/40xODU1/10xODU2/10xODU2e/
2xODU3/1xODU4<->1xOTU4
Supports mixed transmission of ODU0, ODU1, ODUflex, ODU2, ODU2e,
and ODU3 signals.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

feature
Cross-connect Supports the cross-connection of 80 channels of ODU0/ODUflex signals

capabilities or 40 channels of ODU1 signals or ten channels of ODU2/ODU2e signals
or two channels of ODU3 signals or one channel of ODU4 signals between
the NS4 and the cross-connect board.
OTN function l Supports the OTU4 interface on the WDM side.

to the ITU-T G.709.
l ODUflex layer: supports the PM function, and PM non-intrusive
monitoring function.

specification

function
ESC function Supports the ESC function, which enables the transmission of a supervisory
signal inside a service signal.
PRBS function Supports the PRBS function on the WDM side.

NOTE
monitoring
Regeneration TN54NS4, TN11LTX

board

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

feature
ASON
Electrical-layer Supported
ASON

NOTE
When the cross-connect granularity is ODUflex, the board does not support tributary
SNCP protection.
Loopback WDM side ODU0 ODU1 ODU2 ODU3 ODUfle

Loopback Channel Channel Channel Channel x
Loopbac Loopbac Loopba Loopbac Channel
k k ck k Loopba
ck
Supported Supporte Support Support Support Support

d ed ed ed ed

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

feature

transmission IEEE 802.3ae
(non- IEEE 802.3ba
monitoring)
ITU-T G.782
ITU-T G.783
NCITS FIBRE CHANNEL PHYSICAL
INTERFACES (FC-PI)
NCITS FIBRE CHANNEL LINK SERVICES (FC-
LS)
BB-3)
SW-3)
(FC-SB-2)
ETSI TR 101 891 Professional Interfaces: Guidelines
for the implementation and usage of the DVB
SMPTE 297-2006 Serial Digital Fiber Transmission
System for SMPTE 259M, SMPTE 344M, SMPTE 292
and SMPTE 424M Signals
Control (MAC)
Protocol (PHY)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

feature

Dependent (PDM)

service
ITU-T G.798
ITU-T G.874
ITU-T M.3100
ITU-T G.874.1
ITU-T G.875
ITU-T G.808.1
ITU-T G.841
ITU-T G.8201
ITU-T G.873.1
ITU-T G.694.1
Table 14-95 Functions and features of the NS4 board (Relay Mode)
and feature

g rate

the ITU-T G.709.

specification

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
and feature

function
PRBS Not supported

function
FEC Supports HFEC and SDFEC.

encoding NOTE
monitoring
ALS Not supported

function
ASON

layer ASON

scheme


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
and feature

monitoring)
ITU-T G.709
ITU-T G.872
ITU-T G.7710
ITU-T G.798
ITU-T G.874
ITU-T M.3100
ITU-T G.874.1
ITU-T G.875
ITU-T G.808.1
ITU-T G.841
ITU-T G.8201
ITU-T G.694.1

The NS4 board consists of the WDM-side optical module, OTN processing module, control and
communication module, and power supply module.


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-106 Functional modules and signal flow of the NS4 board (Line Mode)
80xODU0/80xODUflex/40xODU1/
10xODU2/10xODU2e/2xODU3/1xODU4
Backplane (service corss-connection)
WDM side
E/O OUT
OTNOTN
Cross-connect
processing
processing
module O/E IN
module
module
WDM-side
Signal processing Optical
module module
Control

Power supply
module
Fuse Required
voltage

transmit direction is defined as the direction from the backplane of the NS4 to the WDM side
of the NS4, and the receive direction is defined as the reverse direction.
The OTN processing module receives 80 channels of ODU0/ODUflex or 40 channels of
ODU1 or ten channels of ODU2/ODU2e or two channels of ODU3 or one channel of ODU4
electrical signals sent from the cross-connection board through the backplane. The module
performs operations such as OTN framing and encoding of FEC. Then, the module outputs
conversion, the module sends out the OTU4 optical signals at DWDM standard
l Receive direction
standard wavelengths that comply with ITU-T G.694.1 through the IN optical interface.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
module performs operations such as OTU4 framing and decoding of FEC. Then, the module
sends out 80 channels of ODU0/ODUflex or 40 channels of ODU1 or ten channels of
ODU2/ODU2e or two channels of ODU3 or one channel of ODU4 electrical signals to the
backplane for service cross-connection.

Figure 14-107 Functional modules and signal flow of the NS4 board (Relay Mode)
WDM side WDM side
IN O/E E/O OUT

OTN processing module
WDM-side WDM-side
Optical Optical
module module
Control

Power supply
module
Fuse Required
voltage

The NS4 board implements the regeneration of one channel of optical signals. The wavelengths
at the receive and transmit ends of the board are the ITU-T G.694.1-compliant DWDM
wavelengths that carry OTU4 optical signals.
The optical receiving module receives the optical signals to be regenerated through the IN optical
conversion, the module sends out the OTU4 signals at DWDM standard wavelengths that comply
with ITU-T G.694.1.
The optical signals are output through the OUT optical interface.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Module Function
Grooms electrical signals between the NS4 and the cross-connect board through the
backplane.
14.7.5 Front Panel


Figure 14-108 shows the front panel of the NS4 board.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-108 Front panel of the NS4 board
NOTE
Indicators


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Interfaces

multiplexer board.

multiplexer board.
Laser Hazard Level

14.7.6 Valid Slots

Two slots house one NS4 board.
Table 14-97 shows the valid slots for the NS4 board.
Table 14-97 Valid slots for the NS4 board
Product Valid Slots


subrack

subrack
NOTE
The online signal bus on the NS4 board is mounted to the backplane along the right slot in the subrack. Therefore,
the slot number of the NS4 board displayed on the NM is the number of the right one of the two slots. For
example, if slots IU1 and IU2 house the NS4 board, the slot number of the NS4 board displayed on the NM is
IU2.
When the NS4 boards serve as regeneration boards, follow the principles below to install them
l OptiX OSN 8800 T64 subrack: The NS4 boards for transmitting and receiving the same

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
IU64, or IU66 and IU68.
wavelength must be installed in IU2 and IU4, IU6 and IU8, IU12 and IU14, or IU16 and
IU18.


Interface on the Panel Interface on the NMS
IN/OUT 1
NOTE
Logical Ports
board. They also can be used as sources or sinks of cross-connections. For example, IN1/OUT1-
OCh:1-ODU4:1 is a logical port of the board.
Figure 14-109 shows the logical Ports of the NS4 board. Table 14-99 describes the meaning of
each port.
NOTE
ODUk cross-connections through the backplane are supported only when the 54NS4 board is selected on the
NMS.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-109 Port diagram of the NS4 board

Backplane
IN/OUT-OCh:1
1xODU4 ODU4 OCh:1
IN/OUT-OCh:1-ODU4:1-ODU3:(1-2)
ODU3:1 ODU4:1 OCh:1

2xODU3
ODU3:2
ODU2:1
10xODU2/ ODU4:1 OCh:1

10xODU2e
ODU2:10
1(IN/OUT)
ODU1:1
ODU4:1 OCh:1
40xODU1
ODU1:40
ODU0:1
ODU4:1 OCh:1
80xODU0
ODU0:80
IN/OUT-OCh:1-ODU4:1-ODUflex:(1-80)
ODUflex:1
ODU4:1 OCh:1
80xODUflex
ODUflex:80
ODU4 mapping path ODUflex mapping path

ODU2 mapping path
Table 14-99 Descriptions of the ports on the NS4 board
IN1/OUT1 WDM-side optical ports

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
IN1/OUT1-OCh:1 Mapping path for ODU4 signals





IN1/OUT1-OCh:1-ODU4:1-ODUflex:(1 to 80) Mapping path for ODUflex signals


side.
NOTE
compatible mode on the WDM side. For information about the standard and compatible modes, see 12.2.3
Standard Mode and Compatible Mode.
mode, and "IN1/OUT1-OCH:1-ODU4:1-ODU0:(1-80)" is the signal mapping path of the board in standard
mode.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-110 Cross-connection diagram of the NS4 board (ODU0 level)

Client side
mode) 6(RX4/TX4)-1
WDM side
NS4
WDM side
Line board c
(standard mode)
Line board d
(standard mode)
2 4(IN4/OUT4)-OCh:1-ODU2:1-ODU0:8
1(IN1/OUT1)-OCh:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:2-ODU0:1 Line board e
(standard mode)
Line board f
The client side of other boards are cross-connected

to the WDM side of the NS4
The WDM side of other boards are cross-connected

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Line board f TN52ND2 / TN53ND2 / TN53NQ2 / TN52NQ2 / TN54NQ2 / TN53NS2 /

TN52NS2 / TN52NS3 / TN54NS3 / TN54NPO2 / TN55NPO2 / TN54ENQ2

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Client side
mode) 6(RX4/TX4)-1
WDM side
NS4
WDM side
1(IN1/OUT1)-OCh:1-ODU4:1-ODU1:2 Line board c
(standard
mode)
1(IN1/OUT1)-OCh:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:2 Line board d
(standard
51(ODU1LP1/ODU1LP1)-2 Line board e
(compatible


Line board e TN52ND2 / TN53ND2 / TN53NQ2 / TN52NQ2 / TN54NQ2 / TN53NS2 /

TN52NS2 / TN52NS3 / TN54NS3 / TN54NPO2 / TN55NPO2 / TN54ENQ2

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Client side
mode) 6(RX4/TX4)-1
WDM side
NS4
WDM side
Line board c
(standard mode)
1(IN1/OUT1)-OCH:1
2(IN2/OUT2)-OCH:1 Line board d
4(IN4/OUT4)-OCH:1
72(ODU2LP2/ODU2LP2)-1 Line board e

Tributary board a TN52TDX / TN54TEM28 / TN53TDX / TN55TQX / TN52TQX / TN53TQX / TN54TTX

Line board e TN52ND2 / TN53ND2 / TN53NQ2 / TN52NQ2 / TN54NQ2 / TN53NS2 / TN52NS2 /


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Client side
Tributary board a 1
(compatible mode)
Tributary board b 3(RX1/TX1)-1
(standard mode)
WDM side
NS4 1(IN1/OUT1)-OCh:1-ODU4:1-ODU3:2
WDM side
1(IN1/OUT1)-OCh:1-ODU4:1-ODU3:1 Line board c

2
Line board d


Line board d TN54NS3

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Client side
1
3(RX1/TX1)-1 Tributary board
WDM side
1(IN1/OUT1)-OCh:1
NS4
WDM side
2
1(IN1/OUT1)-OCh:1 Line board
Tributary board TN54TSC

Line board TN54NS4

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-115 Cross-connection diagram of the NS4 board (ODUflex level)

Client side
(compatible mode)
3(TX1/RX1)-1
6(TX4/RX4)-1
WDM side
1(IN1/OUT1)-OCh:1-ODU4:1-ODUflex:1
NS4
2
Line board a
Line board a TN52ND2T04 / TN53ND2 / TN53NQ2 / TN52NS2T04 / TN52NS2T05 / TN52NS2T06 /


For parameters of the NS4, refer to Table 14-100.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Channel interface.
channel of a board.
Default: Non-
Loopback

Outloop
Default: Non-
Loopback


FEC Mode HFEC, SDFEC Queries the FEC mode of the current
optical interface.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Receive Wavelength 1/1529.16/196.050 to Set Receive Wavelength of a board. The

Default: / follows:
board is the same as the transmit
wavelength of the local board, use the
default value, which indicates
keeping the receive wavelength the
the local board automatically.
the peer board; otherwise, services
are affected.
NOTE
set to the default value.
Receive Band Type C Sets Receive Band Type of a board.

Default: C

Wavelength (nm)/
Frequency (THz)

Planned Wavelength 1/1529.16/196.050 to The Planned Wavelength No./

(nm)/Frequency Default: / parameter sets the wavelength number,
(THz) wavelength and frequency of the current
optical interface on the WDM side of a
board.
information.
Planned Band Type C The Planned Band Type parameter sets

wavelength.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
OTN Overhead l Disabled, GCC1 Determines whether to process GCC1

Transparent +GCC2 Enabled, and GCC2 in OTN overheads.
Transmission Only GCC1 When the parameter is set to Enabled for
Enabled, Only a byte, the system will not process the
GCC2 Enabled byte in OTN overheads. For example,
l Default: Disabled when the parameter is set to Only GCC1
Enabled, the system will not process the
GCC1 byte in OTN overheads.
If the processing is required, set this
parameter to Disabled.
Line Rate Standard Mode, l This parameter needs to be set to

Speedup Mode Standard Mode when ODU2
Default: Standard signals are cross-connected.
Mode l This parameter needs to be set to
Speedup Mode when ODU2e

NOTE
NS4 board receives 3GSDI services from
set it to 100.

Default: Electrical
Relay Mode

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Module

4 Wavelength-ePDM-QPSK(HFEC, RZ)-
PIN
Wavelength-ePDM-QPSK(SDFEC,
RZ)-PIN
NOTE
point.

Tunable Wavelength-
ePDM-QPSK(HFEC,
RZ)-PIN

power

power

width

suppression ratio

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Tunable Wavelength-
ePDM-QPSK(HFEC,
RZ)-PIN

to-back)
Receiver type - PIN
RZ)

Tunable Wavelength-
ePDM-QPSK(SDFEC,
RZ)-PIN

power

power

width

suppression ratio

to-back)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Tunable Wavelength-
ePDM-QPSK(SDFEC,
RZ)-PIN
Receiver type - PIN
(8.7 in.)
Power Consumption
Board WDM-Side Module Typical Power Maximum Power
25°C (77°F) (W) 55°C (131°F) (W)
TN54NS4 (line 40000 ps/nm-C Band- 168 182

application) Tunable Wavelength-
ePDM-QPSK(HFEC,
RZ)-PIN
55000 ps/nm-C Band- 180 200

Tunable Wavelength-
ePDM-QPSK(SDFEC,
RZ)-PIN
TN54NS4 40000 ps/nm-C Band- 155 167

(regeneration Tunable Wavelength-
application) ePDM-QPSK(HFEC,
RZ)-PIN
55000 ps/nm-C Band- 167 185

Tunable Wavelength-
ePDM-QPSK(SDFEC,
RZ)-PIN

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
14.8 TBE
TBE: 10 Gigabit Ethernet tributary board

The available functional version of the TBE board is TN11.

Huawei office.
Boa 8800 T64 8800 T32 8800 T16 8800 6800 3800
Subrack
TN1 N N N N Y Y
1TB
E
Variants
The TN11TBE board has only one variant: TN11TBE01.
14.8.2 Application
As a type of tributary board, the TBE board converges eight channels of GE services and a
maximum of 16 channels of cross-connect GE services into one channel of 10GE services and
deconverges one channel of 10GE services into multiple GE services, converges multiple flat-
rate GE services into one full-rate GE service, and implements transparent transmission of GE-
GE services.
Application Scenario 1: Converging/Deconverging 8xGE Services and a Maximum

of 16 Cross-Connect GE Services to/from One 10GE Service
For the position of the TBE board in the WDM system, see Figure 14-116.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-116 Position of the TBE board in the WDM system

TBE TBE
1 1
Local Local
Client Client
Side: GE Side: GE
8 8
10GE 10GE
M M
4 L4G U U L4G 4
X X
/ /
GE 4 D D 4 GE
M M
4 L4G U U L4G 4
X X
L2 L2
Application Scenario 2: Transparent Transmission of GE-GE Services

For the position of the TBE board in the WDM system, see Figure 14-117.
Figure 14-117 Position of the TBE board in the WDM system
TBE TBE
1 M M 1
4 L4G U U L4G 4
X X
/ /
GE 4 D D 4 GE
M M
8 4 L4G U U L4G 4
8
X X
L2 L2

The TBE board is mainly used to achieve cross-connection at the electrical layer and ALS.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 14-103 Functions and features of the TBE board

Feature
Basic function l Converges eight channels of GE services and a maximum of 16

channels of cross-connect GE services into one channel of 10GE
services and deconverges one channel of 10GE services into multiple
GE services.
l Converges multiple flat-rate GE services into one full-rate GE
service.
l Implements transparent transmission of GE-GE services.
The reverse process is similar.

NOTE
The TBE board supports both FE/GE electrical signal and FE/GE optical signal.
Cross-connect OptiX OSN 6800:

capabilities l Supports backplane cross-connections of 16 GE services from/to the
active/standby cross-connect board when the TBE board is installed
in slot IU1/IU4/IU11/IU14.
l Supports backplane cross-connections of 8 GE services from/to the
active/standby cross-connect board when the TBE board is installed
in any of slots IU2/IU3, IU5-IU8, IU12/IU13, and IU15/IU16. Each
of the VCTRUNK1-VCTRUNK8 and VCTRUNK9-VCTRUNK16
ports on the board supports a maximum of 4 GE services.
OptiX OSN 3800:
l Supports backplane cross-connections of 16 GE services from/to
another service board when the TBE board and the other service board
are installed in non-paired slots.
l Supports backplane cross-connections of 8 GE services from/to
another service board when the TBE board and the other service board
are installed in paired slots. Each of the VCTRUNK1-VCTRUNK8
and VCTRUNK9-VCTRUNK16 ports on the board supports a
maximum of 4 GE services.
Alarms and l Supports the remote monitoring (RMON) of Ethernet services.

performance l Supports the monitoring of the alarms and performance events of the
events monitoring FE, GE, 10GE WAN and 10GE LAN.
QinQ supported
QoS (Quality of Supports CAR (Committed Access Rate) and CoS (Class of Service).
Service)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Feature
ETH OAM Supports IEEE802.1ag and IEEE802.3ah-compliant ETH OAM

protocol.
LAG (Link l Supports the aggregation group protocol to aggregate services from
Aggregation IP port to Trunk port.
Group) l Supports manual and static link aggregation.
l Supports payload equalization and non-payload equalization
VLAN broadcast Supports VLAN-based service group broadcast.
CVLAN group Supports a group of CVLAN to be used as one VLAN.

port
Layer 2 switching Supports the MAC address learning and aging.

Supports one VB.
Flow control Supports IEEE802.3X-compliant Ethernet flow control protocol and

flow control termination.
EPL (Ethernet Provides point-to-point EPL dedicated line.

Private Line)
EVPL (Ethernet Provides point-to-multipoint EVPL dedicated line and supports VLAN-
Virtual Private based switching.
Line)
Port working 10GE optical interface: 10GE LAN, 10GE WAN

mode GE optical interface: 1000MFULL, auto-negotiation
GE electric interface: auto-negotiation
FE optical interface: 100MFULL
FE electric interface: 10MHALF, 10MFULL, 100MHALF, 100MFULL,
auto-negotiation
Protection Supports VLAN SNCP.

schemes Supports DBPS protection.
Supports LAG protection.
Supports DLAG protection.
Supports ERPS protection.

function

NOTE
The LPT function cannot be configured for EVPL services but only for
bidirectional EPL services. When the LPT function is enabled, Source C-
VLAN and Sink C-VLAN of an EPL service must be left empty.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Feature

ASON

interface
Outloop Supported
Outloop Supported

interface
Outloop Not
supported
Outloop Not
supported
GE electric MAC Inloop Supported

interface
Outloop Not
supported
Outloop Supported
FE optical MAC Inloop Supported

interface
Outloop Not
supported
Outloop Not
supported
FE electric MAC Inloop Supported

interface
Outloop Not
supported
Outloop Supported
Protocols or Protocols or standards for IEEE 802.1q VLAN

standards transparent transmission (non- All L2 protocols including xSTP,
compliance performance monitoring) LACP, EthOAM, DHCP, PPP, etc.
MPLS protocols
All L3 protocols including ARP,
IGMP, OSPF, IGRP etc.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Feature
Protocols or standards for service IEEE 802.3x pause frame

processing (performance IEEE 802.3ad LACP
monitoring)
IEEE 802.1p priority
IEEE 802.1q VLAN
IEEE 802.1ag OAM
IEEE 802.3ah OAM
IEEE IGMP
STP, RSTP, MSTP
R-APS

The TBE board consists of the client-side GE optical module, client-side 10GE optical module,
L2 switching module, cross-connect module, control and communication module, and power
supply module.

Figure 14-118 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the TBE board.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-118 Functional modules and signal flow of the TBE board
Backplane(service cross-connection) GE 16
Client side
RX1 O/E
RX2
8 16
RX8
TX1
E/O
TX2
Client-side 8 L2
TX8 GE optical Cross-connect
switching
module module
module
RX O/E
16
TX E/O
Client-side
10GE optical
module
Control

Power supply
module
Fuse Required
voltage
Backplane
NOTE
electrical signals.
Suggest change RX1/TX1, RX2/TX2 optical interfaces to electrical interfaces only.
Convergence of Multiple GE Services into 10GE Services

l Positive process:
– The client-side GE optical module receives eight channels of GE optical signals from
client equipment through the RX1-RX8 interfaces, and performs O/E conversion.
– After O/E conversion, the eight channels of GE electrical signals are sent to the L2
switching module. The eight channels of GE electrical signals are converged with a
maximum of sixteen channels of GE electrical signals groomed from the cross-connect
module into one channel of 10GE electrical signals.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
– The 10GE electrical signals are sent to the client-side 10GE optical module. After
performing the E/O conversion, the module sends out 10GE optical signals through the
TX optical interface.
l Negative process:
– The client-side 10GE optical module receives 10GE optical signals from client
– After O/E conversion, 10GE electrical signals are sent to the L2 switching module. This
module deconverges the one channel of 10GE electrical signals into multiple channels
of GE electrical signals.
– A maximum of eight channels of GE electrical signals are sent to the client-side GE
optical module. After performing the E/O conversion, the module sends out GE optical
signals through the TX1-TX8 optical interfaces.
– A maximum of 16 channels of GE electrical signals are sent to other boards by the cross-
connect module through the backplane.
Convergence or Transparent Transmission of GE-to-GE Services
l Positive process:
– The client-side GE optical module receives eight channels of GE optical signals from
client equipment through the RX1-RX8 interfaces, and performs O/E conversion.
– After O/E conversion, the eight channels of GE electrical signals are sent to the L2
switching module. Based on the service requirement, the L2 switching module either
transparently transmits the received GE signals or converges the received multiple
channels of flat-rate GE signals into one channel of GE signals.
– The GE signals are sent to other boards by the cross-connect module through the
backplane.
l Negative process:
– The cross-connect module receives the GE electrical signals groomed from other boards
– GE electrical signals are sent to the L2 switching module. The L2 switching module
either transparently transmits the received GE signals or deconverges the received GE
signals into multiple channels of flat-rate GE signals.
– The client-side GE optical module performs the E/O conversion of GE electrical signals,
and then outputs the optical signals through the TX optical interface.
Module Function
– Client-side receiver: Performs O/E conversion of GE/10GE optical signals.
– Client-side transmitter: Performs the E/O conversion from the internal electrical signals
to GE/10GE optical signals.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
l Cross-connect module
– Implements cross-connecting 16 GE signals to the other boards through the backplane.
– The grooming service signals are GE signals.
– OptiX OSN 6800: Supports cross-connecting 16 channels of GE signals to the central
working/protection cross-connect board.
– OptiX OSN 3800: Supports the grooming of 16 channels of GE signals from one board
of the mesh group (consisting of four boards) to the other three boards belonging to the
mesh group.
14.8.5 Front Panel

There are indicators and interfaces on the front panel of the TBE board.

Figure 14-119 shows the front panel of the TBE board.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-119 Front panel of the TBE board
TBE
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
TX1
RX1
TX2
RX2
TX3
RX3
TX4
RX4
TX5
RX5
TX6
RX6
TX7
RX7
TX8
RX8
TX
RX
TBE
Indicators

Interfaces

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 14-104 Types and functions of the interfaces on the TBE board
TX1-TX8 LC Transmits the optical service signal to the client-side

Transmits the electrical service signal to the client-side
equipment when the electrical module is used.
TX LC Transmits the 10 GE service signal to the client-side

equipment.
RX1-RX8 LC Receives the optical service signal from the client-side

Receives the electrical service signal from the client-
side equipment when the electrical module is used.
RX LC Receives the 10 GE service signal from the client-side

equipment.
NOTE
It is recommended to change RX1/TX1 and RX2/TX2 optical interfaces to electrical interfaces only.
Laser Hazard Level

14.8.6 Valid Slots

One slot houses one TBE board.
Table 14-105 shows the valid slots for the TBE board.
Table 14-105 Valid slots for the TBE board

Product Valid Slots



OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 14-106 Mapping between the physical ports on the TBE board and the port numbers
TX/RX 3
TX1/RX1 4
TX2/RX2 5
TX3/RX3 6
TX4/RX4 7
TX5/RX5 8
TX6/RX6 9
TX7/RX7 10
TX8/RX8 11
NOTE
Logical Ports
Figure 14-120 describes the application model of the TBE board. Table 14-107 describes the
Figure 14-120 Port diagram of the TBE board

Backplane 8 x GE 8 x GE
101(AP1/AP1)-1
VCTRUNK1
PORT3
PORT4 108(AP8/AP8)-1
VCTRUNK8

Client side model model
Cross-connection that must be configured on the NMS to receive ODUk signals from other
boards

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
NOTE
l When the TBE board is installed in any of slots IU2/IU3, IU5-IU8, IU12/IU13, and IU15/IU16 in an OptiX
OSN 6800 subrack, it supports backplane cross-connections of up to 8 GE services from/to the active/standby
cross-connect board. Each of the VCTRUNK1-VCTRUNK8 and VCTRUNK9-VCTRUNK16 ports on the
board supports a maximum of 4 GE services.
l When the TBE and another service board are installed in paired slots in an OptiX OSN 3800 subrack, it
supports backplane cross-connections of 8 GE services from/to the other three boards. Each of the
VCTRUNK1-VCTRUNK8 and VCTRUNK9-VCTRUNK16 ports on the board supports a maximum of 4
GE services.
Table 14-107 Description of NM port of the TBE board

PORT3 The port corresponds to the client side optical interface RX/
TX.
PORT4-PORT11 These ports correspond to the client-side optical interfaces

RX1/TX1-RX8/TX8.
VCTRUNK1- Internal virtual ports.

VCTRUNK16

If the TBE board is used to transmit services, the following items must be created on the
U2000:
the PORT and VCTRUNK ports. The deconvergence of the 10GE services that are accessed
from the client-side PORT3 port is implemented through the L2 switching module.
one port connections, which do not need to be set on the U2000.
connection between the AP port of the TBE board and the AP port of other boards, as shown
by in Figure 14-121. (The GE services accessed from the client side of the TBE board
are cross-connected to the client side of other boards for protection and the inter-board
service deconvergence.)
connection between the AP port of the TBE board and the LP port of other boards, as shown
by in Figure 14-121. (The GE services accessed from the client side of the TBE board
are cross-connected to the WDM side of other boards for protection and inter-board service
convergence.)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-121 Cross-connection diagram of the TBE board

Other board
101(AP1/AP1)-1 201(LP/LP)-1
102(AP2/AP2)-1 201(LP/LP)-2
103(AP3/AP3)-1 201(LP/LP)-3
104(AP4/AP4)-1 201(LP/LP)-4
Client side
101(AP1/AP1)-1
102(AP2/AP2)-1 1
103(AP3/AP3)-1 TBE
2
116(AP16/AP16)-1
The client side of the TBE board are cross-connected to the 1

client side of other boards
The client side of the TBE board are cross-connected to the 2
WDM side of other boards

TN11TQM / TN12TQM

For parameters of the TBE, refer to Table 14-108.
Table 14-108 TBE parameters


Channel interface.
Optical Interface - Set and query the optical interface name.

are supported.
Default: Off status of a board.


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

14.8.10 TBE Specifications

Board Client-Side Fixed Optical Client-Side Pluggable Optical

Module Module
TN11TB N/A 100 BASE-FX-10 km

E 100 BASE-FX-80 km
2.125 Gbit/s Multirate-0.5 km
1000 BASE-LX-10 km
1000 BASE-LX-40 km
1000 BASE-ZX-80 km
1.25 Gbit/s Multirate (eSFP CWDM)-40
km
km
10 Gbit/s Single Rate-0.3 km
NOTE
point.
Table 14-109 Client-side pluggable optical module specifications (FE services)

Optical Module 100 BASE-FX-10 km 100 BASE-FX-80 km

Type

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Optical Module 100 BASE-FX-10 km 100 BASE-FX-80 km

Type

distance

launched power
Minimum mean dBm -11.5 -2

launched power
ratio
Center frequency nm 1310 1550
Eye pattern mask - IEEE802.3z- IEEE802.3z-

compliant compliant

(EOL)

overload


Type 5 km

format
Target - 0.5 km (0.3 10 km (6.2 40 km (24.9 80 km (49.7

distance

wavelength
range

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Type 5 km

mean
launched
power

mean
launched
power
Minimum dB 9 9 9 9
extinction
ratio

mask

type

wavelength
range
Receiver dBm -17 -20 -20 -23

sensitivity
receiver
overload
NOTE
Std 802.3.

wavelengths)

km km

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

km km

distance

range

launched power

power

deviation

spectral width

suppression ratio

G.959.1-compliant

range

overload

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


format

source type

n distance

wavelength
range

mean
launched
power
Minimum dBm -6 -4.7 0 -7.3

mean
launched
power
extinction
ratio

-20 dB
spectral
width
side mode
suppression
ratio

mask

type

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


wavelength
range
Receiver dBm -11 -14 -24 -7.5

sensitivity
(multirate)
Receiver dBm -14.4 -15.8 -24 -7.5

sensitivity
(10GE
LAN)

receiver
overload
(10GE
LAN)
receiver
overload
(STM-64)
Maximum dB -27 -27 -27 -12

reflectance
(8.7 in.)
Power Consumption
F) (W) (131°F) (W)
TN11TBE 40.7 44.8
14.9 TDG
TDG: 2 x GE tributary service processing board

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Only one functional version of the TDG board is available, that is, TN11.

Huawei office.
Boa 8800 T64 8800 T32 8800 T16 8800 6800 3800
Subrack
TN1 N N N N Y Y
1TD
G
Variants
The TN11TDG board has only one variant: TN11TDG01.
14.9.2 Application
As a type of tributary board, the TDG board implements conversion between two channels of
GE optical signals and two channels of GE electrical signals or one channel of ODU1 electrical
signals through cross-connection.
For the position of the TDG board in the WDM system, see Figure 14-122.
Figure 14-122 Position of the TDG board in the WDM system

1xODU1 1xODU1
TDG TDG
M M
U U
X X
N N
1xODU1
GE /
1xODU1
/ GE
S D S
D
2 M 2
M
U U
X X
GE/ODU1 GE/ODU1
OptiX OSN 3800: From/To slot of the mesh group

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

The TDG board is mainly used to achieve cross-connection at the electrical layer.
Table 14-113 Functions and features of the TDG board
and Feature
Basic Converts between two channels of GE optical signals and two channels of GE
function electrical signals or one channel of ODU1 electrical signals through the cross-
connect board or with the board in the paired slot.

service type
Cross- l OptiX OSN 6800: Supports the cross-connection of an ODU1 signal and
connect two GE signals between the TDG and the cross-connect board or the board
capabilities in the paired slot through the backplane.
l OptiX OSN 3800: Supports the grooming of one ODU1 signal and two
GE signals from one board of the mesh group (consisting of four boards)
monitoring

function

function

layer ASON

scheme l Supports ODUk SNCP.
Loopback WDM side -
Outloop Supported

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
and Feature

transmission
(non-
performance
monitoring)

service
ITU-T G.798
ITU-T G.874
ITU-T M.3100
ITU-T G.874.1
ITU-T G.875
ITU-T G.808.1
ITU-T G.841
ITU-T G.8201
ITU-T G.873.1
ITU-T G.694.1

The TDG board consists of the client-side optical module, signal processing module, control
and communication module, and power supply module.

Figure 14-123 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the TDG board.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-123 Functional modules and signal flow of the TDG board
Backplane (service corss-connection) 2 X GE/ 1 X ODU1
Client side
RX1 O/E
RX2
GE
Encapsulation OTN Cross-
and mapping processing connect
TX1 E/O module module module
TX2
Client-side
optical
module
Control

Power supply
module
Fuse Required
voltage
Backplane
DC power supply
(controlled by SCC)
The client side of the TDG board accesses GE optical signals.
In the signal flow of the TDG board, the transmit and the receive directions are defined. The
transmit direction is defined as the direction from the client side of the TDG to the backplane,
and mapping processing, and OTN framing. Then, the module sends out two channels of
GE signals or one channel of ODU1 signals to the backplane.
l Receive direction
The signal processing module receives the electrical signals sent from the backplane. Then,
– If the signals are GE signals, they are sent to the client-side optical module.
– If the signals are ODU1 signals, the module performs operations such as ODU1 framing,
demapping and decapsulation processing. Then, the module sends out two channels of
GE signals to the client-side optical module.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
The client-side optical module performs the E/O conversion of GE electrical signals, and
then outputs two channels of client-side optical signals through the TX1-TX2 optical
interfaces.
Module Function
– Client-side transmitter: Performs the E/O conversion from two channels of the internal
– Implements the grooming of electrical signals between the TDG and the board in
the paired slot or the cross-connect board through the backplane. The grooming
service signals are GE and ODU1 signals.
– Grooms the electrical signals from one board of the mesh group (consisting of four
boards) to the other three boards belonging to the mesh group through the backplane.
The grooming service signals are GE and ODU1 signals.
Encapsulates multiple channels of GE signals and maps the signals into the ODU1
performance.
Frames ODU1 signals and processes overheads in ODU1 signals.
14.9.5 Front Panel

There are indicators and interfaces on the front panel of the TDG board.

Figure 14-124 shows the front panel of the TDG board.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-124 Front panel of the TDG board
TDG
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
TX1
RX1
TX2
RX2
TDG
Indicators

Interfaces

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 14-114 Types and functions of the interfaces on the TDG board
Laser Hazard Level

14.9.6 Valid Slots

One slot houses one TDG board.
Table 14-115 shows the valid slots for the TDG board.
Table 14-115 Valid slots for the TDG board
Product Valid Slots
OptiX OSN 6800 subrack IU1-IU8 and IU11-IU16.


Table 14-116 Mapping between the physical ports on the TDG board and the port numbers
TX1/RX1 3
TX2/RX2 4
NOTE

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Logical Ports
Figure 14-125 describes the application model of the TDG board. Table 14-117 describes the
Figure 14-125 Port diagram of the TDG board

Other line/ Other line/
OTU board PID board
Backplane
Client Side
2 x GE ODU1
201
3 (LP/LP)-1
(RX1/TX1)-1 201
(LP/LP)-1
201
4 (LP/LP)-2
(RX2/TX2)-1
Cross- Cross-connection that must be configured on the

connect NMS to receive ODUk signals from other boards
module
Multiplexin
g module
Table 14-117 Description of NM port of the TDG board
LP Internal logical port. The optical paths are numbered 1and

2.

If the TDG board is used to transmit services, the following items must be created on the
U2000:

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
connection between the RX/TX and LP ports to implement the cross-connect grooming of
GE services. The following three cross-connections can be created.
– Create the cross-connection between the internal RX/TX and LP ports of the TDG board
(Create the internal straight-through and cross-connection of the board), as shown
– Create the cross-connection between the RX/TX port of the TDG board and the LP port
of other boards (The GE services accessed from the client side of the TDG board are
cross-connected to the WDM side of other boards for protection and the inter-board
3
of the TDG board (The GE services accessed from the client side of other boards are
cross-connected to the client side of the TDG board for protection and the inter-board
4
NOTE
Figure 14-126 Cross-connection diagram of the TDG board

Other board
3(RX1/TX1)-1 201(LP/LP)-1
4(RX2/TX2)-1 201(LP/LP)-2
Client side
4
3(RX1/TX1)-1 201(LP/LP)-1
3 2
1
4(RX2/TX2)-1 201(LP/LP)-2
TDG
1
The straight-through of the TDGboard
The internal cross-connection of the TDG board 2
The client side of the TDG board are cross-connected to the WDM side of 3
other boards
TDG board

l During creation of the electrical cross-connect services on the U2000, create the ODU1
cross-connection between the LP port and ODU1LP port of other boards (or IN/OUT port

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
of the TN11NS2 board) to implement the cross-connect grooming of ODU1 services, as

shown in Figure 14-127.
Figure 14-127 Cross-connection diagram of the TDG board

WDM side
Other board a
(compatible
IN/OUT-OCH:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:1 Other board b

IN/OUT-OCH:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:2 (standard
IN/OUT-OCH:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:3 mode)
201(LP/LP)-1
TDG
201(LP/LP)-2
Client side
The client side of the TDG board are cross-connected to the WDM
side of other boards
Other board a TN11ND2 / TN12ND2 / TN52ND2 / TN53ND2 / TN53NQ2 / TN51NQ2 / TN52NQ2 /

TN12ELQX / TN12PTQX
Other board b TN52ND2T04 / TN53ND2 / TN55NO2 / TN52NS2T04 / TN52NS2T05 / TN52NS2T06 /


For parameters of TDG, refer to Table 14-118.
Table 14-118 TDG parameters


Channel interface.


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
channel of a board.
Default: Non-
Loopback

Default: Off laser status of a board.


Max. Packet Length 1518 to 9600 The Max. Packet Length parameter
Default: 9600 sets and queries the maximum packet
Ethernet services.
Ethernet Working Auto-Negotiation, The Ethernet Working Mode

Mode 1000M Full-Duplex parameter sets and queries the working
Default: Auto- mode of the Ethernet.
Negotiation See D.7 Ethernet Working Mode
information.

board resides.
information.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
14.9.10 TDG Specifications

Board Client-Side Fixed Optical Client-Side Pluggable Optical

Module Module
TN11TD N/A 2.125 Gbit/s Multirate-0.5 km

G 1000 BASE-LX-10 km
1000 BASE-LX-40 km
1000 BASE-ZX-80 km
km
km
NOTE
point.
Specifications of Optical Module at the Client Side


Type 5 km

format
Target - 0.5 km (0.3 10 km (6.2 40 km (24.9 80 km (49.7

distance

wavelength
range

mean
launched
power

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Type 5 km

mean
launched
power
Minimum dB 9 9 9 9
extinction
ratio

mask

type

wavelength
range
Receiver dBm -17 -20 -20 -23

sensitivity
receiver
overload

wavelengths)

km km

distance

range

launched power

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

km km

power

deviation

spectral width

suppression ratio

G.959.1-compliant

range

overload
(8.7 in.)
Power Consumption
F) (W) (131°F) (W)
TN11TDG 30 33

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
14.10 TDX
TDX: 2 x 10G tributary service processing board

The available functional versions of the TDX board are TN11, TN12, TN52, and TN53.

Huawei office.
Boa 8800 T64 8800 T32 8800 T16 8800 6800 3800
Subrack
TN1 N N N N Y Y
1TD
X
TN1 N N N N Y N
2TD
X
TN5 Y Y Y N Y N
2TD
X
TN5 Y Y Y N Y N
3TD
X
Variants
Each of the TN11TDX, TN12TDX, TN52TDX, and TN53TDX boards has only one variant
identified by the suffix 01 in the board name, for example, TN11TDX01.

Function:
Boar Cross- IEEE 1588v2 Physical Client-side Services

d Connet Clock
Granularity OTU2/ FC800/
OTU2e FC1200
TN11 ODU1 N N N N
TDX

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Boar Cross- IEEE 1588v2 Physical Client-side Services

d Connet Clock
Granularity OTU2/ FC800/
OTU2e FC1200
TN12 ODU2/ N N N N
TDX ODU2e
TN52 ODU2/ N N Y N
TDX ODU2e
TN53 ODU2/ Y Y Y Y
TDX ODU2e/
ODUflex
Specification:
l The specifications vary according to versions. For details, see 14.10.10 TDX
Specifications.
Table 14-121 Substitution rules of the TDX board

Board Board
TN11TDX None -
TN12TDX TN53TDX The TN53TDX can be created as TN12TDX on the NMS. The
upgrade. After substitution, the TN53TDX functions as the
TN12TDX.
TN52TDX TN53TDX The TN53TDX can be created as TN52TDX on the NMS. The
upgrade. After substitution, the TN53TDX functions as the
TN52TDX.
TN53TDX None -
14.10.2 Application
As a type of tributary board, the TDX board implements conversion between two channels of
10GE LAN/10GE WAN/STM-64/OC-192/OTU2/OTU2e/FC800/FC1200 optical signals and
eight channels of ODU1 virtual concatenation electrical signals or two ODU2/ODU2e/
ODUflex electrical signals using cross-connections.
For the position of the TDX board in the WDM system, see Figure 14-128 and Figure
14-129.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-128 Position of the TN11TDX board in the WDM system

8xODU1 8xODU1
TDX TDX
RX1 M
TX1
M
TX1 U U RX110GE LAN
10GE LAN X X
8×ODU1
8×ODU1
10GE WAN N / N 10GE WAN
/
STM-64 D D D STM-64
RX2 D TX2
OC-192 2 M 2 OC-192
M
TX2 U U RX2
X X
Figure 14-129 Position of the TN12TDX/TN52TDX/TN53TDX board in the WDM system

2xODU2/ODU2e/ 2xODU2/ODU2e/
ODUflex ODUflex
TDX TDX
10GE LAN RX1 M M TX1 10GE LAN
10GE WAN U U
RX1 10GE WAN
2xODU2/ODU2e/
2xODU2/ODU2e/
STM-64 TX1 X X STM-64
N N
ODUflex
ODUflex
OC-192 / / OC-192
OTU2 D D D OTU2
RX2 D TX2
OTU2e 2 M 2 OTU2e
M
FC800 TX2 U U RX2 FC800
FC1200 X X FC1200
Table 14-122 Client-side service mapping path supported by the board

Board Client-Side Service Backplane-Side Service
TN11TD 10GE LAN/10GE WAN/STM-64/ ODU1

X OC-192
TN12TD 10GE LAN/10GE WAN/STM-64/ ODU2/ODU2e

X OC-192

X OC-192/OTU2/OTU2e

Xa OC-192/OTU2/OTU2e/FC800/
FC1200
FC800 ODUflex
a: For FC800 services, the TN53TDX board supports two mapping paths: FC800->ODU2
and FC800->ODUflex. The mapping paths for the TN53TDX boards at the service adding
and dropping sites must be the same.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

The TDX board is mainly used to achieve cross-connections at the electrical layer.
For detailed functions and features, see Table 14-123.
Table 14-123 Functions and features of the TDX board

Feature
Basic function TDX converts signals as follows:

l TN11TDX: 2x10GE LAN/10GE WAN/STM-64/OC-192<-
>8xODU1 virtual concatenation electrical signals
l TN12TDX: 2x10GE LAN/10GE WAN/STM-64/OC-192<-
>2xODU2/ODU2e
l TN52TDX: 2x10GE LAN/10GE WAN/STM-64/OC-192/OTU2/
OTU2e<->2xODU2/ODU2e
l TN53TDX: 2x10GE LAN/10GE WAN/STM-64/OC-192/OTU2/
OTU2e/FC800/FC1200<->2xODU2/ODU2e, 2xFC800<-
>2xODUflex

service type 10GE LAN: Ethernet service at a rate of 10.31 Gbit/s
NOTE
Only the TN52TDX/TN53TDX supports OTU2 and OTU2e services.
Only the TN53TDX board supports FC800 and FC1200 services.
The processing of the 10GE WAN service and the STM-64 service is the same.
Therefore, For TN11TDX/TN12TDX/TN52TDX board, when the 10GE WAN
service is transmitted, you can configure it as the STM-64 service on the U2000.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Feature

capabilities l TN52TDX: Supports the cross-connection of two channels of ODU2/
ODU2e signals between the TDX board and the cross-connect board
using the backplane.
l TN53TDX: Supports the cross-connection of two channels of ODU2/
ODU2e/ODUflex signals between the TDX board and the cross-
connect board using the backplane.
OptiX OSN 6800:
l TN11TDX: Supports the cross-connection of eight channels of
ODU1 signals between the TDX board and the cross-connect board
or the board in the paired slot using the backplane.
l TN12TDX/TN52TDX/TN53TDX: Supports the cross-connection of
two channels of ODU2/ODU2e signals between the TDX board and
the cross-connect board using the backplane.
OptiX OSN 3800:
l TN11TDX: Supports the grooming of eight channels of ODU1
signals from one board of the mesh group (consisting of four boards)
OTN function l Supports the OTN frame format and overhead processing by referring
to the ITU-T G.709. The mapping process is compliant with ITU-T
G.709 and G.Sup43.
l Supports PM functions for ODU2.
ESC function Supported by the TN52TDX/TN53TDX when the client-side service

type is OTU2 or OTU2e.

function NOTE
The PRBS function on the client side is supported only when the client-side service
type is STM-64/OC-192, OTU2 or OTU2e.
type is 10GE LAN.
client side, only when the service type is OTU2/OTU2e.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Feature
events monitoring l Monitors B1 bytes to help locate faults.
l Monitors parameters such as the bias current, temperature, and
optical power of the laser.
LAN).
NOTE
TN11TDX only supports Poisson mode.
TN12TDX/TN52TDX/TN53TDX only supports Bursty mode.
Test frame Supports the test frame function when the client-side service type is
10GE LAN and the Port mapping is MAC Transparent Mapping
(10.7 G).
Latency The TN53TDX board supports latency measurement. The bidirectional

measurement latency at the ODUk layer between two tributary boards supporting the
latency measurement function can be measured, and the latency data is
displayed on the U2000.
NOTE
This function is not supported when the client-side service type is OTU2/OTU2e.
IEEE 1588v2 The TN53TDX board supports the TC, TC+OC, BC, and OC modes
when the client-side service type is 10GE LAN and the Port mapping
is MAC Transparent Mapping (10.7 G).
Physical clock TN53TDX:

l When the board receives 10GE LAN services and the port mapping
is Bit Transparent Mapping (11.1 G) on its client side, the board
can support synchronous Ethernet transparent transmission instead
of synchronous Ethernet processing.
l When the board receives 10GE LAN services and the port mapping
is MAC Transparent Mapping (10.7 G). on its client side, the board
can support synchronous Ethernet processing instead of synchronous
Ethernet transparent transmission.
TN52TDX:
When the board receives 10GE LAN services and the port mapping is
Bit Transparent Mapping (11.1 G) on its client side, the board can
support synchronous Ethernet transparent transmission instead of
synchronous Ethernet processing.
Electrical-layer Supported by the TN52TDX/TN53TDX.

ASON

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Feature

l Supports tributary SNCP protection (TN12TDX/TN52TDX/
TN53TDX).
NOTE
When the cross-connect granularity is ODUflex, the board does not support
tributary SNCP protection.
NOTE
When the board receives OTN services, SDH/SONET services, and 10GE WAN
services the board supports tributary SNCP protection.
Ethernet service l TN11TDX: doesn't support this parameter

mapping mode l TN12TDX/TN52TDX/TN53TDX: Bit Transparent Mapping
(11.1G), MAC transparent mapping (10.7G)
l TN53TDX: Bit Transparent Mapping(11.1G), MAC transparent
mapping (10.7G), MAC Transparent Mapping(10.7G) support 1588
Loopback WDM side -
Outloop Supported

(non- ITU-T G.783
performance GR-253-CORE Synchronous Optical Network
monitoring) (SONET) Transport Systems: Common Generic

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Feature

service
ITU-T G.798
ITU-T G.874
ITU-T M.3100
ITU-T G.874.1
ITU-T G.875
ITU-T G.808.1
ITU-T G.841
ITU-T G.8201
ITU-T G.873.1
ITU-T G.694.1

The TDX board consists of the client-side optical module, signal processing module, 1588v2

Figure 14-130 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the TDX board.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-130 Functional modules and signal flow of the TDX board
Backplane(service cross-connection) n X ODUk
Client side
SDH/SONET
RX1 encapsulation and
RX2
O/E
mapping module
OTN Cross-connect
10GE-LAN
processing 1588v2
encapsulation and module
TX1
module module
E/O mapping module
TX2
FC
encapsulation and
Client-side
optical mapping module
Control

Power supply
module
Fuse Required
voltage
Backplane
NOTE
Only the TN53TDX board supports FC encapsulation and mapping module.

Only the TN53TDX board supports the IEEE 1588v2 module.
In Figure 14-130, n x ODUk indicates the service cross-connections from the TDX board to the backplane. "n"
Table 14-124 shows the service cross-connections from the TDX board to the backplane.
Table 14-124 Service cross-connections from the TDX board to the backplane
TN11T A maximum of 8xODU1

DX
TN12T A maximum of 2xODU2/ODU2e

DX/
TN52T
DX
TN53T A maximum of 2xODU2/ODU2e/ODUflex

DX

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
In the signal flow of the TDX board, the transmit and the receive directions are defined. The
transmit direction is defined as the direction from the client side of the TDX to the backplane,
The client-side optical module receives two channels of the optical signals from client
equipment through the RX1-RX2 ports, and performs O/E conversion.
After O/E conversion, different types of signals are sent to the corresponding encapsulation
and mapping modules. The module performs operations such as encapsulation and mapping
processing, and OTN framing. Then, the module sends out ODUk signals to the backplane
for grooming.
l Receive direction
The signal processing module receives ODUk signals sent from the backplane. The module
performs operations such as ODUk framing, demapping and decapsulation processing.
Then, the module sends out two channels of 10GE LAN/10GE WAN/STM-64/OC-192/
OTU2/OTU2e/FC800/FC1200 signals to the client-side optical module.
The client-side optical module performs the E/O conversion of 10GE LAN/10GE WAN/
STM-64/OC-192/OTU2/OTU2e/FC800/FC1200 electrical signals, and then outputs two
channels of client-side optical signals through the TX1-TX2 ports.
Module Function
– Client-side receiver: Performs O/E conversion of two channels of 10GE LAN/10GE
WAN/STM-64/OC-192/OTU2/OTU2e/FC800/FC1200 optical signals.
– Client-side transmitter: Performs the E/O conversion from two channels of the internal
electrical signals to 10GE LAN/10GE WAN/STM-64/OC-192/OTU2/OTU2e/FC800/
FC1200 optical signals.
encapsulation and mapping module, FC encapsulation and mapping module, OTN
processing module and cross-connect module.
Encapsulates multiple channels of SDH/SONET signals and maps the signals into the
ODUk payload area. The module also performs the reverse process and monitors SDH/
SONET performance.
Encapsulates multiple channels of 10GE LAN signals and maps the signals into the
ODUk payload area. The module also performs the reverse process and monitors 10GE
LAN performance.
Encapsulates multiple channels of FC signals and maps the signals into the ODU1/
ODU2/ODU2e/ODUflex payload area. The module also performs the reverse process
and has the FC performance monitoring function.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
NOTE
FC800 services can be mapped into ODU2/ODUflex payload area and FC1200 services can be mapped
into ODU2e payload area.
Frames signals and processes overheads in ODUk signals.
Grooms electrical signals between the TDX and the cross-connect board through the
backplane.
l 1588v2 module
According to the IEEE 1588v2 protocol, the module transmits the clock information of the
clock board to the next NE or extracts the clock information from the service board and
then transmits the clock information to the clock board.
14.10.5 Front Panel

There are indicators and interfaces on the front panel of the TDX board.

Figure 14-131 and Figure 14-132 show the front panel of the TDX board.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-131 Front panel of the TN11TDX board

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-132 Front panel of the TN12TDX/TN52TDX/TN53TDX board
Indicators

Interfaces

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 14-125 Types and functions of the interfaces on the TDX board
Laser Hazard Level

14.10.6 Valid Slots

One slot houses one TDX board.
Table 14-126 shows the valid slots for the TN11TDX board.
Table 14-126 Valid slots for the TN11TDX board
Product Valid slots
Table 14-127 shows the valid slots for the TN12TDX board.
Table 14-127 Valid slots for the TN12TDX board
Product Valid slots
Table 14-128 shows the valid slots for the TN52TDX and TN53TDX board.
Table 14-128 Valid slots for the TN52TDX/TN53TDX board
Product Valid slots

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Table 14-129 Mapping between the physical ports on the TDX board and the port numbers
TX1/RX1 3
TX2/RX2 4
NOTE
Logical Ports
board. They also can be used as sources or sinks of cross-connections. For example, ClientLP/
151(imp1/imp1)-1 is a logical port of the board.
The TDX board can work in standard or compatible mode. For details about the standard and
Board Mode Port Diagram Port Board Name Displayed on the

Description NMS
TN11T Compat Figure 14-133 Table 14-131 TDX

DX ible
mode
TN12T Compat Figure 14-134 Table 14-131 12TDX

DX ible
mode

DX ible
mode

DX ible
mode

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Board Mode Port Diagram Port Board Name Displayed on the

Description NMS
Standar Figure 14-136 Table 14-131 53TDX(STND)

d mode
Figure 14-133 Port diagram of the TN11TDX(compatible mode)

Other line/PID board
Backplane
8 x ODU1
151(imp1/imp1)-1
151(imp1/imp1)-2
3(RX1/TX1)-1
151(imp1/imp1)-3
151(imp1/imp1)-4
152(imp2/imp2)-1
152(imp2/imp2)-2
4(RX2/TX2)-1 152(imp2/imp2)-3
152(imp2/imp2)-4
Figure 14-134 Port diagram of the TN12TDX/TN52TDX(compatible mode)

Backplane
2 x ODU2/ODU2e
3(RX1/TX1)-1
4(RX2/TX2)-1

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-135 Port diagram of the TN53TDX (compatible mode)

Other line/
PID board
Backplane
2 x ODU2/ODU2e/ODUflex
3(RX1/TX1)-1
4(RX2/TX2)-1
Figure 14-136 Port diagram of the TN53TDX (standard mode)

Backplane
2x ODU2/ODU2e/ODUflex
3(RX1/TX1)-1
4(RX2/TX2)-1
Cross-connect module Cross-connection that must be

configured on the NMS.
Table 14-131 Description of NMS port of the TDX board
imp1-imp2 Inverse multiplexing ports. The optical channels are numbered

1, 2, 3 and 4.
ClientLP1-ClientLP2 Internal logical ports. The optical paths are numbered 1.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

If the TDX board is used to transmit services, the following items must be created on the
U2000:
l TN11TDX: Configuration of cross-connection
– Set the service type. Ensure that the service type is the same as the actual service type.
– During creation of the electrical cross-connect services on the U2000, configure the
bandwidth binding of the imp port.
NOTE
The bandwidth of each imp port that accesses 10GE must be bound with 4 ODU1s.
For bandwidth binding, each 10GE signal must be bound in order. For example, when the
TN11TDX board works with the TN12NS2 board, imp1.1 must be bound to ODU1LP1.1, imp1.2
must be bound to ODU1LP1.2, and so on.
– During creation of the electrical cross-connect services on the U2000, create the ODU1
level cross-connections between the imp port and the IN/OUT port of the TN11NS2
board (or the ODU1LP port of other board), realizing the cross-connect grooming of
ODU1 services, as shown in Figure 14-137.
l TN12TDX/TN52TDX: Configuration of cross-connection
– Set the service type. Ensure that the service type is the same as the actual service type.
level cross-connections between the ClientLP port and the ODU2LP port of other board,
l TN53TDX: Configuration of cross-connection
– Create ODU2 cross-connections between this board and other boards to support service
pass-through.
– Set the Port Working Mode to ODU2 non-convergence mode (OTU2/Any-
>ODU2->OTU2)
– Set the service type. Ensure that the service type is the same as the actual service
type.
– During creation of the electrical cross-connect services on the U2000, create the
ODU2 level cross-connections between the ClientLP or RX/TX port and the
ODU2LP port of other board, as shown in Figure 14-138 and Figure 14-139.
– Create ODUflex cross-connections between this board and other boards to support
service pass-through.
– Set the Port Working Mode to ODUflex non-convergence mode (Any-
>ODUflex)
– Set the service type. Ensure that the service type is the same as the actual service
type.
ODUflex level cross-connections between the ClientLP or RX/TX port and the
ODUflex port of other board, as shown in Figure 14-140 and Figure 14-141.
NOTE
The TN53TDX board supports mapping of FC800 into ODUflex on the client side. When configuring
cross-connections for the board, ODUflex Timeslot is 7.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-137 Cross-connection diagram of the TN11TDX (compatible mode ODU1 level)
WDM side
Other board a
(standard
51(ODU1LP1/ODU1LP1)-2 Other board b
Cross-connect
mode)
module
Client side
151(imp1/imp1)-1
151(imp1/imp1)-2
151(imp1/imp1)-3
151(imp1/imp1)-4 TDX
152(imp2/imp2)-1
152(imp2/imp2)-2 Cross-connect
152(imp2/imp2)-3
152(imp2/imp2)-4 module
The client side of the TDX board are cross-

connected to the WDM side of other boards
Other board a TN52NS2T04 / TN52NS2T05 / TN52NS2T06 / TN52NS201M01 / TN52NS201M02 /

Other board b TN11ND2 / TN12ND2 / TN52ND2 / TN53ND2 / TN53NQ2 / TN51NQ2 / TN52NQ2 /

TN12ELQX / TN12PTQX

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-138 Cross-connection diagram of the TN12TDX/TN52TDX/TN53TDX (compatible

mode ODU2 level)
WDM side
1(IN1/OUT1)-OCH:1 Other board a

2(IN1/OUT1)-OCH:1
(standard
mode)
(compatible
module
mode)
Client side
TDX
202(ClientLP2/ClientLP2)-1 Cross-connect
module

Other board a TN52ND2T04 / TN53ND2 / TN55NO2 / TN52NS2T04 / TN52NS2T05 / TN52NS2T06 /

Other board b TN12TDX:

TN52TDX:

TN53TDX:


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-139 Cross-connection diagram of the TN53TDX (standard mode ODU2 level)
WDM side

(standard
2(IN1/OUT1)-OCH:1
mode)
Other board
(compatible
mode)
Client side
3(RX1/TX1)-1
TDX
4(RX2/TX2)-1
The client side of the TDX board are cross-connected to the WDM
side of other boards, which needs to be configured on the NMS

Other board b TN11ND2 / TN12ND2 / TN52ND2 / TN53ND2 / TN53NQ2 / TN51NQ2 / TN52NQ2 /


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-140 Cross-connection diagram of the TN53TDX (compatible mode ODUflex level)
WDM side
Other board 1(IN1/OUT1)-OCH:1-ODU2:1-ODUflex:1
Cross-connect mode
Client side
TDX
Cross-connect mode

Other board TN52ND2T04 / TN53ND2 / TN53NQ2 / TN52NS2T04 / TN52NS2T05 / TN52NS2T06 /

Figure 14-141 Cross-connection diagram of the TN53TDX (standard mode ODUflex level)
WDM side
Other board
Client side
3(RX1/TX1)-1
TDX
4(RX2/TX2)-1
The client side of the TDX board are cross-connected to the WDM



OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
For parameters of the TDX, refer to Table 14-132.
Table 14-132 TDX parameters


Channel interface.
Optical Interface - Set and query the optical interface

Name name.
Channel Use Status Used, Unused The Channel Use Status parameter
Default: Used sets the occupancy status of the
current channel of a board.
See D.4 Channel Use Status
information.
Service Type l TN11TDX: 10GE The Service Type parameter sets the
LAN, OC-192, STM-64 type of the service accessed at the
Default: 10GE LAN optical interface on the client side.
l TN12TDX: None,
10GE LAN, OC-192,
STM-64
Default: None
l TN52TDX: None,
10GE LAN, OC-192,
OTU-2, OTU-2E,
STM-64
Default: None
l TN53TDX: None,
10GE LAN, 10GE
WAN, OC-192,
OTU-2, OTU-2E,
STM-64, CBR_10G,
FC800, FC1200
Default: None

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Client Service Bearer 9953.28 to 10312.50 sets the rate of the accessed service
Rate (Mbit/s) Default: / at the optical interface on the client
side of a board.
NOTE
This parameter can be set only when
Service Type is set to CBR_10G.
(Mbit/s) (WDM Interface) for
more information.
Port Mapping l TN11TDX: doesn't The Port Mapping parameter sets

support this parameter and queries the mapping mode of a
l TN12TDX/TN52TDX: port service.
Bit Transparent NOTE
Mapping(11.1G), MAC The TN53TDX board supports the TC,
TC+OC, BC, and OC modes when the
transparent mapping
client-side service type is 10GE LAN
(10.7G) and the Port mapping is MAC
l TN53TDX: Bit Transparent Mapping (10.7 G).
Transparent Mapping See D.28 Port Mapping (WDM
(11.1G), MAC Interface) for more information.
transparent mapping
(10.7G)
Default: Bit Transparent
Mapping(11.1G)
NOTE
For the TN12TDX: only the
ClientLP1 port supports
MAC transparent mapping
(10.7G).


automatically shut down the laser
after the signals received by a board
are lost.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

FW_ODUk_CSF receiver of the upstream board or
Default: FW_Defect the WDM-side receiver of the
local board, the laser on the
client-side transmitter of the
local board must be shut down.
For this situation, set this
receiver of the local board, the
laser on the client-side
transmitter of the local board
must be shut down. For this
BW_Client_R_LOS.
l If a fault occurs on the WDM-
side receiver of the local board,
the laser on the client-side
transmitter of the upstream board
must be shut down. For this
BW_WDM_Defect.
l If an OPUk_CSF alarm is
detected on the WDM-side port
of the local board, the laser on the
client-side transmitter of the
local board must be shut down.
For this situation, set this
NOTE
Only the TN52TDX/TN53TDX
supports this parameter.
Hold-off Time of 0s, 100ms, 200ms, 300ms, Specifies the hold-off time for
Shutdown 700ms, 800ms, 900ms, 1s, ALS enabled, the hold-off time is a
1100ms, 1200ms, 1300ms, time period from the point when the
1400ms, 1500ms, 1600ms, system detects service interruption
1700ms, 1800ms, 1900ms, to the point when ALS automatically
2s shuts down the related lasers.
Default: 0s NOTE

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Hold-off Time of 0s, 100ms, 200ms, 300ms, Specifies the hold-off time for
Automatic Laser 400ms, 500ms, 600ms, automatically enabling lasers. With
Turn-On 700ms, 800ms, 900ms, 1s, ALS enabled, the hold-off time is a
1100ms, 1200ms, 1300ms, time period from the point when the
1400ms, 1500ms, 1600ms, system detects service recovery to
1700ms, 1800ms, 1900ms, the point when ALS automatically
2s enables the related lasers.
Default: 0s NOTE
LPT Enabled Enabled, Disabled Determines whether to enable the

Default: Disabled link pass-through (LPT) function.
Service Mode Client Mode, OTN Mode Specifies the service mode for a
Default: Client Mode board.
NOTE
Only TN52TDX/TN53TDX supports
this parameter.
PAUSE Frame Flow Enabled, Disabled Determines whether to enable the

Control Default: Enabled switch of the flow control.
NOTE
Only TN11TDX supports this
parameter.
Default: 9600 sets and queries the maximum
packet length supported by a board
and is applicable to the boards
NOTE
For the TN52TDX and
TN53TDXboard, when Port Mapping
is set to Bit Transparent Mapping
(11.1G), Maximum Packet Length is
unavailable on the U2000.
See D.20 Max. Packet Length
information.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
OTN Overhead Enabled, Disabled Determines whether to process

Transparent Default: Disabled GCC1 and GCC2 in OTN
Transmission overheads. If the processing is not
required, set this parameter to
Enabled; otherwise, set it to
Disabled.
NOTE
This parameter is valid only when the
client side accesses OTN services.
Only TN52TDX/TN53TDX supports
this parameter.
FEC Working State Disabled, Enabled Determines whether to enable or

Default: Enabled disable the forward error correction
(FEC) function for an optical
interface.
NOTE
Service Type is set to OTU2 or
OTU-2E.
See D.10 FEC Working State
information.
FEC Mode FEC The FEC Mode parameter sets the

Default: FEC FEC mode of the current optical
interface.
NOTE
Service Type is set to OTU2 or
OTU-2E.
See D.9 FEC Mode (WDM
SD Trigger Condition None, B1_SD, The SD Trigger Condition

OTUk_DEG, parameter sets the relevant alarms of
ODUk_PM_DEG certain optical interfaces or channels
Default: None of a board as SD switching trigger
conditions of the protection group in
which this OTU board resides.
information.
PRBS Test Status Disabled, Enabled The PRBS Test Status parameter
Default: Disabled sets the pseudo-random binary
sequence (PRBS) test status of a
board.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Status Default: Disabled special frame test before
deployment. When this parameter is
set to Enabled, the board sends the
test frame where the payload
consists of only 0. This parameter is
used in the deployment
commissioning.
NOTE
TN53TDX.
Insert Code Type l When Service Type is Applies to fault detection and
STM-64 or OC-192: location when the service type is
– PN11, MS_AIS STM-64 or OC-192. When the
tributary or line board at the
– Default: PN11 upstream site is faulty or when the
l When Service Type is line board at the downstream site is
10GE LAN and port faulty, users can specify the output
mapping mode is MAC code type for the tributary board at
transparent mapping the downstream site using this
(10.7G): parameter.
– Quick insert, When the service type is 10GE-
Delayed insert LAN, the value Quick insert applies
– Default: Quick to a scenario in which no protection
insert is configured on the WDM
equipment while protection is
configured for the router that
connects to the WDM equipment. In
this scenario, quick protection
switching can be achieved on the
router. The value Delayed insert
applies to a scenario in which
protection is configured for the
WDM equipment and the router
connected to the WDM equipment.
In this scenario, the WDM
equipment preferentially performs
protection switching in case of a
fault. If the fault is rectified, the
router does not perform protection
switching. If the fault persists, then
the router performs protection
switching.
NOTE
TN53TDX.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Port Working Mode ODU2 non-convergence This parameter is used to set the
mode (OTU2/Any- working mode of the interface on the
>ODU2->OTU2), board according to the actual
ODUflex non-convergence application scenario and service
mode (Any->ODUflex), mapping trail.
NONE Mode(Not for port) NOTE
Default: ODU2 non- This parameter is supported only by the
TN53TDX.
convergence mode (OTU2/
Any->ODU2->OTU2)
14.10.10 TDX Specifications

Board Client-Side Fixed Client-Side Pluggable Optical

Optical Module Module
TN11TDX/ N/A 10 Gbit/s Multirate-10 km

TN12TDX/ 10 Gbit/s Multirate-40 km
TN52TDX/
TN53TDX 10 Gbit/s Multirate-80 km
10 Gbit/s Single Rate-0.3 km
NOTE
point.
NOTE
The 10 Gbit/s multirate 10 km module, 10 Gbit/s multirate 40 km module, and 10 Gbit/s multirate 80 km module
can be used to access OC-192, STM-64, 10GE WAN, FC1200, and OTU2/OTU2e signals.
The 10 Gbit/s single-rate 0.3 km module can be used to access 10GE LAN and FC1200 signals.
The 10 Gbit/s multirate 10 km module can be used to access FC800 signals.


format

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


source type

n distance

wavelength
range

mean
launched
power
Minimum dBm -6 -4.7 0 -7.3

mean
launched
power
extinction
ratio

-20 dB
spectral
width
side mode
suppression
ratio

mask

type

wavelength
range

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Receiver dBm -11 -14 -24 -7.5

sensitivity
(multirate)
Receiver dBm -14.4 -15.8 -24 -7.5

sensitivity
(10GE
LAN)

receiver
overload
(10GE
LAN)
receiver
overload
(STM-64)
Maximum dB -27 -27 -27 -12

reflectance
(8.7 in.)
l Weight:
– TN11TDX: 1.3 kg (2.8 lb.)
– TN12TDX: 1.4 kg (3.1 lb.)
– TN52TDX: 1.4 kg (3.1 lb.)
– TN53TDX: 1.5 kg (3.3 lb)
Power Consumption
F) (W) (131°F) (W)
TN11TDX 78.0 80.0
TN12TDX 37.4 40.7
TN52TDX 57.3 63.0
TN53TDX 25.0 27.5

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
14.11 TEM28
TEM28: 24xGE+4x10GE Ethernet tributary unit

The available functional version of the TEM28 board is TN54.

Huawei office.
Boa 8800 T64 8800 T32 8800 T16 8800 6800 3800
Subrack
TN5 Y Y Y N N N
4TE
M28
Variants
The TN54TEM28 board has only one variant: TN54TEM28. The TN54TEM28 board variant
is the board itself.
14.11.2 Application
The TEM28 board is a tributary board. It implements conversion between 24 channels of GE
optical signals, GE electrical signals, or FE electrical signals, with four channels of 10GE
LAN/10GE WAN optical signals and ODU0, ODU1, ODU2, or ODUflex electrical signals with
bandwidth not greater than 20 Gbit/s.
For the position of the TEM28 board in the WDM system, seeFigure 14-142.
Figure 14-142 Position of the TN54TEM28 board in the WDM system

2xOTU2 2xOTU2
RX1 RX1
TEM28 TEM28
TX1 TX1
10 GE LAN/ 10 GE LAN/
16×ODU0/8×ODUflex
M M
16×ODU0/8×ODUflex/
/8×ODU1/2×ODU2
10GE WAN 10GE WAN

8×ODU1/2×ODU2
RX4 U U RX4
TX4 X X TX4
N / N
/ RX5
RX5 L2 D D D L2
D TX5
TX5 2 M 2
M
GE/FE
GE/FE U U
RX28
RX28 X X
TX28 TX28

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
NOTE
The RX1/TX1 - RX4/TX4 optical ports are 10GE optical ports and are capable of processing 10GE
LAN/10GE WAN services. The other ports on the board are GE optical ports or GE/FE electrical ports,
that are capable of processing GE and FE services.

The TEM28 board supports electrical cross-connections, L2 layer switching and the QinQ
function.
Table 14-134 and Table 14-135 list the functions and features of the TEM28 board.
Table 14-134 OTN Functions and features of the TEM28 board

Feature
Basic function l Coverts 24 channels of GE optical signals, GE electrical signals, or FE

electrical signals, and four channels of 10GE LAN/10GE WAN optical
signals to ODU0, ODU1, ODU2, or ODUflex electrical signals with
bandwidth not greater than 20 Gbit/s.
l The reverse process is similar.

NOTE
The TEM28 board transmits FE or GE electrical signals, GE optical signals, or 10GE
optical signals on the client side.
When the TEM28 board transmits GE or FE electrical signals, to facilitate fiber
routing, you are advised to install electrical modules at the RX27/TX27 and RX28/
TX28 ports.
Cross-connect Supports the cross-connection of a maximum of 16 channels of ODU0

capabilities signals, or 8 channels of ODUflex signals, or 8 channels of ODU1 signals,
or 2 channels of ODU2 signals between the TEM28 board and a cross-
connect board by using the backplane.
OTN function l Supports the OTN frame format and overhead processing by referring
to the ITU-T G.709. The mapping process is compliant with ITU-T G.
709 and ITU-T G.7041.
l Supports PM function for ODUflex.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Feature

NOTE
The LPT function cannot be configured for EVPL services but only for bidirectional
EPL services. When the LPT function is enabled, Source C-VLAN andSink C-
VLAN of an EPL service must be left empty.
FE/GE electrical ports of the TEM28 board do not support the LPT function.
FEC encoding Not supported.
l Provides remote monitoring (RMON) of the Ethernet service.
PRBS Not supported
Physical clock Supported

NOTE
FE/GE electrical ports of the TEM28 board do not support the physical clock
function.
The board does not support the physical clock when it is provisioned with 10G WAN
services.
ASONbug


interface
Outloop Supported
Outloop Supported

interface
GE electrical MAC Inloop Supported

port

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Feature
Outloop Supported
FE electrical MAC Inloop Supported

port
Outloop Supported
Protocols or Protocols or standards for IEEE 802.3

standards transparent transmission (non- IEEE 802.3z

monitoring)
ITU-T G.808.1
ITU-T G.873.1
G.709 ITU-T
ITU-T G.655(1996)
ITU-T G.671
ITU-T G.7041
IEEE 802.3
IEEE 802.3z
ITU-T G.709
ITU-T G.692
Table 14-135 Data features of the TEM28 board

and Feature
Interface Port working 10GE optical port: 10G FULL LAN, 10G FULL WAN
characteristi mode (SONET)
cs GE optical port: 1000M FUL, auto-negotiation
GE electrical port: auto-negotiation
FE electrical port: auto-negotiation

multicast

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
and Feature
IGMP Supported
snooping V2
Layer 2 l Supports IEEE802.1Q, IEEE802.1ad, and IEEE 802.1D.

switching l Supports one VB.
l Supports MAC address learning and aging.
l Supports STP/RSTP.
l Supports 128k MAC addresses.
Ethernet EPL
service EVPL(VLAN)
EVPL(QinQ)
EPLAN(IEEE 802.1D)
EVPLAN(IEEE 802.1Q)
NOTE
Protection ERPS Supported

schemes
running at IP ports.
DLAG Supported
MC-LAG Supported
Maintenance ETH-OAM Supports ETH OAM protocols defined by IEEE802.3ah.

features
RMON Supported
QoS l Supports committed access rate (CAR) and class of service (CoS).
l Supports IEEE802.1p.
l Supports DSCP.

standards standards for All Layer 2 protocols such as xSTP, LACP, EthOAM, DHCP,
compliance transparent and PPP etc.
transmission
monitoring)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
and Feature
Protocols or ITU-T Recommendation G.8032/Y.1344

standards for IEEE 802.3x pause frame
service
processing IEEE 802.3ad LACP
(performanc IEEE 802.1p priority
e IEEE 802.1q VLAN
monitoring)
IEEE 802.1ag OAM
IEEE 802.3ah OAM
RFC 4541 IGMP Snooping
IEEE 802.1ad
IEEE 802.1d
IEEE 802.1s
IEEE 802.1w
IEEE 802.3z
IEEE 802.3u
IEEE 802.3ab
IEEE 802.3ae
ITU-T G.8261/Y.1361
ITU-T G.8262

The TEM28 board consists of the client-side optical module, L2 switching module, OTN

Figure 14-143 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the TEM28 board.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-143 Functional modules and signal flow of the TEM28 board
16×ODU0/8×ODU1/ Backplane(service
2×ODU2/8×ODUflex cross-connection)
Client side
RX1 O/E
RX2
RX28
TX1 E/O module module
TX2
TX28 Client-side
optical
module
Control
Power supply
module
Fuse Required
voltage
Backplane
NOTE
When used to receive GE or FE electrical signals, the board must use a client-side electrical module to perform
power level conversion, and then sends the signals to L2 switching for processing.
The transmit and the receive directions are defined in the signal flow of the TEM28 board. The
transmit direction is the direction from the client side of the TEM28 to the backplane, and the
receive direction is defined as the reverse direction.
performs operations, such as convergence. After convergence, the module outputs a
maximum of 16 channels of electrical signals to the OTN processing module.
The OTN processing module performs operations such as encapsulation and mapping
processing, and OTN framing. After processing, and then outputs a maximum of 16
channels of ODU0 signals or eight channels of ODU1 signals or eight channels of ODUflex
signals or two channels of ODU2 signals to the backplane.
l Receive direction
The OTN processing module receives a maximum of 16 channels of ODU0 signals or eight
channels of ODU1 signals or eight channels of ODUflex signals or two channels of ODU2

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
signals sent from the cross-connection board through the backplane. The module performs
operations such as ODU2/ODU2e/ODU1/ODU0/ODUflex framing, demapping and
decapsulation processing. Then, the module sends the electrical signal to the L2 switching
module.
The L2 switching module deconverges the electrical signals and sends 28 channels of the
The client-side optical module performs E/O conversion of the 28 channels of electrical
signals, and then outputs 28 channels of client-side optical signals through the TX1-TX28
optical interfaces.
NOTE
The RX1/TX1 to RX4/TX4 optical ports are 10GE optical ports that can process 10GE LAN/10GE
WAN services. The other optical ports on the board are GE optical ports, GE electrical ports and FE
electrical ports, that can process GE and FE services.
NOTE
Module Function
– Client-side receiver: Performs O/E conversion of 28 channels of FE/GE/10GE LAN/
10GE WAN optical signals.
– Client-side transmitter: Performs E/O conversion from 28 channels of the internal
electrical signals to FE/GE/10GE LAN/10GE WAN optical signals.
Frames ODUk signals, processes overheads in ODUk signals.
14.11.5 Front Panel

There are indicators and interfaces on the front panel of the TEM28 board.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 14-144 shows the front panel of the TEM28 board.
Figure 14-144 Front panel of the TEM28 board
TEM28
STAT 5~28: GE
1~4: 10GE
ACT
PROG TX RX TX
SRV
RX TX RX
RX TX
TX RX
21
5
22
6
23
7
24
8
25
9
10
26
11
27
12
28
13
-
3 20 1
4 2
TEM28
Indicators

Interfaces

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 14-136 Types and functions of the interfaces on the TEM28 board
RX1-RX28a LC Receive service signals from client equipment.
TX1-TX28a LC Transmit service signals to client equipment.
a: The RX1/TX1 to RX4/TX4 optical ports are 10GE optical interfaces. The other optical
interfaces on the board are GE optical interfaces, GE electrical interfaces and FE electrical
interfaces.
Laser Hazard Level

14.11.6 Valid Slots

Two slots house one TEM28 board.
Table 14-137 shows the valid slots for the TEM28 board.
Table 14-137 Valid slots for the TN54TEM28 board

Product Valid slots


subrack

subrack
The online signal bus on the TEM28 board connects to the backplane along the left slot in the
subrack. The slot number of the TEM28 board displayed on the NM is the number of the left
one of the two slots.
For example, if you install the board in slots IU1 and IU2, the slot number of the TEM28 board



OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 14-138 Mapping between the physical ports on the TEM28 board and the port numbers
TX1/RX1 to TX28/RX28 3 to 30
NOTE
Logical Ports
Figure 14-145 shows the application model of the TEM28 board. Table 14-139 describes the
Figure 14-145 Port diagram of the TEM28 board

Other line/ Other line/
PID board PID board
Backplane
8xODU0 8xODU0/8xODU1/
2xODU2/8xODUflex
201(ClientLP1/
101(AP1/AP1)-1 ClientLP1)-1
3(RX1/TX1)-1 PORT3 TRUNK1
208(ClientLP8/
6(RX4/TX4)-1 PORT6 TRUNK8 108(AP8/AP8)-1 ClientLP8)-1
209(ClientLP9/
7(RX5/TX5)-1 TRUNK9 109(AP9/AP9)-1 ClientLP9)-1
PORT7
TRUNK16 116(AP16/AP16)-1 216(ClientLP16/

30(RX28/TX28)-1 ClientLP16)-1
PORT30
Cross-connect module L2 swiching module
Service processing module Cross-connection that must be configured on the

NMS to receive ODUk signals from other boards

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 14-139 Descriptions of the ports on the TEM28 board
RX1/TX1-RX28/TX28 Client-side ports. The RX1/TX1 to RX4/TX4 ports

are used as 10GE optical ports to process 10GE
LAN/10GE WAN services. The remaining ports are
used as GE optical ports, GE electrical ports, or FE
electrical ports to process GE or FE services.
PORT3-PORT30 Respectively corresponds to the client-side optical

VCTRUNK1-VCTRUNK16 Internal virtual ports. The total bandwidth for these

ports is 20 Gbit/s. The maximum bandwidth for the
VCTRUNK1-VCTRUNK8 ports is 10 Gbit/s, with
each port allocated a maximum of 1.25 Gbit/s
bandwidth. The maximum bandwidth for the
VCTRUNK9-VCTRUNK16 ports is 20 Gbit/s, with
each port allocated a maximum of 10 Gbit/s
bandwidth.
ClientLP1-ClientLP16 Internal logical ports. Each of the ports provides only

one optical channel (identified as optical channel 1).
The ClientLP1-ClientLP8 ports can map the signals
cross-connected from the L2 switching module into
a maximum of eight ODU0 signals, and the
ClientLP9-ClientLP16 can map the signals into a
maximum of eight ODU0 signals, eight ODU1
signals, two ODU2 signals, or eight ODUflex
signals.

If the TEM28 board is used to transmit services, the following items must be created on the
U2000:
l When creating Ethernet services on the U2000, create cross-connections between the PORT
and VCTRUNK ports, implementing cross-connections and convergence of signals
received from the client-side ports using the Layer 2 switching module.
NOTE

l VCTRUNK1 to VCTRUNK8 : The maximum bandwidth for the TRUNK1-TRUNK8 ports is 10 Gbit/
s, with each port allocated a maximum of 1.25 Gbit/s bandwidth.
l VCTRUNK9 to VCTRUNK16: The maximum bandwidth for the TRUNK9-TRUNK16 ports is 20
Gbit/s, with each port allocated a maximum of 10 Gbit/s bandwidth.
l VCTRUNK1 to VCTRUNK16: The total bandwidth for these ports is 20 Gbit/s.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
l There are mappings between the RX/TX and PORT ports, between the VCTRUNK and
AP ports, and between the AP and ClientLP ports. You do not need to set the mappings on
the U2000.
l Create cross-connections from the local board to the line or PID board.
level cross-connections between the ClientLP port and the ODU0 port of other board,
Figure 14-146 ODU0 Cross-Connections

WDM side
1(IN1/OUT1)-OCH:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:1-ODU0:2 Other
board a
(standard
Other
board b
(compatible
Client side
208(ClientLP8/ClientLP8)-1 TEM28
The client side of the TEM28 board are cross-connected to the WDM side of other
boards, which needs to be configured on the NMS
Other TN52ND2T04 / TN53ND2 / TN55NO2 / TN52NS2T04 / TN52NS2T05 / TN52NS2T06 /

board a TN52NS201M01 / TN52NS201M02 / TN53NQ2 / TN53NS2 / TN54NS3 / TN55NS3 /
Other TN52ND2 / TN53ND2 / TN52NQ2 / TN54NQ2 / TN53NQ2 / TN53NS2 / TN52NS2 / TN52NS3 /

board b TN54NS3 / TN54NPO2 / TN55NPO2 / TN54ENQ2

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

WDM side
1(IN1/OUT1)-OCH:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:1 Other
board a
(standard
mode)
Other
board b
(compatible
Cross-connect 51(ODU1LP1/ODU1LP1)-4 mode)
module
Client side
Other TN52ND2T04 / TN53ND2 / TN55NO2 / TN52NS2T04 / TN52NS2T05 / TN52NS2T06 /

board a TN52NS201M01 / TN52NS201M02 / TN53NQ2 / TN53NS2 / TN54NS3 / TN55NS3 /
Other TN52ND2 / TN53ND2 / TN53NQ2 / TN52NQ2 / TN54NQ2 / TN53NS2 / TN52NS2 /

board b TN52NS3 / TN54NS3 / TN54NPO2 / TN55NPO2 / TN54ENQ2

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

WDM side

Other board b
Client side
211(ClientLP11/ClientLP11)-1 WDM side TEM28
The client side of the TEM28 board are cross-connected to the WDM

Other board b TN52ND2 / TN53ND2 / TN53NQ2 / TN52NQ2 / TN54NQ2 / TN53NS2 / TN52NS2 /

ODUflex level cross-connections between the ClientLP port and the ODUflex port of
other board, as shown in Figure 14-149.
NOTE
When creating ODUflex cross-connections, specify the number of ODUflex timeslots based on the
service rate. The number of ODUflex timeslots ranges from 1 to 8 and the rate of each timeslot is 1.25
Gbit/s.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-149 ODUflex Cross-Connections

WDM side
Other 1(IN1/OUT1)-OCH:1-ODU2:1-ODUflex:1
board
Client side

NOTE
Ports 201(ClienLP1/ClienLP1)-1 to 208(ClienLP8/ClienLP8)-1 support a maximum of eight ODU0 cross-

connections with the maximum bandwidth of 10 Gbit/s. Ports 209(ClienLP9/ClienLP9)-1 to 216
(ClienLP16/ClienLP16)-1 support a maximum of eight ODU0, eight ODU1, two ODU2, or eight ODUflex
cross-connections with the maximum bandwidth of 20 Gbit/s.
The TEM28 board supports simultaneous transmission of ODU0, ODU1, ODU2, and ODUflex signals
with the maximum bandwidth of 20 Gbit/s.



Channel

are supported.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
more information.

board are lost.

FW_ODUk_CSF receiver of the local board, the laser on the
FW_OPUk_CSF.
1400ms, 1500ms,
1600ms, 1700ms,
1800ms, 1900ms, 2s
Default: 0s

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
1400ms, 1500ms,
1600ms, 1700ms,
1800ms, 1900ms, 2s
Default: 0s
LPT Enabled Enabled, Disabled The LPT Enabled parameter determines

Default: Disabled whether to enable the link pass-through
(LPT).
Parameters for Ethernet Interfaces
Table 14-141 TAG Attributes (Internal Port/External Port)

Port - Internal ports are

VCTRUNK1 to
VCTRUNK16.
PORT30.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

port.
Tag Aware: The port
(Tag).
VLAN IDs (Tag).
for UNI ports.
NOTE

NOTE
Access or Hybrid.

ID of a port.
NOTE
Access or Hybrid.


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


VCTRUNK1 to
VCTRUNK16.
PORT30.
Port Attributes UNI, NNI, C-Aware, S- A UNI port supports Tag

Aware Aware, Access, and Hybrid.
Default: UNI An S-Aware port determines
that the packets do not carry
C-VLAN tags and processes
only the packets that have S-
VLAN tags.
A C-Aware port determines
that the packets do not carry
S-VLAN tags and processes
only the packets that have C-
VLAN tags.
present.


PORT30.

port.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

FULL_Duplex LAN, automatically determine the
10G FULL_Duplex LAN optimal working modes of
(SONET) the connected ports. This
mode is easy to maintain and
l Default: 10G is recommended.
FULL_Duplex LAN
NOTE
PORT7 to PORT30: In the configuration process,
l 1000M FULL_Duplex ensure that working modes of
the connected ports are
l Default: Auto- consistent; otherwise, services
Negotiation are unavailable.

Ethernet port.
Unit: Byte.
Click D.21 Maximum
details.

MAC LoopBack Inloop, Outloop, Non- The MAC Loopback

path.

path.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


PORT30.

Click D.23 Non-
details.

the details.


PORT30.

suppression.
Click D.6 Enabling
Broadcast Packet
details.

suppressed when the
bandwidth.
view the details.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

the port.

for a loop port.

Receiving Rates (Mbps) l 0–10000 for an external port to receive
traffic.
l Default: 10000
PORT7 to PORT30:
l 0–1000
l Default: 1000
Flow Monitor Enabled, Disabled Indicates whether to monitor

Default: Disabled zero traffic.
Click D.11 Flow Monitor
(Ethernet Interface
Attributes) to view the
details.
Flow Monitor Interval 1 to 30 Indicates the interval for

(min) Default: 15 monitoring zero traffic.
Table 14-146 Encapsulation/Mapping (Internal Port)


VCTRUNK1 to
VCTRUNK16.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Encapsulation/Mapping GFP-F, GFP-T Indicates the mapping

Default: GFP-F protocol for encapsulation of
VCTRUNK port data.
NOTE
GFP-F: indicates that the upper-
layer PDUs of Ethernet MAC
frames and the GFP PDUs are
mapped in one-to-one manner.
GFP-T: indicates that 8B/10B
payloads are mapped to GFP in
transparent mapping mode to
achieve low-delay
transmission.
When services are encapsulated
into ODU0, GFP-T and GFP-F
are supported. When services
are encapsulated into ODU1,
ODU2, and ODUflex, only
GFP-F is supported. The
mapping protocols for GE
services on the transmit end and
receive end must be the same.
Scramble Scrambling Mode[X43+1] Indicates whether to

Default: Scrambling Mode scramble the payload area of
[X43+1] the encapsulation protocol.
ExtensionHeader Option No Displays the extension

Default: No header option.
Check Field Length FCS32, No Indicates the length of the

Default: FCS32 CRC field of the mapping
protocol.
FCS Calculated Bit Big endian Indicates the sequence of

Sequence Default: Big endian storing the bits in the CRC
field in the FCS frame of the
mapping protocol.
Table 14-147 Advanced attributes (Internal Port)


VCTRUNK1 to
VCTRUNK16.

the port.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

for a loop port.
Flow Monitor Enabled, Disabled Indicates whether to monitor

Default: Disabled zero traffic.
Click D.11 Flow Monitor
(Ethernet Interface
Attributes) to view the
details.
Flow Monitor Interval 1 to 30 Indicates the interval for

(min) Default: 15 monitoring zero traffic.
14.11.10 TEM28 Specifications

Board Client-Side Fixed Client-Side Pluggable Optical Module

Optical Module
TN54TE N/A 1000 BASE-SX-0.5 km (I-850-LC)

M28 1000 BASE-LX-10 km (I-1310-LC)
10G BASE-SR-0.3 km (SFP+)
10G BASE-LR-10 km (SFP+)
NOTE
point.


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


distance

wavelength range

launched power

launched power
ratio

wavelength range

overload
NOTE
The electrical interface specifications comply with IEEE Std 802.3 when receiving 1000 BASE-T services.


service rate

distance

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


wavelength range

launched power

launched power

ratio

in case of laser
shutdown

wavelength range

overload
Maximum dB -12 -12

reflectance
(8.7 in.)
Power Consumption
F) (131°F)
TN54TEM28 110 120

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
14.12 THA
THA: 16 Any-rate Ports Service Processing Board

The available functional version of the THA board is TN54.

Huawei office.
Subrack
TN54 Y Y Y N N N
THA
Variants
The TN54THA board has only one variant: TN54THA01.

As a type of tributary board, The maximum access capacity of the THA at the client side is 40
Gbit/s.
Table 14-150 provides the application scenarios for the THA board.
Table 14-150 Application scenarios for the THA board
Scenario Maximum Input Capacity Mapping Maximum Port

(Client Side) Path Output Working
Capacity Mode
(Backplane
Side)
Scenario 16 x FE/FDDI/GE/STM-1/ Anya- 16 x ODU0 ODU0 non-

1 STM-4/OC-3/OC-12/FC100/ >ODU0 convergence
FICON/DVB-ASI/ESCON mode (Any-
>ODU0)
Scenario 16 x STM–16/OC-48/FC200/ Anya- 16 x ODU1 ODU1 non-

2 FICON Express/OTU1 >ODU1 convergence
mode (Any-
>ODU1)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Scenario Maximum Input Capacity Mapping Maximum Port

(Client Side) Path Output Working
Capacity Mode
(Backplane
Side)
Scenario 16 x FE/FDDI/GE/STM-1/ n x Anya- (2 to 16) x ODU1

3 OC-3/DVB-ASI/SDI/ >ODU1 ODU1 convergence
ESCON/STM-4/OC-12/GE/ mode (n X
FC100/FICON/STM-16/ Any-
FC200/FICON Express >ODU1)
NOTE
Each of the RX1/TX1–RX8/TX8
and RX9/TX9–RX16/TX16 port
groups supports mutual
conversion between a maximum
of 8 channels of optical signals at
any rate in the range of 125 Mbit/
s to 2.2 Gbit/s and one to eight
channels of ODU1 electrical
signals. Each port in each group
either converges multiple client-
side services into one channel of
ODU1 electrical signals or maps
one client-side service into one
channel of ODU1 electrical
signals
Scenario 16 x OTU1 OTU1- 32x ODU0 ODU1_ODU

4 >ODU1- 0 mode
>ODU0 (OTU1-
>ODU1-
>ODU0)
a: "Any" in the table indicates the client-side service supported in the corresponding
application scenario.

The THA board is mainly used to achieve cross-connection at the electrical layer, and to provide

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 14-151 Functions and features of the THA board

and Feature
Basic THA converts signals as follows:

function l 16 x (125 Mbit/s to 1.25 Gbit/s) <-> 16 x ODU0.
l 16 x (1.49 Gbit/s to 2.67 Gbit/s) <-> 16 x ODU1.
l 16 x (125Mbit/s to 2.5 Gbit/s)<->2 to 16 x ODU1.
l 16 x OTU1<->32 x ODU0.

NOTE
The THA board supports access of DVB-ASI electrical signals. When the board is used
to accept these electrical signals, a digital video O/E converter must be used for O/E or
E/O conversion and the optical module of the converter must agree with the board optical
module specifications. The digital video O/E converter is a third-party device.
Customers can purchase a digital video O/E converter by themselves.
Cross- Cross-connects a maximum of 32 channels of ODU0 signals or 16 channels

connect of ODU1 signals through the backplane bus and cross-connect board.
capabilities
OTN l The mapping process complies with ITU-T G.7041 and ITU-T G.709. The
function board supports the frame format and overhead processing by referring to
the ITU-T G.709.
l Supports the PM function for ODU0.
l Supports PM non-intrusive monitoring for ODU0.
l Supports the SM, TCM and PM functions for OTU1.
ESC Supported
function

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
and Feature

function NOTE
is STM-1/OC-3, STM-4/OC-12, STM-16/OC-48, or OTU1
LPT function This function is supported only when the THA board receives FE or GE
services on its client side.
FEC Supports forward error correction (FEC) on the client side that complies with
encoding ITU-T G.709, only when the service type is OTU1.
events
power of the laser.

function

NOTE
The board supports the Test frame function only when the Service Type is GE(GFP-
T).
Latency The board supports latency measurement. The bidirectional latency at the
measuremen ODUk layer between two tributary boards supporting the latency
t measurement function can be measured, and the latency data is displayed on
the U2000.
NOTE
This function is not supported when the client-side service type is OTU1.
IEEE Supports the TC, TC+OC, BC, and OC modes when the client-side service
1588v2 type is GE (GFP-T).
NOTE
The TX8/RX8 and TX16/RX16 optical ports cannot process IEEE 1588v2 clock signals.
Physical When receiving GE(GFP-T) services on the client side, the board can support
clock synchronous Ethernet processing instead of synchronous Ethernet transparent
transmission.
When receiving GE(TTT-GMP) services on the client side, the board can
Electrical- Supported.
layer ASON

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
and Feature

NOTE
When the board receives OTN services, SDH/SONET services the board supports
ODU0 tributary SNCP protection is supported only in ODU1_ODU0 mode (OTU1-
>ODU1->ODU0).
Ethernet Supports encapsulation of GE services in GE(TTT-GMP) or GE(GFP-T).

service
mapping
mode
Ethernet port Auto-Negotiation

working 1000M Full-Duplex
mode

Loopback NOTE
Outloop The Channel Loopback is supported only when
port working mode is ODU1_ODU0 mode
(OTU1->ODU1->ODU0).
Outloop Supported

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
and Feature

(non- ITU-T G.782
monitoring)
PI)
Interface (ASI)
(PHY)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
and Feature

service
e ITU-T G.7710
monitoring)
ITU-T G.798
ITU-T G.874
ITU-T M.3100
ITU-T G.874.1
ITU-T G.875
ITU-T G.808.1
ITU-T G.841
ITU-T G.8201
ITU-T G.873.1
ITU-T G.694.1


Table 14-152 Mapping between the physical ports on the THA board and the port numbers
TX1/RX1 3
TX2/RX2 4
TX3/RX3 5
TX4/RX4 6
TX5/RX5 7
TX6/RX6 8
TX7/RX7 9
TX8/RX8 10

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
TX9/RX9 11
TX10/RX10 12
TX11/RX11 13
TX12/RX12 14
TX13/RX13 15
TX14/RX14 16
TX15/RX15 17
TX16/RX16 18
NOTE
14.12.5 THA scenario 1: ODU0 non-convergence mode (Any-

>ODU0)
The THA board performs conversion between 16 channels of optical signals at a rate in the range
of 125 Mbit/s to 1.25 Gbit/s and 16 channels of ODU0 electrical signals, see Figure 14-150.
Figure 14-150 Position of the THA in a WDM system (Scenario 1)

16xODU0 2xOTU2 2xOTU2 16xODU0
THA THA
TX1 TX1
1 1 M M 1 1
RX1 U U RX1
16×ODU0
FE/FDDI/GE/STM-1/ X X FE/FDDI/GE/STM-1/
16×Any
N / N
STM-4/OC-3/OC-12/ / STM-4/OC-3/OC-12/
8×ODU0
8×ODU0
16×ODU0
16×Any
D D D
FC100/FICON/DVB- D FC100/FICON/DVB-
2 M 2
ASI/ESCON TX16 M TX16 ASI/ESCON
U U
16 16 16 16
RX16 X X RX16

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
The THA board can work in standard or compatible mode. For details about the standard and
Mode Port Diagram Port Description Board

Name
Displayed
on the
NMS
Compatible Figure 14-151 Table 14-154 THA

mode
Standard Figure 14-152 Table 14-155 THA

mode (STND)
Figure 14-151 Port diagram of the THA board (ODU0 non-convergence mode (Any->ODU0))
(compatible mode)
Backplane
16xODU0
3(RX1/TX1)-1
4(RX2/TX2)-1
18(RX16/TX16)-1
NOTE
When creating electrical cross-connections between the ClientLP port of the THA board and other boards's
ODU0LP ports, the source optical channel must be set to 1.
Cross-connect Cross-connection that must be

module configured on the NMS.
Service processing
module

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 14-154 Description of NM port of the THA board (ODU0 non-convergence mode (Any-
>ODU0))
RX1/TX1 to RX16/TX16 These ports correspond to the client-side optical

interfaces.
ClientLP1 to ClientLP16 Internal logical port. The optical paths are numbered
1 to 2.
(standard mode)
Backplane
16xODU0
3(RX1/TX1)-1
4(RX2/TX2)-1
18(RX16/TX16)-1
Cross-connect module Automatic cross-connection, which does not need

to be configured on the NMS.
Service processing module Cross-connection that must be configured on the

NMS.
>ODU0))

interfaces.
14.12.5.3 Configuration of Cross-connection

>ODU0).
l Set the service type. Ensure that the service type is the same as the actual service type.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
NOTE
If all the 16 client–side ports are used to receive and transmit GE(TTT-GMP) services, users can configure
the 16*GE for 16*ODU0 service package for the board on the NMS. This simultaneously sets the Port
Working Mode to ODU0 non-convergence mode (Any->ODU0) and the Service Type to GE(TTT-
GMP) for the 16 ports.
l When the THA board works in compatible mode:
– On the U2000, create electrical cross-connections between the internal RX/TX and
1
ClientLP ports. For details, see in Figure 14-153.
– On the U2000, create electrical cross-connections between the local ClientLP port and
2
other boards's ODU0LP ports. For details, see in Figure 14-153.
l When the THA board works in standard mode:
– On the U2000, create electrical cross-connections between the local RX/TX port and
1

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-153 Cross-connection diagram of the THA board (ODU0 non-convergence mode (Any->ODU0))
(compatible mode)
WDM side
Other board a
(standard mode)
Other board
(compatible mode)
Client side
3(TX1/RX1)-1 201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-1
1
2
THA
16(TX14/RX14)-1
The internal cross-connection of the board, which needs to be configured on the NMS
The client side of the THA board are cross-connected to the WDM side of other boards,
Other board TN52ND2T04 / TN53ND2 / TN55NO2 / TN52NS2T04 / TN52NS2T05 / TN52NS2T06 / TN52NS201M01 /

a TN52NS201M02 / TN53NQ2 / TN53NS2 / TN54NS3 / TN55NS3 / TN54NS4 / TN55NPO2 / TN55NPO2E / TN54ENQ2
Other board TN52ND2 / TN53ND2 / TN52NQ2 / TN54NQ2 / TN53NQ2 / TN53NS2 / TN52NS2 / TN52NS3 / TN54NS3 /
b TN54NPO2 / TN55NPO2 / TN54ENQ2

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-154 Cross-connection diagram of the TOA board (ODU0 non-convergence mode (Any->ODU0))
(standard mode)
WDM side
1(IN1/OUT1)-OCh:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:1-ODU0:2 Other
board a
(standard
161(ODU0LP1/ODU0LP1)-2 Other
board b
(compatible
Client side
3(TX1/RX1)-1
1
4(TX2/RX2)-1
5(TX3/RX3)-1
THA
17(TX15/RX15)-1
18(TX16/RX16)-1

NOTE
When the THA board connects to a TOM board that uses optical channel 2 on the ClientLP port, a client-side
optical port on the THA board must be cross-connected to optical channel 2 on the ClientLP port of the THA
board. In other cases, configure cross-connections from optical channel 1 on the ClientLP port of the TOM board
to the client-side ports on the THA board.
When creating electrical cross-connections between the ClientLP port of the THA board and other boards's

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
14.12.6 THA scenario 2: ODU1 non-convergence mode (Any-

>ODU1)
The THA board performs conversion between 16 channels of optical signals at a rate in the range
of 1.49 Gbit/s to 2.67 Gbit/s and 16 channels of ODU1 electrical signals, see Figure 14-155.

TX1 THA THA

TX1
1 1 M M 1 1
RX1 U U RX1
16×ODU1
16×ODU1
X X
16×Any
16×Any
8×ODU0
8×ODU0
STM-16/ N N STM-16/
/ /
OC-48/FC200/FICON Q Q OC-48/FC200/FICON
D D
Express/OTU1 2 2 Express/OTU1
TX16 M M TX16
U U
16 16 16 16
RX16 X X RX16


Name
Displayed
on the
NMS
Compatible Figure 14-156 Table 14-157 THA

mode
Standard Figure 14-157 Table 14-158 THA

mode (STND)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
(compatible mode)
Backplane
16xODU1
5(RX3/TX3)-1
16(RX14/TX14)-1
17(RX15/TX15)-1
18(RX16/TX16)-1
Cross-connect Cross-connection that must be

module configured on the NMS.
Service processing Automatic cross-connection, which does

module not need to be configured on the NMS.
>ODU1))

interfaces.
ClientLP1–ClientLP16 Internal logical port. The optical paths are numbered

1.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
(standard mode)
Backplane
16xODU1
3(RX1/TX1)-1
4(RX2/TX2)-1
18(RX16/TX16)-1
Cross-connect Cross-connection that must be configured

module on the NMS.
Service processing Automatic cross-connection, which does

Table 14-158 Description of NM port of the TOA board (ODU1 non-convergence mode (Any-
>ODU1))

interfaces.

>ODU1).

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
NOTE
If all the 16 client-side ports are used to receive and transmit STM-16 services, users can configure the
16 * STM-16/OC-48–>ODU1 service package for the board. This simultaneously sets the Port Working
Mode to ODU1 non-convergence mode (Any->ODU1) and Service Type to STM-16 for the 16 ports.
1
1
(compatible mode)
WDM side
1(IN1/OUT1)-OCh:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:2 Other board a
Client side
4(TX2/RX2)-1 202(ClientLP2/ClientLP2)-1 1
THA
The straight-through of the board, which does not need to be configured on the NMS


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
(standard mode)
WDM side
Other
1(IN1/OUT1)-OCh:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:1 board a
51(ODU1LP1/ODU1LP1)-3 board b
mode)
Client side
3(TX1/RX1)-1
1
4(TX2/RX2)-1
5(TX3/RX3)-1
THA
17(TX15/RX15)-1
18(TX16/RX16)-1

14.12.7 THA scenario 3: ODU1 convergence mode (n X Any->ODU1)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Each of the RX1/TX1–RX8/TX8 and RX9/TX9–RX16/TX16 port groups supports mutual

conversion between a maximum of 8 channels of optical signals at any rate in the range of 125
Mbit/s to 2.2 Gbit/s and one to eight channels of ODU1 electrical signals, as shown in Figure
14-160.

(2~16)xODU1 4xOTU2 4xOTU2 (2~16)xODU1
TX1 THA THA TX1
(1~8)×ODU1 (1~8)×ODU1
(1~8)×ODU1 (1~8)×ODU1
8×Any M M
8×Any
RX1 RX1
FE/FDDI/GE /FC100/ U U FE/FDDI/GE /FC100/
FC200/DVB- X X FC200/DVB-
N / N
ASI/ESCON/STM- / ASI/ESCON/STM-
Q D Q
1/STM-4/STM-16/OC- D 1/STM-4/STM-16/OC-
2 M 2
3/OC-12/FICON/FICON TX16 M TX16 3/OC-12/FICON/FICON
8×Any
8×Any
Express U U Express
RX16 X X RX16
NOTE
The client signals received by the RX1/TX1–RX8/TX8 ports cannot be encapsulated together with the client
signals received by the RX9/TX9–RX16/TX16 ports.


Name
Displayed
on the
NMS
Compatible Figure 14-161 Table 14-160 54THA

mode
Standard Figure 14-162 Table 14-161 54THA

mode (STND)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-161 Port diagram of the THA board (ODU1 convergence mode (n * Any->ODU1))
(compatible mode)
Backplane
（2-16）xODU1
4(RX2/TX2)-1
5(RX3/TX3)-1
Cross-connect Service processing module

module
Multiplexing module Cross-connection that must be configured

on the NMS
Table 14-160 Description of NM port of the THA board (ODU1 convergence mode (n * Any-
>ODU1))

interfaces.
ClientLP1–ClientLP16 Internal logical port. The optical paths are numbered

1 to 16.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-162 Port diagram of the THA board (ODU1 convergence mode (n * Any->ODU1))
(standard mode)
Backplane
（2~16）xODU1
201(ConvGroup1/ConvGroup1)-1
3(RX1/TX1)-1 201(ConvGroup1/ConvGroup1)-2 201(ConvGroup1/ConvGroup1)-1
4(RX2/TX2)-1
5(RX3/TX3)-1
201(ConvGroup1/ConvGroup1)-7 203(ConvGroup3/ConvGroup3)-1
216(ConvGroup16/
ConvGroup16)-1 216(ConvGroup16/
17(RX15/TX15)-1
ConvGroup16)-1
18(RX16/TX16)-1 216(ConvGroup16/
ConvGroup16)-8

module

on the NMS
Table 14-161 Description of NM port of the THA board (ODU1 convergence mode (n * Any-
>ODU1))

interfaces.
ConvGroup1–ConvGroup8 Internal logical port. The paths are numbered 1 to 8.

l On the U2000, set the Port Working Mode to ODU1 convergence mode (n * Any-
>ODU1).
– On the U2000, create cross-connections between the local RX/TX port and ClientLP
1
port. For details, see in Figure 14-163.
– Create cross-connections between the local ClientLP port and other boards' ODU1LP
2
ports. For details, see in Figure 14-163.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

– On the U2000, create cross-connections between the local RX/TX port and ConvGroup
1
– Create cross-connections between the local ConvGroup port and other boards' ODU1LP
2
NOTE
When the rate of services received on the client side is greater than 1.25 Gbit/s, these services must be configured
on the first optical channel of each ClientLP.
The first eight client-side ports on the THA board can be configured with cross-connections only to the first
eight LP ports; the last eight client-side ports on the THA board can be configured with cross-connections only
to the last eight LP ports.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-163 Cross-connection diagram of the THA board (ODU1 convergence mode (n * Any->ODU1))
(compatible mode)
WDM side
1(IN1/OUT1)-OCH:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:2 Other board a
Client side
3(TX1/RX1)-1 201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-1 201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-1

2
5(TX3/RX3)-1 1 201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-7
202(ClientLP2/ClientLP2)-8 THA
216(ClientLP16/ClientLP16)-1 216(ClientLP16/ClientLP16)-1
17(TX15/RX15)-1
18(TX16/RX16)-1
Cross-connect module Multiplexing module Cross-connect module
The virtual path of the board, which does not need to be configured on the NMS
The client side of the THA board are cross-connected to the WDM side of other boards, which
needs to be configured on the NMS


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-164 Cross-connection diagram of the THA board (ODU1 convergence mode (n * Any->ODU1)) (standard
mode)
WDM side
1(IN1/OUT1)-OCh:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:2 Other board a
Client side
3(TX1/RX1)-1 201(ConvGroup1/Conv 201(ConvGroup1/Conv

Group1)-1 Group1)-1
4(TX2/RX2)-1
1
201(ConvGroup1/Conv 2
5(TX3/RX3)-1
Group1)-8
Group2)-1 Group2)-1
THA
202(ConvGroup2/Conv
Group2)-8
216(ConvGroup16/Conv 216(ConvGroup16/Conv
Group16)-1 Group16)-1
18(TX16/RX16)-1
216(ConvGroup16/Conv
Group16)-8
The client side of the THA board are cross-connected to the WDM side of other boards, which

14.12.8 THA scenario 4: ODU1_ODU0 mode (OTU1->ODU1-

>ODU0)
The THA board performs conversion between 16 OTU1 optical signals and 32 ODU0 electrical
signals, see Figure 14-165.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

THA THA TX1

RX1
TX1 1 1 M M 1 1
U U RX1
16×ODU1
16×ODU1
16×OTU1
X
16×OTU1
X
32×ODU0
32×ODU0
8×ODU0
8×ODU0
N N
OTU1 Q
/ /
Q OTU1
D D
2 M 2
RX16 M
TX16
U U
TX16 32 32 X X 32 32 RX16


Mode Port Diagram Port Description Board Name
Displayed on the
NMS
Compatible Figure 14-166 Table 14-163 54THA

mode
Standard Figure 14-167 Table 14-164 54THA(STND)

mode
Figure 14-166 Port diagram of the THA board (ODU1_ODU0 mode (OTU1->ODU1->ODU0))
(compatible mode)
Backplane
32xODU0
201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-1 161(ODU0LP1/ODU0LP1)-1
3(RX1/TX1)-1 161(ODU0LP1/ODU0LP1)-2
17(RX15/TX15)-1 175(ODU0LP15/ODU0LP15)-2
18(RX16/TX16)-1 176(ODU0LP16/ODU0LP16)-2

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Cross-connect Automatic cross-connection, which does


on the NMS.
Service processing
module
Table 14-163 Description of NM port of the THA board (ODU1_ODU0 mode (OTU1->ODU1-
>ODU0))

interfaces.
ClientLP1 to ClientLP16 Internal logical port. The optical paths are numbered
1.
ODU0LP1 to ODU0LP16 Internal logical port. The optical paths are numbered
1 to 2.
Figure 14-167 Port diagram of the THA board (ODU1_ODU0 mode (OTU1->ODU1->ODU0))
(standard mode)
Backplane
32xODU0
3(RX1/TX1)-1
3(RX1/TX1)-1 3(RX1/TX1)-2
4(RX2/TX2)-1
4(RX2/TX2)-1 4(RX2/TX2)-2
17(RX15/TX15)-1
17(RX15/TX15)-1 17(RX15/TX15)-2
18(RX16/TX16)-1
18(RX16/TX16)-1 18(RX16/TX16)-2

module on the NMS.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Multiplexing module
Table 14-164 Description of NM port of the THA board (ODU1_ODU0 mode (OTU1->ODU1-
>ODU0))

interfaces. The paths are numbered 1 to 2.

l On the U2000, set the Port Working Mode to ODU1_ODU0 mode (OTU1->ODU1-
>ODU0).
– On the U2000, create electrical cross-connections between the local ODU0LP port and
1
other boards' ODU0LP ports. For details, see in Figure 14-168.
– On the U2000, create electrical cross-connections between the local RX/TX-1, RX/
1
TX-2 port and other boards' ODU0LP ports. For details, see in Figure 14-169.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-168 Cross-connection diagram of the THA board (ODU1_ODU0 mode (OTU1->ODU1->ODU0))
(compatible mode)
WDM side
Other board a
1(IN1/OUT1)-OCH:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:4-ODU0:1 (standard mode)
(compatible mode)
Client side
3(TX1/RX1)-1 201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-1 161(ODU0LP1/ODU0LP1)-1

1

THA Cross-connect module Multiplexing module Cross-connect module


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-169 Cross-connection diagram of the THA board (ODU1_ODU0 mode (OTU1->ODU1->ODU0))
(standard mode)
WDM side
Other board a
(standard mode)
Other board b
(compatible mode)
Client side
3(TX1/RX1)-1 3(TX1/RX1)-1
3(TX1/RX1)-2
1
4(TX2/RX2)-1 4(TX2/RX2)-1
4(TX2/RX2)-2
17(TX15/RX15)-1 17(TX15/RX15)-1
17(TX15/RX15)-2
18(TX16/RX16)-1 18(TX16/RX16)-1
18(TX16/RX16)-2
THA Multiplexing module Cross-connect module


The THA board consists of the client-side optical module, signal processing module, control
and communication module, and power supply module.

Figure 14-170 shows the block diagram of the functions of the THA board.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-170 Functional modules and signal flow of the THA board
Backplane (service cross-connection)
Client side 16X ODU0/8X ODU1 16X ODU0/8X ODU1
RX1
RX2
O/E Service OTN Cross-
RX8 encapsulation processing connect
TX2 E/O module
TX8
RX9
1588v2
RX10 O/E module
Service
RX16 OTN Cross-
encapsulation
TX9 and mapping processing connect
TX10 E/O
TX16 Client-side
optical
Control

Power supply
module
Fuse Required
voltage
DC power supply SCC Backplane

from a backplane (controlled by SCC)
NOTE
For more information regarding the type of signals received on the client side, see section 14.12.3 Functions
and Features.
In the signal flow of the THA board, the transmit and the receive directions are defined. The
transmit direction is defined as the direction from the client side of the THA to the backplane
of the THA, and the receive direction is defined as the reverse direction.
The client-side optical module receives 16 channels of optical signals from client equipment
through the RX1-RX16 interfaces, and performs O/E conversion.
After O/E conversion, the 16 channels of electrical signals are sent to the signal processing
and mapping processing, and OTN framing. Then, the module sends out a maximum of 32
channels of ODU0 signals or 16 channels of ODU1 signals to the backplane.
l Receive direction
The signal processing module receives the electrical signals sent from the backplane. The
module performs operations such as ODU0 or ODU1 framing, demapping and

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
decapsulation processing. Then, the module sends out 16 channels of Any signals to the
client-side optical module.
The client-side optical module performs the E/O conversion of Any electrical signals, and
then outputs 16 channels of client-side optical signals through the TX1-TX16 optical
interfaces.
Module Function
– Client-side receiver: Performs O/E conversion of the standard optical signals.
to standard optical signals.
module, OTN processing module.
Implements the grooming of electrical signals between the THA and the cross-connect
board through the backplane. The grooming service signals are ODU1 or ODU0 signals.
Encapsulates multiple channels of Any signals and maps the signals into the ODU0/
ODU1 payload area. The module also performs the reverse process and has the Any
Processes overheads in OTN signals, and performs FEC encoding and decoding.
l 1588v2 module
– The 1588v2 module can send the clock signal of the STG board to the next NE according
to the IEEE 1588v2 protocol, or extract the clock signal from the service signals that
come from a service board according to the IEEE 1588v2 protocol and then send the
clock signal to the STG board.

There are indicators and interfaces on the front panel of the THA board.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 14-171 shows the front panel of the THA board.
Figure 14-171 Front panel of the THA board

SM SFP WORK WITH
G.657B FIBER ONLY
单模光模块仅配合使用
G.657A2 光纤
THA
SM SFP WORK WITH
STAT G.657B FIBER ONLY
ACT
PROG 单模光模块仅配合使用
SRV
RX 1 2 TX G.657B 光纤
TX 15 16 RX
RX 1 2 TX
TX 15 16 RX
NOTE
To prevent the cabinet door from squeezing fibers, the board can only use G.657B fibers.
Indicators
Interfaces
Table 14-165 lists the type and function of each optical interface.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 14-165 Types and functions of the interfaces on the THA board
RX1-RX16 LC Receives optical signals.
TX1-TX16 LC Transmits optical signals.
Laser Hazard Level


One slot houses one THA board.
Table 14-166 shows the valid slots for the THA board.
NOTE
Two THA boards cannot be housed in adjacent slots.

To easy maintenance of fibers, do not house the THA board in the most left or right slot.
Table 14-166 Valid slots for the THA board

Product Valid slots

IU42, IU45-IU51, IU54-IU67

IU35

For parameters of the THA, refer to.
Table 14-167 THA parameters


Channel interface.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

channel of a board.
Default: Non-
Loopback

Outloop NOTE
Default: Non- This parameter can be set only when Port
Working Mode is set to ODU1_ODU0
Loopback
mode (OTU1->ODU1->ODU0)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
ESCON, FC-100, type of the service accessed at the
FC-200, FDDI, FE, optical interface on the client side.
FICON, FICON NOTE
Express, GE(TTT- GE services can be encapsulated in two
GMP), GE(GFP-T), formats. When Service Type is GE(TTT-
OC-3, OC-12, OC-48, GMP), the encapsulation format is TTT-
GMP; when Service Type is GE(GFP-T),
OTU-1, STM-1,
the encapsulation format is GFP-T. The
STM-4, STM-16 value GE(TTT-GMP) is recommended.
Default: None The GE services at the transmit and receive
format.
The THA board's ports may work in any
of four working modes and the type of
the client-side services received by the
ports varies with the working modes.
NOTE
>ODU0): Supports DVB-ASI, ESCON,
FC-100, FDDI, FE, FICON, GE(GFP-
T), GE(TTT-GMP), OC-3, OC-12,
STM-1, and STM-4 services.
l ODU1 convergence mode (n*Any-
>ODU1): Supports Any, DVB-ASI,
ESCON, FC-100, FC-200, FDDI, FE,
FICON, FICON Express, STM-1,
STM-4, STM-16, OC-3, OC-12, OC-48,
and GE(GFP-T) services.
>ODU1): Supports FC-200, FICON-
Express, OC-48, OTU-1, and STM-16
services.
>ODU0): Supports OTU1 services.
Client Service Bearer l Channel 1 at each of sets the rate of the accessed service at
Rate (Mbit/s) ports 201 the optical interface on the client side of
(ClientLP1/ a board.
ClientLP1) to 216 NOTE
(ClientLP16/ This parameter can be set only when Service
ClientLP16): 125 to Type is set to Any.
2200 See D.5 Client Service Bearer Rate
l Channels 2 to 8 at (Mbit/s) (WDM Interface) for more
each of ports 201 information.
(ClientLP1/
ClientLP1) to 216
(ClientLP16/
ClientLP16): 125 to
1250
Default: /

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800



BW_Client_R_LOS.
to BW_WDM_Defect.
l If an OPUk_CSF alarm is detected
on the WDM-side port of the local
1800ms, 1900ms, 2s
Default: 0s

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Turn-On 600ms, 700ms, 800ms, ALS enabled, the hold-off time is a time
1800ms, 1900ms, 2s
Default: 0s


Ethernet services.

information.

to Disabled.
NOTE

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

board resides.
information.
(Any->ODU0), ODU1 according to the actual application
non-convergence mode scenario and service mapping trail.
(Any->ODU1), ODU1
convergence mode
(n*Any->ODU1),
ODU1_ODU0 mode
(OTU1->ODU1-
>ODU0), NONE Mode
(Not for port)
Default: ODU0 non-
convergence mode
(Any->ODU0)
14.12.13 THA Specifications


Optical Module
TN54TH N/A S-16.1-15 km

A 1000 BASE-BX10-U
1000 BASE-BX10-D
1000 BASE-BX-U
1000 BASE-BX-D
1000 BASE-LX-10 km (I-1310-LC)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
NOTE
point.

NOTE
S-16.1 module can be used to access OTU1, STM-16, OC-48, FC200, FC100, GE, STM-4, OC-12, ESCON,
STM-1, OC-3, DVB-ASI, and FE signals.

Optical Module Type S-16.1

-15 km

power

power

width

suppression ratio
Eye pattern mask - G.959.1–compliant
Receiver type - PIN

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
NOTE

transmissions)


format

type
Target km 10 10 40 40
transmission
distance

wavelength
range
mean launched
power
mean launched
power
Minimum dB 6 6 6 6
extinction ratio

mask

wavelength
range
Receiver dBm -19.5 -19.5 -23 -23

sensitivity
receiver
overload

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Maximum dB -12 -12 -12 -12

reflectance
NOTE
1000 BASE-LX-10 km module can be used to access GE, FC100, STM-4, ESCON, STM-1, FE and DVB-ASI
signals. The specifications listed below apply to GE signals. The actual values might be slightly different from
these specifications when the accessed signals are FC100, STM-4, ESCON, STM-1, FE, or DVB-ASI signals.
Optical Module Type 1000 BASE-LX-10 km

(I-1310-LC)
Optical source type - SLM
Maximum mean launched dBm -3

power
Minimum mean launched dBm -9.5

power
Receiver type - PIN
(8.7 in.)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Power Consumption
F) (W) (131°F) (W)
TN54THA 35 40
14.13 TOA
TOA: 8 Any-rate Ports Service Processing Board

The available functional version of the TOA board is TN54.

Huawei office.
Boa 8800 T64 8800 T32 8800 T16 8800 6800 3800
Subrack
TN5 Y Y Y N N N
4TO
A
Variants
The TN54TOA board has only one variant: TN54TOA01.

As a type of tributary board, The maximum access capacity of the TOA at the client side is 20
Gbit/s.
Table 14-171 provides the application scenarios for the TOA board.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 14-171 Application scenarios for the TOA board
Applicat Maximum Mapping Path Maximum Port Working

ion Input Capacity Output Mode
Scenario (Client Side) Capacity
(Backplane
Side)
Scenario 8 x FE/FDDI/GE/ Anya<->ODU0 8 x ODU0 ODU0 non-

1 STM-1/STM-4/ convergence
OC-3/OC-12/ mode (Any-
FC100/FICON/ >ODU0)
DVB-ASI/
ESCON/SDI
Scenario 8 x HD-SDI/ Anya<->ODU1 8 x ODU1 ODU1 non-

2 STM–16/OC-48/ convergence
FC200/FICON mode (Any-
Express/OTU1 >ODU1)
Scenario 8 x FE/FDDI/ Anya<->ODU1 (1 to 8) x ODU1 ODU1

3 STM-1/OC-3/ convergence
DVB-ASI/SDI/ mode (n*Any-
ESCON/STM-4/ >ODU1)
OC-12/GE/
FC100/FICON/
STM-16/FC200/
FICON Express/
HD-SDI/HD-
SDIRBR
Scenario 8 x OTU1 OTU1<- 16 x ODU0 ODU1_ODU0

4 >ODU1<- mode (OTU1-
>ODU0 >ODU1-
>ODU0)
Scenario 5 x 3G-SDI/3G- 3G-SDI/3G- 5 x ODUflex ODUflex non-

5 SDIRBR SDIRBR<- convergence
>ODUflex mode (Any-
>ODUflex)
4 x FC400/ FC400/ 4 x ODUflex
FICON4G FICON4G<-
>ODUflex
a:"Any" in the table indicates the client-side service supported in the corresponding
application scenario.

The TOA board is mainly used to achieve cross-connection at the electrical layer, and to provide

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 14-172 Functions and features of the TOA board

and
Feature
Basic TOA converts signals as follows:

function l 8 x (125 Mbit/s to 1.25 Gbit/s signals) <-> 8 x ODU0.
l 8 x (1.49 Gbit/s to 2.67 Gbit/s signals) <-> 8 x ODU1.
l 8 x (125 Mbit/s to 2.5 Gbit/s signals) <-> 1 to 8 x ODU1.
l 8 x OTU1 <-> 16 x ODU0.
l 5 x 3G-SDI/3G-SDIRBR <-> 5 x ODUflex.
l 4 x FC400/FICON4G <-> 4 x ODUflex.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
and
Feature

HD-SDI: Bit-serial digital interface for high-definition television systems at a
rate of 1.49 Gbit/s
HD-SDIRBR: Bit-serial digital interface for high-definition television systems
at a rate of 1.49/1.001 Gbit/s
3G-SDIRBR: Video service at a rate of 2.97/1.001 Gbit/s
NOTE
The TOA board supports both GE electrical signal and GE optical signal.
The TOA board supports access of SDI, HD-SDI, HD-SDIRBR, 3G-SDI, 3G-SDIRBR,
and DVB-ASI electrical signals. When the board is used to accept these electrical signals,
a digital video O/E converter must be used for O/E or E/O conversion and the optical
module of the converter must agree with the board optical module specifications. The
digital video O/E converter is a third-party device. Customers can purchase a digital video
O/E converter by themselves.
NOTE
Cross- Cross-connects a maximum of 16 channels of ODU0 signals or 8 channels of

connect ODU1 signals through the backplane bus and cross-connect board.
capabilities Cross-connects a maximum of five channels of ODUflex signals by using buses
on the backplane and the cross-connect board.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
and
Feature
OTN l The mapping process complies with ITU-T G.7041 and ITU-T G.709. The
function board supports the frame format and overhead processing by referring to
the ITU-T G.709.
l Supports the PM function for ODU0.
l Supports PM non-intrusive monitoring for ODU0.
l Supports TCM and PM non-intrusive monitoring for ODU1.
l Supports PM function for ODUflex.
l Supports PM non-intrusive monitoring for ODUflex.
l Supports the SM, TCM and PM functions for OTU1.
ESC Supported
function

function NOTE
is STM-1/OC–3, STM-4/OC-12, STM-16/OC-48, or OTU1.
LPT This function is supported only when the TOA board receives FE or GE
function services on its client side.
FEC Supports forward error correction (FEC) on the client side that complies with
encoding ITU-T G.709, only when the service type is OTU1.
performanc l Monitors B1 bytes to help locate faults.
e events
power of the laser.

function

NOTE
The board supports the Test frame function only when the Service Type is GE(GFP-
T).
Latency The board supports latency measurement. The bidirectional latency at the
measureme ODUk layer between two tributary boards supporting the latency measurement
nt function can be measured, and the latency data is displayed on the U2000.
NOTE
This function is not supported when the client-side service type is OTU1.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
and
Feature
IEEE Supports the TC, TC+OC, BC, and OC modes when the client-side service type
1588v2 is GE (GFP-T).
Supports the BC and OC modes when the client-side service type is OTU1.
NOTE
When receiving GE (GFP-T) services, the TX8/RX8 optical port cannot process IEEE
1588v2 clock signals.
When receiving OTU1 services, the board only supports frequency synchronization using
the receiving and transmitting timestamps in Sync messages of the IEEE 1588v2 protocol.
It does not support frequency synchronization using the physical clock.
Physical When receiving GE(GFP-T) services on the client side, the board can support
clock synchronous Ethernet processing instead of synchronous Ethernet transparent
transmission.
support synchronous Ethernet transparent transmission instead of synchronous
Ethernet processing.
In ODU1_ODU0 mode (OTU1->ODU1->ODU0), when the client-side
service type is OTU1, synchronous Ethernet processing is supported but
synchronous Ethernet transparent transmission is not supported.
Electrical- Supported
layer
ASON

NOTE
When the board receives OTN services, SDH/SONET services the board supports
When the cross-connect granularity is ODUflex, the board does not support tributary
SNCP protection.
ODU0 tributary SNCP protection is supported only in ODU1_ODU0 mode (OTU1-
>ODU1->ODU0).
Ethernet Supports encapsulation of GE services in GE(TTT-GMP) or GE(GFP-T).

service
mapping
mode
Ethernet GE(TTT-GMP):
port Auto-Negotiation
working
mode 1000M Full-Duplex

Loopback

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
and
Feature
Outloop NOTE
The Channel Loopback is supported only when port
working mode is ODU1_ODU0 mode (OTU1-
>ODU1->ODU0).
Outloop

(non- ITU-T G.782
monitoring)
PI)
NCITS FIBRE CHANNEL FRAMING AND SIGNALING-2
(FC-FS-2)
NCITS FIBRE CHANNEL - PHYSICAL AND SIGNALING
INTERFACE (FC-PH)
Television Systems
Interface (ASI)
Interface (FDDI) - Token Ring Physical Layer Protocol (PHY)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
and
Feature

service
e ITU-T G.7710
monitoring)
ITU-T G.798
ITU-T G.874
ITU-T M.3100
ITU-T G.874.1
ITU-T G.875
ITU-T G.808.1
ITU-T G.841
ITU-T G.8201
ITU-T G.873.1
ITU-T G.694.1

This section describes the physical ports displayed on the NMS.
Table 14-173 Mapping between the physical ports on the TOA board and the port numbers
TX1/RX1 3
TX2/RX2 4
TX3/RX3 5
TX4/RX4 6
TX5/RX5 7
TX6/RX6 8
TX7/RX7 9
TX8/RX8 10

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
NOTE
14.13.5 TOA scenario 1: ODU0 non-convergence mode (Any-

>ODU0)
The TOA board performs conversion between eight channels of optical signals at a rate in the
range of 125 Mbit/s to 1.25 Gbit/s and eight channels of ODU0 electrical signals, see Figure
14-172.
Figure 14-172 Position of the TOA in a WDM system (Scenario 1)

TX1 TOA TOA TX1
1 1 M M 1 1
RX1 RX1
U U
FE/FDDI/GE/STM-1/ X X FE/FDDI/GE/STM-1/
8×ODU0
8×ODU0
8×ODU0
8×ODU0
N N
8×Any
8×Any
STM-4/OC-3/OC-12/ / / STM-4/OC-3/OC-12/
S D S
FC100/FICON/DVB- D FC100/FICON/DVB-
2 M 2
ASI/ESCON/SDI TX8 M TX8 ASI/ESCON/SDI
U U
8 8 8 8
RX8 X X RX8

The TOA board can work in the standard or compatible mode. For information about the standard
and compatible modes, see 12.2.3 Standard Mode and Compatible Mode.

Displayed
on the NMS
Compatible Figure 14-173 Table 14-175 54TOA

mode
Standard Figure 14-174 Table 14-176 54TOA

mode (STND)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-173 Port diagram of the TOA board (ODU0 non-convergence mode (Any->ODU0))
(compatible mode)
Backplane
8xODU0
3(RX1/TX1)-1
4(RX2/TX2)-1
10(RX8/TX8)-1
Cross-connect module Service processing module
Cross-connection that must be configured

on the NMS.
>ODU0))

interfaces.
ClientLP1–ClientLP8 Internal logical port. The paths are numbered 1 to 2.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
(standard mode)
Backplane
8xODU0
3(RX1/TX1)-1
4(RX2/TX2)-1
10(RX8/TX8)-1

NMS.
>ODU0))

interfaces.

>ODU0).
NOTE
If all the eight client–side ports are used to receive and transmit GE(TTT-GMP) services, users can
configure the 8 * GE->8 * ODU0 service package for the board on the NMS. This simultaneously sets
the Port Working Mode to ODU0 non-convergence mode (Any->ODU0) and the Service Type to GE
(TTT-GMP) for the eight ports.
l When the TOA board works in compatible mode:
– On the U2000, create electrical cross-connections between the internal RX/TX and
1
ClientLP ports. For details, see in Figure 14-175.
2

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
l When the TOA board works in standard mode:

– On the U2000, create electrical cross-connections between the RX/TX port and other
1
boards's ODU0LP ports. For details, see in Figure 14-176.
(compatible mode)
WDM side
Other board a
(standard mode)
(compatible mode)
Client side
1
2
7(TX5/RX5)-1
TOA
8(TX6/RX6)-1
The client side of the TOA board are cross-connected to the WDM side of other boards,


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
(standard mode)
WDM side
1(IN1/OUT1)-OCh:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:1-ODU0:2 Other
board a
(standard
board b
(compatible
Client side
3(TX1/RX1)-1
1
4(TX2/RX2)-1
5(TX3/RX3)-1
6(TX4/RX4)-1
7(TX5/RX5)-1 TOA
8(TX6/RX6)-1
9(TX7/RX7)-1
10(TX8/RX8)-1

NOTE
When the TOA board connects to a TOM board that uses channel 2 on the ClientLP port, a client-side optical
port on the TOA board must be cross-connected to channel 2 on the ClientLP port of the TOA board. In other
cases, configure cross-connections from channel 1 on the ClientLP port of the TOM board to the client-side
ports on the TOA board.
When creating electrical cross-connections between the ClientLP port of the TOA board and other boards's

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
14.13.6 TOA scenario 2: ODU1 non-convergence mode (Any-

>ODU1)
range of 1.49 Gbit/s to 2.67 Gbit/s and eight channels of ODU1 electrical signals, see Figure
14-177.

TX1 TOA TOA TX1
1 1 M M 1 1
RX1 U U RX1
X X
8×ODU1
8×ODU1
8×ODU0
8×ODU0
N N
8×Any
8×Any
HD-SDI/STM–16/ / / HD-SDI/STM–16/
OC-48/FC200/FICON D D D OC-48/FC200/FICON
D
Express/OTU1 2 M 2 Express/OTU1
TX8 M TX8
U U
8 8 8 8
RX8 X X RX8

board. They also can be used as sources or sinks of cross-connections. For example, ClientLP

Displayed
on the NMS
Compatible Figure 14-178 Table 14-178 TOA

mode
Standard Figure 14-179 Table 14-179 TOA(STND)

mode

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
(compatible mode)
Backplane
8xODU1
8(RX6/TX6)-1
9(RX7/TX7)-1
10(RX8/TX8)-1

Service processing Cross-connection that must be configured

module on the NMS.
>ODU1))

interfaces.
ClientLP1–ClientLP8 Internal logical port. The paths are numbered 1.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
(standard mode)
Backplane
8xODU1
3(RX1/TX1)-1
4(RX2/TX2)-1
5(RX3/TX3)-1
8(RX6/TX6)-1
9(RX7/TX7)-1
10(RX8/TX8)-1

module on the NMS.
Service processing
module
>ODU1))

interfaces.

>ODU1).
NOTE
If all the eight client-side ports are used to receive and transmit STM-16 services, users can configure the
8 * STM-16/OC-48->8 * ODU1 service package for the board. This simultaneously sets the Port
Working Mode to ODU1 non-convergence mode (Any->ODU1) and Service Type to STM-16 for the
eight ports.
l On the U2000, create electrical cross-connections between the local ClientLP port and other
1
boards's ODU1LP ports. For details, see in Figure 14-180.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
1
1
(compatible mode)
WDM side
Client side
7(TX5/RX5)-1 205(ClientLP5/ClientLP5)-1 TOA


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
(standard mode)
WDM side
1(IN1/OUT1)-OCh:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:1 Other
1(IN1/OUT1)-OCh:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:2 board a
51(ODU1LP1/ODU1LP1)-2 board b
Client side
3(TX1/RX1)-1
1
4(TX2/RX2)-1
5(TX3/RX3)-1
6(TX4/RX4)-1
TOA
7(TX5/RX5)-1
8(TX6/RX6)-1
9(TX7/RX7)-1
10(TX8/RX8)-1

14.13.7 TOA scenario 3: ODU1 convergence mode (n * Any->ODU1)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
range of 125 Mbit/s to 2.5 Gbit/s and one to eight channels of ODU1 electrical signals, as shown
in Figure 14-182.

(1~8)xODU1 2xOTU2 2xOTU2 (1~8)xODU1
TX1 TOA TOA

TX1
FE/FDDI/STM-1/OC- M M FE/FDDI/STM-1/OC-
RX1 RX1
3/STM-16/ U U 3/STM-16/
(1~8)×ODU1
(1~8)×ODU1
DVB-ASI/SDI/ESCON/ X X DVB-ASI/SDI/ESCON/
8×ODU0
8×ODU0
N N
8×Any
8×Any
STM-4/OC- / / STM-4/OC-
D D D
12/GE/FC100/ D 12/GE/FC100/
2 M 2
FICON/FC200/ TX8 M TX8 FICON/FC200/
FICON Express/ U U FICON Express/
HD-SDI/HD-SDIRBR RX8 X X RX8 HD-SDI/HD-SDIRBR


Displayed
on the NMS

mode

mode (STND)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-183 Port diagram of the TOA board (ODU1 convergence mode (n*Any->ODU1))
(compatible mode)
Backplane
（1-8）xODU1
4(RX2/TX2)-1
5(RX3/TX3)-1
7(RX5/TX5)-1
8(RX6/TX6)-1
10(RX8/TX8)-1

module

on the NMS.
Table 14-181 Description of NM port of the TOA board


interfaces.
ClientLP1–ClientLP8 Internal logical port. The paths are numbered 1 to 8.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-184 Port diagram of the TOA board (ODU1 convergence mode (n*Any->ODU1))
(standard mode)
Backplane
（1~8）xODU1
3(RX1/TX1)-1 201(ConvGroup1/ConvGroup1)-2 201(ConvGroup1/ConvGroup1)-1
4(RX2/TX2)-1
5(RX3/TX3)-1
201(ConvGroup1/ConvGroup1)-7 203(ConvGroup3/ConvGroup3)-1
6(RX4/TX4)-1 201(ConvGroup1/ConvGroup1)-8
7(RX5/TX5)-1
8(RX6/TX6)-1
9(RX7/TX7)-1 208(ConvGroup1/ConvGroup1)-1
10(RX8/TX8)-1

module

on the NMS.
Table 14-182 Description of NM port of the TOA board

interfaces.
ConvGroup1–ConvGroup8 Internal logical port. The paths are numbered 1 to 8.

l On the U2000, set the Port Working Mode to ODU1 convergence mode (n*Any-
>ODU1).
– On the U2000, create cross-connections between the local RX/TX port and ClientLP
1
– Create cross-connections between the local ClientLP port and other boards' ODU1LP
2

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
– On the U2000, create cross-connections between the local RX/TX port and ConvGroup
1
– Create cross-connections between the local ConvGroup port and other boards' ODU1LP
2
NOTE
When the rate of services received on the client side is greater than 1.25 Gbit/s, these services must be configured
on the first optical channel of each ClientLP.
Figure 14-185 Cross-connection diagram of the TOA board (ODU1 convergence mode (n*Any->ODU1))
(compatible mode)
WDM side
Client side

2
7(TX5/RX5)-1
TOA
8(TX6/RX6)-1
10(TX8/RX8)-1
The client side of the TOA board are cross-connected to the WDM side of other boards, which


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-186 Cross-connection diagram of the TOA board (ODU1 convergence mode (n*Any->ODU1)) (standard
mode)
WDM side
Other board a
(standard
mode)
Other board b
mode)
Client side

Group1)-1 Group1)-1
4(TX2/RX2)-1
201(ConvGroup1/Conv 2
5(TX3/RX3)-1 1
Group1)-8
6(TX4/RX4)-1
Group2)-1 Group2)-1
7(TX5/RX5)-1
202(ConvGroup2/Conv TOA
8(TX6/RX6)-1 Group2)-8
9(TX7/RX7)-1 Group8)-1 Group8)-1
10(TX8/RX8)-1
208(ConvGroup8/Conv
Group8)-8

14.13.8 TOA scenario 4: ODU1_ODU0 mode (OTU1->ODU1-

>ODU0)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
The TOA board performs conversion between eight OTU1 optical signals and 16 ODU0
electrical signals, see Figure 14-187.

TOA TOA
RX1 RX1
1 1 M M 1 1
TX1 U U TX1
X X
16×ODU0
16×ODU0
8×ODU1
8×OTU1
8×ODU1
8×OTU1
8×ODU0
8×ODU0
N N
OTU1 D
/ /
D OTU1
D D
2 M 2
RX8 M RX8
U U
TX8 16 16 X X 16 16 TX8


Displayed
on the NMS

mode

mode (STND)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-188 Port diagram of the TOA board (ODU1_ODU0 mode (OTU1->ODU1->ODU0))
(compatible mode)
Backplane
16xODU0
10(RX8/TX8)-1 168(ODU0LP8/ODU0LP8)-2


on the NMS.
Service processing
module
Table 14-184 Description of NM port of the TOA board (ODU1_ODU0 mode (OTU1->ODU1-
>ODU0))

interfaces.
ODU0LP1–ODU0LP8 Internal logical port. The paths are numbered 1 to 2.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-189 Port diagram of the TOA board (ODU1_ODU0 mode (OTU1->ODU1->ODU0))
(standard mode)
Backplane
16xODU0
3(RX1/TX1)-1
3(RX1/TX1)-1 3(RX1/TX1)-2
4(RX2/TX2)-1
4(RX2/TX2)-1 4(RX2/TX2)-2
9(RX7/TX7)-1
9(RX7/TX7)-1 9(RX7/TX7)-2
10(RX8/TX8)-1
10(RX8/TX8)-1 10(RX8/TX8)-2
Cross-connect Multiplexing module

module
Cross-connection that
must be configured on
the NMS.
Table 14-185 Description of NM port of the TOA board (ODU1_ODU0 mode (OTU1->ODU1-
>ODU0))

interfaces. The paths are numbered 1 to 2.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

l On the U2000, set the Port Working Mode to ODU1_ODU0 mode (OTU1->ODU1-
>ODU0).
– U2000, create electrical cross-connections between the local ODU0LP port and other
1
boards' ODU0LP ports. For details, see in Figure 14-190.
– U2000, create electrical cross-connections between the local RX/TX-1, RX/TX-2 port
1
and other boards' ODU0LP ports. For details, see in Figure 14-191.
Figure 14-190 Cross-connection diagram of the TOA board (ODU1_ODU0 mode (OTU1->ODU1->ODU0))
(compatible mode)
WDM side
Other board a
1(IN1/OUT1)-OCH:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:4-ODU0:1 (standard mode)
(compatible mode)
Client side

1

TOA Cross-connect module Multiplexing module Cross-connect module


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-191 Cross-connection diagram of the TOA board (ODU1_ODU0 mode (OTU1->ODU1->ODU0))
(standard mode)
WDM side
Other board a
(standard
(compatible
mode)
Client side
3(TX1/RX1)-1 3(TX1/RX1)-1
3(TX1/RX1)-2
1
4(TX2/RX2)-1 4(TX2/RX2)-1
4(TX2/RX2)-2
TOA
9(TX7/RX7)-1 9(TX7/RX7)-1
9(TX7/RX7)-2
10(TX8/RX8)-1 10(TX8/RX8)-1
10(TX8/RX8)-2
Multiplexing module Cross-connect module

14.13.9 TOA scenario 5: ODUflex non-convergence mode (Any-

>ODUflex)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
The TOA board performs conversion between five 3G-SDI/3G-SDIRBR optical signals and five
ODUflex electrical signals, see Figure 14-192.
Figure 14-192 Position of the TOA in a WDM system (3G-SDI/3G-SDIRBR<->ODUflex)

TX1 TOA TOA

TX1
M M
5x3G-SDI/3G-SDIRBR
5x3G-SDI/3G-SDIRBR
RX1 1 1 1 1 RX1
U U
X X
5xODUflex
5xODUflex
3G-SDI N / N 3G-SDI
5 /
3G-SDIRBR Q Q 5 3G-SDIRBR
D D
2 M 2
TX8 M TX8
U U
5 5 5 5
RX8 X X RX8
NOTE
Each 3G-SDI/3G-SDIRBR service uses three timeslots of an ODUflex, requiring the total bandwidth of 3.75
Gbit/s.
The TOA board performs conversion between four FC400/FICON4G optical signals and four
ODUflex electrical signals, see Figure 14-193.
Figure 14-193 Position of the TOA in a WDM system (FC400<->ODUflex)

TX1 TOA TOA

TX1
RX1 1 1 M M 1 1
4xFC400/FICON4G
RX1
4xFC400/FICON4G
U U
X X
4xODUflex
4xODUflex
N / N
4xFC400/ 4 / 4xFC400/
Q D Q 4
FICON4G D FICON4G
2 M 2
TX8 M TX8
U U
4 4 4 4
RX8 X X RX8
NOTE
Only the TN53NQ2 board supports ODUflex.

Each FC400/FICON4G service uses four timeslots of an ODUflex, requiring the total bandwidth of 5 Gbit/s.


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Displayed
on the NMS

mode

mode (STND)
Figure 14-194 Port diagram of the TOA board (ODUflex non-convergence mode (Any-
>ODUflex)) (compatible mode)
Other line board
Backplane
5xODUflex
3(RX1/TX1)-1
4(RX2/TX2)-1
5(RX3/TX3)-1
8(RX6/TX6)-1
9(RX7/TX7)-1
10(RX8/TX8)-1

Service processing Cross-connection that must be configured

module on the NMS.
Table 14-187 Description of NM port of the TOA board (ODUflex non-convergence mode
(Any->ODUflex))

interfaces.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-195 Port diagram of the TOA board (ODUflex non-convergence mode (Any-
>ODUflex)) (standard mode)
Other line board
Backplane
5xODUflex
3(RX1/TX1)-1
4(RX2/TX2)-1
10(RX8/TX8)-1

module on the NMS.
Service processing
module
Table 14-188 Description of NM port of the TOA board (ODUflex non-convergence mode
(Any->ODUflex))

interfaces.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

l On the U2000, set the Port Working Mode to ODUflex non-convergence mode (Any-
>ODUflex).
2
other boards' ODUflex ports. For details, see in Figure 14-196.
1
other boards' ODUflex ports. For details, see in Figure 14-197.
NOTE
When configuring a cross-connection, ODUflex Timeslot is 3 if the client service type is 3G-SDI/3G-
SDIRBR, and ODUflex Timeslot is 4 if the client service type is FC400/FICON4G.
Figure 14-196 ODUflex non-convergence mode (Any->ODUflex) (compatible mode)

WDM side
Other board
Client side
1 2
TOA
Other TN52ND2T04 / TN53ND2 / TN53NQ2 / TN52NS2T04 / TN52NS2T05 /

board TN52NS2T06 / TN52NS201M01 / TN52NS201M02 / TN53NS2 / TN54NS4

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-197 ODUflex non-convergence mode (Any->ODUflex) (standard mode)

WDM side
Other board 1(IN1/OUT1)-OCh:1-ODU2:1-ODUflex:2
Client side
3(TX1/RX1)-1
1
4(TX2/RX2)-1
5(TX3/RX3)-1
6(TX4/RX4)-1
7(TX5/RX5)-1 TOA
8(TX6/RX6)-1
9(TX7/RX7)-1
10(TX8/RX8)-1
The client side of the TOA board are cross-connected to the WDM
Other TN52ND2T04 / TN53ND2 / TN53NQ2 / TN52NS2T04 / TN52NS2T05 /

board TN52NS2T06 / TN52NS201M01 / TN52NS201M02 / TN53NS2 / TN54NS4

The TOA board consists of the client-side optical module, signal processing module, control
and communication module, 1588v2 module, and power supply module.

Figure 14-198 shows the block diagram of the functions of the TOA board.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-198 Functional modules and signal flow of the TOA board
Backplane (service cross-
connection)
Client side 16xODU0/8xODU1/5xODUflex
RX1
RX2
O/E Service
RX8 OTN Cross-
encapsulation
processing connect 1588 v2
TX1 and mapping
TX2 module
E/O
TX8
Client-side
optical Signal processing module
module
Control

Power supply
module
Fuse Required
voltage
Backplane
DC power supply
NOTE
When used to receive GE electrical signals, the board must use a client-side electrical module to perform
power level conversion, and then sends the signals to the service encapsulation and mapping module for
processing.
In the signal flow of the TOA board, the transmit and the receive directions are defined. The
transmit direction is defined as the direction from the client side of the TOA to the backplane
of the TOA, and the receive direction is defined as the reverse direction.
The client-side optical module receives 8 channels of optical signals from client equipment
through the RX1-RX8 interfaces, and performs O/E conversion.
After O/E conversion, the 8 channels of electrical signals are sent to the signal processing
and mapping processing, and OTN framing. Then, the module sends out a maximum of 16
channels of ODU0 signals, or 8 channels of ODU1 or 5 channels of ODUflex signals to
the backplane.
l Receive direction
The signal processing module receives the electrical signals sent from the backplane. The
module performs operations such as ODU0, or ODU1, or ODUflex framing, demapping

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
and decapsulation processing. Then, the module sends out 8 channels of Any signals to the
client-side optical module.
The client-side optical module performs the E/O conversion of Any electrical signals, and
interfaces.
Module Function
to standard optical signals.
module, OTN processing module.
Implements the grooming of electrical signals between the TOA and the cross-connect
board through the backplane. The grooming service signals are ODU1, or ODU0, or
ODUflex signals.
Encapsulates multiple channels of Any signals and maps the signals into the ODU0/
ODU1/ODUflex payload area. The module also performs the reverse process and has
the Any performance monitoring function.
Processes overheads in OTN signals, and performs FEC encoding and decoding.
l 1588v2 module
to the STG board

There are indicators and interfaces on the front panel of the TOA board.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 14-199 shows the front panel of the TOA board.
Figure 14-199 Front panel of the TOA board
Indicators


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Interfaces
Table 14-189 Types and functions of the interfaces on the TOA board
TX1-TX8 LC Transmits the service signal.
RX1-RX8 LC Receives the service signal.
Laser Hazard Level


One slot houses one TOA board.
Table 14-190 shows the valid slots for the TOA board.
Table 14-190 Valid slots for the TOA board
Product Valid slots

For parameters of the TOA, refer toTable 14-191.
Table 14-191 TOA parameters

Channel interface.


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
channel of a board.
Default: Non-
Loopback

Outloop NOTE
Default: Non- This parameter can be set only when Port
Working Mode is set to ODU1_ODU0
Loopback
mode (OTU1->ODU1->ODU0)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
SDI, ESCON, FC-100, type of the service accessed at the optical
FC-200, FC-400, interface on the client side.
FDDI, FE, FICON, NOTE
FICON Express, GE GE services can be encapsulated in two
(TTT-GMP), GE(GFP- formats. When Service Type is GE(TTT-
T), HD-SDI, HD- GMP), the encapsulation format is TTT-
GMP; when Service Type is GE(GFP-T),
SDIRBR, OC-3,
the encapsulation format is GFP-T. The
OC-12, OC-48, OTU-1, value GE(TTT-GMP) is recommended.
STM-1, STM-4,
STM-16, 3G-SDI, 3G- ends must be encapsulated in the same
SDIRBR format.
Default: None NOTE
The TOA board's ports may work in any of
five working modes and the type of the
client-side services received by the ports
varies with the working modes.
>ODU0): Supports DVB-ASI, ESCON,
FC-100, FDDI, FE, FICON, GE(GFP-
T), GE(TTT-GMP), OC-3, OC-12, SDI,
STM-1, and STM-4 services.
l ODU1 convergence mode (n*Any-
>ODU1): Supports Any, DVB-ASI,
ESCON, FC-100, FC-200, FDDI, FE,
FICON, FICON Express, STM-1,
STM-4, STM-16, OC-3, OC-12 , SDI,
HDSDI, HD-SDIRBR, and GE(GFP-T)
services.
>ODU1): Supports FC-200, FICON-
Express, HDSDI, HD-SDIRBR, OC-48,
OTU-1, and STM-16 services.
>ODU0): Supports OTU1 services.
l ODUflex non-convergence mode (Any-
>ODUflex): Supports FC400, 3G-SDI,
3G-SDIRBR services.
NOTE
The FICON4G service and the FC400
service are processed identically. For the
FICON4G service, you can configure it as
the FC400 service on the U2000.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Client Service Bearer l Channel 1 at each of sets the rate of the accessed service at the
Rate (Mbit/s) ports 201 optical interface on the client side of a
(ClientLP1/ board.
ClientLP1) to 208 NOTE
(ClientLP8/ This parameter can be set only when Service
ClientLP8): 125 to Type is set to Any.
2200 See D.5 Client Service Bearer Rate
l Channels 2 to 8 at (Mbit/s) (WDM Interface) for more
each of ports 201 information.
(ClientLP1/
ClientLP1) to 208
(ClientLP8/
ClientLP8): 125 to
1250
Default: /



OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

BW_Client_R_LOS.
to BW_WDM_Defect.
l If an OPUk_CSF alarm is detected
on the WDM-side port of the local
1800ms, 1900ms, 2s
Default: 0s
Turn-On 600ms, 700ms, 800ms, ALS enabled, the hold-off time is a time
1800ms, 1900ms, 2s
Default: 0s

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


Ethernet services.

information.

to Disabled.
NOTE

board resides.
information.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
(Any->ODU0), ODU1 according to the actual application
non-convergence mode scenario and service mapping trail.
(Any->ODU1), ODU1
convergence mode
(n*Any->ODU1),
ODU1_ODU0 mode
(OTU1->ODU1-
>ODU0), ODUflex
non-convergence mode
(Any->ODUflex),
NONE Mode(Not for
port)
Default: ODU0 non-
convergence mode
(Any->ODU0)
14.13.14 TOA Specifications


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Optical Module
TN54TO N/A I-16-2 km

A S-16.1-15 km
L-16.1-40 km
L-16.2-80 km
1000 BASE-BX10-U
1000 BASE-BX10-D
1000 BASE-BX-U
1000 BASE-BX-D
1000 BASE-LX-10 km
1000 BASE-LX-40 km
1000 BASE-ZX-80 km
1.25 Gbit/s Multirate (eSFP CWDM)-40 km
2.67 Gbit/s Multirate (eSFP DWDM)-120 km
270 Mbit/s to 3 Gbit/s multirate (Video eSFP)-10
km
4.25 Gbit/s Multirate-10 km
NOTE
point.

NOTE
I-16-2 km module, S-16.1-15 km module, L-16.1-40 km module and L-16.2-80 km module can be used to access
OTU1, STM-16, OC-48, FC200, FC100, GE, STM-4, OC-12, ESCON, STM-1, OC-3, and DVB-ASI signals.
module.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Optical I-16-2 km S-16.1-15 L-16.1-40 L-16.2-80

Module km km km
Type

format

source type

distance

wavelength
range
mean
launched
power

mean
launched
power
Minimum dB 8.2 8.2 8.2 8.2

extinction
ratio
-20 dB
spectral
width
side mode
suppression
ratio


type

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Optical I-16-2 km S-16.1-15 L-16.1-40 L-16.2-80

Module km km km
Type

wavelength
range
Receiver dBm -18 -18 -27 -28

sensitivity
receiver
overload
Maximum dB -27 -27 -27 -27

reflectance
NOTE

transmissions)


format

type
Target km 10 10 40 40
transmission
distance

wavelength
range
mean launched
power

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

mean launched
power
Minimum dB 6 6 6 6
extinction ratio

mask

wavelength
range
Receiver dBm -19.5 -19.5 -23 -23

sensitivity
receiver
overload
Maximum dB -12 -12 -12 -12

reflectance
NOTE
2.125 Gbit/s Multi-rate module can be used to access FC200, GE, FC100, FDDI, FICON, FICON Express, and
FE signals.
1000 BASE-LX-10 km module, 1000 BASE-LX-40 km module and 1000 BASE-ZX-80 km module can be used
to access GE, FC100, STM-4, OC-12, ESCON, STM-1, OC-3, FDDI, FICON, FE and DVB-ASI signals.
NOTE
When accessing 1000 BASE-T services, the specifications of the electrical interface comply with the IEEE Std
802.3.


Type 5 km

format

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Type 5 km
Target - 0.5 km (0.3 10 km (6.2 40 km (24.9 80 km (49.7

distance

wavelength
range

mean
launched
power

mean
launched
power
Minimum dB 9 9 9 9
extinction
ratio

mask

type

wavelength
range
Receiver dBm -17 -20 -20 -23

sensitivity
receiver
overload
NOTE
1.25 Gbit/s Multi-rate module (eSFP CWDM) can be used to access GE, FC100, STM-4, OC-12, ESCON,
STM-1, OC-3, FDDI, FICON, FE, DVB-ASI signals.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
NOTE
2.67 Gbit/s Multi-rate module (eSFP CWDM) can be used to access OTU1, STM-16, OC-48, FC200, FC100,
FDDI, FICON, FICON Express, GE, STM-4, OC-12, ESCON, STM-1, OC-3, DVB-ASI, FE signals. The
specifications listed below apply to STM-16, OC-48 signals.

wavelengths)

km km

distance

range

launched power

power

deviation

spectral width

suppression ratio

G.959.1-compliant

range

overload

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

km km
NOTE
2.67 Gbit/s Multi-rate module (eSFP DWDM) can be used to access OTU1, STM-16, OC-48, FC200, FC100,
FDDI, FICON, FICON Express, GE, STM-4, OC-12, ESCON, STM-1, OC-3, and DVB-ASI signals.
module.

wavelengths)

km

distance

power

power

width

suppression ratio

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

km

Receiver type - APD

range
NOTE
SDI module can be used to access SDI, HD-SDI, HD-SDIRBR, 3G-SDI, and 3G-SDIRBR signals.
Table 14-197 Client-side pluggable optical module specifications (SDI services)


Multirate (Video
eSFP)-10 km
Service rate Gbit/s ≤3

power

power

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Multirate (Video
eSFP)-10 km

width
Receiver type - PIN
NOTE
4.25 Gbit/s Multirate-0.3 km, 4.25 Gbit/s Multirate-10 km module can be used to access FC400, and FICON4G
signals.


distance
Transmitter parameter nm 830 to 860 1270 to 1355

specifications at point S

launched power
Minimum mean dBm -9 -8.4

launched power
Eye pattern mask - Compliant with Fiber Channel-physical interface

(FC-PI-2) parameter template

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


range

overload
(8.7 in.)
Power Consumption
F) (W) (131°F) (W)
TN54TOA 23 25
14.14 TOG
TOG: 8 x GE tributary service processing board

The available functional version of the TOG board is TN52.

Huawei office.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Boa 8800 T64 8800 T32 8800 T16 8800 6800 3800
Subrack
TN5 Y Y Y N Y Y
2TO
G
Variants
The TN52TOG board has only one variant: TN52TOG01.
14.14.2 Application
As a type of tributary board, the TOG board implements conversion between 8 channels of GE
optical signals or GE electrical signals and 4 channels of ODU1 electrical signals or 8 channels
of ODU0 electrical signals through cross-connection.
For the position of the TOG board in the WDM system, see Figure 14-200 and Figure
14-201.
Figure 14-200 Position of the TOG board in the WDM system (OptiX OSN 8800)
8xODU0 8xODU0
TOG TOG
RX1 M TX1
M
TX1 1 1 U U 1 1
RX1
X X
N N
8xODU0
GE S
/ /
S 8xODU0 GE
D D
2 M 2
M
RX8 RX1
U U
TX8 8 8 X X 8 8
TX1
Figure 14-201 Position of the TOG board in the WDM system (OptiX OSN 6800/3800)
4xODU1 4xODU1
TOG TOG
RX1 TX1
M M
TX1 1 1 U U 1 1
RX1
X X
N N
8xODU0
4xODU1
8xODU0
4xODU1
GE / / GE
S D S
D
2 M 2
M
RX8 TX8
U U
8 8 X X 8 8
TX8 RX8

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

The TOG board is mainly used to achieve cross-connection at the electrical layer.
NOTE
Only the OptiX OSN 8800 supports ODU0.
Table 14-199 Functions and features of the TOG board

Feature
Basic function TOG converts signals as follows:

l 8 x GE<->8 x ODU0
l 8 x GE<->4 x ODU1

service type NOTE
The TOG board supports both GE electrical signal and GE optical signal.
The TOG board supports GE services that can be mapped using the TTT-GMP or
GFP-T procedure.
Cross-connect OptiX OSN 8800: Supports the cross-connection of eight channels of

capabilities ODU0 signals between the TOG board and the cross-connect board
OptiX OSN 6800: Supports the cross-connection of four channels of
ODU1 signals between the TOG board and the cross-connect board
OptiX OSN 3800: Supports the grooming of four ODU1 signals from one
OTN function l Supports the OTN frame format and overhead processing defined in
the ITU-T G.709. The mapping process is compliant with ITU-T G.
709.
l Supports PM functions for ODU1/ODU0.
events
power of the laser.
NOTE
The TOG board supports remote monitoring (RMON) only at the receive end .

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Feature
PRBS test Not supported.

function
Test frame Not supported.
IEEE 1588v2 Supports the TC, TC+OC, BC, and OC modes only when the client-side
service type is GE (GFP-T).
NOTE
The TOG board supports only two channels IEEE 1588v2 signals.
Physical clock When receiving GE(GFP-T) services on the client side, the board can
support synchronous Ethernet processing instead of synchronous
Ethernet transparent transmission.
ASON

Ethernet service Supports encapsulation of GE services in GE(GFP-T) or GE(TTT-GMP).

mapping mode
Ethernet port 1000M Full-Duplex

working mode
Loopback WDM side -
Outloop Supported

transmission
(non-
performance
monitoring)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Feature

service
ITU-T G.798
ITU-T G.874
ITU-T M.3100
ITU-T G.874.1
ITU-T G.875
ITU-T G.808.1
ITU-T G.841
ITU-T G.8201
ITU-T G.873.1
ITU-T G.694.1

The TOG board consists of the client-side optical module, signal processing module, 1588v2

Figure 14-202 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the TOG board.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-202 Functional modules and signal flow of the TOG board
Backplane (service cross-connection) n X ODUk
Client side
RX1 O/E
RX2
8 GE Service OTN Cross- 1588v2
RX8 encapsulation processing module
connect
TX1 E/O and mapping module module
TX2 module
8
TX8 Client-side
module
Control

Power supply
module
Fuse Required
voltage
( Backplane controlled by SCC )

DC power supply from
a backplane SCC
NOTE
When used to receive GE electrical signals, the board must use a client-side electrical module to perform power
level conversion, and then sends the signals to the service encapsulation and mapping module for processing.
In Figure 14-202, n x ODUk indicates the service cross-connections from the TOG board to the backplane. "n"
Table 14-200 shows the service cross-connections from the TOG board to the backplane.
Table 14-200 Service cross-connections from the TOG board to the backplane
TN52T A maximum of 8xODU0/4xODU1

OG
Signal Flow
In the signal flow of the TOG board, the transmit and the receive directions are defined. The
transmit direction is defined as the direction from the client side of the TOG to the backplane,
The client-side optical module receives 8 channels of the optical signals from client

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
After O/E conversion, the electrical signals are sent to the corresponding encapsulation and
mapping modules. The module performs operations such as encapsulation and mapping
processing, and OTN framing. Then, the module sends out ODUk signals to the backplane
for grooming.
l Receive direction
The signal processing module receives ODUk electrical signals sent from the cross-
connection board through the backplane. The module performs operations such as ODUk
framing, demapping and decapsulation processing. Then, the module sends out 8 channels
of GE signals to the client-side optical module.
The client-side optical module performs the E/O conversion of GE electrical signals, and
interfaces.
Module Function
– Client-side receiver: Performs O/E conversion of 8 channels of GE optical signals.
– Client-side transmitter: Performs the E/O conversion from 8 channels of the internal
The module consists of a GE service encapsulation and mapping module, an OTN
processing module and a cross-connect module,.
– GE service encapsulation and mapping module
It encapsulates multiple GE signals and maps the GE signals to the ODUk payload area
and performs the reverse of the preceding process. It supports the function of GE
performance monitoring.
Frames ODUk signals and processes overheads in ODUk signals.
Implements the grooming of electrical signals between the TOG and the cross-connect
board through the backplane.
l 1588v2 module
to the STG board.
NOTE
Two channels IEEE 1588v2 signals are supported by the TOG.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

14.14.5 Front Panel

There are indicators and interfaces on the front panel of the TOG board.

Figure 14-203 shows the TOG front panel.
Figure 14-203 Front panel of the TOG board
TOG
STAT
ACT
PROG
SRV
TX1
RX1
TX2
RX2
TX3
RX3
TX4
RX4
TX5
RX5
TX6
RX6
TX7
RX7
TX8
RX8
TOG

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Indicators
Interfaces
Table 14-201 Types and functions of the interfaces on the TOG board
Laser Hazard Level

14.14.6 Valid Slots

One slot houses one TOG board.
Table 14-202 shows the valid slots for the TOG board.
Table 14-202 Valid slots for TOG board

Product Valid Slots


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Table 14-203 Mapping between the physical ports on the TOG board and the port numbers
TX1/RX1 3
TX2/RX2 4
TX3/RX3 5
TX4/RX4 6
TX5/RX5 7
TX6/RX6 8
TX7/RX7 9
TX8/RX8 10
NOTE
Logical Ports
Figure 14-204 and Figure 14-205 shows the application model of the TOG board.Table
14-204 describes the meaning of each port.
Figure 14-204 Port diagram of the TOG board (OptiX OSN 8800)
Other line/
PID board
Backplane
8xODU0
3(RX1/TX1)-1
4(RX2/TX2)-1
10(RX8/TX8)-1
Client Side

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-205 Port diagram of the TOG board (OptiX OSN 6800)
Other line/
PID board
Backplane
4xODU1
201(ClientLP1
/ClientLP1)-1 161(ODU0LP1/
3(RX1/TX1)-1
202(ClientLP2/Cl ODU0LP1)-1
ientLP2)-1
4(RX2/TX2)-1
207(ClientLP7/C
lientLP7)-1 164(ODU0LP4/
9(RX7/TX7)-1
ODU0LP4)-1
208(ClientLP8/C
lientLP8)-1
10(RX8/TX8)-1
Client Side
Cross- Cross-connection that must be configured

connect on the NMS to receive ODUk signals from
module other boards
Service Multiplexing module
processi
ng
module
Table 14-204 Description of NM port of the TOG board

ClientLP1-ClientLP8 Internal logical ports. The optical paths are numbered 1.
ODU0LP1-ODU0LP4 Internal logical ports. The optical paths are numbered 1.

If the TOG board is used to transmit services, the following items must be created on the
U2000:

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
level cross-connections between the ClientLP port and the ODU0LP port of the other
boards, as shown in Figure 14-206.
level cross-connections between the ClientLP port and the ODU1LP port of the other
boards, as shown in Figure 14-207.
Figure 14-206 Cross-connection diagram of the TOG (ODU0 level)

WDM side
Other board a
(compatible mode)
Other board b
IN/OUT-OCH:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:4-ODU0:1 (standard mode)
Client side
TOG
The client side of the TOG board are cross-connected to the WDM
Other board a TN52ND2 / TN53ND2 / TN52NQ2 / TN54NQ2 / TN53NQ2 /

TN53NS2 / TN52NS2 / TN52NS3 / TN54NS3 / TN54NPO2 /
TN55NPO2 / TN54ENQ2
Other board b TN52ND2T04 / TN53ND2 / TN55NO2 / TN52NS2T04 /

TN52NS2T05 / TN52NS2T06 / TN52NS201M01 /
TN52NS201M02 / TN53NS2 / TN54NS3 / TN55NS3 /
TN54NS4 / TN53NQ2 / TN55NPO2 / TN55NPO2E / TN54ENQ2

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-207 Cross-connection diagram of the TOG (ODU1 level)

WDM side
51(ODU1LP1/ODU1LP1)-2 Other board a
IN/OUT-OCH:1--ODU2:1-ODU1:1
IN/OUT-OCH:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:2 Other board b
Client side
TOG
The client side of the TOG board are cross-connected to the WDM
Other board a TN11ND2 / TN12ND2 / TN52ND2 / TN53ND2 / TN53NQ2 / TN51NQ2 / TN52NQ2 /

Other board b TN52ND2T04 / TN53ND2 / TN55NO2 / TN52NS2T04 / TN52NS2T05 / TN52NS2T06 /


For parameters of the TOG, refer to Table 14-205.
Table 14-205 TOG parameters


Interface/
Channel

supported.
board.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Default: Non-
Loopback
Service Type GE(GFP-T), GE(TTT- The Service Type parameter sets the type of
GMP) the service accessed at the optical interface on
Default: GE(GFP-T) the client side.
NOTE
GE services can be encapsulated in two formats.
When Service Type is GE(TTT-GMP), the
encapsulation format is TTT-GMP; when Service
Type is GE(GFP-T), the encapsulation format is
GFP-T. The value GE(TTT-GMP) is
recommended.
more information.

board are lost.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

FW_ODUk_CSF of the upstream board or the WDM-side
FW_OPUk_CSF.
1600ms, 1700ms,
1800ms, 1900ms, 2s
Default: 0s
1600ms, 1700ms,
1800ms, 1900ms, 2s
Default: 0s
LPT Enabled Enabled, Disabled Determines whether to enable the link pass-

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Ethernet 1000M Full-Duplex The Ethernet Working Mode parameter sets

Working Mode Default: 1000M Full- and queries the working mode of the Ethernet.

NOTE
Only TN52TOG supports this parameter.
14.14.10 TOG Specifications


Optical Module
TN52TO N/A 2.125 Gbit/s Multirate-0.5 km

G 1000 BASE-LX-10 km
1000 BASE-LX-40 km
1000 BASE-ZX-80 km
NOTE
point.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Type 5 km

format
Target - 0.5 km (0.3 10 km (6.2 40 km (24.9 80 km (49.7

distance

wavelength
range

mean
launched
power

mean
launched
power
Minimum dB 9 9 9 9
extinction
ratio

mask

type

wavelength
range
Receiver dBm -17 -20 -20 -23

sensitivity
receiver
overload

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
NOTE
Std 802.3.

wavelengths)

km km

distance

range

launched power

power

deviation

spectral width

suppression ratio

G.959.1-compliant

range

overload

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
(8.7 in.)
l Weight: 0.85 kg (1.87 lb.)
Power Consumption
F) (W) (131°F) (W)
TN52TOG 41.8 46.0
14.15 TOM
TOM: 8 x multi-rate ports service processing board

The available functional versions of the TOM board are TN11 and TN52.

Huawei office.
Boa 8800 T64 8800 T32 8800 T16 8800 6800 3800
Subrack
TN1 N N N N Y Y
1TO
M
TN5 Y Y Y Y Y Y
2TO
M
Variants
The TN11TOM/TN52TOM board has only one variant: TN11TOM01/TN52TOM01.

Function:

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Board Cross-Connet Application Scenario

Granularity
TN11TOM ODU1 The TN52TOM and TN11TOM support different

application scenario. For details, see 14.15.2
TN52TOM ODU0/ODU1 Application Overview.
Specification:
l The specifications vary according to the version of board that you use. For details, see
14.15.26 TOM Specifications.
The TOM boards of different versions cannot replace each other.
14.15.2.1 Concept: Tributary Mode and Tributary-Line Mode

A TOM board can be used as a tributary board or a tributary-line board. In different application
scenarios, eight pairs of optical interfaces of the TOM can be used as client-side interfaces or
WDM-side interfaces.
Figure 14-208 shows the signal flow of the tributary TOM board and Figure 14-209 shows the
signal flow of the tributary-line TOM board.
Figure 14-208 Signal flow of the tributary TOM board

Client-side cross- AnyLP cross-
connection connection
Input Output
(Client services) (ODU0/ODU1 electrical
signals)
Encapsulation and mapping
Figure 14-209 Signal flow of the tributary-line TOM board

Client-side cross- AnyLP cross- WDM-side cross-
connection connection connection
Output
Input
(OTU1 optical
(Client services)
signals)
Encapsulation and mapping
NOTE
AnyLP cross-connections are supported only in application scenarios 8, 9, and 12 of TN52TOM.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
14.15.2.2 Concept: Cascading Mode and Non-cascading Mode

TOM boards can work either in cascading or non-cascading mode. In cascading mode, the total
client service rate for each TOM board must be less than or equal to 2.5 Gbit/s. In non-cascading
mode, the total client service rate for each TOM board must be less than or equal to 10 Gbit/s.
When working in cascading mode, each TOM board can map a maximum of eight client services
into one ODU0/ODU1 signal. When working in non-cascading mode, it can map a maximum
of four client services into one ODU0/ODU1 signal.
l The cascading mode is recommended if more than four client services have to be mapped
into one ODU1 or ODU0 signal.
l The non-cascading mode is recommended if four or less client services have to be mapped
into one ODU1 or ODU0 signal.
14.15.2.3 Application Scenario Overview of TN52TOM

The TN52TOM board can be used in different application scenarios. The total service access
rate of the eight pairs of client-side optical ports cannot exceed 10 Gbit/s.
NOTE
The OptiX OSN 8800 platform subrack supports TN52TOM scenario 2, TN52TOM scenario 4, TN52TOM
scenario 6, and TN52TOM scenario 10.
Table 14-208 TN52TOM board in cascading mode

App Tribu Maximum Input Mapping Maxi Port Port Remarks
licat tary or Capacity (Client Side) Path mum Working Working
ion Tribu Outp Mode a Mode b
Sce tary- ut
nari Line Capa
o Board city
TN5 Tribut l 8 x FE/FDDI/DVB- Anyc- 2x ODU0 ODU0 Supported

2TO ary ASI/SDI/ESCON >ODU0 ODU0 mode (Any- tributary only by the
M board l 2 x GE/FC100/ >ODU0[- mode (Any- OptiX OSN
scen FICON >ODU1]) >ODU0[- 8800.
ario NOTE
>ODU1])
1 Anyc- 1x Supported
The board can receive the
services in each preceding >ODU0- ODU1 only by the
row at the same time but >ODU1 OptiX OSN
the total rate of the services 6800 and
must be less than or equal 3800.
to 2.5 Gbit/s.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Sce tary- ut
nari Line Capa
o Board city
TN5 Tribut l 7 x FE/FDDI/DVB- Anyc- 1x ODU0 ODU0 The board

2TO ary- ASI/SDI/ESCON >ODU0- OTU1 tributary- tributary- uses only
M line l 2 x GE/FC100/ >ODU1- line mode line mode one
scen board FICON >OTU1 (Any- (Any- transmitter
ario >ODU0- >ODU0- and one
NOTE
2 The board can receive the
>ODU1- >ODU1- receiver on
services in each preceding >OTU1) >OTU1) the WDM
row at the same time but side.
the total rate of the services Only the
must be less than or equal
to 2.5 Gbit/s.
RX7/TX7
and RX8/
TX8 optical
ports can be
used as
WDM-side
optical
ports.
l 6 x FE/FDDI/DVB- The board

ASI/SDI/ESCON uses two
l 2 x GE/FC100/ transmitters
FICON and one
receiver on
NOTE
the WDM
services in each preceding side.
row at the same time but Only the
the total rate of the services RX7/TX7
to 2.5 Gbit/s.
and RX8/
TX8 optical
ports can be
used as
WDM-side
optical
ports.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Sce tary- ut
nari Line Capa
o Board city
TN5 Tribut l 8 x FE/FDDI/STM-1/ Anyc- 1x ODU1 ODU1 -

2TO ary OC-3/DVB-ASI/ >ODU1 ODU1 mode tributary
M board SDI/ESCON (OTU1/ mode (Any-
scen l 4 x STM-4/OC-12 Any- >ODU1)
ario >ODU1)
3 l 2 x GE/FC100/
FICON
l 1 x STM-16/OC-48/
FC200/FICON
Express/HD-SDI
NOTE
services in each preceding
row at the same time but
the total rate of the services
to 2.5 Gbit/s.
TN5 Tribut l 7 x FE/FDDI/STM-1/ Anyc- 1x ODU1 ODU1 The board

2TO ary- OC-3/DVB-ASI/ >ODU1- OTU1 tributary- tributary- uses only
M line SDI/ESCON >OTU1 line mode line mode one
scen board l 4 x STM-4/OC-12 (OTU1/ (Any- transmitter
ario Any- >ODU1- and one
4 l 2 x GE/FC100/ >ODU1- >OTU1) receiver on
FICON >OTU1) the WDM
l 1 x STM-16/OC-48/ side.
FC200/FICON Only the
Express/HD-SDI RX7/TX7
NOTE and RX8/
The board can receive the TX8 optical
ports can be
the total rate of the services used as
must be less than or equal WDM-side
to 2.5 Gbit/s. optical
ports.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Sce tary- ut
nari Line Capa
o Board city
l 6 x FE/FDDI/STM-1/ The board

OC-3/DVB-ASI/ uses two
SDI/ESCON transmitters
l 4 x STM-4/OC-12 and one
receiver on
l 2 x GE/FC100/ the WDM
FICON side.
l 1 x STM-16/OC-48/ Only the
FC200/FICON RX7/TX7
Express/HD-SDI/ and RX8/
OTU1 TX8 optical
NOTE ports can be
The board can receive the used as
WDM-side
the total rate of the services optical
must be less than or equal ports.
to 2.5 Gbit/s.
a: This parameter must be set on the NMS and the parameter values apply to V100R006C00 and later versions.
b: This parameter must be set on the NMS and the parameter values apply to versions earlier than V100R006C00.
c: "Any" in the table indicates the client-side service supported in the corresponding application scenario.
Table 14-209 TN52TOM board in non-cascading mode

App Tribut Maximum Input Mapping Maxi Port Port Remarks
licat ary or Capacity (Client Side) Path mum Working Working
ion Tribut Outp Mode a Mode b
Sce ary- ut
nari Line Capa
o Board city
TN5 Tributa l 8 x FE/FDDI/DVB- Anyc- 8x ODU0 ODU0 Supported

2TO ry ASI/SDI/ESCON/ >ODU0 ODU0 mode (Any- tributary only by the
M board GE/FC100/FICON >ODU0[- mode (Any- OptiX OSN
scen NOTE >ODU1]) >ODU0[- 8800.
ario The board can receive the >ODU1])
5 services in the preceding Anyc- 4x Supported
row at the same time but >ODU0- ODU1 only by the
the total rate of the services >ODU1 OptiX OSN
must be less than or equal 6800 and
to 10 Gbit/s.
3800.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Sce ary- ut
nari Line Capa
o Board city
TN5 Tributa l 6 x FE/FDDI/DVB- Anyc- 2x ODU0 ODU0 The board

2TO ry-line ASI/SDI/ESCON/ >ODU0- OTU1 tributary- tributary- uses only
M board GE/FC100/FICON >ODU1- line mode line mode one
scen NOTE >OTU1 (Any- (Any- transmitter
ario The board can receive the >ODU0- >ODU0- and one
6 services in the preceding >ODU1- >ODU1- receiver on
row at the same time but >OTU1) >OTU1) the WDM
side.
to 5 Gbit/s. All RX/TX
optical
ports can be
used as
WDM-side
optical
ports.
l 4 x FE/FDDI/DVB- The board

ASI/SDI/ESCON/ uses two
GE/FC100/FICON transmitters
NOTE and one
The board can receive the receiver on
services in the preceding the WDM
row at the same time but side.
must be less than or equal All RX/TX
to 5 Gbit/s. optical
ports can be
used as
WDM-side
optical
ports.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Sce ary- ut
nari Line Capa
o Board city
TN5 Tributa l 8 x FC100/FICON/ OTU1/Anyc- 4x ODU1 ODU1 -

2TO ry GE/STM-4/OC-12/ >ODU1 ODU1 mode tributary
M board DVB-ASI/ESCON/ (OTU1/ mode
scen FDDI/FE/SDI/ Any- (OTU1/
ario STM-1/OC-3 >ODU1) Any-
7 l 4 x FC200/FICON >ODU1)
Express/HD-SDI/
OTU1/STM-16/
OC-48
NOTE
to 10 Gbit/s.
TN5 Tributa l 4 x OTU1 OTU1- 4x ODU1_AN ODU1 Supported

2TO ry >ODU1- ODU1 Y_ODU0_ tributary only by the
M board >Any- ODU1 re- mode OptiX OSN
scen >ODU0- encapsulati (OTU1- 6800 and
ario >ODU1 on mode >ODU1- 3800.
8 (OTU1- >Any-
>ODU1- >ODU0-
>Any- >ODU1)
>ODU0-
>ODU1)
TN5 Tributa l 2 x OTU1 OTU1- 2x ODU1_AN ODU1 The board

2TO ry-line >ODU1- OTU1 Y_ODU0_ tributary- uses two
M board >Any- ODU1 re- line mode transmitters
scen >ODU0- encapsulati (OTU1- and one
ario >ODU1- on >ODU1- receiver on
9 >OTU1 tributary- >Any- the WDM
line mode >ODU0- side.
(OTU1- >ODU1- All RX/TX
>ODU1- >OTU1) optical
>Any- ports can be
>ODU0- used as
>ODU1- WDM-side
>OTU1) optical
ports.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Sce ary- ut
nari Line Capa
o Board city
TN5 Tributa l 4 x OTU1 OTU1- 4x ODU1 ODU1 The board

2TO ry-line >ODU1- OTU1 tributary- tributary- performs
M board >OTU1 line mode line mode electrical
scen (OTU1/ (OTU1/ regeneratio
ario Any- Any- n for OTU1
10 >ODU1- >ODU1- signals.
>OTU1) >OTU1)
l 6 x FC100/FICON/ Anyc- 2x The board
GE/STM-4/OC-12/ >ODU1- OTU1 uses only
DVB-ASI/ESCON/ >OTU1 one
FDDI/FE/SDI/ transmitter
STM-1/OC-3 and one
l 4 x FC200/FICON receiver on
Express/HD-SDI/ the WDM
STM-16/OC-48 side.
NOTE All RX/TX
The board can receive the optical
services in each preceding ports can be
row at the same time but used as
the total rate of the services WDM-side
to 10 Gbit/s.
optical
ports.
l 4 x FC200/FICON The board

Express/HD-SDI/ uses two
STM-16/OC-48/ transmitters
FC100/FICON/GE/ and one
STM-4/OC-12/ receiver on
DVB-ASI/ESCON/ the WDM
FDDI/FE/SDI/ side.
STM-1/OC-3 All RX/TX
NOTE optical
The board can receive the ports can be
services in the preceding
used as
the total rate of the services WDM-side
must be less than or equal optical
to 10 Gbit/s. ports.
TN5 Tributa l 4 x OTU1 OTU1- 8x ODU1_OD ODU1 Supported

2TO ry >ODU1- ODU0 U0 mode tributary only by the
M board >ODU0 (OTU1- mode OptiX OSN
scen >ODU1- (OTU1- 8800.
ario >ODU0) >ODU1-
11 >ODU0)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Sce ary- ut
nari Line Capa
o Board city
TN5 Tributa l 4 x OTU1 OTU1- 8x ODU1_AN ODU1 Supported

2TO ry >ODU1- ODU0 Y_ODU0 tributary only by the
M board >Any- re- mode OptiX OSN
scen >ODU0 encapsulati (OTU1- 8800.
ario on mode >ODU1-
12 (OTU1- >Any-
>ODU1- >ODU0)
>Any-
>ODU0)
a: This parameter must be set on the NMS and the parameter values apply to V100R006C00 and later versions.
b: This parameter must be set on the NMS and the parameter values apply to versions earlier than V100R006C00.
c: "Any" in the table indicates the client-side service supported in the corresponding application scenario.
14.15.2.4 Application Scenario Overview of TN11TOM

The TN11TOM can be used in different application scenarios. The total service access rate of
the eight pairs of client-side optical ports cannot exceed 10 Gbit/s.
Table 14-210 TN11TOM board in cascading mode

Appl Tributa Maximum Input Capacity Mapping Maxim Port Remarks
icatio ry or (Client Side) Path um Working
n Tributa Outpu Mode (Must
Scen ry-Line t Be Set on
ario Board Capaci the NMS)
ty
TN11 Tributar l 8 x FE/FDDI/STM-1/ OTU1/Anya- 1x N/A -

TOM y board OC-3/DVB-ASI/SDI/ >ODU1 ODU1
Scena ESCON
rio 1 l 4 x STM-4/OC-12
l 2 x GE/FC100/FICON
l 1 x STM-16/OC-48/
FC200/FICON Express/
HD-SDI/OTU1
NOTE
services in each preceding row
at the same time but the total
rate of the services must be less
than or equal to 2.5 Gbit/s.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Appl Tributa Maximum Input Capacity Mapping Maxim Port Remarks

icatio ry or (Client Side) Path um Working
Scen ry-Line t Be Set on
ario Board Capaci the NMS)
ty
TN11 Tributar l 7 x FE/FDDI/STM-1/ OTU1/Anya- 1x N/A The board

TOM y-line OC-3/DVB-ASI/SDI/ >ODU1- OTU1 uses only one
scena board ESCON >OTU1 transmitter
rio 2 l 4 x STM-4/OC-12 and one
receiver on the
l 2 x GE/FC100/FICON WDM side.
l 1 x STM-16/OC-48/ Only the RX7/
FC200/FICON Express/ TX7 and RX8/
HD-SDI/OTU1 TX8 optical
NOTE ports can be
WDM-side
rate of the services must be less optical ports.
l 6 x FE/FDDI/STM-1/ The board

OC-3/DVB-ASI/SDI/ uses two
ESCON transmitters
l 4 x STM-4/OC-12 and one
receiver on the
l 2 x GE/FC100/FICON WDM side.
l 1 x STM-16/OC-48/ Only the RX7/
FC200/FICON Express/ TX7 and RX8/
HD-SDI/OTU1 TX8 optical
NOTE ports can be
WDM-side
rate of the services must be less optical ports.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 14-211 TN11TOM board in non-cascading mode

Appl Tributa Maximum Input Mapping Maxi Port Remarks
icatio ry or Capacity (Client Side) Path mum Working
Scen ry-Line t Be Set on the
ario Board Capaci NMS)
ty
TN11 Tributar l 8 x FC100/FICON/GE/ OTU1/Anya- 4x N/A -

TOM y board STM-4/OC-12/DVB- >ODU1 ODU1
scena ASI/ESCON/FDDI/FE/
rio 3 SDI/STM-1/OC-3
l 4 x FC200/FICON
Express/HD-SDI/OTU1/
STM-16/OC-48
NOTE
than or equal to 10 Gbit/s.
TN11 Tributar l 4 x FC200/FICON Anya->ODU1- 4x N/A All RX/TX

TOM y-line Express/HD-SDI/ >OTU1 OTU1 optical ports
scena board STM-16/OC-48/FC100/ can be used as
rio 4 FICON/GE/STM-4/ WDM-side
OC-12/DVB-ASI/ optical ports.
ESCON/FDDI/FE/SDI/
STM-1/OC-3
NOTE
than or equal to 10 Gbit/s.
TN11 Tributar l 4 x OTU1 OTU1- 4x N/A The board

TOM y-line >ODU1- OTU1 performs
scena board >OTU1 electrical
rio 5 regeneration
for OTU1
signals.
14.15.3 Function and Feature

The TOM board achieves cross-connection at the electrical layer, and to provide OTN interfaces
and ESC.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
NOTE
ODU0 is only supported by the TN52TOM in the OptiX OSN 8800.
Table 14-212 Functions and features of the TOM board

Feature
Basic function l Performs conversion between client services at rates within the
range of 100 Mbit/s to 2.67 Gbit/s and ODU0 or ODU1 signals
when functioning as a tributary board.
l Performs conversion between client services at rates within the
range of 100 Mbit/s to 2.67 Gbit/s and OTU1 signals when
functioning as a tributary-line board.
l Supports convergence of multiple services into one ODU0 or
ODU1 signal.
The TOM board supports multiple application scenarios. For details,
see 14.15.2 Application Overview.
Client-side service FE: Ethernet service at a rate of 125 Mbit/s

type GE: Ethernet service at a rate of 1.25 Gbit/s
HD-SDI: Bit-serial digital interface for high-definition television
systems at a rate of 1.49 Gbit/s
NOTE
When the TOM board transmits GE electrical signals, to facilitate fiber routing,
you are advised to install electrical modules at the RX1/TX1 and RX2/TX2
ports.
The TOM board supports access of SDI, HD-SDI, and DVB-ASI electrical
signals. When the board is used to accept these electrical signals, a digital video
O/E converter must be used for O/E or E/O conversion and the optical module
of the converter must agree with the board optical module specifications. The
digital video O/E converter is a third-party device. Customers can purchase a
digital video O/E converter by themselves.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Feature

capabilities l TN52TOM
– Supports the cross-connection of four ODU1 signals or eight
ODU0 signals through the cross-connect bus on the backplane
and the cross-connect board.
OptiX OSN 6800:
l TN11TOM
– Supports the cross-connection of four ODU1 signals between
the TOM and the cross-connect board. Supports the cross-
connection of four ODU1 signals to the paired slots through the
backplane.
– Supports the cross-connection of a maximum of eight channels
of GE signals between the TOM and the cross-connect board.
Supports the cross-connection of a maximum of eight channels
of GE signals to the paired slots through the backplane.
– Supports the transmission of maximum of eight signals at the
rate between 100 Mbit/s and 2.5 Gbit/s to the paired slots
l TN52TOM
– Supports the cross-connection of four ODU1 signals between
the TOM and the cross-connect board.
– Supports the cross-connection of six channels of GE signals to
the paired slots through the backplane.
– Supports the transmission of six signals at the rate between 100
Mbit/s and 2.5 Gbit/s to the paired slots through the backplane.
OptiX OSN 3800:
l TN11TOM
– Supports the cross-connection of four channels of ODU1
signals from one board of the mesh group (consisting of four
– Supports the cross-connection of a maximum of eight channels
of GE signals from one board of the mesh group (consisting of
four boards) to the other three boards belonging to the mesh
group.
– Supports the cross-connection of a maximum of eight signals
at the rate between 100 Mbit/s and 2.5 Gbit/s from one board
of the mesh group (consisting of four boards) to the other three
l TN52TOM
– Supports the cross-connection of four channels of ODU1
signals between one board of the mesh group (consisting of four
boards) and any two boards in the non-paired slots of the four-
slot mesh group, that is, supports the ODU1 cross-connection

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Feature
between slots IU2 and IU4, slots IU2 and IU5, slots IU3 and
IU4, and slots IU3 and IU5.
– Supports the cross-connection of six channels of GE signals
between one board of the mesh group (consisting of four
boards) and the paired slot of the four-slot mesh group, that is,
supports the GE cross-connection between slots IU2 and IU3
and slots IU4 and IU5.
– Supports the cross-connection of six signals at the rate between
100 Mbit/s and 2.5 Gbit/s, except ODU1 signals, between one
board of the mesh group (consisting of four boards) and the
paired slot of the four-slot mesh group, that is, supports the
cross-connection of six signals at the rate between 100 Mbit/s
and 2.5 Gbit/s, except ODU1 signals, between slots IU2 and
IU3 and slots IU4 and IU5.
OTN function l The mapping process is compliant with ITU-T G.7041 and ITU-T
G.709. Supports the frame format and overhead processing by
referring to the ITU-T G.709.
l Supports the SM and TCM functions at the OTU1 and ODU1
layers on the WDM side.
l Supports the PM and TCM non-intrusive monitoring functions at
the ODU1 layer.
l Supports the PM functions at the ODU1 layers.
l TN52TOM supports the PM function at the ODU0 layer.
WDM specification Supports ITU-T G.694.1-compliant DWDM specifications.

Supports ITU-T G.694.2-compliant CWDM specifications.
ESC function Supported.
FEC encoding Supports forward error correction (FEC) on the client side that
complies with ITU-T G.709, only when the service type is OTU1.
Alarm and l Monitors BIP8 bytes (Poisson mode or Bursty mode) to help
performance event locate line failures.
l Monitors parameters such as the bias current, temperature, and
optical power of the laser.
NOTE
Only the TN11TOM supports Poisson mode.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Feature
PRBS test function Supports the PRBS function on the client side and WDM side.
NOTE
The PRBS function on the client side is supported only when the client-side
service type is STM-1/OC-3, STM-4/OC-12, or STM-16/OC-48.
type is FE or GE.
Test frame The board supports the test frame function only when the client-side
service type is FE or GE.
Optical-layer ASON Not supported
Electrical-layer Supported by the TN52TOM.

ASON
Protection scheme OptiX OSN 3800/OptiX OSN 6800:

l Supports SW SNCP.
l Supports ODUk SNCP.
OptiX OSN 8800:
l Supports SW SNCP.
l Supports ODUk SNCP.
NOTE
When the board receives OTN services, SDH/SONET services the board
supports tributary SNCP protection.
For the TN52TOM board, ODU0 tributary SNCP protection is supported only
in ODU1_ODU0 mode (OTU1->ODU1->ODU0).
Ethernet service Supports encapsulation of GE services in GE(GFP-F) (displayed as

mapping mode GE on the NMS) and GE(GFP-T) modes.
Ethernet port l Auto-Negotiation

working mode l 1000M Full-Duplex

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Feature
Outloop Supported
NOTE
When being used as tributary & line
board, the TOM board only
supports the loopback between
ClientLP1-ClientLP4.
Outloop Supported

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Feature
Protocols or Protocols IEEE 802.3u

standards or IEEE 802.3z
compliance standards
for ITU-T G.707
transparent ITU-T G.782
transmissio ITU-T G.783
n (non-
performanc GR-253-CORE Synchronous Optical Network
e (SONET) Transport Systems: Common Generic
monitoring NCITS FIBRE CHANNEL PHYSICAL
) INTERFACES (FC-PI)
BB-3)
SW-3)
(FC-SB-2)
ETSI TR 101 891 Professional Interfaces: Guidelines
for the implementation and usage of the DVB
Control (MAC)
Protocol (PHY)
Dependent (PDM)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Feature
Protocols ITU-T G.805

or ITU-T G.806
standards
for service ITU-T G.709
(performan ITU-T G.7710
ce
monitoring ITU-T G.798
) ITU-T G.874
ITU-T M.3100
ITU-T G.874.1
ITU-T G.875
ITU-T G.808.1
ITU-T G.841
ITU-T G.8201
ITU-T G.873.1
ITU-T G.694.1
ITU-T G.694.2

Table 14-213 Mapping between the physical ports on the TOM board and the port numbers
TX1/RX1 3
TX2/RX2 4
TX3/RX3 5
TX4/RX4 6
TX5/RX5 7
TX6/RX6 8
TX7/RX7 9
TX8/RX8 10

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
NOTE
14.15.5 TN52TOM Scenario 1: Any->ODU0[->ODU1] (Cascading)
Implements conversion between eight signals at a rate in the range of 100 Mbit/s to 1.25 Gbit/
s and two ODU0 signals or one ODU1 signal.
Figure 14-210 shows the position of a TOM board in a WDM system when it is used on an
OptiX OSN 8800. Figure 14-211 shows the position of the TOM board in a WDM system when
it is used on an OptiX OSN 6800/3800.
Figure 14-210 Position of the TN52TOM in a WDM system (Scenario 1: Any->ODU0) (OptiX
OSN 8800)
RX1 TOM TOM

TX1
1 1 M M 1 1
TX1 RX1
U U
FE, GE, X X FE, GE,
2×ODU0
N N
8×Any
FC100, FICON, FC100, FICON,
2×ODU0
8×Any
/ /
DVB-ASI, SDI, S D S DVB-ASI, SDI,
D
ESCON, FDDI 2 M 2 ESCON, FDDI
RX8 M TX8
U U
2 2 2 2
TX8 X X RX8
Figure 14-211 Position of the TN52TOM in a WDM system (Scenario 1: Any->ODU0->ODU1)

(OptiX OSN 6800/3800)
RX1 RX1
TOM TOM
TX1 M M TX1
U U
FE, GE, X X FE, GE,
2×ODU0
1×ODU1
1×ODU1
2×ODU0
N N
8×Any
FC100, FICON,
8×Any
/ / FC100, FICON,
DVB-ASI, SDI, S D S DVB-ASI, SDI,
D
ESCON, FDDI RX8 2 2
M M RX8 ESCON, FDDI
U U
TX8 X X TX8
Any ODU1 ODU1 Any
OptiX OSN 8800: N/A
OptiX OSN 6800: From/To paired slot
OptiX OSN 3800: From/To paired slot of the mesh group
OptiX OSN 8800: N/A
OptiX OSN 6800: N/A
OptiX OSN 3800: From/To non-paired slots of the mesh group

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
NOTE
On the client side, eight pairs of optical interfaces can access services at a maximum rate of 2.5 Gbit/s.
Figure 14-212 Port diagram of the TN52TOM (scenario 1: in cascading mode)

OptiX OSN 6800/OptiX OSN 3800: Any->ODU0->ODU1
52TOM 52NS2
3(RX1/TX1)
4(RX2/TX2) 201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-2
5(RX3/TX3)
6(RX4/TX4)
161(ODU0LP1/ODU0LP1)-1 1(IN/OUT)
7(RX5/TX5)
8(RX6/TX6)
10(RX8/TX8)
: Client-side services
: WDM-side services
: Service cross-connection, which needs to be configured on the NMS
: Virtual channel, which does not need to be configured on the NMS
OptiX OSN 8800: Any->ODU0

52TOM 52NS2
3(RX1/TX1) 161(ODU0LP1/ODU0LP1)-1
5(RX3/TX3)
6(RX4/TX4)
1(IN/OUT)
8(RX6/TX6)
9(RX7/TX7) 202(ClientLP2/ClientLP2)-7 164(ODU0LP4/ODU0LP4)-1
: WDM-side services
NOTE
When the number of a route of the ClientLP1 port is the same as that of a route of the ClientLP2 port, the
two routes cannot be configured with cross-connections at the same time. That is, when the cross-connection
from RX/TX to 201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-1 is configured, the cross-connection from RX/TX to 202
(ClientLP2/ClientLP2)-1 is not supported at the same time.
Table 14-214 Description of NM port of the TOM board (Cascading mode)


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
ClientLP1/ClientLP2 Internal logical port. The optical paths are numbered 1 to 8.
ODU0LP1 Internal logical port. The optical paths are numbered 1 to 2.
On the U2000, set the Board working Mode to Cascading.

During creation of the electrical cross-connect services on the U2000. Set the mode of the
ClientLP port to ODU0 mode (Any->ODU0[->ODU1]). Create the cross-connection between
the internal RX/TX and ClientLP ports of the TOM board. Then, create the following cross-
connections:
l Create the ODU0 cross-connection between the ClientLP port of the TOM board and
ODU0LP port of the other boards to achieve grooming of ODU0 services in OptiX OSN
8800, as shown in Figure 14-213.
l Create the ODU1 cross-connection between the ODU0LP port of the TOM board and
6800/3800, as shown in Figure 14-213.
NOTE
When creating the internal cross-connection of ODU0 signal, only the first route can be selected. For
Example: 201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-1.
Two channels with the same type of services at the ClientLP1 and ClientLP2 ports respectively must not
be used at the same time. For example, if the 201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-1 service type is configured, the
202(ClientLP2/ClientLP2)-1 service type must not be configured.
Figure 14-213 Cross-connection diagram of the TN52TOM board (scenario 1)

OptiX OSN 8800

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
WDM side
Standard
mode
Other board 1(IN1/OUT1)-OCH:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:4-ODU0:2
Compatible
mode
module

201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-8 TOM
Other board TN52ND2 / TN53ND2 / TN52NQ2 / TN54NQ2 / TN53NQ2 / TN53NS2 / TN52NS2 /

(Compatible mode) TN52NS3 / TN54NS3 / TN54NPO2 / TN55NPO2 / TN54ENQ2
Other board (Standard TN52ND2T04 / TN53ND2 / TN55NO2 / TN52NS2T04 / TN52NS2T05 /

mode) TN52NS2T06 / TN52NS201M01 / TN52NS201M02 / TN53NQ2 / TN53NS2 /
TN54NS3 / TN55NS3 / TN54NS4 / TN55NPO2 / TN55NPO2E / TN54ENQ2
OptiX OSN 6800/OptiX OSN 3800

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
WDM side
1(IN1/OUT1)-OCH:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:2 Standard
1(IN1/OUT1)-OCH:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:3 mode
Other board 1(IN1/OUT1)-OCH:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:4
module
Client side 161(ODU0LP1 WDM side

4(TX2/RX2)-1 201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-2 /ODU0LP1)-1
7(TX5/RX5)-1 1 201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-5 3
201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-8 161(ODU0LP1
202(ClientLP2/ClientLP2)-2 /ODU0LP1)-2
Cross-connect module Cross-connect module Cross-connect module
The client side of the TOM board are cross-connected to the WDM side of other boards,

(Compatible TN52NS3 / TN54NS3 / TN54NPO2 / TN55NPO2 / TN54ENQ2
mode)
Other board TN52ND2T04 / TN53ND2 / TN55NO2 / TN52NS2T04 / TN52NS2T05 / TN52NS2T06 /
(Standard mode) TN52NS201M01 / TN52NS201M02 / TN53NQ2 / TN53NS2 / TN54NS3 / TN55NS3 /
14.15.6 TN52TOM Scenario 2: Any->ODU0->ODU1->OTU1

(Cascading)
Implements conversion between six signals at a rate in the range of 100 Mbit/s to 1.25 Gbit/s
and one OTU1 signal, and the dual fed and selective receiving function on the WDM side, or
implements conversion between seven Any signals and one OTU1 signal.
For the position of the TOM in a WDM system, see Figure 14-214.
Figure 14-214 Position of the TN52TOM in a WDM system (Scenario 2: Any->ODU0->ODU1-

>OTU1)
The single transmitting and single receiving on the WDM side:

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
1xOTU1 1xOTU1
RX1 TX1
TOM TOM
TX1 RX1
FE, GE, FE, GE,
TX8 RX8
2×ODU0
FC100, FICON,
2×ODU0
1×ODU1
1×ODU1
1×OTU1
1×OTU1
FC100, FICON,
7×Any
7×Any
DVB-ASI, SDI, MUX/ MUX/
RX8 DMUX TX8 DVB-ASI, SDI,
ESCON, FDDI DMUX
RX7 TX7ESCON, FDDI
TX7 RX7
Any Any
The dual-fed selectively receiving on the WDM side:

1xOTU1 1xOTU1
RX1 RX1
TOM RX7 TOM
TX7
TX1 MUX/ MUX/ TX1
RX7 DMUX DMUX TX7
FE, GE, FE, GE,
2×ODU0
1×ODU1
1×ODU1
2×ODU0
1×OTU1
1×OTU1
6×Any
6×Any
DVB-ASI, SDI, DVB-ASI, SDI,
ESCON, FDDI ESCON, FDDI
RX6 TX8 RX8 RX6
MUX/ MUX/
RX8 DMUX DMUX TX8
TX6 TX6
Any Any
OptiX OSN 8800: N/A
NOTE
On the client side, six or seven pairs of optical interfaces can access services at a maximum rate of 2.5
Gbit/s.
In cascading mode, only RX7/TX7 or RX8/TX8 can be used as the WDM-side optical interfaces.
Figure 14-215 Port diagram of the TN52TOM (scenario 2: ODU0 tributary-line mode (Any-
>ODU0->ODU1->OTU1) in cascading mode)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
52TOM
201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-8 9(RX7/TX7)
5(RX3/TX3)
161(ODU0LP1/ODU0LP1)-1 51(ODU1LP1/ODU1LP1)-1
6(RX4/TX4) 10(RX8/TX8)
: WDM-side services

52TOM
3(RX1/TX1)
5(RX3/TX3)
6(RX4/TX4) 161(ODU0LP1/ODU0LP1)-1 51(ODU1LP1/ODU1LP1)-1 10(RX8/TX8)
7(RX5/TX5)
: WDM-side services
NOTE
When the number of a route of the ClientLP1 port is the same as that of a route of the ClientLP2 port, the
two routes cannot be configured with cross-connections at the same time. That is, when the cross-connection
from RX/TX to 201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-1 is configured, the cross-connection from RX/TX to 202
(ClientLP2/ClientLP2)-1 is not supported at the same time.
RX1/TX1-RX8/TX8a These ports correspond to the client-side optical interfaces.
ClientLP1/ClientLP2 Internal logical port. The optical paths are numbered 1 to 8.
ODU1LP1 Internal logical port. The optical paths are numbered 1.
ODU0LP1 Internal logical port. The optical paths are numbered 1 to 2.
a: In different application scenarios, RX7/TX7 or RX8/TX8 of the TOM can be used as client-
side interfaces or WDM-side interfaces.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
ClientLP port to ODU0 Tributary-Line mode (Any->ODU0->ODU1->OTU1). Then, create
the following cross-connections:
l Create the cross-connection between the internal RX/TX and ClientLP ports of the TOM
board, as shown in Figure 14-216.
l Create OTU1 cross-connection between the internal ODU1LP1 and 9(RX7/TX7) or 10
(RX8/TX8) of the TOM board, as shown in Figure 14-216.
NOTE
If only seven FE services are received from client equipment, specify the service package as Tributary line
7*FE->ODU0. This service package automatically completes the following settings:
l Board Working mode is set to Cascading.
l Port Working Mode is set to ODU0 tributary-line (Any->ODU0->ODU1->OTU1) for the ClientLP1
port.
l Service Type is to FE for channels 1-4 on the ClientLP1 port and channels 5-7 on the ClientLP2 port.
l Port Type is set to Line Side Color Optical Port for the RX8/TX8 port.
l Bidirectional Any-level cross-connections are created between the RX1/TX1-RX7/TX7 ports and
channels 1-4 on the ClientLP1 port and channels 5-7 on the ClientLP2 port.
l Bidirectional OTU1-level cross-connections are created between the RX8/TX8 port and channel 1 on the
ODU1LP1 port.

3(TX1/RX1)-1 201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-1 161(ODU0LP1 51(ODU1LP1/ 9(TX7/RX7)-1
4(TX2/RX2)-1 201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-2 /ODU0LP1)-1 ODU1LP1)-1
5(TX3/RX3)-1 201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-3 10(TX8/RX8)-1
1
201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-5 3 2
7(TX5/RX5)-1
/ODU0LP1)-2
Cross-connect module Cross-connect module Cross-connect module Cross-connect module

3(TX1/RX1)-1 201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-1 161(ODU0LP1 51(ODU1LP1/ 10(TX8/RX8)-1
4(TX2/RX2)-1 201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-2 /ODU0LP1)-1 ODU1LP1)-1 2
1
7(TX5/RX5)-1
/ODU0LP1)-2

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
14.15.7 TN52TOM Scenario 3: Any->ODU1 (Cascading)
Implements conversion between eight signals at a rate in the range of 100 Mbit/s to 2.5 Gbit/s
and one ODU1 signal.
Figure 14-217 Position of the TN52TOM in a WDM system (Scenario 3: Any->ODU1)

RX1 TX1
TOM TOM
TX1 RX1
FE, STM-1, STM-4, M M FE, STM-1, STM-4,
STM-16, OC-3, OC- U U STM-16, OC-3, OC-
12, OC-48, FC100, X X 12, OC-48, FC100,
1×ODU1
1×ODU1
N N
8×Any
8×Any
GE, FC200, FICON, / / GE, FC200, FICON,
S D S
FICON Express, D FICON Express,
2 M 2 TX8
HD-SDI, DVB-ASI, RX8 M HD-SDI, DVB-ASI,
SDI, ESCON, FDDI U U SDI, ESCON, FDDI
TX8 X X RX8
Any ODU1 ODU1 Any
OptiX OSN 8800: N/A
OptiX OSN 8800: N/A
OptiX OSN 6800: N/A
NOTE


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-218 Port diagram of the TN52TOM (scenario 3: ODU1 mode (OTU1/Any-
>ODU1) in cascading mode)
52TOM 52NS2
3(RX1/TX1)
4(RX2/TX2)
6(RX4/TX4) 1(IN/OUT)
7(RX5/TX5)
8(RX6/TX6)
10(RX8/TX8)
: WDM-side services

ClientLP1 Internal logical port. The optical paths are numbered 1 to 8.

ClientLP port to ODU1 mode (OTU1/Any->ODU1). Create the cross-connection between the
internal RX/TX and ClientLP ports of the TOM board. Then, create the following cross-
connections:
ODU1LP port of the other boards to implement the cross-connect grooming of ODU1
services, as shown in Figure 14-219.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
WDM side
Other board
Cross-connect
module

6(TX4/RX4)-1 1 201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-4 TOM

mode)
14.15.8 TN52TOM Scenario 4: Any->ODU1->OTU1 (Cascading)
Implements conversion between six signals at a rate in the range of 100 Mbit/s to 2.5 Gbit/s and
one OTU1 signal, and the dual fed and selective receiving function on the WDM side, or
implements conversion between seven Any signals at any rate in the range of 100 Mbit/s to 2.5
Gbit/s and one OTU1.
Figure 14-220 Position of the TN52TOM in a WDM system (Scenario 4: Any->ODU1->OTU1)


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
1xOTU1 1xOTU1
RX1 TX1
TOM TOM
FE, GE, STM-1, TX1 RX1 FE, GE, STM-1,
STM-4, STM-16, STM-4, STM-16,
OC-3, OC-12, OC- TX8 RX8 OC-3, OC-12, OC-
1×ODU1
1×ODU1
1×OTU1
1×OTU1
7×Any
7×Any
48, FC100, FC200, MUX/ MUX/ 48, FC100, FC200,
FICON, FICON RX8 TX8 FICON, FICON
DMUX DMUX
Express, HD-SDI, RX7 TX7 Express, HD-SDI,
DVB-ASI, SDI, DVB-ASI, SDI,
ESCON, FDDI TX7 RX7 ESCON, FDDI
Any Any

1xOTU1 1xOTU1
RX1 TOM TOM RX1

TX7 RX7
FE, GE, STM-1, TX1 TX1 FE, GE, STM-1,
MUX/ MUX/ STM-4, STM-16,
STM-4, STM-16, RX7 DMUX DMUX TX7
OC-3, OC-12, OC-
OC-3, OC-12, OC-
1×ODU1
1×ODU1
1×OTU1
1×OTU1
6×Any
48, FC100, FC200,
6×Any
48, FC100, FC200,
FICON, FICON
FICON, FICON TX8 RX8
Express, HD-SDI, RX6 MUX/ MUX/ RX6 Express, HD-SDI,
DVB-ASI, SDI,
DVB-ASI, SDI, RX8 DMUX DMUX TX8
ESCON, FDDI
ESCON, FDDI TX6 TX6
Any Any
OptiX OSN 8800: N/A
NOTE
On the client side, six or seven pairs of optical interfaces can access services at a maximum rate of 2.5
Gbit/s.
In this scenario, mapping of ODU0 services is not supported. This is different than the TN52TOM scenario
2.

>ODU1->OTU1) in cascading mode)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
52TOM
3(RX1/TX1)
4(RX2/TX2)
5(RX3/TX3) 9(RX7/TX7)
201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-1 51(ODU1LP1/ODU1LP1)
6(RX4/TX4) 10(RX8/TX8)
7(RX5/TX5)
8(RX6/TX6)
: WDM-side services

52TOM
3(RX1/TX1)
6(RX4/TX4)
201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-1 51(ODU1LP1/ODU1LP1) 10(RX8/TX8)
7(RX5/TX5)
8(RX6/TX6)
9(RX7/TX7)
: WDM-side services
NOTE

a: RX7/TX7 or RX8/TX8 of the TOM can be used as client-side interfaces or WDM-side

interfaces.

ClientLP port to ODU1 tributary-line mode (OTU1/Any->ODU1->OTU1).

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
l Create the cross-connection between the internal ODU1LP1 and RX7/TX7 or RX8/TX8
of the TOM board, as shown in Figure 14-222.
NOTE
If only seven STM-1 services are received from client equipment, specify the service package as Tributary line
7*STM-1/OC3->ODU1. This service package automatically completes the following settings:
l Board Working mode is set to Cascading.
l Port Working Mode is set to ODU1 tributary-line (OTU1/Any->ODU1->OTU1) for the ClientLP1
port.
l Service Type is set to STM-1 for channels 1-7 on the ClientLP1 port.
l Port Type is set to Line Side Color Optical Port for the RX8/TX8 port.
l Bidirectional Any-level cross-connections are created between the RX1/TX1-RX7/TX7 ports and
channels 1-7 on the ClientLP1 port.
ODU1LP1 port.

3(TX1/RX1)-1 201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-1 51(ODU1LP1/ODU1LP1)-1 9(TX7/RX7)-1

4(TX2/RX2)-1 201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-2 3 2
14.15.9 TN52TOM Scenario 5: Any->ODU0[->ODU1] (Non-

Cascading)
Implements conversion between eight signals at a rate in the range of 100 Mbit/s to 1.25 Gbit/
s and eight ODU0 signals or four ODU1 signals.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-223 shows the position of a TOM board in a WDM system when it is used on an
OptiX OSN 8800. Figure 14-224 shows the position of the TOM board in a WDM system when
it is used on an OptiX OSN 6800/3800.
Figure 14-223 Position of the TN52TOM in a WDM system (Scenario 5: Any->ODU0) (OptiX
OSN 8800)
RX1 TX1
TOM TOM
TX1 M M RX1
1 1 1 1
FE, GE, U U
X X FE, GE,
8×ODU0
FC100, FICON,
8×ODU0
N N FC100, FICON,
8×Any
8×Any
DVB-ASI, SDI, / /
S D S DVB-ASI, SDI,
ESCON, FDDI D
2 M 2 TX8 ESCON, FDDI
RX8 M
U U
8 8 X X 8 8 RX8
TX8
NOTE
On the client side, eight pairs of optical interfaces can access services at a maximum rate of 10 Gbit/s.
Figure 14-224 Position of the TN52TOM in a WDM system (Scenario 5: Any->ODU0->ODU1)

(OptiX OSN 6800/3800)
RX1 TX1
TOM TOM
TX1 M M RX1
1 1 1 1
U U
FE, GE, FE, GE,
X X
8×ODU0
4×ODU1
4×ODU1
8×ODU0
FC100, FICON, N N FC100, FICON,

8×Any
8×Any
/ /
DVB-ASI, SDI, S S DVB-ASI, SDI,
D D
ESCON, FDDI 2 2
RX8 M M TX8 ESCON, FDDI
4 4 U U 4 4
TX8 X X RX8
Any ODU1 ODU1 Any
OptiX OSN 6800: N/A
NOTE
On the client side, eight pairs of optical interfaces can access services at a maximum rate of 10 Gbit/s.


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-225 Port diagram of the TN52TOM (scenario 5: ODU0 mode (Any->ODU0[-
>ODU1]) in non-cascading mode)
OptiX OSN 8800: Any->ODU0

52TOM 52NS2
4(RX2/TX2)
203(ClientLP3/ClientLP3)-1 203(ClientLP3/ClientLP3)-1 51(ODU1LP1/ODU1LP1)-2

204(ClientLP4/ClientLP4)-2 1(IN/OUT
)

10(RX8/TX8) 208(ClientLP8/ClientLP8)-1 208(ClientLP8/ClientLP8)-1 164(ODU0LP4/ODU0LP4)-2

: WDM-side services
OptiX OSN 6800/OptiX OSN 3800: Any->ODU0->ODU1

52TOM 52NS2
4(RX2/TX2) 161(ODU0LP1/ODU0LP1)-1 51(ODU1LP1/ODU1LP1)-1

6(RX4/TX4)
205(ClientLP5/ClientLP5)-1 1(IN/OUT)
7(RX5/TX5)
9(RX7/TX7)
: WDM-side services
NOTE
When the number of a route of the ClientLP1, ClientLP3, ClientLP5, or ClientLP7 port is the same as that
of a route of the ClientLP2, ClientLP4, ClientLP6, or ClientLP8 port, the two routes cannot be configured
with cross-connections at the same time. That is, when the cross-connection from RX/TX to 201(ClientLP1/
ClientLP1)-1 is configured, the cross-connection from RX/TX to 202(ClientLP2/ClientLP2)-1 is not
supported at the same time; when the cross-connection from RX/TX to 203(ClientLP3/ClientLP3)-1 is
configured, the cross-connection from RX/TX to 204(ClientLP4/ClientLP4)-1 is not supported at the same
time. For other port groups, that is, ClientLP5&ClientLP6 and ClientLP7&ClientLP8, the same rule
applies.
Table 14-218 Description of NM port of the TOM board (Non-cascading mode)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
l ClientLP1 Internal logical port. The optical paths are numbered 1 to 4.

l ClientLP2
l ClientLP5
l ClientLP6

l ClientLP4
l ClientLP7
l ClientLP8
ODU0LP1-ODU0LP4 Internal logical port. The optical paths are numbered 1 to 2.
On the U2000, set the Board working Mode to Non-cascading.

ClientLP port to ODU0 mode (Any->ODU0[->ODU1]).
board. Then, create the following cross-connections, as shown in Figure 14-226.
8800, as shown in Figure 14-226.
l Create the ODU1 cross-connection between the ODU0LP port of the TOM board and
6800/3800, as shown in Figure 14-226.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
NOTE
The total rate of services that are input at each group of ClientLP ports, such as 201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-1
to 201(ClientLP1/ClientLP)-4, cannot be higher than 1.25 Gbit/s.
Only one GE service can be input at each group of ClientLP ports.
The client-side eight pairs of optical ports can access services at a maximum rate of 10 Gbit/s.
If a channel of the ClientLP1 port and a channel of the ClientLP2 port are identified by the same number,
these two channels cannot be used at the same time. For example, if the 201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-1
channel is configured with a service type, you cannot configure a service type for the 202(ClientLP2/
ClientLP2)-1 channel. Service configurations at the ClentLP3 and ClientLP4, ClientLP5 and ClientLP6,
and ClientLP7 and ClientLP8 ports must also comply with this restriction.
If only eight GE (GFP-T) services are received from client equipment, specify the service package as
Tributary 8*GE->8*ODU0. This service package automatically completes the following settings:
l Board Working mode is set to Non-cascading.
l Port Working Mode is set to ODU0 Mode (Any->ODU0[->ODU1]) for the ClientLP1 port.
l Service Type is set to GE(GFP-T) for channel 1 on the ClientLP1-ClientLP8 ports.
l Bidirectional GE-level cross-connections are created between the RX1/TX1 port and channel 1 on
the ClientLP1 port, the RX3/TX3 port and channel 1 on the ClientLP3 port, the RX5/TX5 port and
channel 1 on the ClientLP5 port, and the RX7/TX7 port and channel 1on the ClientLP7 port.
l Bidirectional GE-level cross-connections are created between the RX2/TX2 port and channel 2 on
the ClientLP2 port, the RX4/TX4 port and channel 2 on the ClientLP4 port, the RX6/TX6 port and
channel 2 on the ClientLP6 port, and the RX8/TX8 port and channel 2 on the ClientLP8 port.

OptiX OSN 8800
WDM side
Standard
mode
Other board
Compatible
mode
module


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

mode)
OptiX OSN 6800/OptiX OSN 3800

WDM side
Other board 51(ODU1LP1/ODU1LP1)-3
module

6(TX4/RX4)-1 /ODU0LP1)-1
1 202(ClientLP2/ClientLP2)-1 3 2
10(TX8/RX8)-1 203(ClientLP3/ClientLP3)-1 162(ODU0LP2
TOM 207(ClientLP7/ClientLP7)-1 164(ODU0LP4

TN12LQMS (NS1 Mode) / TN54NPO2 / TN55NPO2 / TN54ENQ2 / TN12ELQX /
TN12PTQX

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
WDM side
Other board
module

6(TX4/RX4)-1 /ODU0LP1)-1
1 202(ClientLP2/ClientLP2)-1 3 2
10(TX8/RX8)-1 203(ClientLP3/ClientLP3)-1 162(ODU0LP2
TOM 207(ClientLP7/ClientLP7)-1 164(ODU0LP4

mode)
14.15.10 TN52TOM Scenario 6: Any->ODU0->ODU1->OTU1(Non-

Cascading)
Implements conversion between six signals at a rate in the range of 100 Mbit/s to 1.25 Gbit/s
and two OTU1 signals, or implements conversion between four signals and two OTU1 signals
and the dual fed and selective receiving function on the WDM side.
For the position of the TOM in a WDM system, see Figure 14-227 or Figure 14-228.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-227 Position of the TN52TOM in a WDM system (Scenario 6: A)

2xOTU1 2xOTU1
RX1 TX1
TOM TOM
TX7 RX7
TX1 RX1
FE, GE, RX7 TX7
FE, GE,
FC100, FICON,
2×ODU1
2×OTU1
4×ODU0
2×ODU1
2×OTU1
FC100, FICON,
4×ODU0
6×Any
6×Any
DVB-ASI, SDI, MUX/ MUX/ DVB-ASI, SDI,
ESCON, FDDI TX8 DMUX DMUX RX8
ESCON, FDDI
RX6 TX6
RX8 TX8
TX6 RX6
Any Any
The conversion between six Any signals and two OTU1 signals.
OptiX OSN 8800: N/A
Figure 14-228 Position of the TN52TOM in a WDM system (Scenario 6: B)

2xOTU1 2xOTU1
RX1 TX5 RX5 RX1

TOM TOM
RX5 TX5
TX1 MUX/ MUX/ TX1
TX6 DMUX DMUX RX6
FE, GE, FE, GE,
RX6 TX6
FC100, FICON,
2×ODU1
4×ODU0
FC100, FICON,
4×ODU0
2×ODU1
2×OTU1
2×OTU1
4×Any
4×Any
DVB-ASI, SDI, TX7 RX7 DVB-ASI, SDI,

ESCON, FDDI ESCON, FDDI
RX4 RX7 TX7 RX4
MUX/ MUX/
TX8 DMUX RX8
DMUX
TX4 TX4
RX8 TX8
Any Any
Implements conversion between four Any signals and two OTU1 signals and the dual fed and
selective receiving function on the WDM side.
OptiX OSN 8800: N/A
NOTE
On the client side, four pairs of optical interfaces can access services at a maximum rate of 5 Gbit/s.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Logical Ports
>ODU0->ODU1->OTU1) in non-cascading mode)

52TOM
201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-1 161(ODU0LP1/ODU0LP1)-1 7(RX5/TX5)
202(ClientLP2/ClientLP2)-1 161(ODU0LP1/ODU0LP1)-2 8(RX6/TX6)
5(RX3/TX3)
203(ClientLP3/ClientLP3)-1 203(ClientLP3/ClientLP3)-1 162(ODU0LP2/ODU0LP2)-1 9(RX7/TX7)
204(ClientLP4/ClientLP4)-2 10(RX8/TX8)
: WDM-side services

52TOM
3(RX1/TX1)
4(RX2/TX2)
161(ODU0LP1/ODU0LP1)-1 51(ODU1LP1/ODU1LP1)-1 9(RX7/TX7)

162(ODU0LP2/ODU0LP2)-1 52(ODU1LP2/ODU1LP2)-1 10(RX8/TX8)
: WDM-side services
NOTE
When the number of a route of the ClientLP1, ClientLP3 port is the same as that of a route of the ClientLP2,
ClientLP4 port, the two routes cannot be configured with cross-connections at the same time. That is, when
the cross-connection from RX/TX to 201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-1 is configured, the cross-connection from
RX/TX to 202(ClientLP2/ClientLP2)-1 is not supported at the same time; when the cross-connection from
RX/TX to 203(ClientLP3/ClientLP3)-1 is configured, the cross-connection from RX/TX to 204(ClientLP4/
ClientLP4)-1 is not supported at the same time. For other port groups, that is, ClientLP5&ClientLP6 and
ClientLP7&ClientLP8, the same rule applies.
The client-side optical interfaces and WDM-side optical interfaces can be chosen as required.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

l ClientLP2

l ClientLP4
a: Eight pairs of optical interfaces of the TOM can be used as client-side interfaces or WDM-
side interfaces.

ClientLP port to ODU0 Tributary-Line Mode (Any->ODU0->ODU1->OTU1). Then, create
the following cross-connections:
l Create the cross-connection between the internal ODU1LP1 and RX/TX of the TOM board,
NOTE
In this scenario, all the eight pairs of the optical interfaces on the TOM board can function as either the
client-side or the WDM-side interfaces. If six Any services are input, two OTU1 services are output. If
four Any services are input, two OTU1 services are output for dual transmitting and selective receiving.

Client side 161(ODU0LP1/ WDM side
3(TX1/RX1)-1 201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-1 51(ODU1LP1/ 7(TX5/RX5)-1
4(TX2/RX2)-1 201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-2 ODU0LP1)-1 8(TX6/RX6)-1
201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-3 3 ODU1LP1)-1
5(TX3/RX3)-1 1 3 9(TX7/RX7)-1
6(TX4/RX4)-1 201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-4 2 10(TX8/RX8)-1
202(ClientLP2/ClientLP2)-1 161(ODU0LP1/
202(ClientLP2/ClientLP2)-2 ODU0LP1)-2
202(ClientLP2/ClientLP2)-4 162(ODU0LP1/ 52(ODU1LP2/
203(ClientLP3/ClientLP3)-1 ODU0LP1)-1 ODU1LP2)-1
204(ClientLP4/ClientLP4)-1 162(ODU0LP1/ TOM

Client side 161(ODU0LP1/ WDM side
3(TX1/RX1)-1 201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-1 51(ODU1LP1/
4(TX2/RX2)-1 201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-2 ODU0LP1)-1 9(TX7/RX7)-1
201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-3 3 ODU1LP1)-1
5(TX3/RX3)-1 1 3
202(ClientLP2/ClientLP2)-1 161(ODU0LP1/ 10(TX8/RX8)-1
7(TX5/RX5)-1 ODU0LP1)-2
202(ClientLP2/ClientLP2)-4 162(ODU0LP1/ 52(ODU1LP2/
203(ClientLP3/ClientLP3)-1 ODU0LP1)-1 ODU1LP2)-1
204(ClientLP4/ClientLP4)-1 162(ODU0LP1/ TOM

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
14.15.11 TN52TOM Scenario 7: OTU1/Any->ODU1 (Non-

Cascading)
and four ODU1 signals, or implements conversion between four OTU1 signals and four ODU1
signals.
For the position of the TOM in a WDM system, see Figure 14-231 or Figure 14-232.
The conversion between eight signals and four ODU1 signals.
Figure 14-231 Position of the TN52TOM in a WDM system (Scenario 7: A)

RX1 TX1
TOM TOM
FE, GE, STM-1, TX1 RX1 FE, GE, STM-1,
STM-4, STM-16, 1 1 STM-4, STM-16,
OC-3, OC-12, OC- OC-3, OC-12, OC-
4×ODU1
4×ODU1
8×Any
8×Any
48, FC100, FC200, MUX/ MUX/ 48, FC100, FC200,
NS2 NS2
FICON, FICON DMUX DMUX FICON, FICON
Express, HD-SDI, RX8 TX8 Express, HD-SDI,
DVB-ASI, SDI, 4 4 DVB-ASI, SDI,
ESCON, FDDI TX8 RX8 ESCON, FDDI
Any ODU1 ODU1 Any
The conversion between four OTU1 signals and four ODU1 signals.
OptiX OSN 8800: N/A
OptiX OSN 8800: N/A
OptiX OSN 6800: N/A

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-232 Position of the TN52TOM in a WDM system (Scenario 7: B)

RX1 RX1
TOM TOM
TX1 1 1 TX1
4×ODU1
4×ODU1
4×OTU1
4×OTU1
OTU1 4 MUX/ MUX/ OTU1
NS2 NS2 4
DMUX DMUX
RX8 RX8
TX8 4 4
TX8
ODU1 ODU1
OptiX OSN 8800: N/A
OptiX OSN 6800: N/A
NOTE
In this scenario, mapping of Any services is not supported. This is different than TN52TOM scenario 8.

Figure 14-233 Port diagram of the TN52TOM (scenario 7: ODU1 mode (OTU1/Any-
>ODU1) in non-cascading mode)
OptiX OSN 8800/OptiX OSN 6800:
A A
52TOM 52NS2
4(RX2/TX2)
5(RX3/TX3)

: WDM-side services
: Working service direction
: Virtual channel
OptiX OSN 3800:

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
52TOM 52NS2
4(RX2/TX2)
5(RX3/TX3)

: WDM-side services
NOTE
Particularly, in the OptiX OSN 3800, inter-board ODU1 cross-connections between the 52TOM and 52NS2
boards, if required, should be configured in such a manner that the ClientLP3-1 port on the 52TOM board
is cross-connected to the ODU1LP1-3 port on the 52NS2 board, the ClientLP5-1 port on the 52TOM board
is cross-connected to the ODU1LP1-2 port on the 52NS2 board.


l ClientLP5

l ClientLP7

ClientLP port to ODU1 mode (OTU1/Any->ODU1).
l create the ODU1 cross-connection between the ClientLP port on the TOM board and the
ODU1LP port on the TN52NS2 boards to implement grooming of ODU1 services, defined
as in Figure 14-234.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
NOTE
When the internal cross-connection of ODU1 signal is configured, only the first route can be selected. For
example: 201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-1. Only ClientLP1/ClientLP3/ClientLP5/ClientLP7 can be used.
Each ClientLP logical port can access a maximum of 2.5 Gbit/s signals.
If only four STM-16 services are received from client equipment, specify the service package as Tributary
4*STM-16/OC48->4*ODU1. This service package automatically completes the following settings:
l Board Working mode is set to Non-Cascading.
l Port Working Mode is set to ODU1 Mode (OTU1/Any->ODU1) for the ClientLP1, ClientLP3,
ClientLP5 and ClientLP7 ports.
l Service Type is set to STM-16 for channel 1 on the ClientLP1-ClientLP8 ports.
l Bidirectional Any-level cross-connections are created between the RX1/TX1 port and channel 1 on
the ClientLP1 port, the RX2/TX2 port and channel 1 on the ClientLP3 port, the RX3TX3 port and
channel 1 on the ClientLP5 port, and the RX4/TX4 port and channel 1 on the ClientLP7 port.

WDM side
Other board
module
Client side 3(TX1/RX1)-1 201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-1 WDM side

6(TX4/RX4)-1
8(TX6/RX6)-1
Other board TN52ND2 / TN53ND2 / TN53NQ2 / TN52NQ2 / TN54NQ2 / TN53NS2 /

(Compatible mode) TN52NS2 / TN52NS3 / TN54NS3 / TN54NPO2 / TN55NPO2 / TN54ENQ2

14.15.12 TN52TOM Scenario 8: OTU1->ODU1->Any->ODU0-

>ODU1 (Non-Cascading)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Implements conversion between four OTU1 signals and four ODU1 signals through Any re-
encapsulation.
Figure 14-235 Position of the TN52TOM in a WDM system (Scenario 8: OTU1->ODU1->Any-

>ODU0->ODU1)
RX1 RX1
TOM TOM
TX1 1 1 M M 1 1 TX1
U U
X X
8×ODU0
8×Any
4×ODU1
4×ODU1
4×ODU1
4×ODU1
4×OTU1
8×ODU0
4×OTU1
64×Any N N
64×Any
8×Any
8×Any
8×Any
32×Any
/ /
32×Any
OTU1 4 4 OTU1
S D S
D
2 M 2
RX8 M RX8
U U
4 4 4 4
TX8 X X TX8
Any ODU1 ODU1 Any
OptiX OSN 6800: N/A
NOTE
When the Any service is mapped into the ODU0 service, the TOM board supports de-encapsulation and
then re-encapsulation of only 10 Any services.

Figure 14-236 Port diagram of the TN52TOM (scenario 8: ODU1_ANY_ODU0_ODU1 re-

encapsulation mode (OTU1->ODU1->Any->ODU0->ODU1) in non-cascading mode)
52TOM 52NS2
237(AnyLP5/AnyLP5)-1
237(AnyLP5/AnyLP5)-1 161(ODU0LP1/ODU0LP1)-1
233(AnyLP1/AnyLP1)-1 237(AnyLP5/AnyLP5)-8
201(ClientLP1/ 238(AnyLP6/AnyLP6)-1
3(RX1/TX1) ClientLP1)-1
4(RX2/TX2)
5(RX3/TX3) 234(AnyLP2/AnyLP2)-1 239(AnyLP7/AnyLP7)-8

ClientLP3)-1
6(RX4/TX4) 240(AnyLP8/AnyLP8)-8
1(IN/OUT)
7(RX5/TX5)
ClientLP5)-1
8(RX6/TX6) 235(AnyLP3/AnyLP3)-8
9(RX7/TX7)
10(RX8/TX8) 207(ClientLP7/ 244(AnyLP12/AnyLP12)-1
ClientLP7)-1
: WDM-side services

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
NOTE
Any four of the client-side optical interfaces can be used for service transmission.
l ClientLP1 Internal logical port. The optical paths are numbered 1

l ClientLP3
l ClientLP5
l ClientLP7
AnyLP1-AnyLP12 Internal logical port. The optical paths are numbered 1 to 8.
ClientLP port to ODU1_ANY_ODU0_ODU1 re-encapsulation mode (OTU1->ODU1-
>Any->ODU0->ODU1).
l Create the internal cross-connections of the Any service on the TN52TOM board, as shown
3
in Figure 14-237.
l create the ODU1 cross-connection between the ODU0LP port of the TOM board and
4
NOTE
You can also set the service package to Tributary 4*OTU1->ODU1 (re-encapsulated into ODU0) on the
U2000. This service package automatically completes the following settings:
l Port Working Mode is set to ODU1_ANY_ODU0_ODU1 re-encapsulation tributary-line mode
(OTU1->ODU1->Any->ODU0->ODU1->OTU1) for the ClientLP1, ClientLP3, ClientLP5 and
ClientLP7 ports.
l Service Type is set to OTU1 for the ClientLP1, ClientLP3, ClientLP5, and ClientLP7 ports.
ClientLP1 port, the RX2/TX2 port and channel 1 on the ClientLP3 port, the RX3TX3 port and channel 1
on the ClientLP5 port, and the RX4/TX4 port and channel 1 on the ClientLP7 port.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

WDM
1(IN1/OUT1)-OCh:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:1 side
1(IN1/OUT1)-OCh:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:2 Standard
1(IN1/OUT1)-OCh:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:3 mode
Other board
Cross-connect
module
Client WDM
side 201(ClientLP1 233(AnyLP1/AnyLP1)-1 237(AnyLP5/AnyLP5)-1 161(ODU0LP1 side
3(TX1/RX1)-1 /ODU0LP1)-1
/ClientLP1)-1
1 2 3 2 4
4(TX2/RX2)-1 203(ClientLP3 237(AnyLP5/AnyLP5)-8
/ClientLP3)-1 238(AnyLP6/AnyLP6)-1
5(TX3/RX3)-1
205(ClientLP5 162(ODU0LP2
6(TX4/RX4)-1 /ClientLP5)-1 238(AnyLP6/AnyLP6)-8 /ODU0LP2)-1
203(ClientLP7
7(TX5/RX5)-1 /ClientLP7)-1
242(AnyLP10/AnyLP10)-1 163(ODU0LP3
8(TX6/RX6)-1 /ODU0LP3)-1
9(TX7/RX7)-1
10(TX8/RX8)-1 236(AnyLP4/AnyLP4)-7 244(AnyLP12/AnyLP12)-8 164(ODU0LP4

236(AnyLP4/AnyLP4)-8 244(AnyLP12/AnyLP12)-8 /ODU0LP4)-1
Cross-connect Cross-connect Cross-connect Cross-connect Cross-connect
TOM module module module module module


14.15.13 TN52TOM Scenario 9: OTU1->ODU1->Any->ODU0-

>ODU1->OTU1 (Non-Cascading)
Implements conversion between two OTU1 signals and two OTU1 signals through Any re-
encapsulation, and the dual fed and selective receiving function on the WDM side.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-238 Position of the TN52TOM in a WDM system (Scenario 9)

2xOTU1 2xOTU1
TX3 RX3
RX1 TOM RX3 TX3 TOM RX1
MUX/ MUX/
TX1 TX4 DMUX DMUX RX4 TX1
RX4 TX4
32×Any
32×Any
2×ODU1
4×ODU0
4×ODU0
2×ODU1
2×OTU1
2×OTU1
2×ODU1
2×ODU1
2×OTU1
2×OTU1
16×Any
16×Any
OTU1 TX5 OTU1
RX5
RX2 RX5 TX5 RX2
MUX/ MUX/
TX2 TX6 DMUX DMUX RX6
TX2
RX6 TX6
NOTE

Figure 14-239 Port diagram of the TN52TOM (scenario 9: ODU1_ANY_ODU0_ODU1 re-

encapsulation tributary-line mode (OTU1->ODU1->Any->ODU0->ODU1->OTU1) in non-
cascading mode)
52TOM
7(RX5/TX5)
3(RX1/TX1) 8(RX6/TX6)
ClientLP1)-1
4(RX2/TX2)
5(RX3/TX3) 239(AnyLP7/AnyLP7)-1 162(ODU0LP2/ODU0LP2)-1

9(RX7/TX7)
6(RX4/TX4)
ClientLP3)-1 10(RX8/TX8)
: WDM-side services
NOTE
The client-side optical interfaces and WDM-side optical interfaces can be chosen according to the system
plan.
Any two of the client-side optical interfaces can be used for service transmission.

l ClientLP1 Internal logical port. The optical paths are numbered 1.

l ClientLP3

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
ODU1LP1-ODU1LP2 Internal logical port. The optical paths are numbered 1.
side interfaces.
ClientLP port to ODU1_ANY_ODU0_ODU1 re-encapsulation tributary-line mode (OTU1-
>ODU1->Any->ODU0->ODU1->OTU1).
3
l Create the internal cross-connections of the Any service on the TOM board, as shown
in Figure 14-240.
4
NOTE
In this scenario, all the eight pairs of optical interfaces on the TOM board can function as either the client-
side or the WDM-side interfaces.

201(ClientLP1 237(AnyLP5/AnyLP5)-1 161(ODU0LP1 51(ODU1LP1

3(TX1/RX1)-1 233(AnyLP1/AnyLP1)-1 7(TX5/RX5)-1
/ClientLP1)-1 /ODU0LP1)-1 /ODU1LP1)-1
1 2 3
4(TX2/RX2)-1 203(ClientLP3 237(AnyLP5/AnyLP5)-8 8(TX6/RX6)-1
233(AnyLP1/AnyLP1)-8 2 2
/ClientLP3)-1 238(AnyLP6/AnyLP6)-1 4
5(TX3/RX3)-1
205(ClientLP5 162(ODU0LP2 52(ODU1LP2 9(TX7/RX7)-1
6(TX4/RX4)-1 /ClientLP5)-1 /ODU0LP2)-1 /ODU1LP2)-1
10(TX8/RX8)-1
207(ClientLP7
/ClientLP7)-1 234(AnyLP2/AnyLP2)-1 237(AnyLP5/AnyLP5)-1
Cross-connect Cross-connect Cross-connect Cross-connect Cross-connect Cross-connect

TOM module module module module module module
14.15.14 TN52TOM scenario 10: OTU1/Any->ODU1->OTU1 (non-

cascading)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Implements the electrical regeneration of four OTU1 optical signals, or implements conversion
between six signals at a rate in the range of 100 Mbit/s to 2.5 Gbit/s and two OTU1 signals, or
implements conversion between four signals and two OTU1 signals and the dual fed and
selective receiving function on the WDM side.

A: OTU1->ODU1->OTU1 mode.
Implements the electrical regeneration of four OTU1 optical signals.
4xOTU1 4xOTU1
TOM
D RX1 TX1 M
4×ODU1
4×OTU1
4×OTU1
M
U
U
X
X RX4 TX4
TOM
M TX1 RX1 D
4×ODU1
4×OTU1
4×OTU1
M
U
U
X
TX4 RX4 X
B: Any->ODU1->OTU1 mode.
two OTU1 signals, or implements conversion between four signals and two OTU1 signals and
the dual fed and selective receiving function on the WDM side.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
2xOTU1 2xOTU1
FE, GE, FC100, RX1 TOM

TX1 FE, GE, FC100,
TOM
FICON, STM-4, FICON, STM-4,
OC-12, DVB- TX1 RX1 OC-12, DVB-
TX7 RX7
ASI, ESCON, ASI, ESCON,
FDDI, SDI, RX7 TX7 FDDI, SDI,
2×ODU1
2×OTU1
2×ODU1
2×OTU1
6×Any
6×Any
STM-1, OC-3 MUX/ MUX/ STM-1, OC-3
TX8 DMUX RX8
, FC200, DMUX , FC200,
FICON RX6 RX8 TX8 TX6 FICON
Express, HD- Express, HD-
SDI, STM-16, TX6 RX6 SDI, STM-16,
OC-48 OC-48
Any Any
OptiX OSN 8800: N/A

2xOTU1 2xOTU1
RX1 TX5 RX5 RX1

TOM TOM FE, GE, FC100,
FE, GE, FC100, RX5 TX5
FICON, STM-4, TX1 MUX/ MUX/ TX1 FICON, STM-4,
TX6 RX6 OC-12, DVB-
OC-12, DVB- DMUX DMUX
ASI, ESCON, RX6 TX6 ASI, ESCON,
2×ODU1
2×ODU1
2×OTU1
2×OTU1
4×Any
4×Any
FDDI, SDI, FDDI, SDI,
STM-1, OC-3 TX7 RX7 STM-1, OC-3
, FC200, RX4 RX7 TX7 RX4 , FC200,
FICON MUX/ MUX/ FICON
TX8 DMUX DMUX RX8 Express, HD-
Express, HD- TX4 TX4
SDI, STM-16, RX8 TX8 SDI, STM-16,
OC-48 OC-48
Any Any
OptiX OSN 8800: N/A
NOTE
plan.

Figure 14-242 Port diagram of the TN52TOM (scenario 10: ODU1 tributary-line mode (OTU1/
Any->ODU1->OTU1) in non-cascading mode)
OTU1->ODU1->OTU1 mode.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
TOM
3(RX1/TX1) 201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-1 51(ODU1LP1/ODU1LP1)-1 7(RX5/TX5)
: WDM-side services
Any->ODU1->OTU1 mode. The single transmitting and single receiving on the WDM side.
TOM

4(RX2/TX2)
5(RX3/TX3)
6(RX4/TX4)
7(RX5/TX5)
: WDM-side services
Any->ODU1->OTU1 mode. The dual-fed selectively receiving on the WDM side.
TOM
7(RX5/TX5)
8(RX6/TX6)
4(RX2/TX2)
5(RX3/TX3) 9(RX7/TX7)

10(RX8/TX8)
: WDM-side services
NOTE
plan.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


l ClientLP3
l ClientLP5
l ClientLP7
side interfaces.

ClientLP port to ODU1 tributary-line mode (OTU1/Any->ODU1->OTU1).
3
NOTE
If only four OTU1 services are received from client equipment, you can also specify the service package as
4*OTU1 REG to automatically complete the following settings:
l Port Working Mode is set to ODU1 tributary-line (OTU1/Any->ODU1->OTU1) for the ClientLP1,
ClientLP3, ClientLP5, and ClientLP7 ports.
l Service Type is set to OTU1 for the ClientLP1, ClientLP3, ClientLP5, and ClientLP7 ports.
l Port Type is set to Line Side Color Optical Port for the RX5/TX5-RX8/TX8 ports.
ClientLP1 port, the RX2/TX2 port and channel 1 on the ClientLP3 port, the RX3TX3 port and channel 1
on the ClientLP5 port, and the RX4/TX4 port and channel 1 on the ClientLP7 port.
ODU1LP1 port, the RX6/TX6 port and channel 1 on the ODU1LP2 port, the RX7/TX7 port and channel
1 on the ODU1LP3 port, and the RX8/TX8 port and channel 1 on the ODU1LP4 port.

OTU1->ODU1->OTU1 mode.

4(TX2/RX2)-1 1 203(ClientLP3/ClientLP3)-1 2 52(ODU1LP2/ODU1LP2)-1 3 8(TX6/RX6)-1
TOM

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Any->ODU1->OTU1 mode. The single transmitting and single receiving on the WDM side.

4(TX2/RX2)-1 1 2 3
6(TX4/RX4)-1
7(TX5/RX5)-1
TOM
8(TX6/RX6)-1
Any->ODU1->OTU1 mode. The dual-fed selectively receiving on the WDM side.

4(TX2/RX2)-1 1 2 3 8(TX6/RX6)-1
6(TX4/RX4)-1 10(TX8/RX8)-1
Cross-connect module TOM

14.15.15 TN52TOM scenario 11: OTU1->ODU1->ODU0 (non-

cascading)
Implements conversion between four OTU1 signals and eight ODU0 signals.

RX1 RX1
TOM TOM
TX1 1 1 M M 1 1 TX1
U U
X X
8×ODU0
8×ODU0
4×ODU1
4×ODU1
4×OTU1
4×OTU1
N N OTU1
8×Any
8×Any
OTU1 4 / / 4
S D S
D
2 M 2
RX8 M RX8
U U
8 8 8 8
X X TX8
TX8
NOTE

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

Figure 14-245 Port diagram of the TN52TOM (scenario 11: ODU1_ODU0 mode (OTU1-
>ODU1->ODU0) in non-cascading mode)
52TOM 52NS2
3(RX1/TX1) 201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-1 161(ODU0LP1/ODU0LP1)-1 51(ODU1LP1/ODU1LP1)-1
5(RX3/TX3)
203(ClientLP3/ClientLP3)-1 162(ODU0LP2/ODU0LP2)-1 51(ODU1LP1/ODU1LP1)-2
1(IN/OUT)
205(ClientLP5/ClientLP5)-1 163(ODU0LP3/ODU0LP3)-1 51(ODU1LP1/ODU1LP1)-3
9(RX7/TX7)
10(RX8/TX8) 207(ClientLP7/ClientLP7)-1 164(ODU0LP4/ODU0LP4)-1 51(ODU1LP1/ODU1LP1)-4
: WDM-side services
NOTE
The client-side optical interfaces can be chosen according to the system plan.

l ClientLP3
l ClientLP5
l ClientLP7
ClientLP port to ODU1_ODU0 mode (OTU1->ODU1->ODU0).

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

WDM
1(IN1/OUT1)-OCh:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:1-ODU0:1 side
Standard
mode
Other board 1(IN1/OUT1)-OCh:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:4-ODU0:2
Compatible
mode
module 164(ODU0LP4/ODU0LP4)-2

4(TX2/RX2)-1 161(ODU0LP1/ODU0LP1)-2
6(TX4/RX4)-1 3 162(ODU0LP2/ODU0LP2)-2
1 205(ClientLP5/ClientLP5)-1 163(ODU0LP3/ODU0LP3)-1 2
10(TX8/RX8)-1
TOM


14.15.16 TN52TOM Scenario 12: OTU1->ODU1->Any->ODU0

(Non-Cascading)
Implements conversion between four OTU1 signals and eight ODU0 signals through Any re-
encapsulation.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

RX1 RX1
TOM TOM
TX1 1 1 M M 1 1 TX1
U U
X X
4×ODU1
8×ODU0
4×OTU1
32×Any
64×Any
8×ODU0
4×ODU1
4×OTU1
64×Any
32×Any
N N
8×Any
8×Any
OTU1 4 / / 4 OTU1
S D S
D
2 M 2
RX8 M RX8
U U
8 8 8 8
TX8 X X TX8
NOTE
Any service is FE, GE, FC100, FICON, DVB-ASI, SDI, ESCON, or FDDI.

Figure 14-248 Port diagram of the TN52TOM (scenario 12: ODU1_ANY_ODU0 re-
encapsulation mode (OTU1->ODU1->Any->ODU0) in non-cascading mode)
52TOM 52NS2
3(RX1/TX1)
ClientLP1)-1
4(RX2/TX2)
5(RX3/TX3) 234(AnyLP2/AnyLP2)-1 239(AnyLP7/AnyLP7)-8

ClientLP3)-1
6(RX4/TX4)
241(AnyLP9/AnyLP9)-1 1(IN/OUT)
ClientLP5)-1
9(RX7/TX7)
10(RX8/TX8) 207(ClientLP7/ 244(AnyLP12/AnyLP12)-1
ClientLP7)-1
: WDM-side services
NOTE
The client-side optical interfaces can be chosen according to the system plan.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


l ClientLP3
l ClientLP5
l ClientLP7
On the U2000, set the Board working Mode to non-cascading mode.

ClientLP port to ODU1_ANY_ODU0 re-encapsulation mode (OTU1->ODU1->Any-
>ODU0).
3
l Create the internal cross-connections of the Any service on the TOM board, as shown
in Figure 14-249.
l Create the ODU0 cross-connection between the AnyLP port of the TOM board and
4

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

WDM
1(IN1/OUT1)-OCH:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:1-ODU0:1 side
Standard
mode
Other board 1(IN1/OUT1)-OCH:1-ODU2:1-ODU1:4-ODU0:2
Compatible
mode
module 164(ODU0LP4/ODU0LP4)-2
Client WDM
side 237(AnyLP5/AnyLP5)-1
side
3(TX1/RX1)-1 201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-1 233(AnyLP1/AnyLP1)-1
1 2 3
237(AnyLP5/AnyLP5)-8 4
4(TX2/RX2)-1 203(ClientLP3/ClientLP3)-1 233(AnyLP1/AnyLP1)-8 238(AnyLP6/AnyLP6)-1
5(TX3/RX3)-1 205(ClientLP5/ClientLP5)-1 238(AnyLP6/AnyLP6)-8
6(TX4/RX4)-1 207(ClientLP7/ClientLP7)-1 235(AnyLP1/AnyLP1)-1 241(AnyLP9/AnyLP9)-1
7(TX5/RX5)-1 235(AnyLP1/AnyLP1)-8 241(AnyLP9/AnyLP9)-8

8(TX6/RX6)-1
9(TX7/RX7)-1
10(TX8/RX8)-1 244(AnyLP12/AnyLP12)-8
Cross-connect Cross-connect Cross-connect Cross-connect
TOM module module module module


14.15.17 TN11TOM Scenario 1: Any->ODU1 (Cascading)
and one ODU1 signal.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

RX1 RX1
TOM TOM
FE, GE, FDDI,
STM-1, OC-3, TX1 M M TX1 FE, GE, FDDI,
DVB-ASI, SDI, U U STM-1, OC-3,
STM-16, OC- X X DVB-ASI, SDI,
1×ODU1
1×ODU1
N N
8×Any
8×Any
48, ESCON, / / STM-16, OC-
S D S
STM-4, OC-12, D 48, ESCON,
2 M 2
FC100, FICON, RX8 M RX8 STM-4, OC-12,
FC200, FICON U U FC100, FICON,
Express, HD- X X
TX8 TX8 FC200, FICON
SDI, OTU1 Express, HD-
SDI, OTU1
Any ODU1 ODU1 Any
OptiX OSN 3800: From/To the mesh group slots
OptiX OSN 6800: N/A
NOTE

Figure 14-251 Port diagram of the TN11TOM (scenario 1: ODU1 tributary mode (Any->ODU1)
in cascading mode)
11TOM 52NS2
3(RX1/TX1)
4(RX2/TX2)
5(RX3/TX3)
6(RX4/TX4)
1(IN/OUT)
7(RX5/TX5)
8(RX6/TX6)
9(RX7/TX7)
10(RX8/TX8)
: WDM-side services

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
On the U2000, set the Board working Mode to Cascading mode.

During creation of the electrical cross-connect services on the U2000, create the Any cross-
connection between the RX/TX and ClientLP ports. The cross-connect grooming of ODU1
service is implemented through the cross-connect module in cascading mode, as shown and
in Figure 14-252
WDM side
Other board
Cross-connect
module

6(TX4/RX4)-1 1 201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-4 TOM

Other board (Standard TN52NS2T04 / TN52NS2T05 / TN52NS2T06 / TN52NS201M01 / TN52NS201M02 /

mode) TN53NS2 / TN52ND2T04 / TN53ND2 / TN53NQ2
14.15.18 TN11TOM Scenario 2: Any->ODU1->OTU1 (Cascading)

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
one OTU1 signal, and the dual fed and selective receiving function on the WDM side, or
implements conversion between seven signals at a rate in the range of 100 Mbit/s to 2.5 Gbit/s
and one OTU1 signal.
Figure 14-253 Position of the TN11TOM in a WDM system

1xOTU1 1xOTU1
RX1 RX1
TOM TOM
FE, GE, FDDI, STM- TX1 TX1 FE, GE, FDDI, STM-
1, OC-3, STM-4, OC- 1, OC-3, STM-4, OC-
12, STM-16, OC- 1×ODU1 TX8 RX8 12, STM-16, OC-
1×OTU1
1×ODU1
1×OTU1
7×Any
48,ESCON, 48,ESCON,
7×Any
MUX/ MUX/
FC100, FICON, RX8 DMUX DMUX TX8 FC100, FICON,
FC200, FICON FC200, FICON
RX7 RX7
Express, HD-SDI, Express, HD-SDI,
DVB-ASI, SDI, OTU1 DVB-ASI, SDI, OTU1
TX7 TX7
Any Any

1xOTU1 1xOTU1
RX1 RX1
TOM TOM
TX1 TX7 RX7
FE, GE, FDDI, STM- TX1 FE, GE, FDDI, STM-
1, OC-3, STM-4, OC- MUX/ MUX/ 1, OC-3, STM-4, OC-
RX7 DMUX DMUX TX7
12, STM-16, OC- 12, STM-16, OC-
1×ODU1
1×OTU1
1×ODU1
1×OTU1
6×Any
6×Any
48,ESCON, 48,ESCON,
TX8 RX8
FC200, FICON RX6 RX6 FC200, FICON
Express, HD-SDI, MUX/ MUX/
RX8 DMUX TX8 Express, HD-SDI,
DVB-ASI, SDI, OTU1 TX6 DMUX
TX6 DVB-ASI, SDI, OTU1
Any Any
NOTE
In cascade mode, only RX7/TX7 or RX8/TX8 can be used as the WDM-side optical interfaces.

>ODU1->OTU1) in cascading mode)
Converts between six Any signals and one OTU1 signal and the dual fed and selective receiving
function on the WDM side.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
11TOM
5(RX3/TX3) 201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-3 9(RX7/TX7)

51(ODU1LP1/ODU1LP1)
6(RX4/TX4) 201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-4 10(RX8/TX8)
: WDM-side services
Converts between seven Any signals and one OTU1 signal.
11TOM
6(RX4/TX4) 201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-4 51(ODU1LP1/ODU1LP1) 10(RX8/TX8)
: WDM-side services
NOTE
In cascading mode, the TOM implements the electrical regeneration of one channel of OTU1 signal. Only
RX7/TX7 and RX8/TX8 can be used as WDM-side optical interfaces.


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
a: RX7/TX7 or RX8/TX8 of the TOM can be used as client-side interfaces or WDM-side

interfaces.
On the U2000, set the Board working Mode to Non-cascading mode.

Creating electrical cross-connections for the TOM board on the U2000 is a process of
establishing cross-connections inside the board. For details, see Figure 14-255.



4(TX2/RX2)-1 201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-2 3 2
14.15.19 TN11TOM Scenario 3: Any->ODU1 (Non-Cascading)
and four ODU1 signals.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

RX1 TX1
TOM TOM
FC100, FICON, FE, TX1 RX1 FC100, FICON, FE,
GE, STM-1, OC-3, 1 1 GE, STM-1, OC-3,
STM-4, OC-12, STM-4, OC-12,
4×ODU1
4×ODU1
8×Any
8×Any
STM-16, OC-48 MUX/ MUX/ STM-16, OC-48
NS2 NS2
, FC200, FICON DMUX DMUX , FC200, FICON
Express, DVB-ASI, RX8 TX8 Express, DVB-ASI,
ESCON, FDDI, SDI, 4 4 ESCON, FDDI, SDI,
HD-SDI, OTU1 TX8 RX8 HD-SDI, OTU1
Any ODU1 ODU1 Any
OptiX OSN 6800: N/A

Figure 14-257 Port diagram of the TN11TOM (scenario 3: ODU1 tributary mode (Any->ODU1)
in non-cascading mode)
11TOM 52NS2
4(RX2/TX2)
5(RX3/TX3)

: WDM-side services
NOTE
In this case, the 201 (ClientLP1/ ClientLP1) and 203 (ClientLP3/ ClientLP3) ports can access a maximum
of four services, and the 202 (ClientLP2/ ClientLP2) and 204 (ClientLP4/ ClientLP4) ports can access a
maximum of two services.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


l ClientLP3

l ClientLP4
On the U2000, set the Board working Mode to Non-cascading mode.

During creation of the electrical cross-connect services on the U2000, create the Any cross-
connection between the RX/TX and ClientLP ports. The cross-connect grooming of ODU1
service is implemented through the cross-connect module in non-cascading mode, as shown
WDM side
Other board
module
Client side 3(TX1/RX1)-1 201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-1 WDM side

6(TX4/RX4)-1
8(TX6/RX6)-1

(Compatible mode) TN53NS2 / TN11NS2 / TN12NS2 / TN52NS2 / TN52NS3 / TN12LQMS(NS1
Mode) / TN12ELQX / TN12PTQX
Other board (Standard TN52NS2T04 / TN52NS2T05 / TN52NS2T06 / TN52NS201M01 / TN52NS201M02 /

mode) TN53NS2 / TN52ND2T04 / TN53ND2 / TN53NQ2

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
14.15.20 TN11TOM Scenario 4: Any->ODU1->OTU1(Non-

Cascading)
Implements conversion between four optical signals at a rate from 100 Mbit/s to 2.5 Gbit/s and
four ITU-T Recommendation-compliant WDM signals.

4xOTU1 4xOTU1
RX1 TX5 RX5 RX1

TOM TOM
FC100, FICON, FE, TX1 RX5 TX5 TX1 FC100, FICON, FE,
GE, STM-1, OC-3 GE, STM-1, OC-3
, STM-4, OC-12, , STM-4, OC-12,
4×ODU1
4×OTU1
4×ODU1
4×OTU1
4×Any
4×Any
DVB-ASI, ESCON, MUX/ MUX/ DVB-ASI, ESCON,

FDDI, FC200, DMUX DMUX FDDI, FC200,
FICON Express, RX4 TX8 RX8
RX4 FICON Express,
SDI, HD-SDI, STM- SDI, HD-SDI, STM-
16, OC-48 TX4 RX8 TX8 16, OC-48
TX4
Any Any
NOTE
The client-side optical interfaces and WDM-side optical interfaces can be chosen as described in the system
plan.


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
>ODU1->OTU1) in non-cascading mode)
11TOM
3(RX1/TX1)
4(RX2/TX2)
204(ClientLP4/ClientLP4)-1 204(ClientLP4/ClientLP4)-1 54(ODU1LP4/ODU1LP4) 10(RX8/TX8)

: WDM-side services


l ClientLP3

l ClientLP4
side interfaces.


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

3(TX1/RX1)-1 201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-1 51(ODU1LP1/ODU1LP1) 7(TX5/RX5)-1

4(TX2/RX2)-1 201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-3 52(ODU1LP2/ODU1LP2) 2 8(TX6/RX6)-1
6(TX4/RX4)-1 203(ClientLP3/ClientLP3)-1 3 54(ODU1LP4/ODU1LP4) 10(TX8/RX8)-1
Cross-connect Cross-connect Cross-connect
TOM
14.15.21 TN11TOM Scenario 5: OTU1->ODU1->OTU1 (electrical

regeneration board)
Implements the electrical regeneration of four OTU1 optical signals.
4xOTU1 4xOTU1
RX1 TOM TX1

4×ODU1
4×OTU1
4×OTU1
DMUX MUX
RX4 TX4
4xOTU1 4xOTU1
TX1 TOM RX1

4×ODU1
4×OTU1
4×OTU1
MUX DMUX
TX4 RX4

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
NOTE
In non-cascading mode, the TOM implements the electrical regeneration of four channels of OTU1 signal.
Any four of RX1/TX1-RX8/TX8 can be configured as WDM-side optical interfaces.

Figure 14-263 Port diagram of the TN11TOM (scenario 5: ODU1 tributary-line mode (electrical
regeneration board))
11TOM
3(RX1/TX1)
4(RX2/TX2)
204(ClientLP4/ClientLP4)-1 204(ClientLP4/ClientLP4)-1 54(ODU1LP4/ODU1LP4) 10(RX8/TX8)

: WDM-side services
NOTE
In non-cascading mode, the TOM implements the electrical regeneration of four channels of OTU1 signal.
Any four of RX1/TX1-RX8/TX8 can be configured as WDM-side optical interfaces.
ClientLP1–ClientLP4 Internal logical port. The optical paths are numbered 1
side interfaces.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800


4(TX2/RX2)-1 201(ClientLP1/ClientLP1)-3 52(ODU1LP2/ODU1LP2) 2 8(TX6/RX6)-1
6(TX4/RX4)-1 203(ClientLP3/ClientLP3)-1 3 54(ODU1LP4/ODU1LP4) 10(TX8/RX8)-1
Cross-connect Cross-connect Cross-connect
TOM

The TOM board consists of the client-side optical module, WDM-side optical module, signal
Functional Modules and Signal Flow (When Used as a Tributary Board)

Figure 14-265 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the TOM board.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-265 Functional modules and signal flow of the TOM board (when used as a tributary
board)
100 Mbit/s - 2.5 Gbit/s Any
Backplane (service cross-connection) services/ n x ODUk
Client
side
RX 1 O/E
RX 2 Service
8 OTN Cross-
RX 8 encapsulation processing connect
TX 1
and mapping module module
E/O
TX 2 module
8
TX 8 Client-side
module
Control

Power supply
module
Fuse Required
voltage

from a backplane SCC (controlled by SCC )
NOTE
When used to receive GE electrical signals, the board must use a client-side electrical module to perform power
level conversion, and then sends the signals to the service encapsulation and mapping module for processing.
In Figure 14-265, n x ODUk indicates the service cross-connections from the TOM board to
the backplane. "n" represents the maximum number of cross-connections and "k" represents the
service granularity.
Table 14-231 shows the service cross-connections from the TOM board to the backplane.
Table 14-231 Functional modules and signal flow of the TOM
Boar Board Port Working Mode Application Service Cross-connection

d Working Scenario
Mode
TN5 cascading ODU0 mode (Any->ODU0[- TN52TOM A maximum of 2 x ODU0/1 x

2TO >ODU1]) scenario 1 ODU1/6 x (100Mbit/s to 1.25Gbit/
M s) Any services

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Boar Board Port Working Mode Application Service Cross-connection

d Working Scenario
Mode
ODU1 mode (OTU1/Any- TN52TOM A maximum of 1 x ODU1/6 x

>ODU1) scenario 3 (100Mbit/s to 2.5Gbit/s) Any
services
non- ODU0 mode (Any->ODU0[- TN52TOM A maximum of 8 x ODU0/4 x

cascading >ODU1]) scenario 5 ODU1/6 x (100Mbit/s to 1.25Gbit/
s) Any services
ODU1 mode (OTU1/Any- TN52TOM A maximum of 4 x ODU1/6 x

>ODU1) scenario 7 (100Mbit/s to 2.5Gbit/s) Any
services
ODU1_ANY_ODU0_ODU1 TN52TOM A maximum of 4 x ODU1/6 x

re-encapsulation mode scenario 8 (100Mbit/s to 2.5Gbit/s) Any
(OTU1->ODU1->Any- services
>ODU0->ODU1)
ODU1_ODU0 mode (OTU1- TN52TOM A maximum of 8 x ODU0

>ODU1->ODU0) scenario 11
ODU1_ANY_ODU0 re- TN52TOM A maximum of 8 x ODU0

encapsulation mode (OTU1- scenario 12
>ODU1->Any->ODU0)
TN1 cascading N/A TN11TOM A maximum of 1 x ODU1/8 x

1TO Scenario 1 (100Mbit/s to 2.5Gbit/s) Any
M services
non- N/A TN11TOM A maximum of 4 x ODU1/8 x

cascading scenario 3 (100Mbit/s to 2.5Gbit/s) Any
services
NOTE
The TN52TOM board supports cross-connections of Any services only when it is used in the OptiX OSN 8800
or OptiX OSN 6800.
The TN52TOM board supports ODU0 cross-connections only when it is used in the OptiX OSN 8800.
The transmit and the receive directions are defined in the signal flow of the TOM board. The
transmit direction is defined as the direction from the client side of the TOM to the backplane
of the TOM, and the receive direction is defined as the reverse direction.
The client-side optical module receives eight channels of optical signals from client
encapsulation and mapping processing, and OTN framing. Then, the module sends out
ODUk signals or Any signals to the backplane.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
l Receive direction
The signal processing module receives the electrical signals sent from the backplane.
– For Any signals, the module sends the signals to the client-side optical module.
– For ODUk signals, the module performs operations such as ODUk framing, demapping
and decapsulation processing. Then, the module sends out client-side electrical signals
to the client-side optical module.
The client-side optical module performs E/O conversion of client-side electrical signals,
and then outputs eight channels of client-side optical signals through the TX1-TX8 optical
interfaces.
Functional Modules and Signal Flow (When Used as a Tributary-Line Board)

Figure 14-266 shows the functional modules and signal flow of the TOM board.
Figure 14-266 Functional modules and signal flow of the TOM board (when used as a tributary-
line board)
Service
RX1 O/E E/O TX7
encapsulation
RX2 TX8
and mapping
OTN Cross-
RX6 module
processing connect
TX1 E/O Service module module O/E RX7
TX2
regeneration RX8
TX6 Client-side module WDM-side
optical optical
Control

Power supply
module
Fuse Required
voltage
Backplane
from a backplane
NOTE
In cascading mode, only the RX7/TX7 and RX8/TX8 ports on the board can be used as WDM-side ports. Figure
14-266 shows an example in which the RX7/TX7 and RX8/TX8 ports are used as the WDM-side ports to
implement dual-fed and selective receiving. When a service is to be transmitted and received singly, one of the
RX/TX7 and RX8/TX8 ports can be used as a WDM-side and the other port can be used as a client-side port.
In non-cascading mode, any four of the RX/TX ports can be used as WDM-side ports.
The transmit and the receive directions are defined in the signal flow of the TOM board. The
transmit direction is defined as the direction from the client side of the TOM to the WDM side
of the TOM, and the receive direction is defined as the reverse direction.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
The client-side optical module receives optical signals from client equipment through the
RX interfaces, and performs O/E conversion.
After O/E conversion, the electrical signals are sent to the signal processing module. The
module performs operations such as encapsulation and mapping processing, OTN framing,
and encoding of FEC. Then, the module outputs OTU1 signals.
conversion, the module sends out the OTU1 optical signals at DWDM standard
wavelengths that comply with ITU-T G.694.1 or at CWDM standard wavelengths that
comply with ITU-T G.694.2. The optical signals are split into two channels of identical
optical signals, and then are output through the TX optical interfaces.
l Receive direction
The WDM-side optical module receives the OTU1 optical signals at DWDM standard
wavelengths that comply with ITU-T G.694.1 or at CWDM standard wavelengths that
comply with ITU-T G.694.2 through the RX optical interfaces. Then, the module performs
O/E conversion.
FEC, demapping, and decapsulation processing. Then, the module outputs the client
signals.
The client-side optical module performs E/O conversion of the client-side electrical signals,
and then outputs the client-side optical signals through the TX optical interfaces.
Module Function
standard optical signals.
– WDM-side receiver: Performs O/E conversion of standard optical signals.
standard optical signals.
module, OTN processing module, service processing module, and service regeneration
module.
Implements the cross-connection and pass-through between the client-side signals and
the WDM-side signals of the board.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

– Service processing module
Regenerates Any signals and monitors SDH and Any signals in two directions.
– Service regeneration module
Implements the FEC decoding/encoding and overhead processing of OTU1 signals.
Monitors the performance of WDM-side services.

There are indicators and interfaces on the front panel of the TOM board.

Figure 14-267 shows the front panel of the TOM board.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Figure 14-267 Front panel of the TOM board
Indicators

Interfaces

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 14-232 Types and functions of the interfaces on the TOM board
TX1-TX8 LC Transmits the service signal.
RX1-RX8 LC Receives the service signal.
Laser Hazard Level


One slot houses one TOM board.
Table 14-233 shows the valid slots for the TN11TOM board.
Table 14-234 shows the valid slots for the TN52TOM board.
Table 14-233 Valid slots for the TN11TOM board
Product Valid Slots
Table 14-234 Valid slots for the TN52TOM board
Product Valid Slots

For parameters of TOM, refer to Table 14-235.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Table 14-235 TOM parameters


Channel interface.

channel of a board.
Default: Non-
Loopback

Outloop NOTE
Default: Non- Only the TN52TOM supports this
parameter.
Loopback
SDI, ESCON, FC-100, type of the service accessed at the optical
FICON, FICON NOTE
Express, GE, GE(GFP- GE services can be encapsulated in two
T), HD-SDI, OC-3, formats. When Service Type is GE, the
0C-12, OC-48, OTU-1, encapsulation format is GFP-F; when
STM-1, STM-4,
encapsulation format is GFP-T. The value
STM-16 GE(GFP-T) is recommended.
Default: None The GE services at the transmit and receive
format.
Client Service Bearer 100 to 2200 sets the rate of the accessed service at the
Rate (Mbit/s) Default: / optical interface on the client side of a
board.
NOTE
Only the TN11TOM supports this
parameter.
information.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

l Client side: Off

BW_Client_R_LOS.
to BW_WDM_Defect.
the WDM-side port of the local
NOTE
parameter.
1800ms, 1900ms, 2s NOTE
Default: 0s Only the TN52TOM supports this
parameter.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
Turn-On 600ms, 700ms, 800ms, enabled, the hold-off time is a time
1800ms, 1900ms, 2s NOTE
Default: 0s Only the TN52TOM supports this
parameter.




Wavelength (nm)/
Frequency (THz)


l CWDM: board.
0 to Wavelength (nm)/Frequency (THz)
18/1611.00/188.78 (WDM Interface) for more
0 information.
Default: /

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
wavelength.
Ethernet services.

information.

to Disabled.
NOTE

board resides.
information.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

commissioning.
Board Mode Cascading Mode, Non- Specifies the board mode depending on
cascading Mode the service application scenario.
Default: Non- NOTE
cascading Mode Only the TN11TOM supports this
parameter.
See D.2 Board Mode (WDM
Board Working mode Cascading, Non- The Board Working Mode parameter
Cascading is used to set the board mode of a board
Default: Non- depending on the service application
Cascading scenario.
NOTE
parameter.
Port Working Mode In Non-Cascading This parameter is used to set the working
mode, nine working mode of the interface on the board
modes are supported.a according to the actual application
scenario and service mapping trail. For
In Cascading mode,
the configuration methods of different
five working modes are
application scenarios of the TOM board,
supported.b
see the Configuration Guide.

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800
a: Working modes supported in Non-Cascading mode are as follows:

l ODU0 mode (Any->ODU0[->ODU1])
l ODU0 Tributary-Line Mode (Any->ODU0->ODU1->OTU1)
l ODU1 mode (OTU1/Any->ODU1)
l ODU1_ODU0 mode (OTU1->ODU1->ODU0)
l ODU1_ANY_ODU0 re-encapsulation mode (OTU1->ODU1->Any->ODU0)
l ODU1_ANY_ODU0_ODU1 re-encapsulation mode (OTU1->ODU1->Any->ODU0-
>ODU1)
l ODU1_ANY_ODU0_ODU1 re-encapsulation tributary-line mode (OTU1->ODU1-
>Any->ODU0->ODU1->OTU1)
l ODU1 tributary-line mode (OTU1/Any->ODU1->OTU1)
l NONE Mode (Not for Port)
b: Working modes supported in Cascading mode are as follows:
l ODU0 mode (Any->ODU0[->ODU1])
l ODU0 Tributary-Line Mode (Any->ODU0->ODU1->OTU1)
l ODU1 mode (OTU1/Any->ODU1)
l ODU1 tributary-line mode (OTU1/Any->ODU1->OTU1)
l NONE Mode (Not for Port)
14.15.26 TOM Specifications


OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

ard Fixed Pluggable Optical Fixed Pluggable Optical
Module Module

11T S-16.1-15 km (eSFP CWDM)-80 km
OM 2.67 Gbit/s Multirate
L-16.1-40 km
(eSFP DWDM)-120 km
L-16.2-80 km
I-16-2 km
2.125 Gbit/s
Multirate-0.5 km S-16.1-15 km
1000 BASE-LX-10 km L-16.1-40 km
1000 BASE-LX-40 km L-16.2-80 km
1000 BASE-ZX-80 km
(eSFP CWDM)-40 km
(eSFP CWDM)-80 km
(eSFP DWDM)-120 km
(Video eSFP)-20 km

52T S-16.1-15 km (eSFP CWDM)-80 km
OM 2.67 Gbit/s Multirate
L-16.1-40 km
(eSFP DWDM)-120 km
L-16.2-80 km
I-16-2 km
1000 BASE-BX10-U
S-16.1-15 km
1000 BASE-BX10-D
L-16.1-40 km
1000 BASE-BX-U
L-16.2-80 km
1000 BASE-BX-D
2.125 Gbit/s
Multirate-0.5 km

OPTIX OSN 8800 6800 3800 V100R007C02 Hardware Description 03 PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

OPTIX OSN 8800 6800 3800 V100R007C02 Hardware Description 03 PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

OptiX OSN 8800/6800/3800

HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD.

Trademarks and Permissions

Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2013-05-16) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential i

About This Document

OptiX OSN 8800 V100R007C02

OptiX OSN 6800 V100R007C02

OptiX OSN 3800 V100R007C02

iManager U2000 V100R008C00

iManager U2000 Web LCT V100R008C00

This document is intended for:

l Network Planning Engineer

Issue 03 (2013-05-16) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential ii

Indicates a hazard with a high level of risk, which if not

Indicates a hazard with a medium or low level of risk, which

Indicates a potentially hazardous situation, which if not

NOTE Provides additional information to emphasize or supplement

Indicates the flow of optical signals.

Indicates the flow of electrical signals.

Indicates an optical module.

Indicates an electrical module.

All modules of a board are inside such a block in bold.

Issue 03 (2013-05-16) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential iii

Boldface Buttons, menus, parameters, tabs, window, and dialog titles

> Multi-level menus are in boldface and separated by the ">"

Updates in Issue 03 (2013-05-16) Based on Product Version

Updates in Issue 02 (2013-04-20) Based on Product Version

Whole manual Changed the required U2000 version from V100R008C01 to

Issue 03 (2013-05-16) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential iv

1 Cabinet l Optimized the cabinet descriptions. The N63B and N66B

14.22 TTX Added information about latency measurement.

13.12 LOA Added information about InfiniBand 2.5G, InfiniBand 5G,

NPO2E Functions and Added information about electrical-layer ASON.

Updates in Issue 01 (2012-11-30) Based on Product Version

Whole manual Added information about the TN52NS2T04, TN52NS2T05,

Issue 03 (2013-05-16) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential v

Updates in Issue 03 (2012-12-15) Based on Product Version

Whole manual l Optimized the subrack ventilation system diagram.

13.19 LSC Changed the board power consumption.

Updates in Issue 02 (2012-09-30) Based on Product Version

Whole manual Added information about the TN23SCC board.

Issue 03 (2013-05-16) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential vi

Updates in Issue 01 (2012-07-30) Based on Product Version

Issue 03 (2013-05-16) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential vii

Updates in Issue 05 (2013-05-15) Based on Product Version

TBE Functions The cross-connect capability of the TBE board is changed.

Updates in Issue 04 (2012-10-30) Based on Product Version

Issue 03 (2013-05-16) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential viii

13 Optical Adjusted the loopback descriptions to the "Product Description" part.

13 Optical Added information about the TN15LSXL board.

TOM Revised the TN11TOM board application 5 diagram.

11.3 Fiber Updated fiber management tray information.

Updates in Issue 03 (2012-06-22) Based on Product Version

Updates in Issue 02 (2012-04-05) Based on Product Version

Issue 03 (2013-05-16) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential ix

Whole manual Deleted the TN15LSXL board.

Updates in Issue 01 (2011-12-15) Based on Product Version

Whole manual Added descriptions of the TN12LSC, TN11LTX, TN15LSXL,

Issue 03 (2013-05-16) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential x

Updates in Issue 04 (2013-05-15) Based on Product Version

TBE Functions The cross-connect capability of the TBE board is changed.

Updates in Issue 03 (2012-03-29) Based on Product Version